No.

CONTENTS

A revision of the described Australian and New Zealand species of the family

Clambidae (Coleoptera) with description of a new species. §. Endrady-

Younga. pp. 1-10.

(Issued 13 August 1974)

A revision of the Australian genus Stenospidius Westwood (Coleoptera,

Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae), H. F. Howden. pp. 11-21.

(Issued 15 November 1974)

Notes on Bronze Age antiquities in the South Australian Museum. J. V. §.

Megaw. pp. 23-29.

(Issued 10 January 1975)

Lunghia Oudemans (Acari: Dermanyssidae); a genus parasitic on mygalomorph

spiders. Robert Domrow. pp. 31-39.

(Issued 24 January 1975)

Taxonomy and biology of frogs of the Litoria citropa complex (Anura: Hylidae).

Michael J. Tyler and Marion Anstis. pp. 41-50.

(Issued 7 March 1975)

6. A revision of the Pentatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the Rhynchocoris

proup from Australia and adjacent areas. Part 1. The genera from Ocirrhoe

through Cuspicona to Petalaspis with descriptions of new species and selection

of lectotypes. Gordon F. Gross. pp. 51-167.

(Issued 22 December 1975)

Nos. 7-12. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum.

No.

13.

. 14.

16.

: OY.

. Fishes. C. J. M. Glover. pp. 169-175.

Il. Amphibians. Michael J. Tyler. pp. 177-180.

Ill. Reptiles. Terry F. Houston. pp. 181-187.

IV. Birds. Herbert T. Condon. pp. 189-195,

V. Mammals. Peter F. Aitken. pp. 197-205.

VI. Fossils. Neville 5. Pledge. pp. 205-219.

(Issued 1 September 1976)

The Dermaptera of the New Hebrides. A. Brindle. pp, 221-238.

(Issued 1 December 1976)

The genus Microtetrameres Travassos (Nematode, Spirurida) in Australian

birds. Patricia M. Mawson. pp. 239-259.

(Issued 1 February 1977)

Taxonomic studies of some Australian leptodactylid frogs of the genus

Cyclorana Steindacher. Michael J. Tyler and Angus A. Martin. pp. 261-276.

(Issued 1 March 1977)

A new species of Thylacoleo (Marsupialia: Thylacoleonidae) with notes on the

occurrences and distribution of Thylacoleonidae in South Australia. Neville S.

Pledge. pp. 277-283.

(Issued 1 June 1977)

Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger, 1881). A redescription, Neville S$. Pledge and

Karlheinz Rothausen. pp. 285-297.

(Issued 8 August 1977)

ili

No.

. 18.

. 19,

. 20.

21.

. 23,

. 24,

2 ets

aT,

. 28,

29.

ou,

Protura (Insecta) of the New Hebrides. S. L. Tuxen, pp. 299-307.

(Issued 10 September 1977)

Brachina meteorite—A chassignite from South Australia. J. E. Johnson, June

M. Scrymgour, Eugene Jarosewich and Brian Mason, pp. 309-319.

(Issued 2 November 1977)

Australites of mass greater than 100 grams from South Australia and adjoining

states. W. H. Cleverly and June M. Scrymgour. pp. 321-330.

(Issued 20 February 1978)

Three large australites from South and Western Australia. June M. Scrymgour.

pp. 331-335.

(Issued 23 February 1978)

Variation in the cranial osteology of the Australo-Papuan hylid frog Litoria

infrafrenata. Margaret M. Davies. pp. 337-345.

(Issued 28 February 1978)

A review of the frond-like fossils of the Ediacara assemblage. Richard J. F.

Jenkins and James G. Gehling. pp. 347-359.

(Issued 18 May 1978)

Some observations on the Eyrean grasswren Amytornis goyderi (Gould, 1875).

S.A. Parker, I, A. May and W. Head. pp. 361-371.

(Issued 30 May 1978)

Echinoderm type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. W. Zeidler. pp.

373-380.

(Issued 7 June 1978)

Molluse type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. 1. Cephalopoda and

Scaphopoda. W. Zeidler and M. K. Macphail. pp. 381-385.

(Issued 12 June 1978)

Treponematoses (yaws and treponarid) in exhumed Australian aboriginal

bones. C. J. Hackett. pp. 387-405.

(Issued 25 July 1978)

A new species of viviparous asterinid asteroid from Eyre Peninsula, South

Australia. Michael J. Keough and Alan J, Dartnall. pp. 407-416.

(Issued 31 July 1978)

The genus Bathycoelia A. & S. in New Guinea and Prytanicoris gen.nov. from

the New Guinea area and the New Hebrides (Heteroptera-Pentatomidae-

Pentatominae). Gordon F. Gross. pp. 417-428.

(Issued 2 August 1978)

The tribe Hyalopeplini of the world (Hemiptera: Miridae). José C. M.

Carvalho. The Australian fauna in collaboration with Gordon F. Gross.

pp. 429-531.

(Issued 10 September 1979)

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN / om

MUSEUM ce,

A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN

AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY

CLAMBIDAE (Coleoptera) WITH DESCRIPTION

OF A NEW SPECIES

By S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

_ North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

7 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 1

13th August, 1974

A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND

SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CLAMBIDAE (COLEOPTERA) WITH

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

BY S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA

Summary

The type specimens of all species described under the family Clambidae were studied. In the

present paper holotypes are confirmed and lectotypes designated where necessary. The systematic

position of the species is clarified and a new species described.

The taxonomic status of the family has changed remarkably since it was established by Thomason

in 1859. Later authors of the last century placed the group under the family Silphidae or

Anisotomidae (Leiodidae) until it was restored again as an independent family in the suborder

Staphylinoidea. More recent work by Crowson (1960) resulted in the transfer of the family to the

superfamily Eucinetoidea, sub-order Polyphaga.

A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF

THE FAMILY CLAMBIDAE (Coleoptera) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

By S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA

F.A.0, Entomologist!

ABSTRACT

ENDRODY-YOUNGA, S. 1973, A revision of the

described Australian and New Zealand species of the

with description of a

1-10),

Family Clambidae (Coleoptera)

new species. Ree. S. dust. Mus. 17 Cb):

The type specimens of all species described

under the family Clambidae were studied. In

the present paper holotypes are confirmed and

lectotypes designated where necessary. The

systematic position of the species is clarified and

a new species described.

INTRODUCTION

The taxonomic status of the family has

changed remarkably since it was established by

Thomson in 1859, Later authors of the last

century placed the group under the family

Silphidae or Anisotomidae (Letodidae) until it

wus restored again as an independent family in

the suborder Staphylinoidea, More recent work

by Crowson (1960) resulted in the transfer of

the family to the superfamily Eucinetoidea, sub-

order Polyphaga.

The members of this family can easily be

recognized by the small size (O+7-2+0 mm) and

convex shape, by the rolled up resting position

When the clypeus is curled under the pronotum

(most of the specimens are mounted in this

position) and by the extremely enlarged hind

coxal plate. Other characters are: bead very

broad, nearly as broad as pronotum, broadly

rounded in front, pronotum large, convex, not

deeply excised in front to accommodate a narrow

head as with many Anisotomidae; scutellum

triangular with sides about equal (in the similar

shaped Cybocephalidae the scutellum is very

broadly obtuse-angled): antennae consisting of

two enlarged basal and two club segments with

usually six funicular segments (four only in

the Palacarctic genus Loricaster Muls, & Rey);

tarsal formula 4-4-4; tibiae simple, not serrate in

contrast to: Anisotomidae.

I wish to express iny gratitude to the colleagues

Who supplied material and enabled me to study

the type specimens, notably the Jate Mr, H. M.

Hale, Dr, E. D, Giles, Mr. G. F. Gross and

1 Present address:

(3rh August, 1974.

Mr. N, McFarland of the South Australian

Museum, Adelaide; Dr, J. W. Evans of the

Australian Museum, Sydney; Mr. R. D. Pope

und Miss C. M. F. von Hayek of the British

Museum (Natural History), London.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT

Koy 10 GENERA

1, Front and basal margins of pronotum meet in it

sharp angle, not forming laterally a straight or

urcuate margin (Fig. | A). Byes free at the side

of the head (Fig. | A). Metasternum evenly

convex for its whole length (Fig. 1 D), Abdo-

men of 6 segments

Calypiomerns Redtenbacher

Pronotum with distinet, straight or arcuate lateral

margin (fig, | B). Byes conipletely enclosed in

the disc of the head or only tree behind (Fig.

1 B.C), Surface of metasternum sharply angled

alone the arcuale transversal crest (Fig. | E)

Abdomen ol 5 visible segments .. 6. 2. 0.04 2

2. Byes framed in front by an extension of clypeus

(temporal margin) but free behind (Fig. 1 ©).

Penis between bilobed or deeply emarginuted

parameres., .. Sphaerethorax Endrédy-Younga

Fyes completely framed by the temporal margin of

clypeus and divided into a dorsal and a ventral

hall, Parameres fused into a single plate wilh

pointed, arcuate of emarginate apex

Clanbus Fischer yon Waldheim

Genus CALVPTOMERUS Redtenbacher, 1849

Culyptomerus Redtenbacher, 1849, Fauna Aus-

triaca, Kifer, p. 18, 159; Endrédy-Younga,

1959, Opuse.Ent. 24: 84-85; 1961, Acta

Zool, Acad. Sci,Aung,, 7; 401-412.

Comazus Fairmaire & Laboulbene,

Faune Ent.Fr,,Col,, 1: 312, 328.

Small, convex, reddish brown with dense cover

of long yellowish hairs. Body both in dorsal and

in lateral view pear-shaped ei. broadest and

highest close to the shoulders. Head broad,

clypeus broadly arcuate, in the middle finely

emarginated. Eyes on the hind angle of head,

free (Fig. | A) or shortly framed in front (the

European C. alpestris Redtb.). Pronotum very

broad and short, convex with sharp lateral angles

(Fig. 1 A) instead of lateral margins, Meta-

sternum gently convex between mesosternum

and hind coxal plates (Fig. | D), not sharply

1854-56,

Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa.

2 REC. S. AUST.

angled to form a transversal crest in the middle

of metasternum. Antennae 10 segmented with

two enlarged basal and two club segments. Male

genitalia consisting of two basally fused para-

meres, a pointed tongue-shaped penis, and an

open, ring-shaped basal plate.

The genus comprises four species, described

from the Palaearctic and Nearctic regions

(Alaska). One of the species however is also

known from South Africa (Cape Province),

and the same species was recorded more recently

from Tasmania, where it was described as

Clambus corylophoides Lea.

1. Calyptomerus dubius (Marsham, 1802)

(Fig. 1 A, 1 D, 2 G)

Scaphidium dubium Marsham, 1802, Ent.Brit.

1: 234,

Comazus enshamensis Stephens, 1829, IIl.Brit.

Ent.Mandib., 2: 184; Johnson 1966,

Entomologist’s mon. Mag., 101: 186.

Calyptomerus troglodytes Fauvel, 1861, Ann.

Soc.Ent.Fr., (4) 1: 576.

Clambus corylophoides Lea, 1912, Proc.Lin.Soc.

N.S.Wales, 36: 458 (syn.nov.).

Calyptomerus dubius Endrédy-Younga, 1959,

Opusc.Ent. 24: 84-85; 1961, Acta Zool.

Acad.Sci.Hung., 7: 411-412.

Location of types:

Scaphidium dubium Marsham, British Museum?

Comazus enshamensis Stephens: without locality,

British Museum, London. Lectotype

MUS.,

17 (1): 1-10 August, 1974

Calyptomerus troglodytes Fauvel: location of

type unknown.

Clambus corylophoides Lea: Lectotype é and

two paratypes: Hobart, Tasmania, A. M.

Lea, in South Australian Museum,

Adelaide.

C. dubius is the smallest species of the genus.

Sculpture of dorsal surface fine, pubescence com-

paratively long and less dense than in other

species. Apex of elytra truncate. Head broad,

antennal fossa as long as the temporal margin

of clypeus between eyes and side angle of

antennal fossa. Eyes situated on the hind angle

of head and completely free (Fig. 1 A). Surface

of head shiny, with fine punctures at basis of

hairs. Hairs longer and less dense than in other

species, slightly elevated and forwardly directed.

Pronotum broad and short, as long as head;

front and basal margins joining laterally in a

sharp angle (Fig. 1 A). Pubescence similar to

that of the head but directed from the centre of

disc towards the margins. Elytra hardly longer

than combined breadth, at apex commonly

truncate; laterally and at the suture finely

margined. Microsculpture around scutellum very

fine, laterally and towards apex more distinct.

Pubescence similar to that of the pronotum,

directed from base to apex. Ventral side with

stronger microsculpture, pubescence shorter and

denser than on dorsal surface. Male genitalia

0:3 mm and 0-12 mm broad, stout in com-

parison to other species of the genus.

Parameres narrow, hardly longer than penis

(Fig. 2 G).

0-6-0°8

Length: 1:+1-1-6 mm—breadth:

mm.

A B

FIG.

Calyptomerus dubius Marsh., head and pronotum in lateral view.

Clambus sp. head and pronotum in lateral view.

Sphaerothorax suffusus Broun: head, dorsal view.

Calyptomerus dubius Marsh., body in lateral view (position of metasternum).

Clambus sp., body in lateral view (position of metasternum).

moowr

ENDRODY-VOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAT 4

Distribution: Burope (except northern areas),

Morocco, South Alrica (Cape Province), Tas-

mania. The origin of the South African and

Tasmanian populations is not known; importa-

tation is likely but there is no evidence.

Three type specimens of Clambus corylo-

phoides Lea in the South Australian Museum

were examined, The male specimen, without

head und pronotum, was dissected, The external

characters as well as those of the male genitalia

are identical with specimens of Calyptomerus

dubius Marsh. from the Palaearetic and from

South Africa; therefore Clambus corylophoides

Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym

of Calyplamerus dubius Marsh,

Genus SPHAEROTHORAX Endrédy-Younga,

1959

Sphaerethoryx Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opuse.

Ent, 24: 88-89; 1960, Ann,Hist,Nat.Mus.

Hung., 52: 241-244; 1965, Ann.Hist.Nat-

Mus.Hung., 57: 259.

Type: Clambus tasmani Broun.

Morphologically this genus is intermediate

between Calyptomerus and Clambus. Tt seems

to be endemic to the Australian region,

Convex, especially in front; shiny reddish

brown to almost black; some species with sparse

and long setae on head, pronotum and elytra,

Head narrower than pronotum, short, clypeus

flatly arcuate in front, Antennal fossa far m

front of eyes (like Calyptomerus but in contrast

to Clambus). Eyes framed by temporal margin

ot elypeus but free at back, behind the

temporal angle (Fig. 1 C). Pronotum longer

and broader than head, as. broad as elytra at

shoulders, Lateral margin between [ront and

hind angles distinct, more or less arcuate. Elytra

conyex, margined at the sides und from behind

scutellunr at suture. Metasternum Jarge, with a

sharp transverse crest about in the middle; hind

part of Metasternum horizontal, slightly convex

transversally, front part almost vertically drop-

ping to metasternum (Fig. | E). Mesosternum

very small, Hind coxal plates large, much longer

than hind part of metasternum. Abdomen five

segmented. Antennae LO segmented with two

enlarged busul and two large club segments.

Parameres bilobed, fused at base, penis varying

in shape according to species.

The external characters of the species are nol

very marked and without comparative material

itis diflicult to distinguish the three species. The

male genitalia however are very distinctive for

each species.

Tae I

“

KEY ‘TO SPECIES

1. Horizontal, hind part of metasternum with clear-cut,

large punctures tor whole width. Minute pubes-

cence of head and pronotum more visible. Sub-

sutural margins of elytra visible close behind

scutellum. Penis between the large and rounded

parameres appearing thin and strongly curved

(Fig. 2 C, DBD). t4-l:6 mm. Tasmania

|, Sphaerotharax tierenviv (Blackburn)

Horizontal, hind part of metasternum without clear

and distinct punetation in the middle, Minute

pubescence and punetution of head and pronotum

not or hardly visitle. Subsutural margins of

elytra appear further behind scutellum, Para-

mere lobes pointed, penis not curved back towards

the base ., .5 04 4 ; of of] perme

2. Larger, more elongate. Elytra behind shoulders

semipurallel, in lateral view sutural line not

evenly curved, Pens dilated before painted apex

(Fig. 2 BLP). 1'3-)°6 mm. Tasmania

2. Sphaerotharax tasmani (Blackburn)

Smaller, elytra both in dorsal and in lateral view

evenly arcuate, Penis broad at base with a long

and narrow apical process (Fig. 2 A, B).

1-2 mm, New Zealand

3, Sphaeroiheraxy suliuvus (Broun)

1, Sphaerothorax tierensis (Blackburn, 1902)

(Fig. 2 C-D)

Clambus tierensis Blackburn, 1902, Trans.Roy,

Soc.8.Austr., 26: 289; Lea, 1912. Proc,Lin,

Soc.N.S.Wales, 36: 459,

Clambus latens Lea, 1912, Proc.Lin.Soc.N.S,

Wales, 36: 457 (syn. navi),

Clambus pubiventris Lea, 1912, Proe.Lin,Soc,

N.S. Wales, 36: 456 (syn. nov.),

Sphaerothorax tierensis Endrédy-Younga, 1960,

Ann. Nat. Aist,Mus,Hung,, 52: 242,

Location of types:

Clambus tierensis Blackburn: Lectotype & , Tas-

mania. British Museum (Natural History),

London.

Clumbus latens Lea: Lectotype ¢ and three

further paratypes, Stonor, Tasmania (prob-

ably from tussocks), A, M, Lea, in South

Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Clambus pubiventris Lea: Holotype 3 and two

further paratypes from the same locality,

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, A. M, Lea,

in South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Elongate ovate, shiny durk brown with lighter

iransparent lateral lobes of pronotum and front

margin of clypeus. Lighter coloured specimens

not rare.

4 REC,

A B C D

8S. AUST. MUS.

17 (lds 1-L0 1974

AMGUST,

ANAND

FIG, 2

same in lateral view.

same in Jateral view,

OnmoOncp

Head broad and short, narrower and shorter

than pronotum, Front margin of clypeus

between the antennal fossa slightly trilobate,

median lobe ulmost four times broader than one

of the lateral ones; median lobe very flatly

arcuate, finely emarginate in the middle.

Pubescence of dise very short and fine with a

few short additional setae. Elytra much longer

than their combined breadth (46:38), evenly

arcuate, both in dorsal and in lateral view. Sub-

sutural striae of clytra appear close behind

scutellum, there fine, slightly diverging from one

another, behind the last two-fifths very distinct,

parallel. Surface shiny with nearly evenly dis-

tributed and similar setae. Hind, horizontal

part of metasternum with distinct, large punc-

tures. Punctures in the middle set in two to

three rows but more confused laterally, Inclined

setae of transverse crest do not reach the hind

margin of metasterpum, Short and dense

pubescence of abdomen collected into a tuft on

anal sternite. Male genitalia 0-45 mm long and

0*2 mm broad (Fig. 2 C, D)-.

Length: 1+4-1+6 mm—Abreadih: 0+8-0'9 mm,

Distribution; Tasmania: Hobart,

Mount Wellington, New Norfolk.

Stonor,

The type specimens of Clambus latens Lea

are paler than average S. tierensis but are

obviously immature, the genitalia of the dissected

specimen (Jectotype) are fecbly sclerotised, No

Sphderathearay saffusus Broun, aedeagus in ventral view;

Sphaerothorax tierensiy Blackb,, aedeagus in ventral view:

Sphaerothorax tasmani Blackb., aedeagus in ventral view:

Calyptomerus dubins Marsh., wedeagus in ventral view.

specific difference could be found between the

compared lectotypes, therefore Clambus latens

Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym

of Sphaerathorax tierensis (Blackburn).

The type specimens of Clambuy pubiventris

Lea are similar to S. tierensis (Blackb.), The

aedeagus of the first specimen on the label

(holotype) is visible without dissection and is

identical with that of §, tierensiy. The colour

and setae of the elytra mentioned as specific

characters by Lea in the original diagnosis are

also characters of S. tierensis, The size of the

type specimens is within the size range of

S. tierensix and in the shape no distinct difference

could be found. Clambus pubiventris Lea has

to be considered as a junior synonym of Sphaero-

thorax tierensis (Blackb.). The (hree type speci-

mens are mounted on the same label, the first

from the left, marked as “typ” by Lea should be

accepted as holotype. The specimen in the

middle had no head and pronotum at the time

of the present examination.

2. Sphaerothorax iasmani (Blackburn, 1902)

(Fig. 2 E-F)

Clambus tasmani Blackburn, 1902, Trans,Roy.

Soc.S,Austr,, 26: 288, Lea, 1912, Proc.

Lin.Soc.N.S.Wales, 36: 458.

Clambus rufecastaneus Lea, 1912, Proe,Lin.Soe.

N.S,Wales. 36: 457 (ayn, nov.).

ENDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAF. 5

Sphaerothorax tusmani Endrédy-Younga, 1959,

Opuse.Bnt., 24: 89; 1960, Ann.Hist.Nat.

Mus.Hung., 52: 243-244.

Location of types:

Clambus tasmani Blackburn: Lectotype 3¢,

Tasmania, in British Museum (Natural

History), London.

Clambuy rufocastaneus Lea; Lectotype ¢, Huon

River, Tasmania (in tussocks), A. M. Lea,

and one further paratype from the same

locality, in South Australian Museum,

Adelaide,

Blongate ovate, shiny reddish or chestnut

brown, lateral lobes of pronotum and lateral

mirging of elytra (where body does not give a

shade) lighter transparent. Setae of elytra

numerous, very strong and long,

Head shorter and narrower than pronotum.

Front margin of clypeus slightly — trilobate,

median Jobe less than double width of a lateral

lobe. Front margin of median lobe only very

Slightly arcuate, not emarginate in middle, Setae

of clypeus longer than in 8, tierensis but the fine

pubescence even Jess visible. Pronotum convex,

margin of lateral lobes finely arcuate, front and

hind angles rounded but distinct. Surface very

shiny with a pair of setae (on rubbed specimens

only the basal punctures visible). Elytra longer

than combined breadth (45:36). Sides in dorsal

view nearly parallel behind shoulders. Sub-

sulural striae distinct but shorter in front, first

visible at the lirst two-fifths behind scutellum,

Setue on dise and lateral margin similar, very

long and strong, Horizontal, hind part of meta-

sternum shiny, only punctate laterally close to

the transverse crest, Recumbent setae of crest

reach or surpass the hind margia of metasternum.

Abdomen densely pubescent with a tuft of

short hairs on the anal sternite. Male genitalia

0-5 mm Jong and 0-15 mm broad (Fig, 2 E, F).

Leneth: 1+4-1-6 mm—bhreadth: 0°8-0°9 mm.

Distribwiion: ‘Tasmania: Launceston, Mount

Wellington, Prankford,

The type specimens of Clambus rufocasianeus

Lea ure identicul with specimens of §. fasmani,

the male genitalia are also similar, The smaller

size and lighter colour mentioned by Lea in the

orivinal diagnosis are within the variability of

S, taymani, and the subsutural striae are also

characters of tt. Clambus rufecastaneus Lea

has to be considered as a junior synonym of

S. tasmani (Blackb.),

3, Sphaerothorax suffusus (Broun, 1886)

(Fig, 1 C, 2 A-B)

Clambus suffusus Broun, 1886, Man.N.Zeul.

Col, 2: 762.

Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Younga, 1959,

Opusc.Ent., 24: 90; 1960, Ann.Hist.Nat.

Mus.Hung.. 52: 243,

Sphaerothorax suffusus Endrédy-Younga, 1965,

Aon,Hist.Nat.Mus.Hung., 57: 259,

Location of types:

Clambus suffusus Broun: Lectotype 4, New

Zealand, Broun Coll. in British Museum

(Natural History), London,

Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Younga: Holo-

type @, Wellington Prov., New Zealand,

and a paratype, Auckland, New Zealand,

in British Museum (Natural History),

London. A further paratype with the latter

locality in Natural History Museum,

Budapest,

Smaller, elongate ovate, shiny reddish brown

with lighter sides of pronotum und elytra. Setae

of elytra somewhat shorter and less numerous

than in S. dasmani, but much longer than in

S. tierensis,

Head much shorter and, also narrower than

pronotumn, Front margin of clypeus slightly

trilobed, median lobe less than double the

breadth of a lateral lobe: front margin of lobes

more arcuate (Fig. 1 C). Setae of clypeus short,

fine pubescence of disc hardly visible, Pro-

notum conyex, margin of lateral lobes evenly

arcuate between lateral angles. Surface shiny

with a pair of long setae. Elytra only slightly

longer than combined breadth (39:36), Sides

in dorsal view, and sutural line in lateral view

evenly arcuate, Subsutural striae of elytra first

appear just before the second third of length.

Setae numerous along lateral margins with some

additional ones at shoulder and near apex.

Ventral side similar to that of S. tasmani, but

without the accumulation of hairs on anal

sternite. Male genitalia 0°48 mm Jong and

Q-1 mn broad (Fig, 2 A, B).

Length: 1+15-1«35 mm—breadtht: 0° 85-0°90

mm.

Distribution: New

Auckland, Rotorua.

Zealand: Wellington,

Genus Clambus Fischer von Waldheim, 1820

Clambus Fischer von Waldheim, 1820. Eni,

Russ., 1: 20. Endrédy-Younga, 1960,

Acta Zool.Acad.Sci-Hung., 6: 257-303,

4 REC. $8 AUST. MUS., 17 (1): 1-10

Johnson, 1966, Handb.Ident.Brit.Ins.,

Clambidae, vol, 6, part 6 (a): 1-13 (Roy.

Ent. Soc.,London).

Slernuchus Leconte, 1850, in Agassiz (ed,),

“Lake Superior”, p. 222

ame

In general appearance the genus is very homo-

geneous and most of the species can only be

characterized by minute but usually very constant

characters. The male genitalia (penis and the

fused parameres) appear to be the best specific

characters.

Small, between 0-9 and 1-8 mm, almost

spherical to elongate ovate, semiglobular to pear-

shaped, i.e,, fattened or narrower towards apex

of elytra. Surface polished, shiny or sometimes

with reticulate microseulpture, if latter, more

distinct at apical part of elytra or on ventral

surface. Pubescence very characteristic, varying

from hardly visible fine hairs to a fairly dense

vestiture of long setae. Normally unicoloured

brown or black, usually with lighter transparent

lateral margin of pronotum and elytra,

Head large and broad, clypeus broadly arcuate

between temporal angles. Eyes entirely framed

by temporal margin of clypeus (Fig. | B),

divided into a dorsal and 4 ventral part, Hind

angle of clypeus (temporal angle) situated beside

or behind eyes. The pubescence of clypeus is

characteristic and can be used for the grouping

of species. Pronotum large and convex with

distinct lateral margins, Lateral margin broadly

and almost evenly arcuate, or straight between

front and hind Jateral angles. hind angle if dis-

tinct more flatly arcuate than front angle, Elytra

longer, only exceptionally slightly shorter than

combined breadth, uniformly convex or flattened

or contracted towards apex. Metasternum, along

a4 deeply bent transverse crest, divided into an

almost vertical front and a horizontal hind part

(Fig. | E). Metasternum very short, only

accommodating median coxae. Abdomen 5-

segmented. Antennae |0-segmented with two

enlarged basal and two club segments. Penis

dilated or tubular, parameres fused at base, there

with an additional, usually less sclerotised,

genital segment.

The genus is widely distributed in all tem-

perate and tropical regions, Only four species

are Known from the Australian region.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT

Key to Species of THE AUSTRALIAN REGION

1. Head, pronotum and elytra apparently hairless in

macroscopic yiew but minule hairs vistble under

strong magnification. Punetation on whole dise

Augusi, 1974

of elytra very fine. Horizontal, hind part of

metasternum reduced to the deeply curved trans-

verse crest ul the middle (Pig, 3 A) .. 2... 2

Dorsal and ventril surface distinctly pubescent,

Punctuation of elytra fine ut base buat very distinet

behind the middle. Horizontal, hind part of

metaslernum ulso quite long medially, transverse

crest less curved (Fig. 1 E) ., 2. 0. ch a, 8

2. Temporal margin of clypeus almast straight in front

of temporal angle (Fig. 3 B). Somewhat more

elongate ovate, shoulders almost rectangular (Fig.

3.C). Apex of anal sternite simply excised with

only one horizontal set of hairs (Fig. 3D). Club

of antennae broader ovate. last funicular segments

broader than long, Penis simply curved (Fig.

4 F), apex triangular and shorter (Fig. 3 &),

1:3 mm. Southern Austraha

lL. Chimbuy myemecophilus Lea

Temporal margin of clypeus slightly more arcuate

in front of temporal angle. More browdly ovate,

shoulder broudly rounded (Fig. 4 A). Excision

of anal sternite double curved, larger area pubes-

cent (Fig. 4 B). Club of antennae with semi-

parallel sides, last funicular segments not broader

than long, Apex of penis distinctly hooked (Fig.

4 PD) and more elongately pointed (Mig. 4 ©),

1-3 mm. New Zealand

2, Clambus bulla spec. nov.

3. Pubescence more disimel, longer, hairs on elytra

closer to each other than length of a single hair.

Temporal margin ot clypeus Straight to the

temporul angle. Penis truneate or flattened al

apex (Fig 5 A), t'-l*2 mm. Tasmania,

South Australia

3. Clamhus sinwent Blackburn

Puibescence pot so distinct, shorter. hairs of elytra

more Spaced than length of a single hair, Tem-

poral margin of clypens slightly arcuate in front

of temporal angle. Margins of penis evenly

curved towards the rounded apex (Fig, 5 ©).

0-9-0:95 mm. New Zealand, Southern Australia

4. Clamihus damesticus, Broun

1. Clambus myrmecophilus Lea, 1910

(Fig. 3 A-F)

Clambus myrmecophilus Lea, 1910, Proc.Roy.

Soc. Victoria. 23> 190.

Location of types:

Clambuy myrmecophilus Lea: Holotype ? , Port-

Jand, V,, Inquiline, in South Australian

Museum, Adelaide; Neoallotype @, South

Australia, in author's collection,

Very convex, reddish brown, shiny, apparently

glabrous, pubescence extremely fine.

Head large, convex, as large as pronotum

between front angles of lateral lobes. Margin

of clypeus evenly curved between temporal

angles, Labrum very small. Eyes large on

dorsal side, somewhat closer to temporal margin

ENDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAE 7

than to antennal fossa; on ventral side only few

(probably three) ocelli free (Fig. 3 B), a similar

reduction of eyes is known also from other

regions (c.f. C, kaszabi E.-Y. from North

Africa), Temporal margin only slightly curved;

temporal angles behind eyes (Fig. 3 B). Pro-

notum conyex, lateral lobes with short straight

lateral margins, front angles narrower than hind

angles. Elytra very convex, only slightly longer

than combined breadth (38:35); sides in dorsal

view and sutural line in lateral view evenly

arcuate. Humerul angle of elytra sharp, almost

rectangular (Fig. 3 C). Subsutural striae very

faint, only visible near apex. Apical angles

sharply rectangular, Ventral surface shiny;

pubescence us fine as on the dorsal surface but

basal punctures of hairs more distinct. Trans-

verse crest of metasternum very deeply bent in

the middle, there touching the hind margin of

the plate (Fig. 3 A). Hind coxal plate large.

longer than horizontal part of metasternum

laterally (Fig. 3 A). Apex of anal sternite simply

and angularly excised with only a single line of

fine and short yellowish hairs at base (Fig. 3 D).

Antennae short, lust two segments of funiculus

(seventh and eighth segments) broader than

long; club ovate, Penis 0°32 mm long and

0-04 mm broad, parallel to apex; apex triangular

with tip rounded; in lateral view simply curved.

Parameres 0*2 mm long and 0:06 mm broad,

deeply and symmetrically excised, excision acute-

angular, apices with very fine setae (Fig. 3 E, F).

The description of male characters is based on a

specimen from South Australia in the author's

collection (Neoallotype),

FIG, 3

A Chanbay ntycmecophituy Lea, metasternum and hind

coxal plate;

BR osame, eye with temporal margin and angle in dorsal

view wilh the position of ventral ocelli marked;

same, humeral angle, semidorsal view;

D same, excision of anal sternite;

sume, aedeagus in ventral view;

F same, aedeagus in lateral view,

Length: 1°3 mm with head bent—breadth:

0+ 88 mim.

Distribution: Victoria, South Australia.

2, Clambus bulla Endrédy-Younga, n. sp,

(Fig. 4 A-D)

Holotype ¢: New Zealand, Broken Riv.,

15,1,1908, Broun coll,, 1922-482. in

British Museum (Natural History) London.

Very similur to C. myrmecophilus. The diag-

nosis is restricted to characters which are

different; others mentioned only the

former species are identical,

under

FIG. 4

A Clanbus bulla speenov., humeral

lateral view;

Bo osame. excision of anal sternile;

D same, wcdeaviis in lateral view.

angle in semt-

More broadly ovate, temporal margin of

clypeus somewhat more strongly bent (compare

Fig, 3B). Humeral angle of elytra rounded

(Fig. 4 A). Elytra shorter, as long as combined

breadth. Excision of anal sternite double-curved

at base, here more densely pubescent (Fig. 4B).

Last two segments of funiculus (seventh and

eighth segments of antennae) not broader than

long; club of antennae more parallel at sides.

Penis 0-4 mm long and 0-05 mm broad, apex

more acute with tip rounded. Apex of penis

hooked in lateral view, Fused parameres 0+28

mm long and 0-08 mm broad slightly dilated

towards apex, apex symmetrically but less deeply

excised, excision rectangular (Fig, 4 C, D).

Length: 1+3 mm, with head bent—breadrh;

1-0 mm,

Distribution: New Zealand.

8 REC. §.

3, Clambus simsoni Blackburn, 1902

(Fig. 5 A-B)

Clambuy simsoni Blackburn, 1902, Trans,Roy-

Soc.S.Austr., 26: 288. Endrody-Younga,

1959, Opuse.Ent., 24: 95: 1965, Ann.Hist.

Nat.Mus.Hung., 57: 260-261.

Clambus flavipes Lea, 1912, Proe.Lin.Soc.N.S.

Wales, 36; 456 (syn, noy,).

Location of types:

Clambus simsoni Blackb,; Lectotype ¢, Tas-

mania, Simson, Broun Coll, B.M. 1910-

236, in British Museum (Natural History),

London.

Clambus flavipes Lea: Holotype ¢@, Gordon

River, Tasmania, J, EB, Philip, in South

Australian Museum, Adelaide,

Light to dark brown with long shiny pubes-

cence. Moderately convex. Front part of dorsal

surface shiny, with only indistinct micro-

sculpture and minute basal punctures of hairs,

latter becoming very distinct in the hind third of

elytra.

Head Jarge, margin of clypeus broadly and

evenly arcuate between temporal angles. Tem-

poral margin almost straight between antennal

fossa and temporal angle, Temporal angle

situated beside eye, ie, an imaginary line

between temporal angles cuts through eyes. Eyes

lurge both on dorsal and ventral side of head.

equally close to antennal fossa and to temporal

margin in front. Pubescence uniform, shorter

than on elytra, Pronotum convex. Hind angle

of lateral lobes broadly, front angle more

narrowly, arcuate; lateral margin slightly curved,

Pubescence as on head. Elytra longer than com-

bined breadth (35:30), sides more strongly

arcuate towards apex than behind shoulders,

Humeral angle nearly rectangular or slightly

obluseangulate. Sutural line in lateral view more

strongly arcuate behind scutellum than towards

upex. Sutural striae fine, appearing only before

middle of elytra. Pubescence long, more closely

set than the Jength of hairs, Transverse crest of

inetasternum moderately bent in the middle, here

also leaving a comparatively long piece of the

horizontal part. Hind, horizontal part of the

metasternum, hind coxal plates and abdominal

segments evenly pubescent, as on elytra; basal

punctures of hairs strongest on hind coxal plates.

Legs and antennae reddish yellow, Penis

0°27 mm long and 0:04 mm broad, parallel,

with apex contracted, Apex broadly truncate;

in lateral view slightly curved to parameres,

apical two-thirds straight, Fused parameres

AUST, MUS.,

17 (1): I-1b August, 1974

0-J5 mm long and 0:05 mm broad, contracted

towards apex, apex excised with fine setae at

points (Fig. 5 A, B). A specimen from

S.E. Queensland has broader penis with less

contracted apex.

1°0-1'2) mm with head bent—

0:75-0°85 mm.

Length:

breadth:

Distribution: Tasmania and Eastern Australia,

The type specimen of C, flavipes is light brown

and therefore its pubescence Jess apparent,

though identical with that of darker specimens,

Subsutural striae present, very fine as is general

with this species. Male genitalia identical with

that of the lectotype of C. simsoni. Clambus

flavipes Lea has to be considered as a junior

synonym of Clambus simsoni Blackb,

4. Clambus domesticus Broun, 1886

(Pig. 5 C-D)

Clambus domestievs Broun, 1886, Man.N,Zeal.

Col,, 3: 762. Endrédy-Younga, 1959,

Opuse,Eot., 24: 96; 1965, Ann.Mus.Nat.

Hist.Hung.. 57: 259-260,

Clambus tropicus Blackburn, 1903, Trans.Roy.

Soc.S.Austr. 27:97.

Location of types:

Clambuy domesticus Broun: Lectotype 3, New

Zealand, Broun coll, B.M. 1922-482.

(1350), in British Museum (Natural His-

tory), London,

FIG. 5

A Clambus simsonit Blackb., aedeagus in yveotrul views

B same, viedeagus in lateral view.

= Clainhuy domesticus Broun, acdeagus in ventral views

D same, vedeagus in lateral yiew,

FNDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN

Clambus. tropicus Blackb.: Lectotype 9, Aus-

tralia. Blackburn coll., BLM. 1910-236, in

British Museum (Natural History), London.

This species is very similar and is apparently

closely related to C. simvoni. Therefore the

diagnosis hereunder 1s only extended to those

characters which are different; others, mentioned

only under C, simsoni are identical.

Sinaller, pubescence much shorter, dark, less

apparent. Colour, punctation and microsculp-

ture similar. Temporal macgin of clypeus dis-

linctly arcuate in front of temporal angle, latter

less obtuse. Pubescence denser in front of, than

between the eyes. Pubescence of elytra similar

ta that between eyes, hairs wider apart than their

length. Pubescence of ventral surface longer

thin that of dorsal surface, here very similar to

C. simsoni. Penis 0+22 mim long and 0:04 mm

broad, simply curved to the apex, in lateral view

more smoothly arcuate. Fused parameres 0+ 14

mm long and 0-05 mm broad, truncate or

slightly enarginate at apex, rounded apical

ungles with fine setae (Pig. C, D)-.

Length: 0-9-0-95 mm with head bent—

breadth: Q+7 mm.

Distribution: New Zealand and Southern

Australia,

Taxonomic stutus of other species described tinder the

family Clambidae

Clambus semiflavus Lea, 1926, Proc.Roy.Soc.S.

Austr, 50: 51.

Leetotype ¢ 2 Northern Queensland, Blackburn

coll, in South Australian Museu,

Adelaide,

The species belongs to the genus Cybocephalus

Erichson in the family Cybocephalidae. In that

genus this species name is already preoccupied

by Cybocephalus semiflavus Champion, 1925,

Ent.Mo.Mag.: 263, from Kumaon, India, Lea’s

species hug therefore to be transferred to the

family Cybocephalidae under a memen nevion,

lor which I propose Cybocephalus leai nom.noy.

Clambus australiae Lea, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc,

London, 74; 280,

Lectotype 4; West Australia, King George’s

Sound, C, Darwin coll, in South Australian

Museum, Adelaide.

This species also belongs to Cybocephalus

Erichson, Cybocephalidae, and becomes Cybe-

cephalus australiae (Lea) nov. comb.

AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAR 9

Clambus vestitus Broun, 1886, Man.N.Zeul.Col.,

2: 762.

Lectotypus ¢: New Zealand, in British Museum

(Natural History), London,

The species apparently belongs to the family

Anisotomidae, The generic characters of the

species required the establishment of a new genus

and it was transferred to the family Anisotomidae

(Leiodidae) under the name Australiodes

vestitus (Broun) in Endrddy-Younga, 1960,

Ann,Mus.Nat.Hist,Hung., 52; 239-240,

SUMMARY

Since 1886, when the second part of Broun’s

Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera was

published with the description of the first species

of Clambidae in this region, 16 species have

been described, all, with one exception, under

the genus Clambus. The revision of these

species was begun by the present author in 1959

when a genus, Sphaerothorax, was established

for a distinctly different group of the family.

Later, after a study of the type specimens of the

British and South Australian Museums, a further

genus, Calypiomerus Redth. is identified and the

taxonomic status of all described species clarified.

Clambus bulla is described as a new species.

REFERENCES

Blackburn, T.. 1902. Further Notes on Australian Coleap-

fer (31). Prais. R, Soe, S. Anst., 26: 288321,

Blackburn, T.. 1903. Further Notes on Australian Coleop-

iera, Wilh Descriptions of New Genera and Species

(32), Trans. R. Sac, §. Ausi., 27> 91-182.

Broun, T., (884. Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera,

7 parts (1880-93), Colonial Museum & Geological

Survey Department, Wellington,

Champion, G. €,, 1925. Some Indian (and Tibetan)

Coleoptera (18). Entomelogist’s mon, Mag, 61;

260-273,

Crowson, R. A,, 1960 (1954). The Natural Classification

of the Families of Coleoptera. Classey, London,

Crowson, R. A. 1967. The Nalural Classification of the

Families of Coleoptera, Addenda ct Corrigendi.

Entomolagisis'y mon. Mag., 103: 209-214.

Endrily-Younga, S. 1959. Systematischer Ueberblick

ueber die Familie Clambidae. Opusc. ent., 24: 51-116,

Indrédy-Younga, §., L960, Monographie der paliiark-

tischen oArten der Gallung Clambus (Col). Acta

sool.-liing., &: 237-303,

EndrGdy-Younga, S$, 1960, Nene Augaben = zur

Kiirunge des Systems der Familie Clambidao tind

Beschreibung emer neuen Lindiden-Gattong (Coleop-

tera), Analy hish-nat Mus. net. hung. 524 239-245.

Endvody-Younga, §&, 1961. Revision der Galltung

Culyptomerus Redib. (Coleoptera; Clumbidae). Acta

2001 Aaaig., Ts AOL-AIL.

Bndeidy-Younga, S., 1965. Clambiden Studien.

hist.-net. Mus. natn. hung, 57: 259-265.

Fairnmire, L. & Laboulbene, A, 1854-56, Faune ento-

mologique Prangaise. Colenplera Lz pp. 665. Deyrolle,

Paris.

Annls

10 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (1): 1-10

Fischer von Waldheim, G., 1820. Entomographie de la

Russie et Genres des Insectes avec un Catalogue

raisonné des espéces de la Russie. 5 Vols. Soc.

Caesar. Mosc.natur. Moscow.

Johnson, C., 1966. Handbooks for the Identification of

British Insects, Clambidae, Coleoptera, Royal Ento-

mological Society, London, 4, 6a: 1-13.

Johnson, C., 1966. The Stephensian Species of the Family

Clambidae (Col.), together with a Revised British List

of the Family. Lntomologist’s mon. Mag., 101:

185-188.

Lea, A. M., 1912. Descriptions of New Species of Aus-

tralian Coleoptera (9). Proce. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 36:

426-478,

Lea, A. M., 1910. Australian and Tasmanian Coleoptera

inhabiting or resorting to the nests of ants, bees and

termites. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., 23: 116-230.

Lea, A. M., 1926. Notes on some miscellaneous Coleop-

tera with descriptions of new species (6). Proc. R.

Soc. S. Aust., 50: 45-84.

Lea, A. M., 1926. On some Australian Coleoptera Collected

by Charles Darwin during the Voyage of the “Beagle”.

Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond., 74: 279-288.

Leconte, J. L., 1850. General Remarks upon the Coleop-

tera of Lake Superior. Ja “Lake Superior’, Vol. 4

(L. Agassiz ed.). Agassiz, New York.

Marsham, T., 1802. Entomologia Britannica, sistens

Insecta Britanniae indigena secundum Linneum dis-

posita pp. 548. White, London.

Redtenbacher, Dr. L., 1849, Fauna Austriaca, Kiifer, pp.

883. Gerold, Vienna.

Stephens, J. F., 1829-1846. Illustrations of British

Entomology, Mandibulata, 7 Vols. (2 and 5). Baldwin

& Cradock, London,

Thomson, C. G., 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, 5 Vols.

(1859-63) Lund,

LIST OF SPECIES

Family CLAMBIDAE

Calypiomerus Redtenbacher

C. dubius Marsham

= Clambus corylophoides Lea

Sphaerothorax Endrédy-Younga

S. lierensis (Blackburn)

= Clambus tierensis Blackburn

= Clambus latens Lea

= Clambus pubiventris Lea

S. tasmani (Blackburn)

= Clambus tasmani Blackburn

= Clambus rufocastaneus Lea

S. sufjusus (Broun)

= Clambus suffusus Broun

= Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Y ounga

Clambus Fischer von Waldheim

C. myrmecophilus Lea

C. bulla spec. nov.

C. simsoni Blackburn

= Clambus flavipes Lea

C. domesticus Broun

= Clambus tropicus Blackburn

Family CyBOCEPHALIDAE

Cybocephalus Erichson

C. jeai nom. noy.

= Clambus semiflavus Lea

C. australiae (Lea)

= Clambus ausiraliae Lea

Family LE1opipAR

Australiodes Endrédy-Younga

A. vestitus (Broun)

= Clambus vestitus Broun

August, 1974

RECORDS OF THE O

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN Saye

MUSEUM Koy

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS

STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD (Coleoptera,

Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae)

By H. F. HOWDEN

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 2

15th November, 1974

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS

WESTWOOD (COLEOPTERA, SCARABAEIDAE, GEOTRUPINAE)

BY H. F. HOWDEN

Summary

The Australian genus Stenaspidius Westwood is revised, and the species are keyed and illustrated.

Five species are recognized: S. nigricornis Westwood from southern Western Australia, S. brittoni

n. sp. from southern Western Australia, S. matthewsi n. sp. from west central Western Australia, S.

ruficornis Boucomont from South Australia, Victoria and New South Wales and S. albosetosus n.

sp. from the northern portions of Queenlsand, Northern Territory and Western Australia.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD

(COLEOPTERA, SCARABAEIDAE, GEOTRUPINAE)

By H. F. HOWDEN

Biology Department, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada

ABSTRACT

HOWDEN, H, F, 1974, A revision of the Australian

sents Stenaspidins Westwood (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae,

eatninpinae). Rec, S, Aust. Mus,, 17 (2): 11-21,

The Australian genus Stenaspidius Westwood

is revised, and the species are keyed and

illustrated, Five species are recognized: S.

nigricornis Westwood from southern Western

Australia, S. britteni n, sp, from southern

Western Australia, S. matthewsi n, sp. from west

central Western Australia, S. ruficornis Bouco-

mont from South Australia, Victoria and New

South Wales and S. albasetosus n, sp. from the

northern portions of Queensland, Northern

Territory and Western Australia.

INTRODUCTION

On 21st March, 1848, J. O, Westwood read

a paper entitled “On the Australian species of

the coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby” in

which he described as new the species Bolhoceras

(Srenaspidius {new subgenus]) nigricornis, A

short version of this paper which validated the

names was published in 1848 in The Annals and

Magazine of Natural History, Volume 2, An

expanded version of the same paper, including

figures, was subsequently published in 1852 in

The Transactions of the Linnean Society of

London, Volume 21. In 1856 Lacordaire gave

Stenaspidius Westwood generic rank, and sub-

sequent authors hive concurred with this. In

1906 a second Australian species, S. ruficornis,

was described by Boucomont. Paulian (1939)

described a third species, S. wagneri, from South

America which was later correctly synonymized

by Martinez (1952) under Arhyreus ruficollis

Bruch (1925), At the same time Martinez

transferred rificollis into the genus Stenaspidius.

Recent studies have shown that ruficollis is not

congeneric with the Australian species and it

has been transferred to a separate genus

Bolbothyreus (Howden, 1974), Stenaspidius,

as presently constituted, is an endemic Australian

genus containing five species,

A number of people have assisted me with the

present study and their generous help is grate-

fully acknowledged. In the following list of

persons and institutions lending material, the

abbreviations in parentheses are those used in the

text:

Lsth Navernber, 1974,

EB. B. Britton, Australian National Insect

Collection, Division of Entomology,

CSIRO, Canberra (ANIC).

A, Descarpentrics, Muséum National

d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (MNHN).

G. Holloway, The Australian Museuni,

Sydney (AM).

L. BE, Koch, The Western Australian

Museum, Perth (WAM).

E. G. Matthews. South Australian Museum,

Adelaide (SAM).

A, Neboiss, National Museum of Victoria,

Melbourne (NMYV).

R. Pope, British Museum (Natural

History), London (BM).

K. T. Richards, Entomology Branch

Department of Agriculture, W.A., South

Perth (DAWA).

T. Weir and N. Forrester, Entomology

Section, Agriculture Branch, Northern

Territory Adininistration, Darwin

(NTA),

Tam particularly indebted to E, G, Matthews

and G. F. Gross of the South Australian Museum

for support for field work in July and August,

1972, and for the use of their facilities, and to

E. B. Britton, CSTRO, Division of Entomology,

for the use of facilities at Canberra,

The scanning electron microscope pictures

used herein were taken by L. BE. C. Ling,

Carleton University. This work has been sup-

ported, in part, by an operating grant from the

National Research Council of Canada.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT

Stenaspidius Westwood

Westwood, J, O., 1848, p. 144; 1852, p, 17-

Lacordaire, T., 1856, p. 141.

Matctinez, A., 1952, p, 326 (Catalogue of refer-

ences to genus).

Howden, H. F., 1974, p, 1567.

Type-species, Bolboceras — (Stenaspidius)

niericornis Westwood. 1848, by monotypy.

12 REC. §. AUST. MUS,,

Major characters that separate Stenaspidinus

from other genera in the tribe Bolboceratini are

as follows; Each mandible moderately to dis-

tinctly lobed on outer margin; labrum with

irregular transverse carina, at least in median

half; clypeus slanting slightly to abruptly

upwards to posterior curina, the carina often

with median and lateral horns or tubercles; gena

rounded or angulate; vertex with at least an indi-

cation of median horn; pronotum with complete

marginal line, pronotal midline poorly to deeply

indented; scutellum approximately twice as long

as wide; each elytron with five striae between

suture and humeral umbone, intervals broadly

convex; fore tibia with five teeth on outer

margin; middle and hind tibiae each with one

complete subapical transyerse carina on ovter

surface; middle coxae distinctly separated by

metasternum, External sexual differences slight:

in many males apex of the genital capsule visible

between pygidium and last sternite,

The elongate scutellum will separate Stenas-

pidius from all other genera of Australian

Geotrupinae except for the genus Gilletinus

Boucomont. The broadly convex elytral

intervals and five narrow striae between the

suture and humeral tumbone separate Sfenas-

pidius from Gilletinus which has seven deep,

broad, heavily punctate striae (instead of five)

and abruptly convex elytra) intervals,

The various species of Stenaspidius are poorly

represented in collections. Adults come

occasionally to light. Specimens ure best

collected by excavating their burrows and, in

some cases at least, a number of adults have been

found in a single burrow. The meagre data

available indicates that the genus occurs (see

map) most frequently in sandy soils in areas m

which the raintall exceeds 250 mm per year.

Key to the species of Stenaspidins

I, Frons, vertex und pronotum with scattered

clumps of coarse punctures; much of vertex

and central portion af pronotum Pegubctals

or finely punctate . 2

Frons, vertex, and pronotum relatively evenly,

coarsely, heavily punctate (Fig. 5), less so

near posterior margin of pronotum; Kal-

barri area, W.A,

Stenaspidius matthewsi n. sp.

2. (1) Metasiernurm anteriorly elevated into a sharp.

abruptly angulute point (e.g. Fig. 22);

occurring im southern half of Western

Australla ... u5k we cele le ne ek 8

Metasternum rounded or carinate anteriorly

but with apex (viewed Jaterally) rounded.

not sharply angulate to vertical face (Figs,

23, 24); occurring tn northern or eastern

Australia... 6) ce ca ae ee ee we ee SF

17 (2): 1-20 Navermher, 1974

3. (2) Horn on vertex (Fig, 2) distinctly transverse,

usually slightly bifid at apex; male genitaha

as in Fig, 20

Stemwpidius nigricarnis Westwood

Horn on vertex (Fig. 3) longitudinal with

base extending anteriarly, apex evenly

rounded; male genitalia as in Pig, 18

Stenaspidis brittani n. sp.

4. (2) Posterior clypeal carina well developed, distinctly

narrowed, the three horns. obsolete and

close together; metasternum — distinctly

carinate anteriorly: occurring in south-

eastern Australia

Srenaspidius ruficarnis Boucamont

Posterior clypeal carina poorly developed

except for distinctly, widely separated

horns: metasterniim rounded anteriorly:

occurring across northern Australia

Stenaspiilins alboxerasus o, sp.

Stenaspidius sigricornis Westwood

(Figs. 1, 2, 19, 20, 22)

Balboceras (Stenaspidius) —nigricvornis

wood, 1848, p, 144; (852, p. 17.

Stenaspidinus nigricornis Westwood, Boueomont,

1932, p. 264.

Males: Length 7-6 to 9°1 mm; greatest width

4-3 to 6°11 mm, Colour usually black, occasion-

ally very dark brown: antennae and tarsi usually

very dark brown, Clypeus (Fig. 2) rising at

AS° ta 55° angle to posterior carina; carina, i

large specimens, with three low horns, median

horn anterior in position, Face of clypeus on

each side with U-shaped carina extending from

median to lateral horn, the area encompassed

usually as wide as deep or wider. Frons and

vertex behind clypeal horns concave anterior fo

horn on vertex. Gena, frons, and vertex with

scattered minutely or moderately sized punce-

tures. Horn on yertex transverse, often pro-

nounced (particularly in Jarge specimens) and

slightly bifid at apex (Fig. 2). Pronotum with

midline distinctly indented, punctate; on each

side on anterior third behind eyes a distinct, punc-

fate indentation delimits an impunctate con-

vexity (Fig. 1); pronotum in anterior lateral

West-

two-thirds moderately to heavily, irregularly

punctate, Scutellum longitudinally shallowly

concave; concave surface dull, often with vague.

small punctures, Elytral striae moderately

indented, finely punctate; intervals moderately

convex, impunctate, smooth to vaguely trans-

versely wrinkled. Metasternum (Fig, 22)

narrowed anteriorly to sharply pointed apex,

anterior face nearly vertical, slightly indented

near apex, Genital capsule (Fig. 19) evenly

narrowed to abruptly rounded apex, Genitalia

(Fig. 20) with upper lobe of each paramere

narrowed, then dorso-ventrally expanding tear

pointed apex.

Figs. 1-6, Sreraspidius spp: 1, Head and pronotum of S. nigricornis; 2, Head of S.

nigricernis; 3, Head of S. britteni; 4, Head of S. ruficornis; 5, Head and pronotum of §,

matthewsi; 6, Lateral view of 8. albosetasus.

4 REC. &,

Females: Length 7*8 to 10:5 mm, greatest

width 4°8 to 6°9 mm. Yariation in females

similar ta that described for males, horns of

small females being poorly developed, those of

large females well developed, External sexual

differences negligible.

Sienaspidius nigricorniy can be distinguished

by the following combination of churacters:

metasternum (Fig. 22) anteriorly narrowed to

acutely pointed apex, anterior face nearly

vertical, slightly indented by apex; posterior

clypeal carina well developed, the three clypeal

horns of the carina obtuse, not greatly elevated

above the carina, the two lateral horns. directly

above the niundibular insertions; horn on vertex

transverse, usually well developed (Fig, 2) and

slightly bifid at apex; male genitalia (Fig. 20)

very distinctive.

Type: Holotype, female, Swan River, No. 507

(Hope Museum, Oxford); specimen examined

February, 1973.

Material examined; Thirty-one specimens

bearing only the following dita: 1—Australia;

3—S.W. Australia; 1—Australia Orient., Febru-

ary, 1896, Muller; 1—Nov, Holl, Occid.; 2—

Albany, W.A.; 1—Bedfordale, W.A., March,

1951, W. M. O'Donnell; 1—Calgardup, 40—

1580; 1—Deepdene. Karridale, W.A,, 14th

October, 1962, L, M, O'Halloran; 4—King

George Sound (ne. Albany), W.A.; 2—Mundar-

ing, W.A,, J. Clark; 1—Nedlands, W.A., 27th

November, 1939, P. N. Forte; 1—Pearce, Bulls-

brook, W.A., 13th January, 1966. QO. W.

Richards: 1—Salmon Gums, 43—1226; 1—

South Perth, W.A,, 20th December, 1902, H. M.

Giles; 2—Swan River. W.A., J. Clark; 1—

Vasse: 2—Warren R, (ne. Pemberton?), W.A.,

W. D. Dodd: 4—William Bay, W.A., 31st

October, 1967, E. Matthews; 1—Yallingup,

S.W. Australia. Ist-12th December, 1913, R- F-.

Turner.

Specimens are in the following collections:

ANIC, BM, DAWA, MNHN, NMY, SAM,

WAM and Howden,

Sienaspidius brittoni n. sp.

(Figs. 3, 17, 18)

Holotype: Male, length 8-7 mm, greatest

width §-O mm. Colour dark to very dark brown

except dorsum of head and pronotum black.

Clypeus (Fig. 3) rising abruptly to three horns

at posterior margin; median horn anterior in

position, with U-shaped carina on each side

extending neatly to anterior margin of clypeus

AUST, MUS., 17 (2): 11-2)

November, 1974

and thence to lateral horns; the U-shaped area

approximately as deep as wide. Frons and

vertex behind clypeal horns concave except for

low, rounded, longitudinal median ridge extend-

ing posteriorly to slender horn at base of vertex

(Fig. 3). Gena and vertex laterally with

scattered coarse punctures, central concaye por-

tion of vertex with widely scattered, fine punc-

tures. Pronotum with midline distinctly

indented, punctate; on each side on anterior

third behind eyes a shallow, punctate indentation

delimits an impunctate convexity; pronotum in

anterior lateral two-thirds with irregular coarse

punctures, Scutellum longitudinally shallowly

concave; surface of concavity dull, slightly

irregular and with scattered fine punctures.

Elytral striae moderately indented, finely punc-

tate; intervals moderately convex, smooth,

impunctate. Metasternum narrowing anteriorly

to sharply pointed apex, anterior face vertical

(metusternum yery similar to Higricornis, Fig.

22). Genital capsule (Fig, 17) evenly narrowed

to acutely rounded apex. Genitalia (Fig. 18)

with upper Jobe of each paramere evenly arcuate

to acutely pointed apex.

Allotype: Female. length 7-1 mm, greatest

width 4:4 mm, Similar to male except in

following respects: colour brown (specimen

teneral), clypeus rising less abruptly, clypeal

horns poorly developed; frons and vertex less

concave, harn of vertex low, rounded; rounded

longitudinal ridge extending anteriorly from base

of horn less well defined than in male.

Varialion nol mentioned in the description is

slight. The single female paratype measures

6°6 mm in length and 4-2 mm in greatest width.

The clypeal carina and the harn on the vertex

are both poorly developed, and distinctly

abraded. If the sexual differences in the horns

af the head can be shown to be consistent, then

§. brittoné must be considered to be the most

obviously dimorphic species in the genus,

Stenaspidius hrittoni 1s most closely related

to §. nigricornis, differing from nigricorniy in the

following major characters: horn of vertex not

transverse, rounded at apex: a low, rounded,

longitudinal carina extending anteriorly from

base of horn; genital capsule (Fig, 17) more

acutely rounded at apex; genitalia (Fig, 1%)

with parameres evenly arcuate to acutely pointed

apices,

The species is named in honour of Dr. E. B.

Britton, who has greatly facilitated my studies

on the Australian Geotrupinae,

4 11 Bi : so

Figs. 7-12. Stenaspidius albosetosus: 7, Head of male from Queensland; 8, Head of male from Western

Australia; 9, Male genital capsule, Queensland specimen; 10, Frontal view of male genitalia, Queensland

specimen; 11, Lateral view of male genitalia, Queensland specimen; 12, Lateral view of male genitalia,

Western Australian specimen,

16 REC. §. AUS.

Type material: Holotype, male, no data

(SAM). Allotype, female, Melville, Western

Australia, No, 73/798 (WAM). Paratype, |

female, Bunbury, Western Australia, Whitlock

(AM).

Stenaspidins matthewsi n, sp.

(Figs. 5, 1S, 16, 21)

Holotype: Male, Jength 7-2 mm, greatest

width 4-5 mm, Colour dorsally very dark

brown to black, ventral surfaces dark brown.

Clypeus (Pig. 5) gradually sloped upward, at

1G to 15°. to low posterior carina: carina with

three poorly developed horns, median one most

prominent; U-shaped carina on either side

anterior to median horn, irregular in shape.

Vertex centrally wth slightly bifid, transverse

swelling, Entire dorsal surface of head coarsely,

irregularly punetate, Pronotum (Fig, 5) with

midline shallowly indented, on either side on

anterior third of pronotum two or three vague,

low conyexitics present: entire surface of prono-

tum except for posterior median sixth, coarsely

punctate, with fine secondary punctures inter-

spersed, Scutellum longitudinally concave, con-

cave surfuce dull, granular, with two or three

coarse punctures yaguely indicated near base.

Elytral striae moderately deep for genus, finely

punctate; intervals smooth, evenly convex

longitudinally, Metasternum (Fig, 21) dis-

tinctly narrowed and carinate anteriorly, apex in

lateral view broudly rounded, lobe-shaped.

Genitul cupsule (Fiz. 35) broad, tapering

abruptly in apical third to rounded tip. Genitalia

(Fig, 16) with parameres relatively broad,

dorsally angulate before rounded apices.

Allotype: Female, length 7*7 mm, greatest

width 4°86 mm. Similar to male in all major

external characters except median bifid tumosity

of vertex slightly larger, probably a function of

ihe larger size.

Variilion in the small series is negligible.

Size ranges from 7+0 to 9*1 mm with fenrales

averaging Jaryer than males, Width varies from

4-3 to 5-8 mm. The number of coarse punc-

lures in the median, posterior third of the prono-

lum shows some noiinor variation. In other

respects the characters scent quite stable.

Stenaspidius matthewst can be readily

separated trom the other species in the genus by

the follawing combination of characters:

posterior clypeal carina low, horns poorly

developed; pronotum and head dorsally heavily,

closely punctate, pronotal midline shallowly

indented; male genitalia as in Fig. 16,

MUS,

1? (2)> JIA Neoveniber, 1974

It gives me considerable pleasure to name this

species in honour of Dr. K, G. Matthews who has

assisted me in many ways. We found the pre-

sent species in open sandy areas along with

several other species of Geotrupinac, One five

foot square area when exeavatled to a depth of

about 18 inches yielded eight Stenaspidius

matihewsi and tive Eueanthus felsehet Bouco-

mont, There was little surface evidence of

burrows and no indication of any food. except

possibly some rich, black deposits of humus to

the soil (humus is used as larval food by some

North American Bolboceratini; see Howden.

1955).

Type immaterial; Holotype. male, 50 km E.

Kalbarri, W. Australia, 6th August, 1972, E. G.

Matthews (SAM), Allotype, female, same data

as holotype (SAM). Paratypes, 3 males, 5

females: 3, same dala us holotype; 4, 51 km E.

Kalbarri, near Murchison Riyer, W.A,, 30th

July, 1972, 6th August. 1972, H. F, Howden: 1,

Highway 1, 59 km north of Murchison River.

W.A., 4th August, 1972, H. FP. Howden,

Paratypes are in the following collections:

ANIC, SAM, Howden.

Stenaspidins roficormis Boucomont

(Figs, 4, 13, 14, 24)

Bolhoceras (Stenaspidius) ruficoriis Boucomont,

1906, p. 452.

Males: Length 6°5 (o 84 jnm, greatest width

4-3 to 5-5 mm, Colour dorsally dark reddish

brown, frequently head and pronotum black,

antennal club usually reddish. Clypeus (Pig.

4) rising abruptly (90°) to trituberculate

posterior carina, the elevated trituberculate

portion of carina distinctly narrower than width

of clypeus; anterior face with indistinet, irregu-

larly U-shaped carina, the area encompassed

deeper than wide. Clypeus, frontal area and

gena with irregular, shallow, large puncture;

frontal area behind clypeal carina concave, horn

of vertex further forward than in nigricarnts,

transverse atid slightly bifid at apex, Height of

clypeal carina and of horn of vertex proportional

to overall size, increasing in development as size

incresses. Pronotum with midline distinctly

indented, on either side of anterier third of pro-

notum a second indented line, these indentations

delintiting four broad, low, circular convexities;

a pronounced transverse concavily present on

pronotum behind head between anterior margin

and circular conyexities, Pronotal surface

coursely punctate on luteral thirds and to a lesser

degree in indentations; convex areas largely

impunctate. Scutellum longitudinally concave,

concave surface irregularly, vaguely ridged and

granular, Elytral striae moderately deep, finely

HOWDEN—AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOR 17

punctate; intervals moderately convex, either

smooth or with vague transverse wrinkles.

Metasternum (Fig. 24) carinate, the carina

when viewed laterally with apex rounded to

nearly vertical anterior face. Genital capsule

(Fig, 13) apically moderately broadly rounded

in outline. Genitalia (Fig, 14) with dorsal

portion of each paramere produced into a

slender cylindrical arch,

Females; Length 7+2 to 9-1 mm, greatest

width 4:7 io S*§ nm. Externally mot differing

noticeably from males, the degree of develop-

ment of the clypeal carina and of the horn of

the vertex being associated with size rather than

showing any sexual dimorphism,

The high, narrowed, trituberculate clypeal

carina, the forward position of the horn of the

vertex in line with the anterior edges of the eyes,

and the reddish antennal club are characters that

distinguish ruficernts from the other Stenaspidius.

The male genitalia (Fig, 14) are also very dis-

tinctive and the range is apparently allopatric

from others in the genus.

Types: Boucamont (1906) lists three speci-

mens (cotypes): two from New South Wales,

Australia, in the “Deutsches Entomologisches

National Museum” (-=Deut. Ent, Institute,

Berlin?) and one female labelled ‘Australia, ex

Musaeo Van Lansberge™, now in the Paris

Museum (MNHN), Since the species is. easily

recognizable and since T have seen only the Paris

Specimen, u lectotype designation does not seem

to be necessary or advisable at present,

Material examined: Twenty-five specimens

with the following data: 2—Australia: 2—S.

Australia; 1-—Adelaide, S. Australia: 1—Lucein-

dale, South Australia; 2—Caulfield, Victoria. 3rd

October, 908, June, 1906; 3—WNorth

Meibourne, Vict; |—Nova Holland, 50404, ex

Mus, Murray; 1—Portland. Vict. January.

1938, C. Oke; 1—Raymond Isl. near Bairnsdale,

Viet,, 21st October, 1907, W. W.: 1—Seaford,

Viet., 4—Wannon, Hamilton. Viet. 10th Octo-

ber. 1947. B. B. Given: 6—Victoria.

Specimens are in the following collections:

ANIC, BM, MNHN, NMY, SAM, Howden.

Stenaspidius albosetosus n. sp.

(Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 23)

Holotype: Male, length 9-1 mm, greatest

width 5-5 mm. Colour very dark brown with

head, pronotum and scutellum black; base of the

antenna, sides of prathorux (on ventral surface),

and base of scutellum densely fringed with con-

spicuous, white setae; (in other species setac are

less numerous and yellow, buff, or tan in

colour). Clypeus (Fig, 7) rising abruptly to

median anterior horn, gradually sloped upward

to low, lateral portions of posterior carina; sur-

face of clypeus divided into nearly equal thirds

by U-shaped carina on either side of median

tubercle or horn, Vertex posteriorly (Fig. 7)

with low, slightly bifid transverse median

tubercle; surface of trons and yertex between

tubercle and clypeal carina flat or slightly con-

cave and with scattered fine punctures. Prono-

tum (Fig, 7) with midline slightly to coarsely

punctate and shallowly indented, a transverse line

of punctures present at anterior third: marginal

line behind head thickened, rounded; behind

this pronotal surface transyersely concave,

coarsely punctate: pronotal surface behind eyes

shallowly, broadly concave; pronotal surface

coarsely punctate laterally (Fig. 6) and in a

band near posterior third, elsewhere surface

Jargely smooth and shining. Scutellum shghtly

concave medially; surface closely. irregularly,

coarsely punctate, less so along lateral margins.

Elytral striae moderately indented, finely to

obsoletely punctate: intervals moderately con-

vex, smooth and shining. Metasternum (Fig,

23) with midline distinctly indented, except

anteriorly, not carinate anteriorly; metasternum

anteriorly broadly rounded: surface with

numerous course punctures. Genital capsule

(Fig. 9) broad near abruptly rounded apex,

dorsal surface near apex flat to shallowly con-

cave. Genitalia (Figs. 10, 11) with each para-

mere bent, then thickened before acute apex;

lower lobe of each paramere slender and sharply

hooked near midline.

Allotype: Female, length 9-3 mm, greatest

width 5+4 mm_ Externally differing only slightly

from holotype in the following respects: anterior

pronotal coneavities smaller and shallower;

punctate areas similar but punctures smaller and

more numerous: punctures of elytral strise

slightly larger and better developed,

Stenaspidius albesetosus ranges widely across

northern Australia from Queensland ta Western

Australia, Variation in the series at hand is of

two types, local and geographic. The small

serjes from Cairns, Oucensland, varies from 6 to

8 mm in length and from 3+*5 to 5°5 mm in

greatest width. The smallest specimen of this

series has the head und much of the pronotum

heavily punctate, the pronotal concavilies

obsolete, and the elytral striae distinctly deeper

und more heavily punctate than in the other

specmens. The degree of this “local” type of

variation is considerable, being equal to or

exceeding the variation noted for the other

species in the genus.

Figs. 13-18. Stenaspidius spp.: 13, Male genital capsule of S, ruficornis; 14, Male genitalia of S. ruficornis; 15 Male genital

capsule of §. matthewsi; 16, Male genitalia of S. matihewsi; 17, Male genital capsule of §$. brittoni; 18, Male genitalia of

S. brittoni.

Figs. 19-24. Stenaspidius spp.: 19, Male genital capsule of §. nigricornis; 20, Male genitalia of S.

nigricornis; 21, Metasternum of S. matthewsi; 22, Metasternum of S. nigricornis; 23, Metasternum of 8,

albosetosus; 24, Metasternum of §. ruficornis,

20 REC. §, AUST. MUS.,, 17 (2):

Geographic variation is also evident and speci-

mens from Queensland are consistently different

from those occurring in the Northern Territory

or in Western Australia, It could be argued

that populations from these different areas

should be recognized as taxonomically distinct.

However, since the few specimens on hand seem

to show concordant clinal variation, [ consider

the different forms as variants of one species.

The major variation occurs in the development

of the horns of the head, in the size and depth

of the anterior pronotal concayities, in the shape

of the apex of the genital capsule, and in the

shape of the parameres of the male genitalia.

In specimens from Queensland the clypeal

carina is only slightly lower than the three

tubercles (or horns). The tubercles are small

and generally equally developed. The tubercle

(or horn) on the vertex is low and vaguely to

moderately bifid. The anterior pronotal con-

cavities vary from obsolete to shallow (Fig. 7)

but distinct; distinct convex ridges surrounding

the concavities are lacking. The male genital

capsule is moderately broad and rounded at the

apex. The male genitalia (Figs. 10, 11) have

the parameres moderately thickened near the tips

and the lower lobes slender and hooked.

In specimens from the Northern Territory and

Western Australia the clypeal carina is distinctly

lower than the well developed tubercles or horns,

The horn on the vertex is usually distinctly bifid

(Fig. 8). The anterior pronotal concavities

(Fig. 8) are deep, being surrounded laterally

and posteriorly by convex ridges, The male

genital capsule is flattened near the apex and

very broadly rounded. The male genitalia (Fig.

12) have the parameres more distinctly

11-21 November, 1974

thickened near the tips and the lower lobes

wider. These differences seem to be consistent

geographically, but with the differences discussed

being based upon six specimens, my conclusions

ure tentative.

Stenaspidius albosetosus is at present the only

member of the genus known to occur in the

northern third of Australia. The numerous,

long, white setae on the basal segments of the

antennae and on the underside of the prothoracic

margin will identify the species. Also the male

genitalia are very distinctive.

Type material: Holotype, male, Yeppoon,

Queensland, 20th December, 1969, H. Evans

and R. W. Matthews (ANIC), Allotype,

female, same data as holotype (ANIC).

Paratypes, 18 specimens: 5, Cairns, (N.)

Queensland, (1) E. W. Ferguson; 1, Little

Mulgrave R., QOld., Hacker; 1, Ravenshoe—

Mt. Garnet Road., Archers Creek, N. Qld.,

Australia, 11th January, 1962, E. B. Britton; 1,

Rockhampton, Old., 23rd March, 1950, L. F. B.

Common; 2, Townsville, Old., (1) N. B. Tin-

dale, (1) 24th December, 1902, F. P. Dodd; 1,

N. Queensland; 1, Q. (Victoria) (—museum?)

Coll, French; 2, Berrimah Farm, N.T., 27th

January, 1956, L. D. Crawford; 1, Daly R.,

N.T., H. Wesselwan; 2, 80 km E. of Daly Waters

on Borroloola Road, N.T., 20th March, 1972,

A. Allwood and T. Angeles; 1, Wyndham, W.A.,

1Sth December, 1953, G, Luking, K. R. &.,

Light Trap.

Paratypes are in the following collections:

ANIC, BM, MNHN, NTA, SAM, Howden.

HOWDEN—AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD 21

Fig. 25. Distribution of Stenaspidius spp.:

1, nigricornis Westwood;

, brittoni n. sp.3

matthewsi n. sp.;

, ruficornis Boucomont;

, albosetosus n. sp.

am Bw nN

REFERENCES

Boucomont, A., 1906. Description d’un Bolboceras

nouveau. Dt. ent. Z, 2: 452.

Boucomont, A., 1932. Genre nouveau et espéces nouvelles

ou peu connues de Bolbocerinia (Col. Scarabaeidae)

Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 37: 262-268.

Bruch, C., 1925. Coledpteros nuevos y poco conocidos

Physis 8: 199-200.

Howden, H. F., 1955. Biology and taxonomy of North

American beetles of the subfamily Geotrupinae with

revisions of the genera Bolbocerosoma, Eucanthus,

Geotrupes and Peltotrupes (Scarabaeidae), Proc. U.S.

natn. Mus. 104: 151-319.

Howden, H. F., 1974 (1973).

for Stenaspidius — ruficollis

Bolbothyreus, a new genus

(Bruch) (Coleoptera,

Can.

Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae), Ent. 105: 1567-

1571.

Lacordaire, T., 1856. “Histoire naturelle des insectes. Vol.

3”. Librairie Encyclopédique de Roret, Paris.

Martinez, A., 1952. Insectos nuevos o poco conocidos-IX.

Revta. Soc. ent. argent. 15: 314-327.

Paulian, R., 1939. Un nouveau coléoptére lamellicorne

coprophage d’Amérique du Sud. Bull. Soc. ent, Fr.

44: 20-21.

Westwood, J. O., 1848. On the Australian species of the

coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby. Ann. Mag. nat.

Hist. Ser. 11 2: 143-144.

Westwood, J. O., 1852. On the Australian species of the

coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby. Trans. Linn.

Soc. Lond, 21: 11-18.

RECORDS oF THE O

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN (sm

MUSEUM ey,

NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN

THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By J. V. S. MEGAW

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 3

10th January, 1975

NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

BY J. V. S. MEGAW

Summary

A single penannular bronze ring with a gold sheet is described from the holdings of the South

Australian Museum. This piece of ‘ring money’ has been assigned to the Late Bronze Age.

Three Irish bronzes, an axe and two halberds, are also described and figured. Metallurgical analyses

of these are compared with similar objects from the British Isles. They have been tentatively

assigned to the Irish Early Bronze Age, ca. 1600-1500 B.C.

NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By J. V. 8). MEGAW

Department of Archaeology, University of Leicester, England

ABSTRACT

MEGAW, I. VS. 1974, Notes on Bronze Age antiquities

in the South Atstenlian Museum. Ree. 5. Aust. Mus. 17

(3): 23-29,

A single penannular bronze ring with a gold

sheet is described from the holdings of the South

Australian Museum, This piece of ‘ring

money’ has been assigned to the Late Bronze

Age.

Three Irish bronzes, an axe and two halberds,

are also described and figured. Metallurgical

analyses of these are compared with similar

objects from the British Isles. They have been

tentatively assigned to the Irish Early Bronze

Age, ca. 1600-1500 b8,c,*

1. AN EXAMPLE OF BRITISH BRONZE

AGE “RING MONEY”

As part of a survey of European prehistoric

antiquities in Australian collections (Burke and

Megaw. 1966: Megaw, 1964, 1965, 1969,

1973), in February, 1970 I was able to study

briefly the holdings of the South Australian

Museum, Amongst a small group of non-

Australian antiquities in the Museum is a penan-

nular ring made of gold sheet over what seeins

without analysis to be a bronze core (Figs, 1-2),

Figs, |-2: Bishopstone, Willshire. “Hair ring’

Of shect gold over bronze core. Scule 2:1

Drawing Brenda KK, Hedd; Photo. South

Australian Afusenn,

Measuring 1*4 cm in mwamum diameter, the

ring (Reg. No. A50523) was presented to the

Museum in 1957 by Mr. Francis P, Dibben

whose father, H. J. Dibben, had found jt at

Bishopstone, Wiltshire some time prior to 1907.

An unpublished letter dated December, 1907

from the Rev, E, Goddard notes this ‘ring

money’ as the first found in the country and

promises a published description which was

forthcoming with a drawing of the Dibben ting

as part of a long article on objects of the Bronze

Age found in Wiltshire (Goddard, 1911: 112,

156 und Pl. 7:14). Finds of miniature gold

rings of this type (so-called ‘ring money’, once

alleged on the grounds of its more or less

uniform size and weight to be a primitive form

of currency), though commonest in Ireland,

occur both in Scotland and Southern Britain.

At least one other example—apparently unassa-

ciated—is recorded as having been found

between Bishopstone and Broad Chalk. This,

with a cover of gold and silver bands is pre-

served as an electrotype in the collections of the

Devizes Museum (Goddard, 1911: nos. 293-4,

1923: 251).

The origin and indeed use of such gold-

covered penannular rings is still very much a

matter of dispute. In a general study of Bronze

Age gold ear-rings Hawkes has considered the

British ‘ring money’ as hair rings (Hawkes,

1961: 453-6, 468-9 and PI.I, 2) on the basis

of the custom amongst Egyptian nobility of the

New Kingdom for threading similar gold rings

through their wigs, Hawkes postulates an

original western dissemination of the type as

Mycenaean loot passed on by trade, The ‘hair

ring’ suggestion is certainly supported by

Childe’s citing of the report of the discovery of

traces of hair adhering to the rings from the

Sculptors Caye, Covesea mentioned further

below (Childe, 1935: 163). As to possible

Mediterranean prototypes there are certainly

similar forms to ‘ring money” amongst Egyptian

and Palestinian materials but this is all prior to

ca, 1200 B.C. and the earliest possible British

find—a penannular ring with tapering ends from

an Early Bronze Age Wessex I chieftain’s grave,

the primary cremation under a ball barrow,

Filsford G,8, Normanton Down (Annable and

Simpson, 1964; no, 192)—is much more

probably a miniature copy of contemporary

continental Reinecke Bronze Age A2 “ingot

torcs”.

Bogan (1964; 272ff.) follows Hawkes in

suggesting later Mycenaean trade as a source

for ‘ring money’ and ascribes the earliest extant

Irish examples to his Middle Bronze Age

* In this paper all dates quoled are ‘conventional’ he. uneorreeted.

10h Mammary, VTS

24 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (3):

“Bishopsland phase”; but there are no associa-

tions of ‘ring money’ in indisputable Middle,

let alone Early, Bronze Age contexts in the

British Isles. Recent reassessments of the

absolute chronology as well as the alleged

material for east-west trade in the second millen-

nium sB.c. also argue against a_ possible

Mycenaean source (Renfrew, 1969, 1973: 98-

103).

In fact in Britain there is no association of

‘ring money’ of certain date earlier than the

eighth century B.C. The material from the

Sculptor’s Cave, Covesea, Morayshire, Scotland,

includes some ten examples of ‘ring money’—

two without their sheet gold covering—of similar

diameter to our Bishopstone example (Benton,

1930-31: 181-2 and Fig. 5). The Covesea find

is dated on the basis of imports from the Middle

Rhine to ca. 700 B,c, and the “Coyesea” phase

Fig. 3:

Copper halberd; (¢) unproyenanced,

Photos,

73-29 January, 1975

of Coles’ recent review of the later Scottish

Bronze Age seems io be one of settlement on

the north-eastern coast of the British Isles by

groups from the northern German plain. A

hoard of similar date to Covesea is that from

Balmashanner, Angus which includes a single

‘hair ring’ (see Coles, 1959-60: 39ff. and 91

for a complete list of Scottish ‘ring money’).

From Ireland probably the best dated ‘ring

money’ is that from Tooradoo, Co. Limmerick,

a hoard of Eogan’s “Dowris” phase con-

temporary with Covesea in Scotland, a phase

to which it would seem best to assign Irish hair

rings as a whole (Gogan, 1932; Eogan, 1964:

304 and Fig. 15,5). Tending to support this

dating is the recent publication of a now lost

Irish find which indicates the association of a

hair ring with a so-called ‘dress fastener’

(Herity, 1969: 9 and PI.VIIb), a penannular

gold ring with cone-shaped terminals. “Dress

(a) “Ttaly”, Decorated bronze axe; (b) River Suck, Co, Galway,

Copper halberd. Scale ws marked,

South Australian Museum,

MEGAW—BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

fasteners’ of this type have a widespread and

even continental distribution (Hawkes and

Clarke, 1963, 220ff). The association of an

Irish Middle Bronze Age (ca, 1000 B.c.)

“Ballintober” sword with a piece of ‘ring money’

and other fragments of gold alleged to have

been found at Strabane, Co. Tyrone cannot

now be proved (Eogan, 1965: 8 and 25 no,

12).

In the absence of any closely dated asso-

ciations of ‘ring money’ or ‘hair rings’ in the

south of England, it seems best to date such

pieces as our Bishopstone ring to the Late

Bronze Age when contacts between Ireland and

the rest of Britain not to mention the continent

were frequent and strong (Eogan, 1964: 310ff..

1965: esp. 107ff.; Burgess, 1969: esp. 17ff).

2. THREE IRISH BRONZES OF THE

EARLY BRONZE AGE

Apart from the Bishopstone ‘ring money’

there are three other prehistoric British pieces

in the Museum's collections which, if not

unigue, are worthy of comment. The first of

these, presented by a Captain Davidson to the

Fig. 4:

Copper halberd; (c) unproyenanced.

Museum in 1918 (Reg. No. AL1I331), is a

bronze axe measuring 18 cm in length and with

a maximum breadth across the blade of 10-5 cm

(Fig. 3a, 4a), The axe, which may have been

cast in a one-piece rather than two-piece mould,

has a slight or “incipient” stop-ridge just visible

halfway down the haft. The flanges on either

side of the haft have a cable design produced

probably by forging or grinding. On the face

of the axe a rough “rain” pattern has been

produced by irregular stabs of a scriber or

graver (Megaw and Hardy, 1938: 6ff.; Harbison,

1969c: 67-69).

Although the original labelling of the axe as

it was received by the Museum seems to have

recorded its source as “(Roman) Italy” there

can be no doubt that this axe is a product of

the Irish Early Bronze Age of about the mid-

second millennium B.c. Its decoration and

nearly straight sides with hammered rather than

cast flanges class it as one of a series of decorated

bronze axes first studied by Megaw and Hardy

in 1938; the present example is close in size

and decoration to their Type II (cf. op. cit.,

Sff.), This type corresponds in part to

(a) “Italy”, Decorated bronze axe; (fh) River Suck, Co, Galway.

Copper halberd, Scale 1:3 Drawings

Brenda K. Head.

af REC. 5. AUST. MUS..

Harbison’s Type Derryniggin as defined in his

tecent corpus of axes of the Early Bronze Age

in Ireland (Harbison, 1969c: 55-64, 79, pls.

68-78) and in the Scottish Early Bronze Age

15 Coles’ (1968-69; 15-16 and Fig. 12) Type Be.

Although axes [and other material of Irish

origin) were exported ta the continent in the

Bronze Age, most of these are of the presumed

earlier Megaw and Hardy Type J and no

bronzes of Irish origin have to the best of my

knowledge been found in Italy (Butler, 1963)

Chap. Il. 241 ff. and Map I), It seems almost

certain therefore that the provenance “Italy”

for the Adelaide axe is erroneous.

As part of a continuing programme of metal-

lurgical analyses of British and Irish Bronze

Age artefacts in Australian collections (Burke

and Megaw, 1966; Megaw, 1964, 1969, 1973),

arrangements were made to subject the axe and

the two other bronzes discussed in this note to

non-destructive spectrographic analysis. The

analysis was carried out at the Commonwealth

Defence Standards Laboratories in Adelaide.

The analysis of the Adelaide axe are compared

with those of two other Derryniggin axes of

similar form in Table 1.

't ts clear that these axes have been cust

fram (in-bronze, the intentional alloying of

local copper with bronze being a strikingly early

feature of metal technology in Ireland (Butler,

1963; 39-40 and Table 1) although the original

impetus for tin alloying as well as the basic

form of the axes themselves is probably due to

continentul influence, This influence seems

particularly to have been due to contact with

the ore-rich area of Saxo-Thuringia in central

Germany and in Britain was the result of settle-

ment rather than trade by the so-called “Beaker

folk” of the early second millennium (Case,

1965, 1967), The Adelaide Derryniggin axe

scems however to lack ihe arsenic content which

was a feature of local Munster copper ores (sce

also p. 4+ below).

Unfortunately there are few tinds of axes of

the Derryniggin type which are of much use

for chronological purposes. Two hoards from

the Isle of Wight with axes of Megaw and

Hardy Type HE indicute that these axes con-

tinued comparatively late in the British Early

Bronze Age or contemporary with the latter

part of the Wessex culture of Southen England

(Harbison, 1969a: 68ff., 1969c; 79-80) which

un conventional dating should not be before

ca. 1500 B.c. Recent recalibration of radio-

carbon estimations with absolute dates suggests,

(7 (4): Zhe January, (975

however, that this date may be of the order of

two to four centuries too young (Renfrew,

1969, 1973).

The two remaining bronzes to be discussed

here are uygain castings and, despite the descrip-

tion of one in the Musenm's inventory as a

dagger, are both examples of the prehistoric

halberd, a metal knife-like blade set at right-

angles to its haft. More than 300 halberds of

various types are known trom Early Bronze Age

Europe though of these almost half come from

Ireland with a significant number also from

Scotland; all but a very small proportion of

these Irish and Scottish examples are isolated

finds. There have been several typological

studies of the halberd in prehistoric Europe

prior to Harbison’s recent reassessment (Hur-

bison, 1969b) of which the most important is

that by the late Professor Sean ORiorddin

(1937), ORiorddin considered the metal hal-

berd as being in the first instance an Trish

development spreading thence to the continent

and in particular to Central Germany.

Subsequently, Coghlan and Case (1957: 103),

Butler (1963: 20ff.) and Allen et al. (1970:

106-7) have suggested a reversal of this theory.

Case (1967) 152ff.) has looked once more to

Saxo-Thuringia as an immediate source of the

type; this is a region from whence he would

also derive the thin-butt axe ancestral to the

decorated form we have discussed above.

Harbison (1969h: 48tf.), while agreeing to a

largely continental source, is less certain as to

the precise locality.

Of the two Adelaide halberds, that described

as a dagger (Reg. No. A42739; Figs. 3b, 4b)

was found eight feet below the surface in an

old stream bed of the River Suck in Co, Galway

and presented to the Museum in 1951 by Mr.

Walter Hawker who had previously lived at

Ochrane Custle in Galway. As noted below,

this is One of three halberds found in or neur

the River Suck. The hilt shows considerable

evidence of cold working and with a blade

32°5 cm long, this halberd ts of Harbison’s

Type Cotton, This corresponds. more or less

to ORiorddin’s Type 5 (with its curved or

scythe-Lke blade) and some of his Type 3-

This form of halberd has an asymmetrical blade

with three large round-headed riveis set in a

triangle and with “blood grooves” running

parallel to the cutting edge and a mid-rib whose

sides are curyed, The “Cotton” class accounts

for over half of the known Lrish halberds, With

straight sides to the mid-rib this becomes

MEGAW—BRONZE AGH ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM 27

Harbison’s Type Carn which corresponds more

or less to. ORiordain’s Type 4 as -well as some

of his Type 5. Ft should in fact be noted that

it is not always possible to reconcile Harbison’s

clussification with that of ORjorddin or vice

versa, Thus the examples froin the type site

of Cotton Moss, Co, Down (see analyses in

Table 2) were both classed by ORfordain as

being of his Type 4, though by Harbison’s

criteria at least one of the Cotton halberds

(Harbison, 1969b: no. 207) which he compares

oo the whole with ORiordain’s Type 5 would

seem certainly to fall rather within his Type

Carn. The marked shoulder of the Adelaide

halberd is shared by two of Type Carn found

with five others of Type Cotton in a peat bog

at Hillswood, Co, Galway not far from the

River Suck (Harbison, 1969b: Fig. 4a).

As with thin-butt axes, halberds of Irish

munufacture seem to have been exported to the

Continent, particularly those of ORiordain’s

Type 4 (Butler, 1963: 20ff.), although it is

clear that such exports must have followed the

introduction of the halberd form itselh—trom

whatever source.

The second Adelaide halberd Reg. No.

A49959¥, has no find spot recorded (ex Sheffield

City Museums; Pigs, 3C, 4C). With a squat

blade 18*5 cm long, it now lacks part of its bilt

and all four of its original rivets, Tt corresponds

to Harbison’s Type Clonard or ORiordain's

Types | and 2. The squared and shouldered

halting-plate is characteristic, Originally con-

sidered by ORiordiiin to be the archetypal form

of all Irish halberds, since halberds are now

generally considered to have developed from

normal clangated metal dagger types, this squat

profile is more likely to represent a local

development, albeit one which occurred not

long after the original introduction of the

halberd into Ireland.

Spectrographic analyses were again carried

out on these bronzes and Table 2 gives the

results and compares them with previously pub-

lished analyses of halberds of certain and

probuble Irish prayenance whose form js closest

to that of the Adelaide examples, Also listed

are the two other halberds from the River

Suck (listed by ORiorddin as Type 5 and

Hurbison as of his Type Cotton) and twa of

the three halberds from the type side of Cotton

Moss itsell-

The analyses indicate that, irrespective of

type, these halberds are all made of copper

with yery little or no tin present and certainly

no indication of intentional tin alloying.

The metals consistently show a significantly

high content of arsenic, antimony and silver

and minor traces of other clements. Similar

metals were used for Irish thick-butted axes and

for Irish and British Beaker Culture knives

(= Group I of Coghlan and Case, 1957:

98-99: Case, 1967: 163-4). and were used in

the Early Bronze Age in Scotland (Coles, 1969:

338). Their advantageous content of arsenic

is likely to have been deliberately contrived, and

Case has advanced the possibility that the Insh

metals were alloys, in which the contents of

ursenic, antimony and silver reflected the use

of a regulus smelted from the Munster Fahlerze.

This typically Irish Group I metal corresponds

more or less with the Early Bronze Age Copper

or Ell group metal of the Arbeitsgemeinschalt

fiir Metallurgie des Altertums which over the

past fifteen years. has performed more than

12 000 analyses of prehistoric European metal

artefacts. On the basis of some 96 analyses

of British halberds more than 70 per cent

appear to be of the British ELL metal (Junghans

et al., 1968; 132-3), In parenthesis it may be

noted that analyses of halberds from Britain

and particularly Scotland as apposed to Ireland,

owing to their very similar spectra, strongly

suggest that such halberds are all imports from

Ireland or at least cast from imported ore

(Britton, 1963: 284 and Table 8; Coles,

1968-69; 35ff. and 97—see here esp, Junghans

et al., 1968: nos. 7458, 9287 — Coles’ “cluster

C” metal),

Regarding chronology, as has already been

mentioned finds of halberds in the British Isles

in association with other objects are extremely

rare; there are in fact only two Irish finds with

objects other than halberds, the more important

for our purpose being that from a Food-Vessel

burial at Frankford, Co. Offaly (also known

as the Birr find (Case, 1967: 152ff. and Fig.

8, 5-9; Harbisoti. 1969b; 23, 52ff, and Fig.

1, c). The Frankford find includes a thin-

butted axe and two thick-butted forms and a

dagger of a type commun in the earlier rather

than the later phase of the Wessex culture in

the south of England (Harbison, 1969a, 65-664).

The halberd, of Harbison’s Type Cotton, has

been analysed—both the blade and one of the

rivets (Coghlan and Case, 1957, nos. 59 and

71)—and is once more of the typical Lrish

28 REC. $8. AUST. MUS.

arsenic-antimony-silver copper, Of six asso-

ciations with halberds from Scotland that from

the Moor of Sluie, Morayshire, consisted of two

thin-butted axes of Coles’ cluster C metal with

a halberd of Harbison’s rare Type Breaghwy of

continental originating cluster D metal (Coles,

1968-69; 40, 73 and 107),

It may be concluded that both our Adelaide

halberds belong to what Case has termed the

later part of his “impact phase” of the Irish

Early Bronze Age, a period when tin-bronze

was in fact already in wide use and Ireland's

contacts with the Continent no less wide-spread

than other parts of the British Isles (as

indicated by the export of the carlicr decorated

thin-butt axes as well as halberds themselves).

This stage may be conventionally dated between

1600-1500 B.c,

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The writer's best thanks are due to Mr. G. L.

Pretty, Curator of Archaeology, for his full

co-operation and to Mrs. Brenda K. Head for

her drawings reproduced here, Mr. J. M.

Nobbs, Senior Research Officer, Defence

Standards Laboratory, Woodville North, kindly

undertook the metallurgical analyses. J am

also indebted to Mr, H, J, Case, Senior

Assistant Keeper, Ashmolean Museum, Oxford,

Dr, George Eogan, Department of Archaeology,

University College, Dublin and Mr. F. K,

Annable, Curator, and Mr, Alan Burchard,

formerly Assistant Curator, Devizes Museum, for

their cormments.

REFERENCES

Allen, 1, M., Britton, D. and Coghlan, H. H, 1970,

Metallurgical reports on British and Trish Bronze

Age Implements, Pitt Rivers Mus. Qee, Papers on

Technology 10.

Annable, F, K. and Simpson, D, D. A, 1964, Guide

Catalagne uf the Neolithic and Bronze Age Collections

in Devizes Museum, Devizes.

Benton, Sylvia 1930-31. Exeayation of ithe Sculptor’s

Cave, Covesea, Morayshire Proc. Soe. Antiq.

Scotland (5: 177-216.

Britton, D,, 1963, Traditions of metal-working in the

Later Neolithic and Farly Bronze Age of Britains

Puol. Prac. Prehist. Sac. 29: 258-3925,

Burke, J, and Megaw, J. Vo S.. 1966, Brilish decoraled

axes: a footnote on lakes, Pree. Prehist. Sec. 32:

343-6,

Burgess, C, B,, 1969,

Isles and north-western France.

The later Bronze Age in the British

Arehaeol, J. V5:

Butler, J, J.. 1943. Bronze Age cannections across the

North Sea. Palacohistoria %.

Case, HW, J, 1965. A lin-bronze in Bell-beaker association,

Antiquity 39; 219-22,

17 (3): 23-28 January, 1975

—— 1967. Were Beaker-people the first metal-

lurgists in Ireland? Palaea@historia Ws 141-177.

Childe, V. G., 1935, The Prehistory of Seatland, London.

Coghlan, H, H, und Case, H. J. 1957, Barly metallurgy

of copper in Ireland and Britain, Pree, Prehist, See.

23: 9)-123.

Coles, J. M. 1954-60.

typology, distributions and chronology.

Antig. Scot. 93; 16-134.

1969. Metal analyses and the Scottish Early

Bronze Age. Proc. Prehist. Soc, 35: 330-344,

196k-69, Scottish Early Bronze

metalwork, Pree. See. Antig. Scot, WV) 1-110.

Fogan, G., 1964, The Late Bronze Age in Ireland in the

light of recent research. Proe, Prehisi. Soc. 30:

2A8-351.

Seutlish Late Bronze Age metalwork;

Proe, Sue.

Age

1965, Catalogue of Trish Bronze Swords,

Dublin.

Goddard. E, H., 1911. Notes on implements of the Bronze

Ave found in Wiltshire. Wilts Archaeal. Mau. 37:

92-15%,

— 1923. Cold ring money from Rishopstone.

Wilts, Archaeol, May, 42: 251.

Gogan, L, S., 1932. A sriduated amber necklace, gold-

plated tings and other objects From Cnoe na bPoll.

d. Cork, Hist. and Archaeol, Soc, 37; 58-71,

Cirinsell, L, Vi, 1957. Archaeological Gazetleer. Wictoria

County History: Wiltshire Vet, London,

Harbison, P., 196¥9. The relative chrandlogy of Irish

Early Bronze Ave pullery, J. Ray Soe. Antig.

treland 99; 63-R2-

1969b, The daggers and halberds of the

Eurly Bronze Age in Ireland. Prahist. Rroncefunde

&: I,

——— (969. The axes of the Early Bronze Age

in Jreland. Prahivi. Bronsefunde 9: 1.

Hawkes, C. FP, C, 1961. Gold ear-rings of the Bronze

Aue, East and West. folklore 72: 438-74,

amt Clarke, Ro R,, 1963. Gahlstorf and

Caister-on-Seu: two finds of Late Bronze Age trish

gold. Jn Culture and Environment: — Eysave in

Honour of Sir Cyril Fox. (Foster, LLL and Aleock,

L. eds.), pp. 193-250, London,

Herity, M., 1969. Farly finds of trish antiquities from

the minute-books of the Society of Antiquaries.

Antigq. J. AY: 1-21.

Junghans, S.. Sangmeisier, 6. and Schroder, M. 1968,

Kupfer und Brouse in der Jruhen Metallzett: Europas

= 8AM, 2, Berlin.

Meeaw, B, R. S$. und Hardy. BE M. 1938. — British

decorated axes and their diffusion during the early

part of the Bronze Age. Proc. Prehist. Soc. 4;

272-307,

Megauw, I, V. S., 1964, An Irish gold neck-ring jn the

Nicholson Museum, Sydney. J. Cork Mist. and

Archaeol, Sov, 69; 94-100,

1965, A bronze

Burn Cave, Co.

. spearhead from the

Heathery Durham. dAntig J. 4S:

112-114.

1969. Analyses of British and Irish Early

Bronze Age Axes in the Nicholson Museum, Sydney.

Proc. Prehist. Soe, 35, F58-364,

- (973. An Trish Middle Bronze Age speac-

head in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Mem.

Qd. Mus, 16! 485-487.

ORiordiin, S. P., 1937. The halberd in Bronze Age

Europe, Arelidedlogia 86: 195-231,

Renfrew, C. A., 1969. Wessex without Mycenac.

British School at Athens 63: (1968) 277-285,

1973, Before ecivilizution: the radiocarbon

revolution Ind prehistorie Europe, Londen,

Anil,

MEGAW—BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

(%) MaIUOD [eI

oxy

10-0> pa | pu qt 10-0 10-0 so0 | LOT 6f-T | 70-0 10-0 | 66 c ‘(987 ‘OU H) 69D

10-0 | pu | pu q | 10-0 70-0 8c:0 | zs:0 i 06-0 10-0> pu | C86 ra (187 ‘OW H) TIDD

T0-0> 100-0> | 100:0> | 100-0 | £00-0 100 | O0£0 | 8S-0 se-L £0:0 | $00-0> | ¢-L6 ra 78z ‘U H) 97D

pu | a = 10:0 70-0 $0-0 1-0 o0~ O-I~ rae) 10:0> | y Tt 6S66FV

10-0> | 100-0> 100-0 > [100-0 z00-0 = £00-0 07-0 09-0 89-¢ +0-0 S000-:0> | 1-96 (SSOWW YONOD)# =— (LOZ “CU H) FS09

pa | pu pu | q 10-0> | £0-0 ved | 750 TO-E 10-0 10:0 0-96 (sso UONOD) - = (SOZ “OU H) LIDD

7 00> pu pu | a 10-0 t0-0 rs 99:0 Lo-t £0-0 pu | C96 Gong wary)’ = (9EZ “OU H) TIOD

00> ; pu pu y 10-0> 10-0 | +70 £9-0 lot | 10-0 pL L-L6 (jong gary) s = (SZ “OU H) 9EDD

10-0 pu pu — 10> 700 FLO | SPO | BLT 10-0 | 10-0> 8-f6 ¢ (9¢7 “OU H) OTID

10:0> pu pu qq 100> 70-0 £T-0 | 7-0 col 10-0 | 100 £86 s (661 ‘OU H) 6f99

pu | in| pu yy 10:0> 10-0 9T-0 | Le-0 66° 70-0 | pu | +56 gs (g6f ‘OH H) LED

pu — —_ 70:0 L-0 50:0 £-0 £-0~ O-I~ 1-0 10-0 | q s 6tLTFV

UZ 95 ny ed la 'N ay qs sV qd | us | no adA] ulepsolyg PsaqtPH

ATE IETILUIS JO Splaqiey Jay10 jo saskjeue qIEM pareduos wmasnyAl GeIpealsny YINOS 34) UI! P|Yy (6S66FV “6ELTPYV) SPJeqey By azZUudIg OM) JO sasd(eue [ealsuny[RIajAl

c ATV

“uBy} alow = <

tuey} ssop = > i Queo sad gor> O1<) yaly = Y f(uad sed QZ +) Afayeutxordde = ~ *4y8nos jou = — £(quas Jad ].0-[0-9 S8uesl yensn) ae = 4 i paydajap auou = pu

‘cuIZ = uz ‘yeqoo=o0p ‘'pop=ny tuoy=ey7 fyinusig = iq PYIN = IN Vaaig = By ‘kuownuy = gs

suasly = SW =} pesy = Gd “aL = us raaddoDy = nD ‘O*q6961 “UOSIQIEH = H :LS6T ‘ask puke uRYyso = OD 'OL61 “UR!YFOD pure uoNg “wally = DAV

1(Z PuB | Saquy Or) Aa>

— —_ — = = — | 9000 = 0-0 — | a | Lit | E88 (TSI “OU H) STON OV

| | : |

— | = — 900-0 00-0 > 9800-0 | $00-0> ) pu pu 7O-0> | 8-9 Y (€Sgf ‘OU H) b7 ‘ON DAV

pu — = £00 10-0 | 10-0 $0-0 pu pu LI-0 | FIl q Ielliv

uz Le) ny ed te IN SV qs SV | Gd us nD

SOx? JaYJO OMI JO SasdTBUP YPM pareduiod wuNasN, UBIPBSMYy YINOS 2) Ul PyaY (TEEL TV) AX’ ay azuoig jo sisAjvue |BOLsAN][eIaA

T aTayvb

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS (ACARI: DERMANYS-

SIDAE); A GENUS PARASITIC ON

MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS

By ROBERT DOMROW

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 4

24th January, 1975

LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS (ACARI: DERMANYS-SIDAE);

A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS

BY ROBERT DOMROW

Summary

A key, illustrations and descriptive notes are given for the four laelapine species now known in

Ljunghia Oudemans (Dermanyssidae). At least three are parasites of mygalomorph spiders, as

follows: L. selenocosmiae Oudemans from Selenocosmia (Theraphosidae) in Sumatra; L. hoggi sp.

n. from Aganippe (Ctenizidae) in South Australia; 2. pulleini Womersley from Se/enocosmia and

Adame (Dipluridae) in South Australia, and an unidentified diplurid in Queensland; and LZ. rainbowi

sp. n. from an unidentified spider in South Australia.

LJUNGHIA QUDEMANS (ACARI; DERMANYSSIDAE), A GENUS PARASITIC

ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS

Ry ROBERT DOMROW

Queensland Institute of Medical Research, Brisbane 4006

ABSTRACT

DOMROW. R. 1974, 9 Ljuwnghia Oudemans (Acarit

Dermanyssidae), a genus parasitic on mygalomorph spiders.

Rec. §. Aust. Mus, 17 (VA); 31-39,

A key, illustrations, and descriptive notes are

given for the four laclapine species now known in

Lijunghia Qudemans (Dermanyssidae), At least

three are parasites of mygalomorph spiders, as

follows: L. selenocosmiae Oudemans from

Selenocosmia (Theraphosidae) in Sumatra; L.

hoggi sp. n. from Aganippe (Ctenizidae) in

South Australia; L. pulleini Womersley from

Selenocosmia and Aname (Dipluridae) in South

Australia, and an unidentified diplurid in

Queensland; and L. rainbow? sp. n. from an

unidentified spider in South Australia

INTRODUCTION

This paper revises the two known species of

the genus Ljunghia (family Dermanyssidae sensu

Evans and Till, 1966) to the extent that the

original descriptions need expansion, and details

two new species. The following key will quickly

show thut the setational patterns vary consider-

ably from species to species, but an otherwise umi-

form facies and the ecological data indicate only

a single genus is involved (sce Hunter and

Husband, 1973),

The setae on the dorsal shield are equated with

the standard pattern given for Haemolaelaps

Berlese by Costa (1961, as amended by Lind-

quist and Evans, 1965). The patterns on the

capitulum and legs are compared with those of

free-living dermanyssids (Evans and Till, 1965,

as amended by Evans, 1969), except for the

larvae. whose legs are detailed after Evans

(1963). The less reduced species of Ljunghia

show relatively constant formulae, but the regu-

lar presence or absence of one or even two setae

in the more reduced species is to be expected.

Genus LUUNGHIA Oudemans

1932. p. 204, Type-

Oudemans,

Liunghia Oudemans,

species: Liyaghia selenocosmiae

1932, by monotypy.

DIAGNOSIS. From Evans and Til’'s keys

(1966) to dermanyssid taxa, Ljunghia is clearly

a laelapine genus related to the Aypoaspis Canes-

trint complex. The latter also includes many

24th January, 1975

associates of arthropods, but the generally holo-

trichous condition of the dorsal shield (at least

37 pairs of setae) will distinguish Hypoaspis,

however unclear its internal relationships may be.

from the markedly holotrichous Ljunghia (at

most 32 pairs of setae).

Frankly, it is difficult to delimit a genus in

such a little known subfamily, yet a diagnosis so

extended to include the widely varying setal

formulae on the dorsul shield and legs may well

exclude species as yet undescribed (Costa,

1971). Accordingly, | assign to Ljunghia those

species with the following characteristics;

Chelicerae chelate-dentate in female: fixed

digit reduced (except in L. selenecosmiae), but

always with at least trace of pilus dentilis. Cheli-

cerae normally formed in male, with spermato-

phore-carrier slightly exceeding tip of movable

digit. Dorsal shield entire, markedly hypo-

trichous. Metasternal setue absent (except in

L. selenocosmiae). Only genital setac set on

genital shield (except in L. rainbowr). Anal

shield elongate, with characteristic anteromedial

extension. Leg setation holotrichous to markedly

hypotrichous, Parasites of spiders, especially

mygalomorphs, in the Ortental-Australian

Region.

KEY TO SPECIES OF LJUNG/ITA

(Adults only; male of L, rainhowi unknown)

1, (0) Dorsal shield with 32 (21 podonotal and 11

opisthonotal) pairs of setac. Metasternal setac

present. Ventral setae numerous. No leg seg

ment has less setae than typical free-living der-

manyssids, Cheliceral digits of female subequal

selenocosmiae

Dorsal shield with 25 pairs of setae at most. Meta-

sterng] setae absent, Only eight pairs of ventral

setae, At least one leg segment has less setac than

typical free-living dermanyssids. Fixed cheliceral

digit of female only half as long as movable

Aipgiti ss tu da af peat ot He tf an is var Z

2. (1) Dorsal shield with 25 (17 +- 8) pairs of setae.

Palpal trochanter-tibia with normal setation

(2.5.6,14), Only one leg segment (femur 1) with

deficient setation .. 2.2 2. Ly 4, hoggi

Dorsal shield with less than 25 pairs of setae. Palpal

trochanter-tibia with redueed setalion, At Ienst

three leg segments (excluding genu IV) with

deficient setation ,, ~- .- ., -- .- -, ---- 3

32 REC, 8S, AUST. MUS,, 17 (4); 31-39

3, (2) Dorsal shield with 18 (15 +- 3) pairs of setae.

Genital setae on genital shield, Deutosternal den-

ticles single. Palpal trochanter-tibia with

2,5,6.11 setae. Seven leg segments with deficient

setation (see text) pulleini

January, ITS

Dorsal shield with 15 (11 + 4) pairs of setae,

Genital setae off genital shield. Deutosternal

denticles multiple. Palpal trochanter-tibia with

2.5.5.14 setae. Three leg segments with deficient

setation (see text) .. ©. 2, .. .. 2. rainbow

FIGS, 1-2, LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS

1. ZL. hwgei sp. n, temale, dorsum of idiosoma.

2. Ly pulleint Womersley,

female, venter of capitulum (with inset of epistome and true left palp shown

dorsally), (Each division on the scales = 100 x.)

Ljunghia selenocosmiae Oudemans

Ljunghia selenocosmiae Oudemans, 1932, p. 204.

FEMALE. Capitulum inconveniently, but

variously, disposed in available specimens, and

many details visible. Setae rather longer than in

other species, c reaching well beyond sides of

basis. Deutosternal groove broad, with multiple

denticles (number of rows uncertain). On

hypostome, 43 >h2>A1, with h3 subequal to c.

Hypostomatal processes not clear. Epistome

triangular, intermediate in length between those

of L. pulleint and L. rainbowi; denticulate.

Palpal trochanter-genu with normal setation

(2.5.6); tibia and tarsus not clear, but former

probably 14; claw bifid. Chelicera as figured by

Oudemans; pore undetected.

Dorsal shield 735-755 pm long, 495-525 pm

at maximum width; with 32 pairs of setae com-

prising 21 pairs of podonotals (only 23

missing) and 11 pairs of opisthonotals. (The

observant will note that Oudemans, well aware

of minor individual variation, tacitly shows only

31 setae on the right-hand side of his drawing.)

Tritosternum as in L, rainbowi. Deeply

eroded, but rectilinear posterior margin of

sternal shield confirmed. One ventral seta occa-

sionally usurped by tip of genital shield. Small

metapodal shields present. Peritremes reaching

forward almost to vertex, but peristigmatic details

not clear.

Legs also difficult to examine, but many setae

considerably longer than shown by Oudemans,

Formulae normal except for tibia I, which shows

one additional v (2-6/4-2). Tarsus I, including

distal sensory plaque, not dissimilar to that of

other species. Claws rather larger than in

L. pulleini.

MALE and DEUTONYMPH. See Oude-

mans. Dorsal shield 660 ym long, 440 ,~m at

maximum width, Chelicera of male in normal

(dorsoventral) aspect in both specimens, but not

dissimilar to Oudemans’ Fig. 26.

DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 33

PROTONYMPH and LARVA. Not seen,

LOCALITY. Twelve females, two males, and

six deutonymphs from the type series, Seleno-

cosmia javanensis (Walckenaer) (Therapho-

sidae), Deli, Sumatra, 3.1931, col. J. C. van der

Meer Mohr, dep. RMNH. I designate one female

as lectotype.

Ljunghia hoggi sp. n.

FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae only

slightly exceeding sides of basis. Deutosternal

groove as in L. rainbowi, with seven or eight rows

of multiple denticles. Hypostome with

h3>h1>h2; only lattermost shorter than c.

Hypostomatal processes as in L,. _ pulleini.

Cornicles as in L. rainbowi. Epistome as long as

that of L. selenocosmiae, but more strongly den-

ticulate. Palpi with normal setation on trochan-

ter-tibia; tarsus not clear; claw bifid. Chelicera

as in L. rainbowi.

Dorsal shield with outline intermediate

between those of ZL. selenocosmiae and L,

pulleini; 635-690 pm long, 415-440 «wm at maxi-

mum width. Podonotal half with seventeen pairs

of setae: j1-4, 6, zl, 2, 4-6, sl-5, and 2r. Opis-

thonotal half with eight pairs of setae (seven long,

one short). Cuticle with about eight pairs of

setae, the most anterior pair of which may repre-

sent extrascutal s6.

FIGS. 3-9,

3-6. L. hoggi sp. n., female:

5. spermathecae; male:

female:

3. venter of

6. sternogenital shield,

7. venter of idiosoma; larva:

LJUNGHIA QUDEMANS

idiosoma; 4. epistome;

7-9. L. pulleini Womersley,

8-9, yventer and dorsum of idiosoma.

34 REC, S. AUST.

Sternal shield more conventionally shaped

than in other species, but still weak and eroded.

With three pairs of subequal setae rather longer

than interval between them. Venter otherwise as

in L. rainbowi, except that genital setae are on

genital shield and poststigmatic portion of peri-

trematal shields is fuller.

Legs with normal setation except for femur I,

which is unideficient ventrally (2-5/3-2).

Femora lacking outstandingly long setae dor-

sally. Tarsus I essentially as in L. pulleini, but

claws rather stronger than in that species.

eV Tr os

MUS.,

31-39 January, 1975

17 (4):

MALE. Capitulum as in female, except for

chelicera, which is similar to that of L.

pulleini.

Dorsum as in female. Dorsal shield 555 pm

long, 325 »m at maximum width.

Venter as in female, except for sternogenital

shield, which is similar to that of L. pulleini.

Legs as in female.

IMMATURES. Unknown.

FIGS. 10-20. LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS

10-12. L.

IV; 12. epistome.

selenocosmiae Oudemans, female:

13-20. L. pulleini Womersley, female:

yventer and dorsum of leg

13-16. dorsum and

10-11.

yenter of legs LIV; 17. exterior of chelicera; 18. spermathecae; male: 19. yentro-

interior of chelicera; larva:

20. venter and dorsum of cheliccrae.

DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC

LOCALITY. Holotype female, three paratype

females. and two morphotype deutonymphs from

Aganippe subtristis Pickurd-Cambridge (Cteni-

vidae). Seacliff, Adelaide, South Australia,

11.1973, col. R. Coulter, dep. SAM.

Two females and one male from 4~ subtristis.

Peterborough, South Australia, 4.3.1967, col.

L. Wright. dep. SAM. Not types.

Ljunghia pulleini Womersley

Liunghia pulleini Womersley, 1956, p. 591.

FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae barely

reaching sides of basis. Deutosternal groove

narrow and difficult to examine posteriorly, but

denticles single and at least five m number.

Hypostame with three pairs of A setae (3

strongest), and moderately sclerotized cornicles in

addition to distal processes. Epistome rounded,

denticulate. not exceeding distal margin of tro-

chanter. Palpal trochanter-genu with normal

setation, but femur occasionally lacking one d, or

with one (more rarely two, as figured) additional

vy setay genu occasionally lacking ane d_ seta.

Tibial setation considerably reduced, comprising

eight (seven to nine) d, and three (occasionally

two) v, setae, including dorsodistal rods. Tar'sus

shown diagrammatically; claw bifid. Chelicera

unreduced except for fixed digit, which shows

merest indication of pilus dentilis.

Dorsal shield 505-605 pm long 285-340 jm

at greatest width. Podonotal half with fifteen

pairs of setae: j1-6, 21-2, 4-6, and sl-4 (23

always absent, one =1 occusionally absent, and

81-2 often represented only by single pair), First

six pairs of setae on cuticle Constant in number

and position, and possibly representing extra-

seutal s5-6 (two long pairs) and 22-5 (four short

pairs), thereby accounting for full complement

of 22 podonotal pairs. Opisthonotal half of

shield typically with three pairs of setae (two long

and one short), but minor variation common.

Thus although terminal pair is always present,

one or both of other long pair. or one of short

pair. may be lacking, Because of extreme reduc-

tion from normal seventeen pairs on opisthonotal

half of shield, these setae are not assigned, Of

seven or ¢ight additional pairs of setae on cuticle,

at least the long pair may be extrascutal,

Metasternal complex absent except for pores

(normally free in cuticle, but rarely on extension

of sternal shield; Woniersley writes “shields” in

error for “setae” on p. 593). Genital setae on

ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 3F

shield, but attendant pores free in cuticle. Ven-

tral setae in eight pairs, but not easily reconciled

with pattern in other two Australian species

(2.2.4.6.2). Peritrematal shields extended nar-

rowly behind stigmata, and more broadly on

darsal margin near end of peritreme.

Coxa If with minute process on anterodorsal

margin, Setation normal for following leg seg-

ments: all coxae and trochanters, femora II and

TV, genua TI-Il, and tarsi II-IV, One seta

lacking on femur [ (2-5/3-2), femur ITI

(1-3/1-0), genau T (2-6/2-2), tibia I (2-6/2-2),

and tibia Tl (1]-3/2-1). Two setae lacking on

tibia IT (2-3/2-1), Three setae lacking on tibia

TV (1-3/2-1). Genu TV with full complement

anly because additional » makes up for absent d.

Femora with 2,2,1,1 d setae distinctly longer than

remainder. Tarsus | with sensory plaque distal.

MALE. Setal patterns as in female. Setule

and pore on chelicerae not detected.

DEUTONYMPH, Capitulum as in fernale.

Dorsum as in female, but shield smaller

(360-440 pm long, 210-255 pm at maximum

width),

Venter as in female except for sterno-

pregenital shield. This bears usual three pairs

each of setae and pores along eroded margin:

pregenital setae free in cuticle. Development of

peritrematal shields minimal.

Legs, including tarsus TI, with same setal

formulae as female.

PROTONYMPH. Unknown.

LARVA. Hypostome lacking setal hair h3-

Palpal setal formula for trochanter-genu nor-

mal, but tibia as in adult (i.e,, with eleven setae),

Chelicera presaging that of adult female,

Idiosoma 425-450 pm long, 310-340 ym at

greatest width, Dorsum without shield, but with

normal nine pairs of setae: sl. 3-6. 22, 4-5, and

x4. These are readily equated with adult pairs

of similar position and strength.

Venter without shields, but with three pairs of

sternal, one pair of ventral, and three anal setae

(postanal shortest as in adult). Stigmatic

apparatus absent,

Legs with normal setal patterns, femur IT being

as in Evans (1963, Fig. 2b). Setae adi and pdl

on tarsi [-TN not detected,

36 REC. S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (4): 31-39

January, 1975

FIGS, 21-25. LJUNGHIA PULLEINI WOMERSLEY

21-23. Female:

LOCALITY. Six females from the type

series, Selenocosmia stirlingi Hogg (Therapho-

sidae), Orroroo, near Peterborough, South Aus-

tralia, 5.1933, col. H. Gray, dep. SAM. Despite

Womersley’s statement, the present curator, Mr.

D. C. Lee, tells me (in Jitt., 9.8.1973) that no

specimen bears a holotype label, and I therefore

designate one female as lectotype.

Four females and two males from Aname sp.

(Dipluridae), Strathalbyn, east of Mount Lofty

Range, South Australia, 8.12.1971, col. I.

Buring, dep, SAM.

Sixteen females, eighteen males, fourteen

deutonymphs, two larvae (plus several specimens

21. dorsum of idiosoma; 22-23. dorsum and venter of tarsus I;

24. male: venter of idiosoma; 25. deutonymph:

venter of idiosoma.

still in spirit) from an unidentified spider OM

W3856 (Dipluridae), Rifle Range, Chinchilla,

Queensland, 10.9.1972, col. R. J. McKay, dep.

QM.

REMARKS. The description and figures now

given apply to the series from Queensland. The

type specimens all show three pairs of setae on

the opisthonotal half of the dorsal shield.

Generally speaking, their body setae are relatively

longer, e.g., j5 and especially 25 exceed the bases

of j6 and z6. Their leg setal formulae differ only

on tibia Il (commonly 2-4/2-1, occasionally

standard 2-4/2-2) and genu LI (commonly

2-4/2-2, occasionally standard 2-4/2-1).

DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON

The specimens from Aname all lack the sub-

terminal pair of long setae on the dorsal shield.

Generally speaking, their body setae are rela-

tively shorter, e.g., /6 is hardly longer than j5 and

z5. Their legs are not suitably arranged for

detailed examination.

All three series, however, key out together and

are clearly conspecific,

Ljunghia rainbowi sp. n.

FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae reaching

beyond sides of basis. Deutosternal groove more

distinct than in L. pulleini, with nine rows of

multiple denticles. Hypostome with setae 41 and

3 subequal to c, and longer than 42; hypostomatal

processes as in L. pulleini. Cornicles with

incipient cleft distally. Epistome an elongate

triangle, weakly denticulate, reaching to mid-

MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 37

femur. Palpi with normal setation on trochanter-

tibia, except for unideficient genu (all, pl, 3 d).

Tarsus shown diagrammatically; claw _ bifid.

Chelicera similar to those of L. pulleini, but small

pilus dentilis present and movable digit almost

edentate.

Idiosoma capable of considerable distension

because of weakness of shields. Dorsal shield

shaped as in L. pulleini, 585-615 ym long, 340-

365 pm at maximum width. Podonotal half

with eleven pairs of setae: jl, 3-4, 6, z1-2, 4-6,

and s2, 4. Opisthonotal half with four pairs of

setae (two short discals and two long subter-

minals). Because of strong reduction of setal

formulae on dorsal shield, it is idle to assign ten

or eleven pairs of setae free on cuticle, Never-

theless, constant position and relative lengths of

at least first five pairs suggest they are extra-

scutal members of s and r series. More posterior

FIGS, 26-30. LIUNGHIA RAINBOW sp. n.

26-30. Female:

26. dorsum of idiosoma; 27-28, ventrointerior and dorsoexterior

of chelicera; 29-30. dorsum and venter of tarsus I.

38 REC, S, AUST. MUS,, 17 (4): 31-39

pairs less regular in position, but always long

except for terminal pair. Pattern of pores and

muscle insertions on shield difficult to discern

because of granular inclusions; accordingly, while

those shown are correct, more may exist.

Tritosternum with well developed base, but

laciniae rather short, slenderly tapering, and

weakly ciliated. Sternal shield less conyention-

ally shaped than in other Australian species; pale

and unreticulated, with anterolateral margins

extremely weak and posterior margin eroded.

Sternal setae short and subequal, at most only

slightly longer than interval between them;

sternal pores present but weak, particularly pos-

terior pair. Metasternal complex represented

only by pore. Genital shield reduced and with-

out striae, but with normal muscle insertions and

operculum supported by apodemes between

coxae IV. Genital setae and pores free in cuticle.

Margin of anal shield only slightly extended

anteriorly; adanal setae set near centre of anus,

rather longer than postanal; cribrum_ present.

Small metapodal shields present. Crescentic

exopodal shields IV present but weak. Ventral

January, 1975

setae In eight pairs arranged as in L. hoggi; of

increasing length posteriorly, one posterolateral

pair being quite strong. Stigmatic apparatus as

in L. pulleini, but poststigmatic development

minimal.

Legs largely as in L. pulleini, with same

segments showing normal dermanyssid setation,

except for trochanter I (1-0/3-1). Of eight seg-

ments modified in L. pulleini (Queensland speci-

mens), four retain normal dermanyssid setation

(femur IIT and tibiae II-IV); of remaining four,

femur-tibia I are as in L. pulleini, while genu IV

is normal dorsally, but bears an additional v

(2-5/2-1). All femora with one d distinctly

longer than remainder. Tarsus I as in L,

pulleini except for minute details. Ambulacra as

in L. pulleini.

MALE AND IMMATURES. Unknown.

LOCALITY. Holotype female and three

paratype females from an unidentified spider,

Long Gully, South Australia, 11.6.1938, col. H.

Womersley, dep. SAM,

FIGS. 31-33. LIUNGHIA RAINBOW sp, n.

31-33, Female: 31. venter of idiosoma; 32. spermathecae; 33. venter of capitu-

jum (with inset of epistome and true left palp shown dorsally).

DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 39

NOMENCLATURE

Although Womersley (1956) coined his

specific name explicitly in honour of R. H.

Pulleine, his consistent pu/leini is in literal accord

with Rec. 31A, and is retained as the correct

original spelling (Art. 32). Following Womers-

ley’s lead, the two new species above are also

named after early students of Australian spiders:

H. R. Hogg and W. J, Rainbow.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Mr. D. C, Lee, South Aus-

tralian Museum, Adelaide, for material from

Womersley’s series and the two new species; to

Dr. L. van der Hammen, Rijksmuseum van

natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, for slides from the

Oudemans collection; to Dr. D. H. Kemp,

C.S.1.R.O., Indooroopilly, for specimens from the

diplurid with Queensland Museum, Brisbane,

labels; and to Miss Leanne Jackson for technical

assistance.

REFERENCES

Costa, M., 1961: Mites associated with rodents in Israel.

Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist., 8: 1-70.

Costa, M., 1971: Mites of the genus Hypoaspis Canestrini,

1884 s. str. and related forms (Acari: Mesostigmata)

associated with beetles. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist, 21:

67-98.

Evans, G. O., 1963: Observations on the chaetotaxy of the

legs in the free-living Gamasina (Acari: Mesostigmata).

Bull. Br. Mus, nat. Hist., 10: 275-303.

Evans, G, O., 1969: Observations on the ontogenetic

development of the chaetotaxy of the tarsi of legs

1l-IV in the Mesostigmata (Acari). Proc, II int.

Congr. Acar., 195-200.

Evans, G. O. and Till, W. M., 1965: Studies on the British

Dermanyssidae (Acari: Mesostigmata). Part I.

External morphology, Bull. Br. Mus, nat, Hist., 13:

247-294.

Evans, G. O. and Till, W. M., 1966: Studies on the British

Dermanyssidae (Acari: Mesostigmata). Part II.

Classification. Bull. Br, Mus. nat, Hist., 14: 107-370.

Hunter, P. E. and Husband, R. W., 1973: Pneumolaelaps

(Acarina: Laelapidae) mites from North America and

Greenland. Fla, Ent, 56: 77-91.

Lindquist, E. E. and Evans, G. O., 1965: Taxonomic con-

cepts in the Ascidae, with a modified setal nomenclature

for the idiosoma of the Gamasina (Acarina: Mesostig-

mata). Mem. ent. Soc. Can., 47: 1-64.

Oudemans, A. C., 1932: Opus 550. Tijdschr. Ent. 13

(Suppl,): 202-210.

Womersley, H., 1956: On some Acarina-Mesostigmata from

Australia, New Zealand and New Guinea. J. Linn.

Soc., 42: 505-599.

RECORDS oF THE a

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SX Q

MUSEUM CF

TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS

OF THE LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX

(ANURA: HYLIDAE)

By MICHAEL J. TYLER

and

MARION ANSTIS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 5

7th March, 1975

TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS OF THE LITORIA CITROPA

COMPLEX (ANURA: HYLIDAE)

BY MICHAEL J. TYLER AND MARION ANSTIS

Summary

A new species of hylid frog related to Litoria citropa is described. The new species inhabits

mountainous areas of north-eastern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland. The tadpoles

of both species are described and details of life history are reported. Whereas the adults of citropa

and the new species are similar, the tadpole mouthparts differ conspicuously.

TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS OF THE LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX

(ANURA: HYLIDAE)

MICHAEL J, TYLER

South Australian Museum, Adelaide, 5000

and

MARION ANSTIS

630 King George’s Road, Penshurst, N,S.W, 2222

ABSTRACT

PYLER, M. J., and ANSTIS, M, 1975. Taxonomy and

biology of frogs of the Literia citrapa complex (Anurat

Hylidae). Ree. 8. Aust. Muy. 17 (5): 41-50.

A new species of hylid trog related to Litoria

citropa is described. The new species inhabits

mountainous areas of north-eastern New South

Wales and south-eastern Queensland, The tad-

poles of both species are described and details of

life history are reported, Whereas the adults of

citropa and the new species are similar, the

tadpole mouthparts differ conspicuously,

INTRODUCTION

Litoria citropa is a hylid frog of rather striking

appearance and known to occur from north-

eastern New South Wales to south-eastern

Victoria. The species was known in Victoria

from only three specimens (Copland, 1957),

until Littlejohn, Lottus-Hills, Martin and Watson

(1972) reported on a series collected in East

Gippsland. Littlejohn e¢ al, provided an analysis

of the call, representing the only information on

the biology of the species,

Because L. eitropa is such a distinctive animal

and so readily distinguishable from all other Aus-

tralian species of Litoria, we did not envisage that

it constituted other than a single species until one

of us (M.A.) obtained a series of specimens from

Point Lookout in north-eastern New South Wales.

These specimens were consistently smaller than

those obtained from the central and southern por-

tion of the geographic range, and also differed in

the absence of vocal sacs and in having indistinct

as Opposed to prominent tympana, The subse-

quent collection of tadpoles introduced an

unexpected degree of divergence in what, from

adult morphology, we regarded as two closely

allied species, Here we define the L. citropa

complex, describe the new species and report

additional biological data.

Tth March, W975

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The specimens reported here are lodged in the

following collections; = Australian Museum

(A.M.); Department of Zoology, University of

Melbourne (M.U.Z.D.); South Australian

Museum (S,A.M.).

Methods of measurements of adults follow

Tyler (1968). The following abbreviations are

employed in the text and in tables: S-V (snout

to vent length); TL (tibia length); HL (head

length); HW (head width); E-N (eye to naris

distance); IN (internarial span); E (eye); T

(tympanum).

Descriptions of larval morphology follow the

format of Duellman (1970) and use the staging

tables of Gosner (1960), Measurements were

made to the nearest 0-01 mm with cither vernier

calipers or an eyepiece micrometer. Abbrevia-

tions of larval measurements and their definitions

follow: ST (total length, being the distance

between the tips of the snout and tail); BL (body

length, measured from the tip of the snout to the

edge of the intestinal mass).

OBSERVATIONS

Definition of the Litoria citropa complex

Members of the L. citropa complex occur only

in eastern and south-eastern Australia. They are

the only Australian frogs possessing a submandi-

bular dermal gland, This gland is located along

the lingual margin of the mandible and is clearly

demarcated from the surrounding area in having

a protuberant form and smooth surface. The

supratympanic fold is also a prominent grandular

feature,

The snout io vent length of males ranges from

35 mm to 57 mm, and females from 46 mm to

62 mm. The colour of the dorsum varies from

brown to green or gold, and there is always a

pronounced dark stripe extending along the

42 REC. S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (5):

canthus rostralis and broadening on the sides of

ihe body. The inguinal region and adjacent

portions of the abdomen and lower limbs are

usually immaculate yellow or reddish-orange.

Litoria citropa (Tschudi)

Type locality: Port Jackson (Sydney), New

South Wales,

Material examined: New South Wales—

M.U.Z.D. 47/67, 18 km E. of Braidwood;

S.A.M. R13304 A-D, 13339 A-F, 13764:

Darke’s Forest; M.U.Z.D. 176/63: Flat Rock

Ck,. Royal National Park; M.U,Z,D, 1593/69:

11 km S. of Kiah; M.U.Z,D, 1518-19/69: 8 km

5. of Robertson; M.U,Z,D, 1119-20: 10 km W,

of Tomerong; M,U.Z.D. 1792-93/64: Upper

Allyn; M,U.Z,D. 582/63: Waterfall, Sydney;

M.U.Z.D, 1690-91/64: Wombat Ck., Barring-

ton Tops. Victoria—M,U,Z.D, 1594-97/69:

Maramingo; M,U.Z,D, 1590-92/69: Tonghi

Ck., 8 km W, of Cann River.

Description: Because detailed descriptions of

external morphology have been provided by

Copland (1957) and Moore (1961). we have

MA a

FIG.

41-50 Mareh, 1975

only summarised the variation observed in the

specimens examined by us, and devoted the

greatest attention to those features unreported or

inadequately described previously.

The adult males range in size from 44°4 to

56:6 mm S-V, and gravid females from 56:9 to

61°8 mm S-V, The head is bulbous, rounded

and broader than long (HL/HW range 0°87-

0-96; mean 0-92). The eye to naris distance is

consistently greater than the internarial span

(E-N/IN range 1°05-1-44; mean 1+3), The

superior border of the tympanum passes beneath

the glandular supratympanic fold, but the visible

portion is very distinct and has a pronounced

annulus,

The tingers are long and slender, with

moderately large terminal discs, and either a

trace of webbing between the third and fourth

fingers or no webbing at all (Fig. la). Webbing

between the toes is incomplete, reaching the

subarticular tubercle at the base of the penulti-

mate phalanx of the fifth toe (Fig, Ib). The

hind limbs are of short to moderate length

(TL/S-V range 0:50-0°57; mean 0-53).

(a) hand, and (b) foot of Literia citrayn

TYLER AND ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LIVORIA CIUROPA COMPLEX FROGS 43

The vocal sac is a unilobular, submandibular

structure confined to the area above the musculus

interhyoideus. The size and position of the vocal

sac apertures are unique amongst Australian

hylid frogs, being very small slits located adjacent

to the articulations of the jaws.

The colour in life was described by Kinghorn

(1932), and reproduced by Moore (1961). A

photograph of a liying adult is shown in Figure

2a. Variation of dorsal colours of a live adult

includes slate grey with green suffusions, to brown

and green or almost pure green, The anterior

and posterior surfaces of the hind limbs, the

axillary and the inguinal regions are usually deep

reddish orange, and the ventral surfaces of the

hind limbs are light red,

FIG, 2

(ua) Literia citropay (b) 1, vlandulose,

Some of the specimens examined by us

have violet pigmented bones comparable to the

condition reported by Tyler (1970) which

characterises tive other species of frogs occurring

in eastern and south-eastern Australia, The

pigmentation is most intense in specimens from

the extreme south-east of the geographic range:

Maramingo, Kiah and Tonghi Creek. Bone

pigmentation is very faint of absent in specimens

from Tomerong and has not been found in indi-

viduals from localities north of Robertson.

Absence of violet pigment is in no way associated

with the period of (ime spent in preservative, but

is clearly correlated with geography,

Habitat: Specimens were collected over a

wide geographic range, The principal field

studies, however, took place at Darke’s Forest,

where adult and/or tadpoles were collected in

the following situations: (1) Maddern Creek

a series of broad, deep pools separated by shallow

sections of varying flow rates crossing a sandstone

base, and sometimes falling into large canyons;

(2) The Waratah Creek; and (3) an unnamed

creek flowing into the Lodden River.

Plants found along these creeks included

species of Eucalyptus, Banksia, Acacia, Lepto-

spermum, Callistemon, Hakea, Pultenea, Per-

soonia, Petrophile, Typha, Cyperus and Ghania.

Adult Behaviour: Adult males most frequently

were collected adjacent to the creeks in Darke's

Forest during April, 1971, and September to

November, 1972. Dry bulb temperatures

recorded on four occasions when frogs were heard

calling ranged from 14°C to 19°5°C. During

the day frogs were found on sandstone plateaus

or outcrops, either beneath or amongst the rocks,

and usually fairly close to water, The mating

eal| has been described and analysed by Littlejohn

ef al, (1972), The impression gained was that

calling increased on warmer nights following rain

when the skies were still overcast,

Breeding is known to occur in September and

November and possibly extends until January.

Amplexus is axillary.

Life history; Amplexus was observed in a

captive pair on the night of 6th-7th November,

1972. The individuals were placed in a plastic

container with some water and amplexus was

observed at about 20-30 hours, The female

uttered a soft release call for some minutes

following the onset of amplexus and then

remained silent. The specimens were then trans-

ferred to a dish containing water, a large, flat

sandstone rock and some reeds, and 890 eggs

were laid during the night, either singly or in

small groups and attached to the surface of the

rock or to the floor of the vessel.

4 REC. & AUST. MUS, I7 (5):

The sites of ova deposition in the field were

the smooth rocky floors of small pools connected

to or separated from the creeks. In all cases the

water depth ranged from approximately 10 to

70 mm. The outer capsules of the eggs becume

covered with fine brown silt within two or three

days of deposition,

The eggs bave dark brown animal hemispheres,

appearing black macroscopically and have

creamy white vegetal hemispheres, There are

three vitelline membranes,

Meusurements of the early stage embryos,

capsules and larvae derived from the above

mating are listed in Table |. Initial development

was rapid, nerulation was reached early on 9th

November, and the tail bud (Stage 17) later on

the same day. At this stage a U-shaped groove

united two well-formed ventral suckers, aboye

which occurred the stomodeal depression, The

body was dark brown and the yolk sac yellowish-

brown.

TABLE J

MEASUREMENTS OF EMBRYOS AND LARVAE OF L. CITROPA

AT VARIOUS STAGES

(Means in parentiiesis)

EMBRYOS

Stage Sample Einbryo Dianieter Cupsule Dlimetar

(runt) mm)

2 4 1-68-1-76 (1-73) 5-92-48 (6-10)

4-5 5 -60-1-76 (1-70) 5:44-7:20 (0°18)

3 3 170-1bRO (75) SH4-6-48 (6°19)

5-6 3 168-1-76 (1-72) | §-08-7-20 (645)

g-9 15 1:76-1:84 (1°78) FM-4AR (6-08)

7 LB) DSh-3-48 (312)

Tots) Length

(mm)

9 | 3-68

20 Ww S84-6:56 (6:26)

21-22 4 O-24-7-12 (676)

23 3 Be24-8-b4 (K-45)

24 | 3 8:48-9:28 (8-96)

25 (early) $ 896-1016 (9-65)

25 (late) 9 ' $2-48-19-44 (12°92)

LARVAP

Slage = Sample Hody Length | Totul Length

Cv) (mm)

26 R 59-78 (G9) | 147200 (Td

27 Ik (799-0 (BNE 16°2-23-0 (20-3)

2k 4 4-112 (109) | 238256 (24-5)

24 3 109-112 CLO-8y | 21-287 (26+3)

al 6 99-117 (109) 258-301 (28-4)

32 2 We, bis 2Ke7, 29-4

a4 i] lid Iss

aS | 1 12O-V255 (12-2) 32-9339 (33-2)

AG 1 V1d-b24) (1-7) 30-4-31-6 (30-9)

a 1 12-4 Bang

ay 1 a0 dh

Hatching commenced after four days at Stage

20, but the peak was reached on the fifth day,

and a few larvae hatched on the sixth day at

Staves 20 to 21. By Stage 20 there were two

pairs of external gills (each with only one or two

branches), indistinct optic bulges, and prominent

olfactory pits; the stomodeal depression had

deepened and the ventral suckers had increased

in size,

41st Mareh, 1975

Maximum gill development occurred at Stage

22 with the anterior pair possessing one or two

branches, and the posterior pair two or three.

The optic bulges were still not distinctly demar-

cated and the corneas remained opaque. Stage

23 (material collected in the field on Ist October,

1972) exhibited greatly reduced external gills,

clear corneas. well-ditferentiated olfactory pits

(nares), lateral-line sense organs extending along

the body to the caudal region, well-developed

labia, and an open or partly open anal tube.

Oral ridges on which the labial teeth had

developed were characteristic of Stage 25. The

horny beak became pigmented and the extreme

reduction of the ventral suckers diminished at

this stage. Subsequent development mainly

involved increase in size and proportions as

recorded in Table |.

In our description of the new species of the L,

citropa complex we provide a detailed composite

description of tadpoles at Stages 29 and 36, Here

we report only those features apparent at Stage 35

of L, citropa that differ from those of the new

species. Thus the anal opening is diagonal from

the edge of the ventral fin, and tail depth is

greatest just anterior to its mid-region.

FIG. 3

(a and c) Lateral and dorsal views of larva of Literia

citrupa at stage 35; (b and d) ltaleral and dorsal views of

L. glandulosa at Stage 36.

TYLER ann ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND

BIOLOGY

OF LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX FROGS 45

per LIVI LEE AA ang

evi,

QR Fapinee

* vy nnene

FIG, 4

Mouthparts of (a) Literia eftrepa; (b) 1. glandulosa

The mouth is ventral in position (Fig. 3a),

and the labia are bordered by a single row of

small papillae (Fig. 4a); only a few small

papillae occur inside the labial border. There

are two rows of upper labial teeth and three rows

of lower labial teeth, of which the second upper

is the longest, and the third lower the shortest.

There is a medial gap in the second upper row

and in the first lower row. Odd teeth were

missing in the majority of the specimens

examined. The beaks are pigmented, relatively

shallow, and of almost equal depth with

moderately-sized serrations.

In preserved specimens the dorsal surface of

the body and the upper labium are dark brown

with small areas of darker pigment. The orbital

and narial regions are paler. The caudal mus-

culature is cream and densely blotched with

brown dorsally. The fins are transparent, but

marked with scattered clusters of melanophores.

The lateral line organs are unpigmented. In

life the dorsal and lateral body surfaces have a

uniform golden sheen, noticeably incomplete in

its distribution at earlier stages (e.g., Stages

25-26).

Metamorphosis of tadpoles reared from the

spawn laid on 6th November, 1972, was com-

pleted in January, February and March, 1973,

indicating a larval life of from two to four

months. Snout to vent lengths of eight newly

metamorphosed specimens ranged from 11+9 mm

to 14-3 mm (mean 13-1 mm),

Distribution: — Litoria citropa extends trom

Aberfeldy in south-eastern Victoria to the

Barrington Tops in New South Wales (Fig. 5).

Pt, Lookout @

O= L.citropa

@= L.glandulosa

FIG. 5

Geographic distribution of the Litoria citropa complex,

The close proximity of several adjacent localities is such

thal each individual locality cannot be shown on a figure

of this scale,

46 REC. §. AUST. MUS,

Litoria glandulosa n. sp.

Holotype: S,A.M.R13504, A gravid female

collected at Barwick Creck, Point Lookout,

near Ehor, New South Wales, by M. Anstis

on 24th January, 1973.

Definition, A moderately-sized species (adult

females 45°8-50*4 mm §-V; adult males 34-5-

40°3 mm $-V). Adults are characterised by an

indistinct tympanum, and by the presence of a

submandibular gland. The tadpole is unique

amongst previously described Australian species

in lacking tooth rows, and in possessing elongate

tubercles and filaments within the buccal cavity

(Pig. 4b),

Description ef Holotype: ‘The head is deep,

bulbous and broader than long (HL/HW 0:91),

its length is equivant to approximately one third

of the total length (HL/S-V 0-34), The snout

is not prominent: bluntly rounded when viewed

from above and evenly rounded (but not project-

ing) in profile. The nostrils are orientated dorso-

laterally; their distance from the end of the snout

is slightly more than one-half the diameter of the

eye. The distance between the eye and the naris

is greater than the internarial span (E-N/IN

1-16). The canthus rostralis is clearly demar-

17 (5): 4b-s0 Marel, 1975

cated and straight, and the loreal region sloping

but not concave, The eye is rather small and

not prominent; its diameter equals the E-N dis-

tance. The tympanum is small and very poorly

defined, there being no distinct tympanic annulus;

the tympanum is separated from the eye by a

distance about one-third of the eye diameter.

The yvomerine teeth are on two confluent eleva-

tions whose anterior borders are level with the

posterior margins of the choanae. The tongue is

broadly oval with a very weakly indented

posterior border.

The fingers are long and slender with slight

lateral fringes and prominent subarticular

tubercles (Fig. 6a). There is only a trace of

basal webbing between the fingers. The terminal

discs are rounded and prominent.

The hind limbs are short and muscular

(TL/S-V 0:52). Toes in decreasing order of

length 4>5>3>2>1. Webbing between the

toes reaches mid-way up the penultimate phalanx

of the fifth digit, to a position slightly below the

penultimate phalanx of the fourth digit. The

terminal discs are prominent, There is a small

oval inner and a very slightly developed rounded

outer metatarsal tubercle (see Fig, 6b).

Sars

“s

ot: Seosia

> of - iws.6"

oe = peak ee

aes eter

aed ene? La

oe Bf

esarrrah

pans

Rat

aires

, ,

. ened

ant ee

o te 6

FIG. 6

(i) hand, and (b) foot of Lirerta glandulosa.

I'YLER asp ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LITORIA CIT ROPA COMPLEX FROGS a7

The skin of the dorsal surface of the head and

body is rather coarsely granulate, There is a

very prominent supratympanic fold Which

obscures the upper portion of the tympanic

region extending from the posterior corner of the

eye to a position above the insertion of the fore-

limb. There is a slender supralabial gland and

a narrow tarsal ridge.

There is a broad and prominent submandibular

gland covered by sinooth skin; the remainder of

the ventral surface of the throat, pectoral region,

abdomen and limbs is coarsely granulate.

The dorsal surface of the head, body and limbs

is dark blue in life.

darker, and superior to it is an extremely irregular

pale brown line merging into isolated creamish

patches on the flanks. The supralabial gland is

white and is preceded by a similarly coloured line

extending to beneath the eye. A disrupted white

line extends along the anterior portion of the

labial margin,

The ventral surfaces. are dull creainish in colour

and densely stippled with black, particularly on

the submandibular gland and breast, The

posterior surfaces of the thighs are predominantly

dull brown, sparsely spotted with cream, These

cream spots are densest in the subcloacal urea,

Dimensions: Snout to vent length 45-8 mm;

tibia length 23-7 mm: head length 15-5 mm;

head width 17-1] mm: eye to naris distance

4:3 mim; internarial span 3-7 mim; eye diameter

4°6 mm, tympanum diameter approximately

2-3 mm; diameter of terminal disc of third finger

2:3 mm,

Variation; There are 38 paratypes: S.A.M.

R13S05-10. collected at Barwick and Bullock

Creeks, Ebor on 24th January, 1973: S.A.M

R13060 (11 juveniles); S.A.M- R13303, col-

lected at Barwick Creek in January, 1973;

5S.A.M. R13626-39, A.M. R39498, collected at

Point Lookout in May, 1973, all above specimens

taken by M.A., M.U.Z.D. 1991/68, 1992/68,

1997/68, 1999/68, collected at Point Lookout

by M, J. Littlejohn, J. J. Loftus-Hills and G. PF.

Watson; M,U.Z.D. 1885/68 collected at 65 km

BE. of Glen Innes by Littlejohn, Loftus-Hills and

Watson.

The adult male paratypes have snout to vent

lengths. ranging from 34-5 mm to 40°3 mm,

All lack vocal saes.. The short limbs, relatively

high E-N/IN ratio and broad head of the holo-

type are consistently demonstrated by the follow-

ing ranges and means of proportions of these

The supratympanie fold is.

specimens; TL/S-V — 0+48-0+53, mean 0-50;

E-N/IN 1-00-1°23, mean 1+14; HL/HW 0-87-

1:00, mean 0-91,

Coloration varies only in the intensity of the

blue dorsuin and in the extent of the irregular

lateral stripes and light markings on them. The

posterior surfaces of the thighs are consistently

darkly patterned. Snout to vent lengths of

recently metamorphosed speciniens ranged from

11+5 to 14*5 mm (mean 13:0 mm),

Coloration in life. Observations on an adult

(S.A.M. R13678) indicated difierences. asseci-

ated with activity. When uctive the dorsal sur-

face of the head. body and limbs was brilliant

green. The lateral stripe was dark brown on the

side of the head, becoming paler in the supra-

tympanic region and merging with a series ot

golden patches in the inguinal region. This

lateral stripe was bounded superiorly by a gold

line broadening on the body. The superior

labial margin bore a cream stripe extending

posteriorly to above the insertion of the forearm.

The section of the head anterior and posterior to

the eye and between these labial and fateral

stripes was pale green, The itis was uniformly

golden. There were rows of gold and brown

flecks ov the borders of the limbs. The hands

and feet were mottled with gold and green. The

ventral surfaces were a creantish white; the sub-

mandibulur gland had a faint yellow hue, The

axilla, and inguinal areas and the unterior anc

posterior surfaces of the hind limbs were a

translucent deep yellow,

When the frog was at rest the dorsum was

usually very dark brownish-green, the lateral

Stripe and associated patches a rusty brown and

the labial stripe grey. The iris was golden above

the pupil, brown belaw it. The ventral surfaces

were generally dusky brown.

In other specimens dorsal coloration ranged

from olive with uniform dark green mottling (or

mottling confined to the limbs), green with large,

discrete gold patches (J. de Bavay. pers, comm. )

to gald or brown so that the literal stripe was

scarcely discernible. Those found in green vege-

tation were inevitably bright green, whether cul-

lected by day or night. The colour of individuals

tound beneath rocks or logs varied from dark

brown to almost any shade of green, In captivity

most frogs were dark whilst at rest during the

day and bright green whilst active at night.

Habitar; The specimens collected or observed

by M.A, were taken adjacent to creeks and rivers

in cool, montane forest within 10 km of Point

Lookout, and at altitudes of | 350-1450 metres,

These water courses are>—

4} REC, 8.

(a) Barwick River, consisting of moderately

deep pools (containing submerged

plaiits), separated by shallow flowing

sections and waterfalls. The floor of

the river is predominantly basalt.

(b) Little Styx River, which is similar to

Barwick River, but appreciably

broader.

wick River only in its generally smaller

dimensions and predominantly granite

base.

(d) Spring Creek, the smallest of all four

watercourses, with a sandy floor over

a basalt base,

Amongst the vegetation on the banks were

species of Juncus, Epaceis, Leptospermum,

Ranunculus, Pterostylis and various ferns. Areas

of sphagnum were present. The dominant species

of tree was Eucalyptus pauciflora, which was

replaced by Nothafagus moore’ at higher

altitudes.

Adult hehaviour: During the periods of obser-

vation the species was found amongst vegetation

adjacent to the watercourses, beneath rotten logs,

under bark on trees or amongst rocks and low

vegetation (particularly Juncus).

In May, 1973, 14 adult males, one female

and one juvenile were found together under a

rotting log approximately three metres long and

one metre across. We conclude from their

sluggish behaviour that they had aggregated to

hibernate communally, To our knowledge this

represents the first report of a possible communal

hibernaculum for frogs in Australia.

Data on breeding behaviour are lacking. How-

ever, we hive evidence to indicate an exception-

ally long breeding season. For example, the sight-

ing of amplexal pairs on the Barwick River in

mid-December, 1971 (J, Barker, pers, comm, ).

indicates larval development during the summer

months when water temperatures reach their

annual maxima, The dates of collection of the

stages of larvae reported below are consistent

with ova being deposited in November-December,

In apparent contict is the finding of a gravid

adult female in May in the hibernaculum, The

entire body cavity was filled with large pigmented

eggs up to 2-1] mm in diameter and, perhaps

more significantly, the oviducts were greatly

enlarged and extensively convoluted. The speci-

men was found in breeding condition at a time

when ground temperatures were so cold as to

make jt Jethargic. We therefore believe that at

AUST. MUS..

17 (5): 41-50 Mareh, 1975

least this female would have been in breeding

condition at the conclusion of hibernation in the

following spring.

Newly metamorphosed specimens of L. glan-

dulasa were collected in December, supporting

our belief that some individuals do breed in the

spring.

The mating call has not been recorded on tape,

It consists of a series of several, moderately low-

pitched notes initially increasing in volume and

rate, and finally slowing. M.A. likens it to:

“orak-orak-orak .. 2°,

Life History. The spawn and early stages of

development are unknown. Tadpoles in Stages

25 to 43 were observed in the Barwick River on

20th December, 1972, in a shallow, slowly moy-

ing section just beneath a deep pool, Most

larvae appeared to be feeding over the red sill

covering stones on the stream bed, When dis-

turbed they swam under rocks. Stages 29 to 36

were collected on 25th January, 1973, from a

physically similar section of Spring Creek but in

an area Where the floor was covered with pale

sand. against which tadpoles were well camou-

flaged. Some were amongst the roots of water

plants, but others lay in exposed areas, occasion-

ally moving to the shallower sections of the pool,

Measurements and ratios of proportions on the

above series are summarised in Table 2. The

following description of larval morphology ts a

composite ane based on specimens at Stages

25-43,

TABLE 2

MLASURE MENTS OF LARVAE OF L. GLANDULOSA Al VARIOUS

STAGES AT BARWICK RIVER COMPARED WITH SPRING CREEK

WHICH ARE SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS

Ste Body Length Votal Length Sample Size

(min) (mm)

25 ae idea i

26 7A 135 1

2 2 (BS) 2H-2 (hh) toa

ww WY, LL 23-6, 23-8 2

M td MR !

33 YA (Y-6) | 23:2) (25-1 1 it)

34 C1N2- 110) (29:5-29-0) (ay

45 [OQ (90-109) | 26-2 (26 }-300) 1 47)

M (OYE UD, Leb) | 2214 (IQ, FS 44d

7 tha | 29-0 |

al m7, 17 24. TNO 2

+ SaheO-1b? tt 2) 297-324 (SST 4c

“uy 4-0 IF i}

The snout is evenly rounded in lateral and

dorsal profiles (Fig, 3b, d). The nares are closer

to the tip of the snout than to the eyes, dorsal in

position and directed anterolaterally. The eyes

are in a dorsolateral position, The body 1s

broadest at a position corresponding to the level

of the eyes and is. broader than deep, The spiracle

is sinistral, ventrolateral in position and is slightly

further trom the tip of the shout than from the

anus. The anus is dextral, opening adjacent to

the edge of the ventral fin.

IYLER any ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LITORIA CHLROPA COMPLEX FROGS 49

The tail is a moderately thick structure deepest

at about the anterior one-third, narrowing pos-

teriorly and is terminally rounded, The lateral

lines are pigoiented and the lateral line organs

aré numerous and narrowly spaced,

The oral dise is ventral in position and is in

the form of a funnel marginally surrounded by

a row of small papillae (Fig. 4b). The area

within this funnel is occupied by numerous finely-

pointed papillae projecting ventrally and oceupy-

ing the greater part of the lumen. From the

most superficial to the deepest, the lengths of the

papillae increase so that all terminate in the

form of spikes near the level of the disc margin.

On the inner edge of the lower labium, adja-

cent to the mid-line, is a variable number (2-6)

of large, black papillae, There are no tooth rows

and the horny beak is small, unpigmented and

located far posteriorly. There is a (lat white

structure projecting from the centre of the upper

beak forward and then inclined ventrally. and

terminally divided into from four to seven tooth-

like structures, each of which bears From one to

four tine, hair-like black filaments. Some of the

filaments are branched, [pn many specimens. all

filaments have broken off leaving a white basal

core, On each side of this projecting structure is

a row of three large, pointed papillae.

In life the dorsal surface of the tadpole is

browo with an irridescent golden sheen. Small,

scattered, dark brown spots are most conspicuous

in later stage tadpoles, The areas around the

eyes and nares are least pigmented, The fins are

transparent, but for dark brown flecks, densest

on the superior margin. The caudal musculature

appears cream) in transparency, In preservative

the golden irridescence of the body is lost and

the specimens appear darker-

At metamorphic climax body lengths range

from 12:0 mm to 12° mm, In life frogs at this

stage are brown with a gold sheen. The lateral

stripe, so conspicuous in adults, extends pos-

teriorly only to the insertion of the arm. The

dorsum bears numerous flattened tubercles which

become progressively less conspicuous in older

specimens.

Distribution; — Litoria glandulosa probably

replaces L. cilropa on the Great Dividing Range

of northern New South Wales (Pig. 5). G.

Ingram (pers. comm.) reports collecting speci-

mens in eastern Queensland just north of the

New South Wales border which were probably

L. glandulosa, Three specimens were taken

adjacent to the Girraween National Park, south

of Stanthorpe. The description of the habitat (a

small creek descending from extensive rock for-

mation) is similar to those at which L, glardulosa

has been collected by M.A.

COMPARISON WITH OTHER SPECIES

Distinguishing characters for adult L. glandu-

losa and L. citropa are compared in Table 3.

TABLE 3

SUMMARY OF MAJOR DISTINGUISHING FEATURES

OF L. GLANDULOSA AND L. CITROPA

Character | L. glandulosa L.. citropa

8-V (males) mm 34-5-40-3 | 469-566

S-V (females) mim 45-B-50-4 56-5-56-9

Tympanum | hidden distinct

Vocal sac _ absent present

Bones | uppiemented | unpigmented or viele

Laryal labial teeth absent present

Laryal oral disc papillae clongare | short

Larval horny beak small, white | large, black

Adults of Literia glandulosa can be easily

distinguished from all other species of Litoria

except L. ciftrapa by its possession of 4 very large

submandibular dermal gland and prominent

supratympanic fuld. Only L. caerwlea has com-

parable (and in tact more extensive) supratym-

panic fold, but it is a much larger and far more

robust animal and lacks the dark lateral band

and gold lateral line of L. glandulosa, and has

broadly webbed tingers.

DISCUSSION

Absence of labial teeth in bylid tadpoles has

previously been reported only for the Neotropical

Region (Martin and Watson, 1971), where, in

the genera Amphignathodon, Crypfobatrachus,

Gastretheca and Hemiphractus larvae are carried

on the backs of parent females for at least part

of their development, Species of Ayla lacking

labial teeth usually have enlarged horny beaks,

The absence of both labial teeth and of a pig-

mented horny beak in L. glandulosa appears

unique,

Until now the newly described species L,

glandulosa bas been included within L. citropa

and, although morphological comparison of the

adults of the populations. indicates two distinct

species, it appears that they are closely related

to one another. Our finding that the larval

mouthparts of L, citropa (sensu stricto) are of a

pattern common to many Australian Litoria,

whereas those of L, glandulosa are so different

therefore poses problems of interpretation,

Su REC. S$. AUST. MUS.

There are far from adequate data for assessing

the ancestry and phylogenetic relationships of

Australian hylids. In view of the extent of mor-

phological divergence currently encompassed

within Litoria, it can be predicted with some con-

fidence that Literia will be ultimately shown to

constitute several distinct genera,

If L. citropa bad not been known and we were

here describing L. glandulosa, there would be

adequate data from our knowledge of adult and

larval morphology to place it in a new genus.

The purpose of such a step being to demonstrate

that L. glandulosa is so different from all species

recognised previously, the erection of a separate

genus would be a useful and logical step demon-

strating the extent of divergence from Litoria as

currently constituted,

In the absence of any information on larvae,

subsequent discovery of citrepa adults would

not have posed a problem, The general

morphology and particularly the possession of

the submandibular dermal gland would have

justified its association with glandulosa in the

new genus. Subsequent discovery and identifica-

tion of the tadpole of cifropa with its generalised

mouth-parts would raise the sort of questions that

we now actually face.

There seems no reason to doubt that the

direction of larval evolutionary change is from

the generalised hylid pattern of citropa to the

bizarre lotic adaptation of glandulosa. Never-

theless, the extent of the adaptation involves

major morphological changes: loss of all labial

tecth rows, and pigmentation of the horny beak,

and the development of oral disc tubercles with

keratinised tips. Whether or not the central

black filaments suspended anterior to the pharynx

involve particle filtration, or have a sensory

function, is immaterial to the assumption that

their evolution constituted an extremely major

evolutionary shift.

17 (5): 41-50 March, 1975

We do not dispute Watson and Martin’s

(1971) contention that hylid larval features are

of value in assisting studies of phylogenetic

relationships. However, our observations demon-

strate that divergence in adult and larval mor-

phology is not necessarily complementary-

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

For the loan of specimens reported here we

are indebted to Dr, A. A. Martin and Mr. G. F.

Watson (University of Melbourne), Dr. H, G,

Cogger (Australian Museum), and Mr, J, de

Bavay (University of New England). Mr. de

Bavay, Mr. G, Ingram, Mr. J. Barker, Mr. and

Mrs. R. Scott and Mr. and Mrs. D. Anstis assisted

us in various ways. Our thanks are due to all

of these colleagues. Grateful acknowledgment

is also made to the Science and Industry Endow-

ment Fund for a grant to M.A. to assist these

studies.

REFERENCES

Copland, S. J,, 1957. Australian tree frogs of the genus

Hyla, Proe, Linn. Soe, NSW, 822 9-108,

Duellman, W. E., 1970. The hyld frogs of Middle

America: Monogr, Mus, Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas

Nu. |, 1-753.

Gosner, K., 1960, A simplified table for staging anuran

enibryos and larvae, with notes on identification,

Herpetolagica 16; 183-190,

Kinghorn, J. R.. 1932. Herpetological notes,

Aust. Mus,, 18: 355-363,

Littlejohn, M. J., Lofus-Hills, J. J.. Martin, A. A, and

Watson, G. F. (1972), Amphibian fauna of Victoria,

Confirmation of the records of Literia (-Hyla) citropa

(Tschudi) in Gippsland, Vic. Nat., 89: 51-54,

Marlin, A. A., and Watson, G. F., 1971. Life history as

an aid to generic delimination in the family Hylidae.

Capeiad 1971 (1): 78-89.

Moore, J, A., 1961. The frogs of eastern New South Wales.

Bull, Amer, Mus. Nat, Hist. P20; 151-385,

‘TYyler, M. J. (968. Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Myla,

Zool, Verh, No. 96, 1-203.

Tyler, M. J., 1970. The occurrence of bone pigmentation

in Australian frogs. Search I: 75.

Na. 4. Ree,

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE

(HEMIPTERA—HETEROPTERA) OF THE

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM

AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS

By GORDON F. GROSS

. SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 6

22nd December, 1975

A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE (HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA)

OF THE RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT

AREAS

BY GORDON F.. GROSS

Summary

The history of the recognition and a definition is given of the Rhynchocoris group of pentatomid

genera. A first section of five genera, two of them new, are described, or revised and redescribed.

Thirty-eight species of these genera from the Australian, New Guinea and neighbouring Pacific

islands, 22 of them new, are described, or redescribed, and figured. Two other species formerly

thought to occur in this area are shown to occur only outside of it, each is briefly redescribed but not

figured.

A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE (HEMIPTERA—HETEROPTERA) OF THE

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS

PART I.

THE GENERA FROM OCIRRHOE THROUGH CUSPICONA TO PETALASPIS

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND SELECTION OF LECTOTYPES

By GORDON F. GROSS

South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia 5000

ABSTRACT

GROSS. G. F. 1975, A revision of the Pentatomidae

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the Rhynechocoris group thom

Australia and adjacent areas. Part 7. The genera from

Ocirrhoe through Crspicona to Pelaluspis with descriptions

of new species and selection of lectolypes. Rec, S. Aust,

Mus. 17 (6): 51-167,

The history of the recognition and a definition

is given of the Rhynchocoris group of pentatomid

genera. A first section of five genera, two of

them new, ure described, or revised and

redescribed. Thirty-eight species of these genera

from the Australian, New Guinea and neigh-

houring Pacific islands, 22 of them new, are

deseribed, or redescribed, and figured. Two

other species formerly thought to oceur in this

area are shown to occur only outside of jt, each

is bricfly redescribed but not figured,

INTRODUCTION

The group relationships of the Pentatomidae

are in such an unsatisfactory condition that

recognition of formal super-generic categories

seems undersirable.

In Gross (1975, and in press) where this

problem is considered in greater detail it is pro-

posed that the term “group” be applied to clusters

of allied genera, each such group being named

after the oldest or most typical genus included

therein,

The Rhynchocoriy group of genera of Penta-

tomidae was first recognised by Stil in 1870

(p, 636) under the name “division Rhynchoco-

rinu” in these words: “Genera Rhynchocoris,

Hoffmanseggiella, Morna, Pugione, Pegala,

Witellus, Cuspicona, Ocirrhoe et Periboea

divisionem (Rhyachoecerinu) formant, quae

mesosterno alte carinato, carina anterius inter

vel ante pedes anticos in laminam producta,

metasterno elevato, postice emarginato, basi

ventris spina, in emarginatura metastermi quie-

scente, armata, marginibus scutelli apice vel

apicem versus nec clevatis, sxpissime etiam

tibiis teretibus, sulco destitutis, marginique

postico thoracis levi est insignis')”.

22nd December, YTS

The group as such was referred to again by

Atkinson in 1888 (p. 147) and then by Distant

in 1902 (p. 221) as the Rhynchocoraria. Dis-

tant’s concept of the group was somewhat wider

than Stil's or Atkinson's as some of the genera

he included (Sabaeus, Amblycara) lacked

strongly raised, lamimate keels on the meso- and

metasterna.

My concept of the Rhynchocoris group of

genera is substantially the same as Stal’s and

Atkinson's but includes some additional genera

(e.g. Petalaspis, Biprorulus ete.) described after

both ceased to be active in the field and some

new genera described in this first part or to be

described in the second part,

The group in the Australian region make up

one of the biggest and easily characterised sub-

groupings of Pentatomidae along with the Halys

group which, in certain features such as the

development in some genera of spinously pro-

duced juga and the development in a number of

genera of spinously produced (or acute) Jateral

angles to the pronotum, they resemble. However

these stmilarities appear to have arisen con-

yvergently for the two groups do not appear to

be closely related on other features of the external

morphology or of the rigid or sclerotised portions

of the male and female genitalia,

Members of the Rhynchecoris group as under-

stood here have the following attributes: —

medium to large size; juga reaching to apex of

anteclypeus, slightly beyond, or produced

spinously anteriorad; anterolateral angles or

pronoium entire, not serrate: lateral angles of

pronotum obtuse or convex, or with posterior

part of anterolateral margins forming an acute

angle or produced into a spinous process; on

mesosternum a raised laminate keel which pro-

jects forward over prosternum; on metasternum

a similar keel with apex adpressed to the base

of the mesosternal keel, or the area of contact

difficult to see, its base expanded and excavated

or notched; on abdomen arising from second

and part of third ventrite an elevated acca

52 REC, &. AUST, MUS.,

directed as a spinous process anteriorly whose

apex fits into the notch on the metasternal keel;

orifices of metathoracic scent glands followed

dorsally by a long, usually curved, vertically

directed streak or keel; colour in life usually

some shade of preen fading to yellowish,

yellowish-brown, or brownish when preserved as

pinned specimens, other colours frequently

present are black, brown, luteous and a bright

carmine red, these latter colours not usually

fading after capture; outline of posterior margin

of pygophore not usually complicated by marked

projections or processes; claspers strongly

F-shaped, the upper ramus longer than median

bulge, frequently inclined upwards a little to

appear oblique, median bulge usually blunt or

conyex and dorsally forming a flattened or con-

vex pilose platform (Figs, 6 C, 8 BE, 15 BE, 25 A,

25 C-D, 25 F ete.); aedeagus with phallosoma

honey-coloured and semi-transparent (in most

of the species of other groups of Pentatomidae

the phallosoma is more heavily sclerotised and

blackish, dark brown or brown In colour,

in several sets of dissections one specimen,

presumably teneral, had a honey-coloured

phallosoma whereas others of that same species

had the darker phallosoma, in species of the

Rhynchacoris group the phallosoma was always

honey-coloured), conjunctiva membranous and

either single lobed and projecting somewhat

anteriorly, or bifid, sometimes right from base,

in other cases only towards apex, laterally on

conjunctiva on each side a flattish ear- or tongue-

like process, here called the “lappet” processes,

which are usually a litle darker than the rest of

the conjunctiva, medial penial plates parallel

and directed ventrally, frequently in the form

of an inverted Y with very blunt arms as viewed

processes of apiral

Panel bulb

i} spermathecal

apical

spermalhacal

bulb

sclenje

Spermathevue

1} inn — +

A. Ovirritoe

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

laterally, in other cases hatchet-shaped, vesica

and gonopore located in front of the medial

penial lobes and directed downwards at about

45" (Figs, 15 C, 25 B, 25 E, 40 A, 46 A, 50

A-C ete.); female external genitalia generally

unremarkable, spermathecae only of Ocirrhoe

lutescens Distant (Fig. | A) and of Cuspicona

simplex Walker (Fig. 1 B) examined, these of

Usual pentatomid form with a median hollow

sclerotised rod through which the sperm-carrying

duct runs, processes (diverticula) of the apical

spermathecal bulb much longer than those scen

in most other pentatomid genera investigated,

a single sclerite at entrance of spermathecal duct

into genital chamber.

The relationships of this group of genera to

other groups within the Pentatomidae are not

clear, On external features the group would

appeur to be related to genera which have a

forwardly directed spine arising from the basal

abdominal ventrites e.g, Piezodorus, Catacanthus,

Aspideurus, Menida ete. or those with a conical

tubercle or a convex swelling on the basal

abdominal segments e.g. Glaucias, Amblybelus,

Plautia, Aleiphron etc. Some of the latter group

are also green though this green does not fade

in collections, The structure of the aedeagus

and claspers in these various genera does not

indicate any particularly close relationship

between any of them and genera of the

Rhynchocoris group though there is general

relationship amongst many of them,

A relationship between the Rhyachocoris

group and the Tessaratomidae equally cannot

be discounted as some of the latter group have

forwardly directed processes developed from

the basal visible segments of the abdomen or

prokimal purnh Hange

distal Qump

flanue

dilation of

spermathee

sclerotized

rod

Distunt,

lutescens

Cuspleona sunpler Walker.

RITYNCHOCORIS GROUP TIN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARE AS—I $3

mesosternal and metasternal keels but again the

structure of the aedeagi and claspers do not

support any close relationship,

In the descriptions which follow the cited

Measurements in the tabled dimensions ure in

eyepiece divisions where | diviston=0+052 mm.

If these measurements are converted to milli-

metres using the above relationship more

significant figures appear in the oullimetre figure

thun ure justified and the subsequent biometric

analysis is frequently inaccurate, Therefore to

convert approximately to millimetres divide the

number of eyepiece divisions by 20, The head

length is measured from the apex of the ante-

clypeus (or if the juga surpasses the anieclypeus

from wn imaginary line joining the apices of the

juga) ta the visible base of the head on the

middle of the anterior margin of the pronotum,

This measurement is more variable than for some

af the other measurements because of differences

caused by varying devrees of exsertion of the

head. The head width is measured from the

outer margin of one eye to the outer margin of

the other, For both head measurements the

animal was placed so that the head was

horizontal. The measurements of the antennal

segments need no explanation save that the first

segment is in the vicinity of 8-10 eyepiece

divisions and hence is being measured with too

coarse a scale und shows a high variability

because of this, For the remaining measurements.

the dorsal surfaces of the abdomen, scutellum

and hind portion of the pronotum were placed

horizontally, hence the two longitudinal measure-

ments are foreshortened in comparison to those

which would occur if measurements were made

following the longitudinal curve of the body,

The pronotal width is taken from one humeral

ouler margin to the other, if the lateral angles

are spinously produced then the measurement is

from the tip of one spine across to the tip of the

other. The pronotal length is measured from the

anterior Margin to the posterior margin along the

midline, The total length is measured from the

apex of the unteclypeus or if the juga surpass it

then fron their apices to the apex of the mem-

brane along the midline, The total length is

also cited converted to millimetres bul without

assuming any more significant figures than

prudent.

The nomenclature of the male and female

genitalia follows Gross 1972, p. 131 ef seq. and

much of it is indicated on ut least one illustration

of each sex on those figures which show their

structure,

The abbreviations of the institutions in which

type material and material examined is lodged

are as follows:

AM The Australian Museum, Sydney.

AMNH The Americun Museum of Natural

History, New York.

ANIC The Australian National Insect Collec-

tion, C.S.AA.RO., Canberra,

Peter Ashlock Collection, presently tn

the University of Kansas, Lawrence.

ASHLOCK

BISHOP The Bernice P, Bishop Museum,

Honolulu,

BM The British Museum (Natural History),

London.

BRUSSELS Instittt Royal de Sciences Naturelles,

Brussels.

CAS ‘the California Academy of Sciences,

San Francisco.

HELSINKI Universitetets Zoologiske Museum,

Helsingfors.

HOPE The Hope Collection, University

Museum, Oxford.

KU University of Kansas, Lawrence.

LEIDEN The Rijksmuseum) van Nutuurliyke

Historie, Leiden.

NM The National Museum of Victoria,

Melbourne.

OM The Queensland Museum, Brishane-

SAM The South Australian Museum,

Adelaide.

SLATER J. A. Slater Collection, presently in

the University of Connecticut,

Storrs,

STOCKHOLM The Nuturbistorisku Riksmuscum,

Stockholm.

UO Department of Entomology, University

of Queensland, Brisbane.

USNM The Smithsonian Institution, The

United States National Museum,

Washington.

WAM The Western Australian Museum,

Perth,

In the second part of this paper several new

genera will be established for some species now

placed in Cuspicona, such species as do not

appeur in this first part have not been missed

through an oversight but are to be treated as

members of new or different genera in the

second part.

In drawing up a key for inclusion in this first

part it was necessary to avoid all mention of the

new genera to be erected in the second part lest

their primary descriptions became based on a

key or be mentioned without a type. Hence it

was necessary to construct an abbreviated key

which will serve to distinguish the genera con-

sidered in this part from each other, and in a

general way from genera to be considered in the

later paper. J apologise for this, but 1 see no

S4 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

other satisfactory solution, A full key to all the

genera of the Rhynchocoris group from this

region will appear in the second part.

Key to part of Rhynchecoriy group of genera found

in the Australian, New Guinea and Pacific Regions

1.(1) Juga produced in front on the anteclypeus or

at least level with it

genera not covered in thiy first part

Juga not produced in front of anteclypeus but

obliquely or roundedly sloping back from it

2. (1) Apex of scutellum acute with apically a rather

guadrate membranous plate around and

beneath apex and into which apex is pro-

duced, this plate reaching behind true apex

of scutellum -. 6. ca ae ee ee ve 3

Apex of scutellum acute or more rounded but

withoul an aflixed membranous plate like

PCOGRSY .o. fe ho. a ta eae 4g

Lateral angles pronotum produced into a

prominent outwardly directed reddish or

blackish tipped spine

Mitelluy Stil (nat covered in this part)

Lateral ungles of pronotum acute, not produced

into laterally directed spines

Petalaspis: Bergroth

Anterior margin of pronotum not mostly levigate

but punctate regularly in two or more

series und rest of pronotum mostly finely

PUTCO a fsiae bebe) stat whee te ect aw owls 5

Pronotum with anterior margin smooth or never

more than two rows of large punctations

(except Pegala virenx) and scattered large

puinctations on dise

venera nor covered in this first part

Tibiae flattened or sulcate almost their whole

lengih. Scutellum with a very distinct

black impression in each basal angle; some

black purctations on dorsal surface,

including head . ., ,. Qeirrhoe Stal (part)

Tibiae not sulcate, Auttened only apically or not

at all, Impressions in the basal angles of

the scutellum concolorous, black or ubsent

5, (4)

6, (5) Proportionately long and slender, head relatively

long. thoracic angles unarmed

Diaphyw Bergroth

(—Paraboea Jensen-Haarup)

(not covered in this first part)

Body ovate or obovate, head medium sized,

lateral angles of pronotum sometimes pro-

duced into spines, sometimes not .— .. 7

7. (6) Apical angles of seventh abdominal segment

strongly produced or conspicuously angu-

13 erat Pa > $

Apical angles of seventh abdominal segment not

strongly produced .. ,. 1, 6. 6) 6. 9

51-167 Deceniber, 1975

$, (7) Lateral angles of pronotum rounded

Parocirrhoe gen, nov.

Lateral angles of pronotum acute or produced

into a long spine

genera not covered in this first part

9.(7) Anterolateral margins of pronotum angulately

concavely incised at about half their length

Everardia yen. nov.

Anterolateral margins of pronotum straight or

gently convex in from of lateral angles

10.(9) Mesosternal keel close to prosternum and

reaching about base of head .. 1...) TI

Mesosternal keel not so adpressed to prosternum

and reaching forward under base of head

Avicenna Distant (part)

(ner covered in this first part)

11. (10) Tibiae flattened towards apices; foveae in

basal angles of scutellum present and black

or concolorous: lateral margins of pronotum

narrowly reflexed or rarely broadly explan-

ate, this reflexion or explanation continued

onto truncale lateral angles for short

distance. antennae relatively robust

Ocirrhoe Stil (part)

Not as above; lateral angles frequently acute or

produced into wu spinous process. If

(privata Walker) tibiae flattened towards

apices, foveae in basal angles of sculellum

present and concolorous and Jateral margins

of pronotum narrowly reflexed then this

reflexion continued around the — lateral

ungles and the antennae slender

Cuspicona Dallas

Ocirrhoe Stal, 1867

Ocirrhoe Stal, 1867. p. 521, 1870, p. 637:

1876, pp. 62 & 102. Lethierry & Severin,

1893, p. L80,

Rhynchocoris Westwood 1837 (in part) p. 29,

Cuspicona Dallas, 1851 (in part) p. 296; Stal,

1867 (in part) p. 521; Lethierry & Severin,

1893 (in part) p. 180. Kirkaldy. 1909

(in part) p. XXX1,

Type species; Cuspicona inconspicua Stal, 1867,

non Dallas, 1851 — Rhynehocoris australis

Westwood, 1837 OD.

Descriplion:

General appearance: Species greenish or

brownish-green in life, in museum collections

brown or yellowish brown, Strongly punctate

above. Small to moderate sized, rather oval.

Amterolateral margins of pronotum reflexed or

explanate, nearly straight and diverging pos-

teriorly with lateral angles obtusely rounded or

truncate, the reflexion of the anterolateral margin

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 55

continued parily onta the lateral angle. Head

and anterior portion of pronotum inclined at an

angle of 30° to rest of body, Tibiae only gently

flattened near apices or sirangly flattened, even

slightly sulcate, on their outer surtaces.

Head: Appearing elongate or not, in most

species rather quadrate, wider across eyes than

long. Dise flattened anteriorly and rather raised

posteriorly; lateral margins usually straight and

diverging posteriorly but sometimes concaye and

in australis (Westwood) also reflexed, Apex

rounded, rarely rather acuminate, apices of juga

and anteclypeus af about same level. Eyes

rather triangular and touching anterior margin of

pronotum, ocelli not very conspicuous and placed

nearer to inner margin of eyes than to centre line

of head, on level of, or behind level of. hind

margins of eyes. Antennifers short, antennae

five-segmented, first segment thicker than second

and thicd, fourth and fifth generally thicker than

second and third, antennae not very long.

Pronalum: Atleast twice as wide across lateral

angles as long, anterior margin truncate or con-

cave behind eyes, then excavate behind collum,

anterior angles in the form of a small vertical

keel or a spine, frequently reflexed, Antero-

lateral margins straight, slightly convex or

slightly concave, diverging posteriorly, murginate,

these margins rather reflexed or explanate and

continuing oto region of lateral angles, Lateral

angles obtusely rounded or truncate. Postero-

lateral margins concave, sometimes angulately so,

Posterior angles obtuse or formed into a small

spine (australis), posterior margin only slightly

concave. Disc behind lateral ungles in same

plane as hind body, before level of lateral angles

inclined downwards at about 30°.

Seutellum; Triangular, anteriorly gently raised

or not. lateral margins Somewhat concave

medially, apex broadly rounded, Frenu extend-

ing about half to two-thirds of length from base

lo upex.

Hemelytra: Coriiceous parts. normally thick-

ened, Corium with exterior margin concave

basally or not. then broadly concave to acute

or shortly rounded apex. Posterior margin

straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus

narrow and strongly triangular, Membrane

infuscated und hyaline with veins substantially

parallel apically.

Abdomen, Gently conyex above, excayate

Npieally in males and faintly so m females,

Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with w

short acute spine on Jateral posterior angle

(except in da/last),

Underside: Head oblusely triangular in lateral

view, Bucculae lobulately produced anteriorly

then Sinuate or straight, reaching to about middle

of eyes, deeply sulcate between bucculac. Ros-

trum robust and four segmented, first segment

robust and generally reaching to at least base

of bucculac, second segment frequently arched.

Meso- and metasternum with a robust keel pro-

jecting over part of whole of prosternum, latter

broadly suleate under this keel, Legs normal

but tarsi always flattened near apices and some-

limes strongly flattened and even sulcite their

whole length. Abdominal venter faintly V- or U-

shaped in cross section as viewed from behind,

third segment medially raised into w short tri-

angular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex

fitting into a notch in the metasternal keel,

Seventh ventrite in males shallowly excavated

posteriorly and deeply excised in females. Pygo-

phore with lateral portions of posterior ventral

margin roundedly or angulately produced or not

with margin medially truncate or with a U- or V-

shaped excavation. Aedeagiis with phallosoma

lightly sclerotized, conjunctiva produced tarward

as a more or less single process with or without

sclerotized rods, ventrally a pair of ventrally

directed parallel, usually bilobed, medial peniul

plates. Clasper strongly F-shaped, Female

genifalia flat, in some species gonocoxue raised

along their interior margins.

General remarks: Species plaged in this genus

have rather a uniform appearance, they cun be

confused with Parocirrhoe but in that genus the

posterior angles of the seventh laterotergites are

strongly and angulutely produced.

The shupe of the posterior ventral margin of

the male pygophore differs from species to species

but is constant in each species and is a good

character ta help distinguish species. The F-

shaped claspers are probably also distinctive for

each species but as only those of several species

have been dissected out so far this has not been

confirmed, The aedeagus of the male also differs

quite considerably from species to species of the

lew investigated. Ip those species investigated

the “lappet” processes of the Rivachocoris group

were present and two of the three species

investigated had bilobed medial penial plates.

The female genitalia are not very distinctive

bui the shape of the hind margin of the gonocoxae

und whether the gonovoxae are raised along the

midline where they meet are good characters. to

distinguish closely related species.

56 REC. &. AUST. MUS.,

The genus breaks up imto three distinctive

groups of species as does Cuspicona, The first

group of species are suboval with tibiae strongly

flattened their whole length; the anterior or pos-

terior tibiae may even be rather sulcate, The

second group has the tibiae only flattened distally

but are still suboval. One species of this seeond

group, prasinata Stil, is very similar to Cuspicona

privata Walker in appearance and may bridge

the gap between the two genera, Under the des-

cniption of C. privata it will be noted that there

the tibiae are more fattened than in the other

species of Cuspicona. Prasinata and its allies

seem best placed in Ocirrhoe on the feature of the

reflexed lateral margin of the pronotum contmu-

ing onto the region of the lateral angle and the

strongly transverse posterior margins of the hind

Zonocoxae; these are characteristics of some other

species of the second group of Ocirrhee species

but not of the theracica group of Cuspicona

where privata is best located. The third group

contains only the single species virescens West-

wood which is rather more elongate in appearance

than other Ocirrhoe species, has a longer head in

telation to its width across the eyes than other

species of Ocirrhoe and has the posterior margins

of the first gonocoxae of the female arcuately

convex across their whole width, a feature not

seen in any other Ocirrhoe species, In this group

too the tibige are only flattened distally. Despite

the elongate head there does not seem to be

close relationship between Octrrhoe virescetis

and the long headed Cuspicenas of the intacia

group. The dorsal punctation is relatively sparse

in virescens whereas it is very strongly developed

in the infacta group of Cuspicena.

The three groups of Ocirrhoe may later prove

to be of subgeneric or even generic rank but

such action should await a thorough examination

of the aedeagus and claspers of the males of most,

if not all, species,

Stal’s genus Ocirrhve ts supposed to be based

on Cuspicona taconspicua Dallas, L851 as it is

the only species mentioned under the key couplet

No. 156 (157) (1867, p. 521) which forms the

description of Ocirrhoe, However in the couplet

he mentions “Angulis pasticis thoracis dente acuta

armatis; . , .. tibiis superne suleatis; . . .”

which are character states only of Ocirrhoe

australis (Westwood, 1837) in the genus as |

understand it. In 1870 (p. 51) Stal gives a

second description, again only in the form of a

key couplet—No. 2 (3) which repeats most of

the features of the 1867 couplet, including the

two character states mentioned aboye, but does

hot list any included species.

17 (6): SI-1A7 Pevenber, WTS

Finally m 1876 in the key couplet 1X8 (189)

(p, 67) which forms his third and last diagnosis

of the genus be mentions again the sulcate uibiae.

adds that the foyeae in the basal angles of the

scutellum are black and that the dorsal surfuce

of the body has some black punctations. and

notes that the posterior angles of the pronotum

may be obtuse or produced into a tooth, This

definition could now only reter to australiy (West-

wood) and to two new species, wilyany mihi and

westwood mihi, of those | include in this genus,

Clearly at this stage Stil recognises at least two

af these three species, both in my first australis

sroup, as belonging to the genus. On p, 102 of

the same publication he fists two species under

the genus heading, O, wnimaculata (Westwood)

and O- australis (Westwood); he does not give

either a generic description of Ocirrhoe in this

citation or specific descriptions of the two

included species; he does not mention inconspicua

ay an included species and he does not mention

any Specimens examined of the two species he

does include, O, unimaculaia was also obviously

misidentified for true unimaculart has ta be

excluded as it does not have suleate tibiae. black

punctations on the body or black foyeae in the

basul angles of the scutellum, There are six

specimens in Stockholm which could have been

concerned with Stil’s conception of the genus.

Five of them stood above the label wiimacilata

(Westwood), one of them is labelled on the pio

“Ocirrhoe inconspicua Dall | ex unimaculatae

Hope Westw. aff’, all five are actually ansrralis

(Westwood). The sixth specimen stood above

the label ausrralis (Westwood) but it is an

example of my new species westwood. Therefore

it is clear that Stal used one of the series of

australty, probably the one with the label on the

pin (though Dr. Per Inge Persson informs the

handwriting is not that of Stal), which he had

first misidentified as incvonspieva and then as

unimaculata, in the construction of the first

diagnosis of Ocirrhoe. He expanded the diag-

nosis upon recognising the secund species which

he took to be australis but which is again not

that species but westwood? mihi.

Therefore | have altered the previously cited

fixation of Cusplcona inéoaspicua Dallas as the

type of this genus to Cuspicana mneanuspicua Stil,

1867 non Dallas, 185) (—Rhynchocoris aus-

tralis Westwood, 1837), Original designation,

Application will be made to the International

Commission to have this type fixation validated.

Key to Qeirrhkne species

1,(1) Head coarsely punctuate wilh black: aw black

point in each basal angle of scutellum:

RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 3

tibiae strongly fattened or even vaguely

sulcate almost their whole length ., ., 2

Head not punctate with black; with or without

a black point in each basal angle of scutel-

lum; first two pairs of legs with tibiae only

flattened apically, hind tibiae Nattened (heir

whole length or not ., 6. ue a 4

2,(1) Dark brown: head densely punctate with black

and appearing much darker than pronetum;

third segment of antennae apically infus-

caled; posterolateral angles of pronolum

acutely triangular produced

australis: (Westwood)

Yellowish or greenish brown: head more sparsely

and more regularly punctate, usually not

appearing darker than pronotum; first three

segments af antennae completely pale or ik

third upically infuseuted punctation even on

head, pronotum and scutellum; postero-

lateral angles of pronotiin obtuse or

TONE) 26 he ce et ae te AT tee 3

3, (2) Anterolateral margins of pronotum rather

laminately expanded and vaguely reflexed:

a black spot at bases of pro-, meso- and

Metepisterna; fourth and fifth antennal

segments frequently strongly infuseated

except al their bases; pronotum coarsely

punctate with black (male) or narrowly

black punctale just inleriorly of antero-

lateral margins, hind margin of mate

pygophore gently concave medially and

gently convex laterally... wilyeni sp, nov.

Anterolateral margins of pronotum obtusely

marginate, the actual margin raised; no

black spots at bases of episterna; all anten-

nal segments pale or al most only lightly

infuseated, pronotal punetutions usually

sparse and brawn but if black punctations

present then only anteriorly behind collum:

hind margin of male pygophore strongly

transversely truncate with @ small medial

concavity. .. westwood? sp. nov.

4. (1) Last two segments of antennae strongly infus-

caled (except al their bases and apices)

Last two segments of antennae not infuscated,

or only fifth infuseated (except at base

and apex} iy ey ta ee ca be er ae) | 6

5. (4) Scutellum with « conspicuous black or brown

spot tn each basal angle; hind margin of

male pygophore medially strongly con-

cavely excivate and laterally broadly con-

vexly rounded, this hind margin frequently

reddish; hind margins of female gonocoxae

faintly sinuated, transverse, gonocoxae not

raised along their inner (longitudinal con-

tiguous) margins ., dallasi sp. nov, (part)

Scutellum without a conspicuous black or brown

spol in cach basal angle; hind margin ot

male pygophore medially strongly V-shaped

excavated and laterally produced posteriorly

into a strong somewhat ungulate lobe on

each side; hind margins of female gono-

coxie strongly transversely truncate except

medially where they turn anteriorly, gono-

coxue strongly raised medially along their

inner (longitudinal contiguous) margins

Iniescens Distant

6, (4) Fifth segment of antennae broadly infuscated

with black or dark brown, only extrenie

base and apex of this segment pale; hind

margin of male pygophore laterally Jobu-

lately produced and medially with a small

tooth on the margin of cither side of the

midline... .. 5. .. corenala sp. nov,

Fifth segment of antennae not infuseated; hind

margin of pygophore without a small tooth

on either side of midline -- ., .- -. 7

7. (6) Scutellum with a conspicuous black or hrown

spot in each basal angle .. 2... 2.00 OB

Scutellum without a conspicuous black spot in

each basal angle ., .. 6. 1. ee.) 10

8.(7) Under 7-5 mm long; hind third of pronotum

transversely reddish or pinkish: with a tri-

angular patch of hrown punetations on

either side of scutellum just in front of pale

apical area .. .. 2 4... Cavenda sp, nov,

Over 7:5 mm long; hind third of pronotum con-

colorous; scutellum uniformly punctate

with brown except at pale apex .. -.

9.(8) Antennae robust, four terminal segments reddish,

third segment as long as or longer than

second; base of head not black

incenspicua (Dallas)

Antetinae robust or not, four terminal segments

reddish or pale; third segment shorter than

second; extreme buse of head black

dallast sp, nov. (part)

10.(7) Pronotum without a pale transverse band

posteriorly; pygophore of male with hind

margin laterally produced posteriorly as a

rather hooked lobulate process on each side;

hind margin of female gonocoxae strongly

transverse .. -. . praxinata (Sell)

Pronotum with a pinkish or yellowish transverse

band or bar posteriorly, in faded specimens

still visible as a paler area; male pygophore

not us ubove: bind margins of gonocoxae

transverse Or NOt ,, ws vy yy ee ey OU

11, (10) Scutellum) laterally yellowish or pale, this

yellowish or pale running into apical pale

area; if lateral areas of scutellum con-

colorous then apex of scutellum alsa noi

conspicuously lightened. Hind margin of

male pygophore rather triangularly pro-

duced on either side, medially rather V-

shaped incised; hind margins of female

gonocoxae strongly roundedly or angulately

convex .. . virescens (Westwood)

Scutellum laterally concolorous, apical area

generally pale. Hind margin of male pygo-

phore almost truncate, so also hind miurgins

of gonocoxae . unimacilata (Westwood)

58 REC. S. AUST. MUS.,

Australis Group

This group contains three species collectively

occurring in the moister regions of South Aus-

tralia east of Saint Vincent Gulf, Victoria,

Tasmania, New South Wales and southern

Queensland. The group characteristics are:—

rather obovate (pronotum width: total length

about 9 : 16); rostrum not reaching much past

hind coxae; all tibiae clearly flattened for most of

their length on their exterior surfaces, usually

also one or more pairs distinctly sulcate for most

of their length on the flattened area; hind mar-

gins of female gonocoxae transverse or produced

into a rounded lobe interiorly; head and usually

also pronotum marked with black punctations;

apical segments of antennae usually infuscated;

foveae in basal angles of scutellum black.

Ocirrhoe australis (Westwood, 1837)

Figs. 2, 4 A-B

Rhynchocoris austral’s Westwood, 1837, p. 30.

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Ocirrhoe australis Stal, 1876, p. 102. Lethierry

& Severin, 1893, p. 180.

Cuspicona australis Walker, 1867, p. 387.

Rhaphigaster viridipes Walker, 1867, p. 370.

New synonymy.

Cuspicona inconspicua Stal, 1867 (non Dallas,

1851), p. 521. Misidentification.

Cuspicona uninotata Walker 1868, p. 571,

New synonymy.

Description:

General appearance: Museum _ specimens

yellowish-brown or reddish-brown with coarse

black and brown punctations and brown and

black infuscated areas. Apex of scutellum and

most of underside bright yellow. Eyes and ocelli

purplish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum

black. Three apical antennal segments infus-

cated in part.

Barnom K. Head

rn —— TIT

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe australis (Westwood),

RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—| 59

Head: Appearing rather broad and apically

rather broadly rounded, Concolorous with dense

coarse black punctations and base of collum also

black. Eyes and ocelli purplish, Anteriorly

flattened with lateral margins of juga shallowly

reflexed, posteriorly only a very little raised.

Anteclypeus hardly surpassing apices of juga,

lateral inargins distinctly concave,

Pronotum: Concolorous with coarse brown

punctations, latter exteriorly sometimes black,

not reaching Jateral margins. A black or brown

spot just interiorly of each lateral angle. Calli

glabrous, sometimes with a transverse black bar.

Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and trapezi-

formly excavate behind collum, anterolateral

angles represented by a small recurved tooth.

Anterolateral margins slightly convex, thickened

laterally and narrowly reflexed. Lateral angles

behind reflexed margin truncate, posterolateral

margins at first convex then concave, postero-

lateral angles produced as a small, acute, tri-

angular lobe. Posterior margin slightly concave,

Scutellum: Concolorous only laterally, basally

medially and preapically suffused with chocolate

brown; upex broadly bright yellow and impunct-

ale. Rest of disc with coarse brown or black

punctations. A black fovea in each basal ungle

inward of Which on each side is a callous. pale

point. Raised somewhat in anterior half and

flattened in posterior half, Sometimes a trace of

4 broad longitudinal callous line present in

posterior half. Lateral margins gently convex in

basal half then straight, short and gently con-

verging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reach-

ing about 7/13 of length.

Hemelvira; Coriaceous parts concolorous or

somewhat browner than ground colour; busal

half of exterior margin of corium and a callous

patch near apex of imedial fracture yellowish,

behind the latter a black patch; elsewhere

coursely punctate with brown, Exterior margin

of corium elongately concave basally then almost

straight to subacute apical angle, reaching aboul

middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites

broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium

straight, inner angle very broadly rounded,

Clavus comparatively short and elongately tri-

angular. Membrane and veins brownish hyaline,

Abdomen: Together with dorsum of pygo-

phore black,

Larerotergites: Exteriorly yellowish or reddish

interiorly black or reddish, densely punctate,

posterior exterior angles produced into moder-

ately strong minutely black tipped spines.

Underside; Bright yellow, punctate on pro-

pleuron, except along lateral margin, on

mesopleuron in front of evaporative areas, on

metapleuron behind evaporative areas and

laterally on abdomen, punctations sometimes

concolorous, sometimes brown and occasionally

black. Antennal segments I and IT, the basal

2/3 of HI; the base of I'V and the base and apex

of V yellow, the apical 1/3 of If the apical 3/4

of 1V and a medial band on V dark brown or

blackish. Rostrum ventrally and its apex black,

A black spot ut base of pro-, meso- and

metepipleura, sometimes. abdominal segments

IV-VIT with a medial black spot basally. Legs

completely yellowish,

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into

a rounded lobe. Rostral segment I robust,

reaching to base of bucculae, If compressed and

arched, surpassing fore coxae, LIT to base of mid

coxae and IV just onto abdomen, Ratio of

antennal segments (4) 10; 19; 15 : 23: 27.

Metasternal-mesosternal keels about the same

height their whole length, not reaching apex of

prosternum, anteriorly rounded, hardly deflected

to left in pentral view. Legs normal without

long pilosity, only the normal short pilosity on

tibiae and tarsi: fore tubiae strongly flattened

their whole length or even sulcate, middle and

hind tibiae suleate, Abdomen broadly U-shaped

in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig.

4 A, hind margin of pygophore transverse and

vaguely sinuated, broadly reflexed. Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 4 B, hind margin of first

gonocoxae exteriorly transverse and interiorly

produced posteriorly as a lobulate process, inner

margins very shortly raised; posterior margins of

VIIth laterotergites angulately produced.

40 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coetlicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Mead Wentth nn) oc ee ey aa lezen 8 40 1:0 255 39-42

Head Width 2.0...) ccc epee tence ten eee es 8 44 1-3 30 42-46

Antennal segment Loo... e eee pee een 13 10 Os 74 9-12

Antennal segment ID oe 6 sy ect cece tines tie 10 21 14 6-9 19-23

Antennal segment HW oo ee ee eee ees 9 15 0-9 59 14-16

Antennal segment IV ...........00242. 22 2 5 23 0-7 4 22-24

Antennal segment V tite Fi afte recede 3 27 — = 26-28

Promotum Width 2...) 0c. jc, eevee veces ueeues 7 97 5-4 5-6 90-107

Pronotum length 2...) 00.0.0 eee ce eee calc eee 8 ol) 2-6 65 36-42

Total lengths spas ceqeseet Poks vw es bake 8 180 12:4 69 164-200

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Bread length ¢-cteaycs peepcey treet ees 17 39 35 oO 32-42

Head Width ... 00... cee pe eee pee cept ents 17 46 2-6 5:8 40-48

Antennal segment [oj ... cs) cease euseeecenes 30 10 0-9 89 9-11

Antennal segment IE. 2. ee eee ee eee 28 19 1-3 70 17-22

Antennal segment IIE oo... 0... eee eee 27 15 [+2 74 12-16

Antennal segment Vo... 23 21 2-2 103 16-25

Antennal segment V Es yhoo adorns fame A aetetone 18 26 23 89 20-29

Pronotum width 2... ,....4. sole: bevy Qeatetshn-yoo ‘a tofene-y 17 105 4 8-9 87-116

Pronotum Temethysjcjeezvcijaric: yar iy ly. 17 43 31 7-2 37-47

Tratab Tenth anette fos cee gee ele 16 191 259 13-6 155-215

Total length} 8:1-11-2 mm

Remarks; Ocirrhoe australis is the darkest 5.XIL.1965, T. Weir UQ; 138, Brisbane,

coloured of all the species in this genus and is 12.1X.1911, 12, Caloundra,

easily recognised in mixed series on this feature

alone. It is one of only three species that have

black punctations on the head and has the unique

feature of the posterolateral angles of the prono-

tum being produced into acute triangular pro-

cesses. Ocirrhoe australis has a quite restricted

distribution, occurring only in Queensland from

just north of Brisbane, in eastern New South

Wales, and northern Victoria to Trawool, One

specimen in Stockholm is supposed to have come

from Fiji, if so it is the first record of an Ocirrhoe

species occurring outside of Australia if we

accept that Cuspicona privata Walker is not an

Occirhoe,

The description of Rhaphigaster viridipes

Walker and Cuspicona uninotata Walker are such

that they can only apply to Ocirrhoe australis,

Location of types:

Type ¢ of Rhynchocoris australis Westwood,

“New Holland,” in HOPE, types of Rhaphigaster

viridipes Walker, “Queensland”, and Cuspicona

uninotata Walker, “Australia”, cited as originally

in NM but not now to be found there (A.

Neboiss iv /itt.).

Specimens examined: The type of australis

Westwood and Queensland | ¢, Mt. Beerwah via

Glasshouse Mountains, 550 m (1 800ft,),

H. Hacker;

28,.X.1913, H. Hacker; 1 ¢, Tambourine Moun-

tain, H, Hacker QM; 19, Gumdale near Bris-

bane, 30.V1L.1968, at fluorescent light, J. K.

Guyomar ANIC; 14 Brisbane, 12.1X.1911, H.

Hacker SAM: 19, Brisbane, 12.1X,19I1, H.

Hacker; 12, Tambourine Mountains, 11-18. 1V,

1935, R. E. Turner BM: 14, 12, Brisbane,

12,TX.1911, H. Hacker KU, New South Wales

16, 32, Mt. Tomah, 28-29.11.1932, in rotting

grass-tree, J. Armstrong; 1 4, Comboyne, 10.X1.

1932, K. M. McKeown AM; 3 km (2 miles)

S.S.W. of Nambucca Heads, 18.X.1956, P. B.

Carne ANIC; 1 2, French’s Forest near, Sydney,

21.X%.1948, E. B. Britton; 2°, National Park,

31.X%.1948, E, B. Britton BM; 1¢, Gosford,

1904, W, W. Froggatt KU; 2°, Sydney, Nov.

1902, ex Helms collection; 12, National Park,

Dec. 1905, ex Helms collection BISHOP. Aus-

tralian Capital Territory. 12, Jervis Bay,

18.1X.1951, T. G. Campbell ANIC, Victoria

2?, Trawool, 17.XIL1919, ex J. E. Dixon

collection NM. Unlocalised Australian 24,19,

Australia, Winnerz (the female is the specimen

bearing the additional label mentioned on

p. 56 and is believed to be the specimen, or ene

of the specimens, on which the genus Ocirrhoe

was diagnosed); 19, Austral, bor,, Thorey

STOCKHOLM, Fiji 1%, Ins. Fidschi, Diimel

STOCKHOLM.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 61

Ocirrhoe wilsoni sp. nov.

Figs. 3, 4 C-D

Description:

General appearance: Museum specimens

yellowish with coarse black and brown puncta-

tions, some brownish markings on scutellum,

Apex of scutellum and most of underside bright

yellow. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in

basal angles of scutellum black. Two apical

antennal segments black except at base.

Head: Appearing rather broad and apically

rounded. Concolorous with dense coarse black

punctations and base of collum also black.

Eyes and ocelli purplish, Aniteriorly flattened

with lateral margins of juga broadly refiexed,

posteriorly only a very little raised. Anteclypeus

just surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins

distinctly concave.

Pronotum: Concolorous; punctations on

males and females differently coloured; in males

blackish brown on all parts of pronotum and

conspicuous, in females brown or concolorous

on disc but laterally just inside anterolateral

margins punctations intense black. Hind portion

| —_____5mm:

Dorsal

aspect

of pronotum behind level of lateral angles

frequently faintly darker than rest of disc. Calli

glabrous, Anterior margin oblique behind eyes

and semicircularly excavate behind collum,

anterolateral angles represented by a_ small

recurved tooth. Anterolateral margins nearly

straight and laminate, broadly reflexed. Lateral

angles behind reflexed margin very short, postero-

lateral margins sinuate turning smoothly into

faintly concave posterior margin, posterolateral

angles therefore not produced.

Scutellum: Concolorous with blackish-brown

punctations, on basal margin a brown spot on

either side of middle and preapically a brown

triangular patch on either side, not meeting in

middle. Apex yellow and impunctate, this yellow

produced a little forward medially between the

subapical brown patches, in front of this a trace

of a raised longitudinal line extending forward

to base. A conspicuous black fovea in each

basal angle. Raised somewhat in anterior half

and flattened in apical half. Lateral margins

gently convex in basal half then straight and

converging to broadly rounded apex. Frena

reaching about 7/12 of length.

YR Beanen K Here

can

of Oclrrhoe wilsant

sp. noy.

62 REC. S. AUST. MUS.,

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with

fine blackish-brown punctations, a callous patch

near apex of medial fracture and a small brown

patch on interior angle of corium. Exterior

margin of corium faintly concave and depressed.

basally then broadly curved to subacute apical

angle, reaching just beyond base of abdominal

segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed.

Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle

very broadly rounded. Clavus elongately tri-

anguler. Membrane and veins faintly brownish

hyaline.

Abdomen: Probably concolorous.

Laterotergites: | Concolorous’ with — black

patches of punctations exteriorly in front of and

behind each incisure Posterior exterior angles

almost rectangular.

Underside: Bright yellowish with brown and

black punctations on propleuron, anteriorly on

mesopleuron, posteriorly on metapleuron, on

femora and tibiae and laterally on abdomen in

males, in females these punctations except on

femora usually concolorous. Antennal segments

I-III concolorous, IV and V black except basally

and in V sometimes apically also. Rostrum

ventrally and its apex black. A black spot at:

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

bases of all episterna, and in males medially at

the bases of abdominal ventrites IV-VII, spiracles

also black.

Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching to about

middle of eye, anteriorly produced into a sub-

triangular lobe. Rostral segment I robust and

reaching to about base of bucculae, II compressed

and arched, surpassing fore coxae, III reaching

to about middle of mid coxae and IV just onto

base of abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments

(6) 8 : 18 : 11 : 19 22. Metasternal-

mesosternal keels about same height their whole

length, not reaching apex of prosternum,

anteriorly rounded, hardly deflected to left in

ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity,

only the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi

and a few short hairs on femora. Tibiae strongly

flattened almost their whole length hind tibiae

rather sulcate. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in

posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig.

4 C, hind margin of pygophore shallowly

excavate. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 4 D,

hind margin of first gonocoxae slightly convex

and interiorly produced as a short lobulate pro-

cess, inner margins shortly raised; posterior

margins of VIIIth laterotergites subangulately

produced.

Dimensions—

MALES (2 only)

Parameter Mean Observed

Range

Hexd fength, oy ites wena ca sen gets na siesiows dead on 31 31-2

Fipadd Width. «sag spy feu dis pcclets, eye blallel fede ees aya weekend as 37 36-38

Antenal seeimeiit. Dial che ccena tide Uadbee bale « 8 8-9

Antennal sepmentIl w4\ivgacccsccacperecercan 18 17-19

Antennal segment II ...............0...000 000 1 11-12

Antennal segment [IV 2.2... eee ee eee 19 19

Antennal segment Ve... ww. eee eee 22 22-23

Pronotum width ........... 0.00 cece ee eee e eee 78 77-79

Pronotum length tei nek ear Pe alte eed peak nes 34 34

“TOtal lénieth: ja 16 esa Hae so oe etwe es hdeass Say! 137 135-140

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head Tangth: 4 s-eot hei bela Senedd emer tetas 5 35 0-8 2-4 34-36

Bead: width. bare icowanstin eis sea aiealboe 5 39 0-9 Pe 38-40

Antennal sepment Ll) oes fee diacipeneet ede 10 8 0-5 5-9 7-9

Antennal segment IT ............ 00.00.00 cue 10 17 0-8 48 16-18

Antennal segment III .................0..000, 10 11 0-4 3-9 10-11

Antennal segment IV ...............0..0.000. 9 17 1-1 6-2 16-19

Antennal segment V ............-.. 000 ee eee 9 21 13 63 19-23

Pronotum width ....,........... 000. cceeeeee 5 87 1-7 1-9 86-90

Pronotum length ...............0. 0.00 cee eee 5 37 1-3 3:5 36-39

Total [etigth ic. bp cents binatpie ang Af atune giede's 5 155 61 3-9 149-161

Total length: 7-0-8-4 mm

Remarks: Ocirrhoe wilsoni is apparently projection inwardly on the hind margins of the

closely related to australis as they have in

common a black punctate head, dark prepical

markings on the scutellum and a_lobulate

first gonocoxae. It lacks the triangular pro-

jection of the posterolateral angles of the

pronotum of australis and is generally paler.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

The species is found only in the wetter parts

of south eastern Australia, occurring in the four

states New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and

South Australia,

Location of types:

Holotype 4 , allotype @ , 1 paratype ¢ , Grampians,

Victoria, Oct. 1928, F. E. Wilson; 1 paratype ¢ ,

Cockatoo, Victoria, G. F. Hill in NM; | para-

type ?, Jervis Bay, Australian Capital Territory,

18.1X.1951, T. G. Campbell; 1 paratype ?,

Rupert Point, 5 km (7 miles) north of Pieman

River, Tasmania, 30.XII.1953, T. G. Campbell

in ANIC; | paratype @ (Reg. No. 120,726),

Tapanappa near Cape Jervis, South Australia,

5-9. X11.1949, G. F. Gross & N. B. Tindale

in SAM.

Specimens examined: The types only.

posterior margin of pygaphore

_ ventral surface

Imm

Fig. 4. Ocirrhoe ausiralis

wesiwoodi sp. noy.

B. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

of male abdomen. OD. ventral aspect

westwood.

(Westwood),

A-B. Qcirrhee australis.

C-D. Ocirrhoe wilsoni.

of female abdomen.

E. ventral aspect of male abdomen.

Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov.

Figs, 4 E-F, 5, 6 A-C.

Ocirrhoe unimaculata Stal, 1876 (non West-

wood, 1837), p. 102, misidentification

Description:

General appearance: Grass green in life with

brown and black punctations and brown infus-

cated areas. Underside paler, apex of scutellum

luteous or yellow. Eyes and ocelli purplish.

Foveae in basal angles of scutellum black.

Antennae yellowish brown, two apical segments

infuscated in part. Museum specimens with

green colour changed to yellowish, other colours

as noted.

Head: Appearing not very broad and narrow-

ing apically, actual apex rounded. Concolorous

apical angle of

paratergite VIIL

starnon paratergite IX

hind margin of firs!

gonocoxa

first gonocoxa

Ocirrhoe

wilsoni

A, ventral aspect of male abdomen.

C. ventral aspect

Ocirrhoe sp. nov.,

E-F. Ovirrhoe

F. ventral aspect of female

abdomen.

with discrete black and some brown punctations,

base of collum black. Anteriorly flattened with

Jateral margins of juga shallowly reflexed,

posteriorly only a very little raised. Anteclypeus

hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins

distinctly concave.

Pronotum: Concolorous with coarse and

scattered black, brown and concolorous puncta-

tions, posterior 3/7 infuscated with brown and

punctations in this region darker. Calli glabrous.

Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and con-

cavely excavate behind collum, anterolateral

64 REC. S. AUST. MUS.,

Fig. 5.

angles represented by a very small tooth.

Anterolateral margins nearly straight, laterally

thickened and very slightly raised. Lateral

angles behind reflexed margin very short,

posterolateral margins slightly concave and

rounding onto slightly concave posterior margin.

Scutellum: Concolorous with a few coarse

brown punctations except apically and pre-

apically, pre-apically on either side a small tri-

angular brown patch, apex luteous or yellow and

nearly impunctate, this yellow or luteous extend-

ing forward between the brown patches and then

faintly visible as a median paler line extending

to base. A black fovea in each basal angle.

Raised somewhat in anterior half and flattened

in basal half and then straight and gently con-

verging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reach-

ing about 2/3 of length.

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Brenoa K. Heap

L________ 5 mm. ———___—_

Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with

coarse punctations, latter brown or blackish

brown interiorly and concolorous exteriorly; apex

of medial fracture of corium with a brown spot,

around this glabrous. Exterior margin of corium

concave and depressed basally then almost

straight to nearly rectangular apical angle, reach-

ing to just past base of abdominal segment VI,

laterotergites narrowly exposed. Posterior mar-

gin of corium faintly convex, inner angle very

broadly rounded. Clavus comparatively long

and elongately triangular. Membrane and veins

hyaline.

Abdomen: Exteriorly concolorous, behind

scutellum with large quadrate black patches,

parts of dorsal surface of pygophore black.

Laterotergites: Concolorous with concolorous

punctations, posterior exterior angles produced

into strong black tipped spines.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP [N AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 65

Underside: Paler than above, in museum

specimens bright yellow, punctate on bucculae,

near base of head below, on propleuron except

along lateral margin, on mesopleuron in front of

evaporative areas, on metapleuron behind evapor-

ative areas and laterally on abdomen, punctations

concolorous. Antennal segments yellowish

brown, apical pair somewhat darker, the former

except at base, the latter except at base and apex.

Rostrum ventrally and its apex black. A minute

black spot on mesopleuron anteriorly midway

between mesepisternum and exterior margin;

spiracles and posterior angles of the ventrites

black. Legs mostly yellowish.

Dhallosoma

lappet pracesses EN,

basal plates

o5mm

= OSes Sopntive

., A 7

, paired apical

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into

a triangular lobe. Rostral segment I robust,

reaching base of bucculae, [IT compressed and

reaching about middle of fore coxae, II] to about

middle of mid coxae and IV to just past middle

of hind coxae. Ratio of antennal segments ( ¢ )

9:16:12: 20: 23. Metasternal-mesosternal

keels about the same height for most of their

length, apically obliquely descending and then

shortly rounded, not reaching apex of pro-

sternum, not deflected to left apically in ventral

view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only

the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi, fore

processes of

conjunctiva

: vesica

f medial penal

gonopore

: Plates

appet

profess

" 1) phallosoma

basal

plates

Fig. 6. Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov.—aedeagus and clasper. A. Jeft

hand side aspect of acdeagus. BB. ventral aspect of aedeagus.

C. clasper.

tibiae flattened and rather sulcate apically, mid

and hind tibiae faintly sulcate almost their whole

length. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior

view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 4 E, hind

margin of pygophore sinuated, shortly semi-

circularly excavate medially. Clasper Fig. 6 C,

strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus sclerotized

towards its tip. Aedeagus Figs. 6 A-B, with

phallosoma short and honey-coloured, “lappet™

processes rather elongate and directed upwards

and slightly backwards, conjunctiva curved down-

wards, apically produced into two tubular pro-

cesses, medial penial plates apparently different

in shape to most other members of the R/yn-

chocoris group, vesica prominent and emerg-

ing from between the medial penial plates. Apex

of female abdomen Fig. 4 F, hind margins of

first gonocoxae virtually transverse, interior mar-

gins not raised, apical angles of VIIIth para-

tergites angulately produced.

66 REC. 8S. AUST. MUS,. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coetficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Blead Tength «0... ssc eee ew ee 18 29 Is 44 27-32

PPh Wid thay ny os. eye see meee ee mete e ane en cotens 1s 34, 15 44 31-36

Antennal segment T. 6, oe pp cee py eee yee 29 9 O8 9-2 6-10

Antennal segment IP... ee eee ee 29 16 42 715 12-19

Antennal segment TET 6.0 ccc teen eee 29 12 0:7 63 1-13

Antennal segment l¥ ..0.. 20.0.0... 00 cece 20 20 16 a4 16-23

Antennal segment V ... 2... ee eee ee 1s 23 L8 77 21-26

Pronotum width .-... 0.0.2.2, 0.202 cee eee 15 80 38 47 76-88

Pronotum length . 2... cee eee ce eens 15 31 17 5:5 29-34

Total Deriattt (steno es arn ericre letersi els beoinicte’s 15 142 70 50 130-151

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation fa) Range

Variation

Head length . 2.24 cccccessccpeeeetpesceeenes 19 3 16 51 24-34

Freagl Width ..5594-00906.0052000 —eenc0s eek ocd seme 19 36 L2 33 34-38

Antennal segment To _. . 2. ee ee eee eee 35 9 O8 9-4 6-9

Antennal segment Il .,., ..,-.0--.--.--.-- - 35 15 1-0 61 14-17

Antennal segment II] ....,... tv leper x bye 'ote0t 3c bee 34 12 09 1 10-14

Antennal segment IV oie eee eee rte 27 8 im) 5:8 16-20

Antennal segment Vo... 2 ee eee es 25 22 0-9 42 20-24

Pronotum Width ..2......2.. 00.22. cee ee, 19 87 48 aS 76-95

Pronotum length ......... ig mg fo an a SEE ae a eee 19 34 22 65 28-39

Total length, ; (8 preseoecmtry sie reais 3 19 153 87 57 130-174

Total length, 68-9} mm

Remarks: Ocirrhoe westwoodi is apparently Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales, 17,1X,

closely related to wilsoni, sharing the black

spotted head and similar markings on the prono-

tum and scutellum, It differs from wilseni in the

paler terminal segments of the antennae, in the

angulately produced lateral posterior angles of

the lJaterotergites, the hind margin of the pygo-

phore being excavale only medially and the

transverse hind margins of the female gonocoxae,

The latter feature shows resemblance to the

species of the uwaimaculata group, QO. west-

woodi occurs only in the wetter parts of Victoria,

New South Wales and ‘Tasmania.

Location of types:

Holotype 4, Wamberai, Gosford District,

N.S.W., 1-3.X.1932, A. Musgrave: 4 para-

type 4,3 paratype ? (Reg, Nos. K63379-80),

Marysville, Victoria, 30-31.X11.1930, A. Mus-

grave; 1 paratype §, Fern Tree Gully, Victoria,

27.1X%.1919, donated F. P. Spry; | paratype °.

Millgrove, Victoria, Jan. 1927, F. E, Wilson;

1 paratype ¢ (Reg. No, K57813), Eagle Hawk

Neck, Tasman Peninsula, Tasmania, 22.1,1928,

A. Musgrave, | paratype ¢, Kurrajong, New

South Wales, Oct. 1933, Dr. K. K. Spence AM;

allotype @, | paratype ?, Gunyah, Victoria,

12.1.1962, on Senecio jacobaea L. (Ragwort),

G. Bornemissza; 2 paratype ?, Fern Tree Gully,

Victoria, Oct, 1930, J, Evans: 1 paratype °,

1951, T. G. Campbell ANIC; 1 paratype 3,

Koongalala Point, Lamington National Park,

South Queensland, 29,X.1955, T, EB. Woodward;

] paratype J. Lamington National Park, 28 Jan.-

3 Feb. 1963, G. Montieth; 2 paratype @, Mt.

William, Grampians Range, 1150 m (1 800ft),

Victoria, 2.1,.1966, I. B. Cantrell, L. T. Weir

UQ; | paratype ¢, | paratype ?, Healesville,

Victoria, 15, X11,1958, F. E, Wilson NM; 1 para-

type %, Ringwood (Reg. No. 120,729), 9.X1.

1952, F, E, Wilson; | paratype 32, (Reg, No,

120,727), | paratype ¢, (Reg. No, [20,733),

Pt. Campbell, Victoria, Nov. 1959, G. F. Gross;

| paratype 4 (Reg, No, [20,728), between

Peterborough and Port Campbell, Victoria,

17.X1,1959, G. F. Gross; | paratype ¢@ (Reg.

No, 120,730), Selby, Dandenong Ranges, Vic-

toria, 20.X1,1959, by sweeping vegetation, G. F.

Gross: 1 paratype ¢, | paratype ¢ (Reg. Nos.

120,731-2), Belgrave National Park, Victoria,

20.X1.1959, by sweeping vegetation, G. F. Gross

SAM; 1 paratype ¢, National Park, New South

Wales, 31.X,1948, E, B, Britton BM; | paratype

é, | paratype ?, Gosford, New South Wales,

16.%.1903, W. W, Froggatt KU; 1 2, Mt.

Wellington, Tasmania, 2-300 m., 23.XI1.1960,

in Nothofagus forest, J. L. Gressitt BISHOP,

| paratype ¢, New South Wales, Diimel

STOCKHOLM.

Specimens examined; the types only.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN ALISTRALIA AND ABJACENT AREAS—I 67

Unimacalata Group

This group contains a series of seven species

collectively oceuring aver most of Australia with

the exception of the northern part of the Northern

Territory and the northern half of Western

Australia. The group characteristics are:—

rather obovate (pronotum width: total length

ubout 5:9); rostrum not reaching much past

hind coxae; tibiae flattened only apically though

hind tibiae may be more extensively flattened

than those of the two anterior pairs of legs;

hind margins of female gonocoxae transverse,

transversely sinuate or slightly arched; head not

marked with black punctations; four apical

antennal segments infuscated or not; and fovae in

basal angles of scutellum infuscated or

concolorous,

This group appears to be intermediate between

members of the australis and virescens groups

as some members have some or all of the four

apical segment infuscated and/or have black

foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum like

the members of the ausfralis group whereas

others have pale antennae and/or concolorous

foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum like

the vrrescens group. One member (unimaculata

(Westwood) ) has a pale transverse bar on the

pronotum and Jurge red maculae laterally on

yentrites HI-IV of the abdomen like virescens

(Westwood). Members of this group differ

from those of the ansfralis group in baving the

tibiae Hattened only apically and not having black

punctations on the head. From the virescens

group they differ in their more oval shape.

Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stal), a member of this

unimaculata group closely resembles Cuspicona

privata Walker and is presumably closely related

to it and hence to the simplex group of

Cuspicona.

Ocirrhoe hutescens Distant, 1900

Figs, 1 A, 7,8 A-B, 9,

Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant, 1900a, p. 422.

Rhaphigaster virescens Dallas (non Westwood)

1851, p. 284.

Description:

General appearance: Green in life: apex of

scutellum yellow, sometimes apical margin

narrowly red. Extreme base of head black.

Eyes and ocelli purplish, Foveae in basal angles

of scutellum concolorous. Apical pair of

antennal segments infuscated except at bases and

apices, In museum specimens green fading to

bright yellow, other colours as noted.

Head: Appearing strongly triangular and

apically narrowly rounded; concolorous but

narrowly black at extreme base; anteriorly

flattened and posteriorly only a very little raised,

Anteclypeus not surpassing apices of juga,

lateral margins distinctly concave, Disc rugu-

losely punctate.

Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse

punctations, calli glabrous. Anterior margin

oblique and slightly raised behind eyes and

trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero-

lateral angles represented by a small recurved

tooth. Anterolateral margins nearly straight.

thickened laterally and broadly reflexed. Lateral

angles behind reflexed margio truncate, postero-

lateral margins somewhat concave, posterior

margin almost straight.

Scurellum: Concolorous with rather coarse

punctations; on anterior half transversly rugulose;

apex bright yellow and impunctate, sometimes

margined with red apically. A concolorous fovea

in each basal angle, Anteriorly a little ratsed

and in posterior half flat, A trace of a longitu-

dinal glabrous line present. Lateral margins

gently convex in basal half then straight or gently

rounded and converging to rather acute apex,

Frena reaching about 4/7 of length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous

with regular moderately dense punctations, a

large elongate callous area inward of the apical

third of the medial fracture. Exterior margins

of coria elongately concave basally then almost

straight to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching

base of abdominal segment VII, Jateratergites

broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium

nearly straight, inner angle very broadly rounded,

Clavus comparatively short and elongate trian-

gular. Membrane and yeins pale brownish

hyaline.

Abdomen:

colorous,

Medially piceous, laterally con

Laterotergites: Concolorous, densely punc-

tate, posterior exterior angles produced into an

acute black-tipped spine,

Underside; Coneolorous, coarsely punctate,

except on exterior margins of head and pro-

notum, evaporative areas and the appendages.

Antennal segment | concolorous, segments L-

II reddish brown, I'V-Y piceous except at

extreme bases and apices, Rostrum ventrally

and its apex black. Tibiae apically and tarsi

brown or reddish brown, rest of tibiae and ros-

trum more yellowish than rest of underside.

68 REC. S, AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

51-167 December, 1975

Fig. 7, Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant.

Ventral spine and a large area surrounding

it on ventrites II] and ['V brownish yellow, behind

this a broad yellow longitudinal line extending

back medially to the apex of ventrite VII. Pygo-

phore of male with hind margin frequently

reddish,

Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about

middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a

prominent lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reach-

ing nearly to base of bucculae; IL compressed

and arched, reaching to about middle of fore

coxae; IT to about middle of hind coxae and IY

to about middle of hind coxae. Ratio of anten-

nal segments (3) 9: 18: 14; 21 : 26. Meta-

sternal-mesosternal keels about the same height

their whole length, anteriorly rounded, not

deflected to left anteriorly in ventral view. Legs

normal without long pilosity, only the normal

short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi. Abdomen

broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 8 A, hind margin of pygo-

phore medially strongly triangulately excavate,

the margins of this incision rather sinuate,

exterior margin somewhat convex giving the

pygophore the appearance of a lateral subtri-

angular lobe on either side. Clasper Fig. 8 E,

shaped as an inclined F, the central lobe not

strongly produced. Phallosoma Figs. 8 C-D, of

medium length and honey-coloured, “lappet” pro-

cesses well developed, the conjunctiva apparently

was not completely inflated but made up of a

dorsal lobe on either side of which along its

base is a strongly sclerotized rod, these rods

converging basally. Medial penial plates not

heavily sclerotized and perhaps not fully everted

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 69

posterior margin of pygaphore sternum X posterior angle of

va ventral surface of < paratergite VII

‘ ~_ pygophore ‘ _—Paratergite [IX

*\posterior margin of

first gonocoxa

~\— raised inner

“A portion of first

\ gonocoxa

H—— Farm +

apex of conjunctiva

Zé sclerotized rod

‘lappet’ process vesica._

“ sclerotized rod

,gonopore

conjunctiva

’ \ apex of 7 medial

__conjunctiva , penial

plate

)_—-vesica conjunctiva

a ~ gonopore

~_medial penial -phallosoma

plates

basal basa! plates

lates

em 05 pm D

Fig. &. Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant—external genitalia, aedeagus and claspers.

A. ventral aspect of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. C. left-

hand side aspect of aedeagus. D. ventral aspect of aedeagus. E. clasper.

in the dissections but sinuated. Apex of female strongly reflexed so that the inner margins of the

abdomen Fig. 8 B, hind margins of first gono- two gonocoxae are strongly elevated. Posterior

coxae transverse laterally and directed obliquely margins of VIIIth laterotergites strongly and

forward interiorly, inner half of each gonocoxa angulately produced. Spermatheca Fig. 1A.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head Jength) om. scuba ete es ace euree sees bind 25 38 13 33 35-40

Hedd Width pie nccepencalestemeedstiaaince cd 25 41 1-4 3-5 38-44

Antennal segment I... oo... ee eee eee 49 9 0-8 8-6 7-11

Antennal segment If ......... 0.00.00 cee eee 49 18 1-7 9-3 13-21

Antennal segment HT ...... 0.0.0.0 02 00.0.0 ee 50 14 1-6 11-1 1-18

Antennal segment IV .......0..0.....20..400205 41 21 1-0 4-7 20-24

Antennal segment Vow... eee ee eee eee 37 26 1-2 48 24-29

Pronotum width ......... 0.0.00. c eee eee eee 25 105 5:5 $3 96-112

POO Tenth co go. ec ste dove palere ed odes dlat opted 25 43 28 6°5 38-47

Total length: . ap ceate nye ies by but hadd oda Loe 25 192 11-6 61 168-212

70 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head, Jenigthas. 3 Mia acetate Soa otsiate ater b eleaiedon ae 25 38 1-2 3-1 36-41

Head-width: -.dsna@icn) so ees eee es 25 41 1-4 3-4 38-44

Antennalisésment Dy wii). taste ent elbeneee sem 47 10 0:8 8-6 8-11

Antennal sesmental (hic. is ets te aad 48 18 1-1 5:9 16-20

Antennal segment IIT ................. 000000 - 48 14 1-4 10-0 11-17

Antennal segment TV "0 iri. Meee heb? 47 21 1:2 61 18-24

Antennal segment\Vo fest ey ae oe ees 41 25 1-4 5:5 22-28

Prowmotumm widths 55.0 sg Ft Wee ceo tee stab eins 25 106 5-0 48 91-112

Pronotum:length: «+. 2G acs bnece cca ee 4s np cet Ne 25 44 3-0 6:8 38-50

TotalJdensth. 3 sch. 5. ot ieee ee eee a's 25 192 11-5 6:0 174-216

Total length: 8-7-11-3 mm

Remarks: Ocirrhoe lutescens is easy to recog- and coronata, may have one or both terminal

nise in collections as it has most of segments IV antennal segments darkened. Ocirrhoe dallasi

and V of the antennal blackish but the foveae in has the foveae in the basal angles of the

the basal angles pale. It has no black spots on scutellum infuscated. Ocirrhoe coronata has the

the head. Two other species in this group with- basal foveae in the scutellum concolorous but has

out black spots on the head, dallasi (sometimes) only the terminal antennal segment darkened.

H Ocirrhoe lutescens

NORTHERN

TERRITORY

QUEENSLANDO

pokes BoA tah P

B SOUTH AUSTRALIA i ob re

Kingston amy

Fig. 9. Distribution of Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant.

RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP TN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARFAS—I 7l

From both of these species /utescens may be dis-

tinguished from the strong angulate emargination

in the hind margin of the pygophore and the

strongly raised inner portion, especially the inner

margins, of the female first gonocoxue.

Ocirrhoe lutescens: is distributed in the wetter

regions of Australia south of the 25'S line of

latitude. The only host plant record is Leplas-

permum myrsinoides Schlecht from Blackwood,

South Australia.

Location of type:

Type & of lutesceny Distant, “King George's

Sound, Australia’, in BM,

Specimens examined: The type and 68 ¢ and

79 2 specimens from 45 localities. Detailed

locations tor these specimens are not given but

are plotted on Fig. 9, The specimens examined

came from the following collections (numbers in

each collection in parentheses) UQ(24), QM

(1), AM(9), ANIC(24), AM(9), NM(21),

SAM(28), WAM(1), BM(4), AMNH($), CAS

(12), BISHOP(6).

Ocirrhoe dallasi sp. nov,

Figs, 10, 12 A-B

Cuspicona roci Dallas (non Westwood) 1851,

p. 297, Distant. 1900 b, p, 815,

Deseription:

General appearance: Olive green in life with

concolorous punctations; first antennal segment

yellowish, remaining segments ferruginous. ter-

minal pair frequently infuscated. Eyes and acelli

purplish, very base of head black, Apex of

seutellum yellowish or reddish. Museum speci-

mens with green fading to yellow, other colours

as noted. Second antennal segment clearly

longer than third,

Head: Appearing rather broad and apically

broadly rounded; concolorous, black at very base,

eyes and ocelli purplish; anteriorly, flattened,

posteriorly slightly raised, Anteclypeus hardly

surpassing ipices of juga, lateral margins of latter

gently concave, Disc coarsely and rugulosely

punctale.

Pronotum: Concolorous with discrete dense

punctuuions, in green specimetis the lateral

margins yellowish, calli narrow and_ slightly

rugulose. Anterior margin shortly oblique

behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind

collum, anterolateral angles represented by a

small vertical carina. Anterolateral margins

nearly straight, thickened and reflexed. Lateral

angles behind explanate margin truncate, postero-

lateral margins slightly concave, posterior margin

almost straight.

Scutellum: Concolorous with discrete fairly

fine punctations, apex yellow, reddish-yellow or

reddish and impunctate, Foyea in each basal

ingle infuscated. Raised slightly in anterior half

and flat posteriorly. No trace of median longitu-

dinal line, Lateral margins nearly straight bur

converging in basal half then fairly convex ta

broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching a Jiltle

past half length.

Hemelytra: = Coriaceous parts concolorous

with regular moderately course punctations, in

green specimens basal portion of exterior margin

of corium yellowish. Medial fracture glabrous

towards apex. Exterior margin of cortum con-

cave and reflexed basally then nearly straight to

shortly rounded apical angle, reaching middle

of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly

exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight,

inner angle very broadly rounded, Clavus

elongate triangular, Membrane and veins pale

brownish hyaline.

Abdomen: At about the level of the middle

of scutellum a broad transverse black bar, under

apex of scutellum and behind it large quadrute

black spots, sometimes divided. Daorsum of

pygophore reddish, Rest concolorous,

Laferotergites; Concolorous, tinely though

densely punctate, posterior exterior angles almost

rectangular, marked with black.

Underside: Paler than above, coarsely punc-

tate except on sides of head, exterior margin of

prothorax, evaporative areas, ventrally along

abdomen and oppendages. First antennal seg-

ment yellowish, remainder reddish, fourth and

fifth frequently infuscated, the former not at base

and the latter neither at base or apex. Rostrum

ventrally and its apex black. Tibiae apically

and tarsi reddish-brown. Lateral margins of pro-

thorax, epipleuron and abdomen paler. pygo-

phore edged with reddish. Thoracic keels and

a broad median stripe on abdomen puler,

Spiracles and posterior angles of abdominal

ventrites black..

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

to about middle of cyes, medially depressed,

anteriorly forming a rounded lobe, Roastral

segment I robust, not reaching base of bucculae,

I] compressed and reaching base of fore coxae,

I1f to base of middle coxae and TV to base of

abdomen, Antennae hot unduly rebust, raue

72 REC. $ AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

December, 1975

Brewors K. Heap

-___. § mm,”

Fig. 10. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhee dallasi sp. noy.

of segments (¢) 9:17:12:21:24. Metasternal-

mesosternal keels of even height to fore coxae,

then slightly inclined downwards to apex which

is obliquely directed posteriorly dorsally, surpas-

sing apex of prosternum, keels not deflected to

left in ventral view. Legs normal without long

pilosity, only the usual short pilosity on tibiae

and tarsi. Tibiae flattened, at least apically.

Dimensions—.

Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view.

Apex of male abdomen Fig. 12 A, hind margin

of pygophore concave medially and convex

laterally. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 12 B,

hind margins of first gonocoxae transverse, inner

margins only faintly elevated; posterior margins

of VIIIth laterotergites produced only into a

blunt angle.

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length .... 6... ce ncn ete ea espe ence 21 36 1-6 43 33-39

Head width . 2.2... eee ee eae 21 39 1-8 4-4 37-44

Antennal segment I 38 9 0-5 5-5 8-10

Antennal segment IT... eee eee 38 17 1-2 73 15-19

Antennal segment IIT .......... 000000000 cece 38 12 1-4 il-4 10-17

Antennal segment IV .... 00.00.0252 0c0 ccs beaee 32 21 0-9 4-4 19-23

Antennal segment Vo... 2... cee eee eee 20 24 1-1 4S 22-26

Pronotuay ‘widths ctyvi ase ct melee cc cess evens 21 93 79 85 83-116

Pronotum length ..... 0.2... 0.00. ec cece eee 21 38 3-4 8:7 33-47

Poted lengthy coin ee ee 21 174 146 84 155-213

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 73

Dimensions

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head Jength ......0. 0. .4 et aE 15 38 17 a4 -42

Heath Width oc. eee ce ee et ae te 15 40 1g 47 Ihde

Antennal segment Po 2222. oe. eee eee ee ee 26 10 0-6 68 o-1T

Antennal seyment il .,.,....--:.--------- = 28 17 12 a8 15-]9

Antennal segment HD oy... cee een sApellon it 28 13 \-6 127 1-17

Antennal segment Vo... ee ees Veet cakes 25 21 (1 S| 19-22

Antennal seument Vo. 222k ce ck eee eee 18 24 14 5-7 12-26

Pronotum width oo... 2. ee eee eee ee : 15 97 47 44 91-107

Pronmotum length oo... .. 22-22 eee ee eee 15 4 4-7 oY 37-49

Teatal Perth ‘onic aller actowlelec tupacbsrscewerra© 15 182 Lb8 5 169-205

Total length: B-1-Ll-1 mm

Remarks: Qcirrhoe dallasi vesembles QO. tralian Capital Territory, |-II[.1967, on Grevillea

lutescens in the black base of the head and the

tendency of the two terminal segments of the

antennae to become infuscated. It differs in

having black or fuscous foveae in the basal angles

of ihe scutellum, in the broader apex of the

latter, in the apical margin of the male pygophore

being convexly excavate not angulately excavate

and the inner margins of the first gonocoxae of

the female not being strongly elevated.

Ocirrhos dallasi occurs in southern Queens-

land, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia

(including Kangaroo Island) and there is one

specimen from the Northern Territory, the only

example of an Ocirrhoe from that state. This

species may occur in Western Australia alsa,

a female specimen from Ravensthorpe fits the

description in most details whereas another female

from Muchea in certain respects is closer to

inconspicua though it has the short third antennal

seement of dallasi, The species has been

recorded from several species of native plants

belonging to the genera Hakea and Grevillea

(Proteaceae), FExacarpos (Santalaceae) and

Leptospermum (Myrtaceae).

Location of types:

Holotype #, | paratype @, Canberra, Aus-

tralian Capital Territory, Oct, 1929, J. W. Evans:

allotype ¢, Black Mountain, Canberra, Aus-

iralian Capital Territory, 1.X1.1960, on Exo-

carpos cupressiformis Labill, T. G, Campbell;

2 paratype ¢, Black Mountain, Australian Capi-

tal Territory, 30.X1.1929, A. Tonnoir; 1 ¢ , Black

Mountain, Australian Cupital Territory, 12-1.

1961, LF.B, Common, 1 paratype 4, 1 paratype

?, Black Mountain, Canberra, Australian Capi-

tal Territory, [LX. & 22.X1.1965, ex Hakea

sericea Schrad, J. M, Walker, AcHa 103; 2 para-

type 4, | paratype 2°, Black Mountain, Can-

berra, Australian Capital Territory, 23.11.1966,

ex Hakea sericea Schad, 8, Neser, AcHa 103; 4

paratype &, Black Mountain, Canberra, Aus-

lanigera A. Cunn. ev R.Br. T, G, Campbell; |

paratype ?, 16 km (10 miles) east of Bathurst,

New South Wales, 850 m (2 800ft.), 20.X.1964,

1.F.B. Common and M, F, Upton: | paratype ?,

Telegraph Station, National Park, Alice Springs,

Northern Territory, 8.V.1967, A. M. Hayes

ANIC; 1 paratype ?, Mt. Norman area via

Wallangara, Queensland, 7.8.X,1972, G. B. &

S. R. Monteith UQ; 2 paratype ?, Blackrock

District, Victoria, J. E. Dixon; | paratype °&,

Kiata, Victoria, Oct. 1928, F. BE. Wilson NM; 2

paratype @ (Reg. Nos, 120,734-5), Seaford,

Victoria, W. F, Hill; 2 paratype ¢ (Reg. Nos.

120,736-7), Mt. Rosea (Grampians), Victovia,

Nav. 1950, N, B. Tindale; 1 paratype 4 (Reg.

No, 120,738), Kiata, Victoria, 22.X[1952, F.

E. Wilson; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No, (20.739),

Mouth Glenelg River, Victoria, 28. VULL965,

F. J. Mitchell: | paratype 4 (Reg. No. 120.740),

Black Mountain, Canberra, Australian Capital

Territory, 26.X1.1959. by sweeping vegetation,

G, F. Gross; 1 paratype ? (Reg. No. 120,741),

Adelaide, South Australia. H. M, Hale; | para-

type 3 (Reg. No. 120,742), Adelaide, South

Australia, taken with sweepnet, N. B. Tindale; |

paratype 4 (Reg. No, 120,743), Pt. Lincoln,

South Australia, A. M. Lea; | paratype 9 (Reg.

No. 120,744), near Coonalpyn, South Australia,

Sept, 1967, beating Lepfospermum coriaceum

(FVM) Cheel, A. N. McFarland; | paratype ¢

({20,746), Kangaroo Island, South Australia,

Oct. 1924; 2 paratype ° (120,747-8), 4 km

(2*5 miles) south of Mt. Taylor, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, 31.X11.1965, beating

heath shrubs, D. Seton and A, N. MeFarland;

[ paratype ¢ (Reg, No, 120,749), South Aus-

tralia, Rey. A, P. Burgess SAM,

Specimens examined: The types and two

questionable specimens from Western Aust-

ralia | ?. 24 km (15 miles) east of Ravens-

thorpe, 110 m, 23.1X.1962, E. S. Ross and D. Q-

Cavagnaro CAS; | ¢, Muchea, 4.1V.1967, F, H,

Uther Baker SAM,

74 REC. S AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Ocirrhoe inconspicua (Dallas, 1851)

Figs. 11, 12 C-D

Cuspicona inconspicua Dallas, 1851 p. 297.

Lethierry and Severin, 1893 p. 180.

Ocirrhoe inconspicua Stal, 1967 p, 521. Distant,

1900a p. 422.

Description:

General appearance: Green in life; apex of

scutellum yellow; anterolateral margins of pro-

notum and basal exterior margin of corium and

exterior margins of abdomen yellow or reddish

yellow; first segment of antennae concolorous,

rest ferruginous, apices of tibiae and tarsi reddish.

Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in basal angles

of scutellum black. In museum specimens the

green colour fading to dull yellow or pale red,

Deceniber, 1975

other colours as noted. Third antennal segment

nearly as long as, about the same length as,

or longer than second.

Head; Appearing strongly triangular and

apically narrowly rounded; concolorous; anteri-

orly slightly convex, posteriorly more convex and

slightly raised, Anteclypeus slightly surpassing

apices of juga, lateral margins distinctly concave.

Disc transversely rugulose and punctate.

Pronetum: Concolorous with coarse dense

punctations, calli glabrous. Anterior margin

oblique and slightly raised behind eyes and

trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero-

lateral angles represented by a small vertical

carina. Anterolateral margins nearly straight,

very narrowly explanate, this explanate portion

Fig. 11,

Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe incanspicua (Dallas).

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT

yellow or reddish yellow, Lateral angles behind

explanate margin truncate, posterolateral and

posterior margin slightly concave.

Scutellam: Concolorous with coarse dense

punctations, apex yellow and almost impunctate.

Fovea in cach basal angle black. Raised in

anterior half and flat posteriorly, A trace of a

faint median longitudinal impunctate line present.

Lateral margins gently convex in basal half then

straight or gently rounded to broadly rounded

apex, Frena reaching about half length.

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with

regular coarse dense punctations, medial fracture

glabrous towards apex, Exterior margins of

coria slightly concave and thickened basally then

faintly convex to shortly rounded apical angle,

reaching middle of abdominal segment VI,

laterotergites broadly exposed, Posterior margin

of corium straight, inner angle very broadly

rounded. Clavus elongate triangular, Mem-

brane and veins pale brownish hyaline.

Abdomen: Medially a broad black longi-

tudinal bar or series of black maculae behind

apex of scutellum, laterally concolorous. Dorsal

surface of pygophore reddish,

Latervtergites: Concolorous, densely punctate,

posterior exterior angles produced into an acute

black-tipped spine.

Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate

except on sides of head exterior to bucculae,

exterior margin of prothorax, evaporative areas,

AREAS—I 74

ventrally along abdomen and appendages.

Antennal segment 1 concolorous or yellowish,

remaining segments pale red or reddish brown,

Rostrum ventrally and its apex black, Tibiae

apically and tarsi reddish brown, Lateral mar-

gins of prothorax, epipleuron, abdomen and

apical margin of pygophore reddish or yellowish.

Thoracic keels and a broad longitudinal medial

stripe on abdomen yellowish.

Bucculae reaching to about middle of the eyes

and rather elevated, medially lower, anteriorly

forming a rounded lobe. Rostral segment |

robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae, IT

compressed and arched, just surpassing fore

coxae, UI reaching onto hind coxae and IV onto

the base of ventrite [V. Antennae comparatively

robust, ratio of segements (4) 9:13; 14; 18:

23. Metasternal-mesosternal keels of even height

to just behind fore coxae, then gently and

obliquely inclined downwards to rounded apex,

almost reaching apex of prosternum, not deflected

to left in ventral view. Legs normal without long

pilosity, only the usual short pilosity on tibiae

and tarsi, tibiae flattened, at least apically,

Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view.

Apex of male abdomen Fig. 12 C, hind margin

of pygophore gently concave and laterally not

convex. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 12 D,

hind margins of first gonocoxae rather convex,

inner margins a little elevated: posterior mar-

gins of VIIIth laterotergites produced into only

a blunt not very obvious angle.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length ...-.,. - ire Ee _. 21 36 19 5-4 32-39

Head Width (yee cece pe eee capes ' 21 37 1-2 +1 33-38

Antennal segment boo eee cr eee wees 38 9 06 75 7-10

Antennal segment IT... -: 6-2. 22 ee ay ee 37 13 0-9 69 11-15

Antennal seement LT 2.2... eee ay 37 14 10 i) 12-15

Antennal segment (V0 2) 2) 2 Le eee 27 18 Il $9 16-20

Antennal segment Voge cy ce pe eee ey eee 20 23 14 62 19-24

Pronothr Widtlt .o creer crest Cave) tenes 2] 90 | 57 79-98

Pronotum length 2. (2) 0.25.2 6c pape ee geen 2) 37 LY 5-0 35-42

Total length nt a.4c:: cesbseg ee ee alel: : 2) 164 JO3 63 155-195

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Efead Jemetht piece ee eevee ees pemtetotawe Ae vfefere 0 15 38 2-0 53 35-41

Head width ».2...,.. bewlelsieie te mefeleve t elaletem 6 15 38 14 3:6 36-401

Antennal segment bh 22 2. 22 ee eee 28 9 05 s4 8-10

Antennal segment i) o0 2. 222 2. 2 ee eee 29 4 09 5 2-15

Antennal segment Hl... . 22.20.22. een, 29 14 Il 73 12-16

Antennal segment TV 22.00.20 ee eee 24 19 1-0 50 17-2)

Antennal segment Vow.) we ey ee wee, 21 23 13 S7 21-26

Pronotiim width »-2.-. 222 22 2. ee ee eek 5 94 34 37 89-04

Prono leseth 6 cs cele rh ee eer ielub Trey is 40 13 33 38-41

Total length 2... 6) ee cee eens 1s 174 7 gl [HO-185

Total length: §& 1-102 mm

76 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Remarks: This species is easily distinguished

from all other species of Ocirrhoe by the second

antennal segment being about the same length

as, or longer than, the second. In the non-infus-

cated antennal segments and the shape of the

pygophore it is close to unimaculata Westwood,

however the black spot in the basal angles of the

scutellum and the shape of the pygophore indi-

cates it is also related to dallasi. It is distin-

guished from dallasi by its more acuminate head

which is not black at base, by the third antennal

segment being about the same length as the sec-

ond or even longer, and by the shallowly concave

hind margin of the pygophore.

Ocirrhoe inconspicua has only been recorded

from Western Australia with the exception of

one male specimen from the mountains of north-

eastern Victoria. Host records ificlude a

Melaleuca species and Chamelaucium unici-

natum, both members of the Myrtaceae.

hind margin of pygophore

ventral surface

Aig~ol pygophore

December, 1975

Location of type:

Type ¢ of inconspicua Dallas, “New Holland”,

in BM.

Specimens examined: Western Australia: the

type and; | 4, Bushmead, 17.XI1.1966, on

Melaleuca, E. M. Exley UQ; 3 &, 3 92, 17,

Bunbury, 3.1.1957, A. Snell; 1 %, Capel Dis-

trict (29 km south of Bunbury), 7.1.1957,

A. Snell AM; 14, Yardie Creek, April 1958,

Snell; 14, 192, Capel, 7.1.1957, Snell; 1¢@.

Collie, 13.1.1957, Snell NM; 1 4, Northhampton,

16.1X.1958, F. H. Uther-Baker; 12, 14, Kelm-

scott, 16 Oct. & 7 Nov. 1958, the first in Banksia

and scrub, J. Baldwin; 1 6, Yanchep, 16.X.1964,

F. H. Uther-Baker; 13, Kings Park, 2.X.1965,

H. Mincham; 1 ¢, Jandakot, 24.X%.1965, F. H.

Uther-Baker SAM; 14, 12, Mundaring Weir,

20.11.1963, 14, same locality, 1O.XII.1964, J.

Dell; 1 &, Wembley Downs, 1.X1.1969, on wax

(Chamelaucium uncinatum Schau) only, E. A.

sternum posteriot angle of paratergite Vil

_paratergite 1

hind margin of first

gonocoxa

\. _tirst

“\ gonacaxa

—-I1mm—

Fig. 12.

Ocirrhoe cayenda sp. nov.

of male abdomen. B. ventral view of female abdomen, C-D. QOcirrhoe

incenspicua.

of female abdomen.

abdomen.

C. ventral view of male

E-F, Ocirrhae

F. apex of female abdomen.

Ocirrhoe dallasi sp. nov., QOcirrhoe inconspicua (Dallas)

A-B, Ocirrhoe dallasi. A,

ventral view

abdomen.

cavenda.

D. ventral view

E. apex of male

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 77

Jefferys & M. Archer WAM; 12, Swan River,

L. J. Newman; 12. Merredin, L. J. Newman;

14,39, Yanchep, 51 km (32 miles) north of

Perth, 13-23.X1.1935, 24, 19%, same locality,

20-31.X1f.1935, R. E. Turner BM; 2¢, 12,

Tortoise Reserve, 39 km (24 miles) north of

Perth, 16.XI1I.1971, J. A. Slater; 1é, 19,

Wildlife Reserve, 34 km (21 miles) north of

Perth, 16-18.XII.1971, J. A. Slater SLATER;

1 4, Margaret River, 2 Nov.; Harvard Australian

Expedition, P. J. Darlington AMNH; | ?, Dar-

lington, 150 m (450ft.), 5.1X%.1962, E. S. Ross

and D, Q. Cavagnaro CAS. Victoria: 12,

Hotham Heights, Victoria, 1 800 m (5 900ft.),

on snow, 1.1J.1957, A Neboiss NM.

Ocirrhoe cavenda sp. nov,

Figs. 12 E-F, 13, 16

Description:

General appearance: Green in life with pro-

notum between and behind level of lateral angles

pinkish, latter reaching lateral angles and

posterolateral and posterior margins. Scutellum

apically very broadly pinkish or luteous, in front

of this luteous with a diffuse band of black

punctations denser laterally, foveae in basal

angles black. Antennae and tarsi yellowish

brown. Museum specimens with the green faded

to yellow,

anecan ar

Ror eee HA heel a)

S88 a Si bie a

Pa Be nah yee

CE ha

ahs ¥ De fosee

Fig, 13.

en AS Os oe

wnar age)

a ae

Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe cavenda sp. noy,

78 REC, S, AUST.

Head: Appearing fairly broad and apically

rather truncate, concolorous, anteriorly flattened

and posteriorly only very little raised; anteclypeus,

hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins

clearly concave. Disc rugulosely punctate. Eyes

and ocelli purplish red.

Pronotum: Anteriorly concolorous, from a

line drawn between the lateral angles posteriorly

pinkish and coarsely punctate, some punctations

in the pinkish area infuscated, calli glabrous and

frequently a submarginal callous line paralleling

the anterolateral margins. Anterior margin

oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate

behind collum, anterolateral angles represented

by a small fine tooth or ridge. Anterolateral

margins nearly straight. Lateral angles behind

the reflexed margin truncate, posterolateral and

posterior angles only slightly concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous with apex very

broadly luteous or pinkish, before the pale apex

a broad band of black punctations, constricted

and less dense medially. A black fovea in each

basal angle. Raised a little anteriorly and flat

in posterior half. A trace of a faint median

longitudinal line present. Lateral margins gently

concave in basel half and then almost parallel

to rather broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching

to about half length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous_ parts concolorous

with coarse, but not dense, punctations; a glab-

rous streak just interior of posterior half of medial

fracture. Exterior margins of coria distinctly

concave basally then almost straight to shortly

rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of

abdominal segment VI; laterotergites broadly

exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight,

inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate,

MUS.,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Abdomen: Concolorous, behind apex of

scutellum infuscated.

Laterotergites: Concolorous, densely punc-

tate, posterior exterior angles produced into a

short black spine.

Underside: | Concolorous; bucculae, — pro-

pleuron, mesopleuron except exteriorly, meta-

pleuron posteriorly and abdomen coarsely punc-

tate. Antennal segments H-V pale reddish or

yellowish-brown. Rostrum ventrally and the

apical half of its terminal segment black. Tibiae

towards apices and tarsi brown. On abdomen

three pale longitudinal stripes, one medial and

the other two midlateral. Spiracular eminences

dark brown or black below the orifices.

Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about

middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a

blunt triangular process. Rostral segment I

robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae, II

compressed and arched and reaching to about

middle of fore coxae, III to middle of mid coxae

and IV to base of hind coxae. Ratio of antennal

segments (6) 8: 13: 11:17:21. Metasternal-

mesosternal keels highest between fore coxae,

then obliquely truncate, then broadly rounded

at apex, reaching nearly to apex of prosternum,

directed to left apically in ventral view. Legs

normal without pilosity, only the usual spines

present, tibiae only flattened apically. Abdomen

broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 12 E, hind margin of pygo-

phore subangulately excavated, lateral lobes not

strongly prominent. Apex of female abdomen

Fig. 12 F, hind margins of first gonocoxae trans-

verse, turning anteriorly towards the midline,

triangular, Membrane and _ veins faintly interior margins not raised, apical angles of

brownish hyaline. VIIIth paratergites angulately produced.

Dimensions-

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length ............. cee eee ee tenes 5 34 1-6 49 31-35

Head) Widthy asp. gts doe e cuit ces ee Berth Meraeten nt 5 36 1-4 3-9 34-38

Antennal segment To igs eutesaaread attessaoiae 9 8 0-7 9-2 7-9

Antennal segment IT .........-.........0500- 9 13 I+] 8-4 11-15

Antennal segment III .............. 000.0000 0e 9 I] 0-9 83 9-12

Antennal segment IV ................0..00005- 9 17 1-2 7-2 15-19

Antennal segment V ......... eee ee eee 9 21 1-8 8-6 17-22

Pronotum width ..........0..000 00002020005. 5 82 65 79 73-87

Pronotum length ............... 0.0.0 eee eee 5 36 2:5 69 32-38

Total length. 0 yirt os 52d nels sich blows ho eiee Magee at 5 149 9-9 67 133-160

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 79

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Nurnber of Standard Coefficient Observexl

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length atten Soeennes SSM OSS FE 4 35 _ — 33-36

Head width ie ese cele cee eS eas 4 a7 — 35-39

Antennal segment | 6 8 — 8-9

Antennal segment. I cp ssw d A ASTER E 5 14 = _ 13-14

Antennal segment WL 2. 22 ee eee ee ee 5 il — = 10-13

Antennal segment IV ...-......-.,.- -- -- 4 18 - — 17-19

Antennal segment Vio 2. ee eee 4 32 = 21-23

Pronotum width ........., ese 4 4 — _ 76-9)

Pronotum length oo... 60. cee ee es , 4 36 _ ~ 33-40

Tota? length fe ove pa eee be ee eps 4 154 147-158

Total length;

Remarks: This species occurs in a narrow

belt in New South Wales and Victoria from near

the Queensland border to about Bendigo in

Victoria. It is very similar to wnimaculata and

easily confused with the latter but differs in the

black foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum,

the transverse band of black punctations before

the pale apex of the latter, the more angulately

incised posterior margin of the hind margin of

the pygophore, the comparatively longer third

untennal segment and its rather smaller size.

Only ten specimens ure known.

Location of types:

Holotype @ (Reg. No. [20,725), Mallaley,

New South Wales. Jan, 1959, F. E. Wilson

SAM; allotype ?, Bendigo District, Victoria,

6.X%.1928, ex J. E. Dixon collection donated Jan.

1940 NM: 3 paratypes ¢, Nollo Mountain 32

km (20 miles) north east of Rylston, New South

Wales, 12.X%1,1950, T. G. Campbell; | paratype

9, 14 km (9 miles) north east of Putty, New

South Wales, 28.X,1956, P. B, Carne ANIC;

| paratype ¢, “Calumet”, 42 km (26 miles)

north east of Binnaway, New South Wales, Noy.

1931, A. Musgrave AM; | paratype ¢, 2 para-

types ¢, Lennox Bridge, New South Wales,

28,1X,1958, M. I. Nikitin BM 1959-57,

Specimens examined, The types only. The

distribution of the known specimens has been

added to the map on Fig. 16 so that its distyibu-

tion may be compared with that of unimaculata,

Ocirrhoe unimaculata (Westward, 1837)

Figs. 14. 15 A-E, 16

Rhynchoceris unimaculata Westwood,

p. 29.

1837,

69-43 mM)

Ocirrhoe unimaculata Lethierry & Severin, 1893,

p. 180, Distant, 1900a, p. 422.

Rhynchocoris roet Westwood, 1837, p.

Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. 181,

Ocirrhoe roei Distant. 1900b, p, 815, pl, 52,

fig, 12. new synonym.

30.

Cuspicona fasctata Dallas, 1851, p. 297, pl. LO,

fig. 3.

Description:

General appearance; Green in life with an

elongate oval pinkish or yellow transverse bar

between, but not reaching, lateral angles and

posterolateral margins of pronotum. Scutellum

apically yellow. Foveae in basal angles con-

colorous; antennae and tarsi yellowish brown.

Museum specimens with the green faded to

yellowish, pink or light red, Other colours as

noted. Eyes and ocelli purplish.

Head: Appearing fairly broad and apically

rather truncate, concolorous, anteriorly flattened

and posteriorly very little raised; anteclypeus

hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins

clearly concave, Disc rugulosely punctate, Eyes

and ocelli greyish to purplish red.

Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse

sparse punctations, latter rather infuscated in

the area of the pale patch, calli glabrous.

Between lateral angles a very elongate transverse

pale pink or yellow bar not reaching lateral

angles or posterior margin. In some examples

an irregular yellow callous line just inside

unterolateral margins. Anterior margin oblique

behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind

collum, anterolateral angles represented by a

very small tooth, Anterolateral margins nearly

straight. Luteral angles behind the reflexed

margin concave, posterolateral and posterior

margins only slightly concave.

80 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

51-167

December, 1975

Ny,

| 5mm. BREeNon K, Henn)

Fig. 14. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhae unimaculata (Westwood).

Scutellum: Concolorous with evenly distri-

buted fairly dense vaguely fuscous punctations,

apex broadly yellow and impunctate. A concol-

orous foveae in each basal angle. Raised a

little anteriorly and flat in posterior half. A

faint raised medial longitudinal line present.

Lateral margins gently convex in basal half

and then converging gently to rounded apex.

Frena reaching about +4; of length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous

with regular, moderately dense punctations.

Exterior margins of coria faintly concave basally

then broadly convex to shortly rounded apical

angle, reaching about middle of abdominal

segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed.

Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle

broadly rounded. Clayus very elongate triangu-

lar. Membrane and veins hyaline, frequently

rather brownish.

Abdomen: Concolorous, infuscated on either

side of apical portion of scutellum.

Laterotergites Concolorous, densely punctate,

posterior exterior angles produced into a short,

minutely black tipped spine.

Underside: Concolorous, punctate on pro-

pleuron, base of mesopleura, hind portion of

metapleuron and abdomen, coarser laterally on

the latter. Antennal segments HI-V pale or

yellowish brown. Rostrum ventrally and_ its

apex black. Tarsi brown. In green examples

the sternites and three longitudinal lines on the

abdomen, one medial and the others midlaterally

on each side, yellow. Spiracles with their

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—i al

orifices black. Apical margin of pygophore or

in females apical margins of VI{Ith paratergites

frequently narrowly black. Many examples with

two large subquadrate pink markings on either

side of the midline, a pair each on segments

III and IV.

Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about

middie of an eye, anteriorly produced into

a blunt lobulate process. Rostral segment I

robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae;

Il compressed and arched, reaching about

middle of fore coxae, III to middle of hind

coxae and IV just onto base of abdomen. Ratio

of antennal segments (¢) 8:16:12:20:23.

Metasternal-mesosternal keels highest between

fore coxae then obliquely truncate, reaching

nearly apex of prosternum, directed to left in

posterior margin of pygophore

Phallosoma,

basal Fi

plates medial 4

penial plates

oO5mm

Pig. 15,

male abdomen,

side aspect of aedeagus.

ventral surface. of

Pygophore

Jappet”

processes

SA Uconjunctiva

Ocirrhoe unimaculata (Westwood).

B. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

D. ventral aspect of aedeagus.

ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity,

only a few spines present, tibiae only flattened

apically, Abdomen broadly U-shaped in

posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig.

15 A, hind margin of pygophore only slightly

concave and laterally not produced into

prominent lobes. Clasper Fig. 15 E, strongly

F-shaped, the upper ramus compressed and

darkly sclerotized towards its tip. Phallosoma

Figs. 15 C-D, short and honey-coloured, “lappet”

processes rather elongate, conjunctiva reflexed

downward, medial penial plates elongate in the

axis of the aedeagus, notched ventrally in lateral

view, in ventral view broad and diverging.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 15 B, hind margins

of first gonocoxae transverse and nearly truncate,

interior margins not raised; apical angles of

VIlIth paratergites angulately produced.

Posterior angle of paratergite Ti

sternum X f

f _-baratergite R

\_-hind margin

of first

aw lirst

gonocoxa

apex of conjunctiva

basal plates

A. ventral aspect of

C. lefthand

E. clasper.

82 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Dimensions—

MALES FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

1 Cte (1 0 ae a nar a 20 35 1-9 5-4 31-38

Head-widtht 4-5 etercat os det cae gy ao las tae leat 20 38 15 4-1 35-40

Antennal segment] ©... eee ee eee 37 8 0-8 9+2 7-9

Antennal segment IT... 0... eee eee 38 16 1-0 6:5 14-18

Antennal segment HE 6... ee ee pean 38 12 13 11-2 10-15

Antennal segment IV ........-.0.. 2-0 ee eee 33 20 1:1 35 17-22

Antennal segment Vio... eee ee eee 25 23 13 +6 21-25

Pronotum width ,......0.0 0.02.0 0000.0 e ease 20 92 45 49 85-98

Pronotum length .......... 002... c cece eee eee 20 38 26 67 33-43

Tota Mette thy i oe nay jc enema dee Cotes fonate tpeaf sion 20 160 8-0 50 148-172

FEMALES FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Healer eth ts ois Se Sch tea eines semen ee atase 20 37 1-8 4-8 34-40

Head wich th 3. Be cache beace tanto dachiiers sataaed atethed 20 39 15 3-8 36-42

Antennal:segment To. cs clnees bea ec ae tae 36 9 0-8 8-7 7-11

Antennal segment Il ............0-..-.222.24. 38 17 13 8-0 14-19

Antennal segment HI]... 2.2.0.2. eee eee 37 12 1:3 11-2 10-14

Antennal segment IV .. 0... 046.2624. e eee 32 19 1-0 53 17-22

Antennal segment Vo... ee eee eee 28 23 1-4 6-0 20-25

Pronotum width . 2.00.0 0.00.00 cc eee eee 20 96 5:1 54 85-109

Pronotum length ..... 0.0.0.0... 2002000 ee eee ee 20 40 4-4 11-1 26-47

Lokal 1efigte els 8S SB od ee ie abate thee 20 174 9-4 5-4 155-200

MALES FROM QUEENSLAND AND NEW SOUTH WALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Heéad lénath: 04,00 3sa ctersy etre fe ebieyeie 19 34 1-4 42 31-37

Head -Widthty: bg pects wie cle ted odie ge renege winlels 19 36 1-0 2-8 35-38

Antennal segment Eo... ec eee 32 7 0-9 12-3 6-9

Antennal segment [oo ... 2. ec ee ea cee 34 16 1:2 17 13-18

Antennal segment If] 2.2.22... eee eee 34 11 1-1 10-2 9-14

Antennal segment IV .... 22... ee eee 30 20 1-4 73 17-23

Antennal segment V ......... +22 4.24224 e eee 24 23 4 6:2 20-25

Pronotum width ......... 0.00. ce ree reer ee res 19 84 4-5 53 77-91

Pronotum length 2.2... 0.0.60. eee ee eee 19 35 2-0 5:7 32-38

Total length ~... 2.425 es4 pea eeaea pee eed tenes 19 154 10-6 6-9 137-175

FEMALES FROM QUEENSLAND AND NEW SOUTH WALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation ° Range

Variation

Head length «0.0.0.0... ccc cece eee eee eee 19 36 1-2 3-4 35-39

Head Width, wes ctarnets tears cde el dyes obs 19 38 1-5 40 36-42

Antennal segment Lo... eee eee ees 35 & 0-8 9-9 7-9

Antennal segment I]... 1. eee 36 V7 1-2 74 15-20

Antennal segment HT... 2.20... ..0250.202200. 39 11 0-9 T8 10-14

Antennal segment [IV ... 0... ..0....0.- 0000008 36 19 1-3 6-9 16-22

Antennal segment Vow... . eee ee ee 28 23 1-3 5:8 21-25

Pronotiam width .7-.4-.403begeecsedecteresee 19 92 39 42 88-99

Pronotum length .,..3.....2....-e4..e--u2- aes 19 39 2-2 5-8 36-42

Total Téngthe sos dec eges PARRA E ERO TEE: 19 172 10-4 Gl 148-190

Total length (both populations): 7-1-10-4 mm

Remarks: The type of unimaculata Westwood

is in poor condition but as it is a male and the

pygophore is intact the identity of the species

is notin doubt, The types of both roei Westwood

and fasciata Dallas are females in better condition

and belong also to this same species. The type

of roe is the largest example yet seen in the

genus,

The species is fairly easily recognised by the

pale, usually pinkish elongate-oval, transverse

patch near the hind margin of the pronotum.

Two other species have a similar pale patch on

the pronotum, notably cavenda and virescens.

From cavenda unimaculata differs in having pale

foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum, in

lacking a preapical transverse band of black

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

punctations before the apex of the scutellum and

in the hind margin of the pygophore being only

faintly concave. From virescens unimaculata

differs by lacking pale lateral margins to the

scutellum, by having the hind margin of the

pygophore only faintly excavate (triangularly

excavate in virescens) and in having the hind

margins of the female first gonocoxae transverse

(convex in virescens).

Ocirrhoe unimaculata is widely distributed

near and on the coast of Australia south of about

26°S latitude. It has been taken on the following

species of plants—Correa sp. (Muston, Kangaroo

Island), Myoporum insulare R, Br. (Coorong,

South Australia), Geijeria linearifolia (D.C.) J.

M. Black (Mannum, South Australia), Platylob-

ium sp. (Mt. Lofty, South Australia), Beyeria

leschenaulti (D.C.) Baill and Melaleuca pubscens

Schau (Hallett Cove, South Australia) and in a

formation dominated by Leucopogon parviflora

(Andr.) Lindl. and Acacia sophorae (Labill)

R.Br. (near Robe, South Australia). Specimens

have been captured in all months of the year.

@ Ocirrhoe unimaculata

A Ocirrhoe cavenda

NORT

WESTERN

TERRITORY

Populations from the southern states of Aust-

ralia and from New South Wales south of the

latitude of about Sydney are somewhat larger

than populations from northern New South Wales

and southern Queensland. The measurements

of the two populations haye been analysed

separately in the descriptive section.

Location of types:

Type ¢ of unimaculata Westwood, “New

Holland”, and type ° of roei westwood, “SR”

(= Swan River) in HOPE; type 2 of fasciata

Dallas, “New Holland”, in BM.

Specimens examined: The types and 144

specimens from 58 localities from the

following collections (numbers examined in

parentheses ):—-QU(24), QM(4), AM(11),

ANIC(19), NM(10), SAM(34), WAM(2),

STOCKHOLM(4), BRUSSELS(1), BM(11),

J. A. SLATER(1), AMNH(10), CAS(1),

BISHOP(12). As this is a common species

individual Australian and Tasmanian records

have not been listed in detail but are plotted on

Fig. 16.

HERN

QUEENSLAND

AUSTRALIA t 2 S7/se4ne AP

. j EE Os aly ete

nierwenn SOUTH AUSTRALIA ea A

| ae

tony.

‘Fuel: i NE Ww °

' \ So Leterme ts

eat gp OTH Warts ,

r t a ®

Part ingetn s ! naive a

- hn: NEL AID x SvONEY

any i j :

H ers CANBERRA ®

i Ae

Beacnpori | @ V ® }

i velo Gt O Rla Pe,

Fig. 16.

. @ bes,

SMAN,

Distribution of Ocirrhoe cayenda sp. nov. and Qcirrhoe unimaculata (Westwood).

84 REC, S. AUST. MUS.,

Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stal, 1859) nov. comb

Figs. 17, 19 A-B.

Cuspicona prasinata Stal, 1859, p. 231; 1876,

p. 103, Lethierry and Severin, 1893, p. 180.

Description:

General appearance; Museum specimens

greenish-yellow or yellow, in fresher specimens

apex of third and fourth and most of fifth anten-

nal segments reddish. Eyes and ocelli greyish.

Foveae in basal angles of scutellum concolorous

or greyish.

Head: Appearing moderately elongate, con-

colorous, triangular, anteriorly flattened and

posteriorly a little raised; anteclypeus slightly

surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins clearly

concave. Disc rugulosely punctate. Eyes and

ocelli greyish or reddish-grey.

Pronotum: Concolorous with fine dense con-

colorous or slightly infuscated punctations, calli

glabrous. A faint trace of a medial longitudinal

line. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and

E, B

Bie ee

ve ey een

ee Be . CES.

BRENoR K. Head Z

-—_____ mm. ——————

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero-

lateral angles prominent as a_ small tooth.

Anterolateral margins straight or slightly convex.

Lateral angles behind the reflexed margin shortly

truncate, posterolateral and posterior margins

only slightly concave, posterior margin slightly

concave,

Scutellum: Concolorous with fine dense con-

colorous or slightly infuscated punctations, an

almost concolorous fovea in each basal angle,

Raised very little anteriorly and flat posteriorly.

Lateral margins gently convex in basal 4/7 and

then converging gently to broadly rounded apex.

Frena reaching about 4/7 of length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous_ parts concolorous

with fine dense concolorous or slightly infuscated

punctations. Exterior margins of coria faintly

concaye basally and then faintly convex to nearly

rectangular apical angle, reaching about middle

of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly

exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight,

inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus very elon-

gate triangular.

Membrane and veins hyaline.

Fig. 17. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stil).

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I #5

Abdomen: Concolorous, some dorsal portions

of pygophore pinkish,

Lateratergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc-

tate exteriorly, posterior exterior angles produced

into a short, minutely black tipped spine.

Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate

except on head, margin of propleuron, evapora-

tive areas and legs. Apex of third and fourth

and most of fifth antennal segments reddish or

orange, Rostrum ventrally and its extreme apex

black. Spiracles concolorous or faintly infus-

cated.

Bucculae high and moderately sinuated, reach-

ing about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced

into a rather triangular lobulate process. Ros-

trol segment I robust, reaching nearly to base of

Dimensions—

bucculue, Il compressed and arched and reaching

middle of fore coxae, IT to middle of hind coxae

and IV to about middle of ventrite III. Ratio

of antennal segments (2) 9: 15; 12; 21: 25,

Metasternal-mesosternal keels depressed a Jittle

anteriorly, nearly reaching apex of prosternum,

anteriorly rounded and directed to left in ventral

view. Legs normal with sparse pilosity, tibtac

only flattened apically. Abdomen broadly U-

shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen

Fig. 19 A, hind margin of pygophore laterally pro-

duced into a reflexed lobe on either side, between

these deeply excavate this excavation with a

smaller excavation on midline, Apex of female

abdomen Fig. 19 B, hind margins of first gono-

coxae transverse and nearly truncate, interior

margins not raised,

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation o Range

Variation

Head length .: acca seen es (een ween ee eee 8 35 21 6:0 30-37

Head Width eet, usc Carobipec ds Fiieee) et bootie 9 37 0-9 24 36-39

Antennal segmeént 0 cc ciy ee iy eer te ce ene: 15 9 0-5 S54 9-10

Antennal segment Wow. ee ccc per eee 17 15 1) f7 13-16

Antennal segment HE 2.0 22. ee cee eee ee 17 12 1-3 10°7 1-15

Antennal segment IV 22.20... eee ce eee 14 21 1-4 TO 19-24

Antennal segment Vio -2 oe ee eee 9 25 23 9-0 23-29

Pronotum width »,..0.-.--0--0-¢2--- +2 eee 9 92 1-9 20 90-95

Pronotum length ...,.... 52,2000 podel bed Armetele! g 7] 38 13 33 37-40

Wotal length ancncts ceee aye wetenypmeres eed eteien 9 171 49 2-9 165-180

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation aft Range

Variation

Head length ......00..002. 2c cee ci ee et ence 13 35 0-9 2-§ 33-36

Bega Width. yhoo ee coset bee es ese 13 38 Il 30 37-40

Antennal segment Lo... 2-2 2-22 ee es '6 9 1) 10:1 8-10

Antennal segment Io. yee ee ee eee 19 15 1-3 9-0 11-17

Antennal segment To... p cee eee een 19 12 13 10-7 1-15

Antennal segment IV 222 22 ec ee eens 13 20 18 9:2 17-24

Antennal segment V 13 23 24 10-3 21-29

Pronotum width . 0.0.02. 0.00. eu ce cee eee eee 14 93 50 5-4 85-103

Pronotum length .,..0 2... 2-2-2. 22 ee ee eee 13 39 23 6:0 35-43

Total length cif oes cae elenes ofsa475 CaF (3 169 88 52 155-181

Total length: 81-94 mm

Remarks: This species is very easily confused

with Cuspicona privata Walker on a macroscopic

examination, It appears to be a true Ocirrhoe

on the following features:—the antennae are

more robust than in Cuspicona specics, the

anterolateral margins of the pronotum are

reflexed and this reflexed area continues for a

short distance onto the lateral angle and the hind

margins of the first gonocoxae of the female are

transverse und also truncated, a feature which

occurs commonly in Qeirrhee but only in

Cuspicona in the long-headed intacta group

which QO. prasinata does not resemble, O,

prasinata has much less flattened tibiae than

some of its congeners whereas C. privata has

more flattened tibiae than other species of

Cuspicona. It is in the area of these two species

(O. prasinata and C. privafa) that the two

genera become rather close to each other and it

is likely the point where the two genera diverged,

whether one arose out of the other or both

diverged from a common ancestor must remain

unanswered.

Within Ocirrhoe itself prasinata appears to be

related most closely to cerenata by virtue of the

rather similar posterior margin of the pygophore

6 REC S. AUST

of the male, the two strong lobes, one either

side of the midline, in corenata are reduced to

unly slightly prominent lobes in prayfnata.

C. presinata occurs near the eastern and

southern coasts of the Australian mainland froin

southern Queensland to about the Mt, Lofty

Ranges and Kangaroo Island in South Australia,

The high coefficients of variation noted for

the lengths of the antennal segments seem to be

due to a progressive shortening of their length

as one progresses from Queensland to South Aus-

tralian examples and does not appear to indicate

a specific difference.

Location of types:

Typus 4, allotypus 2 ,

“Sidney, Kinbh.” (for

STOCKHOLM.

Specimens examined: The types and Queens-

land Id, 19, Tibrogargan Creek, 4,1X%,1953, on

Leptospermum, T. E. Woodward UQ; 1°,

Springbrook, 12.X%.1959, A. N. Burns; 1 3,

Burleigh, 16,1%.1960, A. N, Burns NM. A.C,T.

34,39. (29? Luke Windemere), Jervis Bay,

18-19.1TX.195S1, T. G. Campbell ANIC. Vic-

toria | 2, Mallacoota, 23.X1,1965, A, Neboiss,

| 2, locality and date illegible, donated by F, P.

Spry 5.X.1922 NM. South Australia | ?, Tea-

tree Gully, 16,X1,1954. R, V. Southcott; 29,

E.$.1, 833, Belair, 10,X,1952.G, F, Gross; | 2,

E.S.1. 594, Belair, 11.1.1953, G. F. Gross; I,

Belair National Park, 20.X.1965. by sweeping,

B. &, Hubbard and A. N, McFarland: 19,

Kangaroo Island, A. M. Lea: 14, Kangaroo

Island, Oet, 1924; 12, 16 km (LO miles) west

vf Vivenne Bay, 12.X.1966, by beating, A. N,

McFarland and M. Pate SAM: 24% without

further locality AMNH. Unilocalsed 12 AM,

paratype 2 ,

“Sydney,

piiratype

Kinberg”),

Ocirrhoe coronata sp. nov.

Figs. 18, 19 C-D,

Description:

General appearance: Museum specimens

yellow; second, third and fourth antennal seg-

ments reddish, fifth black medially and narrowly

reddish at base and apex. Eyes and ocelli

reddish-grey, Fovea in basal angles of scutellum

concolorous.

Head; Appearing moderately elongate. con-

colorous, triangular, anteriorly flattened and

posteriorly a little raised, apex of anteclypeus

in same curve us apices of juga; lateral margins

clearly concave. Dise coarsely and rugalosely

MUS,, 17 (6):

51-167 Decenther, 1975

punctate, Eyes and ocelli reddish or reddish-

grey.

Pronetim: Concolorous with rather coarse

vaguely infuscated punctations, calli glabrous.

Lateral margins tending orange, No trace of a

median longitudinal line, Anterior margin

oblique behind eyes and semicircularly excavate

behind collum, anterolateral angles prominent as

a fine tooth. Anterolateral margins straight.

Lateral angles behind the termination of the

reflexed anterolateral margins shortly truncate,

posterolateral and posterior margins only slightly

concave.

Seutellum: Concolorous with coarse dense

slightly infuscated punctations and concolorous

fovea in cach basal angle. Raised very litile

anteriorly und flat posteriorly, Lateral margins

gently convex in basal half and then broadly

rounded and converging to sublanceolate apex,

Frena reaching about half length.

Hemelyrras = Coridceous parts concolorous

with fine not very dense slightly infuscated pune-

tations. Exterior margins of coria faintly con-

cave basally then obtuse angled and then straight

und converging to shortly rounded apical ungle,

reaching ubout middle of segment V1, lateroter-

vites very broadly exposed. Posterior margin

of corium rather rounded, inner angle broadly

rounded. Clavus yery elongate triangular. Mem-

brane and veins fumose hyaline (holotype) or

hyaline (allotype and paratype).

Abdomen:

of pygophore.

Reddish interiorly and on dorsum

Luterorergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc-

tute exteriorly, hind and inner margins of seventh

reddish. Posterior exterior angles produced into

a short spine which is minutely black tipped.

Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate

only on propleura, towards base of mesopleura.

hind portion of metapleura, laterally on abdomen

und very sparsely on ventral surface of pygo-

phore. First antennal segment concoloraus,

second, third, fourth and base and apex of fifth

reddish, rest of fifth black. Rostrum yentrally

and its extreme upex black, Spiracles con-

colorous.

Bueculae high and moderately sinuated,

reaching to about anterior margin of an eye,

unteriorly produced into a subtriangular lobulate

process. Rostral segment | robust, reaching

neurly to base of bucculac, IL compressed and

slightly arched and reachitig about tniddle of fore

coxae, Ul to anterior part of mid coxae, and

IV to posterior part of hind coxae, Metusternal-

mesosternal keel rather raised anteriorly and

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA

Was

cent

AND ADJACENT AREAS—I a7

Ae!

4 ‘a ia Mel

a Sheet a Geen

OR a

Rae aS An ar

Brenor K. HEAD

{_______5 mm, —————

Fig, 18.

forward of this obliquely truncate, reaching apex

of prosternum, directed to left in ventral view.

Legs normal with sparse pilosity, Ubiae not very

flattened. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in pos-

terior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 19 C.

hind margin of pygophore laterally produced into

a reflexed lobe on either side, between these

excavate, this excavation with a broad tooth on

either side of the midline, between the latter

notched. Female Fig. 19 C, posterior margins of

first gonocoxae transverse, medially slightly con-

cave; posterior angles of eighth laterotergites

sharply angulated. Dimensions (holotype):

Head length 40; head width 42; antennal segment

IT 10, 10; antennal segment Il 20, 19; antennal

segment IIf 15, 15; antennal segment IV 26,

25; antennal segment V 29, 28; pronotum width

102; pronotum length 44; total length 185;

(allotype) head length 42; head width 42;

antennal segment I 9, 9; antennal segment II 21,

Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe coronata sp. nov.

22; antennal segment [I] 17, 17; antennal seg-

ment 1V 25, 25; antennal segment V 28, —;

pronotum width 102; pronotum length 44; total

length 192.

Total length: 9+0-9°6 mm,

Remarks: This species appears to have only

one close relative in the genus, namely prasinata

(Stal) which it resembles in the shape of the

posterior margin of the pygophore. The three

known specimens come from two fairly widely

separated localities.

Location of types:

Holotype 3 (Reg. No. T7215), Iron Range,

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 26.V.-2.VI.

1971, B.K. Cantrell QM; allotype 2, Mt. Tozer,

Iron Range, North Queensland, 20.1V.-1.V.1973,

G. Monteith UQ; paratype ¢, Finke River,

Central Australia, Dr, H. Basedow SAM,

Specimens examined: The types only.

88 REC. 8. AUST. MUS.,

posterior margin

of pygophore

ay |

ventral Surface of

/ pygophore

Fig. 19. Qeirrlioae prasinata

Ocirrhae virescens (Westwood ).

view of male abdomen.

Ocirrhoe coronata,

view of female abdomen.

of male abdomen. F,

Virescens Group

This group contains only the one species,

Ocirrhoe virescens (Westwood), which is. res-

tricted to Queensland. The group characteristics

are:—more elongate than other species of

Ocirrhoe (pronotum width: total length almost

1:2); rostrum long reaching onto, or almost

onto ventrite V; tibiae flattened only apically;

and in virescens the hind margins of the first

gonocoxae of the female arcuately convex; head

not marked with black punctations; antennae

not apically infuscated and foveae in basal angles

of scutzllum concolorous.

There is a close resemblance to O. unimaculata

in the pale transverse bar on the hind portion of

the pronotum and the large red maculae on either

side on ventrites II and 1¥. Like wnimaculata

and other species in the unimaculata group the

tibiae are only slightly flattened.

(Stal),

A-B. Qcirrhoe prasinata.

B. ventral view of female abdomen.

C. ventral view of male abdomen.

E-F. Ocirrlioe virescens,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

sternum ik Posterior angle of paratergite Wi

Y Shind margin

of first

gonocaxa

first gonoooxa

‘

Ocirrhoe coronata sp. Toy.

A. ventral

C-D.

D. ventral

EF, ventral yiew

ventral view of female abdomen.

Ocirrhoe virescens (Westwood, 1837)

Figs, 19 E-F, 20

Rhaphigaster virescens Westwood, 1837, p. 31.

Ocirrhoe? virescens Distant, 1900b, p. 815, pl.

53 fig. 7.

Description:

General appearance: In life green with a

broad transverse bar on the hind portion of

scutellum, lateral margin and apex of scutellum

bright yellow or orange-yellow. In older museum

specimens yellow or yellowish-brown with the

transverse bar on the scutellum and the scutellar

margins and apex paler or more orange. First

segment of antennae concolorous, rest brown or

reddish-brown. Eyes and ocelli reddish-grey or

black. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum con-

colorous.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS

Head: Appearing strongly elongate triangular

but actually about as wide across eyes as long.

Concolorous, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly

raised, apex of anteclypeus in same curve as

apices of juga; lateral margins only slightly con-

cave. Disc coarsely but not unduly densely

punctate, some transverse rugulosities. Eyes and

ocelli reddish-grey to black.

Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse

evenly spaced punctations, latter tending fuscous

posteriorly. Calii concolorous but glabrous.

Between lateral angles and reaching almost to

hind margins an elongate trapeziform transverse

yellow or orange-yellow bar not reaching lateral

angles or posterolateral margins. Anterior mar-

gin oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly

excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles rep-

resented by a small toothed spine. Anterolateral

margins straight. Lateral angles behind termina-

tion of reflexed anterolateral margins shortly

truncate, posterolateral and posterior margins

only slightly concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous medianly in basal half

but along lateral margins and tip broadly yellow

if 8Y

or orange-yellow; with coarse fairly evenly spaced

concolorous or fuscous punctations. Fovyeae in

basal angles concolorous. Raised anteriorly and

flat posteriorly. Rather elongate, lateral margins

only slightly convex in basal +; and then chang-

ing direction and faintly convex to sublanceo-

late apex which is slightly reflexed either side

of midline. Frena reaching about 4; length.

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous but

inner angle of corium infuscated with black.

Punctations evenly distributed except just inside

of apical portion of medial fracture where there

is a narrow glabrous area. Exterior margins

of coria faintly concaye basally and then broadly

convex to very shortly rounded apical angle,

reaching about middle of segment VI, lateroter-

gites narrowly exposed. Posterior margin of cor-

ium nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded.

Clavus very elongate triangular. Membrane and

veins hyaline.

exteriorly and

Abdomen: Concolorous

broadly reddish behind scutellum, dorsum of

pygophore also reddish.

~"Brenon K, Heac

|_____5mm.

Fig. 20,

Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhve virescens (Westwood).

90 REC, 8S, AUST, MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Laterotergites: Concolorous and coarsely and

densely punctate. Posterior exterior angles pro-

duced into a short black-tipped spine.

Underside. Concolorous, coarsely punctate

only on propleura, ventrally on mesopleura and

posteriorly on metapleura. First antennal seg-

ment concolorous, remaining segments brownish

tending reddish-brown towards apex, Rostrum

ventrally and tip black. Abdomen medially with

pyogophore broadly pale, a quadrate reddish

patch just laterally of midline on either side on

segments III and IV, not in contact with either

fore or hind margins of these segments. Tarsi

brown. Spiracles concolorous,

Bucculae low and moderately sinuated, reach-

ing to about middle of eye, anteriorly produced

into a subtriangularly lobulate process. Rostral

segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae,

I] compressed, arched and reaching onto meso-

December, (975

sternum, [II to past hind coxae and 1V onto

ventrite V, Ratio of antennal segments ( 4 ) 9;

19; 14; 23: 25. Metasternal-mesosternal keels

highest just behind fore coxae, forward of this

obliquely and truncately directed downwards then

anteriorly shortly rounded, not reaching apex of

prosternum, directed to left in ventral view. Legs

normal without pilosity, only the normal bristles,

tibiae only slightly flattened apically. Abdomen

broadly U- or V-shaped in posterior view, Apex

of male abdomen Fig, 19 E, hind margin of pygo-

phore laterally produced into a prominent lobe

on each side whose external margin is conyex,

between the lobes a strong V-shaped incision,

on the ventral surface slightly in front of this

a V-shaped ridge. Apex of female abdomen

Fig, 19 F, hnd margins of first gonocoxae

strongly arcuately convex, inner margins slightly

raised, angles of VIIIth paratergites distinctly

acute,

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length veruviiys cattereartesetenevbpanes 10 35 Il 30 34-37

Flead Width oe aac et ketenes 10 37 0-7 18 36-38

Antennal segment boo, . 6. eevee eee eee eee ee 19 9 0-8 10-0 7-10

Antennal segment Wo. oo. eee eee cane 18 19 1:2 61 16-21

Antennal segment [ll ............-..-.. ew do 18 14 0-9 6-7 12-15

Antennal segment IV .-.--.-....-.-..----..--- 14 23 13 5-9 20-25

Antennal segment V __..-,-.....,-..-.------ 13 25 13 352 23-27

Pronotum width ,..........2ce cee u ee eee eee 10 86 32 3-7 81-90

Pronoturty Weng tacr'st- eee sindte states sett . 10 36 1-2 33 33-37

Total lengt iu atscreode eos OA 10 164 49 30 155-170.

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Flea littgtlt ns etait ea Ee ae 16 38 2-4 6S 35-43

AREY ce ee i eee tee geet h feat ee teal anette 16 39 2:3 5:9 33-43

Antennal segment 1-2... 2. eee ee ee ee e 27 9 0-7 7:2 8-10

Antennal segment IL ..,.,... bA Ween asnesetab'e 26 21 1:7 8-2 18-25

Antennal segment If} ....,.....,-.. thee pans 26 15 25 16:5 12-21

Antennal segment IV .......2..2..0 5. 44222-- 23 25 2-0 8-2 23-29

Antennal segment V 2... 22-2. .-2.2. 022.000. 19 26 1-7 63 23-29

Pronotum Width ...........2...-2405- eo 16 96 5-0 5:2 88-106

Pronotum length ,.. 22-2... ..-----.--,--:0--5- 16 40 27 67 36-46

Fotal Teeth 2.54. icce-s cay eses epne tae ety. 16 187 12:6 67 169-220

Total length: 8-1-t1-5 mm

Remarks: This species appears not to have

any close relatives in Ocirrhoe. It is more elon-

gate than the other species in the genus and the

convex arcuate outline of the female gonocoxae

and the long rostrum are unique in the genus,

In other features such as the relatively sparse

punctation and the reflexed anterolateral margin

of the pronotum which continues partly onto the

lateral angle it is similar to most other species

of Ocirrhae, The tibiae are only flattened

apically but this is a characteristic also of the

unimaculata group.

Ocirrhoe virescens is only known from eastern

Queensland, specimens from Cape York Penin-

sula are larger and have proportionately longer

antennae than those from southern Queensland.

Location of type:

Type (sex unknown as abdomen missing) of

virescens Westwood, “New Holland”, HOPE.

RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP TN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I uy

Specimens examined: The type and Queens-

land 1°, Brisbane, 28.X,1913, H. Hacker; 12.

Brisbane. 15.11.1916. H. Hacker: | 4, Brisbane,

1X1.1929, A. A. Girault OM; 19. Brisbane,

16.1V.1956, H, J. Lavery; 34, 1 2, Caloundra,

21.11.1972. G. B. Monteith; 24, Currumundi

Lakes, Caloundra, 30.1X.1972, G. B. & SR.

Monteith; | ¢, Dunwich, 12,1V.1952, J. Davis;

1¢, Dunwich, 11,1V,1965, K. L. Lehmann, 1 4,

39, Dunwich, Stradbroke Island, 21-22,111,

1970, G. B, Monteith; 1%, Stradbroke Island,

4.11L1971, G. B. Monteith: 19°, Cleveland,

25, VIIL1965, P. Safhgna; 1¢%, Tibrogargan

Creek, 10,.0X.1957, F. A. Perkins; 1°. [ron

Runge, Cape York Penitisula, 11-17,V,1968, G.

Monteith; 1 ?, F. W. Lake, 16 km (10 miles)

north of Rocky River via Coen, 17.X01.1964,

G. Monteith; 42%, Telegraph Line Crossing,

Jardine River, Cape York, 15-17-V1.1969, G.

Monteith UQ; 3% 2. Stradbroke Island, 27,1%.

1906 & 3.X.1908, ex W. W, Froggatt collection

ANIC; 1¢, Cairns, 23.I-1_1f.1964, J, Sedlacek

BISHOP.

Cuspicona Dallas, 1851

Cuspicona Dallas, 1851, p. 296. Stal, 1867, p.

521; 1876, p. 102. Lethierry & Severin,

1893, p. 180. Kirkaldy, 1909, p. xxxl,

Type species: Rhynchocoris thoracica Westwood,

selected by Kirkaldy, 1909,

Description:

General appearance: Species usually greenish

in life, tarely yellow brown or orange; in museum

collections usually brown, orange or yellow.

Strongly punctate above, Small to moderate

sized, rather oval; anterolateral margins of pro-

notum nearly straight and diverging posteriorly

with lateral angles acute. obtuse, or rounded) or

anterolateral margins of pronotum nearly straight

and diverging posteriorly with lateral angles

produced into a blunt tooth: or anterolateral mar-

gins of pronotum: straight anteriorly but pos-

teriorly angling out to form in combination with

the lateral angles a prominent laterally directed

spine, Head and anterior part of pronotum

inclined at an angle of about 30-45" to rest of

body.

Head: Appearing elongate or not, in some

species rather quadrate, in others strongly tri-

angular but on measurement wider across eyes

than long. Dise flattened or rather convex;

lateral margins nearly straight though diverging

posteriorly, or rather sinuate; apex rounded or

rather acuminate, apices of juga and anteclypeus

at about same level, Eyes rather triangular and

touching anterior margin of pronotum, ocelli

conspicuous and placed nearer to inner margin

of eyes than to centre line of head but on level

of, or behind level of, hind margins of eyes.

Antennifers short, antennae five segmented, first

segment thicker tban second and third, fourth

and fifth same thickness as second and third or

thicker, antennae not very long.

Pronotum: At least twice as wide across

lateral angles as long, anterior margin truncate

or concave behind eyes, then excavate behind

collum, anterolateral angles not prominent or

produced only into u minule spine or ridge.

Anterolateral margins straight or very slightly

concave in most species and diverging posteriorly

but in some species about two thirds of the way

back directed directly outwards to form with the

fused Juterul angles a prominent outwardly (and

sometimes upwardly directed) spine; in species

with straight or nearly straight anterolateral mar-

gins lateral angles spinous, acute, obtuse or trun-

cate. Posterolateral margins usually concave,

sometimes almost straight. Posterior angles

obtuse, acute, or lobulately produced, posterior

margin concave or nearly straight. Disc behind

lateral angles in same plane as hind body. before

level of lateral angles inclined downwards at

about 30-45",

Scutellam: ‘Triangular, anteriorly not or only

slightly raised, lateral margins somewhat con-

cave medially, apex broadly rounded or acutely

rounded. Frena extending about half to two

thirds of length from base to apex.

Hemelytra- Coriaceous parts normally thick-

ened, Corium with lateral margin concave bas-

ally or not, then broadly concave to acute or

truncate apex, posterior margin straight or con-

vex, Clavus narrow and strongly triangular,

Membrane usually hyaline with veins substantt

ally parallel apically.

Abdomen; Gently convex above, excavilte

apically in males and faintly so in females.

Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with a

short acute spine on posterior exterior angle or

this angle unarmed,

Underside: Head obtusely triangular in lateral

view, Bucculae mostly Jobulately produced

anteriorly and then sinuate or straight, reaching

to about middle of eyes; deeply sulcate between

bucculue. Rostrum four segmented, first segment

rabust and generally reaching to at least base of

bucculae, second segment frequently arched; rost-

rum reaching base of abdomen, sometimes as far

as apex of fourth ventrite, Meso- and metasterna

92 REC

with a robust keel projecting over whole pro-

sternum or only over posterior portion of pro-

sternum, latter broadly suleate under or behind

this keel. Legs normal, tibiae only flattened

apically, Abdominal venter faintly V- or U-

shaped in cross section as viewed from behind,

third segment medially raised into a short tri-

angular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex

fitting into a notch in the metasternal keel,

Seventh ventrite in males shallowly excavated

posteriorly and deeply excised in feinales. Pygo-

phore with lateral portion of posterior margin

produced or not, with posterior yentral margin

deeply excised or not, with ar without a small

process. Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly

sclerotized, conjunctiva produced forward usually

into a pair of anterior processes, ventrally a pair

of ventrally directed parallel bi-lobed median

penial plates, Clasper strongly F-shaped, in one

case Y-shaped. Female external genitalia flat

or slightly convex,

General Remarks: Species placed in this genus

haye quite a varied appearance, some are strongly

spined laterally on the pronotum, others have the

pronotal lateral angles acute, obtuse or even

truncate. Members of the genus can be con-

fused with Parocirrhoe and Avicenna species but

in these latter genera the posterior angles of the

seventh laterotergites are strongly and angulately

produced,

The shape of the posterior margin of the male

pygophore varies considerably but is constant in

each species and is a good character state. to help

distinguish species. The claspers are mostly

rather F-shaped and in general related species

have a similar shape, The uedeagus of the male

also yaries quite considerably but the “lappet’’

processes and the rather inverted Y-shaped

ventrally directed mediul penial plates of the

“Rhynchocoris" group are present and typical

in all species examined except C. voldeae sp, nay.

Where the “lappet” processes are tubular and

the medial penial plates lack the ventral con-

cavity along their margin.

The female genitalia are not very distinctive

except al the level of species group where the

members of each group tend to show similur

features in regards to the hind margin of the first

gonocoxae.

I have divided the genus into three recog-

nisable groups of species with one transitional

group to handle two species apparently not very

clasely related to each other and which do not

fit into any of the other three more characteris-

able groups. It is not unlikely that each of the

8S. AUST. MUS.,

17 (6@)) S1-[67 Deveniber, 1975

groups ought each to represent a separate

subgenus of Cuspicena or even separate genera,

It is premature, I consider, at this stage to do this

until more “edeagi have been examined which

requires a lot more material to be collected so

that sutticient males can be spared for

dissection, If the groups are later recognised

as genera then the fheracica group will be

Cuspicona sensu stricto and the other groupings

new genera,

A short outline of the features of ¢ach group

iS given in the text before the treatment of the

series of species which I have placed in each.

Some species formerly in Cuspicona have been,

or will be, shifted to other genera and these

changes in generic placement will be listed at

the end of the second (and last) paper pro-

posed on this revision of members of the

“Rhynchocoris’ Group from Australia and

nearby island ureas,

Key lo Cuspicetia species

1. (0) Lateral angles of pronotum produced, either as

a longish spine like procesy of acutely

produced into an incipient spine like pro-

cess; if the latter and doubtful then the

scutellum unicolorous .. 2... 4. 2

Literal angles of the pronotum obtuse or very

shorlly rounded, not produced into -an

obvious spine or conspicuously acute 19

2. (1) Lateral angles of the pronotum produced into

a substantial ahd outwardly directed spine

Lateral angles of the pronotum acute or pro-

duced only into an incipient spine .. 17

3. (2) Yellowish or greenish (in life) above; the only

other markings may be pink or red tips

lo the spinous lateral angles of the pre-

notum, this pink may be produced

anteriorly a little along the anterolateral

margin of the pronotum and the anterior

part of the exteriar margin of (he corium,

some specimens also haye a few black

plinctations near the lateral angles of the

pronotum ,. aye ite ue ee wo hl 4

Vuriously coloured above but nearly always

with the scutellum variously marked or

the tips of the spinous Jateral angles ot

the provotum blackish; frequently black

punctations on hind portion of pronolum

4.(3) A short line made up of several rows of black

punetations On the anterolateral margins

of the pronotun in front of the produced

lateral angles (visible in part ventrally

also) and more black punctulions on the

epipleura ., L) eXtigraspersa sp. Nov.

Black punctations absent from. dorsal surface

5, (4)

6. (5)

7.(5)

8.3)

9, (8)

RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I ae)

Produced lateral angles of pronotum apically

distinetly reddish .. -. .. 0. 2. 0.) 4

Produced lateral angles of the pronotum con-

colorous, if reddish or pinkish then very

pale and only at extreme apices. ., 7

Produced lateral angles of pronotum produced

nore than their width at base (as deter-

mined ut the point where the outer margin

of the corium terminates anteriorly)

rufispina Stil (Phillipines) and allies

Produced jateral angles of the pronotum not

produced more than their width (as

measured above) but shorter

forticorniy Breddin

Smaller, lateral spines a litthe more acute, pygo-

phore of male with hind margin reflexed

as u vertical septum; hind margin of first

gonocoxae of female strongly and rather

trapezoidally produced posteriorly in its

inner half .. heacaledoniae sp. nov.

A little larger, spines not quite so acute: pygo-

phore of male with posterior ventral pnar-

gin not produced as a vertical septum but

obliquely prodtced only medially and near

outer edges with two black fJobes; hind

margin of first gonocoxae produced pos-

teriorly but lobulately so

proxima Walker!

Pronolum anteriorly with two short longitudinal

lines of coarse punctutions, one on cither

side of the midline and beginning at the

anterior margin ,. ,, equisignuta sp. nov.

Pronotum anteriorly without two short longt+

tudinal lines of coarse punctations . ,. 9

On pronotum between the strongly black punct-

ate und produced lateral angles a con-

spicuous or dense transverse band of black

pinetations, seven or eight punctations

widews $b 344% as of g: eo: rt ga WO

Disc of pronotum not traversed posteriorly by

a conspicuous wide band of dense black

punctations though there may be some

scattered black punetations, or a patch of

black punctations, or a Faint band, in this

T@RIOM 0. cee pce eee ma ree uly Da

10, (9) Males with the head coarsely black punctate,

sometimes almost wholly or with only a

conspicuous patch of black punctations at

the base of the head above; black puncta-

tions on the scutellum restricted to the

apical third und arranged as a triangular

patch on either side of the midline, Th

Head with only fine black punclations or no

black punctations; black punctations on

apical half of scutellum concentrated later-

ally or more evenly spread over apical

PEM) ao de fae #Y Ge ot eg op 12

11.(10) Black punctations on head restricted to about

— 2 Cample Walker tran Waigiu and adjacent .

distinguished by ite very much Jofger postriey and sparser pronotal punctation,

basal third in both sexes and absent from

lateral marains; black punctations on seu-

(ellum reaching very near to apex; pygo-

phore of male with posterior margin

smoothly convex exteriorly grading into

smoothly concaye medially

apothoracicd sp, nov,

Black punctations covering most of dorsal sur-

face of head in males, restricted usually to

basal third in females but lateral margins

black punctate; black punctations on scutel-

Jum ceusing Well before apex; pygophote

of male with posterior margin laterally

rather truncate or even slightly concave,

medially broadly concave but separated

trom Jaleral portions by a sharp angle

theracica (Westwood )

12. (10) Black transverse punctate band on pronotum

rather broad and ditfuse; lateral spines

on pronotum short in relationship to their

basal width (15;15); underside of abdomen

not laterally broadly green and medially

Ititeous in dite -, phi sp. nov. (in part)

Black transverse punctate band on pronotum

narrower and intense; lateral spines on

pronotum longer than their basal width

or not; underside of abdomen broadly

ercen laterally and ventrally luteous in

fife sn ge 24 shaded. ps ee G- 19

13. (12) Lateral spines on pronotum short in relation

to their basal width (20:15) and about

game length as posterolateral margins of

pronotum; black transyerse band on pro-

notum rather thin and medially sending

a longitudinal branch several punctations

wide towards apex; black plinctations in

apical third of scutellum fairly evenly dis-

tributed .. .. -. ungustizana sp. Novy

Lateral spines on propotum longer in relation

to their basal width (25-30:15) and longer

than posterolateral margins; posterior (rans-

verse band of black punctations not send-

ing forward a medial branch: black

punctations in apical third of scutellim

tending to be concentrated in a V

longispina sp, mov.

14. (9) Posterior angles of laterotergites IN-VI black:

lateral spines of pronotum not long in

relation to their basal width; a medial

broad longitudinal pale callus in anterior

portion of pronotum: underside of pro-

notal spines punctate only apically; apical

siath of scutellum impunetate; abdomen

apparently unicolorous below

procallasa sp. nov.

Posterior angles of laterotergites IU-VI not

black, VIT black tipped; if a medial longi-

tudinal callus present anteriorly on pro-

notum then lateral spines strongly punctate

beneath their whole length and punetations

extending on to propleuron; apical sixth

of scutelliim punetate or not. -. .. 15

15. (14) Abdomen luterally broadly green in lite:

ventrally broadly luteous .. 2, .- .. 16

Abdomen apparently unicolourous below, or

with small red maculations

phi sp. nov (in part)

wreus ie not included dm this key but would run comb owith ©. grax Crom which it is

o4+ REC. 8 AUST. MUS,,

16,(15) Lateral spines of provotum Jong in relation

to their basal width (32:17), and equal to

length of posterolateral margins (17:17);

scutellum with dark punctations in apical

sixth ... eygniterrde sp. HOV,

Later! spines of pronotum shorler in rela-

tion to their basal length (20-25:15-17)

and Jonger than posterolateral margins

(20-25;20); scutellim mainly glahrous in

apical sixth , , - Strenuella Walker

17. (2) Suture on either side of anteclypeus blackish

i posterior hall and base of head some-

what clouded with dark punetations, some-

times basal region of pronotum also; lateral

angles and some of anterolateral margin

of pronotum pinkish ehesula sp. nov.

Not marked as ubove -. 2, 5. 2... .. U8

18. (17) Hind margin of pronotum strongly concave;

anterolateral margins of pronetim black

just before lateral angles; disc of head

rather raised and head appearing com-

paratively long. ,. .. cee@peri sp. nov.

Hind margin of pronotum truncate or only

feebly concave; anterolateral margins of

pronotum not black; head Mat dorsally and

not appearing tnduly long

stoiplex Walker

19.(1) Largish, hind portion of pronotum with 4

prominent transverse fairly broad pink or

red stripe between the laleral angles; outer

margins of corium pink or red

carnedla Van Duzee

Smaller, pronotum not marked as ubove, if a

reddish or pinkish transverse stripe present

then thin ahd very sinuous, or very pale

and diffuse 2. 6) 0. cot ca ee ee) 20

20. (19) Head strongly iriangular and apices of juga

acute, sloping back obliquely, though

slightly concavely, to eyes ,. .- .. .. 23

Head not so strongly triangular and apices of

juga oblique or rounded but distinet from

lateral margins .. 2... ee ue we. DT

21, (20) Lateral angles of pronotum rectangularly or

obliquely ucule, not broadly rounded; tibiae

not sulcate or strongly flattened ., ,, 22

Lateral angles of pronotum rounded; fore and

middie tibiae flaitened towards upices

privata’ Walker

22. (21) Apex of abdomen beneath infuscated, at

least in males; second and third antennal

segments subequal, fifth about 6 per eent

longer than fourth. nerfeleensis sp, nov,

Apex of abdomen beneath not infuseated, at

least in females; second antennal sexment

about 25 per cent longer thon third and

fifth about 20 per cent longer than fourth

cheesmande Sp. nov,

23, (20) Dorsal surface muculated with bluck; ground

colour in museum specimens yellowish or

orange; hind margin of male pygophore

medially smoothly concayely excavate,

laterally broadly convex .. intacta Walker

17 (8). Si-J67 Deceniber, 1975

Dorsal surface not maculated with black; hind

margin of male genitalia trapeziformly

excavate medially or with a prominent

tooth on either side of the middle .. 24

24. (23) Pygophore with apical margin deeply exca-

vate medially, this excavation bordered

on each side by a conspicuaus tooth:

exterior to this convexly rounded; first

gonocoxae of lemale with hind margins

sinuated; third antennal segment very short

in relation to second (11:20)

eremophilae sp. Noy

Pygophore with apical margin medially trupezi-

formly excavate; depressed in front of

excavate margin) literally to this concave;

hind margins of female gonocoxae trans-

versely truncate, third antennal segment

longer jn relation to second (16:21)

daldeue sp. nov.

Intacta Group

The intacta group of species comprises four

species Occurring maioly in the semiarid and arid

regions of Australia. They do not penetrate in

the wetter south western, south eastern or north

eastern portions of the continent or into Tas-

mania. The four species have a similar facies,

the head appears very long in relation to its

width but is actually a little shorter than its width

across the eyes. The lateral margins of the head

and the juga laterally are indistinguishable and

run forward from the eyes distinctly converging,

although the actual profile of this margin may

be a litthe convex, Only one species (intacta

Walker) has black spots (although frequently

absent) but these are widely dispersed and scat-

tered fairly evenly over the whole coriaceous

parts of the dorsal surface. The lateral angle

of the pronotum is truncate or feebly rounded

except On couper? sp, hoy, where il is ucute.

The first gonocoxae of the female have the

posterior margin rather sinuate or transversely

truncate (ooldeue sp. nov.).

Host plant records for the group include species

of Eremophila and Melaleuca.

Cuspicona intacta Walker, 1868

Figs. 21, 23 A-B, 25 A.

Cuspicona intacta Walker, 1868, p. 571; Kirk-

aldy 1909, p. 239 (as incertae sedis).

Deycriptian;

General appearance; Museum specimens

brownish yellow or orange, often with widely

separated small black maculae on the dorsal

surface, First two antennal segments and base

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 95

of third yellow, apical portion of third, and fourth

and fifth reddish brown, Eyes and ocelli

blackish.

Head: Appearing strongly elongate, but

actually as wide or a little wider across eyes

than long; triangular, medially rather raised,

particularly towards base, lateral margins almost

straight. Coarsely and rugulosely punctate.

Pronotum: —Concolorous, frequently with

small scattered black spots, densely punctate and

appearing rather rugulose, calli glabrous. No

trace of a medial longitudinal line. Anterior

margin obliquely truncate behind eyes and rather

trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero-

lateral angles not prominent. Anterolateral

margins narrowly obtuse, nearly straight and

diverging posteriorly. Lateral angles shortly and

obliquely truncate, posterolateral margins angu-

lately concave, posterior margin broadly concave.

Seutellum: Concolorous, frequently with

small scattered black points, strongly punctate,

rather convex basally and flat apically, Lateral

margins gently convex in basal 4/7 then straight

and converging gently to narrowly rounded apex.

Frena reaching to 4/7 of length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous,

often with scattered small black spots, densely

punctate. Exterior margins of coria faintly con-

cave basally and then faintly convex to shortly

rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of

abdominal segment VI, this and most anterior

segments narrowly exposed. Posterior margin

of corium straight, inner angle very broadly

rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Mem-

brane and veins hyaline.

Abdomen: Concolorous, sometimes coarsely

punctate with brown,

Fig. 21.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena intact Walker,

96 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, (975

Laterotergites: Concolorous, sometimes ments (¢) 11: 21:15:25:27. All pleura

coarsely punctate with brown; posterior exterior coarsely punctate, punctations sparser on

angles produced into a spine which may be evaporative areas. Metasternal-mesosternal

minutely black tipped.

Underside: Concolorous but paler along mid-

line, coarsely punctate nearly all over, including

the evaporative areas, these punctations and also

spots on the legs sometimes brown, Rostrum

ventrally and extreme apex black.

Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about

middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into an

elongate lobular process, Rostral segment I

robust, reaching to base of bucculae, If com-

pressed and arched and reaching onto meso-

sternum, III to about hind coxae and IV onto

abdominal yentrite TV, Ratio of antennal seg-

keels a little higher medially than anteriorly,

reaching Over prosternum but not to its apex,

anteriorly rounded and directed to the left in

yentral view, Legs normal with sparse pilosity.

femora and tibiae sometimes maculated with

brown. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in

posterior view, Apex of male abdomen Fig, 23

A, hind margin of pygophore medially semi-

circularly excavate with a slight impression

laterally where margin is mainly convex,

Clasper Fig 25 A, strongly F-shaped the upper

ramus ascending rather steeply. Apex of female

abdomen Fig. 23 B, hind margins of first gono-

coxae rather angulately sinuated.,

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length ...,..--..-...2..-. eT Ee eeeT 8 43 24 S6 39-45

Head WiGtiin is cdnesecsciorroreerrsecter oes 8 43 18 4-2 40-45

Antennal segment Toc. ye ce ee ce eee nee 16 11 0-7 68 9-42

Antennal segment Woo. ce ce ce beens 16 21 0:7 31 20-22

Antennal segment HW)... 0... 2 2 eee eee 16 1s 1:2 80 13-17

Antennal segment IV ........ 20.2. ...22. 0002 15 25 0-7 2-8 34-26

Antennal segment Vow. nc ce ee ee eee 13 27 1-6 60 25-30

Pronolind Width. yews tees ti ote bg reed ress 8 101 3-0 30 96-105

Pronotum length ., 0.0.0. : cece ene eee rence nes 8 a9 4-4 1l4 31-42

Total length. i225 (and is eens eee die geees 8 187 9-2 4:9 175-200

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coellicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length .. 0.2.0.0... cee eee ee 13 46 21 4-6 43-50

Head Width oo. cee ee ee ee ee ee eee 13 47 19 40 44-50

Antennal segment | MUG at Ol teeter 24 it "7 62 10-12

Antennal segment IP. eee ee cept tie 22 23 1s 7:8 21-26

Antennal segment WE 2. cic pe eee cee 22 15 12 79 14-18

Antennal segment lV ......-. 225-1554. -.2 085. 19 26 (6 4 23-28

Antennal segment Vow... ee ee et 10 27 1-5 5-5 25-29

Pronotum width . 0.0.0.0... coe ee ee 13 114 8-6 75 99-29

Pronotum length 2. 22 2. ee eee ee 13 43 51 19 44-50

Total length .,..-..,... pdrefee op emlolries nielobe ss 13 210 9 +7 195-230

Total length:

Remarks: There is little doubt that this is the

species described as Cuspicona intacta by Walker.

The sternal keels are mentioned by Walker so

intacta is a member of the Rhynchocoris group.

It is also from his description clearly not a mem-

ber of a genus with longly produced lateral

angles which eliminates Biprorulus, Witellts,

Avicenna and a number of others nor of a

genus with the posterior angles of the seventh

laterotergites strongly produced which eliminates

still more, or of those genera which are shiny

with only sparse and coarse punctations above.

This leaves only Ocirrhoe, part of Cuspicona and

9-|-12-0 mm

Everardia to which it could belong. The pro-

notal shape is wrong for Everardia and no species

of Ocirrhoe has a “long” head. Four species of

Cuspicona do have the head appearing con-

spicuously long in relation to its width and all

four have acute or subacute lateral angles on the

pronotum and the third antennal segment shorter

than the second, three addition character states

mentioned by Walker. Of these four this is the

only species which may have black spots on the

dorsum, Walker mentions them as only occur-

ring along the hind margin of the pronotum

whereas these examples which are spotted which

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 o7

1 have seen tend to have them scattered over

the whole pronotum, scutellum and corium,

though frequently more concentrated in the

posterior regions of the pronotum.

Cuspicona intacta has a wide distribution in

the drier regions extending from Arnhem Land in

the north to near Adelaide in the south and from

Cunnamulla in Queensland and Nyngan in New

South Wales in to the east to the area of Carnar-

von in the west of Western Australia. The only

recorded food plant is Eremophila [reelingii

FyM,

Location of type:

Supposed to be in the NM but apparently lost.

The sex was not stated and the locality simply

given as “Australia.”

Specimens examined: Queensland 19, Cun-

namulla, 12,X11.1938, N. Geary AM, New

South Wales 1.4, Nyngan District, 1-9.11.1960,

T. E. Woodward UO. South Australia 1 2,

Tea Tree Gully, 27.X11.1967, C. van Dijk; 12,

Derna Pass, 19 km, south of Copley, 25,X.1969,

on Eremophila freelingii FVM, A. N. McFarland:

44,29, Arkaroola Homestead, 28,X,1969, on

Eremophila freelingii FyM, A, N. McFarland;

2¢, 49%, same data but 1.1.1969; 12, Mt,

Davies, Oct,-Noy, 1956, at light, S, B. Warne

SAM. Western Australia 14, Reid, 17.%,1968,

Britton, Upton and Balderson, 12%, 107 miles

(170 km) SSE of Carnarvon, 21,/V.1968,

1].F.B, Common and M, S. Upton ANIC, North-

ern Territory | é, Arnhem Land (interior), Dr.

H, Basedow SAM; 1 @. 17 km. (11 miles) north

of Alice Springs, 825 m., 28.X%,1962, collected at

ultraviolet (black) light 15 watt, E, 8, Ross

and D, Q. Cavagnaro CAS.

Cuspicona ooldeae sp. nov.

Figs. 22, 23 C-D, 25 B-C

Description:

General uppearance; Museum specimens pale

yellow. frequently with a reddish tinge; strongly

punctate above; untennae yellow or sometimes

pale reddish: eyes greyish purple or concolorous,

ocelli red.

Head: Appearing strongly elongate but actu-

ally a litthe wider across eyes than long; triangu-

lar, medially rather raised, particularly towards

base. Lateral margins somewhat concave in

front of eyes. Coarsely and rugulosely punctate

except at very base. Eyes greyish to concolor-

ous, ocelli red.

Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate and

appearing rather rugulose, punctations some-

times faintly reddish; calli paler and glabrous.

Medially a faint trace of a longitudinally raised

line, Anterior margin obliquely concave behind

eyes and rather trapeziformly concave behind

collum, anterolateral angles prominent as a small

tooth, Anterolateral margins marginate, nearly

straight and diverging posteriorly, Lateral angles

narrowly marked with pink or orange, obliquely

truncate, posterolateral margins angulately con-

cave, posterior margin broadly concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous, strongly punctate,

rather convex basally and flat apically. Lateral

margins gently convex in basal 5/8 then straight

and converging to narrowly rounded apex, Frena

reaching about 5/8 length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous and

densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria

faintly concave basally and then faintly convex

Brenna H Huadinas

{_______ 5 mm,——--——

Fig, 22. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona vceldeae sp. noy.

OR REC.

to broadly rounded apical angle, reaching about

middle of abdominal segment V, this and most

anterior segments narrowly exposed. Posterior

margin of corium straight, inner angle very

broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular.

Membrane and veins hyaline.

Abdomen: Concolorous,

Laterotergites; Concolorous, sparsely punct-

ate, posterior exterior angles produced into a

spine which on the medial segments may be min-

utely black tipped,

Underside; Concolorous; antennal segments

II-Y usually reddish yellow, underside of lateral

angle of pronotum narrowly orange or reddish;

punctations on underside frequently faintly red-

dish, sides of abdomen sometimes spattered with

reddish points or fine punctations. Underside

and extreme apex of rostrum black,

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

about middle of eye, anteriorly produced into a

low triangular process, Rostral segment 1 robust,

reaching to base of bucculae, II compressed and

arched and reaching beyond fore coxae, II to

just behind mid coxae and TV to about middle

Dimensions —

Ss. AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

51-167 December, 1975

of 3rd abdominal segment. Ratio of antennal

segments ¢ 10; 21 : 16;213% 21, Propleura

coarsely punctate all over, mesopleura mostly

glabrous with only a few scattered punctations,

metapleura mainly glabrous anteriorly with but

a few punctations, more strongly punctate along

hind margin. Metasternal-mesosternal keels a

little higher medially than anteriorly, reaching

over prosternum but not to its apex, anteriorly

shortly truncate and directed a little to left in

ventral view, Legs normal but conspicuously

finely spinose, tibiae flattened apically, Abdomen

broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 23 C, hind margin of pygo-

phore rather trapeziformly excavate, laterally to

this broadly rounded. Clasper Fig. 25 C,

strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus not ascend-

ing so steeply as in intacta or eremophilae.

Aedeagus Fig. 25 B, phallosoma short and honey-

coloured, lappet processes in form of two tubules,

medial penial plates rather hatchet shaped. Apex

of female abdomen Fig. 23 D, hind margins of

first gonocoxae transversely straight in contrast

to the more sinuated hind margin of allied

species.

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Bleed Vee ince ens eeai ts casi ewe viv ees Ries 7 38 1-7 45 36-40

Head width ...,....... ¢t 40 16 4] 38-43

Antennal segment... civ eee piven eens 10 10 O7 73 8-10

Antennal segment We cpap ured eee! 9 21 ld 6:8 19-23

Antennal segment TIT...) --) 250-2... 00.000 g 16 0-5 3-4 15-16

Antennal segment TV 2... ee eee 8 2 1-0 49 20-23

Antennal segment Vo... ee ey 3 21 = = 20-21

Pronotum width .. 2) 2. 6) 2. yee vuee 7 o4 42 44 90-102

Pronotum length ........, 22... 2.0505 mes 7 32 29 9-1 30-36

Total length... .. . .. - 7 18] 4-8 26 175-190

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head demithy 464 eng tten. iho Oodle aos, . 14 40 20 49 37-43

Head width .--2 52.) -- een cep cee cee meen nn 14 4l [2 30 39-43

Antennal segment Io... i ce eee ee ees 20 9 0-4 45 9-10

Antennal segment IE 6 ce cp ee ce eee es 18 22 13 5:8 20-25

Antennal segment Ub 2) ee ee ees 18 15 | 72 13-18

Antennal segment 1V oo.) eee eee eee ees 16 20 0-6 30) 20-22

Antennal segment Vo... ec pe ee ee een tes 13 2 0-6 3-0 20-22

Brenordar-widflt eyes! lecsebisjestwccacteenart- 14 100 3-5 3-5 95-106

Pronotum length 3.2: 0 5 es ee eu eee I4 34 47 13-7 27-43

‘Potal length 4. eee ee 13 189 ue4 4-5 178-200

Total length: 91-104 mm,

Remarks; Cuspicona voldeae differs from transverse depression on the disc of the pygo-

C. intacta by not having black spots on the

dorsum, by the faintly trapeziform incision of

the hind margin of the pygophore, by the

phore below and by the transverse straight hind

margin of the female first gonocoxae. The

species is found in the arid centre of the continent

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 99

ranging from the Flinders Ranges westwards to

well into Western Australia and northward to

near Alice Springs.

Location of types:

Holotypes ¢ (Reg. No. 120,719), Farina, South

Australia, at light in creek bed, 27.X%.1970, G. F.

Gross & E. Matthews; allotype 2 (Reg. No. 120,

720), Mambray Creek (crossing on) Port Augusta

Road, South Australia, under (bark of) Eucalyp-

tus camaldulensis Dehnh, 13.XI1.1970, G. F.

Gross and E. Matthews SAM; PARATYPES:

South Australia 1 ¢ (Reg. No. 1[20,721,

hill near Victory Well, Everard Park Station,

8.X1.1970, T. F. Houston; 1 ¢, Madigan Gulf,

Lake Eyre, South Australia, at light, 5.X1.1955,

E. T. Giles; 6 3, 9 2 (Reg. Nos, 20,723-38),

Ooldea, South Australia, A. M. Lea SAM; 1 2,

Emily Gap, 9 km (6 miles) E. of Alice Springs,

posterior margin ventral surface of

ot pygophore

Northern Territory, 17.11.1966, Britton, Upton

& McInnes ANIC; 1 paratype ¢, 18 km (11

miles) north of Alice Springs, Northern Terri-

tory, 625 m, 28.X.1962, collected by 15w

ultraviolet (black) light, E. S. Ross & D. Q.

Cavagnaro CAS; 1 9, Meekatharra, Western

Australia 3.1X.1971, F. H. Uther Baker WAM.

Specimens examined: The types only.

Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov.

Fig. 23 E-F, 24, 25 D

Description:

General appearance. In life bluish-green

mottled with white or luteous, in museum speci-

mens yellow or brownish yellow; terminal half

of antennae light brown, eyes purplish red or

brown. Densely and finely punctate.

hind margin of

sternumxX — paratergite &

\ \ / first gonocoxa

) f first

gonocoxa

-—1mm —

Fig. 23,

Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov. A-B. Cuspicona intacta.

aspect of male abdomen.

Cuspicona ooldea sp. nov.

D. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

E. ventral aspect of male abdomen.

Cuspicona intacta Walker,

Cuspicona ooldea sp. nov.

A_ ventral

B. ventral view of female abdomen. C-D.

C. yentral aspect of male abdomen.

E-F. Cuspicona eremophilae.

F. ventral aspect of female

abdomen.

100 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Head: Appearing elongate but actually wider

than long; strongly triangular, medially rather

raised, particularly towards base. Densely punc-

tate, appearing rather rugulose, concolorous.

Eyes and ocelli purplish-red or brown.

Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate

and appearing rather rugulose, calli paler and

glabrous. Medially a trace of a longitudinal

raised line. Anterior margin concavely oblique

behind eyes and broadly concave behind collum,

anterolateral angles prominent as a small ridge.

Anterolateral margins marginate, nearly straight

and diverging posteriorly. Lateral angles rather

truncate, posterolateral margins conspicuously

concave, posterior margin broadly concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous, strongly punctate

and rather flat. Lateral margins faintly convex

in basal 4/7 then straight and converging slightly

to narrowly rounded apex. Frena reaching to

about 4/7 length.

December, 1975

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous and

densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria

faintly concave basally then rather sinuately

convex and converging to expose abdominal

segments I-VIf. Apical angle of corium

narrowly rounded, posterior margin straight

exteriorly, inner angle very broadly rounded.

Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and

veins hyaline.

Abdomen: Concolorous.

Laterotergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc-

tate. Posterior exterior angles nearly rectangular.

Underside: | Concolorous; apex of _ third

antennal segment, fourth antennal segment

(except at base) and fifth light brown. Stylets

and extreme apex of rostrum black.

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

base of head, anteriorly not produced into a

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 iol

lobulate process. Head laterally coarsely punc-

tate. Rostral segment I robust, reaching almost

to base of head, segment Il more compressed and

arched, surpassing fore coxae, IIL surpassing

mid coxae and IV reaches onto visible base of

abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments 3,

9:21:11:20:22. All pleura coarsely punctate

except on evaporative area. Metasternal-meso-

sternal keels higher medially then narrowly

rounded, deflected to left in yentral view. Legs

normal but conspicuously pilose, tibiae slightly

flattened apically. Abdomen broadly V-shaped

in posterior yiew. Apex of male abdomen Fig,

23 E, hind margin of pygophore semicircularly

concavely excised medially, laterally on cither

side of incision a strong triangular “tooth” and

exteriorly to this arcuately rounded. Clasper

Fig. 25 D, vaguely F-shaped, with the upper

ramus ascending at an oblique angle. Apex of

female abdomen Fig, 23 F, hind margins of first

gonocoxae gently angulately convex,

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

PU pal, Wait se ye ee ee eg pelelec apulate 8 36 14 39 34-38

Head width 2... 0... ;00c08 pestotebvcicibase let Cyaetee 8 4\ 1:6 39 39-43

Antennal Segment oo, ee aa cee ccc ete e stv ee 16 9 0-6 72 8-10

Antennal’segment 1B oi. eee is eck ee eeb ees 16 21 1:0 47 19-23

Antennal segment Wl. ... 2. ee cee eee 16 II O8 i) 10-13

Antennal segment lV .. 0.22... 0-2...) -.---2-: 12 20 1-4 V4 17-21

Antennal segment V —T 9 21 13 6:2 20-23

Pronotum width ooo...) 0.05 io stettastet 8 93 46 50 87-100

Pronotum lenuth ,....¢.. 000. cay eee ee eee cy 8 30 3-5 116 24-35

Rotal Jenuth) yer ere yt is poss ers sete obi. 8 160 66 41 155-175

FEMALES

Wumber of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head lent 0.6 oa dent ynale wrt neepesaeeyrt 11 39 15 39 36-41

Head widtity y'oiveanges shri An Nel tA i es \1 44 1-0 24 42-45

Antennal segment)... oe eee ee eee 21 9 0-6 6-5 8-10

Antennal segment IL etcchetesoe cise 21 22 1-3 5.9 19-24

Antennal segment TW 2. 22 ee eee 21 1 0-9 84 10-13

Antennal segment IV... ee eee tensiimeci pops 20 19 1-0 34 17-20

Antennal segment Voy... cee eee eee pune 17 20 0-6 30 19-21

Pronotum Width ..... 0... 2:2 202 cs 2222p ee yee 1! 101 2-5 2-5 96-104

Pronotum length 000... 2. 2c eee eee eee II 34 ik 53 31-37

Total length 22.0... ee, seu eee oa tet joo i 130 63 3-5 173-190

Total length; 8+1-9-°9 mm

Remarks; C. eremophilae is rather similar to Location of types:

C. voldeae but differs i much shorter third ,

ane in the much shor t South Australia Holotype 4 (Reg. No.

antennal segment and in lacking the pink mark-

ing On or just before the lateral angles.

C. é¢remophilae is a true eremian species occur-

ring in the north of South Australia, southern

half of the Northern Territory and western

Queensland, but with a single specimen collected

on the outskirts of Adelaide.

A single female specimen in the British Mus-

eum (Nat. Hist.) from Alexandra in the Northern

Territory, and well outside the range of distribu-

tion for eremophilae as indicated by other speci-

mens, has the same rather angulate hind margin

of the first gonocoxae as has eremophilae but has

the third antennal segment longer than the sec-

ond, It likely represents a fifth species of the

intacta group but is being passed over in this

present revision due to its poor condition.

120,700), allotype ° (Reg. No, 120,701), 4

paratype ¢ (Reg. No. [20,702-5), 5 paratype

® (Reg. No, [20,706-10), Arkaroola homestead,

1,.X1.1969, on Eremophila freelingii FVM, A.N,

McFarland; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,711),

2 paratype ° 9 (Reg, Nos, 120,7/2-3), same data

and collector but on 28.X%.1969; 1 paratype °

(Reg, No. 120,717), Aroona Dam south of

Copley, 3.X1.1969, at ultraviolet light. A. N.

McFarland; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No. [20,714),

near Victory Well, Everard Park Station, 30.X.

1970, by beating trees and shrubs, G, F, Gross

& E. G. Matthews; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No.

120,715), Mt. Eyre west of Hookina, 10.V,1956,.

at light, G. F. Gross; 1 paratype @ (Reg. No.

120,716), Coopers Creek, 1916 Museum Expe-

dition to Central Australia; 1 paratype @ (Reg,

102

No. 120,790), Athelstone, 15.X1.1973, at light,

M. L. Szent-Ivany SAM; Queensland 1 paratype

?, Cunnamulla, Queensland, 8-19.X.194?, A,

J. Turner QM; 1 paratype 2, Thargomindah,

Apr. 1941, N. Geary AM; Northern Territory |

paratype °, 150 km south of Alice Springs,

Sept. 1972, Dimits NM; 1 paratype ¢, Standley

Chasm, 40 km (26 miles) west of Alice Springs,

9.11.1966, Britton, Upton & McInnes ANIC.

1 paratype ¢, Ooratipra, 275 m., 31.X.1962,

4. &

basal

plates

REC. 8S, AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Jappet processes

Decentber, 1975

E. S. Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro; | paratype ¢,

18 km (11 miles) northeast of Yamba near

Alice Springs, 625 m, 29.X.1962, E. S. Ross &

D. Q. Cavagnaro; 1 paratype ?, 18 km (11

miles) northeast of Alice Springs, 28.X.1962,

collected by 15w (ultravoilet) light, E. S. Ross

& D. Q. Cavagnaro CAS.

Specimens examined: The types and South

Australia 1? (abdomen missing), Lake Calla-

bonna, A. Zietz; | 2, Ooldea, A. M. Lea SAM,

conjunctiva

paired

/ conjunctival

processes

medial

05mm O5mm C5mm

lappet processes

= anjunctiva

paired conjunctival

processes

medial penial

plates

basal

plates

phallasema

Fig. 25.

Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee, A. Cuspicona intacta—clasper.

Cuspicona intacta Walker, Cuspicona ooldeae sp. nov., Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov.,

B-C. Cuspicona ovldeae, B. lefthand

E-F. Cuspicona carneola.

side aspect of aedeagus, C. Clasper. D. Cuspicona eremophilae—clasper.

E. lefthand side aspect of aedeagus. F. clasper.

medially rather raised particularly towards base.

Finely punctulate, concolorous. Eyes and ocelli

purplish or purplish red.

Cuspicona cooperi sp. nov,

Figs. 26, 28 A-B

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour yellow

or brownish yellow in museum specimens with

terminal half of antennae brown and antero-

lateral margins of pronotum just in front of

lateral angles narrowly black. Eyes purplish.

Pronotum: Concolorous and densely and

rather finely punctate, punctations discrete, calli

paler and glabrous. Medially a faint raised

longitudinal line. Anterior margin concavely

oblique behind eyes and broadly concave behind

Sparsely and finely punctate.

Head: Appearing elongate but actually a

little wider than long; strongly triangular,

collum, anterolateral angles slightly prominent.

Anterolateral margin thin but obtuse, shallowly

concave and diverging to region of anterolateral

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND

angles, black just before latter, Lateral angles

rectangularly acute. Posterolateral margins con-

spicuously concave, posterior margin broadly

concave.

Scutellam; Concolourous and rather flat with

fine discrete punctations. Lateral margins faintly

convex in basal 44 then straight and converging

to narrowly rounded apex. Frena reaching to

about '> length.

Hemelyira: Coriaceous parts concolorous

and densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria

faintly concave basally then slightly convex and

gradually converging so that 4-7th segments of

abdomen are only narrowly visible. Apical angle

of corium nearly rectangular, posterior margin

straight, inner angle very broadly rounded.

Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and

veins hyaline.

Abdomen: Cwoncolorous.

Larerotergites: Concolorous except apices of

posterior exterior angles which are black; sparsely

punctulate,

Underside: Concolorous; apical half of third

and fourth and fifth antennal segments brownish,

stylets of, and apex of, rostrum black.

Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching

to about middle of eye, anteriorly formed into

a rounded lobe which is not particularly

obstrusive. Rostral segment I robust, reaching

to just behind base of antennifer and not quite

to base of bucculae, segment If more compressed

and arched, reaching just behind fore coxae, III

to base of mid coxae and IV to base of hind

coxae. Ratio of antennal segments ¢ 9:18:15:

23:27. All pleura rather sparsely punctate but

evaporative areas impunctate. Metasternal-

mesosternal keels higher anteriorly than poster-

iorly, reaching over prosternum almost to its

apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to

left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae

slightly flattened apically. Abdomen strongly

V-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male

Dimensions —

ADJACENT AREAS—I 103

5 m no K. Henan |

Fig. 26. Dorsal aspect of Cuspiconu coopert sp. noy-

abdomen Fig. 28 A, hind margin of pygophore

rather angulately incised medially with a small

convex margin at base of “notch”, laterally on

either side of medial incision a small tooth and

exteriorly to this strongly rounded. Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 28 B, hind margins of first

gonocoxae transverse and slightly concave along

their central portions, turning anteriorad both

interiorly and exteriorly.

MALES

Parameter

Sect fore. One Sean

Head width

Antennal segment J

Antennal segment II

Antennal segment HT -.. 2. ..,

Antennal segment IV ..

Antennal segment V

Pronotam width

Pronotum length ;

Total length ......,,.-. --

Holotype Stockholm RM Paratype

Paratype

chat g tated primed te pe 40 39 37

wes potest tetas 41 41 42

Wee Beatle ert hie vctoat lo, 9 9, 9, 4

esa) coe Mecs| eles 18,17 19, — 18,17

ay sent a} pl [eetMenal allene 16,16 15, — 15,15

25,25 23, — 22, 23

27, — —, 28,

105 110 109

39 40 40

175 189 194

REC, S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (6): 54-167

December, WY75

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variavion

Berd denpths ost ate vee ae ogt serie vey t (ot 8 4l 25 60 37-45

Breda GO. ocees peta rp eern tteperteet iat igs. 8 45 24 5-4 40-47

Antennal segment | 14 10 03 30 210

Antennal segment II 14 19 13 67 17-21

Antennal sezment II 14 15 08 55 J4-16

Antennal segment IV... 2e ee ee eae des 9 22 1-2 5-5 21-24

Antennal segment Vo...) e ec ee ee yresat Mae 3 25 _ — 24-26

Pronmotum width (0, ..0.0csecey eee sts eeel eee 8 19 #4] (9 102-127

Pronotum length ¢.,..0 22) 2. cc cee e eee eee 8 44 41 93 38-30

otal length : oes: oo. se pede a (eee ae de 8 20 14-6 71 180-225

Total length; 9:J-11-7 mm.

Remarks: C. caoperi is closely related to C. Their position in the sequence of groups

eremophilae in the shape of the male pygophore,

it is however distinguished from that species by

its longer third antennal segment, much sparser

punctation and in not developing the mottled

tugulose appearance of eremophilae. From

eremophilae and other species in the jntacta

group it is distinguished by the rather rectan-

gular lateral angles of the pronotum and the

short black marginal line on the anterolateral

margins just before the lateral angles.

The present known distribution of the species

is Over ati elongate elliptical area stretching from

Rockhampton in Queensland to the southern

Flinders Ranges in South Australia, The species

is named after the late H. M, Cooper who gave

so much of his time in a voluntary capacity to

the South Australian Museum and who collected

the holotype specimen.

Location of types:

Holotype 8 (Reg. No. 120,698), Mt. Remark-

able, South Australia, 600-700 m (1800-

2200ft.), 12,V,1968, H. M. Cooper SAM;

allotype °, 1 paratype ¢, 3 paratype °, Rock-

hampton, Queensland STOCKHOLM; 1 paratype

é (Reg, No, 120,699), 18 km north of Broken

Hill, New South Wales, by sweeping, 8.III.1963,

K. Dansie SAM; 2 paratype ?, unlocalised,

Distant collection 1911-383 BM; 1 paratype ¢,

| paratype 2, Peak-Downs, Queensland; 1 para-

type ° Rockhampton, Queensland RM.

Specimens examined: The types only,

UNGROUPED

The next two species of Cuspicona appear

not to have any close relatives in the genus nor

are they apparently closely related to each other,

They lack the strongly triangular heads of

the imfacta group but have not developed the

strongly produced spinose lateral angles of the

pronotum of the thoracica and simplex groups.

appears to be somewhere in between the intacta

and thoracica groups.

Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee, 1905

Figs. 25 E-F, 27, 28 C-D

Cuspicona carneala Van Duzee, 1905:

8 fig. 9.

207; pl,

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour yellow

or brownish-yellow in museum specimens; lateral

angles of pronotum and a broad band across

scutellum, apex of scutellum, lateral margins of

corium (broadly) and Jaterotergites (at least

exteriorly) bright carmine red, occasionally only

pinkish, Lateral angles of pronotum angulately

truncate,

Head: Appearing large, broad and fiat,

transversely rugulose, concolorous. Frequently

a pinkish suffusion along lateral margins in front

of eyes. Eyes and ocelli reddish-brown. Lateral

margins very gently angulately concave.

Pronotum: In anterior half and along

posterior margin concolorous; across disc from,

and including, lateral angle to lateral angle a

broad carmine red (or in some specimens pink)

stripe. Punctations on disc reddish or blackish,

calli glabrous. Anterior margin oblique behind

eyes and broadly concave behind collum, antero-

lateral angles somewhat prominent. Anterolateral

margins thickened, straight and obliquely diverg-

ing to region of lateral angles, Latter obliquely

truncate, Posterolateral margins strongly and

angulately incised, a convex lobe formed between

each and shallowly concave posterior margin,

Seutellum: Concolorous with apex broadly

carmine red, disc covered with coarse reddish or

brown punctations and flattish. At base of each

lateral margin a deep concolorous fovea visible

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 105

if pronotum has moved a little forward. Lateral

margins broadly convex in basal 5/9, then

straight and slightly converging to very broadly

rounded apex. Frena reaching to about 5/9

length.

Hemelytra: | Coriaceous parts concolorous

interiorly but outer margin of corium broadly

carmine red or pink, coarsely and concolorously

punctate. Exterior margins of coria straight

basally then gradually converging so_ that

laterotergites are exposed in the more distal

region. Apical angle of corium fairly acute,

posterior margin straight, inner angle very

broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular.

Membrane fumose hyaline with veins browner,

near inner base of membrane a large piceous

spot.

Abdomen: Mostly concolorous but black

areas around margins of scutellum and along

posterior margin of genitalia, sometimes also

along posterior margin of segment VII. Behind

apex of scutellum frequently carmine red, the

extent of this red variable.

Laterotergites: | Concolorous interiorly and

carmine red or pink exteriorly. Posterior exterior

angles produced into a small black tipped spine,

sometimes whole exterior margin narrowly black.

Underside: Yellowish. Apical half of third

antennal segment and antennal segments III-IV,

tibiae and tarsomeres sometimes darker, brown

or reddish. Underside of rostrum and very apex,

and sometimes lateral margin of abdomen and

posterior margin of female genitalia, very

narrowly black. Margins of head basally, lateral

margins of pronotum, exterior margin of

epipleuron, lateral margin of abdomen (latter

sometimes only submarginally, extreme margin

then black) most of pygophore and female

genitalia behind first gonocoxae usually carmine

red. or pinkish, sometimes however concolorous.

Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching to about

middle of eye, produced into a blunt triangular

lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust,

reaching to base of bucculae, II fairly thick and

arched, reaching to just behind fore coxae, III

to mid coxae, [V to about middle of abdominal

ventrite II]. Ratio of antennal segments ( 4 )

I-V 11:19:21:27:29. Propleura red or brown

punctate except on proepisternum and_proe-

pimeron, exteriorly to these two latter a raised

though sparsely punctate area. Mesopleuron

punctate anteroventrally and posteriorly, meta-

pleuron posteriorly and sometimes anteriorly also.

Metasternal-mesosternal keels higher anteriorly

then posteriorly, reaching over prosternum to its

Bacrom kK, Huesene

ee |

{_________ 5 mm,

Fig, 27.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee.

106

apex, anteriorly very broadly rounded, deflected

to left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae

fairly flattened apically. Abdomen rounded in

posterior view and only becoming broadly

V-shaped anteriad. Apex of male abdomen Fig.

28 C, hind margin of pygophore strongly

excavated medially and lateral lobes on either

side of this excavation with the inner margins

sinuate, apically a little produced. Clasper Fig.

25 F, slightly F-shaped. Aedeagus of male Fig.

REC, S AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

December, 1975

25 E, with phallosoma rather short, conjunctiva

basally shortly tubular with rather large dorsally

directed “lappet” processes, more distally two

conjunctival processes which are dorsally

sclerotized. Medial penial plates shaped rather

as an inverted T, directed downwards, gonophore

opening between the conjunctival processes.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 28 D, hind margins

of first gonocoxae faintly oblique and nearly

straight.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coethcient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation Range

Variation

1 Ce B11) 3 2) ec eT 10 45 24 5:3 40-49

Head width --s...i5s gaya penearae wees osithate 10 $2 2-4 47 48-55

Antennal segment I oo... cc cece eee eee eee 15 1! 0-9 8:4 10-13

Antennal segment I... 2... eee ee se ee 14 19 1-4 76 17-22

Antennal segment HL... 20... eee 13 21 0-9 40 20-23

Antennal segment IV .......2.......002-00065 it 27 13 48 25-29

Antennal segment V ...,...-..-.......2...-. 8 29 Il 37 28-31

Pronotum width (2.0... cc ccc cc eee reer ee reese 10 119 5-8 48 110-125

Pronotum length ...2..... 0.0... 20 06 eee eee 10 39 3-8 9:7 33-45

Total length osc iettessettaicerecacdest keer 10 186 14-6 73 160-205

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Pararneter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Fread lenath vanes crseccrcegaoreseeccasoce noc 2! 48 42 88 39-52

Head Width 223650206 o4.30 bose ible 21 54 33 62 46-58

Antennal segment To... ccc y eee eee ee eee 29 1] 0-7 61 9-12

Antennal segment IL oo... cc cee ee eee 33 18 1-9 10-6 15-23

Antennal segment IT] ....... 0c. cece ee eee 28 20 2:3 11:7 15-26

Antennal segment IV 2.0.5, .2... 2220.2 000-55) 23 23 26 10-9 17-26

Antennal segment V ..... 0.0... 22 eee ee eee 19 26 2-6 9-9 20-2

Pronotum width 2... ..0.. 00000 2 eee eg eee ee 21 128 10'8 8-4 106-147

Pronotum length 6.2... 02, ccc eee cena ees 21 40 $8 145 30-54

Total length .,... bel sdcbelt- Fayre ben at ase ye 21 19] 15:8 8-2 161-220

Total length: 8 3-11-5 mm

Remarks; This species is one of the largest Specimens examined: The holotype and

in the genus and easily recognised by the broad

carmine bar across the hind portion of the

pronotum and the strongly truncated lateral

angles of the pronotum, It appears to have no

other close relatives in the genus,

A feature of note is the rather high coefficient

of variation in the series of females which could

indicate that there may be two closely related

species mixed in together in this sample. I was

unable to make any real distinctions on the

examples of this series but the point should be

borne in mind and when a much larger series of

males becomes available when the augmented

male series should be examined for differences in

the shape of the pygophore,

Lacation of type:

Holotype ¢ of carneola Van Duzee, “New

South Wales,” AMNH,

Northern Territory 1¢, Oooratippra, 275 m,

31.%.1962, E, S, Ross & D. Q. Cavag-

naro CA; Queensland 1?, 32 km north of

Emerald, 10.1.1972, B. Cantrell UQ; New

South Wales 12, South Ite Sand Hills (100

km south of Broken Hill), 10.X11.1966, J. B.

Williams UQ; 19%, Bogan River, Jan. 1932,

J. Armstrong AM; 12. no precise locality,

presented by Perth Museum BM 1953-629;

Victoria 19, Lake Hattah, J.G.O. donated

F, P. Spry 16.V.1922; 12 49 9, Lake Hattah,

J, E. Dixon, donated Jan, 1940; 14, Hattah,

Mar, 1914, Dixon, donated F. P. Spry 5.X.1922;

14, Quyen, donated F. P. Spry 5.X%.1922; 12,

Mallee, ex J, E, Dixon coll. donated Jan, 1940;

24,12, Mallee, Oct. 1904, donated F. P, Spry

§.X.1922; 12, Quantong, June 1929. A. D,

Selby NM; South Australia I ?, no further

data AM; 12, Minnipa, H. A. Johnson;

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

posterior margin

of pygophore

ventral surface of

Ay, Bygophore

Fig. 28.

Cuspicona phi sp. noy.

107

posterior marginof sternum X

first gonocoxa

Cuspicona cooperi sp. nov., Cuspicona carneala Van Duzee,

A-B. Cuspicona coaperi. A. ventral aspect of

male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. C-D, Cuspicona

carneola, C, ventral aspect of male abdomen. D. ventral aspect of

female abdomen. E, Cuspicona phi—ventral aspect of male abdomen,

1?, St. Francis Island; 1 @, Ardrossan, 25.VI.

1879, Tepper; 1¢, Adelaide, 12.VII.1947,

F. J. Mitchell; 1 6, 12, Karoonda; | ?, Mallee,

22.X.1879, SAM; 14, 12, no precise locality,

H. Edwards AMNH: Western Australia 1°,

Katanning, 12.X.1941, K, R. Norris ANIC;

14,19, Swan River, L. J. Newman, presented

by Comm. Inst. Ent. BM 1948-548,

Cuspicona obesula sp. nov.

Figs. 29, 30 A-B, 32 E-F

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour bright

green in life fading to brownish-yellow in museum

specimens. Anterolateral margins of pronotum

(including produced lateral angles) carmine-red,

apex of scutellum reddish-orange. Head brown-

ish-yellow, just interior of anterolateral margins

of pronotum in anterior 2/3 a yellowish stripe.

a median longitudinal yellowish stripe on

scutellum in apical half but terminating before

apex. Lateral angles of pronotum produced

rectangularly.

Head: Yellowish-brown and rather convex

above, groove between anteclypeus and rest of

head infuscated in posterior half, a patch of fine

black punctations medially at base, just inward

of eyes glabrous. Lateral margins with fine black

punctations or very narrowly infuscated. Ocelli

and eyes purplish-grey. Lateral margins gently

angulately concave.

Pronotum: Concolorous, lateral margins nar-

rowly at apex and more broadly at produced

lateral angles margined with carmine-red in

anterior 2/3, this red bordered interiorly by a

yellow bar. In faded examples sometimes a

transverse band of fine black punctations between

lateral angles. Anterior margin obliquely trun-

cate behind eyes and rather trapeziformly

excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles

produced as a small ridge. Anterolateral margins

thickened and irregular, nearly straight but

diverging in anterior halves, posterior halves

with lateral angles produced as rectangular sub-

spinous angles directed outwards only, about 40

per cent length of posterolateral margin, basal

diameter also about 40 per cent of latter,

108 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167

Posterolateral margin gently concave, posterior

margin gently concave medially, produced into

posteriorly directed lobes at junction with

posterolateral margins.

Scutellum: Concolorous with apex broadly

reddish-orange, latter preceded by a medial longi-

tudinal yellow streak which becomes obsolete

near middle. Black punctations absent or only

faintly indicated laterally to latter. No fovea at

bases of lateral margins, latter faintly concave

in basal half then changing direction and nearly

straight but converging to broadly rounded apex.

Frena reaching to about half length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous

with coarse punctations. Outer margin of corium

concave in basal quarter then broadly convex

to shortly rounded apical angle. Posterior

margin straight, inner angle broadly rounded.

Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins

hyaline.

December, 1975

Abdomen: Concolorous above.

Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior exter-

ior angles almost rectangular.

Underside: | Concolorous; head yellowish-

brown except at base; first three segments of

antennae mainly yellowish-brown, apex of third

and whole of fourth and fifth segments reddish-

brown; rostrum yellowish-brown, ventrally and

apex blackish; all thoracic sterna and keels and

a broad median longitudinal bar on abdomen

reaching to apex of VIIth segment whitish

luteous; lateral margins of prothorax carmine-red;

apices of the tibiae and tarsomeres reddish-brown.

Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching to middle

of eye, produced into a thickened convex lobe

anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, just sur-

passing base of bucculae, II slightly arched and

compressed and surpassing fore coxae, III sur-

passing mid coxae and IV to about apex of

abdominal yentrite III. Ratio of antennal seg-

Brenorn K. HEA

L______ 5irm»p,__——_——

Fig. 29. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona obesula sp, nov,

RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 109

ments I-V 9;19:20:21:23, Propleuron with a

strong raised ridge behind anterior margin mostly

coarsely punctate but more finely and sparsely

punctate exteriorly in anterior half, mesopleuron

punctate in a triangular patch lying anteroven-

trally, metapleuron punctate below and behind

evaporative area. Metasternal-mesosternal keels

a little higher anteriorly than posteriorly, reach-

ing Over prosternum almost to its apex, anteriorly

very broadly rounded, deflected to left in ventral

but segments VII-III progressively more

V-shaped. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 32 E.

hind margin of pygophore reddish, medially

rectangularly excavate, laterally — sinuated.

Clasper Fig. 30 B, strongly F-shaped. Aedeagus

of male Fig. 30 A, conjunctiva produced into

two tubular apical processes which cross over

zach other, “lappet” processes elongate, medial

penial plates elongate with a posterior concavity,

lower lobe with a small spine on its dorsal surface.

view, Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened Apex of female abdomen Fig. 32 F, hind margins

apically. Abdomen rounded in posterior view of first gonocoxae distinctly oblique and straight,

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runue

Variation

Hoad fongtll -.5 .. eres rreow yt rest peters 0-2 14 33 12 35 31-35

Heal Width on. ineecuad pes cere recent ween sey 14 38 hl 2-8 36-40

Antennal segment} 2... 0 2.222.222 220-2, 19 9 0-6 65 9-11

Antennal segment HE... 0 ec cee eee eee 19 i9 0-9 47 16-20

Aniennal segment ILL ......-0.,..-.....-2---- 19 20 1-3 64 18-21

Antennal segment IV oo... cece eee tend :ecict 16 21 1:0 4k 20-24

Antennal segment Vo... eee eee wepeate 13 23 1:2 5:2 21-24

Pranotum widtlea:a eee a es 14 101 3-0 29 96-106

Promotulint lometh yo. i te te ee ee one 14 35 29 Re 31-4]

Total length ......... i pecee BAGS TEC ASE: 14 150 TS 49 138-165

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation oO Ranue

Variation

Ffeud length yo... cis eu pen eeuane eee teaeeaas 25 46 1:3 37 33-38

Beal MIITH os we age retry Ath Lh 25 41 1:2 29 37-42

Antennal segrnent | 45 10 0-6 66 8-11

Antennal segment U1 46 19 1-0 S1 16-20

Antennal segment [i 44 19 1-0 5:3 17-21

Antennal segment IV ,. 36 20 0-9 44 18-21

Antennal segment V 27 22 Il $3 20-23

Pronotum width oo. 02... 02 cece eee ee ce eee 25 110 45 40 98-118

Prouotum length ....--- 52.22. et 25 38 3-5 92 31-43

Tatal lent t i Gy olla a dy eleley 25 165 10:3 62 146-183

Total length; 7-2-9-5 mm.

Remarks: ©. abesula shows some affinity

with the ¢oracica group of species in that in

some cxamples a transverse band of dark puncta-

tions crosses the pronotum between the lateral

angles. However the lack of black areas on

the lateral angles, the only modest production

of these angles and the strong medial excava-

tion of the hind margin of the pygophore indicate

that the relationship is not close. The strong

red lateral coloration is similar to that of carneola

but the more narrow head and more produced

lateral angles of the pronotum indicates that

vbesula is not very closely related to carneola,

C, obesula occurs in the southern wetter part

of South Australia from the Mount Lofty Ranges

east to the Victorian border and in the adjacent

western distri¢ts of Victoria, The only host

plants recorded both belong to the genus

Leptospermum (Myrtaceae).

Location of types:

Holotype @ (Reg. No. 120,683), | paratype

4, (Reg, No, 120,684), 3 paratype @ (Reg. No.

120,685-7), 6 km east of Lucindale, South

Australia, on Leptospermum — miyrsinoides

Schlecht 26,XI1,1968, A. N. McFarland; Para-

types: 12, (Reg, No, 120,688), Naracoorte

Cave Reserve, South Australia, by sweeping

Leptospermum myrsinoides Schlecht in Eucelyp-

tus obligua L’Herit dominated dry sclerophyll

forest, 25,X.1958, G. F. Gross; 12, (Reg. No.

120,689), nr. Coonalpyn, South Australia, by

beating Leptospermum coriaceum (FvM)Cheel,

Sept. 1967, A. N, McFarland; 1%, (Reg. No,

120,690), Meningie, South Australia, in mallee

scrub, 1.X1.70, V, H, Mincham; | 2°, (Reg. No,

120,691), Blewitts Springs, South Australia,

20.X.1972, C. van Dyk; 29° (Reg, No, 120,692-

3), Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Australia, N. B.

110 REC. S.

Tindale; 1 4 (Reg. No. 120,699), Williamstown.

South Australia, on Leptospermum, 20.X.1888,

J. O. Tepper; 12 (Reg. No. [20,695), Largs

North, South Australia, Nov. 1969, R. Cook;

1é, 12, (Reg. Nos. 120,718, 120,696), Pt.

Lincoln, South Australia, A. M. Lea; 1? (Reg.

No. 120,697), Marble Range in Pt, Lincoln

District, South Australia, 15.X.1957, N. B. Tin-

dale SAM; allotype 4, 1 paratype 4, Little

Desert, Victoria, 23.X%.1952, A. Burns; Paratypes

(continued): 19, Little Desert, Victoria, 17-

25.X.1952, E. Matheson; 2 ¢, 22, Lake Hattah,

Victoria, J. E. Dixon; | 4, Kiata, Victoria, Oct.

1929, F. BE. Wilson; 12, Kiata, Victoria, Oct.

1928, F. E. Wilson; 1°, Grampians, Victoria,

Noy. 1922; 19, Grampians, Victoria, 29.X,

1946, A. Burns NM; 12, 8 km south of Lah

Arum, Grampians, Victoria, 5.11,1956, L. F. B.

Common; | ?, Little Desert 8 km south of Kiata,

Victoria, 12.11.1956, I. F. B. Common ANIC:

13,19, Murray Bridge, South Australia, A. M.

Lea, AM; 1¢, 12, Lake Hattah, Victoria,

J. E. Dixon; 14, Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Aus-

tralia, N. B. Tindale BM; 14, 2° %, Aldgate,

Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Australia, 29.X1.1931,

Darlington on Harvard Expedition AMNH; 34,

Bordertown, South Australia, 22.X.1963, J.

Sedlacek BISHOP.

Specimens examined: The type series only.

phallosorna

basal

plates

medial -

AUST. MUS.,

pennil plales -

17 (6): SL 167 December, 1975

Thoracica Group

The theracica group of species includes

species which appear to be restricted to the wetter

parts along the east and south coasts of the

Australian continent, including the south-west

corner of Western Australia. Members of the

group are absent from the wetter forests of north

Western Australia and the Northern Territory.

The species in this group are probably all grass

green in life with the tips of pronotal spines

black or black punctate. Black punctations are

always present laterally near the apex of the

scutellum and frequently on the hind lobe of the

pronotum as well. Luteous markings are

common and sometimes some areas are pinkish.

The lateral angles of the pronotum are always

produced into a conical spine, The hind margin

of the corium is almost straight.

The first gonocoxae of the female have the

posterior margin transversely or obliquely trun-

cate or sinuate, if part of this margin is pro-

duced more posteriorly than any other part then

it is the exterior half.

Host plant records for the group include

species of Aster (introduced), Hakea, Melaleuca,

Leptospermum and Callitris representing the

families Compositae, Proteaceae, Myrtaceae and

Cupressaceae.

lappet process

pared

‘ 7) onjunctival

lobes.

gonopore

-imm

—

Cuspicona obesula sp. nov.. Cuspicana thoracica (West-

A-B. Crspicona obesula.

Fig. 30.

wood )-

uwedeagus. 8B. clasper.

C-D. Cuspicona theracica,

A. lefthand side uspect of

Cc, lefthand

side aspect of visible portion of a medial penial plate of

aedeagus.

D, clasper.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

Cuspicona procallosa sp. nov.

Figs. 31, 32 C-D

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour in

museum specimens yellow or brownish-yellow

with a few black punctations along lateral margins

of head, dorsally on pronotal spines in apical

Fig. 31.

Pronotum: Concolorous, but dorsal surface

of exterior portion of spinous angles of pronotum

with black punctations in apical half and black

along apical half of anterior margins of these

spines and at extreme apex; sometimes a few

scattered dark punctations medially just in front

of hind margin of pronotal disc. In anterior

half of pronotum in the middle a broad longi-

tudinal pale yellow or luteous glabrous fascia

or bar, sometimes a glabrous patch of the same

colour on each side just in front of posterior

111

half, and on scutellum on either side of midline

(but not reaching base or apex). Lateral angles

of pronotum produced into conical spines.

Head: Concolorous and rather convex above,

some black punctations along lateral margins.

Eyes and ocelli purplish or grey. Lateral margins

gently angulately concave.

VMKITSON

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona procallosa sp, nov.

angles (as in example figured). Anterior margin

obliquely truncate behind eyes and only shallowly

concave behind collum, anterolateral angles

hardly produced. Anterolateral margins obtuse

and nearly straight in anterior halves, posterior

halves, with lateral angles, each produced into a

conical spinous process directed outwards and

only a little upwards, about as long as postero-

lateral margin, its basal diameter about 75 per

cent length of latter. Posterlateral margin

concave, posterior margin broadly concave.

112 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6);

Scatellum: Concolorous with apex (broadly)

and midline lateous and nearly glabrous, midline

area widening anteriad. Laterally to midline and

beginning about a third of the way back and

reaching to about three quarters of the way back

an area of black punctation on each side, basally

this patch narrow and paralleling the pale streak,

apically broadened and reaching lateral margins,

one or two black punctations medially on

glabrous area where the lateral patches finish.

No fovea at bases of lateral margins, latter

broadly concave in basal half then changing

direction and nearly straight but faintly converg-

ing to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to

about half length,

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with

coarse concolorous punctation, Outer margin

of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly

convex to shortly rounded apical angle. Pos-

terior margin straight, inner angle broadly

rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem-

brane and veins hyaline.

Abdomen; Concolorous above but with upper

surface of pygophore somewhat darkened, Some-

times some black patches, one under tip of

scutellum and the other before pygophore.

Lateratergites: Concolorous but posterior

exterior angles of ILI-VII black, latter almost

rectangular,

51-167 December, 1975

Underside; Concolorous except extreme apex

of prothoracic spine, posterior angles of abdomi-

nal ventrites III-VII, rostrum ventrally and apical

third of its last segment, black. Apical third of

antennal segment III, antennal segments TY and

V, and sometimes tarsi and extreme apices of

tibiae, light brown.

Bucculae punctate, not reaching base of head

but to middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a

convex lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment |

robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reaching

onto apex of prosternum, LI arched and com-

pressed and reaching mid coxae, III to about

middle of hind coxae, IV to about base of

abdominal vyentrite IV. Ratio of antennal

segments I-V 11:20:19:23:21, Most of prop-

leuron (except two glabrous patches medi-

ally), mesepisternum, metepisternum and hind

portion of metapleuron punctate. Metasternal-

mesosternal keel higher anteriorly than pos-

teriorly, reaching over prostefnum almost to its

apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to

left in yentral view. Femora normal, tibiae a

little flattened apically, Midline of abdomen

narrowly luteous, rounded in posterior view but

segments VII-III] progressively more V-shaped,

Spiracles a little raised. Apex of male abdomen

Fig, 32 C, apical margin of pygophore shallowly

concave, rather reflexed, Apex of female abdo-

men Fig. 32 D, hind margin of first gonocoxae

oblique and slightly concave.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Vanation

Head length -.........-. 9 36 26 72 32-41

Head Width 2...) 0.cccy eee ceyeceee ny eenteaeee il 36 35 o-7 26-39

Antennal segment | 17 I 0-8 72 9-12

Antennal segment We. 2 ee eae 17 20 1-2 6:3 17-22

Antennal segment IIL ...2 2... .2.2.....22 2.2... 16 i9 13 68 16-20

Antennal segment IV... ee cee 8 24 7 70 22.26

Antennal segment Vio 2. occ cca eee eee eevee 6 22 1:0 4-9 20-23

Promotum Width coc. c ecg cece eee eee ete ett ll 120 62 32 110-133

Pronotum length ..,..... phe Anes eT Loc ieelcMered 11 32 40 12:3 26-40

‘Botal length ec nirvaey tt cole oe elie l aes S 1 158 7 61 150-180

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runge

Variation

Head length _,--,..-.-...- 6 39 13 34 37-41

Head width .,.....0.6,. 7 38 15 3-9 36-40

Antennal segment [ 10 jl 0 92 H12

Antennal segment I] eussese bes Sou ed 10 19 LT 5-8 17-20

Antennal segment IT] 2...) 0.2222 22222) 020.0 e 10 18 17 9-3 16-21

Antennal segment IV 22,2. 0-2 ee eee ee, 8 22 1a 89 19-25

Antennal segment ¥ ? beh Sango oe, 6 20 Os 4-2 19-21

Pronotum width wo. 20.2. ee ee ee ee ee 7 133 29-5 22°] 113-199

Pronotum length ...........-..,.- ee a 7 34 3-5 15:7 2542

Total lumgth o2....00...., 202. a 166 9-8 59 148-181)

Total length; 7-7-9-4 mm.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

Remarks; C. procallosa is fairly easy to

recognise by the longitudinal pale callous bar in

the anterior half of the pronotum and by the

black posterior exterior angles of the latero-

tergites and abdominal yentrites. The species

is restricted to the southwestern portion of

Western Australia.

Location of types:

(All cited localities are in Western Australia. )

Holotype 4, Fremantle, 3.11.1934, K. R. Norris;

allotype ¢, same locality and collector but

2.11.1934; 1 paratype 2, 1 km. WNW Foul Bay,

Augusta (34° 19S 115’ 10E), 3.X1.1969, E. B.

Britton; | paratype ¢, Deep Dene, Karridale,

posterior margin of pygophore

/ ventral surface of

pygophore

113

16.XI1.1962, L, M. O'Halloran ANIC; 1 para-

type 2, Geraldton, W. D. Dodd SAM; | paratype

?, Geraldton and Mullewa, Lea; 1 paratype ;,

Geraldton; 2 paratype 4, Swan River, L. J.

Newman; | paratype ¢, Swan River; 1 paratype

?, Flinders Bay, 11.1V.1936, A. L. Raymond

(BM 1936-429); 3 paratype ¢, 2 paratype ¢,

Yanchep, 50 km north of Perth, 29 Jan-8th

Feb. 1936, R. E. Turner (BM 1936-28) BM:

1 paratype ¢ , Cape Naturaliste, 5 m, 27.1X.1962,

E. S. Ross and D. Q. Cavagnaro CA, | paratype

3, Mt, William, 250 m, 6.X1.1963, J. Sedlacek

BISHOP,

Specimens examined: The types only.

stein x paralergite K

first

\ gonocoxa

Amm—

—E

Fig. 32,

obesula sp. noy.

of apex of male abdomen.

abdomen.

of male abdomen.

E-F. Cuspicona obesula.

abdomen.

Cuspicona equisignata sp. nov.

Figs. 32 A-B, 33

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour in

museum specimens yellow with black puncta-

tions on head (sparse), pronotum and scutellum.

Lateral angles of pronotum produced into conical

spines.

C-D. Cuspicona procallosa.

D. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

E, ventral aspect of apex of male

F. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

Cuspicena equisignata sp. noy., procallosa sp. nov.,

A-B. Cuspicona equisignata.

B. ventral aspect of apex of female

A. ventral aspect

C. yentral aspect of apex

Head: Concolorous and rather convex above,

some punctations concolorous but on disc of

juga towards apex and near base a few black

punctations. Eyes and ocelli purplish or grey,

Lateral margins concave.

Pronotum: Mostly concolorous but anteriorly

in either side of midline adjoined to anterior

margin and reaching about a third of the distance

114 REC. S. AUST.

back a pair of longitudinal lines of black puncta-

tions, between these lines and extending back

almost to hind margin on Cape York examples

a pink longitudinal median linear marking.

Dorsal surface of spines black punctate, espec-

ially towards apices, across posterior portion of

pronotum between spines a diffuse line of sparse

black punctations. Anterior margin oblique

behind eyes and rather rectangularly excavate

behind collum, anterolateral angles produced as

a small ridge. Anterolateral margins obtuse and

nearly straight in anterior halves, posterior halves

with lateral angles each produced into a conical

slightly recurved spinous process directed out-

wards and only a little upwards, not as long as

posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about

75 per cent length of posterolateral margin.

Posterolateral margin slightly sinuate, posterior

margin broadly concave.

MUS.,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Seutellum: Concolorous with apex (broadly)

and midline luteous and nearly glabrous, midline

area wider anteriorly than posteriorly where it

runs into glabrous apical area. Laterally to

these glabrous areas punctations all black, or

some black and some concolorous, just behind

where luteous midline joins apical area a few

scattered punctations near the midline in the

luteous area. No fovea at base of lateral margins,

latter broadly convex in basal half then changing

direction and broadly convex to broadly rounded

apex. Frena reaching reaching to about half

length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous

with coarse punctation, some or many of these

punctations fuscous, inner angle of corium

narrowly black. Exterior margin of corium

concave in basal quarter then broadly convex

Batrne i bene

t . a

5mm:

Fig. 33.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona equisignala sp. nov.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

to nearly acute apical angle, posterior margin

nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded.

Clavus elongate triangular, Membrane and veins

hyaline.

Abdomen: Concolorous or with a fuscous

area around apex of scutellum or (holotype)

with a broad longitudinal black band behind

scutellum reaching apex, Dorsum of pygophore

with a lateral black patch on either side, dorsum

of female genitalia with a fuscous patch on either

side of midline,

Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior exterior

angles of I-VI black, almost rectangular, hind

margin of VII strongly black in holotype,

Underside: Concolorous except extreme tip

of prothoracic spine and posterior angles of

abdominal ventrites IU-VIl, rostrum ventrally

and apical third of its last segment, black. Apical

half of antennal segment IIT, antennal segments

TV and Y, tarsi and extreme apices of tibiac

brown. Bucculae not reaching base of head but

Dimensions---

Parameter

Thatch tetmtly 3 cee hee 8 oe awh ONG shea 35S ee

Head width

Antennal segment |

Antennal segment II

Antennal segment TTD... 5c crea ecu e nee tere es 0 neleactrare

Antennal segment IV. 2.2 22-22 ce eee ce be eee eee ees

Antonnal segment V

Pronotum width ..-2. 2.20.2 2. ee) eee eee eee

ReOnOtih AG ete per ett pete yet ores eerste lat

Total length

Total length:

Remarks: Only the four specimens listed

above are known, the distribution appears to be

unusually wide for such an uncommon species

and it may be noted here that some other local-

ities on Captain 8. A, White labels have proved

to be in error, these Cape York Peninsula records

may also be. The species is similar to procallosa

having the same black posterior angles to the

laterotergites and abdominal ventrites and a

callous median patch anteriorly on the pronotum,

It differs from that species in having a small

black line on either side of the anterior callosity

of the pronotum and the V-shaped posterior

margin of the pygophore and the more black

punctate hind portion of the pronotum, It is

also somewhat similar to phi but differs in not

having the underside of the pronotal spines

strongly punctate right to their bases.

Lacation of types:

Holotype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,672), allotype ¢

(Reg. No. 120,673), 1 paratype @ (Reg. No.

ee ee ee ee re 2

Vetere eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee i ee i

to middle of eye, elevated, sinuate, produced

into a conyex lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment

I robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reach-

ing nearly to fore coxae, IT arched and reaching

mid coxae, IT1 to about middle of hind coxae or

beyond, [VY onto [Vth abdominal ventrite.

Ratio of antennal segments 10;21;21:25;24,

Episterna, proepimera, propleuron, and hind por-

tion of metapleuron, and abdomen (except along

midline) punctate. Metasternal-mesosternal keel

higher anteriorly than posteriorly, reaching over

prosternum but not to apex, anteriorly broadly

rounded, deflected to left in ventral view.

Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened apically,

Abdomen with midline Juteous, rounded in

posterior view but segments VIT-III progressively

more V-shaped. Spiracles raised. Apex of male

abdomen Fig. 32 A, apical margin of pygophore

somewhat triangularly excavate, reflexed, Apex

of female abdomen Fig. 32 B, hind margins of

first gonocoxae half truncate and only faintly

oblique.

Holotype 4 Allotype > Paratype 3 Paratype |

36 35 4] 37

37 39 39 39

10, 10 1, ti,41 10,70

21,21 21,2] 3,2 21,21

19,19 2u, 20 24,24 20, 21

29, 29 24,25 30, 22 24, 24

26, 26 23, 23 24, — 24, —

110 121 121 ies

28 36 34 30

148 170 158 140

77-90 mm.

120,674), Cape York Peninsula, Queensland,

Captain S. A. White; 1 paratype ¢ (Reg, No,

20,675), Mt, Wedge, South Australia, 16.X.

1954, N. B, Tindale SAM,

Specimens examined; The types only.

Cuspicona phi sp. nov,

Figs. 28 E, 34, 36 F

Description: Ground colour in museum speci-

mens brownish-yellow with black punctations on

hind portion of pronotum and scutellum, on

underside of frontal spines and hind or ventral

portions of thoracic pleura, black markings on

dorsum of abdomen above. Lateral angles of

pronotum produced into conical spines.

Head; Concolorous and rather convex above;

punctation rather sparse and concolorous or

light brown, arranged in rows, Eyes and ocelli

purplish red, Lateral margins strongly concave.

116

Pronotum: In anterior portion mostly con-

colorous with brown punctations but calli a

darker brown, between calli and extending to

anterior margin a rather callous luteous marking.

On dorsal surface of produced lateral spines and

in disc between them a broad rather diffuse band

of black punctations, apices of lateral spines

black. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes

and broadly excavate behind collum, antero-

lateral angles produced into a small ridge.

Lateral margins obtuse and slightly convex in

their anterior halves, posterior halves with

lateral angles produced into a conical slightly

recurved spinous process directed outwards and

only a little upwards, not as long as postero-

lateral margins, its basal diameter about 75 per

cent length of posterolateral margin. Postero-

lateral margin obtusangulately excavate, pos-

terior margin broadly concave.

ets

REC. 5. AUST. MUS.,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Scutellum: Concolorous and finely punctate

with apical third luteous. and glabrous, this

luteous produced forward along midline. In

apical fifth some black punctations medially,

just anterior to these on either side (leaving

midline there broadly impunctate) a triangular

to quadrate patch of black punctations. A con-

colorous fovea visible at base of lateral margins

in one of the paratypes, Jateral margins broadly

convex in basal half, then changing direction and

broadly convex to broadly rounded apex. Frena

reaching to about half length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous but

inner angle or corium margined with fuscous.

Exterior margin of corium concave in basal

quarter then broadly rounded to almost rectang-

ular apical angle, posterior margin nearly straight,

inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate

Fig. 34. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona pli sp.

noy.

RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1

triangular. Membrane and veins largely hyaline

but at inner anterior angle a small longitudinal

fuscous bur joining the fuscous on inner angle

of corium.

Abdomen: Concolorous: large single ot paired

black patches on segments VI and VII medially,

dorsum of female genitalia with large, black

patches, one on each side.

Lajerotergites; Concolorous but fuscous

along posterior margin of VII, lateral angles

almost rectangular.

Underside: Concolorous but in holotype

with a reddish tinge and reddish punctations, red-

dish especially more intense on evaporative area,

on femora and broadly along lateral margins of

abdominal ventrite VII. Bucculae, whole

underside of spinous angles of pronotum and

extending somewhat onto propleuron, and

female genitalia with reddish fuscous punctations.

Rostrum ventrally and most of apical segment

black, Prominent luteous areas ventrally and

along hind margin of propleuron turning anteri-

orly under punctate area on lateral spines,

ventrally on mesopleuron and vVentrally and

Dimensions—

Parameter Holotype ¢

Head length...) ne cee yp ee oe ee cee 39

Head Width .,.., ccc. eu eeu epy creer pe eeuenes 38

Antennal segment). ...... te sfelerest bodefemnace ove 9, 9

Antennal segment II . 49,19

Antennal segment UT ree reep ree teee credit 13,13

Antennal segment lV... 02.0... 0 02. eee eee 20, 21

Antennal segment V woes 85 tes Eis peek tere 19,19

Promotum WITH oc pipe ec cayee een e eugene 116

Pronotwatt len@ty <4 tee teeing Cee 40

Torbal Jengthy oo 25 cee cs yess tes eccepetvaeyp tie 155

117

posteriorly on metapleuron, Mesosternal-

metasternal keel semihyaline,

Bucculae not reaching base of head and not

to past middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a

convex lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment T

robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reaching

about base of head, I arched and reaching

mid coxae, Ill to about middle of hind coxae

and IV past middle of third abdominal ventrite,

Ratio of antennal segments 9:16:12:18:16.

Episterna, proepimeron and hind portions of pro-

and metapleura punctate, Metasternal-meso-

sternal keel higher anteriorly than posteriorly,

reaching over prosternum to about its apex,

anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to the left

in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae a little

flattened exteriorly in apical quarter. Abdomen

fairly densely punctate, rounded in posterior view

but segments VI-III progressively more V-

shaped, Apex of male abdomen Fig. 28 BE,

apical margin of pygophore gently concave

medially and broadly convexly rounded laterally.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 36 F, hind margins

of first gonocoxae somewhat oblique and

narrowly sinuated-

Allorype © Paratype 4 Paratype | Paratype 2

(Peak-Downs) (Peak-Downs) (Sydnev}

46 33 33 32

36 33 33 33

9,9 8, 9 &, 9 9, 8

16, 17 15, — 16, 15 15,16

12.13 {2,— 12, 14 lf, d2

18, 19 — 7 — i—

7,17 = 15, — _

15 103 115 103

33 33 WO 33

150 140 145 150

Total length: 73-7'8 mm.

Remarks; This species is apparently closely

related to procallosa and equtisignata but differs

from them in not having prominently black

posterior angles to laterotergites anterior to the

Villth pair and by having dense black puncta-

tions on the underside of the pronotal spines.

Only the nine specimens listed below are known,

Lacation of types:

Holotype «& (Reg. No, T7216), Mt.

Tozer area, [ron Range, North Queensland,

29.1V-1.V.1973. G. B. Monteith QM; allotype

®. West Normanby River, 64 km (40

miles) west of Cooktown, north Queensland,

12.X1,1965, G. Monteith UQ; 2 paratype ¢,

Peak-Downs, Queensland! 1° paratype, Sydney

(spelt “Sidney”). New South Wales STOCK-

HOLM; 2 paratype °, New South Wales, Dis-

tant coll, 1911-383 BM; | paratype &, Australiat

! paratype 2, New Holland, Deyrolle; | para-

type °, Peak-Downs RM.

Specimens examined: The types only.

Cuspicona angustizona sp. nov.

Figs. 35, 36 E

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour in

museum specimens greenish yellow with black

Punctations on head (sparse), on upper surface

of pronotal spines and in a narrow but dense

band across disc of pronotum between lateral

spines and beneath on underside of pronctal

spines, Lateral angles of pronotum produced

into conical spines..

11k REC. §, AUST. MUS.. 17

Head: Concolorous, not very convex above;

punctation moderately dense but fine, black and

brown, basally arranged in rows, Eyes and

ocelli dull purple. Lateral margins concave,

Pronotum: Concolorous with punctation

mostly concolorous or reddish but on dorsal sur-

face of lateral spine, in a narrow but dense band

across disc between lateral spines and in a thin

longitudinal, medial line only one or two puncta-

tions wide given off from transverse band to

anterior margin (interrupted a little before an-

terior margin) with punctations black. Anterior

margin oblique behind eyes and broadly excavate

behind collum, anterolateral angles hardly pro-

duced. Lateral margins obtuse and only slightly

convex in anterior two thirds, posterior thirds

with lateral angles each produced into a conical

slightly recurved spinous process directed out-

wards and a little upwards, not as long as postero-

lateral margins, basal diameter about 60 per cent

length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral

(6)* 5|-167 December, 1975

margin obtusangulately excavate, posterior mar-

gin broadly concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous and finely punctate

anteriorly, in posterior third paler with scattered

coarse black punctations, no less dense medially

than laterally; this punctate area produced anteri-

orly from the main mass of punctations for a

short distance along midline. A small con-

colorous fovea at base of each lateral margin,

lateral margins almost straight in anterior half,

then changing direction and almost straight to

broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching about

half length.

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts fuscous but

inner angle of corium and apical angle of claws

margined with fuscous. Exterior margin of

corium concave in basal quarter then broadly

rounded to almost rectangular apical angle, pos-

terior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly

rounded, Clavus elongate triangular. Mem-

brane and veins largely hyaline but at inner

Fig, 35.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona angustizona sp. nov.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT

anterior angle a small fuscous area adjoins the

fuscous on corium and clavus.

Abdomen: Apparently concolorous or perhaps

rather reddish medially, dorsum of female

genitalia with some black patches.

Laterotergites: Concolorous but apical angle

of VII darkened, lateral angles produced into a

small spine.

Underside: Concolorous but bucculae, under-

side of pronotal spine and first gonocoxae of

female with black punctations. Abdomen ven-

trally broadly luteous, a medial spot on propleura

and posterior margins of paratergites VIII black.

Metasternal-mesosternal keel hyaline.

Bucculae not reaching base of head and not

to past middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a

blunt triangular lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment

I robust, just surpassing base of bucculae, II

arched and probably reaching about mid coxae,

TV and III missing on both specimens. Ratio

of first four antennal segments (fifth missing in

both specimens) 10:20:18:22. Episterna,

pastenar margin of pygophore

ventral surface of

pygopnore

posterior marain

at pygaphore

ventral margnu: of

pygophore

-, 6 aN

sternum XK

fiaratercire 1X

Whaat

AREAS—! 9

proepimeron, hind portion of propleuron and

metapleuron punctate. Legs apparently normal,

tibiae flattened towards apices, most tarsi missing

on the two specimens examined. Méetasternal-

mesosternal keel higher and thinner anteriorly

than posteriorly, reaching over prosternum nearly

to its apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected

a little to the left in ventral view. Abdomen

finely punctate, rounded in posterior view but

segments VI-III progressively more V-shaped.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 36 E, hind margins

of first gonocoxae oblique and narrowly sinuated.

Males unknown,

Dimensions —

Parameter Holotype + Paratype -

Head length ..........0...... 38 36

Head width ..............-, 4l RY)

Antennal segment Il ........ 10, 10 10,.=

Antennal segment [1 Bes 20, 20 7

Antennal segment IIT .....-.. 18, 18 =

Antennal segment IV ........ 22, — —

Antennal segment V Absent on both examples

Pronotum width ............ 130 125

Pronotum length .......,.. 31 35

Total lenglh ..............,. 180 175

Total length: 9-1-9-4 mm

sternum X

paratergite 1X

first gonocoxa

paratergite 1%

sternum X

first gonocoxa

paratergie 1X

steer

Stee MOS, first gonacoxa

Fig. 36. Cuspicona apothoraciea sp, nov., Cuspicona theracica

(Westwood), Cuspicona angustizona sp. noy., Cuspicana pli.

sp. nov.

male abdomen.

Cuspicona thoracica,

ventral aspect of female abdomen.

—ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

A-B. Cuspicona apethoracica.

B. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

C. ventral aspect of male abdomen. D,

A. ventral aspect of

c-D.

E. Cuspicena angustizena

F. Cuspicona

phi—ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

120 REC. S. AUST, MUS.,

Remarks: ‘This species is closely related to

phi, having the apical area of the scutellum fairly

evenly covered with black punctations and

having a median prolongation forward of

the transverse dark band on the pronotum. It

differs by its larger size, prolongation forward

of the black punctations medially on the scutellum

and the strongly bicoloured abdomen beneath.

Both examples are unfortunately incomplete.

Lacation of types:

Holotype ® (Reg. No. T7217), Brisbane,

Queensland, R, Kumar QM; paratype ¢, Ejids-

vold, Queensland, ANIC,

Specimens examined- The types only.

Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood, 1837)

Figs, 30 C-D, 36 C-D, 37. 38 A

Rhynchocoris thoracica Westwood, 1837, p, 30.

Cuspicona theracica Dallas, 1851. p. 386. Mayr,

(866, p, 67. Stal, 1876, p, 103, Van Duzee,

1905, p, 208.

Cuspicona xanthochlera Walker, 1867, p. 389,

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour greeti in

life with dorsum of head, a broad transverse

band on pronotum between, and extending onto,

produced lateral angles, antennae, underside of

head, rostrum, apices of femora and tarst brown.

Basally or wholly on head, across pronotum as a

transverse band, and Jaterally near apex of

scutellum black punctate.

Head; Brown and flattened above; tn males

strongly punctate with black above on almost

entire disc; females usually less extensively black

punctate than males but basally a median quad-

rate area made up of three short parallel longitu-

dinal bands of black punctations always present

and lateral margins with black punctations. Eyes

and ocelli purplish red.

Prenotum: Green in life, yellowish or pale

yellowish brown in museum specimens; dorsal

surface of lateral angles and a broad transverse

band between them brown with numerous black

punctatiors,. this band of punctations about seven

punctations wide medially, anteriorly and poster-

iorly to this band finely and concolorously punc-

tate except on glabrous calli, Anterior margin

17 (G92) 31-167 December, 1975

oblique behind eyes and concave behind collum,

anterolateral angles produced into a very small

tooth, Anterolateral margins obtuse, straight

and diverging in anterior half; posteriorly half,

with lateral angles, produced into a conical

slightly recurved spinous process directed out-

wards and only a little upwards, about as long

as posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about

75 per cent or less length of posterolateral

nargins. Posterolateral margins obtusangulately

excavate, posterior margin broadly concave,

Scutellum: Green in life with anterior median

portion rather yellowish-green, pale yellowish-

brown in museum specimens, Apical half with

a broad median luteous or reddish longitudinal

stripe reaching apex, laterally to this a triangular

or semi-circular patch of black punetations not

beginning as far forward as base of luteous stripe

nor reaching near to upex. Latter broadly

impuctate. No foyea at base of lateral inargins,

latter broadly convex in basal half, then very

broadly and slightly convex fo rounded apex.

Frena reaching neurly to half length.

Hemelytra; Green in life, pale yellowish

brown in museum specimens, coarsely and con-

colorously punctate, Exterior margin of corium

concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded

to very shortly rounded apical angle, posterior

margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly

rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem-

brane and veins. hyaline,

Abdomen: Green in Jife, yellow in museum

specimens; without black markings, except at

posterior margins of pygophore,

Lateretergites: Green in life, narrowly black

just laterally of midline on dorsum of female

genitalia.

Underside: In life, pale green. in museum

specimens yellowish brown, Underside of head

yellowish; antennae, most of rostrum, apical half

of pronotal spines, apices of tibiae, tarst and

pygophore ventrally brown, Rostrum ventrally

and most of apical segment black. Mesosternal-

metasternal Keel, a broad median band on

abdomen and all fentale external genitalia except

paratergites VIII luteous, Underside of pronotal

spines frequently reddish.

Bucculae not reaching base of head and not

to past middle of eye, strongly smuute. produced

into a triangular Jobe anteriorly. Rostral

segment I robust, surpassing base of bucculae

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 12)

Brenoa K, Head

C$ 5mm:

Fig. 37.

but not reaching base of head, I slightly arched

and reaching mid coxae, III to hind coxae and IV

to middle of abdominal ventrite HII. Ratio of

antennal segments 9:16:19:20:21. Episterna,

proepimeron, hind portion of propleuron and

metapleuron lightly and concolorously punctate.

Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over apex

of prosternum, higher anteriorly than posteriorly,

its anterior margin only slightly convex, deflected

to the left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae

rather flattened exteriorly in apical quarter.

Abdomen sparsely, finely and concolorously

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood).

punctate laterally and on external genitalia,

medially impunctate, rounded in posterior view

but ventrites V-III progressively more V-shaped.

Apex of male abdomen Fig. 36 C, apical margin

of pygophore rather truncate laterally, concayely

excavate medially. Clasper Fig. 30 D, rather

curved F-shaped. Medial penial plates of

aedeagus Fig. 30 C. strongly Y-shaped, their

ventral surfaces sinuate, gonopore opening

between them. Apex of female abdomen Fig.

36 D, hind margins of first gonocoxae sinuated

and vaguely oblique.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head'length 0... cee eee ee ceee 30 29 16 5-4 27-34

Head wittth oe eee ee Re De 31 34 1:2 3-6 32-37

Antennal segment Tw... ee ee eee eee ees 46 9 0-6 7-0 7-10

Antennal segment If 0.2... 00... 0.2. eee eee 48 16 13 78 14-18

Antennal segment HI ..... 0.0... cee eee eee 48 20 11 58 18-22

Antennal segment IV 2.0... 00.00.0000 cae eee 42 21 1:2 6-0 19-24

Antennal segment Vo... ... pea ea ea eee ee 40 22 13 6-0 20-27

Pronotum width 2.2.0.0... 00... cc eee ere eee 31 104 3-4 3-2 99-112

Pronotum length .........0..0. 000. c eee eee ee 31 31 27 8-7 28-34

PORAMIGr Gta eo) ese. eH a et ealets lleatea ol ulewes 31 133 9-7 73 117-151

122 REC. 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length ........... 0.00 e eee eee eee etl gus 36 32 23 7-0 28-39

Head width |. aii. us betas ene ils 408 Gee starts bit 36 37 1-7 4-7 31-40

Antennal segment ...... 0.2.0 .002ee cee eee eee 63 9 0-6 6-8 8-11

Antennal segment II ......5. 040.02. 2 eee eee 63 16 1-6 9-5 10-19

Antennal segment ITT .......0. 0.0.0.0... 22008. 63 19 1-2 6:2 17-22

Antennal segment [V .,......-... 22-4 .24 0005. 56 20 1-5 73 18-25

Antennal segment Vow... eee eee eee eee 50 21 1-2 5-7 19-25

Pronotum width ........ 0.0... cee eee eee eens 36 114 83 7:3 104-155

Pronotum length ........... 0.4 5.4205505 wares 36 33 26 79 29-39

Total Ipingthe 2 22304260. 206 ee hae RE eB ame hee 36 145 9-2 6:3 130-165

Total length: 6:9-7-6 mm

Remarks: When work was part way on

specimens labelled thoracica in most collections

it was noticed that the series were made up of

two very similar species which can be distin-

guished by the outline of the male pygophore,

by the degree of black in the head in males,

by whether the margins of the head are black

spotted or not in females and the degree of

posterior extension of the black punctations

on the scutellum. As I was unaware of this

when I examined the types of thoracica and

@ Cuspicona thoracica

QUEENSLAND

aap a-n ened

Pome

Bathursie %

\ Goulburn,

i ~.

No.

i] Echyes a” ne.

i VICTORIA \

| Baltara *.

MELBOURNE, e,

Fig. 38.

Cuspicona thoracica.

Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood), Cuspicona upothoracica sp. nov.

B. distribution of Cuspicona apothoracica,

xanthochlora in England in 1969 it was necessary

to call upon the good offices of Mr. I. Lansbury

in the Hope Department at Oxford and Dr W.

R. Dolling at the British Museum to recheck

these types for me. They prove to be conspecific

and to apply to this taxon. The second species

is described hereunder and the differences

between the two treated in the Remarks section

there. Cuspicona thoracica occurs only near

the coast in central and south-eastern Victoria,

New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland.

A Cuspicona apothoracica

QUEENSLAND

{

(

Armidales A

NEW SOUTH WaLeEs

Cithgow mr

—

‘

AGEL AIDE;

Goulburn

A. distribution of

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 123

Location of types:

Holotype @ of thoracica Westwood, “New

Holland”, in Hope, holotype 2° of xanthochlora

Walker, “Australia”, in BM.

Specimens Examined: About 140 examples

were examined, their detailed distributions are

not given but the distribution plotted on

Fig. 38 A,

Cuspicona apothoracica sp. noy.

Figs. 36 A-B, 38 B, 39, 40 A-C

Description:

General appearance: Very similar to thora-

cica. Grass green in life with dorsum of head,

a broad transverse band on pronotum between

and extending onto, produced lateral angles,

ail A al a en |

5mm.

Fig. 39,

antennae, underside of head, rostrum, apices of

tibiae, and tarsi brown. Basally on head, across

transverse band on pronotum and laterally near

apex of scutellum black punctate.

Head: Brown and slightly convex above; in

both sexes black punctations restricted to three

basal black longitudinal bars, if punctations

present in front of anterior margins of eyes then

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona apotheracicu sp. noy.

sparse and not reaching apex. Lateral margins

and most of apical portion with concolorous

punctations. Eyes and ocelli purplish red.

Pronotum: Green in life, yellowish or pale

yellow brown in museum specimens; dorsal sur-

face of lateral angles and a broad transverse band

between them brown with numerous black punc-

tations, this band of punctations about seven

124 REC. S AUST. MUS.,

punctutions wide medially, anteriorly and pos-

teriorly to this bard finely and concolorously

punctate except on glabrous ealli, Anterior

margin oblique behind eyes and deeply concave

behind collum, anterolateral angles produced into

a small tooth, Anterolateral margins obtuse,

straight and diverging in anterior half; posterior

half, with lateral angles, produced into a conical

slightly recurved process directed outwards and

only a little upwards, about 75 per cent length

of posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about

50 per cent length of posterolateral margins.

Posterolateral margins obtusangulately angulate

und sinuate, posterior margin broadly convex,

Seutellum: Green in life with a broad orange-

lutecous median fascia in apical 2/5, in museum

specimens the green areas change to yellow or

yellowish brown. Laterally to apical pale streak

un elongate triangular patch of black punctations

on cach side beginning at about base of pale

streak and continued almost to apex, there tend-

ing to continue on to the apically rounded portion

as a narrow band one or two punctations wide.

No fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly

convex in basal half, then broadly and slightly

convex to rounded apex. Frena reaching past

half length,

Hemelytra; Green in life, yellow in museum

specimens, coarsely and concolorously punctate,

Exterior margin of corium concave in basal

quarter then broadly rounded to very shortly

rounded apical angle, posterior margin nearly

straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus

elongate triangular. Membrane and yeins hya-

line.

Abdomen; Green in life, yellow in museum

Specimens, upper margins of male pygophore

with some black markings.

Laterotergites; Concolorous, posterior exterior

angles with a small reflexed spine.

17 (6); 51-16? December, \YTS

Underside; Concolorous but in life head

rather yellowish, abdomen medially towards base,

thoracic sterna and their keels lightened in

colour. Antennae, most of rostrum, apical half

of pronotal spines, apices of tibiae, tarsi and

pygophore brown, Rostrum ventrally and most

of apical segment and pronotal spines apically

black,

Bucculae not reaching base and not even to

middle of eye, strongly sinuate, produced into

an acute triangular lobe anteriorly. Rostral

segment I robust, just surpassing apex of buccu-

lae, If slightly arched and reaching mid coxae.

Ill to hind coxae, 1V to base of abdominal

segment If. Ratio of antennal segments 1-V

9:16; 19 + 23; 24. Episterna and epimera

nearly glabrous, propleuron sparsely punctate

anteriorly and posteriorly and with some black

punctuations on underside of pronotal spine,

meétupleuron punctate posteriorly, Metasternal-

mesosternal keel reaching over apex of proster-

num to apex of latter, higher anteriorly than

posteriorly, its interior margin only slightly con-

vex, deflected to the left in ventral view. Femora

normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in

apical quarter. Abdomen fairly densely punctate

laterally and more sparsely on female external

genitalia, medially impunctate, rounded in pos-

terior view but ventrites V-III progressively more

V-shaped. Apex of male abdomen Fig, 36 A,

apical margin of pygophore conyexly rounded

laterally and broadly concave medially, Clasper

Fig. 40 C, rather F-shaped. Aedeagus Figs,

40) A-B, phallosoma only lightly sclerotized,

conjunctiva praduced apically into two tubular

lobes which cross over each other in dorsal

view, “lappet” processes elongate and directed

downwards in their basal portion. Medial

penial plates strongly inverted Y-shaped, their

ventral surfaces sinuate, gonopore opening bet-

ween them. Apex of fernale abdomen Fig, 36 B,

hind margins of first gonocoxae faintly concave

and rather oblique,

Dimensions—

MALES

Nuoiber of Standurd Coelficient Observed

Parameter Meusurements Meun Deviation of Kanee

Variation

Head lenatr 2-2, ee ee pda ote be tchwbebee ini nts 25 34 b4 39 32-38

SABATLWIGE as ep oelett be sunt} pelem £2 wea ts 2 25 36 13 405, 34-39

Antennal segmencU Jenisere ism ccetiyees dine 34 9 04 43 8-10

Antennal segment ll .. 22.222 22 ee 32 16 oO 63 J4-17

Antennal segment WE 2-2... ot sol os ton 32 ih) Lt 56 15-21

Antennal segment WV. ee ee ee ee 26 23 13 57 21-26

ANntenmal segment Vo.o.. 20... eee eee r 21 24 '4 60 20-26

Pronotum width wo 00.00 0.0222 eee, 25 104 5.4 3:2 99-135

Pronotum length . 22... ee ee ee ca 25 28 34 11:9 24-36

Total length -.)..,., cE Lore Liiseeut beret 25 130 a9 6-9 16-140

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 125

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coctficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation ol Range

Variation

Head length occ. ces eee cee ees simelele's i Aaa, 32 7 1-5 40 34-39

Head Width 22, 2:4 csemte mew eeeiels sacoesele ge 32 38 I 28 37-41

Antennal segment 1 Pe eee ESOC ER IOO soo a7 9 02 2-6 8-10

Antennal segment Woo... eee eee 40 13 1-2 81 13-18

Antennal segment WE... 2. eee eee eee 40 18 14 77 16-21

Antennal segment IV .,,.,..-0 220-20 ee eee ee 35 22 13 59 20-24

Antennal segment Vow cep cee giv eee cee eee eee 23 23 0-9 34 21-24

Pronotum width oo... 50 (2-0 sso e eee eee eee 32 113 5-0 a4 106-125

Pronotum length o 0... -.....0 000004 pene eee 32 29 2-8 6 24-36

Total Jength scp. 0-2-0 cre cee ee ee ee ne 32 139 7 51 123-154

Total length: 6:0-8-1 mm

Remarks: Cuspicona apotheracica is very

similar in appearance to C. theracica and very

easily confused with the latter, The salient

differences are: —

thoracica

Head in males extensively marked with

black punctations over most of dorsal sur-

face and to lateral margins,

Head in females with dorsal black punc-

tations basally and also submarginally.

Scutellum in both sexes with a short triangu-

lar patch of black punectations on either

side which do not reach near to apex.

Ratio of antennal segments I-V 9:16:19:

20:21,

Posterior outline of male pygophore from

below with a truneate or slightly concave

lobe on either side separated by a concave

area medially, the lateral and medial regions

separated by an angle (Fig. 36 C),

apothoracica

Head in inales usually only black pune-

tale in region between eyes. If black

punctations present in anterior portion of

disc then sparse and marginal areas con-

colorously punctate,

Head in females with dorsal black puncta-

tions restricted to basal area, marginal areas

concolorously punctate. Scutellum in both

sexes with an elongate triangular patch of

black punctations on either side which

extend almost to apex of scutellum,

Ratio of antennal segments [-V 9:16:19:

23:24,

Posterior outline of male pygophore from

below with a convex lobe on either side

running smoothly into a concave area

medially (Fig, 36 A).

Apothoracica (Fig. 38 B) has almost the

same distribution as theracica, occurring only

near the coast in central and eastern Victoria,

eastern New South Wales and south castern

Queensland.

Location of types:

Holotype 8, Acacia Ridge, Brisbane, Queens-

land, 17,0X%,1964, A. Neboiss, paratypes:— dé ,

Burleigh, Queensland, 28.1X.1960, A, N. Burns;

2, sume locality and collector, 18.1X%.1960; 2,

North Queensland, from C, French Jun., 19 2X1.

1911; 4, Buchan, Victoria, Oct, 1907, N. ¥.

Leach; 24, Thurra River, Cape Everard,

Victoria, 29.X%.1970, A. Neboiss; #, [7 km

S.E. of Merrijig on 8 Mile Creek off Howqua

River, Victoria, 1.X1I,1971, A. Neboiss; °&,

Montrose, Victoria, 25.X1.1945, P.B.; &,

Beaconsfield, Victoria, 8.XI1,1933, G. F, Hill;

2¢, Ringwood, Victoria NM; allotype ° (Reg.

No. 120,678), Glenmaggie Weir, Victoria, 14.

1V.1957, F. E. Wilson; paratypes;— 9? (Reg.

No, 120,679), by sweeping, 1-6 km west of

Apollo Bay, Victoria, 19.1.1962, G. F. Gross;

@ (Reg, No, 120,680), Seaford, Victoria, W, F,

Hill; 22, (Reg. Nos. 120,681-2), Bribie Island

in Moreton Bay, Queensland, Lea and Hacker

SAM; 2, Brisbane, Queensland, 6.X.1914, FH,

Hacker; 3 4, 19, Birkdale, Brisbane, Queens-

land, 7.1X.1926, H. Hacker; 9%, Stanthorpe,

Queensland, 26,.X.1930, E. Sutton QM, @¢.

Glen Aplin, Queensland, 4.VIL.1964, P, Ker-

ridge; @, Nth. Stradbroke Island, Queensland,

20.1V.1968, T, Weir; ¢, Caloundra, Queens-

land, 21.011.1972, G, B. Monteith; ¢, on

Leptospermum, Tibrogargan Creek, Queensland,

4.1X,1953, T. E, Woodward UQ; 2@, Pt. Mae-

quarie, New South Wales, 25 Aug.-14 Sept.

1941, H, W. Simmonds; ¢, La Perouse, Sydney.

New South Wales, G. H. Hardy; 4, Sylvania,

New South Wales, Oct, 1934, Dr, K, K, Spence

AM; 1 ¢, 3 paratype ?, Mannus near Tum-

barumba, New South Wales, J-XI1-1930, T. G.

Campbell; ¢, 18 km south of Forster, New South

Wales, 17.X.1956, P. B. Carne: 2, Blundells,

126 REC, 5. AUST, MUS.,

Australian Capital Territory, T. G. Camp-

bell; ¢, 6 km north of Briagolong, Victoria,

13.X1I.1949, T. G. Campbell, ¢°, shaken from

Hakea sericea Schrad, Mount Oberon, Wilson's

Promontory, Victoria, 5.1X.1967, S. Neser; °,

shaken from Hakea sericea Schrad in flower.

Story Creek, Cann River, Victoria, 9.1X,1967,

S. Neser ANIC; 4, Brisbane, Queensland,

4.1X.1914, H. Hacker, Brit. Mus. 1923-313:

2, North Narrabeen, New South Wales,

27.X.1957, M. I. Nikitin; 2, cliff over Pacific

Ocean, North Narrabeen, New South Wales,

13.11.1960, B.M. 1960-619; ¢, Bulli Pass, New

lappet process

basal plates

—

basal plates

» _vesica

_medial penial plates

17 (6): SI-167 Decenther, 1975

South Wales, 20.X1.1948, E. B. Britton; ?,

by net sweeping on river banks, Loddun River

near Bulli, New South Wales, 1.X.1959, N,

Nikitin BM 1960-203; 2, Dorrigo, New South

Wales, W. Heron, BM 1935-46; 2, Sydney, New

South Wales, Distant Coll. 1911-383; @, New

South Wales, presented by Perth Museum B.M.

1953-629; 9, unlocalised BM; ?, New South

Wales AMNH;7 4.5 2, Brisbane, 1910, Sept.

1915 and 15.1X.1915, ex Bridwell Coll.; 2 ¢,

Stradbroke Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland,

20,1X.1915, J. C. Bridwell; 1 4, 1 ?, Botany

Bay, New South Wales, H. Petersen, ex C. F.

paired

— conjunctival

lobes

paired

conjunctival

lobes

lappet

“process

scleralised

Ye area a

™ phallosoma

{basal

plates

paired i}

conjunctival : B

lobes

vesica

i gonopore

medial penial plates

t_ -— 05mm

O5mm

05mm

Fig. 40. Cuspicona apothoracica sp. noy., Cuspicona strenuella Walker.

A-C. Cuspicona apothoracica.

aspect of aedeagus. C. clasper.

aspect of aedeagus.

A. lefthand aspect of aedeagus.

D-F, Cuspicona strenuella.

E. clasper of usual individual.

B. dorsal

D. lefthand

F. clasper of rather

unusual Queensland example.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1

Baker Coll. 1927; ¢, National Park, New South

Wales, 15.11.1957, W. W. Wirth: ¢, Bacchus

Marsh, Victoria, ex G, W. Kirkaldy Coll, 1919

USNM; ¢, Stradbroke Island, Queensland,

2.%.1911, H. Hacker; 2, Brisbane, Queensland,

10. VIIH.1913, H. Hacker KU; 2 2, Sydney, New

South Wales, Oct. 1903, ex Helms Coll. 1 2,

2 39, National Park, New South Wales, Dec.

1905, ex Helms Coll. BISHOP.

Specimens examined: The type series only.

127

Cuspicona strenuella Walker, 1867

Figs. 40 D-F, 41, 43 E-F

Cuspicona strenuella Walker, 1868, p. 572.

Cuspicona beutenmiilleri Van Duzee, 1905,

p. 208, pl. 8, Fig. 10. New synonym.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour rather

greenish brown in life with anterior half of

scutellum, corium, clavus, a patch on propleuron,

Fig. 41.

tibiae medially, embolium and abdomen (later-

ally) green. Lateral angles of pronotum pro-

duced into conical spines, latter black punctate

and infuscated towards apices; black punctations

in two patches laterally near middle of scutellum;

femora maculated with brown.

Head: Greenish brown, evenly punctate; eyes

and ocelli reddish or purplish. Lateral margins

frequently with black punctations,

VM. KITSON

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona strenuella Walker,

Pronotum: Greenish brown, anterolateral

margins frequently with black punctations, Spin-

ous lateral angles infuscated towards apices, dark

punctate in their basal posterior portions, occa-

sionally these punctations extending transversely

across pronotal disc as a narrow band two or

three punctations wide, more frequently a quad-

rate patch of black punctations medially near

posterior margin. On each side from base of

(28 REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

each lateral spine an oblique luteous fascia reach-

ing posterior margin near middle, Anterior

margin oblique behind eyes and sinuously exca-

vate behind collum. Lateral margins straight

or slightly convex and diverging posteriorly in

anterior half; posterior halt, with lateral angles,

produced into a conical. slightly recurved spinous

process directed outwards and upwards, about

as long as posterolateral margin, its basal dia-

meter rather less than length of posterolateral

margin. Posterolateral margins slightly angu-

lately concave, posterior margin broadly concave,

Seutellum: 1n life anterior half green and

posterior half Juteous, mediarily luteous produced

forward a little into the green, On either side

of scutellum 4 quadrate patch of dark puncta-

tions, their centre just behind midlength of

lateral margins, some sparse dark punctations in

apical portion, No fovea at base of lateral

margins, latter broadly convex in basal third,

then very broadly and slightly conyex to broadly

rounded apex. Frena reaching about half length.

Hemelyira, Coriaceous parts green in life,

rather sparsely and coarsely punctate. Exterior

margin of corium concave in basal quarter then

broadly rounded to shortly rounded apical angle,

posterior margin neatly straight, inner angle

broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular.

Menibrane and veins hyaline.

Abdomen: Reddish green above with a medial

broad black stripe extending back from well

before apex of scutellum, genital segment black

and reddish green above.

Laterotergites: Green in life, posterior margin

of VIIth narrowly black. Posterior exterior

angles of all segments nearly rectangular with

only a fine short spine.

Underside: Luteous; a callous green patch

on propleuron just behind eye and narrower

than latter, extending back only a little more

than half length of segment, most of basal 2/3

of tibiae (except extreme bases), a triangular

patch in posterior portion of metapleuron and

a broad lateral band on abdomen with its inner

edge irregular also green, in males also a dark

patch, perhaps green in life, more ventrally on

either side and extending over ventrites HI-V,

separated from the lateral patch by a narrow

Sl-In7 December, (975

luteous bar, Antennal segments 1-V darker,

1f-11f strongly maculated with brown as are

femora and tibia of last two pairs of legs. Fore

femora and tibiae less densely maculated. A

bar on the dorsal surface of antennifer and

another along base of bucculae frequently black

as are ventral surface and most of last segment

of rostruin atid a series of lateral spots, one

each at outer ends of sutures between episterna

and epimera and one each on abdominal seyments

1V-VII, just behind each suture. Sometimes

more ventral spots on the fourth and fifth ven-

trites. Mesosternal keel hyaline, metasternal keel

sometimes darker.

Bucculae not quite reaching base of head,

strongly sinuate. produced into an obtuse lobe

anteriorly, Rostral segment 1 robust, surpassing

bucculae and reachmg to unterior portion of

prosternum, segment [1 compressed and curved.

reaching to mid coxae; segment Tf reaching

hind coxae and [V onto IT rd abdominal venirite.

Ratio of antennal segments 10:17:17:24:25,

Proepisterna and proepimera and posterior

outer portion or propleuron lightly punctate

with reddish black, mesepisterna and metepis-

terna lightly punctate with fuscous as is extreme

hind margin of metapleuran, Mesosternal

keel projecting over prosternum to a_ Jittle

past its apex, higher and thinner anteriorly,

deflected to Jeft anteriorly in yentral view.

Femora normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly

in their apical third. Abdomen inpunctate

except on external genitalia but rather finely

rugulose, rounded in posterior view but ventrites

VI-IIT progressively more carinate. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 43 E, apical margin of pygo-

phore sinuate and medianly rather rectangularly

excavate, slightly reflexed. Clasper Fig. 40 E-F,

strongly P-shaped, Aedeagus Fig. 40 D, phallo-

soma only lightly sclerotized: cotjunctiva pro-

duced apically into two paralleled tubular lobes

directed rather upwards and apically constricted,

their posterior margins in the constricted region

sclerotized: “lappet™ processes small, medial

pemal plates shaped hke an inverted Y, a small

tooth on posterior margins of interior branches,

Gonopore located between them, Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 43 F, hind margins of first

gponocoxae transverse but “stepped”, the inner

halves lying more anteriorly than the outer

sections,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

Dimensions

124

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviauion of Range

Variation

Head lrg, acs ee bee See kak eee es 14 38 2-0 s4 35-42

Pigs wikltiy acne tyne Sse Re ewes e fee gee 14 39 Os 2-1 38-40

Antennal segment bw ce pe ee eee 20 10 0-7 68 8-10)

Antennal segment Wooo, ce ce ce ee eee ZI 17 1-5 a8 15-20

Antennal segment IT 2. 2.202200. cay eeu csc 21 17 td 62 15-19

Antennal segment IV ....., 0.22. 00.22 eee 12 25 Ie 4-2 23-27

Antennal segment Vio. 2... eee ee eee 9 26 1s $7 24-28

Pronotisnr Width. ¢.qace even ei Cee tie ees Tieas i4 429 76 5-9 120-140

Pronotum length 2.0.0... cc eee ce ee ee ee 14 32 2-6 8] 26-35

Total length ..., 0... 2: Gelime tt upiep ti betta eyies 13 159 9-5 6-0 140-177

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head Ieigtlt 2... ccndbiaceabiidcse ities. Price 25 4l 28 68 33-44.

Head width oo... cep eee ce eee pe eee ees ee 25 41 1-6 39 37-44

Antennal segment Pci. ec eee ee een ee ee 38 10 0-7 73 8-11

Antennal segment (bo. 2.2 ee ee cee cee 38 18 15 8-2 15-20

Antennal segment Ill ...... 0.2.0... 00.22. 0..-- 38 16 16 10-2 13-20

Antennal segment TV 2.02 ee ee ee 26 24 V7 72 20-28

Antennal segment Yo... .....-.-- 22 24 16 67 21-28

Pronotum width ... 25 148 88 64 121-152

Pronotum length ....\: 25 37 3-9 10-7 31-43

Total lensth’ - ae: (yy: oe rh Ae, 25 175 12-5 72 155-210

Total length: 7:3-10-9 mm

Remarks; One male Queensland specimen to

hand of this species is rather smaller than the

other material, the pronotum anteriorly has a

longitudinal pale callus and the shape of the

clasper appears to be rather different to that

seen in the other specimens dissected. This

Queensland form may represent a distinct sub-

species but one specimen is not adequate to

determine that this is so. Consequently it is not

so considered here, the dimensions of this male

is; head length 36; head width 36; antennal seg-

ment I 8; antennal segment If 18; antennal

segment LIT 13; antennal segment TY 25; antennal

segment V 27; pronotum width 115; pronotum

Jength 30; total length 139 (7:2 mm.).

The types of both sfrenuella Walker and

beutenmiilleri Van Duzee have been examined,

and, although females, clearly represent this one

species,

Location of types:

Type ? of strenuella, Walker, without locality

BM; type 2? otf beutenmilleri Van Duzee,

“Victoria”, AMNH.

Specimens Examined: Queensland 3¢, Mt.

Norman area yia Wallangarra, 7-8.X.1972,

G. B. & S. R. Monteith UQ:; 34, unlocalised,

from C. French Jun, 15.X1.1911 NM; New

South Wales 19, Ebor, 3,.XIL1915 QM; |e,

Jindabyne, | 000 m, Mar. 1889, Helms; 1°,

Mannus near Tumbarumba, 1.XJ1.1950, T. G.

Campbell: | ¢6, Dorrigo, Feb, 1929, W. Heron,

K 59373, AM: 24, Abercrombie River, 80 km

north of Goulburn, 27.X1.1967, Britton and

Misko ANIC; 32, Dorrigo SAM; 29, The

Dorrigo, | 000 m, W. Heron; 1%, near Sydney,

Wheeler AMNH; 1%, 3 km west of Kioloa,

90 m, L7.X1I,.1962, E. S. Ross & D. O.

Cavagnaro CA; 14 National Park, 29.TX.1902,

Helms Collection, Bishop; Australian Capital

Territory 44, 19, Blundells, 30,011.1930,

T. G. Campbell; 12, Blundells, 30.VIT.1933,

T, G, Campbell ANIC; Victoria 1 4, Emerald,

Sept. 1930, J. Evans ANIC; 32, Ringwood;

1?, Trafalgar, 9.VI.1930, F. E. Wilson;

12, Murrindini, 24.111.1971,. A. Neboiss; | ¢.

Wallan, 25.X11.1956, F. Hallgarten, NM;

1¢, Croydon, 24.XIL.1948, N. B. Tindale;

1¢, Port Campbell, Nov, 1959, G. F, Gross

SAM: L¢@, Launching Place, 17,1.1905, Bueno

via Van Duzee Collection CA; Tasmania 1 @,

Dulverton, Mar. 1972 ANIC; South Australia

1%, Mylor, J. Formby, K56187 AM; 1?, Glen

Stuart, 9.XI1,1893, Tepper; 1 ¢@, Magill, 13.X,

1883, on Aster sp, Tepper; 1 2, no locality or

date, Rev. A. P. Burgess SAM; | 2, 1 °, no other

data AMNH; Unlocalised 12:19, ex C, French

Jun, 15.X1,191 1 NM; 12, Austral bor,, Thorey;

!?, Australia, Boutard; 1°, Nov, Holl., Eke-

berg, Stockholm,

130 REC, S, AUST. MUS.,

Cuspicona longispina sp. nov.

Figs. 42, 43 C-D.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour green in

life with head and antennae, most of pronotum,

apical half of scutellum, dorsum of abdomen,

brownish, yellowish or cream coloured as

also on underside of head, rostrum, most of pro-

thorax, half of mesothorax, ventral regions of

metathorax and abdomen, bases of femora and

apices of tibiae. Head and anterior part of

pronotum strongly deflexed, Lateral angles of

pronotum produced into long spines, on dorsal

surface of spines and across disc of pronotuni

between spines a band of black punctates five

or more punctations wide.

Head: Brownish yellow, extreme lateral mar-

gins with some blackish punctations, eyes and

ery

re oetee

Fig. 42.

17 (6): S1-167 December, 1975

ocelli purplish red. Disc evenly and finely punc-

tate, rather raised medially, more so towards

base than apex.

Pronotum: Brownish with apices of lateral

spines black and a broad row of punctations on

spines basal to black tips and then running

transversely across pronotum black, this row more

than five punctations wide in centre of disc, In

fresh specimens a green trapezium shaped patch

anteriorly not reaching anterior or lateral mar-

gins, calli glabrous, located in the green area.

Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and rather

rectangularly excavate behind collum. Antero-

lateral margins straight, obtuse, and diverging

posteriorly in anterior half; posterior half, with

lateral angles, produced into a long, conical

acute tipped spinous process which is directed

outwards and somewhat upwards, these spines

about 50 per cent longer than posterolateral

VM. KITSON

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona /ongispina sp. nov,

RIYNCHOCORIS GROUP [IN AUSTRALIA AND ADIACENT AREAS

margins, their basal diameters ahout 25 per cent

less than length of posterolateral margins,

Posterolateral margins obtusangulately concave,

posterior margins broadly concave.

Seutellum: 1n fresh specimens a basal green

triangular patch more or less in the shape of

seutellum itself but not reaching lateral margins

nor further than three quarters of the length,

laterally to this bright yellow, in posterior third

to one quarter of scutellum cream coloured with

coarse black punctations tending to be concen-

trated near midline. No fovea at base of lateral

margins, latter broadly convex in basal half then

almost straight to broadly lanceolate apex, Dise

only slightly raised basally. Frena reaching

about half Jength.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts green in life,

fading to brown in museam specimens, coarsely

punctate, Slightly narrower than abdomen in

apical two thirds; exterior margin of corium

concave in basal quarter then broadly convex to

nearly acute apical angle, posterior margin of

corium nearly straight, inner angle broadly

rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem-

brane und yeins hyaline.

Abdomen: Not clearly seen in any of the

specimens but apparently brownish yellaw with

some paired black marks behind apex of scutel-

lum.

Lateretergites: Green in life, posterior exterior

angles of segments nearly rectangular.

Underside; Head, first, second and most of

third antennal segments and most of rostrum

brownish yellow; apex of third antennal and

fourth and fifth antennal segments brown: rost-

rum ventrally and most of its apical segment

black, a reddish patch ventrally near base of

second segment. Prothorax rather cream col-

oured with black spots course on underside of

lateral spines and Jess dense on propleuron.

Above proepisternum and proepimeron a glab-

rous concolorous patch and exterior to this a

rhomboidal callous green patch reaching to

anterior margin, almost to exterior margin but

widely separated from posterior margin, Mesa-

thorax mostly cream coloured with posteriorly a

narrow nearly quadrate green patch reaching

exterior margin. Metathorax broadly cream

coloured ventrally, laterally green, the inner

margin of this green in line with inner margin

of green mesothoracic patch. Metasterfal-

mesosternal keel semihyaline, Coxae and bases

of femora cream coloured, rest of femora and

bases of tibiae green, apical 25 of tibiae yellow,

t (31

farsi and claws brown. Abdomen with whole

external genitalia broadly pale cream coloured

medially, laterally green.

Bucculae reaching base of head, convexly

curved, produced into a rather triangular lobe

anteriorly, Rostral segment T robust, reaching

base of head, segment II arched and reaching

mid coxue, segment IIL to base of abdomen and

[V to base of abdominal ventrite V, Ratio of

antennal segments 9)17:16:22:22. Propleuron

Sparsely punctate except on green area, meso-

pleuron sparsely punctate on inesepisternum,

metapleuron sparsely punctate on metepisternum,

Metasternal-mesosternal keel projecting over pro-

sternuin to a little past its apex, higher and

thinner anteriorly, deflected a little to left anter-

iorly in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae

slightly flattened apically on exterior surface:

Abdomen impunctate, rather rounded — in

posterior view but ventrites VILL progressively

nore carinate ventrally. Apex of male abdomen

Fig. 43 C, pygophore with posterior margin

shallowly concave in middle, Jaterally slightly

sinuate, rather broadly and slightly reflexed.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 43 D, posteriar

margins of tirst gonocoxae sinuate, paratergites

XI almost triangular,

Dimensians

Paralype Paratype

Holotype Males Females

3 (Average (Average

of 6) of 6)

Head longth .--. 22.22... 37 36 39

Head width etkrerc’ 37 37 37

Antennal seament ho...) 6. § 9 9

Antennal segment TW ...... 17 18 17

Antennal segment Whoo... 16 16 14

Antennal segment lV ...... 21 22 22

Antennal seement V ..,.. 33 23 21

Pronotum width -...-,.. . «135 130 138

Pronotum leheth oo... ... 6. 32 30 45

Total length ..,.... fae TWAS 139 145

Total length: 6-0-7-8 mm

Remarks: This species is rather similar to

theracica but differs in the much longer Jateral

spines on the pronotum, in the laterally green

and ventrally luteous abdomen, the different

Shape of the male pygophore and the lack of

black punctations on the disc of the head. It

appears to replace theracica and apotheracica

in South Australia and Western Victoria.

Location of types:

Holotype 4. 1 paratype @, North Beach.

Wallaroo, South Australia, by beating flowering

ti-tree (Melaleuca sp.), 12.11.1964, G. F, Gross

SAM 120,633-4: allotype @, 1 paratype 2,6 km

east of Two Wells. South Australia, beaten from

132 REC. S$. AUST. MUS.,

Melaleuca lanceolata Otto, 7.VUI.1971, A. N.

McFarland SAM 120,665-6; 1 paratype ¢. |

paratype ¢, 6 km east of Two Wells, South Aus-

tralia on Callitris preissii Miq., 6.TV.1968, A. N.

McFarland SAM _ 120,667-8; | paratype ¢,

approx. 5 km east of Two Wells, South Australia,

on Melaleuca, 27.V1.1966, A. N. McFarland

SAM 120,669; | paratype ¢, Yarcowie, 26.1V.

1894, H. Mayer SAM 120,670; | paratype ¢,

ventral surface of pygorphore

Veen

ventral Surface of pyqophore

posterior margin of pygaphore

ventral surface of pyqaphore

Fig. 43.

Cuspicona strenuella Walker.

aspect of male abdomen.

Cuspicona longispina.

aspect of female abdomen,

of male abdomen.

Cuspicona cygniterrae sp. nov.

Figs. 43 A-B, 44.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour brown

in life with anterior half of scutellum, corium,

clavus, laterotergites, legs (except apices of tibiae

and tarsi), a patch on propleuron, and outer

margin of abdomen (broadly) bright green.

Rest of underside creamy coloured. Lateral

angles of pronotum produced into long spines.

17 (6): 31-167 December, 1975

Summit of Hummocks Mount, in dense under-

scrub and trees, 30.Y.1968, H. M. Cooper SAM

120,671; | paratype ¢, 1 paratype ¢, Murray

River South Australia, H. S$. Cope AM; | para-

type °, Purnong on Murray River South Aus-

tralia; 1 paratype ?. Mallee, Northwest Victoria,

donated 5.X.1922 F. P. Spry NM.

Specimens examined: The types only.

sternum X

paratergite Vill

paratergite XI

sternum +.

paratergite

first gonacoxa

a —

Pee ease

ar a

x fae

ieee:

sternum X

paratergqite 1X

firs! gonocoxa

Cuspicona cygniterrae sp. noy., Cuspicona longispina sp. noy.,

A-B. Cuspiconad cygniterrae,

BR, ventral aspect of female abdomen.

C. yentral aspect of male abdomen.

E-F. Cuspicona strennella.

F. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

A. ventral

c-D,

D. ventral

E. ventral aspect

Head: Yellowish or greenish brown, evenly

punctate; eyes and ocelli reddish or purplish.

Relatively long in relation to its width.

Pronotum: Brown, apices of lateral angles

black or reddish black, punctations reddish black,

a broad longitudinal raised area in anterior half

and calli glabrous, yellowish. Anterior margin

oblique behind eyes and rather rectangularly

excavate behind collum. Lateral margins straight

and diverging posteriorly in anterior half, pos-

terior half with lateral angles produced into a

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 133

long, conical, acute-tipped spinous process up

to about 75 per cent longer than posterolateral

margin, its basal diameter about the same as

length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral

margin only faintly concave, posterior margin

broadly concave.

Scutellum: In life anteriorly greenish and

posteriorly brown, normal length, raised basally

and nearly flat in apical two thirds. No, or

only a minute fovea at base of lateral margins,

latter broadly convex in basal third, then very

broadly and slightly convex to broadly rounded

apex. Punctations rather sparse and concolorous

in anterior portion and in midline in medial

third, laterally a dense patch of reddish black

punctations near middle, in apical quarter punc-

tations sparse but reddish black. Frena reaching

about half length.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts green in life,

yellowish brown in museum specimens, rather

sparsely and coarsely punctate, depressed and

silvery glabrous just exterior to medial fracture.

Narrower than abdomen in apical three quarters;

exterior margin of corium concave in basal

quarter then broadly rounded to shortly rounded

apical angle, posterior margin of corium nearly

straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus

elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hya-

line.

Abdomen: In museum specimens anteriorly

and laterally yellowish; medially (behind apex

of scutellum) a black spot, then reddish to apex

with some black patches margining the reddish.

Laterotergites: Yellowish or green, posterior

margin of VIIth narrowly reddish black. Pos-

terior lateral angles of all segments rather blunt.

Underside: Head, antennae and rostrum yell-

owish brown, latter darker ventrally and with

terminal segment black in apical half. Thorax

Betncr K HERD

+ os ———

5mm.

Fig. 44. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena cygniterrae sp. ney.

134 REC. 8.

and abdomen yellaw but green areas as follows:

femora and basal 2/3 of tibiae, a rather quadrate

glabrous patch on propleuron behind eye but

not reaching posterior margin of propleuron, a

triangular region along outer portion of hind

margin of metaplearon which extends forward

on this segment as Jateral margin is approached,

a broad lateral band on abdomen with tts interior

edge sinuated. Tarsal claws black, apical half

of lateral spine red, infuscated towards apex,

metasternal-mesosternal keel hyaline. Pale por-

tion of abdominal venter with faint pink macu-

lations. In males medially on yventrite VII near

its apex some black spots and apical margin

and red markings. Female with reddish black

spots on first gonocoxae and pale reddish marks

on rest of external genitalia, hind margins of

paratergite VILE Jateral to median incision

narrowly black.

Bucculae not reaching base of head, sinuate,

produced into an obtuse lobe anteriorly, Rostral

segment I robust, surpassing bucculae and reach-

ing base of head, segment It reaching about

middle of mid coxae, segment II] to buse of

abdomen and IV to base of 1Vth abdominal

ventrile, Ratio of antennal segments 9: 15: 13:

21:21. Propleuron sparsely punctate on mese-

pisternum and mesepimeron along posterior

margin, on underside of lateral spine strongly

punctate, mesopleuron punctate only on mesepis-

ternum, metapleuron punctate on episternum,

cpimeron and along posterior margin. Meta-

sternal-mesosternal keel projecting ayer proster-

num to a little past its apex. higher and thinner

anteriorly, deflected to the left anteriorly in

ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae rather

flattened exteriorly in their apical third,

Abdomen impunctute save where previously

indicated, rather rounded in posterior yiew

but ventrites V-IIL progressively more carinate

medianly. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 43 A.

pygophore with posterior margin medianly

rather rectangularly excavate, posterior margin

rather broadly and slightly reflexed. Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 43 B, posterior margins

of first gonocoxae rather concave.

Dimensions—

Parameter Males Females

(average of 2) (average of 5)

Head length ....-......-..-. 32 a7

Head width ....-.,..-.-..4- 4 ah

Antennal segment # --- 2... 9 9

Antennal segment Wo... --, -- lo is

Antennal segment HE... .,... a] id

Antennal segment Vo...) 0. 2] 21

Antennal segment Vo...) , 6. 2] 2

Pronotum width - 2.002.050. 128 137

Pronotum length 2.2... - 25 27

Total length ....-.. 22... 12h 147

Total Jength: 6 4-7-6 Wm

AUST. MUS,,

17 {@); SL-LA7 Deconiber, V975

Remarks: C. cygniterrae resembles rather

closely C. longispina in general appearance und

in the possession of very long produced lateral

angles of the pronoltum. Jt is however distin-

guished from that species by not having a

conspicuous transverse dark band of punctations

running across the pronotum between the lateral

angles, by haying a conspicous patch of dark

punctations on either side of the scutellum near

its middle and by the more rectangularly excised

hind margin of the pygophore,

C. cygniterrae, like C. longispina, also resem-

bles C. strenuella but has longer lateral spines

on the pronotum and differently shaped external

genitalia. C. cygniterrae appears to occur only

in Western Australia whereas C. longispina is

found in South Australia and Western Victoria

und C. strenuella ranges from South Australia

to Queensland, The Thomas River specimen

of cygniterrae has shorter lateral spines. on the

pronotum than the other examples.

Lecation of Typer:

Holotype 2%. Kalamunda, Western Australia,

3,JV.1963, J, Dell WAM; | paratype , Thomas

River 100 km east of Esperance at 33° SI’ S

121° 53 E, Western Australia, 20,X11969,

E, B. Britton ANIC; allotype 4, 1 paratype ¢.

Mt. William, Western Australia, 250 m, 6X1],

1963, J. Sedlacek Bishop; 1 paratype 6, 1 para-

type 2, Swan River, L. J, Newman BM; |

paratype 4,1 paratype °, Serpentine Dam near

Jarrahdale, Western Australia 9.XTI.1971, on

Agonis linearifolia (DC) Schau, J, A, Slater

in J, A. Slater Collection, Storrs, Connecticut,

U.S.A.

Specimens Examined: The types orily.

Simplex Group

The simplex Group of species includes a group

of species ranging from the Philippines. through

Indonesia and New Guinea to Australia, New

Zealand, Norfolk Island, New Caledonia and

the New Hebrides. The species in this group

are nearly completely grass-green in lite with

perhaps pinkish or reddish lateral angles of the

pronotum and sometimes several of the other

Jateral margins as well. In museum collections

most specimens fade to a characteristic light

yellow colour with the pink areas persistent in

colour. The lateral angles of the pronotum may

be rounded (privata), obliquely truncate (nor-

folcensis), acute (simplex) or produced as a

rather conical spine (foriicornis). The hind

margin of the corium is convex.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

In all of the species the first gonocoxae of

the female do not have a transverse or slightly

concave posterior margin but instead this margin

is produced posteriorly in its inner half, some-

times gently, sometimes almost rhomboidally.

There is a small but varied list of host plants

from which members of this group have been

captured but only plants of the family Solan-

aceae have been recorded more than once and

in their case for four of the eight species of

this group which occur in the area covered by

this paper.

Further work on the male aedeagus pattern

in Cuspicona may reveal that this group of species

should perhaps be placed into a new genus of

their own. However the dissections which could

be done on members of the group do not reveal

any apparent major differences from earlier

mentioned species of Cuspicona and so far as

Fig. 45,

135

I have been able to see nothing of the order of

differences which distinguish Ocirrhoe species

from species of Cuspicona.

Cuspicona privata Walker, 1867

Figs. 45, 46 A-D, 48 A-B.

Pentatoma viride Montrouzier, 1855, p. 98 (pre-

occupied by Pentatoma viridis Palisot de Beau-

ville, 1811).

Cuspicona viridis Montrouzier and Signoret,

1861, p. 65. Stil, 1866, p. 156; 1876, p. 102.

Lethierry and Severin, 1893, p, 181, Distant,

1920, p. 146.

Cuspicona privata Walker, 1867, p. 382. New

synonym but oldest available name.

Cuspicona laminata Stal, 1876, p. 102. Lethierry

and Severin, 1893, p. 180. Kirkaldy, 1905.

p.357. New synonym.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena privata Walker.

136 REC. S. AUST. MUS.

Ocirrhoe privata Distant, 1900a, p, 422,

Cuspicona zeloma Kirkaldy, 1909, p. 143 (new

name for viride Montrouzier ).

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour bright

green in life but museum specimens frequently

yellowish. Punctation fairly fine and even over

dorsal surface, on dorsum of head denser and

appearing rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum

broadly rounded.

Head: Concolorous, densely punctate.

and ocelli concolorous or blackish.

Pronotum: Concolorous though lateral angles

sometimes slightly infuscated; latter broadly

rounded. Anterior margin concavely excavate

behind collum changing rather gradually to

obliquely excavate behind eyes. Anterolateral

margins nearly straight. Posterolateral margin

concavely elongate, posterior margin only slightly

concave. Punctations fine though not very dense,

calli impunctate.

Scutellum: Concolorous; rather long; faintly

raised basally and nearly flat in apical two thirds.

Lateral margins with at base a concolorous fovea,

slightly convex in basal half, then straight and

gently converging then converging more strongly

Eyes

17 (6): 51-167 December, (975

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous,

finely but not so densely punctate, narrowly

glabrous just interior to medial fracture, Nar-

rower than abdomen in apical three quarters;

exterior margin of corium faintly concave basally

then broadly convex to apex; apical angle strongly

convex, posterior margin convex, Clavus reach-

ing to about middle of scutellum, elongate trian-

gular. Membrane hyaline with veins same

colour,

Abdomen: Concolorous; impunctate.

Lateroter gites: Concolorous; sometimes

impunctate sometimes with sparse punctations;

apical angles with a small black tipped spine,

those on seventh segment hardly longer than rest.

Underside: Mainly concolorous or tending

somewhat lighter than upperside with antennae

and apical segment of rostrum (except black

apex) brown. Tarsal claws black in apical

halves. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching

about base of head, anteriorly produced into a

small angulate lobe. Rostral segment I robust,

reaching to base of bucculae, IT nearly straight

and just surpassing fore coxae, III reaching nearly

to second coxae, IV to about middle of hind

to apex. A trace of a medial impunctate line on coxae. Ratio of antennal segments I-V 8:17:14:

disc. 23:26. Propleuron coarsely punctate except

fappel_ process asymmetrical

basal plates

asymmetrical apex

of Cornjunetivea

Fig. 46. Cuspicuna privatu Walker. A.

aedeagus.

C. clasper (New Hebrides

conjunctiva

{lament of os

A ~ madial panial plate

-0-5mm——

night hand side view of

B. dorsal aspect of apex (conjunctiva) of aedeagus,

examples). OD.

clasper (Australian

examples).

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1I

broadly along Jateral margin and on procpis-

ternum and proepimeron. Mesopleuron punctate

only laterally in an anterior triangular area

reaching from, and including, mesepisternum

and with apex not reaching to exterior margin.

Metasternum coarsely punctate only posteriorly.

Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over pros-

ternum but not to apex of latter, prosternum

deeply sulcate under the keel, keel more elevated

anteriorly than posteriorly. Femora normal, all

tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in their apical

quarter, first two pairs more obviously so than

posterior pair; tarsi normal.

Abdomen only gently V-shaped in posterior

view, coarsely punctate laterally, glabrous along

midline and lateral margins. Apex of male

abdomen Fig, 48 A, apical margin of pygophore

Dimensions —

137

rather angulately concave, aboye posterior mar-

gin a low forwardly inclined septum, Clasper

Fig. 46 C-D, rather F-shaped, the upper ramus

much longer in New Hebrides specimens (Fig.

46 C) than in Australian specimens (Fig, 46 D).,

Aedeagus Fig. 46 A-B, with basal plates rather

slender though large, phallosoma only: slightly

sclerotized. Conjunctiva produced anteriorly into

an asymmetrical lobe (shown clearly in dorsal

view Fig. 46 B), produced dextrally into two

short lobes and sinistrally into a larger reflexed

lobe; “lappet” processes rather long and slender:

a robust vesica with a terminal filament opens in

front of the medial penial plates which lie laterally

on a ventral membranous swelling. Apex of

female abdomen Fig, 48 B, hind margin of first

gonocoxae oblique and slightly concave, so that

there is only a short obtuse interior lobe.

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runge

Variation

Head length 27 32 16 51 30-34.

Pocel Width’. cnn. 858 sews ee cose es Bak 28 7 12 37 34-4)

Antennal segment Po. 2. ee ee 4| 8 (7 8:2 7-10

Antennal segment I ee a 49 7 1-6 97 14-21

Antennal segment HE... 6 ee eee eee 49 14 1 13-8 11-20

Antennal segment TV 0). ec eee eee ces 33 23 bs 78 20-27

Antennal segment ¥ 23 26 1-7 67 23-29

Pronotum Width . 0.0.0.2... 0c eee eee ee ees 28 96 7 roe) 85-119

Pronotum length .. 22.020 2. eee wee ee, 28 34 2:2 66 28-39

Tétallength f49 4am eared raat ts 28 159 120 76 138-178

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Meun Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length -...,--.-.----.-. --. ee ae 32 32 18 34 28-35

Hoad Width occ, cc ccceeceer ep eeen teen ee teens 32 38 1-6 42 35-41

Antennal segment oii cereus tw eteme ey rete entens 54 8 Os 9-2 6-9

Antennal segment 11 Sit Tate 1 tA 57 7 1-5 9-0 13-20

Antennal segment HT... 2.22... ee, 56 14 [8 t34 11-22

Antennal segment IV... ee ee eee ee 50 23 24 10-8 18-29

Antennal segment V Sarr cee Srerl 38 26 2:4 74 20-30

Pronotum Width ».... 6.5 cee ey eens 32 99 5-4 3-5 83-110

Pronotum length 2... ep eee te ences 32 35 26 TS 2741

Total lengsh 0.2) (200622 peepee beep tsaeia aig 32 166 12-4 7S 148-190

Total Jengih: 7:2-9-9 rm

Remarks: This is one of the most widely

distributed species of the genus in this area,

ranging from the New Hebrides through the

Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia to Australia

and in Australia from Queensland to Victoria.

The only records on plants are from ferns and

blackberries,

The wedeayus is singular in the genus in that

the conjunctiva apically is produced laterally

but asymmetrically with two lobes, one the right

hand side (as seen from the rear and looking

forward) bifid and one larger entire reflexed

lobe on the left hand side.

As the claspers of New Hebrides examples

have the upper ramus much longer than in

Australian examples a case could be made for a

subspecific difference here. However, as we do

not yet know the shape of the claspers in Loyalty

Island or New Caledonian examples it would

be premature to create subspecies at this time.

Loeation of types:

Type of Pentatoma viride Montrouzier,

“Woodlark 1.°, not located; holotype 2 of

Cuspicona privata Walker, “Aneityum, New

Hebrides”, in BM; holotype of Cuspicona

laminara Stal, “New Caledonia”, in Stockholm,

138 REC, 5. AUST:

Specimens examined: New Hebrides the type

of privara Walker and 1 2, Aneityum, Nov. 1930,

L, E. Cheesman, BM 1931-127; 12, Red Crest,

365 m., 4°8 km N.E, of Ancleauhat, Aneityum.

May-June L955, L. BE. Cheesman, BM 1955-217;

19. Tanna, Oct. 1930, L. B. Cheesman BM

1931-30; 24, Erromanga, Aug, 1930, L. E,

Cheesman,. BM 1930-496; 1¢, north east

Malekula, July 1929, L. EB. Cheesman, BM

1929-514; 19, by beating ferns in vicinity of

Anelcauhat, Aneityum, 22.VIL1971,G. F_ Gross

on Royal Society Percy Sladen Expedition SAM.

Loyalty Islands 18, La Roche, Maré, 30.X1.

1911, Distant coll, 1911-383 BM. Queensland

19, Pitmpamia, 17.111.1962, L J. McKenzie, 1 4

Mt. Glorious, 25.1V.1930, D.D.A.; 1 4 Laming-

ton National Park, 28,V,1959, F. A. Perkins:

}é, Bald Mountain area, via Emu Vale, 900-

1200 m (3 000-4 O00ft.), 26-30.1.1973, G.

Monteith: UO; 14, 22. Mt. Tambourine, 19 &

22.X01.1925, A. Musgrave & G, P. Whitley AM

K 54695; 14, Fairy Bower, Rockhampton,

15.1.1962, 1.F.B, Common; 1 ? , Bidsvold ANIC;

1°, Cairns, A. M. Lea; 14, Kuranda, F. P.

Dodd; 1°, Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland,

700 m,, 12,1V.1932, P. Darlington on Harvard

Expedition; 12, Lankelly Creek, Mellwrsith

Range, Cape York Peninsula, 7,V1.1932. P-

Darlington on Harvard Expedition; 1%, Bunda-

berg, A. M. Lea; { ?, National Park, McPherson

Range, (910-1 220 m), 12.01f.1932, P_ Darling-

ton on Harvard Expedition; 14, 322, Mt.

Tambourine, A. M. Lea SAM; 12, Bundaberg

BM 1942-95; 14,29, Tambourine Mountains.

1-9 & 18-25.V.1935, R, E. Turner BM 1935-

240; 19%, National Park, McPherson Range.

(910-1 220m), 10,11f,1932, P. Darlington on

Harvard Expedition; 1%, Lankelly Creek, Mell-

wraith Range, Cape York Peninsula, 7,V1I.1932.

P. Darlington on Harvard Expedition AMNH;

14, Tambourine Mountain, 28.X.1912, H,

Hacker, KU; | @, Mt. Glorious, in rain forest,

13-16,11,1961, L. & M. Gressitt; 14.19%, Lam-

ington National Park, 900-1 000 m., 16-18.11.

1964, J. Sedlacek; | 4, 1 2, Babinda, from serub,

1920, J, F. Illingworth BISHOP, New South

Wales 14, Dorrigo National Park via Dorrigo,

21,1.1966, T. Weir UQ; 12, Tooloum. Jan.

1926, H. Hacker QM; | 4, Dorrigo, W. Heron;

22, Ulong East, Dorrigo, W. Heron, K 43657;

14, 19, Comboyne, 10.X1.1932, K, C.,

McKeown. K 66123-4; 14, Wollongong, Dob-

bins Bush, on blackberry, 12.11.1949 and 12,

Wollongong. on blackberry inflorescence, 13. LIT.

1949, both C. B, Chadwick; 19, Sydney, Oct.

1931, Dr. K. K. Spence AM; 1 @, Bawley Points

of Ulladulla, 2.17.1961, B. F. Waterhouse; | 2.

MUS.

17 (Bj). S1.167 December, (975

8 km (5 miles) south of Bega, 28.X11,1964,

K,. R. Norris ANIC: 17, Upper Williams Road,

Oct. 1926, Lea & Wilson; 14, Baw Baw near

Armitage, Mar, 1914 NM; 14, 1%, Dorriga:

15, Sydney. Lea SAM} 1 ¢ . Fairfield, 27.11, 1960,

F. L. Edwards BM 1960-370; 19, The Dorrigo,

1 000 m, W, Heron BM: 14,19 Killara, 16.J11.

1945, N.E. Kent BM 1950-317; 1 2, unlocalised,

RM; Australian Capital Territory 1%, Black

Mountain, 4.111.1964, H, Davies: 2 2, O'Connor,

13,X11.1967, LF.B. Common ANIC; Victoria

22, Lungwarrin, 8&.XIL1923: 1¢, Jarrah

Valley, Jan. 1961, K. Healey; 14, Walhalla,

Apr. 1930, F. E. Wilson; 14, Burwood, 16.IX.

1959, K. Matchett; 1@, 19%. Ferntree Gully,

Jan. 1916, donated F, P. Spry: 1 ¢. Melbourne.

May 1929, F. D. Selby; 24, 12 km- south east

of Merrijig. Hawqua River, 30.X1.1971, A.

Neboiss; 12, Millgrove, 9,11.1929, F, B. Wilson

NM; 1 ¢, Launching Place, 10.1.1905, ev E, P,

Van Duzee Collection CA.

Cuspicona norfolcensis sp, nov,

Figs. 47, 48 C

Description:

General appearance: Yellowish, but probably

bright green in life. Punctation not even over

dorsal surface, on head denser and appearing

rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum obliquely

truncate,

Head: Concolorous, densely punctate.

purple, ocelli red,

Pronotum. Coneolorous. Anterior margin

rather ungulately excavate behind collum and

oblique behind eyes. Anterolatcral margins

nearly straight, lateral angles obliquely truncate:

posterolateral margin concavely excavate; poste-

rior margin slightly concave, Punctations fine

and fairly dense, calli impunctate.

Sentellum; Coneolorous, rather long; faintly

raised basally and nearly flat in apical two thirds.

Lateral margin with at base a concolorous fovea,

slightly convex in basal half, then straight then

converging to relatively narrow rounded to

lanceolate apex, Punctate as for pronotum.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous,

punctations coafser and less dense than on

pronotum and scutellum, narrowly glabrous just

interior to medial fracture. Only slightly

narrower than abdomen in apical half; exterior

margin of corium fairly concave basally then

broadly convex to apex; apical angle convex and

posterior margin convex. Clavus reaching about

middle of scutellum, elongate triangular. Mem-

brane and its veins hyaline.

Eyes

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

139

Basnom 4 HERO

t—$__— 5 mym-——

Fig. 47. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona norfolcensis sp. nov.

Abdomen: Not visible on single example.

Laterotergites: Interiorly concolorous but

exteriorly narrowly infuscated on laterotergites

VI and VII; apical angles with a small black-

tipped spine, the spines on VI and VII larger

than rest.

Underside: Concolorous but apices of rostrum,

tarsal claws, abdomen and pygophore (wholly)

infuscated. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching

base of head, anteriorly produced into an angulate

lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base

of bucculae, II nearly straight and just surpass-

ing fore coxae, UI reaching between mid and

hind coxae, IV to about middle of third

abdominal segment. Ratio of antennal segments

I-V_ = 11:20:20:28:30. Propleuron coarsely

punctate except broadly laterally and on

proepisternum and proepimeron. Mesopleuron

apparently impunctate, metapleuron also impunc-

tate. | Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching

over prosternum to apex of latter, rather strongly

elevated anteriorly and lower posteriorly. Legs

normal, tibiae not flattened.

Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view,

a few scattered punctations laterally. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 48 C, seventh segment

apically in the middle and its posterior spines and

pygophore infuscated. Apical margin of pygo-

phore sinuate.

Dimensions: Head length 30, head width 42,

antennal segment I 11, antennal segment IT 20,

antennal segment III 20, antennal segment IV

28, antennal segment V 30, pronotum length 41,

pronotum width 119, total length 200.

Total length: 10°4 mm,

140 REC. S.

ventral surface of pyqaphore

ventral surface of pygophore

10mm-

ventral surface of pygophore

1Omm

Fig. 48.

Cuspicona simplex Walker,

A-B. Cuspicona privata.

ventral aspect of male abdomen.

aspect of male ubdomen,

AUST. MUS.,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

sternum X& .

paratergite TA

Alirst gonecoxa

sternum X paratergite IX

first gonocoxa

sternum X

/ _paratergite IX

first

X gonocoxa

Cuspicona privata Walker, Cuspicona norfolcensiy sp. novy.,

Paracirrhoe

A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen.

B. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

D-E. Cuspicona simplex. D.

E. ventral aspect of female abdomen.

woodwardi gen. sp. mov.

C. Crspicona norfolcensis—

ventral

F. Paroeirrhoe woodwardi—ventral aspect of female abdomen.

Remarks: This species is fairly similar to

privata, simplex and proxima in general appear-

ance but may be distinguished, at least in males.

by the darkened abdominal apex beneath.

Location of type:

Holotype 4, Norfolk Island, A. M. Lea, SAM

1 20, 662.

Specimens exumined: The holotype only.

Cuspicona simplex Walker, 1867

Figs. 1 B, 48 D-E, 49, 50 A-D, 51

Cuspicona simplex Walker, 1867, p. 388. Frog-

gatt, 1901, p. 5, fig. 8; 1907, p. 329, pl, 31.

Sloan, 1941, p. 277-294. Anon., 1942

p. 498, Spiller & Turbott, 1944, p. 79.

Woodward, 1953, p. 314, 320; 1954, p.

215, 217. Eyles, 1960, p. 1004. Ramsay

1963, p. 5.

Cuspicona virescens Tryon, (non Westwood &

Dallas), 1889, p. 189.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour bright

green in life but museum specimens frequently

yellowish. Punctation fairly fine and even over

dorsal surface, on dorsum of head denser and

appearing rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum

acute.

Head. Concolorous, densely punctate. Eyes

and ocelli concolorous or blackish purple.

Pronotum: Concolorous though lateral angles

partly blackish or pinkish at extreme apex. Apical

angles produced as a short rectangular spine

about one-third length of posterolateral margins.

Anterior margin trapeziformly excavate behind

collum and obliquely truncate behind eyes.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 14]

Anterolateral margin straight or only very faintly

concave, obtuse. Posterolateral margin strongly

and rather rectangularly concave, posterior

margin only faintly concave. Punctation fine

and dense, calli impunctate.

Scutellum: Concolorous; flat in apical two

thirds, faintly raised in basal third. Lateral

margins with at base a concolorous fovea,

slightly convex in basal half, then straight but

converging to near apex, latter broadly rounded.

A trace of a medial impunctate line on disc,

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous;

finely and fairly densely punctate except just

inward of medial fracture in its apical half, then

glabrous. Exterior margin of corium slightly

concave basally then broadly convex to apex:

apical angle strongly convex; posterior margin

convex. Clavus short but elongate triangular.

Membrane hyaline with veins same colour.

Abdomen: Concolorous; impunctate.

Laterotergites: Concolorous; some coarse

punctations exteriorly; apical angles with a small

black tipped spine, those on seventh segment

not longer than rest.

Underside: Concolorous except: antennae

brown; underside of rostrum and apex of terminal

segment, apical halves of tarsal claws, and apical

spines on sides of abdominal ventrites black.

Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to

base of head, anteriorly lobulately produced.

Rostral segment I robust, reaching almost to base

of bucculae, If arched and reaching nearly to

middle of mesosternum, III reaching to between

mid and hind coxae, IV reaching about apex of

abdominal ventrite I]. Ratio of antennal seg-

ments I-V approximately 8: 19:18:26: 29.

Propleuron coarsely punctate except broadly

along lateral margin and on proepisternum and

proepimeron. Mesosternum coarsely punctate

but with several callous patches, an especially

large one yentrally. Metasternum coarsely

ea BP ES

ae |

LP te we Be

By Wes *

sel ORL,

Lee ec ea Ny

eee oat

5mm:

Ps.

Fig. 49. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona simplex Walker.

REC, §, AUST.

conjunctiva

/ basal

plates

MUS.,

17 (6): 51-167 Deceniber, 1975

. conjunctiva

lappet

processes ay

vesica

—medial

penial

lobes

basal plates

conjunctiva imm '

/ " vesica

‘lappet" a

“ process

phallosoma

Ky capitate D

& | P process

\ H basal

plates ae 0O-5mm

Fig. 50. Cuspicona simplex Walker. A. dorsal

aspect of aedeagus. BB, righthand side view of

aedeagus. C. ventral aspect of aedeagus. D. clasper.

punctate except on evaporative area. Meso-

sternal keel reaching over prosternum but not to

apex of latter, prosternum deeply sulcate under

the keel, the keel more elevated in anterior half

than posterior half. Legs normal, tibiae

cylindrical.

Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view,

medially rather broadly raised along midline

and glabrous, glabrous also along lateral margins

between, these and midline coarsely punctate.

Apex of male abdomen Fig. 48 D, apical margin

of pygophore rather sinuate, medially the pos-

terior margin ventrally more depressed than the

remainder, above posterior margin a low septum.

Clasper Fig. 50 D, strongly F-shaped. Aedeagus

Fig. 50 A-C with basal plates rather large,

phallosoma only very lightly sclerotized. Con-

junctiva rather rounded in dorsal and ventral

view, triangular in lateral view, not divided into

appendages except for a pair of more strongly

sclerotized “lappet processes” dorso-laterally;

medial penial plates ventrally directed and in the

shape of an inverted Y when viewed from the

side, their dorsal arms apparently connected

(Fig. 50 C); there is a short vesica opening just

in front of the medial penial plates. Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 48 E, hind margin of first

gonocoxae produced only into a short lobe which

is not rectangular.

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Fidadd fanethi 205 os nse Ate SY pra pee tae say 49 34 1-8 54 29-38

Head width 20... 0... c eee eee eect cree cece 50 40 1-5 38 36-43

Antennal segment Iw... eee eee 76 9 1-0 108 6-11

Antennal segment Hw... ee ee ee 85 19 1:2 60 17-22

Antennal segment II] ..... 0... 0. 0000.5. 0 000008 86 18 1-6 89 14-21

Antennal segment IV ................5, Tah ehs 78 26 1-6 63 21-29

Antennal segment V ..... 2... ee ees 60 30 1-4 49 25-31

Pronotum width |... 2.2... ....00...0 00200200 ee 49 117 65 55 105-135

Pronotum length ....... 0.0... ..0..0 0.00000 08 50 38 35 9-1 32-47

Total length ...-,-.,.-....---4-- AAPG S «Ran 50 182 93 +1 160-203

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

143

Dimensions—

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length ..........0 255 564 peg ce cee eae 49 34 21 61 30-40

Head Width) ce, pe ke dh Slab eseea 50 4| 16 40 37-45

Antennal segment] «0. 2c eee 79 9 0-7 8:3 7-10

Antennal segment IL 2... 0.2... ee eee ees 86 20 1-2 60 16-25

Antennal segment IIL 2.2... 2... ee eee eee 83 18 1:7 9-1 15-22

Antennal segment IV ...........4 0.422002 00s 69 26 17 64 22-30

Antennal segment Vo... ee 59 29 16 5:3 23-32

Pronotum width .,........226 620 ese eee 50 125 8-7 6:9 105-139

Pronotum length .............-..-. vee eette 50 41 36 8-7 34-48

Total femgth 4 yu icnk ete dpe sees ete thee ne 50 196 12-2 63 170-225

Total length: 8-3-11-7 mm

Remarks: This species is particularly common

near the coast in eastern Australia though there

are scattered records from Victoria, Tasmania,

South Australia and Western Australia (Fig. 51).

It occurs in New Zealand (Spiller and Turbott.

1944; Woodward 1953 and 1954; Eyles, 1960;

Ramsay, 1963) and the Three Kings Islands

(Woodward, 1954) where it is believed to be

introduced from Australia, and occurs also on

Lord Howe Island (material in ANIC).

® Cuspicona simplex

WESTERN

Vo ee

AUSTRALIA 1

pent

Fig. 51.

NORTHERN

TERRITORY

In common with several other species in this

section of the genus it is associated frequently

with solanaceous plants, particularly the genus

Solanum. In Australia it has been reported

from Solanum nigrum L, and potatoes (Tryon

1889, Froggatt 1901) and from tomatoes (Sloan,

1941), Other records noted from the specimens

examined are potatoes (Gordon N.S,W.),

Solanum hispidum Pers. (Mitcham S.A.), wild

tobacco (Mt. Tambourine, Queensland), flower

waceey

e os9

HM e if

7 % ype

! e

OWoOnby e

pratt * ¥

f° NS @F

Wwe

Leo

i Ohrarts.

“STidete o

NEW SOUTH Wates

f- e

pry

H ’ eda)

ADE , i

DEL AIDE wey s SYONEY

\, renee

BANG; aR

Wedstie

ce i .

ern

| VICTOR, @

Lucie Ps

=P) :

TASMANIA

ART

Distribution in Australia of Cuspicona simplex Walker.

144 REC. 8. AUST. MUS.,

garden near rain forest (Eagle Mts., Queensland)

and in a sweepnet (Menai, N.S.W.). On Lord

Howe Island it was taken from Solanum mauri-

tianum Scop. and in New Zealand has been

recorded from tomatoes, Solanum auritulatum

Ait. and Solanum sodomaeum L. (Spiller and

Turbott, 1944), and also on Mangels (Eyles,

1960). On the Three Kings Islands it was

captured on Solanum nigrum L. and Solanum

aviculare Forst.

Fig. 52.

and Tasmania, the type and the numbers in

parentheses from the following collections: QM

(15), UQ (31), AM (32), ANIC (41), NM

(10), SAM (42), BM (25), Stockholm (2),

AMNH (6), KU (3), Ashock (1), CA (1) and

Bishop (16). As this is a quite common species

individual Australian and Tasmanian records

have not been listed in detail but are plotted on

Fig. 51.

i—__—<— 5mm

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

Location of types:

Holotype 4 of simplex Walker, “South Aus-

tralia, presented R. Bakewell”, in BM,

Specimens examined: New Zealand 22,

Auckland, 30.1X.1939, O. Spiller ANIC. Lord

Howe Island 1 ¢, 29.X1.1955, S. J. Paramanoy

and Z. Liepa: 3¢, 22, 5.X.1959, T. G. Camp-

bell; 19, 19, 15.X.1964, on Solanum mauri-

tianum Scop., R. G. Lukins ANIC. Australia

ped es

apt, Si, ty

bates a

Hea gp it

a in Bain 4 Se

Baenom «x wane)

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona proxima Walker.

Cuspicona proxima Walker, 1867

Figs. 52, 53 A-C

Cuspicona proxima Walker, 1867, p. 382.

Black, 1968, p. 563.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour green in

life but yellowish in museum specimens with

produced lateral angles of pronotum occasionally

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARFAS—I 145

fairly pinkish at extreme apices, Punctation

relatively coarse and even over dorsal surface,

on dorsum of head denser and appearing rugu-

lose,

Head: Concolorous, densely punctate; about

us wide as long. Eyes and ocelli purplish or

concolorous.

Pronotum: Concolorous though tip of lateral

angles faintly pink, reddish or yellowish, Latter

produced as a very short, conical, reflexed,

thick, blunt spine about 3/5 length of postero-

lateral margins; its apical portion, calli and

anterolateral margins impunctate. Anterior

margin trapeziformly excavate behind collum

and obliquely truncate behind eyes. Antero-

lateral margin before produced lateral angle

faintly concave, obtuse. Posterolateral margin

concave, posterior margin shallowly concave,

Scutellum: Concolorous, flat in apical half

but faintly raised in basal half, in apical half

a faint trace of a medial longitudinal line; lateral

margins basally feebly convex, at apices of frena

broadly angulate then straight but gradually con-

verging to near apex, latter broadly angulate.

Frena reaching about half length of lateral

margins.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous.

Exterior margin of corium broadly concave in

basal quarter and broadly convex in apical three-

vontral Surface

ef pygophore

OS mirr

Fig. 53,

et sp. nov. A-C, Cuspicona

imm

quarters; apical angle strongly convex, posterior

margin convex, Clavus short but elongate tri-

angular. Membrane hyaline with veins same

colour,

Abdomen: Concolorous; finely punctate.

Laterotergites: | Concolorous; some coarse

punctations exteriorly; apical lateral angles with

a small black tipped spine, those on seventh

segment not longer than rest.

Underside: Concolorous except for reddish,

sometimes blackish, apex of lateral spine on

thorax and some small black spots on embolium,

Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to

base of head, anteriorly lobulately produced.

Rostral segment [ robust, reaching base of

bucculae; IL arched and reaching about middle

of mesosternum; II reaching between mid and

hind coxae; IV reaching almost to apex of third

abdominal ventrite, apically black. Antennae

rather browner than rest of body, first segment

not reaching apex of head, ratio of segments

10:21:22:34:38.

Propleuron coarsely punctate behind level of

coxae except on obtuse margin and underside of

lateral angle, metapleuron sparsely punctate in

extreme posterior region. Mesosternal keel

reaching over prosternum to apex of latter, more

elevated in anterior half. Legs normal, tibiae

cylindrical.

sterum &

paratergile 1k

SA licst gonacoxa

ventral surface

of pygophore

dmm

Cuspicona proxima Walker, Parecirriioe woodwardi xen.

proxima,

A. ventral aspect of

male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen, C. clasper,

D. Parvcirrhoe woodwardi—ventral aspect of male abdomen.

146 REC, S,

Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view,

medially rather raised along ventral midline,

impunctate. Apex of male abdomen Fig 53 A,

apical margin of pygophore conspicuously

notched medially with two very shallow black

lobes laterally about midway between notch and

lateral margin, medially behind notch above a

AUST. MUS.,

17 (@)s 51-167 Decenther, 1975

narrow obliquely directed septum, on the inner

luteral wall on each side a small black tipped

tooth. Clasper of male, Fig. 53 C, rather Y-

shaped with one lobe strongly pilose. Apex

of female abdomen, Fig. 53 B, hind margin

of first gonocoxae sinuately oblique and not

produced medially mnto a rather angular lobe.

Dimensions

MALES

Number of Standard Coefiicient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head length . 0-2... eee ee ee eee 15 39 2:1 5:3 35-43

Head Width ...--.)- 0.222252) ee eee eee 1S 45 Is 34 42-47

Antennal segment) oo ee eee ee eae 26 ith) 0-4 39 9-11

Antennal segment To. .ck cree te eee eee 27 ZI 13 63 18-24

Antennal segment Ill .2... 0.0... .-- 25 =. 27 23 20 8-9 19-25

Antennal segment [V .........20 0000 cee eee 24 44 21 fr2 30-38

Antennal segment Vo. 6. ee ee ee ee ee ee 7 37 27 Th 31-40

Pronotum width ...,.....,... Livsiat(telet <7 15 143 63 44 130-153

Pronotum length 2.6.) 0.6.6. cee cep eee perenne 15 40 Ss 12:7 34-52

Total length of css cen ca cen ht fetetimeas te 15 201 131 6:5 170-210

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range

Vanation

Heed length ,. 0-2... ee eee eee eee eee 19 49 2-4 62 35-43

Headayidth 100 vai gsics stead is besb ri eeeuere 19 45 L7 38 42-50

Antennal segment]... yee eee ep eens 26 tv) 03 28 9-11

Antennal segment IL... ci circ ees cen eee ene 31 2) 9 45 20-23

Antennal segment UP 22.0. 000....--0 22 2-2 eee 31 21 16 76 19-25

Antennal segment IV .....0.... 20.22. 000205.. 25 33 20 ol 28-36

Antennal segment Viooo oe ee eee 14 39 I 2-8 37-40

Pronotum Width ,.....,.,..-.-+--------- + 19 146 123 B4 129-173

Pronotum length ...,... prrietels ptcaleloe Le melee s 19 39 52 135 32-50

"Total femBtl viviceseclelsce neler ee reeurye tielem 60 19 200 13-2 64 170-230

Total length:

Remarks: On exterior appearance this species

would appear to be closest to simplex, though the

lateral angles of the pronotum are more acutely

produced. However, the clasper is significantly

differently shaped in having a rather Y-shaped

appearance with the lower lobe being strongly

developed.

Examples of this species from New Guinea

may have been misidentified as ampla Walker

(originally described from Waigiu) and at other

times as /aminata StAl as, for example, in the

Annual Report of the Papua and New Guinea

Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries

for the financial year 1965-66 where the follow-

ing reference occurs on page 118. “Heavy popu-

lations of the pentatomid Cuspicona sp? laminata

occurred on tobacco at Popondetta.” This

record, and the records below, of the species

being found frequently on members of the genus

Solanum are significant as specimens of three

other species in the group, simplex, neocaledoniae

and forticornis, have also been recorded from

Solanum species (see pp. 143-4, 150 and 153).

48-12-40 mm

Cuspicona proxima was described from the Ke

Islands. A specimen of each sex, the female

bearing a green “Type” disc, are in the British

Museum from this locality. The marking of the

type seems to be an arbitrary curatorial decision

according to Dr. W. R, Dolling (pers, com.).

As this species is most likely to be confused with

C. ampla (which is represented in the British

Museum by the original female type and one

specimen added subsequently to Walker's

description) IT haye chosen the female from the

Ké Islands as the lectotype of C. proxima, and

the male as a paralectotype. This species has

now been recorded from the Aru Islands and

from New Britain and the Duke of York Islands

in the Bismark Archipelago (Black, 1968),

The species can now be recorded from Papua-

New Guinea (from several species and genera

of plants) and possibly also from Celebes,

Location of types:

Lectotype ¥ paralectotype 4,

presented W. W. Saunders”, in BM,

“Ke Islands

RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I \47

Specimens examined: Papua-New Guinea 4,

Port Moresby, Papua, 28.11.1962, K, R, Norris

(ANIC); 24 4, 324%, Komba, New Guinea,

Reverend L. Wagner (SAM); 8¢ 4, 62% 2? Pati,

Popondetta, Northern District of Papua, 10-171,

1966, feeding on tobacco, S. Ido & B. Kearo

(these specimens were taken during infestation

mentioned in 1965-66 Department of Agricul-

ture, Stock and Fisheries report cited above);

4 9%, Wau, New Guinea, 30.X.1956, on Solanum

verbascifolium L. = erianthum D. Don, J. H.

Ardley; sex?, no precise locality or date, New

Guinea, J. L. Froggatt; °, Upper Sirimumu in

Central District, Papua, 8.V.1966, 'T, Fenner;

lo,49% 2%, Papuan Highland on So/onum mam-

mosum L., Stock and Rubber Experimental

Station, Bisianumu, Central District, Papua, |

(1 600 feet), on Hevea brasiliensis Muell. Arg.

seedlings, 15.V1,1962, T. V. van Harren; ¢ &,

Redshield Farm (32 miles) from Pt, Moresby,

Central District, Papua, on Crotalaria anagy-

roides H,B.C,, 15.X.1965, EB. Kanjirt (Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Pt.

Moresby). New Britain, 2% 9, Rabaul, trom

seedheads of Solanum sp,, 22.V.1941, J. Lb.

Froggatt; ¢ %, Mosa Plantation, West New

Britain, 25.1V.1968, D. F, O'Sullivan, (Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Pt.

Moresby ).

Two specimens collected by Forsten at Ton-

dano in the Celebes in the RM collections over

the label amp/a Walker appear to be very close

to, if not, proxima Walker. A note to this effect

has been added by the author to the labels under

each example,

Cuspicona ampla Walker, 1867

Cuspicona ampla Walker, 1867, p. 381. Dis-

tant, 1888, p. 480.

Remarks: The type of this species has been

examined for me by Dr, W. R. Dolling of the

British Museum and the species appears to be

distinct from proxima, The species is definitely

a Cuspicona and difters from the type of proxima

in that the pronotal dorsal punetation is much

sparser than that of proximia and that the rostrum

reaches to the base of abdominal ventrite VII,

A second specimen from New Guinea bearing

the label “New Guinea Coll. Sayer’ is clearly the

specimen recorded by Distant and has the ros-

trum reaching the apex of the seventh abdominal

ventrite.

As I have not seen this species in any of the

material and have examined from the eastern half

of New Guinea a detailed description is omitted,

The species appears to be very close to proxima

and also to some of the species in the Indonesian

area.

Location of type:

Holotype ?,

Saunders” in BM,

“Wagiou, presented W. W,

Cuspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov.

Figs, 54, 55 A-D

Deseription:

General appearance: Ground colour probably

green in life but yellowish-brown in museum

specimens with produced lateral angles of prono-

tum occasionally faintly pinkish at apices-

Punctation relatively coarse and even over dorsal

surface save on dorsum of head, there denser and

appearing rugulose.

Head: Concolorous, densely punctate, wider

than long, Eyes and ocelli purplish or con-

calorous.

Pronotum: Concolorous though rarely tip of

lateral angles faintly pink, Latter produced as

a short, conical, slightly reflexed, blunt spine,

about three-quarters length of posterolateral

margins, its apical portion and calli impunctate.

Anterior margin strongly and rather obtuse

angledly excavate behind collum, obliquely trun-

cate behind eyes, Anterolateral margin before

produced lateral angle fainily concave, obtuse.

Posterolateral margin concave, posterior margin

shallowly concave.

Seutelum; Concolorous; rather flat but with

a distinct low, narrow, longitudinal median

raised line running from base to apex; laterally

margins basally feebly concave, frena reaching

about four-sevenths their length, al apices of

frena broadly angulate, then straight and con-

verging gradually to subacuminate apex.

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous,

Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in

basal quarter. rather angulately convex in distal

three-quarters; apical angle strongly convex;

posterior margin convex. Clavus short and tri

angular. Membrane hyaline with veins same

colour,

148 REC. 8. AUST. MUS.,

Fig. 54,

Abdomen: Concolorous laterally, darker

medially.

Laterotergites: Concolorous; apical lateral

angles with a small acute spine, those of seventh

segment larger.

Underside: Concolorous. Bucculae low and

sinuate, reaching almost to base of head,

anteriorly more raised and rectangularly lobulate.

First rostral segment robust, reaching to base

of bucculae, second faintly arched and reach-

ing about middle of mesoternum, third reaching

between mid and hind coxae, fourth reaching

almost to apex of third abdominal ventrite.

apically tipped with black. Antennae concolor-

ous, first segment not reaching apex of head,

shortest, second a little longer than third, fourth

about 25% longer than second, fifth a little

longer than fourth.

Propleuron coarsely punctate except for

obtuse lateral margins and underside of produced

lateral angle, metapleuron punctate only in

17 (6):

51-167 December, 1975

—"" Brenca K Henao

{______§ mm.—_——___

Dorsal aspect of Crspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov.

extreme posterior portion, Mesosternal keel

reaching over prosternum to apex of latter, some-

what more eleyated in anterior half, Legs

normal, tibiae cylindrical.

Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view,

medially rather raised along ventral midline,

finely punctate or rugulose laterally. Apex of

male abdomen Fig. 55 A, apical margin of

pygophore turned vertically upwards as a sort

of septum but along ventral surface of the septum

medially notched, ventral surface of pygophore

swollen laterally and also basally in the middle.

Clasper F-shaped, Fig. 55 D. Aedeagus of male

Fig. 55 C, with phallosoma lightly sclerotized,

conjunctiva dorsally near base with a pair of

small “lappet” processes, towards apex dorsally

produced upwards as a large medial lobe, apico-

ventrally produced into a pair of tubular pro-

cesses. Medial penial plates faintly in the form

of a thick inverted Y, vesica placed a little in

front of them. Apex of female abdomen

Fig. 55 B.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

Dimensions—

MALES

Number of Standard Coefficient

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of

Variation

a eee ere om echo herrea eeielees 11 35 1-0 3-0

Perey ert saree mogetivoades arate 12 39 1-1 2:8

Antennal segment | ow... ee eee eee 19 9 0:7 72

Antennal segment IL 2... 2222-2022. -4 0s eae 20 19 0-9 4:7

Antennal segment II] ................ 0200205. 20 18 1-7 9-0

Antennal segment IV ooo... ccc eee ees 17 25 0-9 3-4

Antennal segment Vw... 64 - ee e tetee nee 8 28 1-4 50

Pronotum Width 1.2.0.0... 0.0.0 cece eee eee eee 12 126 68 5-4

PronotumJeneth., «006 ede ole 12 34 2-0 60

Goo Fittg mg bob aes ne OO eek Sud ta thes His he 12 172 73 43

FEMALES

Number of Standard Coefficient

Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of

Variation

atc dae! Maeno dosed eter alpha loteMel al LUNs Mechta la Be 6 37 20 5-4

e+e teh ROL EET POURS be ve a SEE 8 40 1-4 3-4

Antennal segment 1... 2 ee ee eee eee 15 10 0:5 4:3

Antennal segment IT... 6... ee eee 16 20 0-8 4:2

Antennal segment II] ........0.. 0.0.00 000 008. 16 17 1:7 98

Antennal segment IV .............-...2.20.05. 12 26 12 45

Antennal segment V ..,.-....-.,--4---+--4-- 5 28 1-6 5:8

Pronotum width ......,.. 0.60.0. 0 0c cee eee eee 9 134 8-7 65

Pronotum length .....0.0..0..00 0.002.202 pesca 8 35 2-8 8:2

Lis peWa ne sett waaw ee anawesa dake ss 8 185 9-4 5-1

Total length: 8-4-10-4 mm

apex of hemelytra

; ventral

see surface of lappet process

\- pygophore

A ‘Imm

phallosoma

vesica

y, cParatergite IX medial penial plates

_first gonocoxa

paratergite IX

\ first gonocoxa

clasper

jmm—

05mm - E

Fig. 55. Cyspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov., Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov,

A-D. Cuspicona neocaledoniae. A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen.

B. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. C. aedeagus from lefthand side,

D. clasper. E. Cuspicona cheemanae—ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

149

Observed

Range

33-37

37-40

8-10

18-21

15-20

25-28

26-30

120-140

30-37

161-180

Observed

Range

33-38

38-42

9-10

19-21

15-20

24-28

27-30

122-150

32-4]

170-200

150 REC. 8S.

Remarks: Within the simplex group of species

and commencing with neocaledoniae I have

placed together a series of species in which the

posterior margins of the first gonocoxae of the

female are rather rectangularly produced in

their inner half and the hind margin of the male

pygophore has a small notch. Species in this

final section of Cuspicona occur in the Philippines

and Indonesia, possibly in South East Asia,

Australia, New Caledonia and the New Hebrides.

Location of types:

Holotype 3, allotype @, Forét de Thi, New

Caledonia, 8.11.1957 (Paris); 6¢¢ 492 1?

paratypes, same data as type; 4 paratype,

Noumea, New Caledonia, Sept, 1955, J. Rageau

(Orstom—Noumea); 2¢ 4 paratypes, Mt.

Chapeau Gendarme, New Caledonia, in rain-

forest 7 & 8.V1I.1944, J. C. Harrud (Bishop); 4

2? 2 paratypes (Reg. No. 62-7601), mountains

“i,

Fig, 56.

AUST. MUS., 17 (6):

51-167 December, 1975

west of Houailou, New Caledonia, on Solanum

torvum Sw. 5.11.1962, N. H. L. Krauss (USNM);

4 paratype, Grotte de Ninrin-Reu near Poya,

New Caledonia, at light 25.X1L.1965, G. F.

Gross on Biospelaeological Expedition to New

Caledonia; ? paratype, Noumea, New Caledonia,

A. M. Lea (SAM).

Specimens Examined: The types only.

Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov.

Figs. 55 E, 56

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour green

in life. yellow in museum specimens, Lateral

angles of pronotum rectangular, hardly or not

produced; whole upperside except membrane

moderately coarsely punctate. Rather elongate

and kite-shaped.

Brrnon K. HERO

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov,

RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 151

Head: Concolorous, eyes and ocelli purplish.

Wider than long, Densely punctate so as to

appear rather rugulose,

Pronotum: Concolorous, Anterior murgins

strongly excavate behind collum, obliquely trun-

cate behind eyes. Anterolateral margins almost

straight, margins obtuse, lateral angles not pro-

duced beyond line of lateral margins and

rectangular. Posterolateral margins shallowly

bisinuate, posterior margin shallowly concave.

Seurellum: Concolorous; rather flat but with

a distinct low, narrow, percurrent, median line;

lateral margins in basal half faintly convex thence

straight and converging only gradually to sub-

acuminate apex,

Hemelyrra; Coriaceous parts concolorous.

Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in

basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three-

quarters; apical angle of corium strongly convex,

posterior margin genUy convex. Clavus short

and narrow. Membrane with veins hyaline,

Abdomen:

Laterotergites, Concolorous; posterior exterior

angles with a small but acute spine, minutely

black tipped or not.

Underside: Concolorous. Bucculae low and

sinuate, reaching almost to base, anteriorly more

raised and rectangularly Jobulate, First rostral

segment robust, reaching to base of bucculue,

second nearly straight and surpassing fore coxae.

third just surpassing mid coxae and fourth com-

paratively short and teaching visible base ol

abdomen, Antennae concolorous but two distal

segments faintly infuscated, fourth terminally and

fifth medially; first segment not surpassing apex

of head, second longer than third, fourth longer

than second and fifth longest of all. Propleuron

punctate al] over except obtuse lateral margins,

metapleuron punctate in only extreme posterior

portion, Mesosternal keel reaching over proster-

nuin to apex of latter, semicircularly raised in its

anterior half. Legs normal, tibfae cylindrical.

Abdomen strongly V-shaped, Male terminalin

unknown, apex of femule abdomen Fig. 55 E.

Concolorous.

Dimensions—

Parameter Holotype Paratypes

Head length .. 0.0... :. 3 3237

Head width -.-..--. 2 -. - 40 38-42

Antennul segment tl .,,..., 10 8-10

Antennal segment I... - 2-44 19 }9-2)

Antennal segment Wh .. 0.0 ., in 15-19

Antennal segment (Yo. 2. |. 26 22

Antennal segment Vo... -. aa 26

Pronotum width .... Ws 107-117

Pronotum length —-. 2.2... 41 47-45

Total Jenvth -—,..--..-.-.4.. 193 '80-20)

Total tength! 94-105 mm

Remarks: This species is very similar in

appearance to privafa Walker which also occurs

in the New Hebrides, but is more elongate and

the lateral angles of the pronotum are more

prominent and rectangulate whereas in privata

they ure broadly rounded. In cheesmanae the

inner halves of the posterior margins of the

female gonocoxae are rectangularly produced, in

private this projection has its outer margin more

inclined and the whole structure is more roundly

produced, In privata the fore and middle tibiae

are rather flattened apically above but not in

cheesmanae. Cheesmanae is probably most

closely telated to neocaledoniae.

Location of Types:

Holotype @ (Reg. No. 20-660), Nokovula,

Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides, 1 100m, by

sweeping low herbage, 14,1X,1971, G. F. Gross

on Royal Society—Percy Sladen Trust Expedi-

tion to the New Hebrides (SAM); 2% paratypes.

Malekula, New Hebrides, Dec. 1929 and Jan.

1939, L. E, Cheesman, BM 1930-38 und BM

1930-178 (BM).

Specimens examined: The types only.

Cuspicona ferticornis Breddion, 1900

Figs. 57, 58 A-C

Cuspicona forticornis Breddin, L9O0O, p. 26

Fig. 2. Froggatt, 1902, p. 320 pl. 2, Fig, 17:

1907, pl. 32 Fig. 2.

Cuspicona rifispina Van Duzee 1905 (non

Stal, 1870), p. 209.

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour probably

green in life but yellow in museum specimens

with produced literal angles of pronotum red

or pink. Punctation relatively course and even

over dorsal surface save on dorsum of head,

there denser and appearing rugulose.

Head: Concolorous, densely punetale as

described above, Wider than long, Eyes

purplish, ocelli pink or concolorous,

Pronotum: Concolorous except for produced

lateral angles which are usually red or pink.

Latfer strongly produced into a short, blunt.

slightly upwardly and outward directed spine of

horn, latter about two-thirds length of postero-

lateral margins, its apical portion impunctate.

Calli impunctate. Anterior margin strongly und

rather trapeziformly excavate behind collum,

obliquely truncate behind eyes. Anterolateral

margins obtuse and straight but diverging

posteriorly in anterior half, then obtusely angled

152 REC. S. AUST. MUS..

Fig. 57.

to form anterior margin of lateral spines. Pos-

terolateral and posterior margins shallowly

concave.

Scutellum: Concolorous; rather flat; lateral

margins in basal half feebly convex, frena reach-

ing about % their length, at apices of frena con-

cavely angulate, then straight and converging

gradually to convex but narrowish apex.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous.

Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in

basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three-

quarters; posterior margin of corium strongly

convex. Clayus relatively short and narrow.

Membrane hyaline with veins same colour.

Abdomen: Apparently concolorous, at least

laterally.

Laterotergites: Concolorous; apical lateral

angles minutely black spined; finely punctate in

exterior half,

17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

BatncrR K, HEao.

$$ sin

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona forticornis Breddin.

Underside: Head concolorous, occasionally

lateral margins pink. Bucculae low and sinuate,

reaching almost to base, anteriorly more raised

and lobulate. First rostral segment robust,

reaching to base of bucculae, second arched and

surpassing fore coxae, third surpassing second

coxae, fourth reaching nearly to base of fourth

abdominal ventrite. Antennae concolorous or

pale brown, second and third segments subequal,

fourth and fifth much longer and subequal.

Thorax concolorous except underside of pro-

duced lateral angles of prothorax red. Pro-

pleuron conspicuously punctate in posterior half

and metapleuron in extreme posterior portion.

Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over

prosternum to apex, higher anteriorly than

posteriorly. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical;

concolorous. Epipleuron faintly marked with

brown spots.

Abdomen V-shaped in posterior view; con-

colorous but occasionally lateral margins pink.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

Apex of male abdomen Fig. 58 A. Clasper,

Fig. 58 C, F-shaped, medially rather robust with

an obliquely directed upper ramus. Apex of

female abdomen Fig. 58 B.

Dimensions—

Parameter Mean of Males Mean of

Females (7)

Head length .......,.....,.. 37 39

Head width ................ 45 46

Antennal segmentI ........ 10 10

Antennal segment IT .,...... 20 22

Antennal segment III ........ 20 22

Antennal segment IV ........ 32 32

Antennal segment V ........ 33 33

Pronotum width ............ 157 163

Pronotum length .......... 42 43

Total length ...,....,.,..... 214 222

Total length: 9-9-12'5 mm

Remarks: This species occurs in a fairly

narrow belt in far eastern Australia ranging

from New South Wales to Northern Queensland,

Location of Type:

Holotype ¢ of forticornis Breddin,

South Wales” (not located).

“New

_apex of hemelytra

ventral surface

es of pygaphore

clasper

Fig. 58. Cuspicona forticornis B

nov. A-C. Cuspicona forticornis,

abdomen.

D-F. Cuspicona exnigrospera,

abdomen.

B. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

E. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen.

Specimens examined:

Queensland 42, Upper Mulgrave River,

20,1V.1970, G. B. Monteith; @, Gap Creek,

8 km (5 miles) north of Bloomfield River, 30 m

(100ft.) 8-9.V.1970, G. B. Monteith UQ; 22 ¢,

North Tambourine, on low bushes in grassland,

7.411,1955 M. B. Wilson QM; 2, Caboolture

River, Caboolture, on Solanum, 6.11.1959, T. G.

Campbell ANIC; ¢, Rockhampton SAM; 2,

Mt. Glorious, Mar. 1963, J. E. Dunwoody

BISHOP. New South Wales 2, 3 km (2 miles)

south of Port Macquarie, on Solanum maritianum

Scop., 7.X1.1958, T. G. Campbell; ¢?, Coffs

Harbour, 20.X.1958, T. G. Campbell ANIC;

?, Tweed River SAM; ¢ &, no precise locality

but bearing labels (1) “347 N.S.Wales” (2)

“Pres. by Perth Museum. BM 1953-629"; 2,

no precise locality but bearing label “347 N.S.

Wales” AMNH (this is the specimen misidentified

by Van Duzee as rufispina Stal).

apex of hemelytra

-ventral surface

“\ of pygaphore

2mm-—

sternum X

s paratergite [IX

~\-first gonocoxa

0-5

reddin, Cuspicona exnigrospersa sp.

A. ventral aspect of apex of male

C. clasper.

of apex of male

F. clasper.

. Ventral aspect

Cuspicona exnigrospersa sp, nov.

Figs. 58 D-F, 59

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour probably

green in life but yellow in museum specimens

with produced lateral angles of pronotum and

extreme lateral margins of head and abdomen

red, and with black spots and black marks

laterally on sides of pronotum and abdomen.

Fig. 59.

Pronotum: Concolorous except along antero-

lateral margins (maculated with black) and pro-

duced lateral angles (red or pink). Latter

strongly produced into a blunt upwardly and out-

ward directed, strong, apically slightly recurved

spinous processes, these as long or longer than

posterolateral margins. Apical portions of these

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17

(6): Sl-167 December, 1975

Punctation relatively coarse and even over dorsal

surface save on dorsum of head, there denser and

appearing rugulose.

Head: Concolorous with extreme lateral

margin frequently red or pink; wider than long.

Eyes purplish, ocelli pink or concolorous.

Densely punctate so as to appear rather rugulose.

Much wider than long; first antennal segment

not surpassing apex.

Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona exnigrospersea sp. nov.

spines impunctate. Calli impunctate. Anterior

margin strongly and rather obtuse angledly

excavate behind collum, obliquely truncate

behind eyes. Anterolateral margins in front of

spinous lateral angles rather concave and obtuse,

Posterolateral margins nearly straight, posterior

margins shallowly concave.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADIACENT AREAS--I

Seutellum: Concolorous; rather flat, lateral

margins basally feebly convex, frena reaching

about ™, the length, at apices of frena rather

angulate, thence straight and converging only

gradually to convex but narrowish apex,

Hemelytra: Coriaccous parts concolorous,

in some specimens basal half of exterior margin

of corium pinkish or pinkish with black spots.

Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in

basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three-

quarters; posterior margin of corium strongly

convex, Clavus relatively short and narrow.

Membrane hyaline with veins same colour,

Abdomen:

laterally.

Apparently concolorous, at least

Laterotergues: Apical lateral angles acute or

minutely spined; lateral margins broadly pink,

in some specimens this pink bordered exteriorly

and very narrowly with black; inner halves

concolorous,

Underside; Head concolorous, occasionally

lateral margins pink or red. Bucculae low and

sinuate, reaching almost to base, anteriorly more

raised and rectangulately lobulate, First rostral

segment robust, reaching to base of bucculae,

Dimensions-

Parameter

Head length .....,,..0-.--:

Head width

Antennal segment 1

Antennal segment U

Antennal segment [Il ,........2.srseccesverccrecreesserese,

Antennal segment ..sccepiseieotiwccy ties aeti vent tivecs ti

Antennal segment V

Pronotum Width . 2... ccc... cceecceec sc eceeceeceuer veces

Pronotum length .....2,-. 2. 22 L. -

Total length oy. ..004

‘Toral length:

Remarks; This species ts clearly closely

related to forticorniy but differs from it in the

longer spine formed by the production of the

anterolateral margins of the pronotum and

the lateral black spots on the pronotum and epi-

pleuron, The male and female external genitalia

look very similar but in the male of exnigrospersa

the medial “notch” on the posterior margin does

not have the two little produced lobes, one on

either side of it, which occur in forticornis. The

posterior margin is also usually black in exntgros-

persa but not in forticornis. In the female

exnigrospersa the posterior margins of the first

gonocoxue are more deeply excised than in

forticornis. The claspet of exriigrospersa is

narrower than that of forticornis and the upper

ramus is more vertically directed,

‘R

155

second curved and surpassing first coxae, third

just surpassing second coxae and fourth reaching

about middle of third abdominal segment, latter

apically black. Antennae concolorous or pale

brown, secand and third segments subequal in

length, fourth longer and fifth longest. Thorax

concolorous except for exterior margins of pro-

thorax which are black spotted and hind margin

of produced lateral angles may have a thin

black line, produced lateral angles themselves

red or pink beneath. Propleuron conspicu-

ously punctate in posterior half and metapleuron

in extreme posterior portion. Metasternal-

mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum

almost to apex, higher anteriorly than posteriorly.

Legs normal, tibiae e¢ylindrical; concolorous

except apices of tibiae and tarsi tending reddish

brown, Epipleuron maculated with black,

Abdomen V-shaped in posterior view; con-

colorous but lateral margins frequently reddish

or pinkish, sometimes exteriorly to this narrowly

black. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 58 D, pos-

terior margin of pygophore black. Clasper Fig.

58 F, strongly F-shaped and upper ramus more

vertically directed than in forticornis and with

an opaque bar visible in its ventral area. Apex

of female abdomen Fig, 58 EB,

Mean of Mean of

Holotype Allotype all Males all Females

(8) (3)

34 45 33 34

42 44 4| 43

10 a 10 ll

19 22 20 23

22 25 34 23

33 38 32 I8

36 — 35 —

180 185 163 177

42 45 39 40

205 225 196 207

10°7-L197 mm

This species seems to occur only in a limited

area near the eastern portion of the Queensland-

New South Wales border,

Leeation of types;

Holotype ¢ (Reg. No, K51604),2¢ ¢ para-

types (Reg. Nos. both K51267), Mt. Tam-

bourine, Queensland, Oct. 1924, A. Musgrave

& C. Geissman AM; allotype ¢, National Park,

Queensland, Dec. 1910, H. Hacker (with addi-

tional label Brit. Mus. 1926-241) BM; 4 3

paratypes (Reg. Nos. 120,658-9), Mt. Tam-

bourine, Queensland, A, M, Lea SAM; 4 @

paratypes, Tambourine Mountain, H. Hacker; 4

paratype, Tambourine, 21,11,1927, H. Hacker

QM: ¢ paratype Lamington National Park,

Queensland, 17-21.11.1964, G. Monteith &

156 REC. S. AUST

H. A. Rose UQ; ¢? paratype. New South

Wales STOCKHOLM: 2 paratype, Tambourine,

Queensland, 500-550 m, 15.11.1964, J. Sedlacek

BISHOP,

Specimens examined: The types only,

Cuspicona rufispina Stal, 1870

Cuspicona rufispina Stal, 1870 p. 636; 1876,

p. 103.

Remarks:

This Philippine species was erroneously

reported from Australia by Van Duzee (1905,

p. 209) but a re-examination of the specimen

Van Duzee saw reveals that it is in fact an

example of C. fortincornis Breddin.

Cuspicona rufispina is very similar in appear-

ance to C. exnigrospersa but differs from it in

lacking the black speckling along the antero-

lateral margin of the pronotum and on the

epipleuron, and the black marks along the

margins of the abdomen (as seen from below or

in side view), In addition in rufispina the head

is only about 5-10% shorter than its width across

the eyes and the third antennal segment is about

15% shorter than the second, Jn exnigrospersa

Holotype J

rufispina

Fea Dergthe |. eee eset nee tee eet eae een | 40

Head Width ...,---+-- 2 cre eet ep eee eee 42

Antennal segment | wy. epee ee een tee erence (0

Antennal segment I. ee eee 74

Antennal seament WP cc. cece cece tee eee 20

Antennal segment lV ........-2..---.-.---45- —

Antennal segment Vo. ee eee eee —

Pronptum width ..........---++-+------------ 165

Pronotum length ........4. toletertacmetete-gicnietete! ¢A 40

Total fength 22:5 ccc42 cess ccc tbe etree ns 205

Very likely Cuspicona curtispina Stal 1861

from Java belongs to this same complex and

requires further investigation, It is probable that

the major differences between these species, as

in the case of simplex, proxima, neocaledoniae,

cheesmanae, forticornis and exnigrospersa, would

lie in the Jength and colour of the Jateral spines

of the pronotum and in the structure of the

claspers of the males.

Location of Types:

Holotype @ and allolype ¢, Ins.

Stockholm,

Philipp.

Everardia gen. nov.

Type species: Everardia picta sp. nov,

Description:

General appearance: Type species bright

green and red in life, smallish, rather oval,

MUS,

17 (6); Sl-167 December, 1975

the head is 15% or more shorter than its width

across the eyes and the second and third antennal

segments are about the same length,

The male pygophore from beneath and the

female external genitalia from below resemble

more closely those of C. forticornis but rufispina

differs from this species in the much longer

lateral spines of the pronotum, in its relatively

longer head, and in the third antennal segment

being shorter than the second; in forticermis as

in exnigrospersa the head in shorter than wide

and the second and third antennal segments are

about the same length.

Cuspicona rufispina is cleatly closely allied to

forticernis, exnigrospersa, neocaledoniae and to

a lesser extent to proxima Walker. In the con-

signment of Cuspicona species lent to me by the

British Museum (Natural History) were three

further specimens belonging to two species,

probably both undescribed, one from Mindanao

in the Philippines and the other from Tondano

in the Celebes, which, though the lateral spines

of the pronotun: are concolorous, are clearly

also members of this same group of species.

Comparative measurements (in eyepiece

divisions) on all of these specimens are:

Allotype | No. t 3 No. 2. ¢ 3

of Mindanao Mindanao Tondano

rufispina

40 32 43 39

44 44 46 43

10 il 10 9

24 24 25 21

2 30 27 24

33 40 — 31

36 4] — —

180 170 [82 165

40 40 40 38

208 230 240 200

anterolateral margins of pronotum at first straight

and diverging posteriorad, then at about midway

angled more strongly exteriorly though still

straight, lateral angles subacute or rounded,

Head and anterior part of pronotum inclined at

an angle of about 45° to rest of body.

Head; Not appearing elongate, wider across

eyes than long, lateral margins strongly concave

in front of eyes, juga then rounding broadly to

apex, apex of head wide, juga not surpassing

apex of anteclypeus, latter rather broad, Eyes

rather triangular and touching anterior margin

of pronotum, ocelli conspicuous and placed

about midway between inner margin of eyes

and centre of head, but somewhat behind level

of kind margin of eyes, Antennifers short,

antennae five segmented, segments I, IV and V,

thicker than IT and IT; antennae not very long,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN

Pronotum: About twice as wide as long,

anterior margin strongly but obliquely truncate

behind eyes, then deeply excavate behind collum,

anterolateral angles only very minutely promin-

ent. Anterolateral margins straight or slightly

concave in anterior half and diverging gradually

posteriorad, at about mid length abruptly angling

exteriorly to diverge much more strongly to

obtuse or subacute lateral angles. Posterolateral

margins rather rectangularly excavate, angu-

lately turning to become the truncate posterior

margin. Disc behind lateral angles in same plane

as hind body, before level of lateral angles

inclined downwards at about 45°.

Seutellum: Elongately triangular, anteriorly

rather raised, lateral margins anteriorly rather

convex, medially rather concave, apex broadly

rounded, Frena extending half length from

base to apex.

AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 157

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts ~~ normally

thickened. Corium with lateral margins basally

thickened then concave, behind this straight to

almost subacute apex, posterior margin strongly

convex. Clavus strongly triangular. Membrane

with veins substantially parallel except at base.

Abdomen: Rather flat above and _ slightly

excavate in males and truncate apically in

females,

Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with a

short acute spine on posterior exterior angles.

Underside: Head obtusely triangular in lateral

view. Bucculae faintly lobulately produced

anteriorly and then vaguely sinuate, reaching to

above middle of eyes, between bucculae deeply

sulcate. Rostrum four segmented, first segment

reaching base of bucculae, second just past fore

coxae, third just to second coxae and fourth to

Fig. 60. Dorsal aspect of Everardia picta gen. et sp. nov.

158 REC. S. AUST.

about hind coxae. Meso- and metasterna with

a robust keel projecting over posterior portion of

prosternum, latter broadly sulcate under the keel.

Abdominal venter more or less semicircular in

cross section in posterior view, third segment

medially raised into a short triangular tubercle

directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a notch

in the metasternal keel. Seventh ventrite in

males excised posteriorly and in females much

more deeply incised. Pygophore with lateral

angles produced and rounded and medially on

posterior ventral margin a small process.

Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, a

prominent pair of anterior conjunctival processes

and with ventrally placed and directed, parallel,

rather bilobed medial penial plates. Clasper

rather F-shaped. Female external genitalia

flattened medially.

General Remarks: Only the type species

known of this genus. At first appearance the

species looks rather like a Cuspicona but the

strongly uncised lateral angles of the pronotum

——-Imm

ventral surface of pygophore

segment VIE

segment VIIT

MUS.. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975

indicates that it is a separate genus. The

structure of the aedeagus indicates a close

relationship to Cuspicona and Petalaspis.

Everardia picta sp. nov.

Figs. 60, 61 A-E

Description:

General appearance: Ground colour green

in life, yellow in museum specimens, with red,

yellow, luteous and black markings; hind part

of scutellum coarsely punctate, scutellum and

coriaceous parts of hemelytra more finely

punctate.

Head: Concolorous; juga — transversely

wrinkled; base rugose punctate or impunctate

and slightly swollen; eyes and ocelli reddish

purple.

Pronotum: Concolorous in anterior half

except along midline (luteous); about halfway

back a transverse fine sinuate red line projecting

sternum X

paratergite VOL

paratergite 1X

segment VIL

first ganocoxa

medial penial plaice

phallosoma

capitate prooess

t lappel process

basal plates

conjunetival

lobes

nedial penial plates

0-Smm—

Fig. 61. Everardia picta gen, et sp. nov.

A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen.

conjunclival lobe

yesica

lappel

pracess

cClasper

capitate

process

B. ventral

aspect of apex of female abdomen. C. lefthand side view of aedeagus. D. ventral view of aedeagus.

FE. clasper.

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I

forward medially. behind this line luteous with

red punctations, anteriorly punctations con-

colorous. Midline almost glabrous, anterior

margin reflexed, immediately behind it a single

transverse line of course punctations, calli

impunctate, behind calli coarsely punctate.

Scutellum: Medially in basal half concolorous

lateral margins (broadly) and apical third

luteous, a red fascia on each side just outward a

luteous callous point in each basal angle, another

at medial concavity of pronotum on each side

and obscuring the Juteous margin in this region,

and a smaller one on each side just before apex.

In apical third of scutellum and along lateral

margins some red punctations, punctations on

basal two-thirds medially concolorous; frena

black,

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with

concolorous punctations, inner margin of clavus

(at very base quite broadly, rest narrowly) black,

inner sixth Of hind margin of corium also black,

Membrane hyaline.

Abdomen; Concolorous with black quadrate

spots or paired more rounded spots medially on

some of the distal segments, genital segment

concolorous.

MALES (from

Dimensions—

Parameter

Head length .

Head width

Antennal segment |

Antennal segment I

Antennal segment U1

Antennal segment TVo....--.-..

Antennal segment V

Pronotum width

Promotum Tenathy do ol A EN A I

Total lenuth ..0 2-00...

ee ee ee ee ore oe csr |

ce ee se cae

er ee ae

159

Laterotergites: Concolorous with a red spot

or bar along anterior and posterior margins and

posterior portion of exterior margins, spines

tipped with black.

Underside: Head concolorous; bucculae low

and sinuate, apically a little rectangularly pro-

duced, reaching only to about anterior margin

of eyes, head rather swollen behind bucculae.

Fourth rostral segment black.

Thorax concolorous but with a red spot at

common base of episterna and epimera. Legs

normal, tibiae cylindrical or vaguely flattened.

Abdomen concolorous but with a small red

spot laterally in the anterior angle, and lateral

margin in posterior quarter red, of each

segment. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 61 A.

Clasper Fig. 6! E, F-shaped.

Aedeagus Fig. 61 C-D, with phallosoma very

lightly sclerotized und honey coloured, probably

the conjunctiva was not completely inflated in

the dissections but the “‘lappet” processes are

strongly developed, there are two rather tubular

conjunctival lobes and the medial penial plates

are large, parallel and ventrally placed and

directed, their ventral surfaces strongly concave.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 61 B,

11 specimens)

FEMALES (trom 17 specimens)

Parameter

Fleacd lengetit- os thie ts we ee

Head width

Antennal segment |

Antennal segment IL State

Antennal segment IIL .....20. 000-2...

Anteonal segment IV ,..

Antennal segment V

Pronotum width

Pronotum length we cee

Total length ..,.-,,-.,--)--

Total length:

Remarks; All but two specimens have been

collected in arid regions. The “tea-tree” men-

tioned by Brumby on the labels of the specimens

he collected muy be a species of Melaleuca for

re ee a eee oe ore arse ee Prarie:

Standard Coeflicient Observed

Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

26 1-6 6-0 23-28

35 I-4 40 33-38

6 Os 43 5-7

14 O-# 5-3 13-15

9 Il 11-6 8-11

4 at) 73 13-16

16 Qs 33 15-16

77 34 4-4 71-81

32 20 63 29-36

14] 82 5-8 125-150

Standard Coefticient Observed

Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

28 22 TS 25-31

36 Il 32 34-38

7 14 22-4 5-10)

iW li &2 11-15

9 O88 9-41) 7-10

\4 ht 8-3 11-15

15 hl 7-3 13-18

Rl 35 4-3 75-88

34 26 TO 30-39

148 7 5k (35-165

6-5-8-6 mm

this genus occurs in the Everard Ranges area, but

equally he could have applied it to a species of

Thryptomene as the latter, apart from its smull

size, resembles Melaleuca,

160 REC. S& AUST.

Location of Types:

Holotype 4, allotype @. 8@ 4 10998,

paratypes (Reg. Nos. [20,634-53), Everard

Ranges, South Australia to Warburton Ranges,

Western Australia, A. Brumby (paratypes on

flowering tea-tree): 1¢, 19 paratypes (Reg.

Nos, 120,654-5), Victoria Desert 6 km

(= 4 miles) south west of Maynard's Bore,

Everard Park Station, South Australia, 6,1X,

1970, G, F. Gross (hy beating Thryptomene

maisonneuvi FvyM.—a sniall myriaceous plant);

& paratype (Reg. No. 120,656), Adelaide

Hills, South Australia, Jan. 1968 and @ para-

type (Reg. No. 20,657), same general

locality, 20.1.69, C. van Dyk SAM: 3 2° ? para-

types. Murchison River, Western Australia, 21.

X1,1963, J. Sedlacck (BISHOP); ? paratype,

48 km (= SO miles) east of Southern Crass,

350 m, Western Australia. 16.0%,1962. E. S.

Ross & D. QO, Cavagnaro CA-

Specimens examined; The types only,

Parocirrhoe gen. nov.

Type species, Parocirrhoe woodward sp. nov.

Descriptian;

General appearance: Very similar to Ocirrhoe

but posterior angles of seventh laterotergites

strongly produced and pygophore diferent.

Species probably bright green in life; small, elon-

gate oval, lateral angles of pronotum founded;

head and anterior portion inclined at an angle of

about 30°”

Head; Appearing rather broad, wider across

eyes than long, basally rather ratsed, apically

flattened. Anteclypeus only a very little pro-

duced past apices of juga and convex apically,

juga apically broadly rounded and laterally

broadly concave above antennifers. Eyes tr

angular and touching anterior margin of proro-

tum, ocelli conspicuous. and placed just inwared

OF inner posterior angles. of eyes. Antennifers

short, antennae five segmented, first segment

shorter and thicker than others.

Pronetum: More than twice as. wide as long.

anterior margin Only shallowly concave behind

collum, anterolateral angles only very slightly

prominent. Anterolateral margins nearly straight

almost to base and strongly diverging posteriorly.

anterolateral angles rounded, — Posterolateral

margins rather angulately concave. posterior

margin shallowly concave, Dise behind level of

MUS., 17

(6): SL-l67 Devember, 1975

lateral angles in the same plane as hind body, in

front of level of lateral angles inclined down-

wards al about 30°.

Seutellum: Triangular, flattish: frena extend-

ing for nearly half length from base to apex; mn

basal third only slightly raised,

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts rather trans-

parent. Corium with outer apical angles

rounded and lateral margins very slightly convex,

posterior margin also faintly convex. Clavus

narrow but triangular, Membrane with veins

substantially parallel apically.

Abdomen: Apparently flattish above, deeply

excised apically in males,

Laterotergites: Ul to Vt armed with a small

acute spine On cach posterior exterior angle, VII

with apical angle rather strongly produced pos-

terjorly, triangular with acute apex,

Underside: Head rather triangular in lateral

view, Bucculae rather lobulately produced

anteriorly then convex, reaching ta about mid-

wuy along eyes, between bucculae deeply sulcate,

Rostrum four segmented, segment | not reaching

buse of bucculae, UH a little past fore coxae, IL

about midway between second and third coxae,

IV tw base of third abdominal ventrite, Meso-

and metasterna with a robust raised keel project-

ing forward over prosternum, low ta about

midway betwee mid and hind coxae then becom-

ing elevated to reach its highest elevation just

before lore coxac, prothorax. shallowly and

obliguly keeled on either side of this keel.

Abdominal venter beneath with sides fattened

und oblique, medially rounded, third segment

medially raised into u short triangular tubercle

directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a noteh in

the mesosternal keel, Seventh abdominal seg-

ment deeply incised. Pygophore ventrally with

lateral angles slightly produced medianly into a

posteriorly directed triangular process, Hind

margins of lirst gonocoxae of females transverse.

General Remarks; At first sight this genus

resembles Ocirrhoe very closely and could easily

be confused wrth tt. However it differs in that

(he apical angles of the seventh laterotergites are

much more strongly produced and the hind tibiae

are not flattened (although the first and second

are flattened just before their apices). The

median triangular spine on the hind margin of

the pygophore indicates that the genus has a

closer relationship with such genera as Petalapis,

Vitellus and Avicenna rather than to Ocirrhoe.

Only the type species is known,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 161

Parocirrhoe woodwardi sp. nov.

Figs. 48 F, 53 D, 62

Description:

General appearance: Probably green in life

but the type yellowish, smallish.

Head: Concolorous, eyes and ocelli purplish.

Juga dorsally punctate, anteclypeus with only

several sparse punctations. Head behind base

of anteclypeus transversly rugulose, immediately

adjacent to eyes glabrous.

Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate

but ocelli and anterolateral margins impunctate.

Scutellum: Concolorous, densely punctate.

In apical half medially a broad flattened (but

punctate) mark becoming a_ short raised

impunctate keel apically.

Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous,

densely punctate; membrane hyaline.

Abdomen: Concolorous.

Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior lateral

spines black tipped.

Underside: Concolorous except eyes purplish

and a lateral black irregular macula near exterior

margin of metapleuron and about equidistant

from base and apex. Apical halves of tarsal

claws black. Head slightly rugulose and

depressed in front of antennifers. Propleuron

conspicuously punctate only posteriorly, meso-

pleuron with only mesepisternum punctate,

metapleuron punctate posteriorly and on mete-

pisternum. Abdomen rather rugulose. Apex

of male abdomen Fig. 53 D, the ventral margin

Baenon Ko Heao

L__§mm——1

Fig. 62. Dorsal aspect of Parecirrhoe woodwardi gen. et. sp. nov.

162 REC. S, AUST. MUS,

of pygophore sinuate on either side of median

process, ventral surface with a depressed pit

on each side near spine margin gnd about mid-

way between median process and lateral margin.

Apex of female abdomen Fig. 48 F, posterior

margins of first gonocoxae nearly transyerse,

apical spines of paratergite VIII strongly

produced,

Dimensions—

Holotype Allotype Paratype

Head length ....., 2.) 22 224 30 43 33

Head width ..........0.0.. 38 Al 39

Antennal segment tl .,.... 7 8 8

Antennal segment [E ...-., 13 12 (2

Antennal segment Ul, .,... is 16 16

Antennal! segment TY ,,,., 20) 22 21

Antennal segment V ...-., 25 27 2s

Pronotum width ..... 2... 9I Q7 |

Pronotum length ....... 37 3 At)

Total length ........4.5005 165 170 181

Total length: §-7-9-0 mm

Location of types:

Holotype & (Reg, No,

Queensland, Koongalala Point, Lamington

National Park, 29.X%.1955. T. E. Woodward

OM, allotype %, Dorrigo, New South Wales,

W. Heron SAM 120,661; Paratype 9°, Sydney,

Sept, 1902, ex Helms Collection BISHOP.

The

T7218), South

Specimens examined: and

unlocalised | ¢, BM,

types

Petalaspis Bergroth, 1916

Petalaspis Bergroth, 1916, p. 29.

Type species: Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth,

1916 (monotypy).

Description:

General appearance: Pale yellowish (museum

specimens); medium sized, elongate oval lateral

angles of pronotum acute. Head and anterior

portion of pronotum inclined at an angle of

about 45°.

Head: Rather elongate but still wider across

eyes than long, tapering anteriorad, basally

slightly convex, apically flattened. Anteclypeus

a little produced beyond apices of juga and

rounded apically; juga apically rounded, laterally

slightly concave above antennifers, Eyes rather

triangular and touching anterior margin of

pronotum, ocelli conspicuous and placed just

inward of inner posterior angles of eyes. Anten-

nifers short, antennae five segmented, first

segment shortest and thicker than others.

17 (6): 51-167 December, (97S

Pronotum: About twice as wide as long.

Anterior margin rather concave, anterolateral

angles only very slightly prominent. Antero-

lateral margins straight almost to base and

strongly diverging posteriorly, then turning

inward shortly at 90° forming rectangular

lateral angles. Posterolateral margins strongly

concave and rounding broadly to become the

strongly concave posterior margin. Disc behind

level of lateral angles in same plane as hind

body, before level of lateral angles inclined

downwards at about 45 ’-

Scutellum: Strongly triangular, flattish, frena.

extending for four fiftis of length from base to

true apex. Apex beneath with a square pale

sclerotized plate, latter in plane of body and

beginning ai upices of frena and extending about

an equal distance past true apex of scutellum,

Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts pale and rather

transparent. Corum with outer apical angles

almost truncate and lateral margins very slightly

convex, posterior margin straight exteriorly but

broadly rounded inteniorly. Clavus strongly

triangular, Membrane hyaline. veins sub-

stantially parallel apically.

Abdomen: Flattish above, rather deeply

excised apically in males.

Laterotergites: Three to six armed on pos-

terior exterior angles with a short acute spine.

seven with upicul angle rather strongly triangu-

larly produced posteriorly with apex acute-

Underside: Head rather triangular in lateral

view. Bucculae rather lobulately produced

anteriorly then rather sinuate, reaching base of

eyes, between bucculae rather deeply sulcate,

Rostrum four segmented, first segment reaching

base of bueculae, second to about midway

between fore and hind coxae. third to about

midway between second and third coxue, fourth

to base of fourth abdominal ventrite, Meso-

and metasterna with a robust raised keel project-

ing forward over prothorax, there directed

somewhat to left (as viewed front below) so

that rostrum passes to right of Its apex. Pro-

sternum rather sulcate under this keel.

Abdominal venter beneath with sides flattened

und obligue, medially broadly raised, third

segment medially raised into 4 short triangular

tubercle directed anteriorly, ils apex fitting into

a notch on base of metasternal keel, Seventh

ventrite deeply excised posteriorly in males and

females, Pygophore ventrally with lateral angles

produced a little and (truncate, medially with a

posteriorly directed process, Clasper rather

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 163

F-shaped and similar to that of Cuspicona spp.

Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly sclerotized,

three pairs of conjunctival processes the ventral

pair apparently medial penial plates. Female

external genitalia rather flattened medially.

General remarks: Only the type species is

known in this genus, in general appearance

species is very similar to some species of

Cuspicona which do not have produced lateral

angles to the pronotum. However the square

plate like structure under the apex of the

scutellum distinguishes this genus from Cuspicona

and indicates a relationship closer to Vitellus.

Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth, 1916

Figs. 63, 64 A-D

Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth, 1916, p. 29-30.

Description:

General appearance:

gate obovate.

Moderate sized, elon-

General colour straw coloured

‘

Par beaut ten

Fig. 63.

SEP Beige Sr

but with lateral angles of the pronotum some-

times narrowly reddish, also the posterior apices

of the seventh laterotergites and the genital seg-

ments. Dorsally finely and concolorously

punctate,

Head: JSuga rather finely — transversely

wrinkled; base finely punctate; eyes and ocelli

reddish purple. First antennal segment not

surpassing apex.

Pronotum: Finely punctate, punctations

generally concolorous but sometimes a little

darker than ground colour. Calli impunctate,

Sometimes a faint reddish suffusion posteriorly.

Seutellum: Finely punctate, punctations

generally (but not always) concolorous, Medi-

ally in basal half a raised nearly glabrous line.

Hemelytra: Corium and clavus finely con-

colorously punctate. A small black spot at

apex of clavus; membrane including its veins

hyaline.

* oP cs Bexnos K Hane

Dorsal aspect Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth-

164 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6)! 51-167

Laterotergites: Posterior angles of III to VI

with small backwardly directed black tipped

spines, posterior angle of VII produced into a

much larger flattened posteriorly directed spine;

this spine, posterior margin of laterotergite VII

and posterior margin of last abdominal segment

reddish,

Underside: Bucculae low and sinuate, not

reaching base of head, rounded anteriorly. Head

laterally rather swollen below antennifers. First

segment of rostrum reaching to about level of

base of antennifers, second segment curved and

reaching just behind fore coxae, third segment

to just behind middle coxae, fourth segment to

base of fourth abdominal ventrite. Rostrum

yellow with pale reddish infusion, tip of apical

segment black,

Raised keel of mesosternum thickish, protrud-

ing over prosternum and close to it (latter

narrowly and shallowly sulcate anteriorly),

almost reaching base of head, apically shortly

December, 1975

truncate. Raised keel of metasternum darker,

thicker, much shorter, posteriorly excavate to

receive apex of ventral spine. Legs normal,

tibiae cylindrical,

Third ventrite of abdomen medially raised in

a thick forwardly directed spine, all visible

ventrites rather V-shaped as viewed from rear

of animal, Spinous projections of seventh latero-

(ergites and apical portions of visible genitalia,

frequently reddish, sometimes also ventral mid-

line and base of abdomen, Apex of male

abdomen Fig, 64 A. Clasper Fig. 64 D, rather

F-shaped. Aedeagus Fig. 64 C, with phallosoma

very lightly sclerotized and honey-coloured, as

the inflations were not completely successful the

whole conjunctiva was not seen but the “lappet”

processes are strongly developed, there are two

rather tubular conjunctival lobes and the medial

penial plates are large and ventrally placed, each

has a lateral laminate process. Apex of female

Fig, 64 B,

MALES (from 12 specimens)

Dimensions— Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Mean Deviation fs) Range

Variation

Mead Jertatht pacts} corrinetetecynsteteineyct stetedapiatedsbeitry peters ary meleteteyo stele 39 4:2 10-7 34-47

Fead-width : cvs ssdes cess stat feet Ge ibe ee aLbe eben bed be 44 1-7 3-8 42-48

Anterinal Segrtiant. Toit cee i ects imi angleoettttesr a! oonttlles aril teenth ay itle 1! Ls 13-6 9-15

Antennal segment IL ee Rt os baat CE DAT oa Crd oa eg eT ene 22 2-0 11-0 20-26

Anferinal seament TD das curs 4 cop be eee es ECKL Veep 20 15 7-35 18-23

Antennal segment IV... ce eee ee ee eee ep eee be beee 24 1-7 7-0 22-29

Antennal segment V £ Pett op art pit ype eps fell ees 27 ll 40 25-28

Pronoun width 53 25 a3 ob oo ole 0c el 2b Sleek O06 nal 30 107 5-1 47 95-112

Pronotum length ....-..,........- Pe SE ee Perea 47 2-7 57 43-50

Patal lengthy 2300 sag sn elebrn- alelsim ss lopeleas wnlslncselelelesisctelncs sil: 206 89 43 195-225

FEMALES (from 7 specimens)

Standard Coefficient Observed

Parameter Mean Deviation of Range

Variation

Head lanatly . ccc hok es ees ce bodes Qbhb se setessabacee tes 4| 38 9-2 35-46

Bhearl Woiedthy 288 pen 36 a aed 8 oepenn 2a atta Cotten cs ante LOG Kittel 47 21 44 44-50

Antennal segment Io... ee nee eee il 2-6 23-6 9-17

Antennal segment IL ..,.. 0.00... 00 00-8 ols baalete'y s Fens yal: 23 (-7 73 21-25

Antennal sepment ID... . 0 ec ee ene cep eee tebe 19 1-2 63 17-21

Antennal seamen’ IW iat velar tes urd e aelavte me tte dotea te wet 24 (five measure- 23-25

ments only)

Aritennal segment Vow ec eee eee ee eeeeee 26 (three measure- 25-27

ments only)

POH AOE i ele tte en cntatan alle se cotiederelle sepontede alte le LL jn'er'e 121 7 71 107-131

Promotinii lengthy ons. ee ee ee cy ow ne cut $3 37 69 48-59

Total! Jem ath: oi epee as ere a secre dk watre dite ite de ech iediee-rtede aie 233 212 90 210-275

Total length:

Remarks: A not very common species but

widely distributed, ranging from near Geraldton

in Western Australia to Yeppoon in Queensland.

Most specimens examined were from arid regions.

In Helsinki an unmarked male specimen was

located which agrees in locality and all essential

10-3-14-5 mm

details of Bergroth’s original description of this

species. The specimen has been marked as the

lectotype,

Location of Type:

Lectotype ¢, “Stevenson River, N,T.” in

Helsinki,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP

median process of

ventral margin

segment VOI~

seamen! VIE~ |

paratergite VIIT- —_

Fig, 64,

Petalaspis fescorum Bergroth,

aspect of apex of female abdomen.

Specimens examined: The lectotype and one

other unlocalised specimen %, Australia,

Blackburn SAM. Western Australia 34 46,192,

Dongarra, 26,XI-3.XJ1.1935, R. E. Turner;

4, Dongarra, 4-10.X.1935, R. E. Turner BM;

2299, 24 km (= 15 miles) west of Louisa

Downs, 250 m, 18.X.1962, at Ultraviolet

(black) light, E, S, Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro

CAS. South Australia; 44, 29, Parachilna

Gorge 11 km east of Parachilna, 20.V.1975, by

beating foliage of Eucalyptus camaldulensis

Dehn., G. F. Gross; 6, Lake Eyre, May 1951,

G. F. Gross; ¢, Cooper Crossing, 21.11.1956,

G. F. Gross SAM. Victoria 12, Lake Hattah,

J. E, Dixon NM. New South Wales 2, Bourke,

25.V.1905, ex Kirkaldy Coll. USNM. Queens-

land ?, Bowen, A. Simpson BM; 246 ¢, Mt. Isa,

3.X1.1967. on Eucalyptus sp., E. M. Exley;

26 8,22 9, Lake Moondarra 19 km (= 12 mi)

from Mt. Isa, 3.X1.1967, on Eucalyptus sp.

E. M. Exley UQ; 12, Rockhampton, Sept. 1943,

Helfer, ex J. R. De la Torre Bueno Collection

KU; 26 ¢, 1%, Yeppoon, 25,X1,1967, J. M.

Sedlacek Bishop.

basal

plates

~-lirst gonocoxa

triangulum

A, ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen,

C. lefthand side view of aedeagus.

IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 165

ventral surface

ol py20phore

0.5mm as

capitate process “‘lappet" processes

/ !\

conjunctival lobes

medial penial

7 lales

~phallosoma p

segment VII

B, ventral

D. clasper.

SUMMARY

The history of the recognition that the genera

of Pentatomidae related to Rhynchocoris West-

wood form a distinctive grouping within the

family is discussed and the distinctive features of

the grouping given. The external morphology

and the structure of the male and female external

genitalia and the spermatheca of the female: are

considered in this context. A partial key to the

genera in Australia and adjacent regions of the

group is given which distinguishes the genera

treated in this first part but avoids mentioning

new genera to be erected in a subsequent paper

on the second half of the group.

This paper considers five genera, three of them

known viz. Ocirrhoe Stal, Cuspicona Dallas

and Petalaspis Bergroth and two new genera,

Everardia and Parocirrhoe. A description of

each genus is given, and where there is more than

one included species, a key to the species.

166 REC, S. AUST. MUS,

Ocirrhoe is considered to contain 11 species of

which five (wilsoni, westwood), dallasi, cavendu

and coronata) are new, Cuspiconaé prasinara Stal

is transferred to the genus and the three names

which follow are shown ty be preyvigusly unrecog-

nised junior synonyms of earlier names: Rhaphi-

gasler viridipes Wulker (ot australis (Westwood)),

Cuspicona uninotata Walker (of australis (West-

wood) ), and Rhynacheceriy roei Westwood (of

unimaculata (Westwood) ). The citations which

follow are shown not to apply to the species to

which they allegedly pertained: Cuspicena roei

Dallas non Westwood (now to dullast sp. nev.),

and Ocirrhoe unimaculata Stal non Westwood

(now to wesfwoodi sp, nov.)

Cuspicona ts considered to contain 24 species

in this region, of which 15 (eeldeae, eremo-

philae, cooperi, obesula, procallosa, equisignata,

phi, angustizena, apothoracica, Jongispina, cyani-

ferraé, norfolcensis, neocaledontae, cheesmart

and exnigraspersa) are new. Cuspicona privala

Walker is returned ta the genus and js the first

valid name for the taxon previously known as

Pentatoma viride Montrouzier, then Crspiconi

viridis auctt. then Cuspicona zeloma Kirkaldy.

The two names which follow are shown to be pre-

viously unrecognised junior synonyms of carlict

names: Cuspicona beutenmulleri Van Duzee (of

stwrenuella Walker) and Cuspicona laminata Sul

(of privata Walker). The citations which follow

are shown not to apply to the species to which

they allegedly pertained: Cuspicuna virescens

Tryon von Westwood (now ta simplex Walker)

and Cuspicona rufispina Van Duzee non Stal

(now to ferticornis Breedin).

Everardia is based on @ single new species

(picta) and Paroecirhee is also based on a single

new species (weedward/), A lectotype has been

selected for fescerum Bergroth, the type and only

included species in the genus Peralasplys.

Descriptions and figures of all new species and

redescriptions and figures of previously recog-

nised species from the area are given. Short

camparative descriptions are given of Cuspicona

ampla Walker and Cuspicona rufispina Stl which

are shawn to occur only outside of the area. under

consideration.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Funds which assisted a visit overseas in 1969

to study type material and identified and uniden-

lified series of Australian Heteroptera were made

available from the Mark Mitchell Research

Foundation, the C.S.1-R.Q. Sctence and Industry

Endowment Fund and the Board of the South

Australian Museu.

17 (&)> S16? Deewmbher, WTS

| am indebted to the Directors and entomo-

logical stall of the institutions listed on p. 53

for permitting me to examine their collections

and ta make notes on type material and for the

loan subsequently of both eritical and unsorted

material.

Special thanks are due tu the following: Dr,

F, Tortonese, Genoa: Dr. 4, Kaszab and Dr, A,

Sods, Hungary; Dr. U, Gollner-Scheiding and her

family, Berlin; Dr. W. Huckman, Mr, M. Mein-

ander. and their colleagues, Helsinki; Professor

and Mrs, L, Brundin and Dr, P. I. Persson,

Stockholm; Dr, Borge Petersen and Mr, N,

Mé¢tler Andersen, Copenhagen; Dr. P. van Does-

burg and Dr, H. C, Blote, Leiden; the stuff of the

Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de

Belgique, Brussels; Dr. G. Schmity, and the late

Dr. H. Schouteden, Terveuren; Dr. A. Villiers,

Paris; Dr. W. J. Knight, Mrs. J. M. Black and

Mr. L. Mound, British Museum (Natural

History); Mr. J. A, Grant, London; Professor

Varley and Mr. I. Lansbury, Hope Collection;

Dr. and Mrs, P. J. Darlington. Harvard: Pro-

fessor J. A, Slater, his family, and colleagues,

Storrs, Connecticut; Dr. J. A. Rozen, American

Museum of Natural History: Dr. R. Froeschner

und Dr. J. Herring. United States National

Museum; Dr. H. Dybas, Field Museum; Dr. P.

Ashlock and his family, Lawrence. Kansas: Pro-

fessor G. G. B, Scudder and his family, Van-

couver; Dr E. Ross and Dr, P. Arnaud,

California Academy of Sciences the late Miss 5S.

Nakata. Bishop Museum.

The biometric analyses were done on a “Pro-

gramma 101” ininicomputer very kindly made

available by the Department of Human Physto-

logy and Pharmacology at the University of

Adelaide.

REFERENCES

Anon. 1942_) Reve appl enn CAISO, 49%

Atkinsan, BT. 188%. Notes on Indian Rhyochar; Heterop-

tera. Now d. J. Antonie See. Bengal $7(2), 118-184.

Bergrath, BE 1916.) Heteroprerous Hemiptera collected by

Professen W. Baldwin Spencer during the Herd

Expedition into Central Austrulit, Proce. R, Soe. Vier,

CNS.) 29(1), 19-39,

Black. G. Mb, [986k. Pentatumidae (Hemiptera, Heterop-

tera) collevted by the Noona Dan Expedition in the

Philippine, Bismarck and Solomon Islands, Kar Medd.

3606). 560.576, 5 figs.

Breddin, G,, 1900. Hemiptera nonnullae Regionis aus.

(ralicae. Fate Nachr, 2612-3), 17-46. 10. figs.

Dallas, W. S.. PSST. “List of the Specimens of Hemip-

lerous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum”.

part t, Br Mus nal. Hist. Londen,

Distant. Wo L.. Leas. An Entimeration of the Rhynchota

received from Biron von Muller, und volleeted by

Mr, Seyer yn New Guinea during Mr. Cuthbertson’s

Expedition, Trans. R. ent. Soe, Lond., 475-489, pl. 13,

RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 167

Distant, W. L., 1900a. Rhynchotal Notes—LV. Helerop-

tera: Pentatominae (part). dan. Mag. nat, Hist.,

5(7), 386-397 & 420-435,

Distant, W. L., 1900b. Revision of the Rhynchota belong-

ing to the Family Pentatomidae in the Hope

Collection at Oxford. Prac. Zoal. Soc. Lond,, 1900,

807-824, pls. 52 & 53,

Distant, W. L., 1902, “The Fauna of British India, includ-

ing Ceylon and Burma” Rhynchota part 1. Taylor &

Francis: London,

Fyles, A. C., 1960. Insects Associated with the Major

Fodder Crops in the North Island. JL Hemiptera.

N.Z, J, agric. Res 3(6), 994-1008, 7 figs.

Froggatt. W. W.. 1901, Notes on Australian Hemiptera

(Plant Bugs). Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 12, or Mise. Publ.

538, 1-10, figs. 1-15,

Froggatt. W. W., 1902. Notes on Australian Hemiptera

(Plant Bugs). Agric. Gas. N.S.W., 13, or Mise. Publ.

538. 1-8, figs. 16-31.

Froggatt, W. W., 1907, “Australian Insects.” Sydney.

Gross, G, F., 1972. A revision of the species of Australian

and New Guinea Shield Bugs formerly placed in the

genera Poecilometis Dallas and Exmecopis Dallas

(Heteroptera; Pentatomidae) with descriptions of

new species and selection of lectotypes, Aust. J.

Zoal., Suppl Ser. 15, 1-192, 65 figs.

Gross, G. F.. 1975, “Plant-feeding and other

(Hemiptera) of South Australia” Part 1,

Printer: Adelaide.

Kirkaldy, G. W., 1905. Memoir on the Rhynchota

collected by Dr. Arthur Willey, F.R.S.. chiefly in

Birara (New Britain) and Lifu. Trans. R, ent. Soc.

bugs

Government

Lond.,; 327-362. Pl. 17,

Kirkaldy, G. W., 1909, “Catalogue of the Hemiptera

(Heteroptera) with Biological and Anatomical

References, Lists of Food-plants and Parasites, etc.”

Vol, Ll. Cimicidae, Felix Dames: Berlin.

Lethierry, L. & Severin, G., 1893. “Catalogue général

des Hémiptéres.” Vol, 1, F. Hayez: Bruxelles.

Mayr, G. L., 1866. Reise der Novara, Zool, 2(1).

3-204, 5 pls, Kais. K, H. Staatsdruckerei: Wien.

Montrouzier, %., 1855. Essai sur la fatine de I'lle de

Woodlark ou Moiou. Ann. See. Agr, Lyon (2)7(1),

I-114.

Montrouzier, X. & Signoret, V., 1861. Essai sur la Faune

entomologique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie (Balade) et

des Hes des Pins, Art. Lif ete. dan, Soe. ent. Fr.

1(4). 59-74,

Hem.

Ramsay, G. W., 1963. Predaceus Shield-Bugs (Heterop-

tera: Pentatomidae) in New Zealand, N.Z. Ent. 3(2),

3-6, 2 figs.

Sloan. W, J. S., 1941. The Control of Tomato Pests.

Qd. agric. J. 56(4), 277-294, 4 pls.

Spiller, D.. & Turbott, E. G., 1944. The occurrence of

some Ausralian insects and a spider in New Zealand,

Ree. Auckland (N.Z.) Inst, 3(1), 79-83.

Sul, C.. 1859. “Kongliga svenska Fregatten Eugenies

Resa omkring Jorden, under Befal af C. A. Virgin

Aren 1851-1853." Zoologi 1, Insecta. Norstedt:

Stockhalm,

Stil, C., 1866. Analecta hemipterologica. Berl. ent. 7.

10, 151-172, 381-394,

Sul, C., 1867. Bidrag till Hemipternas Systematik.

Ofvers. K. Wetensk Akad, Forh, 1867, 491-560.

Stil, C., 1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum—

Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna.

Sve K. Ver. Akad. Forh, 27(7), 607-776, pls. 7-9.

Stal, C., 1876. Enumeratio Hemipterorum 5, K,

Vetensk Akad, Handl. 14(4), 1-162.

Tryon, H., 1889. “Report on Insects and Fungus Pests,”

1. Government Printer: Brisbane.

Van Duzee, E, P., 1905. Notes on Australian Pentatomidae

with descr. of a few new species. Bull, Am. Mus.

nat. Hist., 21, 187-214, pl. 8.

Walker, F., 1867. “Catalogue of

Heteropterous Hemiptera in

Of.

svenska

the Specimens of

the Collection of the

British Museum.” Pt Tl, Br. Mus. nat. Hist.:

London,

Walker, F., 1868. “Catalogue of the Specimens of Hemip-

tera Heteroptera in the Collection of the British

Museum,” Pt. Hil. Br. Mus. nat, Hist.:

Westwood, J. O., 1837. “A Catalogue of Hemiptera in

the Collection of the Rey. W. F. Hope F.R.S. F.L.S.

London.

F.Z.S. M.E.S. Ete. Ftc, Ete. Ete. with Short

Latin Description of New Species”, part 1. J, C.

Bridgewater: London,

Woodward, T. E., 1954. New Records and Descriptions

of Hemiptera-Heteroptera from the Three Kings

Islands. Ree, Auckland (N.Z,) Inst, 4(4), 215-233,

2 figs,

Woodward, T. E., 1953. The Heteroptera of New Zealand,

Part - Introduction. Cynidae: Pentatomidae.

Trans, ray, Sac, N.Z., 80(3 & 4), 299-321. pls. 62-71.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS

IN THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Lo tishtes: iby: C. J. M. -Glever

Il. AMPHIBIANS by Michael J. Tyler

Il. REPTILES by Terry F. Houston

IV. BIRDS by Herbert T. Condon

V. MAMMALS by Peter F. Aitken

VI. FOSSILS by Neville S. Pledge

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBERS 7-12

lst September, 1976

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS

IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

I. FISHES BY C. J. M. GLOVER

Summary

The type-specimens of six genera and 71 species or subspecies of recent fishes in the South

Australian Museum are catalogued. Most are from Australia, a number from Antarctica.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

I. FISHES

Cc, J. M. GLOVER

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ABSTRACT

GLOVER, C. J. M., 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the

South Australian Museum, I. Fishes. Ree, S. dust. Mus.

17 (7)! 169-175.

The type-specimens of six genera and 71 specics

or subspecies of recent fishes in the South

Australian Museum are catalogued. Most are

from Australia, a number from Antarctica.

INTRODUCTION

The following is a list of all recent fish types,

representing six genera and 71 species or sub-

species, registered in the South Australian Museum

to date, together with descriptive references,

collecting data and currently accepted names.

Most of these specimens have recently been

relocated and data from their labels, type descrip-

tions and the collection register cross checked.

Some specimens, as indicated, have still to be

located, but efforts to find them are continuing.

CLASS CYCLOSTOMATA

ORDER PETROMYZONIFORMES

Family Eptatretidae

Eptatretus longipinnis Strahan, 1975.

Aust, Zool. 18 (3): 137-148, fig. 1.

Holotype: F4042, in spirit, from south-eastern

Indian Ocean off Robe, South Australia,

collected by R. B. Hawes, 2.ix.1971.

CLASS ELASMOBRANCHIL

ORDER HETERODONTIFORMES

Family Triakidae

Fur yentralis Whitley, 1943.

Rec S. Aust, Mus.'7: 397

=Furgaleus ventralis (Whitley, 1943)

Paratypes: F2069, cast of specimen taken from

St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector

unknown, 30.x.1943. F2070, mounted skin

of above specimen; neither the cast or the

skin can be located.

ORDER RHINOBATIFORMES

Family Rhinobatidae

Trygonorhina melaleuca Scott, 1954,

Rec, S. Aust, Mus. 11 (2): 106, fig. 1.

Holotype: F2769, male in formalin, taken off

Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, South Australia,

collected by E. Sundberg, 26.i1i.1953; a cast

of this specimen (numbered F2769) is also in

the South Australian Museum.

ORDER MYLIOBATIFORMES

Family Urolophidae

Urolophus gigas Scott, 1954,

Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 11 (2): 105, pl. XXII.

Holotype: F2744, female in formalin, taken at

Port Noarlunga, South Australia, collected

by T. D. Scott and F. J. Mitchell, 31.1.1952;

a cast (F4127) of this specimen 1s also in the

South Australian Museum.

CLASS TELEOSTOMI

ORDER CLUPIEFORMES

Family Dorosomidae

Chatoessus horni Zietz, 1896.

Rept. Horn Sci, Exped. C. Ausir., 2 (Zool): 180

pl. XVI, fig. 6.

=Fluvialosa horni (Zietz, 1896)

Holotype: F1063, in spirit, from ‘Central

Australia’, collected by Horn Expedition

party, 1894,

ORDER SALMONIFORMES

Family Idiacanthidae

Idiacanthus aurora Waite, 1916,

Austr. Ant. Exped,, (C) 3 (1) (Fish):

V, fig. 1, text fig. 11.

Holotype: F380, in spirit, from 25 miles (40 km)

northward of Macquarie Island, collected by

the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party,

1912.

53-55, pl.

Family Paralepididae

Notosudis hamiltoni Waite, 1916,

Austr. Ant. Exped., (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 56-58, pl. V,

fig, 2, text fig, 12,

Holotype: F382, in spirit, from Macquarie Island,

Antarctica, collected by H. Hamilton, some-

time during the period 1911-1913,

ORDER SILURIFORMES

Family Plotosidae

Plotosus argenteus Zietz, 1896.

Rept, Horn, Sci, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool): 410,

pl. XVI, fig. 7.

=Tandanus ( Neosilurus) argenteus (Zietz, 1896).

Holotype: F1090, in spirit, from the Barcoo River

(=Cooper Creek), near Innamincka, South

Australia, collected by the Horn Expedition

party, 1894,

Ostophycephalus duriceps Ogilby, 1899.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 24: 156,

=Cnidoglanis — macrocephalus

Valenciennes, 1840),

Holotype; F1093, in spirit from Semaphore, St.

Vincent Gulf, South Australia, presented by

A, Zietz, 1898,

(Cuvier &

ORDER GOBIESOCIFORMES

Family Gobiesocidae

Aspasmogaster patella Scott, 1954.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 11 (2): 111, fig, 3,

=Aspasmogaster tasmaniensis (Guenther, 1861),

Holotype: F2788, in spirit, from Kingston Park

(near Adelaide), South Australia, collected by

University of Adelaide biology students,

26,1x. 1953.

Paratypes: F2789, three specimens, in

locality and collection data as

holotype.

spirit,

for the

ORDER LOPHIIFORMES

Family Antennariidae

Echinophryne crassispina McCulloch & Waite,

1918,

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 67, pl. VI, fig. 2.

Holotype: F609, in spirit, from Spencer Gulf

South Australia, collector and date of collec-

tion unknown,

REC, S, AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12):

169-219 September, 1976

Histiophryne scortea McCulloch & Waite, 1918,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 74, pl. VU, fig. 2.

Holotype; F618, in spirit, from Stansbury, St.

Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector and

date of collection unknown.

Paratypes: F617 and F619, two specimens in

spirit, locality and collecting data as for the

holotype.

ORDER ATHERINIFORMES

Family Melanotaeniidae

Nematocentris winneckii Zictz, 1896.

Rept. Horn. Sci. Exped, C, Austr, 2 (Zool): 179,

pl. XVI, fig. 3.

= Melanotaenia nigrans (Richardson, 1843).

Syntype: FI075, in spirit, from Finke River,

“Central Australia’, collected by Horn

Expedition party, 1894.

Nematocentris tatei Zietz, 1896.

Rept. Horn, Sci, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool): \78,

pl. XVI, fig. 2.

Syntypes: F1166, three specimens in spirit, from

Idracowra, “‘Central Australia’, collected by

Horn Expedition party, 1894,

Family Atherinidae

Tropidostethus rhothophilus Ogilby, 1895.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales 2 (10); 323.

Paratype; F1164, from Maroubra Bay, New South

Wales, collected by T, Whitelegge, March,

1893.

Craterocephalus dalhousiensis Iyantso{f? & Glover,

1974,

Aust. Zool, 18 (2): 88-98, fig. 1.

Holotype: 3453, male in spirit, from Main

Spring at Dalhousie Springs, collected by

C. J. M. Glover, 3.viil.1968,

Allotype: F3453, female in spirit, locality and

collection data as for the holotype.

Paratypes: F3453, 1] males and nine females,

stored apart from the primary types, locality

and collection data as for the primaries,

Norr—Some other paratype specimens were deposited with

the following institutions: Australian Muscum (Sydney),

American Museum of Natural History (New York), British

Museum of Natural History (London), Museum National

Histoire Naturelle (Paris), Zeologisch Museum (Amsterdam).

VERTEBRATE TY PE-SPECIMENS IN THE §. AUST, MUSEUM—1 FISHES

ORDER BERYCIFORMES

Family Berycidae

Hoplostethus mediterraneus Cuvier & Valen-

ciennes, var. /atus McCulloch, 1914.

Biol. Res. Endeavour 2: 97, tig. 5,

Syntype: F213, in spirit, ftom Great Australian

Bight, collected by /./.S, Endeavour, March,

1912 or 4.iv.1913 (?).

ORDER GASTEROSTEIFORMES

Family Syngnathidae

Syngnathus yercoi Waite & Hale, 1921,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 1 (4): 298, fig. 41.

Holotype: F690, male in spirit, from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia, collected by Sir

Joseph Verco, 7.xii.1920.

Paratypes; F691, 18 specimens in spirit, locality

and collection data as for the holotype.

Leptonotus costatus Waite & Hale, 1921.

Ree, S, Ausi, Mus, 1 (4); 301, fig. 43.

Holotype: F693, female in spirit, from Spencer

Gulf, South Australia, collected by Sir

Joseph Verceo, 7.x11,1920.

Paratype; F694, in spirit, locality and collection

data as for the holotype.

Histiogamphelus maculatus maculatus Hale, 1939.

S.A. Naturalist 19 (4); 2-3, fig,

Holotype: F2039, female in spirit, from Aldinga,

St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collected

by J. D. McDonald, 9.xii.1936.

Histiogamphelus maculatus robensis Whitley, 1948.

Rec, Aust, Mus, 22: 76.

Holotype: F26I11, in spirit, from coastal waters

near Robe, South Australia, collected by B,

Hendon, 13.11.1946,

Histiogamphelus gallinaceus Hale, 1941.

S.A, Naturalist, 21 (2); 10, fig.

Holotype: F2227, male in spirit, from silt grounds

at Outer Harbor, South Australia, collected

by A. E. McWaters, 20.viit.194L.

Histiogamphelus rostratus Waite & Hale, 1921.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (4): 303, fig. 44.

=Hypselognathus rostratus (Waite & Hale,

1921),

Holotype: F696, in spiril, from Spencer Gulf,

collected by Sir Joseph Verco, 7.xii, 1920,

171

Paratype; A juvenile specimen which, having very

badly deteriorated, was subsequently des-

troyed; locality and collection data as for the

holotype.

Ichthyocampus cristatus McCulloch & Waite, 19 18.

Rec, S, Aust, Mus, 1 (1): 40, fig. 26.

Holotype: F569, a dried specimen, in good

condition, from Spencer Gulf, collector and

date of collection unknown.

Lissocampas caudalis Waite & Hale, 1921,

Rec, S, Aust. Mus, 1 (4): 306, fig. 46.

Holotype: F701, in spirit, from near Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, collected by a Mr,

Rumball, 2.x,1901,

Paratype: F702, locality and collection data as for

the holotype,

Corythoichthys flindersi Scott, 1957.

Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 80; 182, fig. 2.

—Syngnathus flindersi (Scott, 1957),

F2922, two specimens in spirit, from

Kangaroo Island, South

H. M. Cooper,

Holotype:

Pelican Lagoon,

Australia, collected by

20.ix. 1956.

Acentronura australe Waite & Hale, 1921,

Ree. 8, Aust, Mus, V (4); 317, fig. 53.

Holotype: F719, female in spirit, from St, Vincent

Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of

collection unknown.

Paratype; F720, male in spirit, locality and

collection data as for the holotype,

Siokunichthys herrei Herald, 1953.

Bull, U.S. Nat, Museuin 202 (1): 254-256 fig. 38,

Paratype: F3841, in spirit, from Fiji, Suva,

collected by the Crocker Expedition purty,

20.iv.1933.

Note—Formerly in the collection of the Californian Academy

of Natural Sciences (C.A.S. Catalog No. 5910) until presented

to the South Australian Muscum; one of seven specimens, all

paratypes, of the same collection.

ORDER SCORPAENIFORMES

Family Scorpaenidae

Neosebastes pantica McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 64, pl, IV, fig. 1.

Holotype; F601. in spirit, from Spencer Gulf,

South Australia, collector and date of collec-

tion unknown,

172 REC. 8. AUST. MUS.,

ORDER PERCIFORMES

Family Cyclopteridae

Paraliparis wildi Waite, 1916,

Austr. Ant, Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 43-44, pl, IV,

fig. [, text fig, 9,

Holotype: F378, in spirit, from off the Shackleton

Ice-shelf, Antarctica, collected by the Austral-

asian Antarctic Expedition party, 29,i,1914,

Family Brotulidae

Dermatopsis multiradiatus McCulloch & Waite,

1918.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. | (1): 63, pl. V, fig. 4.

Holotype: F480, in spirit, from Kangaroo Island,

South Australia, collected by E. R. Waite,

1917.

Paratype: F480, in spirit, with the holotype,

locality and collection data as. above.

Family Centropomidae

Ambassis telkara Whitley, 1955.

Ree. 8S, Aust. Mus, 5 (3); 349, fig. 2.

Holotype: F1793, in spirit, from Bathurst Head,

Queensland, collected by H. M. Hale and

N, B, Tindale, January, 1927,

Nore—Although the type description specifies no holotype,

the South Australian Museum fish register indicates specimen

F1793 as being the holotype,

Twenty-seven specimens registered F1794, with locality and

collection data as for the above specimen, probably constitute

paratypes, The type description merely states that six specimens

(presumably of this collection) Were retained for the Australian

Museum, Sydney (Reg. No. IA 6046).

Family Pseudochromidae

Dampieria ignita Scott, 1959,

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 82: 75-76, fig. 1.

Holotype: F2997, in spirit, from Sharks Bay,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association

of Western Australia, May, 1954; — this

specimen cannot be located.

Family Plesiopidae

Trachinops norlungae Glover, 1974.

The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of South

Australia (Second Edition) Govt. Printer,

South Aust.: 225; fig.

Holotype: F3721 in spirit, from Port Noarlunga

reef, St, Vincent Gulf, South Australia,

collected by 8S. Doyle, January, 1973,

Paratypes: F3676, eight specimens, in spirit,

locality and collection data as for the holo-

type.

17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Family Theraponidae

Therapon welchi McCulloch & Waite, 1917.

Trans, Roy, Sac. S. Aust, 41: 472, fig. 1,

Hephaestus welchi (McCulloch & Waite,

1917).

Holotype: F606, in spirit, from Cooper Creek,

near Innamincka, South Australia, collected

by E, R, Waite, 3,x,1916,

Therapon barcoo McCulloch & Waite, 1917,

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 41: 474, fig. 2.

=Scortun barcoa (McCulloch & Waite, 1917).

Holotype: F607, in spirit, from Cooper Creek,

“Central Australia’, collected by E. R. Waite,

date of collection unknown,

Family Apogonidae

Archamia leai Waite, 1916,

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 40: 455-456, pl. XLV,

Syntypes: F308, four specimens in spirit, from

Norfolk Island, off New South Wales coast,

collected by A. M. Lea, 18.11.1916.

Family Carangidae

Caranx humerosus McCulloch, 1915.

Biol, Res, Endeavour 3: 137, pl. XXV.

—Carangoides humerosus (McCulloch, 1915),

Paratypes: F191, two specimens in spirit, from

11-14 miles N, 59°W, off Pine Peak, Queens-

land, collected by #./.S. Endeavour, |.viii, 1910,

Note—The holotype and other paratypes of this species ure

housed in the Australian Museum, Sydney (Reg. No. E1436 &

c.).

Family Luitjanidae

Nemipterus samsonensis Scott, 1959.

Trans, R, Soc, S. Aust. 82: 77-78, fig. 2.

Holotype: F2966, in spirit, from Pomt Samson,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association

of Western Australia, November, 1954.

Family Pomadasyidae

Plectorhynchus ordinalis Scott, (959,

Trans. R, Soc, S. Aust, 82: 79-80, fig, 3.

Holotype: 3006, in spirit, from Sharks Bay,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearlishermen's Association

of Western Australia, May, 1954,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—I FISHES

Family Chironemidae

Threpterius chalceus Scott, 1954.

Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 11 (2): 108-109, fig. 2,

Holotype: F2739, a female in spirit, from the

west coast of Kangaroo Island, South

Australia, collected by P. M. Thomas,

10.ix.1951,

Family Labridae

Cheilinus aurantiacus Castelnau, 1875.

Proc, Zoal, Acelim, Sov. Vic. 1: 245,

—Pseudolabrus aurantiacus (Castelnau, 1875).

Paratypes: F1349, an indeterminate number of

specimens from St. Vincent Gulf, South

Australia, collected by F. G. Waterhouse,

date of collection unknown; the three

specimens found registered F1349 are labelled

being either “types or co-types”’.

Nore—McCulloch (1929-30) states that the Type is in the

Paris Museum-

Eupetrichthys gloveri Scott, 1974.

The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of South

Ausiralia (Second Edition) Govt. Printer,

South Australia.; 303-304.

Holotype: F3164, in spirit, from Thistle Island,

South Australia, collected from F.R.V.

Weerutta, September or October, 1960.

Paratypes: 3164, three specimens in spirit,

locality and collecting data as for the holo-

type.

Stethojulis rubromacula Scott, 1959.

Trans. R. Soc, 8. Aust. 82: 87-88, fig. 7.

Holotype: F2993, in spirit, from Sharks Bay,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association

of Western Australia, May, 1954,

Thalassoma septemfasciata Scott, 1959,

Trans. R. Sac, S. Aust, 82: 84-85, fig. 4.

Holotype: F2984, the larger (total length 214 mm)

of two specimens in spirit, ftom Sharks Bay,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearfishermen's Association

of Western Australia, May, 1954.

Anampses lennardi Scott, 1959,

Trans. R, Soc, S, Aust, 82: 86-87, fig. 6.

Holotype: F3024, the larger (a male, total length

203 mm) of two specimens in spitit, from

Point Samson, Western Australia, collected.

by a member of the Underwater Spear-

fishermen’s Association of Western Australia,

December, 1957; this specimen cannot be

located.

Choerodon rubidis Scott, 1959.

Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 82: 89-90, fig. 7,

Holotype: F2985, in spirit, from Sharks Bay,

Western Australia, collected by a member of

the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association

of Western Australia, May, 1954.

Family Uranoscopidae

Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum Waite & McCulloch,

1915,

Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust. 39: 469, pl, XU, figs. 1-2.

Holotype: F170, the largest (total length 195 mm)

of three specimens in spirit, from the Great

Australian Bight, collected during the §,7.

Simplon experimental trawling cruise, 1914.

Paratypes; F170, two specimens in spiril, locality

and collecting data as for the holotype.

Family Nototheniidae

Notothenia coriiceps Richardson var. macquariensis

Waite, 1916.

Austr. Ant. Exped, (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 64-66, pl. V,

fig. 3, text fig. 15.

Syntype: F385, in spirit, from Macquarie Island,

Antarctica, collected by H, Hamilton of the

Australasian Antarctic Expedition party,

sometime during the period 1911-1913,

Family Bathydraconidae

Bathydraco nudiceps Waite, 1916,

Austr, Ant, Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 27-29, pl. 1,

fig. 3, text fig. 4.

Holotype: F369, in spirit, from off the Shackleton

Ice-shelf, collected by the Australasian

Antarctic Expedition party, 28.i.1914.

Aconichthys harrissoni Waite, 1916.

Austr. Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 30-32, pl, LU,

fig. J, text fig. 5,

Genotype and Holotype: F371, one specimen in

spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf,

collected by the Australasian Antarctic

Expedition party, 29.1,1914,

Cygnodraco mawsoni Waite, 1916,

Austr, Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish); 32-34, pl. TL,

fig. 1, text fig, 6.

Genotype and Holotype: F372, one specimen in

spirit, from off Drygalski Island, Antarctica,

collected by the Australasian Antarctic

Expedition party, sometime during the period

1911-1914,

Family Channicthyidae

Dacodraco hunteri Waite, 1916,

Aust, Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 35-37, pl, V1,

fig. 2, text fig. 7,

Genotype and Holotype: F374, one specimen in

spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf,

Antarctica, collected by the Australasian

Antarctic Expedition party, 31.i.1914.

Family Peronedysidae

Eucentronotus zietzi Ogilby, |898,

Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 23 (3): 294.

=Peronedys anguillaris Steindachner, 1884.

Syntype: F1491, in spirit, from St, Vincent Gulf,

South Australia, collector and date of collec-

tion unknown.

Family Ophiclinidae

Ophiclinus aethiops McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 57, fig, 29,

Holotype: F481, in spirit, from Kangaroo Island,

South Australia, collected by E. R. Waite,

1917.

Ophiclinus yarius McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Ree. S. Aust, Mus. 1 (1); 57, fig. 30.

=Ophiclinus gracilis Waite, 1906,

Holotype; F503, in spirit, from Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, collected by E. R.

Waite, 1917.

Paratypes: F503, three specimens in spirit, with

the holotype, locality and collection data as

above; only one of these specimens has been

located to date.

Ophiclinus pardalis McCulloch & Waite, 1918,

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 58, pl, 4, fig. 2.

=Ophiclinops pardalis (McCulloch & Waite,

1918),

Holotype; F600, in spirit, from Streaky Bay,

South Australia, collector and date of

collection unknown.

Family Tripterygiidae

Helcogramma decurrens McCulloch

1918.

Ree. 8, Aust. Mus. 1(1): 52, pl, 3, fig. 2.

Holotype: F598, from St. Vincent Gulf, South

Australia, collector and date of collection

unknown.

& Waite,

REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12):

169-219 September, 1976

Brachynectes fasciatus Scott, 1957.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 80: 180, fig. 1.

—Veronectes fasciatus (Scott, 1957).

Genotype and Holotype: F2921, in spirit, from

Pelican Lagoon, Kangaroo Island, South

Australia, collected by H. M. Cooper,

20.1x, 1956,

Family Clinidae

Heteroclinus adelaide Castelnau, 1872.

Proce, Zool, Acclim, Soe. Vict. 1: 247.

Holotype: F1492, from St. Vincent Gulf, South

Australia, collected by F. G. Waterhouse,

date of collection unknown,

Trianectes bucephalus McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 53, pl. 3, fig. 3.

Holotype: F599, in spirit, from Spencer Gulf,

South Australia, collected by Sir Joseph

Verco, date of collection unknown.

Family Nomeidae

Cridorsa moonta Whitley, 1938.

Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 6 (2): 159-161, pl. XVI,

Genotype and Holotype: F2023, from Moonta

Bay, Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected

by H. Kemp, 4.viit.1938; having later very

badly deteriorated it was subsequently

destroyed.

Family Gobiidae

Eleotris larapintae Zictz, 1896,

Rept, Horn, Sci. Exped. C. Austr, 2 (Zool.); 179,

pl. XVI, fig. 4.

Mogurnda mogurnda (Richardson, 1844).

Syntypes: F513, three specimens, from Red Bank

Creek, ‘Central Australia’: F514, two

specimens, from the Finke River, ‘*Central

Australia”; all collected by the Horn

Expedition party, 1894,

Gobius eremius Zietz, 1896,

Rept, Horn, Sei, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool,): 180,

pl, XVI, fig. 5,

=Chlamydogobius eremius (Zietz. 1896).

Syntypes: 525, six specimens in spirit, from

Coward Springs railway bore, Far North

South Australia, collected by the Horn

Expedition party, 4,v,1894,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—I FISHES

Mugilogobius galwayi McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 50, pl. HT, fig. 1.

=Lizagobius galwayi (McCulloch & Waite,

1918),

Holotype: F583, in spirit, from Patawalonga

Creek (near Adelaide), South Australia,

collector and date of collection unknown.

Oxyurichthys cornutus McCulloch & Waite, 1918.

Rec. S, Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 80, pl. VIL, fig. 2,

Holotype: F592, in spirit, from Cairns,

Queensland, collected by J, A, Anderson, date

of collection unknown.

Drombus halei Whitley, 1935.

Rec. 8. Aust. Mus, 5 (3); 353-354, fig. 5.

Holotype: F180], in spirit, from Flinders Island,

North Queensland, collector and date of

collection unknown.

Boleophthalmus caeruleomaculatus McCulloch &

Waite, 1918,

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1(1): 79, pl. VIL. fig. 1.

Holotype: F590, in spirit, from the Adelaide

River, Australian Northern Territory, col-

lector and date of collection unknown; this

specimen cannot be located,

Paratypes: F591, three specimens in spirit,

locality and collection data as for the holo-

type; these specimens cannot be located,

ORDER TETROADONTIFORMES

Family Balistidae

Weerutta ovalis Scott, 1962.

The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of Sauth

Australia, Govt, Printer, Adelaide: 310, fig.

Genotype and Holotype: F3057, a single specimen

in spirit, from off Dangerous Reef, South

Australia, collected by FR. Weerutta,

Pebruary, 1961.

175

Family Ostraciontidae

Anoplocapros gibbosus McCulloch & Waite, 1915.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 480, pl. 18,

= Anoplocapros lenticularis (Richardson, 1841),

Paratypes: F248, two specimens in spirit, from

South Australian coastal waters, collector

and date of collection unknown,

Aracana_ spilogaster Richardson

McCulloch & Waite, 1915.

Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust, 39; 488, pl. XXIIT.

Holotype: F166, in spirit, from Bass Strait, east

of Flinders [sland, collector and date of

collection unknown.

var. angusta

REFERENCES

Berg, L. S,, 1940. Classification of Fishes, both recent and

fossil. Trav. Inst. Zool, Aead, Sci, U.S.S,R. 5 (2): 86-517,

figs, 1-190.

Greenwood, P. H. ef a/., 1966. Phyletic Studies of Teleosteon

Fishes, with a Provisional Classification of Living Forms.

Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Fist, 131 (4); 339-456, fig. 1-9, plates

21-23, charts 1-32.

Lake, J. S., 1971. Freshwater Fishes and Rivers of Austrafia,

Thomas Nelson (Australia), Melbourne.

McCulloch, A. R., 1929-30, A Check-list of the Fishes

Recorded from Australia. Aust. Mus. Mem. 5 (1-4)! i-x

und 1-534.

Munro, I. S. R., 1960-1961. Handhook of Australian Fishes,

Series published in Australian Fisheries Newsletter between

July, 1960 and December, 1961. Fisheries Division,

Department of Primary Industry, Canberra.

Neave, S$. A., 1939-50. Nomenclator Zovlogicus (London,

Zool. Soc.). 5 vols.

Seott, T.D,, 1962. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes vf Sauth

Australia, Government Printer, Adelaide.

Scott, T, D., Glover, C. J. M. & Southeott, R. V., 1974. The

Marine and Freshwater Fishes af South Australia (Second

Fdition). Govt. Printer, South Australia,

Waite, E.R., 1921. Illustrated Catalogue of the Fishes of South

Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 2 (1): 1-208, PL. i and 293

texl-figs.

Western Australian Museum (The), 1964. Type Specimens in

the Western Australian Museum (part 5) . The

Western Australian Museum 1963-64 Annual Report: 34-45,

Whitley, G. P,, 1948, A List of the Fishes of Western Australia.

WA. Fisheriey Dept. Bull, 2: 1-35 and map.

Whitley, G, P., 1957, List of Type-Specimens of Recent Fishes

in The Australian Museum, Sydney. i-jii and 1-40

(Mimeographed).

Whitley, G. P,, 1964, A Survey of Australian Ichthyology,

Prac, Linn, Sov. NUS. Wales LXXXIX (1): 11-127.

Zoological Record (The), 1864-1970. Pisces section in various

volumes, |-107. The Zoological Society of London.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Il. AMPHIBIANS

MICHAEL J. TYLER

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ABSTRACT

TYLER, M, J. 1976, Vertebrate type-specimens in the South

Australian Museum. If. Amphibians. Ree. S. Aust. Mus.

17 (8): 177-180.

Type-specimens of amphibians in the South

Australian Museum represent 34 species and

subspecies, and include holotypes and syntypes

of 21 species. With the sole exception of a ranid

from the Philippines, they are all from Australia,

New Guinea and adjacent islands.

INTRODUCTION

Dowling, Gilboa and Zweifel (1970) included

§3 titles in a world-wide survey of published lists

of type-specimens of reptiles and amphibians.

Of the lists of types held in particular institutions,

the only Australian museums represented at that

time were the Macleay Museum (Goldman, Hill

and Stanbury, 1969) and the Western Australian

Museum (Anonymous, 1962, ef seq.: six titles

vide Dowling ef al/., 1970). Subsequently

Coventry (1970) and Covacevich (1971) published

lists of the types in the National Museum of

Victoria and the Queensland Museum respectively.

In Australia the largest number of amphibian

types is lodged at the Australian Museum; a

list of these is being prepared (H. G. Cogger,

pers. comm.), However the South Australian

Museum type collection is relatively substantial,

containing types of 34 species and subspecies

representing the following families: Hylidae (20

species), Ranidae (five), Leptodactylidae (five) and

Microhylidae (three). Holotypes or syntypes

of 2] species and subspecies are included.

Twenty-four of these species involved are from

New Guinea, cight from Australia and one from

the Philippines,

AMPHIBIA, ANURA

Hyla albolabris Wandolleck, 1911, Ahh. K. zool,

Anthrap.-ethn, Mus. Dresden 13 (6): 12,

=Litoria albolabris (Wandolleck), vide Tyler,

(971: 352

Syntype: S.A.M, R4947, Aitape, New Guinea

(coll. O. Schlaginhaufen)

Hyla bulmeri Tyler, 1968a, Zoo/. Verh. (96): 56.

=Litoria bulmeri (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 352

Holotype: S.A.M. R5625, Glkm, Upper Aunjung

Valley, Schrader Mountains, New Guinea

(coll. R, N. H. Bulmer).

Paratypes; S.A,M, R5624, R8107 (same as holo-

type).

Hyla contrastens Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 72.

=Litoria contrastens (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971:

352

Holotype; S,A.M, R5845, Barabuna, near

Kundiawa, New Guinea (coll, F, Parker).

Paratype: S,A,M, R6450 (same data as holotype).

Hyla coplandi Tyler, 1968b, Rec. S. Aust. Mus,

15 (4): 716

=Litoria coplandi (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 352

Paratype: S.A.M. R9103, Wave Hill, Northen

Territory, Australia, (coll, K. G. Buller),

Hyla dorsivena Tyler, 19684, Zool. Verh. (96): 83

=Litoria dorsivena (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971; 352

Holotype: S.A.M, R790L,

Guinea (coll. B. Craig).

Paratypes: S.A,M, R7902-7910 (same data as

holotype). R79I1 transferred to Museum of

Natural History, University of Kansas,

Now K.U. 153143.

Telefomin, New

Hyla leucova Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 119

=Litoria leucova (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 353

Holotype: S.A.M. R6461, Busilmin, New Guinea

(coll, B, Craig),

Hyla meiriana Tyler, 1969, Rec. S. Aust. Mus,

16 (1): 2

=Litoria meiriana (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 353

Holotype: S.A.M, R9082, 157 km north of

Mainoru, Northern Territory, Australia (coll.

A, Fleming, R, Edwards and H, Bowshall).

Paratypes; S.A,M, R9014-32, 9034, 9074-81,

9083-85 (same data as holotype). (R.9033

transferred to Museum of Natural History,

University of Kansas, Now K,U, 153144),

178 REC. .§, AUST. MUS.,

Hyla micromembrana Tyler, 1963, Trans. R. Soc.

S. Aust. 86: 121

=Litoria micromembrana (Tyler), vide Tyler,

1971: 353

Holotype: S.A.M. R4150, Mt. Podamp, near

Nondugl, New Guinea (coll. M. J. Tyler).

Hyla mintima Tyler, 1963, Trans. R. Soc. S.

Aust. 86: 123

—Literia angiana (Boulenger), vide Tyler,

1971: 354

Holotype: S.A.-M. R4151, Mintima, near

Kerowaghi, New Guinea (coll, M. J, Tyler).

Hyla modica Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh, (96): 135

—Litoria modica (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 354

Paratype: S.A,M,. R8108, Oruge, New Guinea

(coll, F. Parker),

Hyla multiplica Tyler, 1964, Amer, Mus, Noyit,

(2187): 2

=Litoria multiplica (Tyler), vide Tyler, 197]

354

Paratype: S.A.M. R4946, Kassam, Kratke

Mountains, New Guinea (coll, H. M. Van

Deusen),

Hyla prora Menzies, 1969, Trans. R. Soc. S.

Aust, 93: 165

—Liroria prora (Menzies), vide Tyler, [971]: 354

Paratypes: S,A.M, R10410-11, Efogi,

Stanley Mountains, New Guinea

J. 1, Menzies).

Hyla spinifera Tyler, 1968a, Zool, Verh, (96); 167

=Litoria spinifera (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 354

Paratypes; S,A.M, R6928-31, Oruge, New Guinea

(coll. F. Parker).

Owen

(coll.

Hyla wisselensis Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 180

=Litoria wisselensis (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971;

355

Paratypes: S.A.M, R5539-43, Enarotali, Lake

Paniai, Wissel Lakes, New Guinea (coll.

M. Boeseman and L. D. Holthius).

Litoria brevipalmata Tyler, Martin and Watson,

1972, Proe, Linn, Soc, N.S, 97 (1); 82

Holotype: S.A.M. R11236, Ourimbah Creck,

§ km north-west of Gosford, New South

Wales, Australia (coll. F. Parker),

(7 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Litoria glandulosa Tyler and Anstis, 1975, Rec. S.

Aust. Mus. 17 (5): 41

Holotype: S.A.M. R13504, Barwick Creek,

Point Lookout, near Ebor, New South Wales,

Australia (coll, M. Anstis),

Paratypes: S.A.M. R13505-10, Barwick and

Bullock Creeks, Ebor:; R13060 (11 juveniles),

R13303, Barwick Creek; R13626-39, Point

Lookout. (coll. M. Anstis).

Litoria quadrilineata Tyler and Parker, 1974,

Trans, R, Sac, S, Aust, 98 (2); 71

Holotype: S.A.M. R13489, Jalan Trikora Road),

Merauke, Irian Jaya (coll. F. Parker),

Paratypes: S.A.M. R13490-93, collected with

holotype by F, Parker,

Litoria timida Tyler and Parker, 1972, Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 96 (3): 157.

Holotype: S.A.M. RI11658, Menemsorae,

Western District, New Gunea (coll,

F, Parker),

Paratypes: S.A.M. R11659-61 (same data as

holotype.

Nyctimystes montana Parker, 1936, dan. Mag.

Nat. Hist. 17: 80

-Nyctimystes cheesmani (nomen nudum) Tyler,

1965: 268

Paratype: S.A.M. R9424, Mondo, New Guinea

(coll. L. E. Cheesman),

Nyctimystes zweifeli Tyler, 1967, Trans. R. Soc. 8.

Aust, 91: 191.

Holotype: S.A.M, R5426, Telefomin,

Guinea (coll. B. Craig).

Paratypes; S,A,M, R8812-8813, 8815-8819 (same

data as holotype). (R88I4 transferred to

Museum of Natural History, University of

Kansas, Now K.U. 15345),

New

Leptodactylidae

Crinia affinis halmaturina Condon, 1941, Rec, 8.

Aust. Mus. 7: 114

~Ranidella signifera Girard, vide More, 1961;

234 & Blake, 1973.

Holotype: S.A.M. R2165, Flinders

Kangaroo Island, South Australia. (coll,

Tate Society), Specimen missing. Notes;

This specimen could not be found when a

specific search for it was undertaken in 1960.

Chase,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPHCIMENS IN THE S, AUST. MUSEUM—I] AMPHIBIANS

Crinia riparia Littlejohn and Martin, 1965,

Copeia, 1965 (3): 319

—Ranidella riparia (Littlejohn and Martin),

vide Blake 1973.

Paratypes: S.A.M, R9I01-02, Alligator Gorge,

Flinders Ranges, South Australia (coll,

M. J. Littlejohn, A- A. Martin and

P. Rawlinson).

Glauertia russelli Loveridge, 1933, Oce. Pap,

Boston Soc, Nat. Hist, 8+ 89.

Paratype: S.A.M. R9723, Creek flowing into

Gascoyne River, near Landor Station,

Western Australia (coll. L. Glauert),

Kyarranus kundagungan Ingram and Corben, 1975,

Mem. Qld, Mus, V7 (2): 3335.

Paratypes: S.A.M. R13921-22, Mistake Moun-

tains, Queensland (Coll. C. J, Corben and

A. Kk, Smyth).

Limnodynastes dumerili variegatus Martin, 1972,

Aust, J, Zool. 2: 181.

Paratypes: S.A.M, R13174-75, 6 km north of

Cape Otway, Victoria, Australia. (coll.

A. A. Martin).

Ranidella remota Tyler and Parker, 1974, Trans.

R, Soc, S. Aust. 98 (2): 74

Holotype: $.A.M. R13524, Morehead, Papua

New Guinea (coll. F. Parker).

Paratypes: S.A.M. R13527-28, Gubam; R13525-

26, R13681-82, Morehead (coll. F. Parker).

Microhylidae

Barygenys cheesinanae Parker, 1936, Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist,, V7; 74.

Paratype: S.A.M. R9423, Mount Tafa, New

Guinea (coll, L, E, Cheesman).

Cophixalus exiguus Zweifel and Parker, 1969,

Amer. Mus. Novit, (2390); 2.

Holotype: S.A.M. RIO311, Mount Hartley,

Queensland, Australia (coll, F, Parker),

Paratypes: S.A.M. R9796, 10035-40 (same data as

holotype). (R9723 transferred to Museum

of Natural History, University of Kansas.

Now K.U. 153146),

Sphenophryne dentata Tyler and Menzies, 1971,

Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 95 (2): 79.

Holotype: S.A.M. R12063, Alotau, Milne Bay,

New Guinea (coll. J. I. Menzies).

Paratypes: S,A.M, RII819-28 (same data as

holotype).

179

Ranidae

Cornufer ingeri Brown and Alcala, 1963, Copeta

1963 (4): 672,

=Platymantis ingeri (Brown and Alcala), vide

Zweifel, 1967; 120,

Paratypes:; S,A.M. R8808, Cantaub area, Bohol

Island, Philippines; S.A,M, R13606, Dusita

area, Bohol Id., Philippines (both coll.

A. Alcala).

Platymantis akarithymus Brown and Tyler, 1968,

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 76.

Holotype: 5.A.M. R7073, Pomogu, |}! km north-

west of Kandrian, New Britain (call.

M. J. Tyler).

Paratypes: S,A.M, R6982 (same data as holotype)

S.A.M. R7066, R7082, near Malassait,

approx. 85 km west of Rabaul, New Britain

(coll, M. J. Tyler).

Platymantis mimicus Brown and Tyler, 1968,

Proc. biol. Sac. Wash. 81: 74.

Holotype: S.A.M. R6868, Numundo Plantation,

Willaumez Peninsula, New Britain (coll.

M. J. Tyler).

Paratypes: S.A.M. R7064, R7069, Pomugu |1 km

north-west of Kandrian; S.A.M, R6864,

Gazelle Peninsula, New Britain. (AIL coll.

M. J. Tyler).

Platymantis rhipiphalcus Brown and Tyler, 1968,

Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 77.

Holotype: S.A,M, R7071, near Pomogu, approx

11 km north-west of Kandrian, New Britain

(coll, M, J. Tyler),

Paratype: $.A.M. R7078, San Remo Plantation,

Willaumez Peninsula, New Britain (coll.

M. J. Tyler).

Platymantis papuensis schmidti Brown and Tyler,

1968, Proc, biol, Soe. Wash, 81: 85,

Holotype: S.A.M, R7618, Talasea, Willaumez

Peninsula, New Britain (coll. M, J. Tyler).

S.A.M. R6762-68, 6772-93, 6795,

6803-07, G809-13, GS15-16, 6858-60,

6862, 6869, 6912-13, 6915, 6922-28, 7061,

7070, 7080, 7085, 7088-89, 7093, 7095,

7097, 7101-04, 7106, 7109, 7115, Willaumez

Peninsula; 7615, 7617-23, 7625-37, 7639-47,

7649-74, 7677-78, Baining Ranges, Gazelle

Peninsula; 7043, 7045, 7099, 7132, 7134-37,

7139, 7147-48, 7IS1, Kerevat, Gazelle

Peninsula {all coll. M. J, Tyler), (R7616,

7638, 7648 transferred to Museum of Natural

History, University of Kansas. Now K.U.

153147-49).

Paratypes:

6801,

180 REC. S, AUST. MUS.,

REFERENCES

Anonymous, 1962. Type specimens in the Western Australian

Museum (part 2). Ann. Rep, HW. Aust, Mus, 1960-61:

35-39

Blake, A. J. D., 1973. Taxonomy and relationships of myoba-

trachine frogs (Leptodactylidae): a numerical approach,

Aust. J. Zeol, 21: 119-149.

Brown, W. C.and Alcala, A. A., 1963. A new Irog of the genus

Cornufer (Ranidae) with notes on other amphibians from

Bohol Island, Philippines. Copeia 1963 (4): 672-675,

Brown, W. C. and Tyler, M. J., 1968. Frogs of the genus

Platymanris (Ranidae) from New Britain with descriptions

of new species, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81; 69-86,

Condon, H. T., 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs

from Kangaroo Island. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 7: 111-116.

Covacevich, J., 1971. Amphibians and reptile type-specimens

in the Queensland Museum, Mem, Qld. Mus. 16 (1):

49-67.

Coventry, J., 1970. Reptile and amphibian type specimens

housed in the National Museum of Victoria, Adem. Nat.

Mus. Vie, 31: 115-124.

Dowling, Hl. G,, Gilboa, I. and Zweifel, R. G. 1970. A list of

herpetological type lists. Aerpeto/, Rev, 2 (3); 53-54,

Goldman, J., Hill, L. and Stanbury, P.J.,1969. Type specimens

in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. UH,

Amphibians and reptiles. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.SW. 93

(418): 427-438,

Ingram, G. J. and Corben, G. J. 1975. A new species of

Kyarranus (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from Queensland,

Australia. Mem. Qld. Mus. 17 (2); 335-339,

Littlejohn, M. J. and Martin, A. A., 1965. A new species of

Crinia (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from South Australia.

Capeia 1965 (3): 319-324.

Loveridge, A., 1933. A new genus and three new species of

erinine frogs from Australia, Ove, Pap, Boston See. Nat.

Fist, 8: 89-94,

Martin, A. A., 1972. Studies in Australian Amphibia ILI.

The Linnedynastes dorsalis complex (Anura:Leptodac-

tylidae). Aust. /. Zool. 20: 165-211.

Menzies, J. 1., 1969. A new species of tree-frog (Ayla) from

Papua. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 93: 165-168.

Moore, J. A., 1961: The frogs of eastern New South Wales.

Ball, Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist. 121 (3): 153-385.

Parker, H. W., 1936. A collection of reptiles and amphibians

from the mountains of British New Guinea. Ann. Mae.

Nat. Hist., ser, 10,17; 66-93,

17 (7-12) 169-219 September, 1976

Tyler, M. J,, (963. A taxonomic study of amphibians and

reptiles of (he Central Highlands of New Guinea, with

notes on their ecology and biology. Il. Anura: Ranidae

and Hylidae. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 86: 105-130.

Tyler, M, J.. 1964, Results of the Archbold Expeditions.

No. 85. A new hylid frog from the Eastern Highlands of

New Guinea. Aer, \fus. Novit. (2187): 1-6.

Tyler, M. J,, 1965. An investigation of the systematic position

and synonymy of Hy/a montana Peters and Doria (Anura:

Hylidae). Abb. Zo0l. Mus. Dresden 27 (10): 265-270.

Tyler, M.J,. 1967, A new species of the hylid genus Nyecvinistes

from the highlands of New Guinea. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust.

91: 191-195,

Tyler, M. J., 1968a.

Zool. Werh, (96): 1-203.

Tyler, M, J., 1968b. A taxonomic study of bylid frogs of the

Flvla leseueri complex occurring in north-western Australia.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 15 (4): 711-727.

Tyler, M. J., 1969. A synopsis of the frogs of the genus Hy/a

of north-western Australia, with the description of a new

species, Ree, S. Aust, Mus. 16 (1); 1-11.

Tyler, M. J., 1971. ‘The phylogenetic significance of yocal sac

structure in hylid frogs. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat,

Hist, 19 (4): 319-360.

Tyler, M. J., and Anstis, M. 1975. Taxonomy and biology

of frogs of the Liferia citropa complex (Anura:Hylidae),

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17 (5) 41-50.

Tyler, M. J., Martin, A. A. and Watson, G. F.,

species of hylid frog from New South Wales.

Sac. N.S. W. 97 (1): 82-86,

Tyler, M, J. and Menzies, J. [., 1971. A new species of micro-

hylid frog of the genus Sphenophryne from Milne Bay,

Papua. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 95 (2): 79-83,

Tyler, M. J. and Parker, F., 1972. Additions to the hylid frog

fauna of New Guinea, with description of a new species,

Litoria timida. Trans. R. Suc. S. Aust. 96 (3): 157-163.

Tyler, M. J. and Parker, F., 1974. New species of hylid and

leptodactylid frogs from southern New Guinea, Trans.

R. Sac. S. Aust. 98 (2): 71-78.

Wandolleck, B., 1911. Die amphibien und reptilien der

Papuanischen Ausbeute Dr. Schlaginhaufens.. Abt. K.

zou, anthrap—erin. Mus. Dresden 13 (6): 1-15,

Zweifel, R. G., 1967, Identity of the frog Cornufer unicvlor

and application of the generic name Cvrnufer, Copeia

1967 (1): TE7-121.

Zweifel, R. G. and Parker, F.. 1969. A new species of micro-

hylid frog (genus Cophixalus) from Australia. Amer. Mus.

Novit, (2390)5 1610,

Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Ayla.

1972. A new

Proc. Linn,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

If, REPTILES

TERRY F, HOUSTON

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ASTRACT

HOUSTON, T. F. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the

South Australian Museum. Df. Reptiles, Ree. S, Aust,

Mus, 17 (9): (81-187,

The South Australian Museum holds primary

type-specimens of 58 species of living reptiles

(all but one species are Australian). Thirty-one

species are represented by holotypes, syntypes

or lectotypes. Full collection data are provided

for all specimens,

INTRODUCTION

The following list is based primarily on the

taxonomic literature so that it should include all

reptile type-specimens (i,e, holo-, syn-, lecto-,

allo-, para- and paralecto-types) purported to be

in the South Australian Museum, An examina-

tion of the type-specimen collection, however,

has brought to light other types received by

donation or exchange whose presence has not

previously been published.

The specimens are listed under their original

names which are arranged alphabetically within

each family. The currently accepted names of

the taxa are noted where these differ from the

original ones, Collection data are taken from

the Museum registers.

The names of several institutions are abbreviated

as follows :—

MCZ—Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Harvard University, Cambridge,

Massachusetts, U.S.A,

SAM—South Australian Museum, Adelaide,

S.A,

USNM—United States National Museum,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

U.S.A.

WAM—Western Australian Museum, Perth,

W.A,

SQUAMATA: LACERTILIA

Agamidae

Amphibolurus caudicinetus macropus Storr, 1967a.

J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 50 (2): 53.

Holotype: R3229 (=USNM 128750), ¢, 4:5 mi.

(7:2 km) SSE of Oenpelli Mission, Northern

Territory, 30.1x. 1948, R. R. Miller,

Australian-American Arnhem Land

Expedition,

Amphibolurus barbatus minimus Loveridge, 1933.

Proc. New Engl. zool. Club 13: 69.

Paratypes: R3170 (2 specimens, —~MCZ 32978),

West Wallaby Island, Western Australia,

10,x.1921, G. M. Allen & W. E. Schevill.

Amphibolurus gibba Houston, 1974b.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 98 (4): 209-212, figs. 1-4.

Holotype: R13954A, 3, 5-5 km NNW of Alberrie

Creek Railway Siding, South Australia,

29-358 x 137:31E, 14.4,1974, ex burrow under

cracked mud crust of gibber plain, R. Forsyth

and T, Houston,

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R2525,

Finniss Springs, 17.i1947, A, J, Pearce;

R3542, 12 mi. (19 km) SE of Mt. Hamilton

Station on Margaret River, 19,y.1953,

R. Tedford: R3805, Lake Lettie Waterhole,

23.11.1956, G. F. Gross: R7605-6, R&310,

2mi. (3:2 km) S of Marree, February, 1966,

F. J. Mitchell; R9499, Marree, June, 1966,

F. J. Mitchell; R11165, 23 mi. (37 km) § of

Coward Springs on road to Stuart Creek

HS, 26.x.1969, Zool. Dept., Univ. of Adelaide,

“gibber, crumbly clay soil, ran into burrow’:

R12494A-B, 20 mi. (32 km) N of Oodnadatta,

1971, J. Bredly; R1I3891, Finniss Springs,

6.11.1964, F. J. Mitchell; R1I3894A-B, data

as for R2525; R13953, 34 km N of Coober

Pedy, 6.x.1973, E. Story; R13954B-K, data

as for holotype.

Amphibolurus rufescens Stirling and Zietz, 1893.

Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 16: 164, pl. 6, figs. 2.and 2a.

Lectotype; R1423, 3, Mt. Sir Thomas, Birksgate

Range, South Australia, Elder Expedition

(1891-92). Selected by F. R. Zietz, 1915.

p. 768,

Paralectotypes: R1424-5, data as for lectotype.

Notrs—In describing this species, Stirling & Zietz did nov

designate types but simply noted they had three specimens and

gave the dimensions of two of them. However, F. R. Zietz,

1915, noted (hat the largest specimen was the “‘type” and gave

its dimensions; these accord with those of “specimen AY in the

original description,

182

Amphibolurus scutolatus Stirling and Zietz, 1893.

Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 16: 165-167, pl. 7, figs. |

and 2,

Syntypes! R1459 (9 specimens), R3024 (2

specimens), R4814 (12 specimens), between

Fraser Range and Queen Victoria Springs,

Western Australia, Elder Exploring

Expedition (1891-2),

Nores—Stirling & Zietz noted they had several specimens of

each sex without giving any registration numbers. Therefore,

all specimens collected by the Elder Expedition al the type

lovality are regarded as syntypes.

Amphibolurus vadnappa Houston, 1974a.

Trans, R. Sac. S. Aust. 98 (2): 55-57, figs. 1, 2,

12-16.

Holotype: R3416B, 3, Aroona Waters (138:21E x

30-358), Flinders Ranges, South Australia,

3.v.1953, P. F. Lawson.

Allotype: R33/4C, Mt, Aroona, South Australia,

29.x1.1951, F. J, Mitchell,

Paratypes: (All from South Australia), R2819,

6 mi, (9°77 km) NE of Commodore, 4.x,1947,

Adelaide Bush Walkers; R300]. Beltana,

14.1x,1949, H, Mincham; R3314A, B & D,

see allotype: R3416A & C, same data us

holotype; R3423, 20 mi. (32 km) E of

Angepena, 8.v.1953, P. F, Lawson; R3492,

Yudnamutana Gorge, Flinders Ranges,

2.ix. 1952, K. Peake-Jones; R3950, Wlawartina

(error for Ilinawortina) Pound, Gammon

Range, 25.ix.1956, F. J, Mitchell; R4321,

ParachilIna Gorge, 6.xi.1961, J. Findley;

R4821, Aroona Waiters, H. Mincham: R814,

Mt. Fitton, Moolawatana Station, 12.v.1966,

H. Ehmann; R10402-4, Narrina Station,

Flinders Ranges, April 1969, H. Mincham;

R10638, Wilpena Pound, 25,viii.1969.

H. Mincham; R10918-23, Arkaroola HS.

24.x.1969, SAM expedition; R10934-5, near

Boulder Bore, 27.x.1969, SAM _ expedition;

R10946, Echo Camp (Arkaroola Station),

27.x.1969, SAM expedition: R10965-7, East

Painter Gorge, |.xi.1969, SAM expedition:

R1il361, Copper Creck, Arkaroola Station,

May 1969, C, P, Brown; R11373, Arkaroola

Station, January 1970; R12432, Terrapinna

Springs (139-40E x 29-558), 17.ix.1970,

Ehmann and Houston; R12749, Oraparinna

National Park, September 1971, Nature

Conservation Society; R12837, Walkawonda

(error for Waukawoodna) Gap, 60. mi,

(97 km) N of Blunman, 1971, R. Maddern;

R13053, sec R12749: R13135, see R3492.

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., (7 (7-12);

169-219 September. 1Y76

Diporiphora lalliae Storr, 1974a.

Ree. West, Aust, Mus. 3 (2): 138-139, fig, 4,

Paratypes: R3536, Moola Bulla Station, northern

Western Australia, 7-30.ix,1953, N. B.

Tindale; R4824A-C, Tennant = Creek,

Northern Territory, 20.iv,1906, J. F. Field:

R5047, Palm Valley, Northern Territory,

September 1959, P. F. Lawson; R5352,

Giles, Rawlinson Ranges, Western Australia,

November 1963, P. F. Aitken and N. B.

Tindale; R13539A-B, 16 km NW of Tennant

Creek, Northern Territory, 26,1,1969, in light

scrub and spinifex,

Diporiphora magna Storr, 1974a.

Rec, West, Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 137-138, fig. 4,

Paratype: R8167, Delamere Station, Northern

Territory, August 1966, P, Aitken.

Diporiphora bilineata margaretae Storr, 1974a,

Ree. West, Aust. Mus. 3 (2): (43-144, fig. 5.

Paratypes: R2848, R13483A-Z, Umba Kumba,

South side of Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt,

Northern Territory, J-16.vi.1948, R. R.

Miller, Australian-American Arnhem Land

Expedition.

Tympanocryptis cephalus gigas Mitchell, 1948,

Ree, S, Aust, Mus. 9 (1): 65-67, figs. | and 4.

Holotype: R2434, 3, between Ashburton and

Gascoyne Rivers, Western Australia, 1893,

P. St. Barbe, Ayliffe. This specimen cannot

be found.

Paratypes; R2434 (two specimens), data as for

holotype.

Tympanocryptis intima Mitchell, 1948.

Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 60-62, figs. 1 and 2.

Holotype; R233), 9, Oodnadatta, South

Australia, Prof, J. B. Cleland, on gibber

plain,

Tympanocryptis maculosa Mitchell, 1948,

Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 78-80, figs. 1 and 9.

Amphibalurus meculosus (Mitchell), vide

Mitchell, 1965a, p. 190.

Holotype! R2220a, 3, Lake Eyre North, South

Austraha, August 1929, C. T. Madigan.

Allotype and Paratypes: R2220 (19 specimens),

data as for holotype. Only 13 of these

specimens have been located.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS [IN THE §. AUST. MUSEUM—IIL REPTILES

Tympanocryptis lineata pinguicolla Mitchell, 1948.

Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 70-72, figs. 1 and 6.

Holotype: R2468a, 3, Victoria.

Paratypes; R2468 (two specimens), data as for

holotype.

Tympanocryptis uniformis Mitchell, 1948.

Rec, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 76-78, figs. | and 8.

Holotype: R705, Darwin, Northern Territory,

June 1911, O. Wesselmann.

Gekkonidae

Diplodactylus elderi Stirling and Zietz, 1893,

Trans. R. Suc. S. Aust. 16; 161, pl. 6, figs. | and

la.

Holotype: R2027, Barrow Range, Western

Australia, 23.vii./891, Elder Exploring

Expedition.

Diplodactylus galeatus Kluge, 1963,

Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 14 (3): 545-548, pl. 34a.

Holotype: R973, 3, Stuart Range, South

Australia, 15.x.1919, Henry Greenfield.

Paratype?: R1563, Hermannsburg, Northern

Territory, 24.i,1930, H. Heinrich,

Nores—Kluge regarded specimen R1563 as conspecific with

the holotype and noted its differences, Paratypes were not

designated in his paper.

Diplodactylus mitebelli Kluge, 1963

Rec. S, Aust. Mus. 14 (3): 548-550, pl. 34b.

Paratypes ?: R4280 (formerly R41 42),

Coolawanyah HS, Western Australia,

17.vii.1958, F. J. Mitchell, under stones;

R4281 (formerly R4143), Tambrey Creek

near Tambrey HS, Western Australia,

28.vii, 1958, F. J. Mitchell, under stones near

waterhole.

Nores—Kluge regarded these specimens as vonspecilic with

the holotype and feted their differences, Purutypes were not

designated in his paper.

Diplodactylus savagei Kluge, 1963,

Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 14(3): 550-553, pl. 35, a and b.

Paratypes?: R3464 (two specimens), Pilgangoora

Well, Western Australia, 16-25.v.1953,

N., B, Tindale (one missing); R4282 (formerly

R4144), Coolawanyah HS, Western Australia,

17.vii.1958, F. J. Mitchell, under iron,

Notes—Kluge regarded these specimens as conspecifie with

the holotype and noted their differences. Paratypes were not

designated in his paper,

Gehyra fenestra Mitchell, 1965b.

Senckenberg, bial. 46 (4): 307-310, lig. 9.

Paratypes; R4596, summit of Mt. Herbert-Big

Pool, Western Australia, 25.vii.1958, F. J.

Mitchell; R4597, Tambrey Station, Western

183

Australia, 30.vii.1958, A. Douglas, in crack

in roof of cave; R4601-2, Tambrey Station,

Western Australia, 3-4,viti,1958, F. J.

Mitchell; R4600, top of Mt. Herbert,

Western Australia, 4.vi1.1958, F, J. Mitchell,

Norts--Specimens R4596, 4600 and 4602 are alizarin-stained

skeletons,

Gehyra pilbara Mitchell, 1965b.

Senckenberg. biel, 46 (4); 303-306, figs. 7 and 8.

Paratypes: R4433-69 (R4437 and R4454 sent by

exchange to USNM), Tambrey HS and

Nuntana waterhole, Tambrey Creek, Western

Australia, 28.vil.-3.viii.1958, F. J, Mitchell,

ex termite mounds,

Noms—The following specimens are dlizarin-stained

skeletons: R4435, 4441, 4446a-b, 4462 and 4599,

Nephrurus stellatus Storr, 1968a,

West, Aust, Nat. 10 (8): 180-182, fig. 1.

Paratype: R8392, Hambidge Reserve, Eyre

Peninsula, South Australia, 9.x.1966, M,

Smyth.

Pygopodidae

Aprasia inaurita Kluge, 1974.

Mise. Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 51-53,

figs, 21 and 32.

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R379,

Mitchell via Yeelanna, 3l.vii,l914, W, A,

Dorwood; R1/673, Lock 3, Murray River,

28, viii, L931, J. Allen; R2752, near Renmark,

9.v.1948, T. L. Wadrop; R2808, Salisbury.

16.1x, 1948, H, Harris; R3089A, Streaky Bay,

S.vill. 1950, E. J. Greenfield; R3885, Port

Lincoln, W. C, Johnston; R4302, Tumby

Bay, 28.1x.1962, J. F. Darling; R840.

Lameroo, Noyember, 1966, J. Troubridge;

R994, “A” Island, Venus (Bay), 20.ix.1967,

Macrow and Sorrell; R9210, Blesing Reserve,

3.x.1967, R. Henzell, under limestone;

R9215, data as for R9210 but collected

7.x.1967; RI1655, Cultana Army Base,

Whyalla, 1.ix.1970, L. Payne; R12617, 5 mi,

(8 km) NW of Wharminda, Eyre Peninsula.

E, Jericho,

Aprasia pseudopulchella Kluge, 1967.

Mise. Publs, Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 147: 56-57,

figs. 24 and 27.

Holotype! R6360, a few miles N of Burra, South

Australia, [9.vili.1965, J, Bishop,

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R406A-D,

Clare, December 1914, L. G. Thorpe;

R2110A-D, Mylor, L0.viii.1936, F.C, Carson;

R6357-9, R6361, data as for holotype:

R1O778-9, Mambray Creek Reserve,

184

17,ix,1969, T, Grearson, under stones on top

of range; R12510, Yudnamutana, North

Flinders Ranges, 10.1x.1970, Rostrevor

College.

Delma australis Kluge, 1974,

Misc, Publs. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich, 147: 77-80,

figs. 4, 6, 41-43 and 120,

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R380,

Mitchell via Yeelana, 31.vii.1914, W, A.

Dorwood; R3852, 15 mi. (24 km) N of

Poochera, 15.vi.1956, F. J. Mitchell; R4301,

Port Germein Gorge, August 1961, J. A,

Fisher; R5375, Gawler Ranges, March,

1963, F. J, Mitchell; R9189, R9213, Blesing

Reserve, Eyre Peninsula, — 10/3/,.x.1967,

R, Henzell; R9224, 4 mi. (6-4 km) S of Baird

Bay, 12.x.1967, R. Henzell; R10374, data

as for R3852; R10376, data as for R5375;

R12454-5, Corunna Hills near Iron Knob,

18.iv,1971, ex Triodia bushes, H. Mincham

and T. Houston; R12481, R12669, Miccollo

Hill (13636E x 32:328), Siam Station,

19-20.iv.1971, ex Triodia bush, H. Mincham

and T, Houston: RI2751, data as for

R12454,

Delma borea Kluge, |974.

Mise. Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 81-82,

figs. 44-47 and 124.

Paratype: R&409, Katherine, Northern Territory,

25.x1.1966, J. Turner.

Delma elegans Kluge, 1974.

Mise, Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 82-86,

figs. 43, 48-50 and 124.

Paratype; R4475, Tambrey HS, Western

Australia, 28.vii.1958, F, J. Mitchell,

Delma inornata Kluge, 1974.

Mise, Publs, Mus, Zool, Univ. Mich. 147: 101-105,

figs. 58, 62-64.

Paratypes; R1[095, 20 mi. (32 km) N of Walla

Walla, New South Wales, 25,41,1969, D. J.

Rees; R12745, Tooperang, South Australia,

26.vii, 1971, G. S. Wynniatt, found under

stone,

Delma nasuta Kluge, 1974.

Misc, Publs, Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 109-113,

figs, 70-73 and 124,

Paratype: R4513, Millstream HS, Western

Australia, 18.vii.1958, F, J. Mitchell.

Delma pax Kluge, 1974,

Mise. Publs, Mus. Zool, Uniy. Mich. V47: 113-117,

figs, 69, 74-77,

REC, § AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12):

169-219 Seprember, 1976

Paratypes: (All from Western Australia) R3445A,

Pilgangoora Well, 16-25.y,1953, N, B,

Tindale; R3452. Yandeyarra Station, 20-

24,vi, 1953, N. B. Tindale; R4514, Tambrey

HS, 28.vii,1958, F, J, Mitchell,

Scincidae

Carlia amax Storr, 1974b,

Ree, West. Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 160-162,

Paratypes; RI3531A-B, R13536, Kangaroo

Springs, Bing Bong Station near Borroloola,

Northern Territory, 8.ii1.1969.

Carlia gracilis Storr, 1974b.

Ree. West. Aust. Mus, 3 (2): 158-159.

Paratype: RS5367D (now R14723).

Territory,

Northern

Carlia rufilatus Storr, 1974b,

Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 157.

Paratypes; R5367A-C and E, Northern Territory,

Ctenotus alacer Storr, 1969,

J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 52 (4): 104-105,

Paratype; R5588, MacDonnell Ranges, Northern

Territory, November, 1963, M, Warburg.

Ctenotus uber orientalis Storr, 1971a,

Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 16 (6): 8-9.

Paralypes: R23-4, Turners Well, River Murray,

South Australia, 241.1911, G. Wright:

R1507, Pinnaroo, South Australia, don.

Mr. Broadbent; R2789, R9466-9, between

South Gap and Pernatty HS, South Australia,

18. vili.-6.1x. 1948, F. J, Mitchell and G, F,

Gross; R3618, Lake Palankarinna, South

Australia, June 1954, P. F. Lawson; R5738,

Panaramitee Station, South Australia, R.

Edwards; R9735, Dalhousie HS, South

Australia, 3.vili, 1968, F, J. Mitchell; R1i0017,

R1LO027, R10030, Mern Merna, South

Australia, November 1947 and January

1948, D. R. Hall; R10044, Milparinka, New

South Wales, 10.x.1968, A, Kowanko;

R10055, MacDonnell Ranges, Northern

Territory, 17.11.1913, Capt, S. A, White;

R10122, Blue Range Creek, South Australia,

October 1968, M. Smyth.

Ctenotus regius Storr.

Ree, 8S. Aust, Mus. 16 (6): 7-8.

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R759,

Killalpaninna, September-October 1916,

SAM — Expedition: R2657, RLOO28-9,

R10031-3, Mern Merna, January 1948,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—III REPTILES

D. R. Hall; R2788, R10024-6, between

South Gap and Pernatty HS, 18.viii.-6.1x, 1948,

F. J, Mitchell and G. F. Gross; R3177,

R10013-4, Yudna Swamp, Moralana Station,

12.71.1951, D. R. Hall; R10342, Goyders

Lagoon, 12.ix,1968, J. Hilditch, in rat burrow,

Dasia smaragdina perviridis Barbour, 1921,

Proc. New Engl. cool. Club 7: 106.

Paratypes: R3166 (two specimens, ~-MCZ

15050-1), Graciosa Bay, Santa Cruz, Solomon

Is., 5.xi.1916, N. M. Mann.

Egernia kintorei Stirling and Zietz, 1893.

Trans, R, Soe, S, Aust, 16: 171,

Lectotype: R2925, Victoria Desert S of Barrow

Range, Western Australia, R. Helms, Elder

Exploring Expedition (1891-2). Selected by

Mitchell (1950, p. 284).

Paralectotypes: R2915-6 (—E. inornata Rosen),

Fraser Range and between Fraser Range and

Victoria Springs, Western Australia,

28.x,1891, R. Helms, Elder Exploring

Expedition.

Egernia whitii multiscutata Mitchell and Behrndt,

1949,

Rec. S. Aust. Muy. 9 (2): 176.

=F, m. nuiltiscurata (M. & B.), vide Storr,

1968b, p. 57.

Holotype: R2636, 3, Greenly Island, South

Australia, 6-17.x1i,1947, F. J. Mitchell.

Allotype and Paratypes: R2636 (7 specimens)

and R8579-81 (3 specimens formerly under

R2636), data as for holotype.

. Notes—Two of the paratypes under R2636 have not been

ound,

Egernia margaretae personata Storr, |968b,

J. R. Soc. West. Aust. $1 (2): 53.

Holotype: R3748, Wilpena Gorge,

Australia, 26,ix,1955, F, J, Mitchell,

Paratypes; (All from South Australia) R2573,

8 mi. (13 km) SE of Warcowie School,

22.iv.1947, D. R. Hall; R2645, Mern Merna,

}1.ix,1947, D, R, Hall; R3934, S branch of

Baleanoona Creek, Gammon Ranges,

September 1956, F. J. Mitchell; R8503,

Wilpena Gorge, 26.x.1955, F, J. Mitchell:

R8717-8 (formerly R3301), Wilpena Gorge,

27-28.x1.1951, F. J. Mitchell; R8724-6, North

Tusk, Gammon Ranges,

South

185

Egernia whitei tenebrosa Condon, 1941.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 7 (1): 111,

Holotype: R2161, Flinders Chase, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, presented by the

Tate Society, University of Adelaide.

Egernia slateri virgata Storr, 1968b.

J, R. Sac, West, Aust, 51 (2); 60,

Holotype: R602, Oodnadatta to Everard Ranges,

South Australia, Capt. S. A. White.

Leiolopisma greenit Rawlinson, 1975,

Mem, natn, Mus, Vict, 36: 8-10, fig. 2; pl J,

fig. 2; pl. 2, fig. 3b.

Paratype: RLJ136, Barn Bluff, western Tasmania,

16,1.1963, F, J, Mitchell.

Leiolopisma triacantha Mitchell, 1953,

Rec. 8. Aust. Mus. 11(1): 88-89, fig. 4.

=Cuarlia triacantha (Mitchell), vide Storr, 1974b,

p. 159,

Holotype: R2697, 3, Adelaide River, 61 mi,

(98 km) S of Darwin, Northern Territory,

2.vi.1943, R. V. Southcott.

Paratypes; R2700, R2702 (the latter destroyed),

data as for holotype.

Lerista picturata baynesi Storr, 1971b.

J. R. Soc. West, Aust, 54 (3); 66-67,

Paratype: R9498 (— WAM _ R24617), Eucla,

Western Australia, 7.1x.1968, G. M. Storr &

A. M. Douglas.

Lygosoma melanops Stirling & Zietz, 1893,

Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 16! 173-174, pl. 7, figs, 3

and 3a.

—Tiliqua b, branchiale (Giinther), vide Mitchell,

1950, p. 303.

Syntypes: Two specimens, between the Everard

and Barrow Ranges, South Australia—

Western Australia, Elder Exploring Expedi-

tion (1891-2),

Norrs--No registration nunbers were quoted in the original

description, Mitchell, 1950, p, 304, lists R2732 (two specimens)

as the types but the SAM register indicates only one specimen

under that number and this could not be located. Another

specimen, R8139, is listed in the register as a paratype and may

be the juvenile described by Stirling and Zietz,

Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) taeniata Mitchell,

1949,

Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (2): 180.

=Ctenalus brooksi taeniatus (Mitchell), vide

Storr, 1971a, p. 14,

186 REC. 5. AUST, MUS.,

Holotype: R2803, Tobys Swamp, Andamooka

Ranges, South Australia, 18.viii.-6.1x.1948,

F. J. Mitchell & G, F. Gross, in burrow in

sandhill with two geckos—Diplodactylus

damaeus.

Rhodona stylis Mitchell, (955.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 11 (4): 400-402, figs. 6 and 7,

—Lerista stylis (Mitchell), vide Greer, 1967,

p. 19.

Holotype: R3094, Yirrkala Mission, Northern

Territory, 22-27.vii.1948, R. R. Miller.

Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedi-

tion,

Paratypes} R2855 (2 specimens), Umba Kumba,

Groote Eylandit, Northern Territory,

1-16,vi,1948, Australian-American Arnhem

Land Expedition; R2856 (5 specimens), same

data as for bolotype.

Tiliqua scincoides intermedia Mitchell, 1955.

Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 11 (4); 393-394,

Holotype: R3095, 4, Yirrkala Mission, Northern

Territory, 22-27.vii.1948, R, R. Miller,

Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedi-

tion.

Paratype: R3225(— USNM 128388), near Umba

Kumba, Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory,

Ausiralian-American Arnhem Land

Expedition (April-November 1948),

Varanidae

Varanus (Odatria) glebopalma Mitchell, 1955.

Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 11 (4): 389-390, fig. 3, pl. 37,

Holotype; R3222 (=USNM 128385), 3, S end

of Lake Hubert, Northern Territory, Aust-

ralian-American Arnhem Land Expedition

(April-November 1948),

Varanus (Varanus) mitchelli Mertens, 1958.

Seackenberg, bial. 39: 256-259, pls. 27 and 31.

Holotype: R3230 (= USNM 128755), 5 mi,

(8 km) W of Oenpelli Mission, Northern

Territory, Australian-American Arnhem

Land Expedition (April-November 1948),

SQUAMATA;: OPHIDIA

Elapidae

Demansia acutirostris Mitchell, 1951.

Rec, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (4): 547-549, fig. 1.

=Pseudonaja acutirostris (Mitchell), vide

Worrell, 1963, p, 143,

Holotype: R3133, Island in Lake Eyre North,

South Australia, 28.268 x 137.24F, 27.x.1950,

E. D, & M. Brooks and E, Price,

(7 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Denisonia nigrostriata brevicauda Mitchell, (951.

Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 9 (4); 550-551,

=Parusuta — brevicauda = (Mitchell), vide

Worrell, 1963, p. 135,

Holotype: R3137, Fowlers Bay, South Australia.

Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R1230,

Waikerie, L. G. Thorpe; R2273, Parrakie:

R3136 (21 specimens), Sedan, Murray Scrub,

October, 18857, Mr. Rothe; R3138, Murray

Bridge, J. G, Neumann} R3139, Beetaloo

Waterworks, Dr. Stirling; R3140, Murray

Bridge; R314), Mt, Wedge via Elliston,

29, vii. 1907, J. L. Harwood.

Denisonia brunnea Mitchell, 1951,

Ree. S. Aust. Mus, 9 (4); 551-552, figs. 2a and 2b.

Holotype: R3151, Mt. Wedge via Elliston, South

Australia, 29.vii,1907, J. L. Harwood.

Notrs—This specimen appears to be a juvenile of Pyeudechiy

australis. Only the last fivesubeatidals are paired, the remainder

being single,

Vermicella fasciata Stirling & Zietz, 1893,

Trans, R, Soc, S, Aust, 16: 175-176, pl. 7, figs. 4

and 4a.

=Rhynchoelaps fasciolata fausciata (S. & 7Z.),

vide McDowell, 1969, p, 489.

Holotype: R2935, near the Barrow Ranges,

Western Australia, 1891, R. Helms, Elder

Exploring Expedition.

Nores—No registration number was quoted in the original

account but the specimen labelled as {he holotype in the SAM

agrees With the deseription and figures,

Vermicella bertholdi littoralis Storr, 1967b,

J. R. Soe. West, Aust, 50 (3): 84,

—=Rhynchaelaps berthaldi littoralis (Storr), vide

MeDowell, 1969, p. 489.

Paratype: R2271 (published in error as R2771),

Murchison Goldfield, Annean, Western

Australia, H.Y.L. Brown.

Typhlopidae

Typhlops endoterus Waite, 1918,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 32-33, chart 5. fig. 24.

Typhiliaa endotera (Waite). vide McDowell,

1974, p. 6.

Holotype: R&8, Hermannsburg,

Territory, 22.1.1912, don. F. Scarfe.

Paratypes?: R87, R89, data as for holotype,

Northero

_ Notes---Waite recorded three specimens but only (he reyistra-

tion number of the “Type” was noted, Lt seems obvious that

R&7 and R&Y are the ather two.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—IIL REPTILES

Typhlops pinguis Waite, 1897,

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 21: 25, pl. 3.

=Typhilina pinguis (Waite), vide McDowell,

1974, p. 6,

Holotype: R803, South Australia,

Note—Registered in 1918 as “Type”.

REFERENCES

Barbour, T., 1921.

Solomon Islands.

pls. 1-6.

Condon, H. T., 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs

from Kangaroo Island. Ree. S. Aust. Mus.7 (1): 111-t12.

Greer, A, E., 1967. A new generic arrangement for some

Australian seincid lizards. Areviora 267: 1-19.

Houston, T. F., 1974a. Revision of the Amphibolurus decresii

complex (Lacertilias Agamidac) of South Australia

Trans. R. Soe, 8. Aust, 98 (2): 49-60,

Houston, VT) P\, 1974b. Amphibolurus gibha, a new dragon

lizard (Lacertilla: Agamidae) from northern South

Australia. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 98 (4); 209-212.

Kluge, A, G., 1963. Three new species of the gekkonid lizard

genus Diplodacitvlus Gray Irom Australia. Ree. S. Aust.

Mus. 14 (3): 545-553, pls. 34, 35.

Kluge, A. G,, 1974. A taxonomic revision of the lizard family

Pyuopodidae. Adie. Publs. Mus. Zool. Univ, Mich, 147.

Loveridge, A. 1933. New agamid lizards of the genera

Amphibolurus and Physignathus trom Australia. Proc.

New Engl. Zoal. Club 13: 69-72.

MeDowell, S. B.. 1969. Taxieoealamus, a New Guinea genus

of snakes of the family Elapidae. J. Zovl., Lond. 159:

443-511.

McDowell, S. B., 1974. A catalogue of the snakes of New

Guinea and the Solomons, with special reference to those in

the Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Part t.. Scolecophidia,

J. Herp. & (1): 1-57,

Mertens, R., 1958. Bemerkungen tiber die Warane Austra-

liens, Seackenherg, biol. 39: 229-64,

Mitchell, F. J.. 1948. A revision of the lacertilian genus

Tyvmpanoeryptis. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 57-86, pls.

4-6,

Mitchell, F.J., 1949. A new species of Ligosenta.

lust, Mus, 9 (2): 180,

Mitchell, F. J., 1950. The seineid genera Feernia and Tilijua

(Lacertilia). Rev. S. Aust. Mus, 9 (3): 275-308, pl. 23.

Mitchell, EF, J., 1951, The South Australian reptile fauna,

Part |. Ophidia. Ree. S. dust. Mus, 9 (4): 545-557,

Mitchell, FL, (953. A. brief revision of the four-fingered

members of the genus Leiolopisia (Lacertila). Ree. S,

Aust. Mus, 1b (1): 75-90,

Reptiles and amphibians from the British

Proe, New Engl, Zool. Club 7: 91-112,

Rev. Se

187

Mitchell, F, J., 1955, Preliminary account of the Reptilia and

Amphibia collected by the National Geographical Society—

Commonwealth Government—Smithsonian — Institution

expedition to Arnhem Land (April to November, 1948),

Ree. S. Aust, Mus. % (4); 373-408, pl. 37,

Mitchell, F. J., 1965a. The affinities of Tympanoeryptis

maculosa Mitchell (Lacertilia-Agamidae), Ree. S. Aust,

Mus. 15 (1): 179-191.

Mitchell, F. J,, 1965b, Australian geckos assigned to the

genus Gelivra Gray (Reptilia, Gekkonidae), Senckenberg,

biol. 46 (4): 287-319.

Mitchell, F. J. & Behrndt, A. C., 1949. Fauna and flora of the

Greenly Islands, Part I. Introductory narrative and

vertebrate fauna, Rec. S. Aust, Mus. 9 (2): 167-179.

Rawlinson, P. A., 1975. Two new lizard species from the

genus Leiolopisma (Scincidae: Lygosominae) in south-

eastern Australia and Tasmania. Mem. natn. Mus.

Viet. 36: 1-15.

Stirling, E, C, & Zietz, A., 1893. Scientific results of the Elder

Exploring Expedition. Vertebrata. Trans. R, Soc. 8.

Aust. 16: )54-176, pls. 6, 7.

Storr, G, M,, 1964, Crenorius, a new generic name for a group

of Australian skinks. Mest. Aust. Nat. 9 (4): 84-5,

Storr, G, M,, 1967a. Geographic races of the agamid lizard

Amphibolurus caudicinctus. J. R. Soc. West, Aust, 30 (2):

49-56.

Storr, G. M., 1967b, The genus Mermicella (Serpentes,

Elapidae) in Western Australia and the Northern Territory.

JR. Soe. West. Aust, 50 (3): 80-92.

Storr, G. M., 1968a. A new kiob-tailed gecko from southern

Australia. Hest. Aust. Nat. 10 (8): 180-182.

Storr, G, M.. 1968b. Revision of the Agernia whitei species-

group (Lacertilia, Scincidae), J, R. Soc. West, Aust.

54 (2): 51-62.

Storr, G, M,, 1969,

in the Northern Territory. J. R.

§2 (4): 97-108.

Storr, G. M., 1971a. The genus Crenotus (Lacertilia, Scincidae)

in South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 16 (6): 1-15.

Storr, G. M., 1971b, The genus Lerisra (Lacertilia, Scincidae)

in Western Australia, J. R. Suc, Méesy, dust, 54 (3);

59-75,

Storr, G. M., 1974a. Agamid lizards of the genera Caiinaneps,

Physienathus and Diperiphora in Western Australia and

Northern Territory. Ree. West. Aust. Muy, 3(2): 121-146,

Storr. G. M.. 1974b. ‘The genus Car/ia (Lacertilia, Scincidae)

in Western Australia and Northern Territory, Ree, West,

Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 151-165,

Waite, E. R.. 1897. Notes on Australian Typhlopidae.

R. Soe, 8. Aust, 21: 25-27, pl. 3.

Waite, FE. R., TYt8. Review of the Australian blind snakes

The genus Crenoris (Lacertilia, Scincidae)

Soc, West. Aust.

Trans,

Carn Typhlopidae). Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1); 1-34,

plod.

Worrell, E.. 1963. “Reptiles of Australia’, Angus &

Robertson, Sydney,

Zietz. F. R., 1915, Scientific notes on an expedition into the

north-western regions of South Australia. Trans. R. Suc.

S. Aust. 39: 766-769,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

IV. BIRDS

H. T. CONDON

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ABSTRACT

CONDON, H. T., 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the

South Australian Museum. IV. Birds. Rec. S, Aust. Mus.

17 (10) : 189-195.

Holotypes, paratypes and syntypes in the South

Australian Museum of 27 forms involving six

non-passerine and 21 passerine subspecies of

living Australian birds are listed with explanatory

notes.

Some of the names applied to the specimens

listed have been placed in synonymy; their

correct (or valid) names and geographical ranges

are given.

INTRODUCTION

In the following account the type specimens are

listed in systematic sequence under Orders,

Families, Subfamilies, Species and Subspecies;

vernacular names are given also, The nomen-

clature is that of the Official Checklists of the

Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union.

Following the original published reference to

each name, the type-category, registration (B)

number, sex, type-locality, date of collection and

collector’s name are given together with any other

data, such as measurements, colours of soft parts,

and remarks on the original label,

Reference is also made to known paratypes,

syntypes and lectotypes.

The last paragraph under each heading provides

the currently accepted (or valid) scientific name

with author, date of publication, vernacular name

and Checklist numbers in brackets: the first

number in brackets refers to the Second Edition of

the R.A.O.U. Official Checklist (1926) and the

second to Part I of the Third Official Checklist

(1974).

ORDER ACCIPITRIFORMES

Family Accipitridae, Subfamily Accipitrinae:

Goshawks, Sparrowhawks

Astur clarus robustus F. R. Zietz, 1914.

S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 13.

Holotype: B1334, 9, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 2.viii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Grey

phase, subadult. Original label marked

“ZT” in red.

=Accipiter novaehollandiae novaehollandiae

(Gmelin, 1788), Grey (White) Goshawk

(220) (137). Australia and Tasmania.

ORDER COLUMBIFORMES

Family Columbidae, Subfamily Turturinae:

Bronzewing and Emerald Pigeons

Chalcophaps chrysochlora melvillensis F. R. Zietz,

1914.

S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 12.

Holotype: B1365, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 15.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd.

Original label marked “ZT” in red.

=Chalcophaps indica melvillensis F. R. Zietz,

1914. Green-winged Pigeon (33) (286).

Melville Island, Northern Territory.

ORDER PSITTACIFORMES

Family Polytelidae: Longtailed Parrots

Aprosmictus erythropterus melvillensis F. R. Zietz,

1914.

S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 14.

Holotype: B1336, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory 4.vili.1913, W. D. Dodd. Original

label marked “ZT” in red,

=Aprosmictus erythropterus coccineopterus (see

note) (Gould, 1865) Redwinged Parrot (280)

(318b). Coastal Northern Territory and

Melville Island.

Notrre—For details of Gould’s type of coccineopterus see de

Schauensee 1957, page 167.

Family Platycercidae, Subfamily Platycercinae:

Rosellas and allies

Platycercus elegans fleurieuensis Ashby, 1917.

Emu 17: 43.

Holotype: B2323, 3, Second Valley, Fleurieu

Peninsula, South Australia, 7.iv.1917, Edwin

Ashby.

Paratype: B5333, 92, Second Valley, Fleurieu

Peninsula, South Australia, 7.iv.1917, E.

Ashby.

For coloured plate of Holotype and Paratype

see Emu 17 (3), plate 17.

=Platycercus elegans fleurieuensis Ashby,

Crimson (‘‘Adelaide’’) Rosella (283) (329),

Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia.

190 REC. $. AUST. MUS.,

Psephotus haematonotus caeruleus Condon, 1941.

Rec. §. Aust. Mus.7: 141; coloured plate.

Holotype: B2237, ¢, Innamincka Station, South

Australia, 30.ix.1916, South Australian

Museum Expedition.

=Psephotus haemateonotus caeruleus Condon,

Redrumped Parrot (295), (336b), North-

eastern Interior, South Australia and

adjacent parts of south-western Queensland

and north-western New South Wales,

ORDER CUCULIFORMES

Family Cuculidae, Subfamily Coculinae: Parasitic

Cuckoos

Chrysococcyx minutillus melyilensis F. R. Zietz,

1914.

S, Aust. Orn. 1(1)i 14.

Holotype: B1288, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 26,vili1913, W, D, Dodd.

Original Jabel marked “ZT” in red.

=Chrysococcyx mélayanus minutillus Gould,

1859, Little Bronzecuckoo (345), (357).

Northern Australia,

ORDER PASSERIFORMES

Family Timaliidae, Subfamily Cinclosomatinae:

Quailthrushes and allies

Cinclosoma castanotum clarum Morgan, 1926.

S, Aust. Orn. 8: 138-9; Emu 16, 1926; coloured

plate I,

Holotype: B7705, 4, Wipipippee, ca. 5mi. (= ca,

8km) E of southern end of Lake Gairdner,

South Australia, 17-vin.1902, A. M. Morgan,

=Cinclosoma castanotum clarum Morgan 1926,

Chestnut Quailthrush (437). North-

western South Australia (and adjacent

parts of Northern Territory and Western

Australia) south to Ooldea and vicinity

of Lake Gairdner.

Cinclosoma castanotum morgani Condon, 1951.

S. Aust, Orn, 20: 42.

Holotype: B5673, 3, 18 mi. (— c. 29km) NW

of Kimba, Eyre Peninsula, South Australia,

19.ix,1925, A. M. Morgan.

=Cinclosomd castanotum morgani Condon 1951,

Chestnut Quatlthrush (437). Eyre

Peninsula and Flinders Ranges, South

Australia,

Family Acanthizidae, Subfamily Acanthizinae:

‘Thornbills

Acanthiza pusilla cambrensis A. G. Campbell,

1922.

Emu 22: 64,

17 (7-12): 169-219 Supiempber, 1976

Holotype: Bi9415, 3, Cape Jervis, South

Australia, 6,1v,1917, E, Ashby, Original

label marked (in red) “TYPE A.p. cambrian

(sic) A,G.C, 2/6/22", Ashby collection No.

13,

Paratype: BI9413, ? sex, Lucindale, South

Australia, —.vii.1916, ? collector, Ashby

collection No. 9. Note—This specimen is

referred to by Campbell (Aym 22: 64),

=Acanthiza pusilla macularia Quoy & Gaimard

1830, Brown Thornbill (475), Coastal

districts of Victoria and eastern South

Australia,

Geobasileus chrysorrhoa westernensis A. G,

Campbell, 1922,

Emu 22: 65.

Holotype: Bi9353, 3, “‘Watheroo Obs.’, near

Moora, Western Australia, 5,xi,1920, E,

Ashby. Original label marked (in red)

“TYPE G.e, westernensis A, G, Campbell

2/6/22". Ashby collection No, 82.

Paratype: B19355, 3, breeding, ‘‘'Watherao Obs.”

near Moora, Western Australia, 5.xi.1920,

E. Ashby. Ashby collection No, 81, Note—

Specimen referred to by Campbell (Emu

22; 65),

=Acanthtza chryserrhoa alexanderi Mathews,

1921, Yellowtailed Thornbill (486), Mid

Western Australia.

Acanthiza tenuirostris A, H. Zietz, 1900.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 24: 112.

Syntypes (2); B7267, B7268, ? sex, Leigh’s Creek

scrub, South Austialia,—.viii.1895, R, M,

Hawker, On original labels of both

specimens, in handwriting of A. Zietz, is

noted “Acanthiza tenrirostris A, Zietz (Type

specimen) Aug. 1895. Leigh Creek, Hawker

Esq”,

=Acanthiza iredalei morgani Mathews, 1911,

Samphire Thornbill (482-3), Interior of

South Australia,

Family Acanthizidae, Subfamily Sericornithinae:

Serub-, Ground-, and Fieldwrens.

Sericornis maculatus condoni Mathews, 1942.

J. R. Sac. West. Aust. 27: 78,

Holotype: B9431, 9, Hopetoun, Western

Australia, !2,vii, 1906, J. T. Tunney (collection

No. 8565), Pencil notes on label by G, M,

Mathews “in Esperance Bay, Wing 55

cul, 10 tar, 21 tail 45. Type of Sericornis m.

condoni Mathews”. Notes by J. T. Tunney

“Shot in dense scrub. Mostly seen in

pairs’

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE & AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS

=Sericornis fronialis condoni Mathews, 1942,

Whitebrowed Scrubwren (488-492),

South-west Australia,

Sericornis maculatus houtmanensis F. R, Zietz,

1921.

S. Aust. Orin, 6 (2): 44-5,

Syntypes (3): B547, B548, B549, 9 9 3, Abrolhos

Islands, Western Australia, 14.x. 1912, W. D.

Dodd. Norr—Same data for each skin;

but only B547 and B548 (2) are marked

“Type” in handwriting of F. R, Zietz,

=Sericornis frontalis balstani Grant, 1909,

Whitebrowed Scrubwren (491),

Calamanthus fuliginosus parsonsi Condon, 1951.

S. Aust. Orn, 20: 50.

Holotype: B11850, 3, 23 mi, (= ¢. 37km) E of

Meningie, South Australia, 3.x.1929, Dr,

A.M. Morgan, Other details are “pharynx

light flesh colour; palate dark flesh colour:

iris creamy white; legs dark flesh colour,

feet darker; bill: maxilla dark horn,

mandible light horn at base, brownish tip.

Total length 13-5 cm; wing span 15:7 cm’.

Paratypes (2): B11849, 3g—other details as

above; “total length 12 em; wing span

16°6 cm; stomach contents—insect remains”’,

B23068, 4, 17 mi, (—c. 27 km) E of Meningie,

South Australia, 2.x.1929, F, E, Parsons,

“Tris buff, darker on inner margin; bill:

upper horn colour, lower whitish; legs and

feet light horn, Total length 4:75 in. [—

12-07 cm]; wing span 7:75 in. [= 19°7 em)”.

Bl1839, 3, Coombe, South Australia,

10,ix.1929, W. J. Harvey. Other details

“iris dark grey; feet dirty pink; bill dark

brown: pharynx yellow”.

=Calamanthus jfuliginosus parsons) Condon,

1951, Striated Fieldwren (500-503). Drier

areas, South-east of South Australia,

Calamanthus fuliginosus suttoni Condon, 1951.

S, Aust. Orn, 20: 51.

Holotype: BS669, 3, Wertigo, SW of Whyalla,

Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, §.1x.1925,

Dr. A. M. Morgan. Details from original

label “iris cream; feet light brown; bill}

upper dark brown, lower light brown;

inside mouth dark horn, Totallength 12cm;

wing span 17-25 cm; weight L6mg, Stomach

contents inseet remains”,

~ Calumanthus fuliginosus suttoni Condon, 1951,

Striated Pieldwren (500-503). Northern

Fyre Peninsula.

19L

Maluridae, Subfamily

Emu-wrens

Stipiturus malachurus halmaturinus Parsons, 192(,

S. Aust. Orn. S115,

Holotype: B22762, 3, Stokes Bay, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, I4.x.1919, F. E,

Parsons. Other details from original label

“iris brown; legs and feet brown; bill

brown-almost black; length from tip of bill

to base of tail 2:75 in, [= 7 cm]

tip to tail 7-5 in. [= 19 em]”.

Paratypes (4): B2984-2986, B4350-4352—a series

of six specimens, all collected by F. E.

Parsons at Stokes Bay, Kangaroo Island in

October, 1919, For details, see Parsons

(1920) pages 16 and 17.

=Stipiturus malachurus halmaturinus Parsons,

1920, Southern Emu-wren (526). Confined

to Kangaroo Island,

Family Stipiturinac:

Family Rhipiduridae: Fantails

Rhipidura mayi Ashby, 1911.

Emu lh: 41.

Syntype: B176, ? sex (desiccated specimen, from

formalin), Anson Bay, Narthern Territory,

1911, C. E. May. Received in exchange from

Ashby on I5ih February, 1912, Ashby (/oc.

cit,) stated that he had received two formalin

specimens from May; the second syntype

was presented by Ashby to the Academy of

Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, in 1917 (de

Schauensee, }957: 213).

—Rhipidura rufifrons dryas Gould, 1843, Rufous

Fantail (362) Northern Australia.

Family Muscicapidae: Old World Flycatchers

Petroica cucullata melyillensis F, R, Zietz, 1914

S. Aust, Qrn, 1 (1): 15.

Holotype; B1285, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 21,viii.1913, W. D. Dodd.

Specimen label shows “ZT” in red,

—Petroica cucullata picata Gould, 1865, Hooded

Robin (385) Northern Australia,

Family Pachycephalidae: Whistlers,

Songshrikes and allies

Pachycephala gutturalis longirostris F, R, Zietz,

1914.

S. Aust, Orn, T (1): 15.

Holotype: Bi283, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 29.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd.

=Pachycephala pectoralis yvieletae Mathews.

1912, Golden Whistler (298-399). From

Daly River, Northern Territory east to

Normanton, Queensland; Melville Island,

192 REC. S. AUST. MUS.,

Pachycephala rutiyentris minor F, R, Zictz, 1914,

S. Aust. Orn, 1 (1); 15.

Holotype: BIOO1, 3, Melville Island, Northern

Territory, 10.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Marked

“ZT” in red on label,

Paratypes (2): B1I002 (labelled “CTZ” in ted)

same details as above; B1003 (labelled “ZT”

in red) as above except date (23.vii,1913),

=Pachycephala rufiventris faleata Gould, 1842,

Rufous Whistler (401), Melville Island,

Groote Eylandt and adjacent Northern

Territory mainland.

Colluricinela paryula melyillensis F, R. Zietz, 1914.

S, Aust. Orn, 1 (1): 16,

Syntypes (7): BlOO8-1011; B1271-1273. A series

of seven specimens from Melville Island,

Northern Territory, collected between

10.vit.1913 and 6.vin.1913 by W. D, Dodd are

labelled “Z”’ in red and probably formed the

basis for Zietz’s description in The South

Australian Ornithologist. There are five

males and two females; all are indistinguish-

able from specimens from the adjacent

mainland,

=Colluricinela parvula parvula (see note) Gould,

1845, Little Shrike-thrush (412), Northern

Australia,

Nore--For details of type see dé Schauenseé 1957, p. 216,

Colluricincla brunnea melvillensis F. R. Zietz, 1914.

S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 16.

Syntypes (3); B1007 (4), B1269 (4), B1270 (9) all

from Melville Island, Northern Territory,

collected on ([0.vit.1913 and 27.viit.1913

(B1269) by W. D. Dodd. None of the

specimens is marked “ZT” (in red) which was

used by F. R. Zietz to indicate type specimens,

but they are marked “Z” in red. There is no

indication in the original description as to the

number of specimens Zietz had, or whether he

selected a holotype.

=Colluricinela Arunnea Gould, 1841, Brown

Shrike-thrush (409). Northern Australia,

Colluricincla harmonica anda Condon, 1951.

S. Aust. Orn, 20: 41,

Holotype: B1I2897, 3 breeding, Clifton Hills,

South Australia, 31,vi,1930, Dr, A, M.

Morgan.

=Colluricincla harmonica anda Condon, 1951,

Grey Shrike-thrush (408-410). North-east

South Australia from Innamincka north to

Clifton Hills and adjacent parts of New

South Wales and south-western Queensland.

east to Charleville.

17 (7-12) 169-219 Seplember, 1976

Family Falcunculidae: Shrike-tits, Bellbirds, Whip-

hirds and allies,

Psophodes nigrogularis pondalowiensis Condon,

S. Aust, Orn, 24 (5); 89,

Holotype: B27133, 3 adult, coastal sand dunes,

near Pondalowie Bay, Yorke Peninsula,

South Australia, 30.x.1965, H, T, Condon.

= Psaphodes nigrogularis pondalowiensis

Condon, 1966, Western Whipbird (421),

Southern Yorke Peninsula, South

Australia,

Family Climacteridae: Australian Treecreepers

Climacteris waitet S. A. White, 1917,

Emu 16: 168-9.

Holotype: B2303, g, Innamincka,

Australia, 2.*.1916, S. A, White,

brown”,

Paratype: B2304, 9, Innamincka, South

Australia, 2.*,1916, 8S. A, White. “Iris

reddish brown; feet and bill blackish brown’,

=Climacteris picumnus Temminck, 1824, Brown

Treecreeper (555), South-eastern Aus-

tralia, coastal and mland, from central

Queensland to Yorke Peninsula, South

Australia.

South

“Tris

Family Zosteropidae: Silyereyes,

Zosterops westernensis flindersensis Ashby, 1925,

En 25: 117,

Holotype: B4506, 3, Flinders Island, near

Elliston, South Australia, 6.1,1924, Prof, BF,

Wood-Jones. “Iris dark brown; feet

greenish grey; bill grey with black tip’,

Note—Correction of page reference needed

in R.A.O,U, Checklist (1926) from “177” to

“117° as given above,

=Zosterops lateralis halmaturina A. G, Camp-

bell, 1906, Eastern Silvereye (576). South-

ern districts of South Australia.

Family Meliphagidae: Honeyeaters.

Melithreptus magnirostris North, 1905.

Ree. Aust. Mus. 6 (J): 20, plate 5,

Holotype: B8610, 3, Eastern Cove, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, 3.x.1901, F. R,

Zietz. Other details from original label

“Melithrepius magnirostris (Type), AJ.N2

(in red ink); note in handwriting of F. R.

Zietz “these birds were shot out of a flock.

Coll. by F, R. Zietz”’,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS

Paratype: B8616, 9, Kangaroo Island, South

Australia, -.xii.1905, F. R. Zietz. A note on

label apparently copied from original label

(now lost) says ‘“‘cotype of zietzi” which

suggests North seems to have had difficulty

in choosing a name. It is recalled that in

a letter to Robert Zietz, North stated that

he wished to make “‘magnirostris’” a sub-

species of M. brevirostris, but the absurdity

of the combination (brevirostris and

magnirostris) was pointed out by the Director

of the Australian Museum, Robert Etheridge,

who prevailed upon him to treat the

Kangaroo Island bird as a full species,

Melithreptus magnirostris.

193

=Melithreptus brevirostris magnirostris North,

1905, Brownheaded Honeyeater (583).

Kangaroo Island.

REFERENCES

Campbell, A. G., 1922. New Subspecies of Tit-Warblers

(Acanthizae). Emu 22: 63-66

de Schauensee, R. M., 1957. On some avian types, principally

Gould’s, in the collection of the Academy. Proc. Acad.

nat. Sci. Phila., 109: 123-246.

Hartert, E., 1918-1931. Types of birds in the Tring Museum,

Nov. zool., 25-37.

Hindwood, K. A., 1946. A list of the types and paratypes of

birds from Australian localities in the Australian Museum,

Sydney, New South Wales. Rec, Aust, Mus., 21 (7):

386-393.

Stone, W. and Mathews, G. M., 1913. A list of the species of

Australian birds described by John Gould, with the location

of the type specimens. Austral. avian Rec., 1 (6-7):

129-180.

194 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

— NOTES —

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS 195

— NOTES —

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN 'THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

VV. MAMMALS

PETER F, AITKEN

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ABSTRACT

AITKEN, P. F., 1976, Vertebrate type-specimens in the South

Australian’ Museurn V. Manimals. Ree. S, Aust. Mus.

17 (11): 197-203.

Type-specimens. of 19 species or subspecies are

housed in the mammal collection at the South

Australian Museum. They comprise either holo-

types, leclotypes, synlypes or paratypes of 11

marsupials, seven rodents and one chiropteran.

Ail are from Australia except the chiropteran

which is Papuan.

INTRODUCTION

Although the acquisition of mammals for

display began some years earlier, registration of

mammal specimens at the South Australian

Museum did not commence until July, 1890, when

such specimens were first entered in the Taxi

dermist’s Register, This register was superseded

by the current Mammal Register in January, 1911.

Since 1890 five species and 10 subspecies of

Australian mammals, plus one species of Papuan

mammal, have been described from specimens In

the Museum’s mammal collection, and type-

specimens of three more Australian mammals

have been acquired from other institutions.

Some type-specimens in the mammal collection

were described by authors who identified them

individually in original descriptions, documented

their dispositions and labelled them as types.

These have been easy to catalogue, Others, on

the other hand, were described by authors who

did not identify them individually in original

descriptions, gave few clues to their dispositions

and did not label them as types, Cataloguing

such specimens has been extremely difficult and

has devolved on deduction and assumption rather

than factual knowledge, Most types in the

collection described by Wood Jones and many

paratypes deseribed by Finlayson are in the latter

category. [n many cases Wood Jones’ types are

quite impossible to identify from his original

descriptions, and in the absence of personally

attached labels, if indeed these were ever present,

can never be selected with certainty. The South

Australian Museum may well haye unsuspected

Wood Jones types, inaddition to those catalogued,

of the following species: Adyrmecobius rufus

Wood Jones 1923, Praniicia hritta Wood Jones

1925 and Aretocephalus daviferus Wood Jones

1925,

MARSUPIALIA

Dasyuridae

Planigale gilesi Aitken, 1972. (Fig. 1)

Ree, 8, Aust. Mus. 16 (10): 1, pls. 1, 2, 3a-d.

Holotype: M8406, male skin and skull plus tarso

in spirit, No. 3 Bore, pastoral property of

Anna Creek, South Australia, collected P.

Aitken, A. Kowanko, J, Forrest and J-

Howard, 29.vi.1969,

Paratypes; M8407, male skin and skull, collected

P. Aitken, A, Robinson and M, Stanley,

25,vui.1969; M8408 and M8409, male skins

and skulls, collected P. Aitken, J. Forrest and

J, Glover, 26,x1.1969; M8410, male in spirit,

collected P. Aitken, A. Robinson and M,

Stanley, 27.vii.1969; M&411, female in spirit

with skull extracted, collected A. Kowanko

and J, Glover, 25.vii.1970, locality data of

all as for Holotype,

Nores—Five additional paralypes are at the Australian

Museum: M7033, female in spirit with skull extracted, collected

1. Kirkby, 2741,1945 and M7393, collected y.1948, both from

Bellala, New South Wales, Australia, M7819, male in spirit

with skull extracted and M7820, female in spirit with skull

extracted, both from Brewarrina. New South Wales, Australia,

collected K, Turnbull, 1954; M9190, male in spirit, Lake

Cawndilla, Kinchega National Park, New South Wales,

Australia, collected M, Grey. 20,v.)969,

Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni maritima

Finlayson, 1958.

Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 81. 148, pls. La-h, 2a-b.

—Antechinus mininus maritinus (Finlayson)

vide Wakefield and Warneke, 1963.

Holotype; M4985, male in spirit with skull

extracted, Port MacDonnell, South Australia,

collected G. H. Tilley, VI. 1938,

Norrs—Ten paratypes were indicated, but not identilied

individually, by Finlayson, All are im his private collection,

Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus Finlayson, 1933,

Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust, 87: 203.

—Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus (Wood Jones)

vide Tate, 1951,

Syntypes: M3061, female skin and skull, south

of the Musgrave and north of the Everard

Ranges, South Australia, collected A,

Brumby, date of collection unknown; M3759,

female in spirit Oolarinna, north of the

Everard Ranges, South Australia, collected

R. T. Maurice, date of collection unknown,

198

Notes—Wood Jones (1923) published the first description of

Myrmecobius rufus based on at least two syntypes, the skulls

of which are at the odontological museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons, London. His description was of a preliminary

nature in which the name Myrmecobius rufics was treated as a

synonym of M. fasciatus (Waterhouse), pending further des-

cription in a “scientific journal”. Finlayson (1933) apparently

considered that Wood Jones had not made the name

Myrmecobius rufus available in nomenclature and published a

fresh description under the name Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus,

based on two new syntypes selected from a series of 17 examples.

However, Wood Jones’ original name undoubtedly is available

under the provisions of Article 11 (d) of the Rules of Zoological

Nomenclature and therefore has priority.

Prcie: man

‘ sn

fa‘

’

Fig. 1, Planigale gilesi Aitken, 1972.

Fig. 2.

REC. S$, AUST. MUS.,

Paratype male—M 8410,

Ruehle. )

Thalacomys nigripes Wood Jones, 1923,

17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Peramelidae

Thalacomys nigripes Wood Jones, 1923, (Fig. 2)

Rec. S. Aust, Mus. 2 (3): 347, figs, 358-60.

=Macrotis lagotis nigripes (Wood Jones) yide

Troughton, 1932 (1).

Paratype: M3922, male in spirit, Ooldea Soak,

South Australia (by inference), donated

Daisy M. Bates, date of collection unknown.

(Photo—Roman

ANN

AL ! W\\

wood Tones:

General characters of adult male.

(Drawing—F. Wood Jones. )

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS [IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—Y MAMMALS

Nores—Wood Jones based his deseription on a holotype

and four paratypes, none of which was identified individually.

He stated that one of (his series was a male spirit-preseryved

specimen in the South Australian Museum, from Ooldea Soak.

captured by Aboriginals and donated by Mrs. Daisey M, Bates.

IL is reasonable to assume that the paratype listed abave was

that specimen, because it fits the sub-Specifie description of

Wool Jones and, allhough its locality is not entered in the

mammal register, it is the only spirit specimen of A7, lagesls in

the South Australian Museum, known to have been donated

by Daisy Bates. The skin of the holotype male is al the

British Museum (Natural Ulistory), registered number

1925.10.81 and its skull is at the odontological museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons, London, registered number

A378.31. The whereabouls of the remaining three paratypes

is unkeown.

Thalacomys minor miselius Finlayson, 1932,

Trans. R. Soc. 8S. Ausi. 56: 168.

=Macrotis minor niselius (Finlayson) vide

Iredale and Troughton, 1934,

Holotype: M3468, male skin and skull, Coon-

cherie, South Australia, collected L. Reese

and H. H. Finlayson, xii.1931,

Norrms—A series of 11 paratypes. was indicated by Finlayson,

bul none was identified individually, They are all presumably

in his private collection,

Macrotis lagotis grandis Troughton, 1932.

Aust. Zool, 7 (3); 229,

Holotype: M5225, male stuffed skin without

skull, Nalpa, South Australia, collector and

collection date unknown,

Paratype: M1625, skull (sex unknown), Nalpa,

South Australia, collected Dr, E, Stining,

vi. L891,

Noves—Troughton designated three paratype skulls ftom

Nalpa .. . . “as lisled by Wood-Jones (1923-5 : 156)". The

South Australian Museum has four skulls of MW. /agetis from

Nalpa, but only one of these has dimensions which correspond

to those of a skull listed by Wood Jones. The whereabouts of

the other two paratype skulls is unknown.

Phalangeridae

Trichosurus vulpecula raui Finlayson, 1963,

Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 87: 18,

Holotype; M2518, male skin and skull, scrubs of

Rocky River, Flinders Chase, Kangaroo

Island, South Australia, collected H. H,

Finlayson and F. J. Rau, vin.1928.

Paratypes; M2509, M2524, M2530, M2541 to

M2543, M2545 and M2546, female skins and

skulls; M2516, M2517, M2519, M2531,

M2532, M2540, M2544 and M2548, male

skins and skulls: M2526, M2547 and M2561,

female skulls: M2559 and M2560, male

skulls, locality and collection data of all as

for Holotype,

Nores—According to the mammal register of the South

Australian Museum, two additional paratypes with the same

locality and collection data as the holotype were sent to the

Australian Museuni—M2515, male skin and skull and M2525,

199

female skin and skull (original South Australian Museunt

revisiration oumbers), Six other paratypes. were indicated,

but not identified individually by Finlayson, they are presum-

ably in his private collection

Macropodidae

Bettongia penicillata anhydra Finlayson, 1957,

Ann. Mag. nat. Fist. Ser, 1210 (115): 552.

— Bettongia lesueur (Quoy and Gaimard) vide

Wakefield, 1967.

Holotype: M3582, skull (sex unknown). McEwin

Hills, Northern Territory, Australia, collected

M. Terry, 20.1.1933,

Nore—The holotype was the only original specimen,

Bettongia penicillata francisca Finlayson, 1957.

Aan, Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 12 10 (115): 552.

Holotype; M5484, part skull (sex unknown),

Saint Francis Island, Nuyt’s Archipelago,

Australia, collector and collection date

unknown.

Nores— According to the mammal register of the South

Australiah Museum, M5484 has no locality or collection data,

but was found untagged in an old collection and registered in

1945. How Finlayson knew that it had been discovered on

Saint Francis Island has never been explained. The holotype

was the only original specimen.

Lagorchestes asomatus Finlayson, | 943.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 67: 319, pls. 33 A-D and

34 E-H,

Holotype: M3710, skull (sex unknown), between

Mount Farewell and Lake Mackay, Northern

Territory, Australia, collected M. Terry,

i, 1933,

NotTE—The holotype was the only o/iginal specimen,

Thylogale flindersi Wood Janes, 1924,

Trans, R. Soc. 8S. Aust. 48: 12.

=Macropus eugeni flindersi (Woad Jones).

Paratypes! M1749 ard M1751, skulls (sex

unknown), Flinders (sland, South Sustralia,

collectors and collection dates unknown:

M1750, skull (sex unknown), Flinders Island,

South Australia, ex Adelaide Zoological

Gardens, 30.1x.1892: M2025, female skin

and skull, Flinders Island, South Australia,

collected F. Wood Jones, 1.1924,

Notes—Wood Jones based his description on a series of

nine specimens, one of which he designated as. the holotype,

Only three of the paralypes (ML749 to MI75t above) were

individually identified by number, but the female (M2025)

was almost cerlainly another paralype, since she was presented

to the South Australian Museum by Wood Jones and, from her

collection data, must haye been the female mentioned in his

description as having been snared on Flinders Island in 1924,

The Whercabouts of the remaining four paratypes 1s unknown,

but the skin of the holotype male is at the British Museum

(Natural History), registered number 1925.10.8.11 and its

skull is at the odontological muscum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, London, registered number A547 91.

RODENTIA

Muridae

Conilorus pedunculatnus Waite, 1896.

Rept. Horn, Sei, Exped. Centr, Aust, 2 (Zool);

395, figs. la-f.

=Zycronmvs pedunculatus (Waite) vide Ride,

1970,

Syntypes: M2412 and M2437, male skulls,

labelled “Horn Expedition, spec. F and

“spec, B’ respectively,

Nores—The whereabouts of the skins for the above skulls

is unknown, as is the exacr location of the remaining five

syntypes designated by Waite (A, C, BD, E, and G). The

erection of a fectolype is [hus considered ipappropriale al

present. According to Dixon (1970) the Australian Museum,

Sydney. probably has specimens A and G, numbered M1004

and M1065, and the National Museum, Victoria, has another

supposed syntype nunibered C7806 and labelled ~F". As

pointed oul by Dixon, the latter specimen cauild not be specimen

F because jl is a male 1h spintand Fowas a male with the skull

removed. Other specimens of 4. pedunculatus, some of which

were possibly in Waites syntypic series, are in the Australian

Museum: MLIS&, skin with skull 7 of, Central Australia,

ex. Horn 1896 and M1248, skin with skull dasite, Alice Springs,

Australia, GX Spencer, 1898: and in the Suuth Australian

Museum; M4384. female ih spivitvand M4385 to M43X7, males

inspirit, Alice Springs, collected Horn Expedition, also M4379,

female in spirit, labelled “Conilurus lirsuilas, Alice Springs.

don. Prof, B. Spenver, Dir. Mus. Melbourne. 110.1900"

Ascopharyox fuscus Wood Jones, 1925.

Ree, S. Aust, Mus, 3: 3.

= Wotemvs fuscuy (Wood Jones) vide Aitken,

1968.

Lectotype: M6258, male in spirit with skull

extracted, Oaldea, South Australia, collected

A. G. Bolam, date of collection unknown.

Nores—Wood Jones based his description on four, of

possibly five, syntypes selected from “numerous specimens” of

N. fuscus that he Stated he had received fron A. G. Bolam

collected “about Oaldea”’. None of these syntypes was

identified individually and all were apparently in Wood Jones’

private collection. In 1959, Finlayson discovered what he

considered was one of the syntypes in che miuseunt of the

Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide registered

number—524. He transferred this specimen to the ‘South

Australian Museum and erected it as feetotype (Finlayson

1960). However, although Finlayson’s lectolype is almost

certainly one of the “nunierous specimens’ Wood Jones

received [rom A.G. Bolam. and although its body dimensions

ave reasonably close to those of one af the two male synlypes

for which Wood Jones supplied body dimensions, (here appears

to be no real proof that Finlayson’s leclotype Was, in faer. a

syntype. Jt bears no label signifying it as such, nor is it listed

asa type in the museum register of (he Department of Zoolowy-

which for No. 524 reads--“Ascopharynx fuses, Ooliden,

F, Wood Jones (A. G, Bola), According to Mr. J. A

Mahoney of the Department of Geology and Geophysics,

Sydney University (pers, comm.), there are more specimens

ot N. fiaseus from Wood Janes’ collection in London, where

nearly all of Wood Jones’ private type material is haysed.

Purther evaluation of the validity of Pinlayson’s Lectotype

might be possible alter a critical eXantmation of these specimens.

Another specimen of WV. /fiseus, which may have been a Wood

Jones synlype, is M5966 in the South Australian Museum,

This sa male in spirit with a damaged fail, whese body dimens-

ions correspond yery closely fo thase of the second male syntype

for which Wood Jones supplied body dimensions. and which he

described as having an imperfect tal. This specimen was

also danated by the Department of Zoology, University of

Adelaide, (o the South Australian Museim, where it is still

stored in a Department of Zoology spirit Jat, presiinmably the

REC, S&S AUST. MUS.. 17 (7-12):

}69.219 Septeniber, 1976

one im which it was transferred, With the specimen in the

jar is its original Department of Zoolowy label, on which is

wrillen---"Rodentia, Muridae, Ascopharynx fuscus, museum

No. 524°, the same number as that of Finlayson’s lectotype.

According to the mainnmal register of the South Australian

Muscum, M566 was transferred from the Department of

Ziology in 1953, whereas Finlayson’s lectotype was bot trans-

ferred until 1959, It is probable thal number $24 of the

Department of Zoolouy museum originally referred to both

spevimens, because no other entries for Aycuphuryur

Notomys) Juscay appear in the museum register of the Depart-

incni of Zoology

Notomys fuscus eyreius Finlayson, 1960,

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 83: 81.

—Notomys fiscus (Wood Jones) vide Aitken,

1968.

Holotype: M4595. female skin and skull, Mulka

(New Well) east side of Lake Eyre, South

Australia, collected G, Aiston, iv.1934.

Paratypes: M3354, male in spirit and M3355,

male skin and skull, Mulka, South Australia,

collected G. Alston, vi.l1932. M4579 and

M4581, male skins and skulls; M4580, skin

and skull (sex unknown); M4601, skull (sex

unknown); M4582 to M4594. males in

spirit; M4602 to M4604, immature males in

spiril; M4597 to M4599 and M4600, females

in spirit, Mulka (New Well), South Australia,

collected G, Aiston, iv,1934. M6098 and

M6099, male skins and part skulls; M6148,

male in spirit and M6100 female skin and

part skull, lagoon ruins, Goyders Lagoon,

South Australia, collected R. Tedford and

P. Lawson 28.vi.1957. M6113 and M6125.

female skins and part skulls, Cordillo Downs

homestead, South Australia, collected R.

Tedford and P, Lawson 7.vii.1957, M6114,

female part skull; M6115 and M6117 female

skins and part skulls and M6129, male skin

and part skull, Etadunna, South Australia,

collected R. Tedford and P. Lawson

28.vi. 1957. M6116 and M6126, male skins

and part skulls) M6124, female skin and

part skull and M6145, male in spirit,

Mudderacootera Hills. Innamincka, South

Australia, collected R. Tedford and P.

Lawson /8.yii.1957. M6119 and M6120.

male skins and part skulls and M6127,

female skin and part skull, Motor Car Dam,

Innamineka, South Australia, collected R,

Tedford and P. Lawson 18.viii,}957, M6122,

male skin and part skull and M6123, female

skin and part skull, Howica Dam, Inna-

mincka, South Australia, collected R, Tedford

and P. Lawson, 18.vili.1957, M6152 and

M6153, males in spirit; M6151 male skin

in spirit and part skull; M6IS3 female skin

im spirit and part skull, Tilpacee Waterhole,

Siczelecki Creek, South Australia. collected

R, Tedford and P. Lawson 22.yiii.|957.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—V MAMMALS

Norms—According to the mammal register of the South

Australian Museum, (wo additional paratypes were donated to

the Museum of the Northern Territory Administration, Animal

Industries. Branch at Alice Springs: M6121, male skin and

skulland M6I8S, female in spirit, Innamincka, South Australia,

collected R. Tedford and ®& Lawson, 18,viii. L957

In his description Finlayson indicated a setics of 52.specimens,

27 of which he staled were from Mulka and 25 from other

localities in the Lake Eyre Busin, “most ol the latler having

been collected and carefully prepared in the field by Mr. Paul

Lawson... and Mr, R. Tedford’. Only the holotype was

identified individually by number.

it is reasonable to assume (hal the 26 paratypes from Mulla

were those lisied above, because, apart from the holotype,

they arc the only specimens of NV. fiseny from Mulka in the

South Australian Museum. tt is probable thal (he remaining

25 paratypes wero those additionally listed above, becuuse

they are the only other specimens of N. faveus trom the Lake

fyre Basin in the South Australian Museum that would have

been available to Finlayson at the lime. UW is just possible,

however. thar the latter specimens might nol all be paratypes,

because all were collecled by Lawson and ‘Tedford, not “most

as stated by Finlayson.

Notomys alexis everardensis Finlayson, 1940,

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust, 64: 133,

Lectotype; M3673, female skin and skull,

Chundrinna, north of the Everard Range,

South Australia. collected IH, H. Finlayson,

11.1933,

Allolectotype:; M3685, male skin and part skull,

Walthajalkanna, north of the Everard Range,

South Australia, collected H. H. Finlayson,

i. 1933,

Paralectatypes: M3669 and M3671, male skins

and skulls, Chundrinna; M3672, temale

skin and skull, Chundrinna; M3684, female

skin and skull, Walthajalkanna; M3686 male

skin and skull, Walthajalkanma: M3670,

male in spirit, Chundrinna; M3674, M3675

and M3688, females in spirit, Chundrinna;

M3676 to M3679, M3681, M3682 and

M3687, females in spirit, Walthajalkanna:

M3680 and M3683, males in spirit, Waltha-

jalkanna, all collected H. H, Finlayson,

ii, 1933.

Notes--Finlayson indicated a series of 40 specimens in his

description, Two of these he elected as opposile-sexed

cotypes, | have designated the female as leclotype because she

has a complete skull. None of the other specimens inthe

series was identified individually. but it is probable that 18 of

Them are those paralectotypes listed above, because they are

enlered logcther with the Jeetotype and allolectatype in

Finlayson’s handwriting in (he mammal register of the South

Australian Museum. ‘The type locality described by Finlayson

encompassed both Chundrinna aod Walthajulkanna. but be did

not state Form which Jocality each of His bype-specimens was

collected. His critries in the mainmal register clarify this

matter. The twenty additional paruectotypes are presumably

in Finlayson’s privale collection.

Pseudomys (Gyomys) apodemoides Finlaysoty, 1932,

Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 56: 170.

~ Pseudonys albocinereus (Gould) vide Ride,

1970.

Holotype: M3466, female in spirit, Coombe,

South Australia, collected W. J, Harvey,

vin 1932.

201

Paratypes: M3467, male skull and skeleton,

M3468 to M3471, skulls atid skeletons (sex

unknown), locality and collection data of

all as for Holotype.

Notes fn his deseription Finlayson indicated a series of 14

specimens, one of which he designated as.the holotype. None

of the others was identified individually, but it ts probable that

five of the remaining 13 specimens in the serjes were (hose

aratypes listed above, because they are registered in Finluyson’s

Randwerivine, consecutively with the holotype, in che mammal

reeister of the South Australian Museum. Originally these

5 specimens. were preserved in spirit, but in (964 their bodies

were found to be decomposed so they were reprepared as skulls

and skeletons. The other eight paratypes are presumably in

Finlayson's private eollectian.

Mus hermannsburgensis Waite, 1896,

Rept. Florn Sci. Exped, Centr, Aust, 2 (z001): 405,

figs, Sa-f-

~Pseudamys (Legeadinay hermanashurgensis

(Waite) vide Troughion, 1932 (2).

Paralectotypes: M2417 and M2417B, female

skulls, labelled “Horn Expedition, spec, H”

and “spec. C”’ respectively,

Novres Waite based his description on five syniypes (A, 1,

C, BD, and &), one of which was.crected lectotype by Troughton

(1932) and ig at the Australian Museuni, Sydrey, registey'ed

number MIO7OA. This is a mounted specimen ol inderterm-

inable sex, but according to Troughton was probably specimen

BD. Dixon (1970) claimed that the National Muscum of

Victoria held three of the four paralectotypes: C7807, male in

spirit, which must be specimen A because this was the only

male syntype; C7808, female in spirit, which is probably

specimen E, because this was the only specimen, olhier than D.

in which the skull was not removed: and C4879. female skin

without skull. The latter is almost certainly the skin from ane

of the two South Australian Museum paralectotype skulls.

The whereabouts of the other missing female skin is unknown,

it may be (he mounted skin of L. hermannsburgenyis al tie

Australian Museum mentioned by Troughton as being registered

with the lectoty pe.

Rattus greyi pelori Finlayson, 1960,

Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 83: 140.

-= Rattus fuscipes greyii (Gray) vide Taylor and

Horner, 1973.

Holotype: M6268, male skin and skull, north

slope, main mass of Greenly Island, Australia,

collected H. H, Finlayson, x1,1947,

Notrs—Finlayson indicated a series of 13 specimens tn his

description, but, except for the holotype, none was identified

individually. In addition to the hajotype, (he South Australian

Museum has 12 R. fo grevii Irom the main mass ol Greenly

Island, collected by a South Australian Museum expedition in

December 1947. U is possible that these are the paratypes.

Ther niimbers are M5738 to M5749 inclusive. all sre skins and

SKUIIsS.

CHIROPTERA

Vespertilionidae

Lamingtona lophorhina McKean and Calaby, 1968.

Manunalia, 32 (3): 373, figs 1-2.

Holotype; M6404, female skin and skull, Mount

Lamington, Papua, purchased from C, T.

MeNamara, x11,1929,

202

Paratypes: M6402 and M6403, male skins and

skulls, and M6401, male in spirit, locality and

purchase data of all as for Holotype.

Notres—Two additional paratypes, CM2090 and CM2091,

female skins and skulls with the same locality and purchase

data as the holotype, are at the Division of Wildlife Research,

C.S.1.R.O., Canberra.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I am deeply indebted to Mr. J. A. Mahoney of

the Department of Geology and Geophysics,

Sydney University, for information on the where-

abouts of the holotype specimens of Thalacomys

nigripes Wood Jones, Thylogale flindersi Wood

Jones and the syntype specimens of Myrmecobius

rufus Wood Jones.

REFERENCES

Aitken, P. F., 1968. Observations on Notomys fuscus (Wood

Jones) (Muridae-Pseudomyinae) with notes on a new

synonym. S§. Aust. Nat. 43 (2): 37-45.

Dixon, J. M., 1970. Catalogue of Mammal Types (Class

Mammalia) in the National Museum of Victoria. Mem,

Nat. Mus, Vie. 31: 105-114,

REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12):

169-219 September, 1976

Finlayson, H. H., 1960. Nomenclature of Nofomys (Muridae)

in the Lake Eyre Basin. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 83 (1):

79-82,

Iredale, T. and Troughton, E. LeG,, 1934. A check-list of the

Mammals Recorded from Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus,

6: 1-122.

Ride, W. D, L., 1970. “A Guide to the Native Mammals of

Australia”. Oxford University Press, Melbourne.

Tate, G. H. H., 1951.

Waterhouse (Marsupialia).

Taylor, J. M. and Horner, B. E., 1973. Systematics of Native

Australian Rattus (Rodentia, Muridae). Bull. Amer,

Mus. Nat. Hist, 150 (1): 1-130.

Troughton, E. LeG., 1932 (1). A revision of the Rabbit

Bandicoots. Aust. Zool, 7 (3): 219-236.

a 1932 (2). On five new rats of the

Genus Pseudomys, Rec. Aust. Mus, 18 (6); 287-294.

Wakefield, N. A. and Warneke, R. M., 1963, Some Revision

of Antechinus (Marsupialia) 1. Viet. Nat, 80 (7): 194-219.

Wakefield, N. A., 1967. Some Taxonomic Revision in the

Australian Marsupial Genus Beftongia (Macropodidae)

with description of a New Species. Vict. Nat. 84 (1):

8-22.

Wood Jones, F., 1923-25. ‘Mammals of South Australia”

Parts 1-3, Government Printer, Adelaide,

The Banded Anteater, Myrmecobius

Am, Mus. Novit. No, 1521:

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—V MAMMALS 203

— NOTES —

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

VI. FOSSILS

NEVILLE S, PLEDGE

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

ABSTRACT

PLEDGE, N.S. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South

Australian Museum. VJ. Fossils. Ree. S. Aust Mus, 17 (12);

205-219.

The South Australian Museum holds primary

type-specimens of 34 species of fossil vertebrates,

all from Australia, and mostly marsupials, Of

these types, three are in the collection of the

University of Adelaide, Geology Department

(AUGD), now held in the South Australian

Museum.

Besides primary types, there are plastotypes

(casts) of type-specimens of 28 species, held

mainly in the British Museum (Natural History),

and two plesiotypes.

INTRODUCTION

The South Australian Museum owns (or holds)

primary type-specimens (mainly — holotypic

material) of 34 species of fossil vertebrates, which

form the first part. of the following list. Much

paratypic material of more recently described

species is held by the Museum of Palaeontology,

University of California at Berkeley, and is also

listed briefly.

One of the problems that faces the vertebrate

palaeontologist, as distinct from most inverte-

brate palacontologists and taxonomic zoologists,

is that in many cases only a small portion of an

animal is preserved and used as the basis of a new

species. This is particularly so for mammals and

birds, where cyen a single tooth or broken bone

is sufficient to indicate and diagnose a new form,

Subsequently, if more complete material is found,

the unknown parts of the animal may be described

and occasionally, two species based on different

elements may even be shown to be synonyms or,

more rarely, a ‘species’ based on several isolated

elements may turn out to be a composite of two

or more distinct taxa.

Consequently, tn compiling this list, I have

included such specimens which haye expanded

our knowledge of their species, defining them as

“plesiotypes”, i.e, specimens used in later, more

complete descriptions of the species, Only two

species are so treated here, in the second section

of the list.

An advantage of a fossil bone is that to all

intents and purposes its form may be reproduced

faithfully in plaster, plastic or other media, These

replicas of type-specimens—plastotypes—may

enjoy a wider circulation than their originals, both

for research and display purposes. Accordingly,

they also are listed here. Twenty-seven species,

mainly marsupials, are so designated.

Within each of these categories of type-

specimens—primary types, plesiotypes and plasto-

types—the species are listed alphabetically in their

taxonomically arranged families, under the

author’s original name, Original and currently-

used names are cross-indexed wherever necessary.

Besides the original reference. the data include

type locality, geological formation and age, and

collector in so far as these facts are known,

The names of several institutions are abbreviated

as follows;—

AM—Australian Museum, Sydney,

AMNH—American Museum of Natural

History, New York.

AUGD—Adelaide University Geology

Department,

BM(NH)—British Museum (Natural

History), London.

CPC—Commonwealth Palaeontological

Collection, Bureau of Mineral Resources,

Canberra.

SAM—South Australian Museum, Adelaide,

UCMP—University of California, Museum

of Palaeontology, Berkeley,

UCR—University of California, Riverside

(Department of Geological Sciences).

WAM—Western Australian Museum, Perth,

PART 1, PRIMARY TYPES

CLASS CHONDRICHTHYES

ORDER SELACHII

Family Carchariidae

Carcharias maslinensis Pledge, 1967,

Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust., 91: 146-147, pl 2.

Holotype: AUGD, F17260, an anterior tooth.

206 REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Locality: E. & W.S. Bore No. 5, Naracoorte, Lectoholotype: SAM. P.17001, a left femur

South Australia, 426ft. (129-8 m), (selected by P. Vickers Rich).

Formation: Knight Group. Plate (fig,) Element

‘ Syntypes—

Age: Middle to Upper Eocene, SAM P,10788 = XXXVI mandibles and

ReMARKS—It seems probable that this species can be meee rt.

referred to Seapanorhynchus (Pers. observ.). 10835 XXII etdrient

: lide 10838 XXXVI (1) skull

Family Odontaspididae 346 6 Xx (4) : tibiotarsus

spi inensis Pledge 1967 see 86 XNI (4. 5) rt. fibula

Odontaspis . msi . F dge, 2 13871 XXIV (4-6) rt. humerus

Carcharias maslinensis Pledge. 13872 XXIV (1-3) coracoseapula

Remarks—Opinion 723 (Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 22 (1); 32, be? ; (8) 1. ulna

April, 1965) repealed opinion 47, ruling that Carcharias should bbe we ey 1. radius

be repressed and the generic name Odontaspis Agassiz be 13 cee (9) carpometacarpus

rentored 13876 XXX (11) rib

A 13877 XXX (10) rib

13927 XX (1-3), XXII (1-3) rt. ribiotarsus

CLASS OSTEICHTHYES 17024 XXII (1-4) rt. tarsometatiarsus

17041 XXXIX (1) aynsacrym

ORDER PALAEONISCIFORMES 17044 XXIL (1-6) rt. pes.

; 17048 MXXIX (3) synsacrunt

Family Indet. 17049 XXXVIII (1),

be sae & XXXIX (2 Synsacrtl

Leighiscus hillsi Wade, 1953. 17073 XXX (13) spr

y XX) i

Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust., 76: 80-81. itt tet {rs} np

‘ ve . ’ . 4

Holotype: AUGD. FI5094, (“Tate Collection, | geality: Lake Callabonna, South Australia,

P2070 in litt.) os and counterpart, com- Fone” 6. Sheet SH 54-6 Callabonna

pression of caudal region, 1: 250000. Grid reference for exact site

Locality: Leigh Creek, South Australia. unknown,

Formation: Sand lens in Leigh Creek Coal

Measures.

Age: Late Triassic,

RemARKS—This is the only Triassic vertebrate so far found

in South Australia. Unfortunately, too little of the fossil was

found to enable it to be placed taxonomically,

CLASS REPTILIA

ORDER SQUAMATA

Family Varanidae

Varanus warburtonensis Zietz, 1899.

Trans, R, Soc. S. Aust., 23: 209-210.

Holotype: SAM. P.11529, an unguinal phalanx,

Locality; Float on gravel bars, Warburton River

near Lake Eyre, South Australia.

Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands,

Age: Pleistocene,

Collector: H. Y, L, Brown,

ReMARKS—As this specimen was associated with Dipretadon,

which is not known from the early Pleistocene Kinuntea

Fauna, it probably belongs to the later Malkuni Fauna, The

species has long. been overlooked, Hecht (1975; 245) suggests it

is a junior synonym of Megalania prisea Owen,

CLASS AVES

ORDER CASUARITFORMES

Family Dromornithidae

Genyornis newtoni Stirling & Zictz, 1896,

Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust., 20: 182-209, pls. HT, 1V,

VY. Mem, R. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, 1 (2):

50-80, also 1905 iden? 1 (3): 81-110; and 1913

idem 1 (4): 111-126.

Formation: ‘‘Unctuous blue Clays”.

Age: Pleistocenc,

Collector: A. H. C. Zietz, 1893,

RemaArks—This. species is associated with rich deposits of

bones of Dipretedan eplatum, macropodids, Phuascolonus gigas,

and Dremaius. The only reliable C-14 age determinations, on

wood and plant material, indicate an age greater than 40 000.

The species was established on the bones of at least three

individuals, but their original associations have been lost.

Family Dromaiidae

Dromiceius ocypus Miller, 1963.

Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 14 (3): 414-418,

Holotype: SAM. P.13444, right tarsometatarsus,

Locality; Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc. No.

V5769 (Lawson Quarry).

Formation; Mampuwordu Sands.

Age: Late Pliocene —Palankarinna Fauna.

Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition 1957.

Remarks— Dromiceius is now considered to be a misprint,

and the 1.C.Z.N. recommendation is that Dremaivs be used

instead, (See Serventy, Condon and Mayr, 1965.)

ORDER SPHENISCIFORMES

Family Spheniscidae

Pachydyptes simpsoni Jenkins, 1974.

Palaeontology, 17 (2): 294-304, pls. 37-39, text

fiz. 2a.

Holotype: SAM. P.14157 a-g: (a) most of left

coracoid, () head of right humerus, (e)

broken head of left humerus, (¢) damaged

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS

right radius, (e) incomplete left carpo-

metacarpus, (f) left proximal phalanx of

2nd digit, (¢) damaged vertebra.

Locality: Blanche Point, extreme tip, opposite

Gull Rock, Maslin Bay, South Australia.

Formation: Blanche Point Marl, 3:6 m below top

of Banded Marl Member.

Age: Early Upper Eocene. (Aldingan.)

Collected: B. Robinson & H, Eames, May, 1968.

RrmMarks—This is one of the earliest, well-dated penguins

known. Other material known includes two paratypes (humerus

and radius fragments) and a referred specimen believed to be a

fragment of rib,

Pachydyptes simpsoni Jenkins, 1974.

Palacontology, 17 (2): 294-304, pls. 37-39, text

fig. 2a.

Paratype: SAM. P.14158 (a) proximal two thirds

of right humerus, (4) proximal end of right

radius,

Locality: Blanche Point, Maslin Bay, South

Australia,

Formation: Blanche Point Marl, lower part of

Transitional Marl Member.

Age: Early Upper Eocene (Aldingan).

Collected: L. W. Parkin, October, 1932.

RemarKs—A referred specimen, believed to be a segment of

the proximal part of a rib, P.17913, was collected as “float” in

1971, and appears to have been derived from the Transitional

Marl.

ORDER CICONIIFORMES

Family Phoenicopteridae

Phoenicopterus novaehollandiae Miller, 1963.

The Condor, 65 (4): 289-292,

Holotype: SAM. P,13648, right tarsometatarsus

with proximal end missing.

Locality: Lake Pitikanta, west side, about 550 m

from south end. UCMP loc. Y6150,

Formation: Etadunna Formation,

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, [961.

Phoeniconaias gracilis Miller, 1963,

The Condor, 65 (4): 294-296,

Holotype: SAM, P.13650, left tarsometatarsus,

distal end.

Locality; Lake Kanunka, northwest corner,

UCMP loc, V5772.

Formation: Katipiri Sands,

Age: Early Pleistocene-Kanunka Fauna.

Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957.

207

Phoeniconotius eyrensis Miller, 1963.

The Condor, 65 (4): 292-294.

Holotype: SAM, P.13649, left tarsometatarsus,

distal end, and two basal phalanges,

Locality: West side of Lake Palankarinna, float

from Etadunna Formation. UCMP Loc.

5763 (between UCMP Loes, V5762 and 5375),

Formation: Etadunna Formation.

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957.

ORDER PELECANIFORMES

Family Pelecanidae

Pelecanus tirarensis Miller, 1966,

Mem, Old, Mus., 14(S): 182-185.

Holotype: SAM. P.13857, right tarsometatarsus,

distal half,

Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west shore.

UCMP Loc, V5762 (Turtle Quarry),

Formation: Etadunna Formation,

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957,

Pelecanus validipes de Vis, 1894.

(in Etheridge) South Aust. Ann. Rept. of Goyr.

Geologist, 1894; 21, pl, 11 (5, 6).

Holotype: SAM, P,18412, a right tarso-

metatarsus, distal end.

Locality: Warburton River near Lake Eyre,

South Australia; float.

Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands

or equivalent.

Age: Pleistocene,

Collector: H. Y. L. Brown,

REMARKS—This specimen Was given to the South Australian

Museum in 1899, but in common with other material at the

time, was not registered, During subsequent shifts of the

collections it was mislaid and its whereabouts was unknowo

until September, 1974, when it was relocated.

Family Phalacrocoracidae

Phalacrocoray gregorii de Vis, 1905,

Ann. Old. Mus., No. 6: 18-22, pls. V (6A, B)-

Syntype: SAM, P.18413, a premaxilla, entire

from tip to nasofrontal suture.

Locality; ‘“Cutupirra’’, (equivalent to Katipiri

Waterhole), lower Cooper Creek, South

Australia.

Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands.

Age; Pleistocene,

Collector: H. Y. L. Brown.

208 REC, 8, AUST.

Remarks—This specimen was rediscovered in September,

1974, along with Pelacanuy vaticlipes de Vis. Included with the

premaxilla, and listed also on the printed label (for they were

apparently onee on exhibition), are two tarsometatarsi.

P.18414, an almost complete Icft, lacking the inner trochlea,

and badly corroded, is otherwise almost identical to the right

turso-metatarsus fizured in Plate VII (2), The other, P.18415,

also a left, lacks only the proximal end. These specimens

apparently were not seen by de Vis as they do not fit the

description of his unfigured material,

ORDER GALLIFORMES

Family Megapodidae

Progura naracoortensis van Tets, 1974.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 98 (4): 214-215.

Holotype: SAM. P.17856, an almost complete

right tarsometatarsus.

Paratypes: SAM. P,17152, a right tibiotarsus;

P.17153, a left humerus) P,17154, distal end

of a left humerus; P.17157, proximal end of

right femur; P.17876, distal part of right

tibiotarsus; P,17877 right ulna; P.17878,

left humerus; P.17879, distal part of left

ulna; P.18181, a cervical yertebra; P.18182,

distal part of left ulna; P.18183, proximal

and distal parts of a right humerus; P,18184,

left radius; P.18185, proximal part of a right

tarsometatarsus; P.18186, distal part of a

right femur; P.18187, anterior fragment of

synsacrum; P,16700, a right coracoid,

Locality: A small cave disclosed jn Henschke’s

Quarry, Naracoorte, South Australia.

Formation: Cave earth,

Age: Late Pleistocene, around 30 000-35 000 yrs.

B.P,

Collectors: F. W. Aslin,

1970-1974,

ReMARKS—The paratype P.16700 was collected fram the

Fossil Chamber of Victoria Cave, by R. T. Wells ef al, and is

one of only two specimens so far recorded oulside the type

locality. The other, a referred specimen (fragment of tarso-

metatarsus QM F2769), was collected from the Darling Downs.

N. S. Pledge. er al.,

CLASS MAMMALIA

ORDER MONOTREMATA

Family Ornithorhynchidae

Ohdurodon insignis Woodburne & Tedford, 1975.

Amer, Mus, Novitates, No. 258%: 3-10.

Holotype: SAM. P.18087, a right upper last

molar.

Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west side.

UCR Loc. RV/7247, (SAM. North Quarry),

Zone 5, sheet SH 54-1: Kopperamanna

1: 250 000, grid reference 656431.

Formation: Etadunna Formation in white to

pale grey quartz sandstone at local base of

Number 6 of Stirton, Tedford & Miller

(1961), about 10 ft. stratigraphically below

the calcareous mudstone of Number 8.

MUS.,

17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collectors: M-. ©. Woodburne. UCR-SAM

Expedition, 1972.

RremMArks—A cast of the paratype AMNH 97228, which was

collected by Tedford at Lake Narnbéa in the Frome Embiayment,

is.also held under the SAM registration P.18942,

ORDER ?MONOTREMATA

Family Ektopodontidae

Ektopodon serratus Stirton, Tedford & Wood-

burne, 1967, (Fig. 1)

Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 15 (3): 438-445,

Holotype: SAM, P.13847, a left upper molar,

Paratypes: UCMP. 67173. 67174, 67176, at

Berkeley.

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore.

Loc, V6213.

Formation: Wipajiri Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna.

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962.

ReMArKs—The authors presented arguments for including

this taxon in the Monotremata, but material collected more

recently by Woodburne and Clemens (in prep.) shows this is net

the cuse (Woodburne and Tedford, 1975:1),

UCMP

ORDER MARSUPIALIA

Family Peramelidae

Ischnodon australis Stirton, 1955. (Fig. 2)

Ree, S, Aust, Mus,, 11 (3): 249-252.

Holotype: SAM. P.13645 (originally U.C.

No, 44380), anterior half of right mandible.

Locality: Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc.

V5367 (Woodward Locality),

Formation: Mampuwordu Sands.

Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna.

Collector: R. H. Tedford, 30th July, 1953,

ReMARKS—Found i weathered surface gone, and con-

sequently badly shattered.

Family Thylacoleonidae

Wakaleo oldfieldi Clemens & Plane, 1974,

Jour, Paleontol,, 48 (4); 654-656,

Holotype: SAM. P,17925, a left mandible with

incisor P; and My, and alveoli for M2, M3 and

a singile-rooled tooth between incisor and

Ps,

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, UCMP loc, V6213

(Leaf locality).

Formation: Wipajiri Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna.

Collector: W. A. Clemens, UCMP-SAM Expedi-

tion, 1971,

ReMARKS—Twa referred specimens are held in the collec-

tions of the Museum of Paleontology, University of California,

Uerkeley. They are UCMP 102678: an anterior fragment of

aright Psy and UCMP 102677: aright Ma,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST, MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS

Family Phascolarctidae

Litokoala kutjamarpensis Stirton, Tedford &

Woodburne, 1967. (Fig. 3)

Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 15 (3): 446-451.

Holotype: SAM. P.13845, right upper first molar

in early stages of wear.

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore. UCMP

Loc. V6213.

Formation: Wipajiri Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna,

Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962.

Perikoala palankarinnica Stirton, 1957,

Ree. S. Aust, Mus,, 13 (1): 71-81.

Holotype: SAM. P.10893, part of left mandible

With talonid of Ps, M; and Mz, nearly

complete.

Paratype: UCMP 45343.

Locality: Lake Palankarinna, west side. UCMP

Loc. V5375.

Formation; Etadunna Formation,

Age: Early ta Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1954.

ReEMARKS—This was originally believed derived from the

Pliocene Mampuwordu Sands Palankarinna Fauna, but the

correction was noted in Stirton et a/. (1961) following clarifica-

tion of the stratigraphy,

Family Vomabatidae

Rhizophascolonus crowerofti, Stirton, Tedford &

Woodburne, 1967, (Fig. 4)

Rec. S, Aust, Mus., 15 (3): 454-456.

Holotype: SAM. P.13846, left upper third

premolar, moderately worn.

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP

Loe. V6213. (Fig, 4)

Formation: Wipajiti Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962,

RemArks—This is the earliest known wombat, retuiming a

labial and two lingual roots on the P*. ‘The teeth of modern

wormbats are apeo-rooted, and grow continuously throughout

life.

Family Diprotodontidae

Meniscolophus mawsoni Stirton, 1955, (Pig. 5)

Ree, S. Aust. Mus., 11 (3): 258-264.

Holotype: SAM, P.13647, (originally UC No,

44397) mandibles with complete, little-worn

dentition, found in close proximity ta UCMP

44397: left maxillary fragment with M? and

MS? in same stage of wear,

209

Locality: Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc.

V5367 (Woodard Locality).

Formation; Mampuwordu Sands.

Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna,

Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1953.

Neohelos tirarensis Stirton, 1967.

Bur, Min, Resour., Bull. 85: 48-51.

Holotype: SAM. P.13848, posterior part of left

upper third premolar.

Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UCMP 69976,

69977, 69978, 69979.

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP

Loc, V6213. (Leaf Locality.)

Formation: Wipajiri Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamurpu Fauna,

Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962.

REMAKKS—This species is Known only from isolated teeth,

Negapakaldia bonythoni Stirton, 1967,

Bur, Min. Resour, Bull., 85: 26-30.

Holotype: SAM. P.13863, a badly weathered

specimen: most of cranium and left mandible,

incomplete appendicular skeleton, some

caudal vertebrae.

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, eastern shore,

UCMP Loc. V5879.

Formation: Etadunna Formation, weathered

surface zone—same stratigraphic unit as

Ngapakaldi Quarry,

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1958.

REMARKS8—One questionably referred specimen UCMP 57263

from Lake Pitikanta.

Ngapakaldia tedfordi Stirton, 1967,

Bur. Min. Resour. Bull., 85: 4-26.

Holotype: SAM, ~~ P.13851, near-complete

cranium; left radius, ulna, manus, pes,

caudal vertebrae and haemal arches, all more

or less complete; various right appendicular

elements.

Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UCMP 57256,

O9817, 69814, 60985, 69815, G0977, 60979,

69812, 57286, 57257,

Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP

Loc. V6213. Ngapakaldi Quarry,

Formation: Etadunna Formation.

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1958, 1961,

1962.

Remarxs—In two localities (V5774 and V5858), this taxon

aoe abundantly from 1 m to 5 m apart, but none is a complete

skeleton,

210 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976

f Ti HN

)

f iy,

Fig. 4

ONE INCH

Fig. 2

Fig. 1. Ektopodon serratus Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Holotype (P.13847), a left upper molar, in

four views. X4. Fig. 2. /schnodon australis Stirton, 1955. Holotype (P.13645), a right mandible, in occlusal

and labial views, X4. Fig, 3. Litokeala kutjamarpensis Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Fig. 4.

Rhizophascolonus crowcrofit Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Holotype (P.13846), a left upper premolar

in three views. XL.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YVI FOSSILS

Profoloph = metolonhy position of paracone

& = \

THO Gu ae

— Ls

Fig. 5 ‘A Ct coat Posterior cingulum

midiink

posiolveciar snelf

enamal bardar

poslolvecior ridge

angular fossa

posiciveolar process

postdental canal

Holotype

SOUR INCHES

7 position af pastdental canal

forelink

Fig. 6

Fig. 5. Meniscolophus mawsoni Stirton, 1955,

(B) views. X4, Fig. 6. Prionotemnus palankarinnicus Stirton, 1955,

in occlusal (A) and labial (B) views. X1.

Holotype (P.13647), mandibles, in occlusal (A) and labial

Holotype (P.13646), a right mandible,

Fig. 7. Troposodon kenti Campbell, 1973.

in occlusal views,

Nototherium yictoriae Owen, |872.

Phil. Trans., 162: 61, pl. VOL.

Holotype: SAM. P,4986, left mandible with

incisor and premolar missing and M,

damaged,

Locality: Near Lake Victoria, New South Wales.

Formation: “freshwater deposits’ (Owen), “45-

60 feet below ground surface in a well”

(Mahoney & Ride).

Age: Pleistocene (7),

Collector: Mr. Felgate (707 Tilgate), 1869.

RemMarKs—Marshall (1973) believes that the state of preserva-

tion indicates derivation from the Pliocene Moorna Formation

of the Lake Victoria area. A small sample was removed from the

symphyseal stub of the right mandible for fluorine analysis to

check this hypothesis, but the results are inconclusive (see

Gill, 1973: 60, and Sinnott, 1973: 175). Stirton has noted that

the species should probably be included in Zygomerurus, Two

contemporary reports of the discovery are in newspapers:

Pastoral Times, December 18, 1869, p, 2; The South Australian

Advertiser, January 1, 1870, p. 3, A cast M3637, is held in the

BM (NH).

Pitikantia dailyi Stirton, 1967.

Bur. Min. Resour. Bull., 85: 30-34.

Holotype: SAM, P,13862, right upper incisors

I'-I, left I' & BW, left P®; part of right

mandible with incisor, P3, M,, Ma, left Ps,

tarsals, metatarsals and phalanges.

Locality: Lake Pitikanta, west side, UCMP Loc,

V5774 (Discovery Basin).

Formation: Etadunna Formation.

Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi

Fauna.

Collector: B. Daily, SAM-UCMP Expedition,

1957.

Zygomaturus keanei Stirton, 1967,

Bur. Min. Resour, Bull., 85: 136-144,

Holotype: SAM, P.13844, fused mandibles with

all cheek teeth and base of left incisor;

upper incisors; left maxilla with P? to M+;

TPS, rM’*, rM*.

Paratypes: (at UCMP) UCMP 66326, 70120,

70121, 44622, 45409.

REC. $. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12);

\ ea ——— SF i

Y, “— — ~ — — —

mh,

169-219 September, 1976

Holotype (P.14507). a left mandible,

X (scale in cm):

Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west shore.

UCMP Loc. V6265. (Keane Quarry.)

Formation: Mampuwordu Sands.

Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962,

Zygomaturus yictoriae (Owen,

Nototherium victoriae Owen,

1872), see

Family Macropodidae

Macropus birdselli Tedford. 1967,

Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci.. 64: 114-127,

Holotype: SAM. P.13857, associated left and

right mandibles, with right lower incisor and

Ma. and left Miss

Paratypes: SAM, A27920, A27936—fragmentary

left and right mandibles (and other material

at UCMP, Berkeley).

Locality: Lake Menindee, north side, UCMP

Loc, V5371, approx. 19 km north-west of

Menindee, N.S.W. (Site 1),

Formation; Un-named lunette sand, Unit B of

Tindale.

Age; Late Pleistocene.

Collector: R.H, Tedford, 1953,

Remarks—C-14 age determinations have been made on

charcoal samples taken from Unit B but are equivocal in

interpretation: LJ-204 giving 26300 4- 1500 yeurs B.P.;

Gak 335 giving 18 800 + 800 years B.P. and NZ6f (on shell)

giving 6 570 = 100 years B.P.

Potorous morgani Finlayson, 1928,

Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 62 (1):

V-VIL.

Syntypes: SAM, P,168, skull and partial skeleton.

SAM. P.3413, skull.

Locality: Kelly Hill Caves, Kangaroo Island.

Formation; Cave earth.

Age: Recent.

Collector: Miss Edith May (P168). February

1926. Dr. A. M. Morgan (P3413), 1927 (7).

RemMARKS—Ride (1970: 224) has synonymised this species

with P. platyeps, an extant species in Western Australia. Sec

also Butler and Merrilees (1971) for further discussion, The

species may still live on Kangaroo Island.

132-140, pls.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YI FOSSILS

Prionotemnus Stirton, 1955.

(Fig. 6)

Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 11 (3); 252-258.

Holotype: SAM. P.13646 (originally UC No,

44381), right mandible with Ps-M, in place.

Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UC Nos.

44382 to 44396:—maxillae, mandibles, and

right metatarsal 1V and phalanges.

Locality! Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc,

V5367. (Woodard Locality).

Formation: Mampuwordu Sands.

Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna,

Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1953.

Remarks—This is one of the more common mammalian

taxa in the fauna. Bartholomai (1975) considers Prionetemaus

to be a subgenus of Macropus.

palankarinnicus

Sthenurus (Sthenurus) tindalei Tedford, 1966,

Univ, Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 57+ 26-33.

Holotype; SAM, P.13820 (now P.138201), a

fragmentary skull with complete cheek denti-

tion and damaged incisors,

Locality: Lake Menindee, New South Wales,

northern side, about 19 km from Menindee

township. UCMP Loc, V5371.

Formation: Unnamed lunette sand, Unit B of

Tindale.

Age: Late Pleistocene, approximately 26000 +

1 500 years B.P. (LJ-204).

Collector: R. H. Tedford, 1953,

REMARKS—Other age determinations from this deposit give

conflicting results; see Macrapus birdselli Tedford.

Troposodon kenti Campbell, 1973. (Fig, 7)

Rec, S. Aust. Mus., 16 (3): 3-11.

Holotype: SAM. P.14507, a left mandible.

Locality: Lake Pitikanta,

Formation: Katipiri Sands,

Age: Early Pleistocene-Kanunka Fauna,

Collector; UCMP-SAM Expedition, 1961.

Family Squalodontidae

Metasqualodon hardwoodi (Sanger, 1881). se

Zeuglodon hardwoodii Sanger.

Squalodon gambierense Glaessner, 1955.

Rec, S, Aust. Mus., 11 (4): 362-367, text fig. 5a-c.

Holotype: AUGD, F15107, a perfect molariform

tooth, probably from the right mandible.

Locality: Pritchard Brothers’ Quarry, 12 km

west-north-west of Mount Gambier, South

Australia.

Formation: Gambier Limestone,

214

Age: Probably Late Oligocene,

Collector; P, Pritchard, 1952.

Remarxks—When this species was described, the whereabouts

of Metasgualodon hardwood? (Sanger), although relocated, had

not been disclosed. Both preservation and form of the twa

species are quite different.

Zeuglodon harwoodit Sanger, 1881.

Proc, Linnean Soe. N.S.Wales, 5 (3); 298-300.

Holotype: SAM. P.8446, a molariform tooth,

Undescribed material of same specimen

comprises a near complete anterior molar,

half of another molar, and two premolars,

Locality; “near Wellington, South Australia”.

Forimation; “‘a bed of yellow calcareous clay”

containing invertebrate fossils. Probably

Ettrick Formation,

Age: Tertiary, probably Oligocene,

Collector: James C, Harwood, 1881,

Remarks—The specimens were inislaid soon after descrip-

tion, but Hall (1911) working from the original description,

established a new genus, Merasqualadan, for them, The material

was relocated in 1948 and is currently being redescribed.,

Regrettably, accurate data on the locality are wanting, as the

enclosed label stated only: ‘Wellington, 100f", suggesting a

depth of 100 feet (30-4 m) ina bore. An allegedly associated

shark tooth (No/idanus) bears a label indicating derivation from

the cliffs at Wellington. However. the dark grey preservation

of both argues against the reported lithology, and for the barely

exposed Oligocene Eltrick Formation,

PART 2, PLESIOTYPES

CLASS MAMMALIA

ORDER MARSUPIALIA

Family Diprotodontidae

Diprotodon optatum Owen, 1838.

In Mitchell: Three Expeditions to the interior of

eastern Ausiralia, WW: 362.

Stirling & Zietz, 1899: Mem. R. Soc, S. Aust.,

(1): 1-40, pl. 1-18.

Plesiotypes; SAM, P.5120 (right manus), P.5121

(right pes),

Locality; Lake Callabonna, north-eastern South

Australia,

Formation; “unctuous blue clay’.

Age; Pleistocene.

RemMARKS—Previous to the discoveries at Lake Callabouna,

only a few isolated elements of the pes were known, and

reconstructions of the animal (e.g. Owen, 1877= pl. 35) always

hid (he feet,

Family Vombatidae

Phascolomys gigas Owen, 1859.

Encyclopaedia Britannica, 8th ed,, vol, XVII; 175,

Owen, 1872: Phil. Trans., 162: 257.

Stirling, 1913; Mem. R. Soe. S. Aust., 1 (4):

127-178, pl. 40-58.

214

Plesiotypes—

SAM P5000

5001

5002

5003 (N)

5004

5005

5006

5007

5008 (N)

5009 (IN)

SO10

S011

5012

5013

5014

5015

5016

5017

S018 (N)

S019 (N)

5020

3021

5022

5023

5024

5025

5026

5027

5028 (N)

5029

5030

5031

5032

5033

5037

5038

5039

5040

5041

5042 (N)

5043

5044

REC. 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12);

Plate (fig.)

XLIV, XLY (1-3)

XLII

XL, XLI

XLVI (4, 5)

LVIL (6)

XLVI (4, 5)

XLYI (6)

XLVI (11)

XLVI (1-3)

XLVI (8, 9)

XLVIT (2)

XLVITI (3)

XLVIE (1)

XLV (4-5)

XLY (6, 7)

XLV (8)

XLVII (7, 8)

Lill

LVI

XLVI

LIV (4): LY

unfig.

XLIX (1-4), LI, 2)

LIV (1-3)

LVI (ea)

LI (1-4)

L (3-5)

LIV (5)

LU (12, 13)

EVIL (7)

LIE (10)

LU (1-2)

LU (11)

LIT (5, 6)

LVIIL(3, 4)

LI (3, 4)

LVI (1, 2)

Element

palate

mandibles

natural matrix

mould joining

P.5000 to 5001

1. clavicle

rt, clavicle

epipubic

atlas frag,

atlas (rag.

vert. centrum

athas

axis

rib

incisor

imeisor

molar

presternum

1. femur

1. tibia

scapula

tibia

rl. femur lrag.

rt. humerus

1. fermur

rt. fibula

rt, ulna

rt, radius

rt. femur frag.

phahinx V

rt. MT V

rt. MC Vv

L. pisiform

rt, prox. phalanx V

rt. cuneiform

rt, astragalus

|. unciform

rt. astragalus

Locality; Lake Callabonna, north-eastern South

(Those indicated (N) are from

Normanville, south of Adelaide.)

Formation: “unctuous blue clay”.

Age: Pleistocene,

Remarks—The discovery at Lake Callabonna of articulated

remains of this species proved that the upper incisors known as

Sceparnodon ramsayi Owen belonged to Phaycolonus gigas as

Lydekker (1887: 157) had suggested.

provided the first definite P. gigas skeletal remains for descrip-

tion, See also Ride (1967; 419-425).

Australia.

The specimen also

Phascolonus gigas (Owen, 1859). See Phascolomys

gigas Owen.

PART 3, PLASTOTYPES

CLASS REPTILIA

ORDER CHELONIA

Family Meiolaniidae

Meiolania eweni Smith Woodward, 1888.

Ann. Mag, Nat, Hist,, ser. 6, 1: 89,

Plastotypes: SAM. P.18002; P.18003 (Skull and

jaws; caudal armour).

Originals: BM(NH) R391, R392 respectively.

Locality:

King’s Creek, Condamine River,

Darling Downs, Queensland.

169-219 September, 1976

Formation: Alluvium.

Age: Pleistocene,

REMARKS—These specimens had previously been regarded by

Owen (188la, b) as Megalania prisca, See Lydekker (1889; 167),

P.18002 is actually a cast of the restored, modelled skull, the

imperfect original of which is figured by Owen (1861: Pl37 (1),

38 (1-3)) and Lydekker,

ORDER SAURISCHIA (7)

Family Megalosauridae ())

Megalosauropus broomensis Colbert & Merrilees,

1967,

Journ. R. Soc. W. Aust., 50 (1): 22-25.

Plastotype of footprint G5-6. SAM. P.14532.

Original: WAM No, 66.2.51.

Locality; Wavecut platform below high tide

level; Broome, Western Australia.

Formation; Broome Sandstone.

Age: Early Cretaceous,

Collector: (casting) Messrs. J. & E. Tapper.

CLASS AVES

ORDER CASUARILFORMES

Family Dromornithidae

Dromornis australis Owen, |1874c.

Trans. Zool, Soc., 8: 383, pl, 62, 63,

Plastotype: SAM. P.17107.

Original; AM F,10950, a femur,

Locality: 55m depth in a well, Peak Downs,

Queensland,

Formation: “drift pebbles and boulders”’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—See discussion of this species in Stirling and

Zeitz (1900; 43 ff) and Rich (unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation,

1973: 127).

Dromornis australis Owen, 1874c.

Owen, 1879; Trans. Zool, Soc., 10:

Plastotype: SAM, P,17108,

Original: BM(NH) 48160, a fragmentary syn-

sacrum—a plesiotype,

Locality: 61 m depth in the Canadian Gold Lead,

near Mudgee, Gulgong mining district, New

South Wales,

Formation: Deep Jead alluvium,

Age: ? Pliocene.

Remarks—Rich (ibid, p. 128) believes this specimen is too

fragmentary to identify beyond the family level,

186, pl. 33,

Dromornis australis Owen, 1874c.

Owen, 1879: Trans, Zool, Sac,, 10: 186,

Stirling & Zietz, 1900: ibid: 43.

Plastotype: SAM. P.17106,

Original: BM(NH) 44011, distal end of a tibio-

tarsus, a plesiotype.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THR S, AUST. MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS

Locality: A cave, “Mount Gambier range”,

Mount Gambier, South Australia.

Formation: ? Cave earth,

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—Stirling and Zietz believed this specimen to be of

their new species Genvornis newloil.

ORDER DINORNITHIFORMES

Family Emeidae

Dinornis queenslandiae de Vis, 1884.

Proce. R. Soc. Qld,, 1: 32.

Plastotype: SAM. P.17105,

Original: Queensland Museum; proximal end of

a femur,

Locality: Allegedly “King's Creek, Darling

Downs, Queensland”’.

Age: Pleistocene,

Remakks—Stirling and Zietz (1900; 44) note arguments

against this taxon, and Rich (1973, unpubl. dissertation) notes

Scarlets (1969) objection regarding the preservation of the

specimen which is quite distinct from other King’s Creek

fossils. Scarlett equated it with the New Zealand moa

Pachyornis elephantopus,

CLASS MAMMALIA

ORDER MONOTREMATA

Family Ornithorhynchidae

Obdurodon insignis Woodburne & Tedford, 1975.

Amer. Mus, Novitates, No, 2588; 3-10.

Plastotype; SAM. P.18942,

Original; AM(NH) 97228, paratype, a right upper

molar,

Locality: West side of Lake Namba, Frome

Embayment, South Australia, Grid zone 6,

refee. 320135, Curnamona 1: 250 000 sheet

SH54-14,

Formation: Float specimen, from un-named unit

of thin-bedded black claystone, sand lenses,

green claystone and white dolomitic claystone,

Age: Miocene, Ngapakaldi fauna equivalent.

ORDER MARSUPIALIA

Family Wynyardiidae

Wynyardia bassiana Spencer, 1900.

Prac, Zool. Soc, Lond., 1900; 776-795,

Plastotype: SAM. P.4979, 4980.

Original: Tasmanian Museum, 2237, an imperfect

skull and partial skeleton, no teeth.

Locality: Fossil Bluff, near Wynyard, north-

western Tasmania.

Formation: Fossil Blu? Sandstone,

Age: Longfordian—basal Miocene.

215

Remarks—This fossil was found in marine sediments, and its

ave was for long in doubt, as some authors believed it to be

intrusive. Gill (1957) demonstrated its contemporancity with

the associated fauna, but believed it to be Oligocene. Ludbrook

(1967) points out the uncertainty of ils age.

P,4979 is a cast of the specimen as originally found. P.4980

comprises casts of the excavated skull, jaws and limb bones,

and the cleared spine.

Family Macropodidae

Leptosiagon gracilis Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164; 785, pl. 76 (11-15).

Plastotype: SAM. P.18124,

Original: BM(NH) 40005, fragment of a right

mandible with Ms, M3.

Locality: Queensland,

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene,

Remarks ~Lydekker (887: 231) included this specimen tn

Macrapus fervagus Owen, but Simpson (1930: 72) leaves tt

separate as Macrapus graciliy (Qwen), Bartholomai (1975)

returns it to Macrapus (Osphranter) ferragus,

Macropus altus (Owen, 1874), See Phascolagus

altus Owen,

Macropus ferragus Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164: 784, pl. 81 (4), 82 (3, 4).

Plastotype: SAM, P,18126.

Original; BM(NH) 32903. fragment of right

mandible.

Locality; Condamine River, Queensland,

Formation: “‘alluyial drift’,

Age: Pleistocene.

RemMarkKs—Owen (1877: 449) used this specimen as type for

Pachysiagan ferragus but Lydekker (1887: 231) returned it ta

Macropus. Bartholomai (1975) places it in the subgenus

Osphranter,

Macropus goliah Owen, 1846,

In Waterhouse (1846) Natural

Mammalia, |: 59.

Plastotype: SAM. P.18125,

Original: BM(NH) M1896, right maxilla with

M?-",

Locality: Darling Downs, Queensland,

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene,

REMARKS—Species renamed Procoptodon goliah by Owen

(1873: 387).

History of

Macropus gracilis (Owen, 1874). See Leptosiagon

gracilis Owen.

Macropus titan Owen, 1838.

In Mitchell (1838) Three Expeditions inta the

interior of eastern Australia, 1 359, pl. 29 (3).

Plastotype: SAM, P,18127.

216

Original: BM(NH) M10777, anterior fragments of

right mandible.

Locality: Cave, Wellington Valley, New South

Wales.

Formation: Cave earth.

Age: Pleistocene.

Pachysiagon otuel Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164: 784, pl, 76 (1-10),

Plastotype: SAM. P.18123.

Original: BM(NH) 46310, fragment of right

mandible with Ms-,,

Locality: King’s Creek, Clifton, Queensland.

Formation: “alluvial drift”,

Age: Pleistocene.

RemMARKS—Figured in Owen (1877: pl. LXXXIX (7-10)) as

Pracaptodon pusio. See Lydekker (1887: 237). Species is now

known as Procoptodon otuel,

Phascolagus altus Owen, 1874.

Phil, Trans., 164: 261, pl. 22 (1, 2).

Plastotype: SAM. P,13125.

Original: BM(NH) M10779, an imperfect palate

lacking rP%, and with both M*’s unerupted.

Locality: Wellington Caves, New South Wales.

Formation: Cave earth,

Age: Pleistocene.

REMARKS—This specimen was originally a syntype of

Macropus titan Qwen (1838). The species was replaced in

Macropus altus by Lydekker (1887: 223), and Bartholamai

(1975) puts it in the subgenus Osphranter,

Procoptodon goliah Owen, 1846. See Macropus

goliah Owen.

Procoptodon otuel Owen, 1874. See Pachysiagon

otuel Owen.

Procoptodon pusio Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164; 788, pl, 77 (2-6).

Plastotype: SAM. P.18130.

Original: BM(NH) 39996, imperfect palate (left

and right maxillae) with Ps-M3.

Locality: Queensland.

Formation: “alluvial drift’’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—Lydekker (1887: 235) transterred this specimen to

Pracoptedon rapha.

Procoptodon rapha Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164: 788, pl. 77 (8-12),

Plastotype: SAM. P.18129,

Original: BM(NH) 32885,

Locality; “alluvial drift’,

Age: Pleistocene,

REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12):

169-219 September, 1976

Protemnodon anak Owen, 1874.

Phil. Trans., 164: 275, pl. 25 (1-2).

Plastotype: SAM. P.13124,

Original: BM(NH) M1895, a left mandible with

P3-M ae

Locality: Darling Downs, Queensland,

Formation: “alluvial drift”,

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—See Bartholomai (1973: 318).

Protemnodon antaeus Owen, |877.

Extinct Mammals of Australia; 448, pl. 110 (1-3).

Plastotype: SAM. P.13123.

Original: BM(NH) M2258. a partial left mandible

with P3-M4.

Locality; Queensland.

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene.

RemArks—This species was transferred to Macropus raechus

by Lydekker (1887; 212), and is now included in Prosemnodon

roechus Owen. (Bartholomai, 1973; 340).

Protemnodon brehus Owen, 1874. See Sthenurus

brehus Owen,

Protemnodon mimas Owen, 1874,

Phil. Trans., 164: 278, pl. 26 (1-3).

Plastotype: SAM. P.i3121,

Original; BM(NH) 43351, a left mandible with all

cheek teeth.

Locality; Gowrie, Queensland.

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—Included in Macropus hbrehus by Lydekker

(1887: 207), then Pratemnodon brehus by Stirton (1963: 141).

See Bartholomai (1973; 330).

Protemnodon og. Owen, 1874,

Phil, Trans., 164; 277, pl. 25 (5-6),

Plastotype: SAM, P.13122.,

Original: BM(NH) 35963, an imperfect left

mandible with all cheek teeth.

Locality: Gowrie, Queensland,

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—Lydekker (1887; 217) included this species in Mf.

anak, now Protemnodon anak; see Bartholomai (1973: 318),

Protemnodon roechus Owen, 1874,

Phil. Trans., 164: 281, pl, 27 (10-13).

Plastotype: SAM, P.18128.

Original: BM(NH) 35968, anterior part of left

mandible with Ps-Ms.

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE 8, AUST, MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS

Locality: Gowrie, Queensland,

Formation; “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—Lydekker (1887) and others, transferred this to

Maeropus, but this has since been reversed, See Stirton (1963),

Bartholomai (1973).

Sthenurus brehas Owen, 1374.

Phil. Trans., 164; 272, pl. 27 (5-6).

Plastotype: SAM, P.13126.

Original: BM(NH) 43303a, an imperfect palate

with M!-M? of both sides.

Locality: Wellington Valley, New South Wales.

Formation: Cave earth,

Age; Pleistocene.

REMARKS—The species was transferred to Macropus by

Lydekker (1887: 209), and to Protemnoden brehus (Owen) by

Stirton (1963: 141),

Sthenurus minor Owen, 1877,

Proe. Zool. Soe, W877: 353, pl. 37, 38 (1-3),

Plastotype: SAM. P.i3120.

Original: BM(NH) 48409, an imperfect palate.

Locality; County Phillip, New South Wales,

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene.

Remarks—This species was transferred to Macrapus by

Lydekker (1887; 218) although the name was already occupied

by Macropus minar Shaw, 1800. Bartholomai (1967; 22) used

this specimen as type for Trapesedon miner (Owen),

Sthenurus occidentalis Glauert, 1910.

Rec. W, Aust, Mus., 1: 31-36, pl, 5 (6-7),

Plastotype: SAM. P,13662.,

Original: WAM 60.10.2, left and right mandibles,

Locality: Mammoth Cave, near Margaret River,

south-western Western Australia.

Formation: Cave earth,

Age: Pleistocene, 37 000 yrs. B.P.

Remanks—See also Tedford (1966; 33-39).

Troposodon minor (Owen, 1877). See Sthenurus

minor Owen.

Family Diprotodontidae

Euryzygoma dunense (de Vis, 1888). See Noto-

therium mifchelli Owen,

Kolopsis torus Woodburne, 1967,

Bur. Miner, Resour. Bull., 87; 139-148,

Plastotype: SAM, P,18116, skull.

Original; CPC 6747.

Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry). 65 km

south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern

Northern Territory,

Formation; Waite Formation,

Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna.

217

Nototherium mitchelli Owen, 1845-

Rept. Brit. Ass. Adv, Sci., York, 1844; 232, Cat,

Fass, Manim, & Aves Mus. R. Coll. Surg.:

316.

Plastoplesiotype: SAM, P.18122,

Original: BM(NH) 43523, a left mandible with

M.-M,.—a _ plesiotype. Figured by Owen,

1872, Phil. Trans., 164: pl. 11.

Locality; Queensland.

Formation: “‘alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocene?

Remarks—Woods (1968: 115) referred this specimen to

Burysyeoma dunense (de Vis).

Palorchestes painei Woodburne, 1967.

Bur. Miner. Resour. Bull., 87: 107-124.

Plastotype; SAM, P,18118, skull,

Original: CPC 6752.

Locality; UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry), 6-5 km

south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern

Northern Territory.

Formation: Waite Formation.

Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna,

Plaisiodon centralis Woodburne, 1967.

Bur, Miner, Resour, Bull., 87; 149-159,

Plastotype: SAM, P.18119, skull.

Original: CPC 6748.

Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry). 6-5 km

south-west of Aleoota Homestead, southern

Northern Territory.

Formation: Waite Formation.

Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna,

Pyramios alcootense Woodburne, 1967.

Bur, Miner, Resour, Bull., 87: 125-138.

Plastotype: SAM. P.18117, skull.

Original; CPC 6749,

Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry), 6:5 km

south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern

Northern Territory,

Formation; Waite Formation,

Ave: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna,

Zygomaturus trilobus Owen, 1859 (non Macleay,

1857).

Quart. J. Geol. Soe. Lond., 15: 168.

Plastotype: SAM, P.18121,

Original; AM, F4635, an almost-perfect cranium,

Locality: King’s Creek, a tributary to the

Condamine River, eastern Darling Downs,

Queensland.

Formation: “alluvial drift’.

Age: Pleistocenc.

RemMarKs—For a comprehensive resume of the vicissitudes of

this taxon, see Stirton (1967; 133-134),

REFERENCES

Bartholomai, A. 167, Trupusedon. a new genus of Tossil

MS achiral (Marsupialia). Adem, Old. Miis., 15 (Lys

Bartholomar, A., 1973. ‘The genus Proremiaden Owen

(Marsupialia: = Mueropodidae) in the Upper Cainozoic

deposits of Queensland, Men. Gli, Afus., 16 (3); 309-363,

pls. 9-23,

Bartholomai, A., L975. The genis Macropus Shaw (Maretiplatia,

Macrapodidae) in the Upper Cainozoie deposits of

Oucensland. Mvnn Old. Mus. U7 (2)> 195-235, pls, 7-26,

Qutler, W. Hand Merrilees, D., 1971. Rennins of Poterons

plafvens (Marsupialia, Macropudidae) and other mianmmals

from Bremer Bay. Western Australia. Jor. Ro Soe. He.

Aust, 54 (2)z 5358.

Campbell, C. R., 1973. A new species of Troposurdou

Bartholomai; from the arly Pleistocene Kanuka fauna,

South Australia (Mavropodinac, Marsupialia). Ree. 8.

Aust. Mas., if (3): 1-18.

Clemens, W. A. atid Plane, M,, 1974, MidePertiary Thyla-

caleonidae (Marsupialia, Mammalia). /ow, Paleanral,, 48

(4): 652-060.

Colbert, E, H. and Merrilees, D., 1967. Cretaceous dinosaur

footprints from Western Australia. Jane. Ro See Mes lasts,

SO (1): 21-25,

de Vis, C. W., 1884. The Moa (Dinornis) in Australia. Proe, R,

Sve, Gli, 1; 23-28, pls, 3, 4.

de Vis. C. W., 1888. On wsupposed new species of Natotherium.

Proce. Linn, Soe. NS. Wales, (2) 2, 1065-1070-

de Vis, CO W., 1894. Part E. Bird remains from the Warburton

River. fv Etheridge, R, Je. Official contributions to the

palaeontology of South Australia, No. 6, Vetebrate (sic)

remains from the Warburton or Diamentina River Aan.

Rept. Gavi. Gealozist for year ending June, 1894 (South

Aust)! 21, pl 25, 6).

de Vis, C W., 1905. A contribution te the kjowledae of the

extincl qvilauna of Australia. la Ghd. Muy, @: 3-25,

pls, J-1X,

Finlayson, H, H., 1938. A new species of Potorous (Marstipialia)

from a cave deposit on Kangaroo Island, South Austratia,

Tres. Ry Soe 8S, Aust 62 (1) 132-140,

Gill, EF, D,, 1957. The atratizraphical occurrence and palaeo-

cology of some Australian Tertiary marsupials. Mem,

Nar. Mis, Melb. 242 135203,

Gill, F.1D, 1973, Geology und geomorphology oF the Murray

River region hetween Mildura and Renmark, Australia.

Mem, Nat, Mas, ¥iet,, 34; 1-98, pls. 1-11.

Glessner, M. F., 1955. Pelagic fossils (Aturia. Penguins,

Whales) trom the Tertiary of South Austria, Ree i§,

Aust. Mus., VL (4): 453-272, ply 34-36,

Glauert, £., 1910. Sthenurus aceidentalis (Glauert) Ge,

Stare. WW Ayst, Bull. 36: 53-69.

Hal), T. 8, 191]. On the systematic position of the species of

Squalodon and Zeuglodon deseribed (ron. Australia and

New Zealand. Prac. Ro Soe, Pie, 23 (n.s.)' 257-265, pl,

Hecht, M, &., 1975, The morphology and relationships of the

largest Known terrestrial lizard, Adesalania prisca Owen.

from. the Pleistocene of Australia. Prac. Ro Sve. bier, 87

(2); 239-250, pls, 17, 18.

Jenkins, R. J, P1974. A new giant penguin from the Eocene of

Australia, Palaeatolory V7 (2): 291-310. ply, 47-39.

Ludbrook, N. H., 1967, Correlations of Tertiary rocks of

the Australasian region. i Hara (ed), “ith Pacific

Science Congress, Tokyo, 1966, Symposium No, 25, Tert-

lary Correkations and climatic changes in the Pacifie’ > 7-19.

Sasaki Printing & Publ. Co. Ltd., Sendai, Japan,

Lydekker, R., (887. Calalogue of ihe Fossil Mammalia in ibe

British Museum (Natural History) Part Vz xyxy +

345 pp.

Lydekker, R.. PB89_. Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and

Amphibia in the British Museum (Natural Wistory) Pare

1U Chelonia. xviii — 239 pp.

Marshall, L., 1973. Fossil vertebrate faunas from the Lake

Victoria region, south-west New Sourh Wales, Australia.

Mem. Nal. Mus, Viet., 34> 151-172, pls, 14-16.

REC. 8. AUST, MUS,

17 (7-12)2 169-219 September, VW76

Miller, AH. 1963. ‘The fossil flamingos of Australia, Conder,

AS: 219-299

Miller, A. Uf, 1963, Fossil Ralite Birds of the Late Tenthury of

Australia, Ree. 8S. dusr Mus. 14 (3): 413-420.

Miller, A. H., 1966. The [ossil pelicans of Australia

Qld. Muy. 14 (5): 181-190,

Owen, R., E83, jn Milchell, T. Lc Three expeditions to the

interior oF easleen Australia, ete, by xv, xis, Fly 350-366.

Owen, KR. 1845a- Report on the extincl mammals of Australia

with deseriptions of certain fossils indicative of the former

existence in that continent of large marsupial representatives

of (he omler Pachydermata, Repe, Bra, Ass, Ady, Sei

York, 1844: 223-240.

Owen, BR. (8456, Deseriptive and illustrated catalogue of the

fossil organic remains of Mummalia and Aves cantained

in ihe Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of

England, Lopdon, (Marsuplals: 291-336),

Owen, R., 1846, 7 Waterhouse, G. Rs A natural histary of

the Mamnialia. t. Marsupiata, London.

Owen, R., 18594. On some outline drawings and photographs

of the skull of Avgamaturus trilubuy (Macleay) from

Australia. Quart, Jour. Geol. Sive., 15: 168-176,

Owen, R,, 1859b. “Palacontology”. Eneyelopaedia Britannica,

Sth ediuun, XV 175.

Owen, KR. 1872u. On the fossil miammuls of Australia, ¥.

Genus. Nototheriam, Owen, Phil, Trams, 162: 41-62.

Owen, R,, 1872b. On the fossil mammals of Australia, Vil,

Genus Phascolomys; Species exceeding the existing ones

in-size. (hfe, 1622 241-258.

Owen, R., [874a. On the fossil mammals of Australia. VA

Family Macropodidae: Genera Macropus, Osphranter,

Phascolagus, Sthenurds, and Proveninodon, Jhid., 164:

245-287,

Owen. R.. 1874b. On the fossil mammals of Australia. OX.

Family Macropodidue: Genera Muvropus, Pachysiagon,

Leptosiagon, Procoptadon, and Palorchestes. Jbid , 164)

783-803,

Owen, R. 18740. On Dineriiy (Part NIM): containing a

description of a femur indicative of a new Genus of large

Wingless Birds (Dromornry aystrafis, Qwen) Irom a post-

tertiary deposit m Queensland, Australia. Fras, Zou),

Sues, 4 381-384,

Owen, R., [877a. Researches on the fossil rentains of the

ixtine? Mammals af Australia. London. 1 vol. text, f vol.

plates.

Owen, R., 1877b. Ona new species of Sthenurus, with remarks

on the relation of the genus to Dorcopsis, Maller, Proc.

Zao. Sac, Lined, W877: 452-361.

Owen, Ri, 1879, On Dinvrais (Par! MND); containing a restora-

tion of the skeleton of Dinurnis maximus, Qwen, With an

uppendix, on additional evidence of the genus Dreantarnis

in Australia. Trans. Zool, Soe,, W: 147.188, pl. 34.

Owen. R., 188la. Description of some remains of the gigantic

land-lizard (Megalatia prisea, Owen), (rom Australia

Part We PAI. Trams. V712 1037-1050, pls. 34-38.

Owen, KR. 188lb. Description of some remains of the gigantic

land-lizard (Meealania prixca, Owen). from Australia.

Part Il. Phil. Trans., 172 (2): 547-556, pls. 64-66.

Pledge, N. S., 1967. Fossil Elusmobranch teeth of South

Australia and their stratigraphic distribution. Tras RF

Sue, 8. Ayyi, ES €35-160, 4 pls,

Ride, W. DB. L., 1964, A review of Australian fossil narsupials.

Jour R. Soe. We, Aust., AT (4)s 97-131.

Ride, W. BD. Li, 1967. On Sceparnodon ramsey) Gwen, 884°

the selection of a leetorype. the clarification of its type

locality, and on its identity with Pheseolaunus givas (Owen,

(M5U). Ree. S. Abst. Mus. 18 (3): 419-425.

Ride, W. D, L., 1970. A guide to the Native Mammals of

Australia, Oxford Univ. Press (Melbourne ete,): xiv |

249 pp.

Sanger, FB. 1881. On a molar tooth of Zooglodon from the

Tertiary beds of the Murray River near Wellingion. Prac.

Linn, Soe. NS. Weales, Ss 298-300,

Searlett, R, J, 1969, On the alleged Queensland moa, Dinorars

queenslandiae de Vis, Mem. Qld. Mus.: V5 (3): 207-212.

Alenr,

VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN

Serventy, D. L., Condon, H. T., & Mayr, E., 1965: Droniaius

Vieillot, 1816 (Aves): proposed addition to the official

list. Z.N.A(S.) 1668. Bull. zoal. Nomencl., 22 (1): 63-65.

Simpson, G. G., 1930. Post-Mesozoic Marsupialia. Fossiliun

Catalogus. |. Animalia, 47: 1-87.

Sinnoit, P. J., 1973. Chemical methods used for determination

of fluorine, phosphorus and nitrogen in fossil bones from

west of Mildura, Australia. Ment, Nat. Mus, Vict., 34:

175-176.

Smith Woodward, A., 1888. Note on the extinct reptilian genera

Megalania, Qwen, and Meiolania, Owen. Ann. Mag,

Nat, Hist,, ser. 6, 1: 85-89.

Spencer, B., 1900. A description of W’yayardia bassiana, a fossil

marsupial from the Tertiary beds of Table Cape, Tasmania.

Prac, Zoal. Soc. London., 1900: 776-795.

Stirling, E. C., 1913. Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. TV,,

pt. 2. On the identity of Phascolomys (Phascolonus) gigas

Owen, and Sceparnedon ramsayi Owen, with a description

of some of its remains. Mem. R. Soc. S, Aust., 1 (4): 127-

178.

Stirling, E..C. & Zictz, A. H.C., 1896, Preliminary notes on

Genyornis newtoni; anew genus and species of fossil struth-

ious bird found at Lake Callabonna, South Australia.

Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust., 20: 171-190.

Stirling, E. C., & Zietz, A. H. C., 1896. Description of the

Bones of the Leg and Foot of Genyernis newtoni, a fossil

Struthious Bird from Lake Callabonna. Trans. R. Soc. S.

Aust., 20: 191-211, pls. 3-5.

Stirling, E. C. & Zictz, A. H. C., 1899, Fossil remains of Lake

Callabonna. I. Description of the manus and pes of

Diprotodon australis. Mem, R. Soc. S. Aust., 1; 1-40,

Stirling, BE. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1900, Fossil remains of Lake

Callabonna. Part I. 1. Genyornis newtoni. A new genus

and species of fossil Struthious bird. Ment. R. Soc. S. Aust.,

1(2): 41-80, pls. 19-24.

Stirling, E. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1905. Fossil remains of Lake

Callabonna. Part J. Description of the vertebrae of

Genyornis newtoni, Ibid., 1 (3): 81-110, pls. 25-35.

Stirling, E. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1913. Fossil remains of Lake

Callabonna. Part IV. 1. Description of some further

remains of Genyornis newtoni. Ibid., 1 (4); 111-126, pls.

36-39.

THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YVI FOSSILS 219

Stirton, R. A., 1955. Late Tertiary marsupials from South

Australia, Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 9 (3): 247-268.

Stirton, R. A., 1957, A new koala from the Pliocene Palan-

karinna fauna of South Australia. Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 13

(1): 71-81.

Stirton, R. A., 1963. A review of the macropodid genus

Protemnodon. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 44 (2): 97-162.

Stirton, R. A., 1967a. The Diprotodontidae from the

Ngapakaldi fauna, South Australia. Bur. Min. Resour.,

Buill., 85: 1-44.

Stirton, R. A., 1967b. A diprotodontid from the Miocene

Kutjamarpu fauna. hid: 45-51.

Stirton, R. A., 1967c. A new species of Zygomaturus and

additional observations on Meniscolophus, Pliocene

Palankarinna fauna, South Australia. /bid.: 129-147.

Stirton, R. A., Tedford, R. H. & Woodburne, M. O,, 1967. A

new Tertiary formation and fauna from the Tirari Desert,

South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 15 (3): 427-462.

Tedford, R. H., 1966. A review of the Macropodid genus

Sthenurus. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 57: 72 pp.

Tedford, R. H., 1967. The fossil Macropodidae from Lake

Menindee, New South Wales. Univ, Calif. Publ, Geol.

Sci., 64: 165 pp.

van Tets, G. F., 1974, A revision of the fossil Megapodidae

(Aves), including a description of a new species of Progura

de Vis. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 98 (4): 213-224.

Wade, R, T., 1953. Note on a Triassic fish fossil from Leigh

Creek, South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 76: 80-81.

Woodburne, M. O., 1967. The Alcoota fauna, Central Australia.

An integrated palacontological and geological study, Bur.

Min. Resour,, Bull,, 87: 1-187.

Woodburne, M. O, & Tedford, R. H., 1975. The first Tertiary

Monotreme from Australia. dimer. Mus. Novitates, No,

2588, 11 pp.

Woods, J. T., 1968. The identity of the extinct marsupial genus

Notatherium Owen. Mem, Qld. Mus., 15 (2): 111-116,

pls. 13-14.

Zietz, A., 1899. Notes upon some fossil Reptilian remains

from the Warburton River, near Lake Eyre. Trans, R. Soe.

S. Aust., 232 208-210.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

THE DERMAPTERA OF

THE NEW HEBRIDES

By A. BRINDLE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 13

lst December, 1976

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

BY A. BRINDLE

Summary

The present paper is mainly based on two collections of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides, the

first lodged in the South Australian Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to these islands, and consisting

of 118 specimens resulting from the 1971 Royal Society of London — Museum, in which the South

Australian Museum participated.

The second belongs to the B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, and consists of 189 specimens

collected over a number of years. A few additional specimens of Dermaptera from these islands

belonging to the British Museum (Natural History) have also been examined, some being those

recorded in Hincks (1952). All previous records of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides known to

the present author are included, and two previous records are rejected — that of 7itanolabis colossea

(Dohrn) in Dohrn (1864), and that of Labia canaca (Burr) in Burr (1908).

Keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera and species and a total of 16 species are now

recorded, of which three are new and are described, The composition of the Dermaptera fauna of

the islands is discussed and comparisons made between this fauna and those of other groups of

islands in the area of the Western Pacific and the Papuan Region.

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

By A, BRINDLE

Manchester Museum

ABSTRACT

BRINDLE_A, 1976. The Derotuptera of the New Hebrides,

Rec. 3. Anyt. Mus. 17 (13), 221-238,

The present paper is mainly based on two

collections of Dermaptera trom the New

Hebrides, the first lodged in the South Australian

Percy Sladen Trust Expedition ta these islands

ing from the 1971 Royal Society of London—

Museum, and consisting of 118 specimens result-

in which the South Australian Museum partici-

pated. The second belongs to the B.P. Bishop

Museuin, Honolulu, and consists of 189 speci-

mens collected over a number of years, A few

udditional specimens of Dermaptera from these

islands belonging to the British Museum (Natural

History) have also been examined, some being

those recorded in Hincks (1952). All previous

records of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides

known to the present author ure included, and

Iwo previous records are rejected—that of

Titanolabiy colossea (Dohrn) in Dohrn (1864),

and that of Labia canaca Burr in Burr (1908),

Keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera

and species and a total of 16 species are now

recorded, of which three are new and are

described. The composition of the Dermaptera

fauna of the islands is discussed and comparisons

made between this fauna and those of other

groups of islands in the area of the Western

Pacific and the Papuan Region,

INTRODUCTION

The first survey of known records of

Dermaptera from the New Hebrides is ihat of

Hincks (1938) in which three species were

listed, one.of which, Titanolahis colossea (Dohrn)

was thought to be doubtful. Four additional

Species were recorded in Hincks (1947) and

another species in Rehn (1948), Hincks (1952)

examined a series of 77 specimens of Dermaptera

collected in the New Hebrides by Miss L. E.

Cheesman, and added six species to the fauna.

Of the fourteen species thus recorded, however,

the record of Tiranolahis colossea is rejected:

Dohrn (1864) listed the localities of colosyea as

Australia. New Caledonia, New Hebrides, and

Fiji, but the location of any specimen is doubiful.

There are large species of Anfsolabis in New

Caledonia which could be mistaken for colossed,

yt Decenther, 1976.

but they are not conspecific, nor congeneric with

it. No large species of this family have since

been recorded from the New Hebrides nor from

Fiji, but the location of any specimen is doubtful.

to Australia, where, if correctly recognised, it

attains a considerable size, and is almost the

largest of existing carwigs. The names Prolabja

arachidis. (Yersin) and Marava wallace: (Dohrn),

listed in Hincks (1952) are now known to refer

to forms of the same species. (Hineks 1954), One

species was only named to genus (Labia sp.,

Hincks, 1952), and the reference to Nesagaster

aculeatus (Bormans) in Hincks (1947) is refer-

able to N. apicalis Hincks (Hincks, 1952), The

specimen recorded as Labjq canuca Burr, by Burr

(1908) and Hincks (1938) has been examined

and is a female of one of the species described

as new in the present paper.

Recently, an expedition organised jointly by

the Royal Society of London and the Percy

Sladen Trust, which included entomologists from

the South Australian Museum and the CSIRO

Division of Soils in Adelaide, undertook a survey

of the New Hebrides; the 118 specimens of

Detmaptera resulting from the survey have been

examined by the present author. In addition

189 specimens of Dermaptera from these islands

belonging to the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu,

have been studied, These specimens are recorded

in the present paper, which includes all previous

records known to the author, The paper thus

attempts to provide a complete survey of the

known Dermaptera of the New Hebrides, and

keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera,

and species represented, Notes on the com-

position of the fauna and comparison of this

with those or other groups of islands in the

Western Pacific and in the Papuan Region are

included, A total of 16 species are now known

from the New Hebrides, of which three are

described us new.

My sincere thanks are due to Mr. G, F, Gross.

of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, and

to Dr. J. Linsley Gressitt, of the B.P. Bishop

Museum, Honolulu, for the opportunity to

examine the respective collections of Dermaptera

under their care. I am also indebted to Dr.

D, R, Ragge and Mrs, J. Marshall for freely

granted facilities in examining specimens -of

Dermaptera in the British Museum (Natural

History), London.

222

The Dermaptera fauna of the New Hebrides

(Table 1) is amall, of 16 recorded species, but

it is obviously related to the fauna of other

island groups in the Western Pacilic and the

Papuan area, The Solomon Islands are the

nearest to the north-west, and the south-eastern

islands of Micronesia to the north-east. The

Fiji islands lie to the east of the New Hebrides

and the actual nearest island group to the New

Hebrides is that of New Caledonia, with its

associated Loyalty Islands. The Dermaptera

of all these islands, except for Fiji, have

recently been studied and the relationships of

the Dermaptera fauna are now better understood.

The Solomon Islands, as a group, are much

larger in area than those of the New Hebrides;

they are relatively close to New Guinea, have a

much richer fauna, and mark the eastern limit

of a number of Papuan genera, The islands of

Micronesia are smaller, widely scattered and

have 24 species, whilst New Caledonia and the

Loyalty Islands have 18 species.

All the genera recorded frorn the New Hebrides

occur in the Solomon Islands and all, except for

Sphingolabis, occur in Micronesia, but three

genera are absent from New Caledonia. This

indicates that the Dermaptera fauna of the New

Hebrides has extended from New Guinea into

the Solomon Islands and further south to the

New Hebrides, The New Hebrides have five

endemic species, (about 31 per cent of species)

which account for 18 per cent of the number of

specimens examined. The endemic species thus

form less of the population of Dermaptera than

the number of species would suggest, and this

feature is true of the Solomon Islands, and more

REC. S. AUST. MUS.,

17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976

particularly of Micronesia, In contrast the

endemic species of New Caledonia are dominant.

The influence of cosmopolitan species, however

(excluding Chelisoches morio (F.)), is niuch

less in the New Hebrides (18 per cent of species

but only 6 per cent of specimens) than in either

the Solomon Islands or Micronesia, indicating

that the New Hebrides are somewhat off the

general distribution range of the cosmopolitan

species. The term “cosmopolitan” species has

been generally used in the Dermaptera for species

with a very wide world distribution, which to

some extent may be due to accidental intro-

duction, but recent work is clarifying these

distributions and the status of some cosmopolitan

species may have to be modified. Chelisoches

morio (F.) although classed as a cosmopolitan

species, is now known to be mainly a dontinant

Pacific and Papuan species; it extends westwards

to India and Ceylon, where it is not common,

and is probably adventive in Madagascar, and

certainly adventive in Africa and elsewhere. It

is well represented in the New Hebrides, as in

Micronesia, but Jess well represented in the

Solomon Islands, and much less well represented

in New Caledonia.

There are four Australasian species recorded

from the New Hebrides, so the influence of the

Australasian fauna is clear, and these species

account for nearly one quarter of the total

specimens examined, There are also three Pacitic

species (excluding C. morjo), i,e, one Oriental-

Pacific; one Australasian-Pacific; and one entirely

western Pacific species, and these account for

about one fifth of the total number of specimens.

The position of the New Hebrides in the western

Pacific, but close to the Australasian Region,

TABLE |

DISTRIBUTION OF DERMAPTERA IN THE NEW HEBRIDES

{ Vaoua | Espirin Pente- | Male- Erro- Anel- | World

| | | bution

Carclnophoridae— | |

Carelnophorinae— |

1. Buborellie annilipes (UMC) ee gees ‘ : . ’ - x : Cos,

2 Anisolabts verhoefi Zucher .---- +=. 45 x % x x * x x Aus.

Brachylabyinie | |

3, Brachplabis cordate apne... 22 ees x . End,

Labiidac —

Nesogustrinae—

4. Neyogaster apicalis Hincks... 6... 0.64. x Be | ae ‘ x - . Aus,

S. N_ baker? Wineks.,.\---- ale . x x x x x x x End,

Sparattinae—

6. Auetenanius isularix spteey coos nya . x | End,

Labiinue—

7. Chaetolabig staneri (Cxudelds ss soe geey ' . i ' . x , Pac,

B.C. dentata spn, 2 sca renee : . x ' : x x End.

9% Labia curvieauda (Motschulsky) : x : x x Cos.

LO, L. bitubrrenlata Brindle uy a » . - ; x : 7 Aus,

IL. Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Barewins) ~~~ | * x x x x | * * x oO-P

Spongiphorinae - : |

2. Murava arachidis (Versin) ........--. | x | ‘ ' x x , Cas.

13, M, fete (Borris) - <<. 1 er eee ee ee x ‘ ' - “ t ' Aus,

Cheliseehidac— |

14 Chelisuches morio (Fabricius) ,...--... x x x x x x K x x Cos.

15, ©. eheesmuanae Hincks --.-- -.--- 1-5 x 5 2 . t » - : End.

16, Hapiaxas aiwrarufuy (Burr) oo. --- -) ‘ xX x x A?

Aus. -- Australian Cas, — Cosmopolitan A-P > Australisiun-Pycific O-P Oriental-Pacific Pac. = Pavifie End. = Endemic

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 223

could be expected to produce a balance between

the Australasian and Pacific fauna, and this is

the type of Dermaptera fauna found in the New

Hebrides.

Key to families and subfamilies

[. Blytra and wings completely absent; male genitalia with

two distal lobes, one directed backwards and one

directed forwards al rest (Fig 2) (CGarcinaphoridue) 2

At. least elytra present, wings aften visible; mule genitalia

with uo single median distal lobe (Fig, 26) ., 2, 3

2. First antennal segment shorter than the distance between

the antennal buses: body depressed, not fusiform:

branches of forceps of both sexes trigonal at bases,

with a short dorsal ridge on cach; mule forceps

asymmetrical (Fiz, 1) 2. .. Carcinophorinae

First antennal segment longer than the distance between

the antennal bases; body less depressed, fusiform:

branches of forceps of both sexes cylindrical, not

trigonal at bases, and synimetrical (Fig, 5)

Brachylabiinue

4. Second tarsal segment prolonged beneath third (distal)

segment iis a narrow lobe, male genitalia with two

dark paired sclerites associated with the virea (Fiz, 24)

Chelisochidue

Second tarsal segment simple; male genitalia without

two dark paired sclerites bul often with a complex

arrangement of denticulations and sclerites associated

with (he virga (Labiidae) ., se'wodelmcios salad

4, Head flat; body strongly depressed; first antennal segmenl.

as long as distance between thé antennal bases or

almost so; pronotum narrowed anteriorly, forming a

distinct neck (Fig. 28) .. .. _. .. Sparattinae

Head normally convex: body less depressed} first antennal

segment shorter than the distance belween the antennal

bases: pronotun: withoul such a distinct neck .., 5

5. Buch elytron with a distinct lateral longitudinal ridge

(Fig. 6) . we tfelote a: Nesogastrinue

Elytra without such mdges .. 0... 2 0, we ee

6. Third antennal segment shorter than fifth: elytra usually

punctured and pubescent. - .. 2... Labiinge

Third antennal segment longer than fifth or almost so;

cly(ra glabrous and impunctate .. .. Spongiphorinae

CARCINOPHORIDAE

A large family, poorly represented in the

Pacific and in the Australasian Region, the

species being typically dark coloured apterous

earwigs with short forceps, those of the male

often being asymmetrical. A minority of species

have rudimentary elytra and sometimes both

elytra and wings ure fully developed. Two

subfamilies are now recorded from the New

Hebrides.

CARCINOPHORINAE

The Jargest subfamily, the species having

tather short basal antennal segments, a depressed

body, relatively short legs, and often a shining

and more or less glabrous cuticle, The punctu-

ration of the abdominal tergites may be stronger

in the males than in the females, and a frequent

feature of the males is the presence of well

defined lateral longitudinal ridges on the posterior

abdominal tergites, one ridge occurring on each

side of a tergite; a dorso-median longitudinal

ridge may also be present on the last (tenth)

tergite, The penultimate sternite may have the

apex excised in males but not in the females.

The determination of the species is based on

the male genitalia, and there are few suitable

external characters.

Key ta genera aid species

L. Parameres of male genitalia about as broad as Jong: eich

distal lobe of genitalia without a visible virga and

Wilh denticulated pads. Male penultimate sternite not

excised ut apex... 2, Buborellia annulipes (Lucas)

Parameres of male genitalia long and slender, much

longer than broad; each distal lobe of genitalin with

a visible virga, but without denticulaled pads (Fig. 2).

Male penultimate sternite excised at apex (Fig. 4)

Anisolabis venhoe(fi Zacher

Euborellia annulipes (Lucas)

Forficesila annulipes Lucas, 1847. 4nn. Soc. ent.

France (2) 5: 84 (Paris, introduced).

Anisolabis annulipes (Lucas): 19{1,

Genera Insectorum 122: 29.

Burr,

Euborellia annulipes (Lucas): Burr, 1915, J/. R,

Mier. Soe. 1915: 545.

Anisolabis annulipes (Lucas): Rehn, 1948,

Trans. Am, eat. Soc. 74: 160 (Erromanga).

A rather small blackish, shining species, legs

yellow with femora usually banded with blackish;

antennae brown or dark brown, one or more

distal segments white. Head transverse, eyes

small, pronotiim more or less as broad as long,

wider posteriorly; elytra and wings completely

absent. Penultimate sternite of male with apex

rounded. Forceps short, trigonal at base, those

of male rather asymmetrical, those of female

symmetrical,

Length of body 8-11 mm, forceps 1-1-5 mm.

World distribution: Cosmopolitan; occurs in

all faunal Regions, often as an adventive.

Remarks; The above record of Rehn (1948)

appears to be the only one from the New

Hebrides, and may possibly be due to confusion

with Anisolabis verhoeffi, which is superficially

similar to B. annulipes.

Location of type:

Holotype ¢ in Paris museam.

REC. §,

Anisolabis yerhoeffi. Zacher

Figs. 1-4

Anisolabis verhoelfi Zacher, 1911, Zool. Jb, 30:

374 (Bismarck Archipelago).

Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher: Hincks, 1947,

Entomologist’s mon, mag. 83: 65 (Espiritu

Santo}.

Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher: Hincks, 1952, Amn.

Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5S: 200 (Espiritu

Santo; Malekula),

Dark brown to blackish, antennae dark brown,

sometimes with one or more distal segments

pale yellow or whitish; legs yellowish, femora

usually darkened for basal half, Head, and

thoracic nota impunctate, glabrous, abdominal

tergites sparsely and finely punctured and pubes-

cent,

Male (Fig. 1): Head transverse, tumid, eyes

small. Pronotum strongly transverse, more or

less rectangular; elytra and wings completely

absent; abdomen broad, depressed, tergites 6-9

with latecal ridges, those on sixth tergite extend-

ing for distal half only, those on ninth tergite

also short, but those on seventh and eighth

tergites almost complete; last tergite with a dorso-

median ridge towards each side, the ridge curved

medially posteriorly, and posterior part of tergite

depressed; penultimate sternite with apex con-

cave, the lobes pointed (Fig, 4). Branches of

forceps trigonal at base, cylindrical distally, those

of male often asymmetrical (Fig, 1) or almost

symmetrical, thase of female symmetrical and

straighter. Genitalia of male with two basal

penes, parameres long with a median darker

membraneous flap, virga narrow and long (Fig.

2); slight variations in the exact shape of the

parameres occur in genital mounts due to slight

distortion (Fig. 3).

Length of body 7-9 mn,

1-75 mm,

forceps 1°25-

World distribution:

and New Hebrides,

Bismarck Archipelago

Remarks: Specimens of A. verhoeffi from the

original area (Bismarck Archipelago) in the

British Museum (Natural History) have recently

been examined, and appear to be conspecific

with the present specimens from the New

Hebrides. The species is variable in general

appearance and colour, but all the males

examined have the same type of excision in the

penultimate sternite whilst the male genitalia

are identical. A. verhoeffi is closely similar to

A horvathi Bure from New Guinea, A. bifida

Brindle from the Solomon Islands, and A,

AUST. MUS,,

17 (13)s 221-238 November, 1976

minutissima Brindle from the Western Caroline

islands. The latter two species have a less

excised male penultimate sternite, although in

verhoeffi the pointed lobes tend to curl dorsally

and may seem blunt at first sight. The males of

A. horvathi and A. bifida have lateral longi-

tudinal ridges on abdominal tergites 7-9,

whilst both A, minutissime and A. verhoeffi have

similar ridges on abdominal tergites 6-9, the

ridges on both tergites 6 and 9 being short.

A. minuiissima is smaller in body length (6 mm)

than verhoeffi (7-9 mm) and the puncturation

and pubescence of the tergites of the latter

species are much more sparse than in the former.

The male genitalia of these four species are

similar in structure and differ only in minor

details,

Location of type:

é in Berlin museum.

Material examined:

ESPIRITU SANTO: From litter, flat terrace,

E bank Apuna River Campsite No. 2.

10 km SSW of Malau village, Big Bay area,

27.VIIL.1971, 1 ¢, 2 laryae, J, C. Buckerficld;

terrace of Apuna River, 15° 13’ §, 166" 50°

E, lowland rainforest, Coll. No, NH 49,

13.1X.1971, 1%, 1 larva, K, BE. Lee (SAM).

MAEWO: Above Nasaua, 180 + mm,

4,1X.1958, 1¢, B, Malkin (BISHOP).

AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 2¢, B,

Malkin (BISHOP).

MALEKULA: SW Malekula, 16° 28’ 5S,

167° 27° E, mesophyll rainforest, Coll, No.

NH 68, 11.X.1971, 12%, 3 larvae, K. EB, Lee;

SW Bay, 16° 29’ S, 167° 26’ E, disturbed forest

grazed by cattle, Coll. No. NH 63, 22, L larva,

K. E. Lee; SW Malekula, 16° 28’ S, 167° 27’ BE,

Meso-noto vine forest, NH 67, 11.%,1971, 18,

2 Jarvae. K, BE, Lee; SW Malekula, 16° 29° S,

167° 27’ B, cocoa plantations with some coco-

nuts, Coll. Na. NH 69, 13.X.1971, 14, | larva,

K. E, Lee, (SAM).

EFATE: From litter, terrace surface in ridge,

400 m, down ridge from Narabut Camp site,

2 VIE1971, 1 larva, J, C. Buckertield; SE Efate,

17° 45° S, 168° 24’ B, coastal forest on recently

raised beach, NH 19, 13.VILJ971, 1 larva,

K. E. Lee. (SAM).

ERROMANGA: From Pandanus epiphytes,

2 km NNE of Nuankau River bridge on

secondary milling road, 10 km WSW of Tpotak,

4.VH1,1971, 1%, K. E. Lee; $8, Erromanga,

18° 53° S, 169° 12’ E, Agathis-Calophyllum

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 225

| 3 4

Figs. 1-4, Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher—1, male—2, male genitalia—3, male parameres—4, male penultimate

sternite. Fig. 5, Brachylabis cordata, sp.n., female. (DL—distal lobe; P=paramere; PE—penis; V=virga).

226

high canopy rainforest, Coll, No. NH 33, Coll.

No. NH 34, 42, 29. 4 larvae, K. E. Lee;

S. Erromanga, 18° 54’ S, 169° 11’ E, Agathis

forest, Coll. No. NH 35, 7,VUL1971, 2 larvae,

kK, E. Lee (SAM).

ANEITYUM: SW Ancityum, 20° 15° 8,

169° 46° B, fire-induced grassland, Imperata

dominant, Coll, No. NH 27, 23,VIL1971, 1 very

small larva, K. B. Lee (SAM).

The last recorded specimen has not been

definitely named as this species but is thought

to belong here, and the two larvae in the last

record for Erromanga may not belong to this

species although they appear to be Carcino-

phorine, One of these larvae has been removed

and dried and appears to differ fram the rest in

the degree of puncturation and sculpture of the

cuticle. These specimens are provisionally

assigned to this species.

BRACHYLABLINAE

This subfamily is characterised by the long

first antennal segment, the fusiform abdomen

and by the relatively long legs; the cuticle may

be shining, often punctured, sometimes very

strongly so, or may be rugose and dull, often

strongly pubescent, the forceps of both sexes

are often similar, almost always cylindrical, and

relatively slender.

No representative of this subfamily has pre-

viously been recorded from the New Hebrides,

but a single female specimen is in the present

material and is placed in the genus Brachylabis

Dohrn.

Birachylabis cordata sp.n.

Fig. 5

Black, posterior parts of tergites of abdomen

with a reddish tint; lateral margins of pronotum

yellow; antennae blackish, segment 10 (last in

type) somewhat paler; legs yellowish-brown,

femora vaguely darkened; forceps dark red.

Cuticle rugose, rather shining, with rather sparse,

relatively long but fine yellow hairs, more con-

spicuous laterally on abdomen.

Female (Fig- 5): Head transverse, almost

cordiform in shape; eyes small. Antennae 10-

segmented in type, first segment long, second

transverse, third segment four times as long as

broad, evenly widened distally, fourth segment

one and half times as long as broad, fifth

segment one and three-quarters as log as broad,

sixth twice as Jong as broad; distal segments

shorter and relatively wider than basal segments.

Pronotum strongly transverse, slightly widened

posteriorly, margins more or less straight; an

impressed smooth fine occurs medially on

REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (13):

221-238 Novemher, 1976

anterior half, with short similar lines on each

side. Mesonotum broad, with a broad lateral

fold at base but without lateral Jongitudinal

ridges. Only two first legs and right median

leg present in type.

Abdomen fusiform, scarcely depressed, last

tergite small; each branch of forceps very short,

cylindrical, wider at base. apex slender and

curved,

Length of body 7 mm, forceps 1 mm,

Remarks: The description of a species on a

single female is usually not desirable in the

Dermuptera, where the taxonomy is so largely

based on the male genitalia. In the Brachy-

jabiinae, however, the sexes are almost always

similar, although the male forceps may be more

strongly curved than those of the female, so

that the male can be recognised from the des-

cription of a female. The external taxonomic

characters are usually good in this subfamily,

unlike those in the Carcinophorinae, where

isolated females cannot be identified with any

certainty, The structure of the male genitalia

is still necessary to place the species without

doubt in a genus, but at present the present

author has been placing ull new species in the

genus Brachylabis, pending a revision of the

World species of the subfamily.

RB. cordata, however, is so closely sitnilar in

external characters to Bruchylabiy greensladei

Brindle from the Solomon [Islands and Micro-

nesia, and to Brachylabis yaloma Ramamurthi

from New Britain, that it seems possible that all

are congenerio. There are sufficient external

differences to separate these three species, so if

has been thought desirable to name the species

and describe it us new. These three species

may be separated as follows:—

1. Pronotum jonger than bread; body length 8-5 mm,

New Britain . ; yalomea Ramanvuethi

Promotium transverse». 22 2 ee ee ee ey

2. Pronoium less sirongly transverse, patio of length to

width 17:9. Antennae dark brown with two ar more

distal segments white, ralia of segments 4, 5. 6 =

1:1°25:1°5. Smaller species, body length 5-6°5 minv

ercensladei Brindle

Pronolum more strongly transverse, ratio af length to

width 12:5:9. Antennae blackish, ulmnast unicoloraus,

ratio of segments 4, 5, 6 = 15:1:75:2. Larger

species, body length 7 mm -. cordata 8.7,

Location af type:

Holotype ¢, ESPIRITU SANTO: Nokoyula,

Mt, Tabwemasana track, 1 325 m, 15° 22° 8,

166° 44 E, Coll. No. NH 47, ex. Jitter.

4,1X.197], K. BE. Lee (SAM),

Material examined: The type only.

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

LABIIDAE

A large family, mainly of small species, and

characterised by the simple second tarsal segment

and by the male genitalia having a single distal

lobe and virga. Represented in all faunal

Regions. Four subfamilies are represented in

the New Hebrides, with ten species, four being

endemic, and of these three are described as new

species.

NESOGASTRINAE

This subfamily includes the single Indo-

Australian genus Nesogaster Verhoeff, which is

distinctive since it is the only Indo-Australian

genus in which the elytra have lateral longi-

tudinal ridges and in which the cuticle is brightly

shining and more or less glabrous. The only

other Old World genera of the Labiidae in

which lateral longitudinal ridges are present

on the elytra are Physogaster Ramamurthi and

Parapericomus Ramamurthi (Physogastrinae)

but in these genera the body and forceps have

long stiff hairs.

Key to Species

1. Larger, body length 6-8 mm; more uniformly coloured

species; male pygidium blunt at tip or with a short

narrower tip (Fig. 6); branches of female forceps

relatively shorter and broader, dorso-median ridge

(DR) at base forming two tubercles (Fig. 7)

bakeri Hincks

Smaller, body length 4-6 mm; usually more contrastingly

coloured species; male pygidium with a short wide

base, distal part slender, narrowed distally (Fig. 11);

branches of female forceps relatively longer and

narrower, dorso-median ridge (DR) at base entire

(Fig. 12) .. .. .. 6. 6. we ue 2.) apicalis Hincks

Nesogaster apicalis Hincks

Fig, 12

Nesogaster apicalis Hincks, 1951, Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist. (12) 4: 568 (Malekula, Espiritu

Santo, Banks Is., Papua).

Nesogaster apicalis Hincks: Hincks, 1952, Ann.

Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5: 201.

Nesogaster apicalis Hincks: Brindle,

Entomologist’s mon. mag. 107: 120.

Nesogaster aculeatus (Bormans): Hincks, 1947,

Entomologist’s mon. mag. 83: 66 (2, °,

Espiritu Santo).

Brown to dark reddish-brown, head reddish,

antennae and legs yellow; last abdominal seg-

ment often reddish-brown or reddish-yellow,

forceps reddish-yellow, sometimes partially

darkened medially. Cuticle brightly shining,

impunctate or almost so.

1971,

Head transverse, eyes small, antennal segments

strongly moniliform; pronotum transverse, more

227

or less rectangular; elytra short, wings absent or

concealed. Hach branch of male forceps long,

rather broad, inner margin flattened at base

and with small denticulations, and with a double-

toothed projection beyond midpoint, distal part

of branch cylindrical and curved; pygidium wide

at base, thence sharply narrowed and long (Fig.

11). Each branch of female forceps shorter and

broader, inner margin with a dorso-median

longitudinal ridge at base (Fig. 12, DR), distal

part of branch with a ventral serrated flange,

apex slender and curved (Fig. 12).

Length of body 4-6 mm, forceps 2°5 mm

(males), 1-75 mm (females).

World distribution: | New Guinea; New

Britain; Solomon Islands; and New Hebrides.

Remarks; The description and length given

above refer to the present specimens which are

rather small and more brightly coloured. Speci-

mens from other areas may be less contrastingly

coloured and larger.

Location of types:

Holotype @ and paratypes in British Museum,

paratypes in Manchester Museum.

Material examined: BANKS IS.: Vanua Lava,

Sola, 5/11.VIII.1958, 14, 2 larvae, B. Malkin

(BISHOP). ESPIRITU SANTO: Luganville,

23/28.VII.1958, 28,52, 19 larvae, B. Malkin;

Narango, 90m, June, 1960, 1°, W. W. Brandt

(BISHOP).

Nesogaster bakeri Hincks

Figs. 6, 7

Nesogaster bakeri Hincks, 1947, Entomologist’s

mon. mag. 83: 66 (Espiritu Santo).

Nesogaster bakeri Hincks; Hincks, 195 1, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) 4: 572.

Nesogaster bakeri Hincks; Hincks, 1952, Ann.

Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5: 200 (Malekula,

Espiritu Santo, Aneityum).

Dark reddish-brown, head reddish to reddish-

brown, legs yellowish-brown, femora vaguely

darkened; forceps and pygidium yellowish-brown

or with a reddish tint. Cuticle brightly shining,

abdominal tergites 4-9 of male or 4-7 of female

punctured, middle tergites more strongly

punctured than others, last tergite irregularly

punctured.

Similar in structure to apicalis, but larger,

more robust, and more uniformly coloured.

Each branch of male forceps long and broad,

with an inner tooth, basal part of branch with

a flattened inner surface on which are small

228

denticulations or crenulations; pygidium large,

long, somewhat yariable in shape but usually

broad for most of length and narrower only

near apex (Fig. 6). Each branch of fenale

forceps short and broad, excavated at base and

with a dorso-median inner ridge forming two

tuberculate-like projections (DR), distal part of

branch with a ventral inner serrated flange, apex

slender and incurved (Fig, 7).

Length of bedy 6-8 mm, _ forceps 3-5 mm

(males), 2-275 mm (females),

World distribution: New Hebrides, endemic.

Lacation of type:

Holotype ¢ in Hope Department of Ento-

mology, Oxford, England.

Material examined:

ESPIRITU SANTO: From logs and epiphytes

on crest of main ridge leading SE from Nokovula

to summit of Mt. Tabwemasana, 25 km SSW

Malau village, Big Bay area, 4,1X.1971, 12,

K. BE. Lee; Nokoyula, 1132 m, 15.1X.1971,

29, G. F. Gross; Nokovula, village, camp 4,

23 km SSW Malau Village, Big Bay, 5.1X.1971,

1°, 3. C. Buckerfield; Nokovula village, camp

4, 1128 m. 10.EX.1971, 17 (abdomen missing),

G. F. Gross (SAM), Namatasopa, 300 m,

28,VIIL.1957, 19, 2 larvae, J. L, Gressitt, above

Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIII,1957, 32, 2 larvae,

J. L. Gressitt; below Namatasopa, 250 m,

1.1X,1957, 1 larva, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP),

MAEVQ: Above Nasua, 180-++ m, 4.1X.1958,

4¢, 102, 1 larva, B- Malkin (BISHOP),

AOBA: Dundy, 6/9.1X.1958, 42, B. Malkin

(BISHOP),

PENTECOST: 200-500 m, 27.11.1964, 1%,

R. Straatman (BISHOP).

MALEKULA: From totten logs, gentle slope

on broad ridge. 8 km NNW of summit of Mt.

Yung'abalé, 45 km E of Tisvel village, 1.1971,

14, K, E, Lee (SAM); Amok, 17,1X%.1958,

12, 12, B. Malkin (BISHOP),

EFATE: Terrace surface on ridge, camp site,

Narabut, 1-VIE.1971, 24, J.C, Buckerlield; from

rotten logs, 500 in, NE Narabut camp site,

7TVULAN971L. 1 larva, K. B. Lee from rotten

logs, terrace surface on ridge, 400 m. down

ridge from Narabut camp site, 2-VIL.1971.

2 Jarvae, J, C. Buckerfield (SAM); limestone

plateau, N of Maat, 100 m, 20, VITL1957, 84.

1°, 2 larvae, J. L Gressitt (BISHOP).

Rec. & AUST. MUS., 17 (13):

221-238 November, 1976

SPARATTINAE

Mainly Neotropical in distribution, and only

represented in the Old World by a single genus,

Auchenomus Karsch, which is distinctive by the

strongly flattened head and body. The. single

species represented in the present material is

new.

Auchenomus insularis spn.

Figs. 27, 28

Reddish-yellow to pale reddish-brown, elytra

and wings somewhat darker; antennae pale

yellaw; legs dark yellow. Cuticle slightly

shining, punctured and pubescent, hairs mainly

short and yellow, more conspicuous laterally;

abdominal tergites with longer hairs and with

longer marginal setae.

Male (Fig. 28): Head broad, flat posterior

margin concave; eyes small. First antennal

segment about as long as distance between the

antennal bases, second segment transverse, third

segment three times as long as broad, fourth

two and half times as broad as long, fifth

longer than third, basal segments more or less

cylindrical; distal segments shorter, twelfth (last

in holotype) shorter than fourth, and more

moniliform than basal segments. Pronotum as

broad as long, narrowed posteriorly, lateral

margins straight, posterior margin convex. Elytra

and wings fully developed; legs relatively short,

femora broad,

Abdomen mainly parallel-sided, narrowed

towards base, flat; last tergite transverse, pro-

duced and raised above the base of each branch

of the forceps, median part depressed. Each

branch of forceps broad at base, with a dorso-

median rounded tubercle, and with a ventro-

median tooth beyond, last quarter of branch

sharply curved medially (Fig. 28).

Female: Similar to male, branches of forceps

shorter and broader, with a narrow ventral inner

flange, evenly narrowed to distal third where

each branch is more strongly narrowed forming

a curved apex (Fig. 27),

Length of bedy 7-8 mm, forceps 2°S mm

(male), 2 mm (females).

Remarks: This species is distinctive by the

shape of the forecps of both sexes. Those of the

male are sharply curved distally, and in this

resemble those of some of the Neotropical

species of Spararta, whilst those of the female

are unusual in having the toner margin of each

branch almost smooth, not dentated as in most

species of the genus which occur in the Pacific

and Australasian Region.

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

Location of types:

Holotype ¢. ESPIRITU SANTO: SW

above Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIIL1957,

L. G. Gressitt. Paratypes, same data, 4°,

(including allotype) (BISHOP, except 1? para-

type in British Museum (Natural History) and

in Manchester).

Material examined: The types and two further

specimens, without posterior abdominal seg-

ments, same data.

LABIINAE

Three genera of this subfainily are now

recorded from the New Hebrides, with a total of

five species, one of which is new.

Key ta genera und species

1, Branches of forceps of both sexes not strongly setulose,

those of the males without a ventral inner flange,

and those of the females narrowed from base io apex,

with inner margin at most weakly dentated or

OTT ULE CG aise eiicy sereay cotied ati wmhee Geet enhp ip st ww

Branches of forceps of both sexes strongly setulose,

those of the males with or withoul a ventral inner

flange, and those of the females not narrowed from

base 10 apex, and inner margin with at least a

ventral inner flange, the margins of which are strongly

dentaled or crenulated .. 2. 2. 0, uc. ae ye ey

2, Pronotum almost as wide as head and transverse; a

broud, shorter, Jess depressed species with more

slender branches of the forceps

Labia bitthereulata Brindie

Pronotum small, narrower than head, and quadrate or

almost so; & more narrower, elongated, and strongly

depressed species with broad short branches of the

forceps .. -. 22. Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky)

3. Lutger species, body length 10 mm or more, antennal

segMents more or less cylindrical; elytra glabrous and

impunctate . 2. Splingolabis hawatienusis (Bormans)

Smaller species, body length & mm or Jess; antennal seg-

ments moniliform: elytra punctured and pubescent 4

4, Smaller species, body length 6 mami of less cach branch

of male forceps with one very large tooth on janer

margin, pygidium large (Fig. 15): each branch of

female forceps Iess strongly dentated, ventral inner

margin differing strongly in dentation from dorsal

inner margin (Fig. 16) Chuetolabia stoneri (Caudell)

Larger species, body length 7-8 mm: wich branch of

male forceps with two relatively large and one yery

small teeth on infer margin, pygidium small (Pig. 13);

ewch branch of female forceps more strongly dentated.

yentral inner margin more similar in dentation ta

dorsal margin (Fig, 14) Cheetolabia dentate span.

Chaetolabia stuneri (Caudell) comb. nov.

Figs. 8, 15, 16

Labia stoneri Caudell, 1927, Univ, lowa Studies

12 (3): 5 (Fiji),

Yellowish ta reddish-brown, elytra and

wings somewhat darker; antennae brown; legs

yellowish-brown; forceps and pygidium reddish-

yellow, Cuticle of head impunctate and glabrous,

229

that of pronotum impunctate but with sparse

short yellow hairs of elytra and wings punctured

and pubescent; abdominal tergites pubescent and

with long nmiutrginal setae.

A small and slender species (Fig. 8); elytra

and wings fully developed, or with elytra shorter

and only tips of wings protruding, Each branch

of male forceps curved, with a large ventral inner

tooth, pygidium almost pentagonal ventrally with

a concave posterior margin, dorsal part of

pygidium rounded (Fig. 15); each branch of

female forceps straight, ventral inner margin

dentated basally, dorsal inner margin scarcely

dentated basally but dentated prominently from

hear midpoint, pygidium broad, ventral surface

concaye posteriorly, dorsal surface rounded: a

small tubercle occurs medially near the posterior

margin of the last tergite (Fig. 16).

Length of bedy 4-5-6 mm,

1-5 mm,

World distribution: Fiji and New Hebrides.

forcepy 1+«25-

Remarks: The original description and figure

of the male forceps are excellent and the struc

ture of the forceps and pygidium is characteristic.

Location of types:

Holotype 4, allatype ?, 1 paratype. | para-

type & in the United States National Museum,

Materjal examined: ERROMANGA: Ex light

trap, Nuankau river, 5/7.VUII,1971, 1¢, 19,

(fully winged), G. Robinson; under bark of log,

500 m SW of Nuankau river bridge, 10 km WSW

of Ipotak, 7.VII1.1971, 19, (shart elytra and

wings), J. C. Buckerfield (SAM),

Chaetolabia dentata sp.n,

Figs. 13, 14

Labia canaca Burr, 1908 (not Burr, 1903},

Bull. Mus. natn, Hist. nat. Paris 1908: 32

(New Hebrides),

Reddish-brown; antennae yellawish to brown:

legs yellow; forceps yellowish-brown, Cuticle

of head and pronotum smooth, impunctate and

glabrous, elytra and wings punctured and pubes-

cent, hairs sparse and short, yellowish; abdominal

tergites punctured and pubescent, more strongly

on tergites 6-7; marginal sctae present on most

tergites; forceps with shorter hairs and long

setae. Cuticle rather shining.

Male: Head tumid, cordiform, transverse, eyes

small. First antennal segment rather shorter

than the distance between the antennal bases,

second segment transverse, third two and half

limes as long as broad, fourth equal to third in

230 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976

7 10

Figs. 6-7, Nesogaster bakeri Hincks—6, male—7, female forceps.

Fig. 8, Chaetolabia stoneri (Caudell). Figs. 9-10, Marava feae (Bormans)—9, male, New Hebrides—10, male

forceps, Australia. (DR=dorsal ridge).

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NBW HEBRIDES

length, fifth three times as long as broad; distal

segments as long as fifth, each segment narrowed

to base, all segments pubescent, Pronotum

slightly longer than broad, strongly widened

posteriorly, lateral margins straight, posterior

margin convex. Elytra und wings fully developed

or short,

Abdomen relatively long, somewhat depressed,

lateral tubercles on third and fourth tergites

very small. Each branch of forceps weakly

curved with one tuberculate median tooth on

inner miurgin neac base and a second small

median tooth towards apex; a very small ventral

tooth occurs distal to basal tooth; pygidium

small, narrowed posteriorly (Fig, 13),

Female; Similar to male, but last tergite with

a median tubercle neat posteriot margin; each

branch of forceps straight except at apex, broad,

apex curved, yentral and dorsal inner margins

with similar dentation, consisting of one larger

tooth about one third from apex, followed by

three smaller teeth beyond midpoint (ventral

margin with only two), a distal tooth occurs

only on the ventral margin; pygidium short and

broad (Fig, 14),

Length of body 7-8 mm, forceps 2°75 mm

(male), 1-5 inm (females).

Remarks: In addition the female specimen

from the New Hebrides, without exact locality,

recorded by Burr (1908) as Labia canaca Burr,

is in the British Museum (Natural History) and

proves to be a temale of the present species,

and is hereby designated as a paratype, The

locality label reads “*N, Hebrides francais’ whilst

a second label reads “Labia canaca Burr &”,

Labia canaca is restricted to New Caledonia,

The specimen from Aneityum is the only

Specimen in which the elytra and wings are

fully developed; it has. been named by the shape

of the pronotum and other details of the anterior

part of the insect which are adequate for the

known New Hebrides fauna, but it is possible

that there is another species in the New Hebrides,

and without the forceps it is not possible to be

entirely certain about its identity. The pronotum

is rather more transverse in this specimen than

in the others.

There are three known species of Chaetolabia

from other areas in the Western Pacific, but none

are yet Known from the Australasian Region,

These three species, together with the two

now recorded from the New Hebrides may be

separated as follows:—

1. Each branch of the male forceps with a very large

Inner tooth (Fig. 18); each brunch of the female

231

forceps with the inner dorsal edge scurcely dentated

at base and merging wiih the ventral inner edge

beyond midpoint (Fis. l6) 2 2... stoner? (Cadell)

Branches of male forceps with small inner leeth or a

tooth; dorsal infer edge of female forceps dentuted

from bine ,. 6... Bt we wee te pe

2, Pronoium parallel-sided; male pygidium narrowed ta

apex: female pygidium broad, short, narrowed distally.

apex concave, Micronesia (Palau) . ypicate Brindle

Pronotum widened posteriorly .. 2... 2). 3

3. Male pygiium short, partly tidden by basal inner teeth

of forceps (Fig. 13); inner margin of each branch

of female forceps irregularly dentated, with teeth of

varying sizes (Fig. 14) dentata sp.n.

Male. pygidium large, or long, not hidden by inner teeth:

inner margin of exch branch of femule forceps

regularly dentated with smull teeth of almost equal

Sze Oh Me od ee + piehe em, Prewetstcele

4. Male pygidium large, as long as broad, narrower at base

but widened distally with margin curved, amd apex

deeply concave; lust rergile of female with a simul!

Median dorso-posterior projection, Micronesia (Ponape:

Kusaie) - = Rc tel esihii (Menogz1)

Male pygidium long. narrow. almost purallel-sided, apex

concave: last fergie of female with a larger median

dorso-posterior projection. Micranesia (Ponape: Truk)

uppendicind (Menoz2i)

Labia canaca Bure ftom New Caledonia has

a male pygidium similar to that of esaki’, but the

pygidium of canaca is not tarrowed at base and

is more deeply excised posteriorly; the female of

canaca has the inner margin of each branch of

the forceps irregularly dentated as in dentata, but

the pygidium is not short and broad but longer

than broad and ending in two irregular posterior

projections, the projections separated by a median

concavity.

Lecation of types:

Holotype 3, AOBA: Dunduy. 6/8.1X.1958,

B, Malkin; allotype ¢, same data; both in the

Bishop Museum.

ERROMANGA: | ¢ paratype, Nuankau river

camp, 7.VIII.J971, G. F. Gross in the South

Australian Museum,

Material examined:

The types and ANEITYUM; Red Crest,

1 200ft,, 3 m NE of Anelcauhat, 11.1955, |?

(end of abdomen missing), L, BE. Cheesman

(BRIT. MUS.),

Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky)

Figs, 22, 23

Forficesila curvicauda Motschulsky, 1863, Bull.

Soc. nat, Mescou 36: 2 (Ceylon).

Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky); Hincks, 1952,

Ann. Mag, nat, Hist. (12) 5; 201 (Espiritu

Santo: Malekula; Erramanga).

Blackish, abdomen reddish, legs yellow with

femora partially darkened, antennae yellow or

brown pronotum sometimes yellow.

232 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976

13 15

i | ul il

Figs. 11-19, forceps—11, 12, Nesogaster apicalis Hincks, male and female—13-14, Chaetolabia dentata sp.n.

male and female—15-16, Chaetolabia_ stoneri (Caudell), male and female—17, Labia bituberculata Brindle,

male—18-19, Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans), male and female. (DR=dorsal ridge).

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

A small depressed species usually recognisable

by the relatively small pronotum, which is

parallel-sided, and the short broad branches of

the forceps, Elytra and wings fully developed,

legs short. Each branch of male forceps curved,

with a basal wider part, pygidium broad (Fig.

22), Each branch of female forceps broad,

more or less straight, and narrowed distally

(Fig 23),

Length of body 4-5 mm, forceps 0+75-

1-25 mm,

World distribution: Cosmopolitan, in all faunal

Regions, but mainly adventive in temperate

countries.

Location of types:

Believed lost.

Material examined:

ESPIRITU SANTO: Luganville, 20. V1.1958,

1¢, B, Malkin (BISHOP).

AOBA; Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 1 ¢, B. Malkin

(BISHOP).

Labia bituberculata Brindle

Fig. 17

Labia bituberculata Brindle, 1970, Pacific Insects

12 (3): 675 (Solomon Islands).

Reddish-brown to blackish; cuticle punctured

and pubescent. A short broad species, very

similar to Labia pilicornis (Motschulsky) in the

dark form, but distinguished by the structure of

the male pygidium, which is smaller than that

of pilicornis, the latter having a larger triangular

pygidium. Elytra and wings normally developed,

Each branch of male forceps simple, evenly and

weakly curved (Fig 17); each branch of female

forceps similar to those of curvicauda (Fig, 23),

but much more slender.

Length of body 4-5 mm, forceps 1-1°25 mm,

World disiribution: Solomon Tslands

Cristobal) and New Hebrides.

(San

Location of types:

Holatype 2,

Museum,

allotype & in the British

Material examined;

ESPIRITU SANTO: At light, Apuna river

camp 2, 146 m, 30.VHUT,1971, 12, G. F. Gross

(SAM).

ERROMANGA; 18° 53’ S, 169° 12” E,

Agathis-Calophyllum high canopy rainforest.

NH 33, 3.VIIL.1971, 14, K, E, Lee (SAM).

The above specimens are blackish and much

darker than the original material,

Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans)

Figs. 18, 19

Forfieula hawaiiensis Bormans, 1882, Ann. Mus,

civ, Stor, nat. Giacoma Doria 18: 341

(Hawaii).

Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans); Hincks,

1947, Entomologists mon. mag. 83: 67

(Banks Is,; Espiritu Santo; Elephant Is, 7),

Very dark reddish or purplish brown, base of

wings yellow. Cuticle of head and pronotum

more or less impunctate and glabrous, elytra

and wings pubescent, hairs sparse and rather

long, yellow; abdominal tergites punctured and

pubescent, haits short and yellow, bat with long

yellow setae in addition; forceps with long golden

setae (Figs. 18, 19),

Lengih of hedy 10-13 mm, forceps 5-6 mm

(males) 3-5-4 mm (feinales).

World distribution: Lesser Sunda Islands east-

wards to Hawaii, but somewhat sporadic, not in

Micronesia; New Guinea and Solomon Islands.

Location of types:

4, %, in Genoa Museum.

Material examined:

BANKS ISLAND: Vanua Lava, Sola,

5/11.V0L,1958, 12, B. Malkin (BISHOP).

ESPIRITU SANTO: Apuna river, camp 2,

146 m, 30. VITL.1971-2.1%.1971, 2 9,G. F. Gross

(SAM); Namatasopa, 300 m, 29,VIII.1957,

Ié, 29, J. L, Gressitt; Namatasopa, 400 m,

31.VIN.1957, light trap, 1°, J. L. Gressitt;

Luganville, 23/28.VIL.1958, 19%, 1 larva, B.

Malkin (BISHOP),

MAEWO: Above Nasua, 180-4 m, 4.1X,1958,

42, 3 larvae, B. Malkin (BISHOP),

AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 1 larva, B,

Malkin (BISHOP).

MALEKULA; From rotten log, gentle slope

on broad ridge, | kin NNW of summit of Mt.

Yang'abalé, 45 km E of Tisvel village, 1.X.1971,

18, 7 larvae, K. E, Lee; Notophyll vine forest,

16° 17’ S, 167° 26’ E, NH 58, 1.X%,197),

3 larvae, K. E. Lee (SAM); Amok, 17,0X.1958,

[¢, 1%, B. Malkin (BISHOP).

EPI; Ringdove Bay, 21-.VIL.1900, 1a, 12,

J. J. Walker (BRIT, MUS.).

ERROMANGA: Vicinity of — Ipotak,

3.VHLE.1971, 19, G. F. Gross; Nuankau river

camp, 7.VII,1971, 12, G. F. Gross (SAM).

TANNA: No locality, VIN,1900, 14, 19.

J. J. Walker (BRIT. MUS.),

234

SPONGIPHORINAE

Two species of this subfamily are now

recorded from the New Hebrides, both in the

genus. Marava Burr.

Key to species

1. General colouration reddish-brown, or with head, pro-

notum, and elytra blackish; wings, when present broadly

yellow at bases; forceps of male with branches evenly

arcuute, buses not broadened, each branch with one

or lwo inner teeth (Fig. 21); forceps of female with

a small inner tooth rica)’ base of cach branch (Pig. 20)

Marava arachidis (Yersin)

General colouration blackish, wings usually present and

whitish, blackish on oxternal margins: pronotum

broadly white laterally and posteriorly; abdomen often

reddish medially or posteriorly and forceps usually

pale at bases; forceps of male strongly curved, usoully

with « wider part ut base of each branch (Fig. 10),

sometimes without (Pig. 9); forceps of female withoul

4 small inner tooth at buse Marava Jeae (Bormiuny)

Maraya arachidis (Yersin)

Figs. 20, 21

Forficula arachidis Yersin, 1860, Ann. Sac, ent.

France 8 (3): 509 (Marseilles, France,

introduced).

Prolubia arachidis (Yersin), Hineks, 1952, Ann.

Mag, nat. Hist. (12) 5: 201 (Erromanga).

Marava wallacei (Dohrn); Hincks, 1952, Ann.

Mag. nat, Hist. (12) 5: 202 (Malekula).

Marava arachidis (Yersin); Hincks, 1954, Proc,

R. ent. Soe. Land, (B) 23: 162.

Variable in colour and in development of

elytra and wings, together with size of eyes.

Two forms are concerned in the records from the

New Hebrides,

(1) Elytra and wings normally developed:

blackish to dark reddish-brown, elytra usually

paler, wings partially yellow, legs mainly dark,

tarsi yellow (Fig. 21), Eyes usually large.

(2) Elytra short, wings absent or concealed:

reddish to yellowish-brown, legs yellow, ubdomen

reddish often darkened laterally (Fig. 20). Eyes

smaller,

Each branch of male forceps weakly curved,

with two inner teeth (Fig. 21) or with one tooth

absent; pygidium basically pentagonal (Fig. 21),

but somewhat variable. Each branch of female

forceps shorter, branches more or less contiguous

(Fig. 20).

Length of bedy 5-9 mm, forceps 1+5-2°75 mm

(males), 0°75-1-25 mm (females).

World distribution; Cosmopolitan, in all faunal

Regions, often as an adyentive; form 1 is more

typical of the Oriental and Australasian Regions,

REC. §. AUST. MUS.,

17 (13); 224-238 November, 1976

whilst form 2 appears to dominate in the Neo-

tropical and Ethiopian Regions and in the Pacific.

Location of types:

8, 9 in the Paris Museum,

Material examined:

ESPIRITU SANTO: Malau yillage. Big Bay

area, 22.VUIL.1971, 12 (form 2), G. F, Gross

(SAM),

MALEKULA: Ounua, IL/IV,1929, 14

(form 1), L. E. Cheesman (BRIT, MUS.)

(specimen recorded in Hincks, 1952).

Marava feae (Dubrony)

Figs, 9, 10

Lahia jeae Dubrony, 1879, Annali Mus, civ,

Ster. nat. Giacoma Doria 14: 368 (New

Guinea and Key Islands),

Marava feae (Dubrony); Hincks, 1952, Ann.

Mag. nat. Hist. (12) §: 201 (Espiritu

Santa).

Black, rather dull, pronotum broadly whitish

laterally and posteriorly, elytra usually uni-

colorous but sometimes whitish laterally and

along posterior margins; wings, when present,

largely whitish; posterior abdominal tergites often

more or Jess reddish, forceps black, base and

sometimes apex reddish or yellowish (Fig. 9).

Elytra and wings usually fully developed but the

elytra are short and the wings absent or concealed

in the present specimens. Bach branch of male

forceps strongly curved, usually with a wider

base (Fig. 10) but present specimens have simple

forceps (Fig. 9); pygidium broad, usually with

two posterior tecth; forceps of female with

simple, straight branches, more or less con-

tiguous.

Length of body 5-6 mm, ferceps 1-1+25 mm,

World distribution: New Guinea castwards to

Caroline Islands and south to Australia, but

present known distribution is sporadic.

Location of types:

2, 2 in the Genoa Museum,

Material examined:

ESPIRITU SANTO: no exact locality,

VIILTX.1929, 16; VII.1921, 1%, L. BE. Chees-

man (BRIT. MUS.),

The above specimens are recorded in Hincks

(1952) and are unusual in having no visible

wings. in having the elytra broadly whitish

posteriorly and laterally, and by the simple male

forceps.

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 23

Figs, 20-21, Marava arachidis (Yersin)—20, wingless form, female—21, winged form, male. Figs. 22-2

forceps—22-23, Labia curvicauda, male and female—24, Hamexas nigrorufus (Burr), male.

CHELISOCHIDAE

Mainly Oriental and Australasian in distri-

bution. Two species are recorded from the New

Hebrides, both in the genus Chelisoches Scudder.

Key to species

1. Pronotum parallel-sided, longer than broad: black; head,

pronotum, and elytra metallic bluish-green, shoulders,

stuilures, and wings violet

Chelisoches cheesmanue Hincks

Pronotum us broad us long of nearly so, more or less

widened posteriorly; black generally, but sometimes

elytra and wings metallic bluish or green or sometimes

the whole insect is almost uniformly reddish-brown

Chelivoches. moria (Fabricius)

Chelisoches morio (Fabricius)

Forficula morio Fabricius, 1775, Syst, Ent.: 270

(Tahiti).

Chelisoches morio (Fabricius): Hincks, 1938,

J. Fed, Malay Siates Mus, 18: 313 (New

Hebrides).

Chelisoches moria (Fabricius); Hincks, 1947,

Entomologist's mon. mag, 83: 67 (Espiritu

Santo).

Chelisoches morio (Fabricius); Rehn, 1948,

Trans. Am. ent. Sec, 74: 162 (Efate;

Erromanga; Tanna; Aneityuin; Aniwa 7;

Fortuna — Futuna).

Chelisoches morio (Fabricius); Hincks, 1952,

Ann. Mag, nat, Hist. (12) 5; 202 (Male-

kula; Espiritu Santo; Efate; Mat).

Black, rather shining, antennae black, one or

more distal segments white; tarsi yellowish-

brown. Sometimes with a bluish or greenish

metallic sheen or sometimes almost uniformly

reddish-brown. Similar in structure to chees-

manae (Fig, 25), but with the pronotum relatively

shorter and usually widened posteriorly, Male

forceps variable in length and structure, one

form similar to those of cheesmanae, or with the

basal inner dentation extending down to and

including the distal teeth or tooth. Forceps of

female simple, but variable in length.

Length of body 14-18 mm, forcepy 4-7 mm.

World distribution; Nearctic, Palaearctic, and

Ethopian Regions as adventive; Oriental Region

more commonly, and most common in Pacific

and Papuan Regions.

Location of types:

#, 2 in the British and Kiel Museums.

Material examined:

BANKS ISLANDS: Vanua Lava, Sola,

5/11. VIl.1958, 2¢, 12, 2 larvae, B. Malkin

(BISHOP),

REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (15);

224-258 Noventber, 1876

ESPIRITU SANTO; Malau village, Big Bay

area, 23.VI1L.1971, 1a, G. F. Gross; Malau

village, 23.VIIL1971, at light, 1 larva,

G. F, Gross; Apuna river, camp 2, 146 m,

26/28.VUL1971, 2 Jsrvae, G. Robinson;

Apuna river, camp 2, in leaf bases of Pandanus,

28/29.VHIL1971, 24,19, K. B. Lee and J, C.

Buckerfield: Apuna river, camp 2, 10 km SSW

af Malau village, Big Bay area, from litter and

leaf bases of Pandanus, Nat terrace on E bank,

27/29.VU.1971, 1¢, 12, 2 larvae, K. E. Lee

and J, C. Buckerfield: Apuna river, camp 2,

4.0X%.1971, 29, G. F. Gross, Apuna river,

camp 3, at light, 8.1X.1971, 19%, 1 larva, G. F.

Gross (SAM); Luganville, 23/28.VIL1958,

59,1 larva, B. Malkin; Narango, 90 m, VL.1960,

34,29, 1 larva, W. W. Brandt; SW, above

Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIIL1957, L2, 12,

J. L. Gressitt; Segond Channel, 1X.1942, 12%,

R. L. Dautt; no exact locality, VIN.1950, 12,

N, L, H. Krauss; no exact locality, 13.1.1921,

14, F. P. Drowne (BISHOP).

MAEWO: Above Nasaua, 150— 180+ m,

ATX,1958, 1¢, 6%, 2 larvae, B, Malkin

(BISHOP).

AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X%,1958, 13, 39,

1 larva, B, Malkin (BISHOP).

MALEKULA: Leaf bases of Pandanus in

gully, 3 km ENE of Tisvel village, 1.X.1971,

248,19, larva, K. E, Lee and J. C. Bucker-

field; from logs, Hurrnamburr, low-lying swamp,

500 m, E of head of Marine Lagoon, 4 km SSE

of Wintua. SW Bay, 9.X.1971, 12, K. B. Lee

(SAM); Amak, 1 OO0Oft., 15/18.0%,1958, sweep-

ing, 12, B, Malkin; Tenmark, L4.TX.1958,

1 larva. B, Malkin (BISHOP).

EFATE: La Cascade, W of Vila, 13. VIT.L97L.

1°, 1 larva, G, F. Gross; in secondary forest,

de Gaillande estate, Tagabe, 15.VIL1971,

1 larva, G. F. Gross (SAM); Efate, 12,VI,1900,

1¢, J. J. Walker (BRIT. MUS.); NW, Maat

(Mat Ambryn Vill.) 3 m, S.VHE1957, 14,

92,3 larvae, J. L. Gressitt; NW, Limestone

plateau, N of Maat, 100 m, 19/20,VII.1957,

5a, 10%, 3 larvae, J. L. Gressitt; Vila, 0-50 m,

11,1970, 1¢, 1 larva, N, L. H. Krauss (BISHOP),

ERROMANGA: Nuankau = river cump,

T/SNVULI971, 24, 19, G. F, Gross; from

Pandanus beside secondary milling road, 500 m

SW of Nuankau river bridge, 10 km WSW of

Ipotak, 8.VIIL1971, 1 larva, J, C. Buckerfield

(SAM); 11 km W_ of Ipotak, 100-200 m,

1.1970, 12, N. L. H. Krauss (BISHOP).

THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 237

sss alliilis * WJ

25 28

Figs, 25-26, Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks—25, male—26, male genitalia.

Figs, 27-28, Auchenomus insularis sp.n—27, female forceps—28, male. (DL=distal lobe; P—paramere; PE=—penis;

V=virga).

234%

TANNA: Isokoai (Enpinan), 28.V11.1971], at

light, 1¢, 1%, G. F. Gross and G. Robinson

(SAM); Tanna IJs., 1904, La. J. J, Walker

(BRIT. MUS.).

ANEITYUM: Vicinity of Anelcauhat,

20/21.VIL1971, 14, 1 larva, G. F. Gross

(SAM); Red Crest, 1 200ft, 3 m NE of

Aneleauhat, [T.1955, 24, 3%, 2 (abdomen

missing), L, E, Cheesman; rain forest, 500-

1 OOOft., X1,1954, 12, L. E. Cheesman (BRIT.

MUS.),

Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks

Figs. 25, 26

Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks, 1952, Ann,

Mag. nat, Hist. (12) 5; 703 (Banks Is.,

Vanua Lava).

Similar in structure to morio, but rather more

robust (Fig. 25); separable mainly by the colour-

ation, and by the shape of the pronotum, of

which the latter character is the more satis-

factory, The forceps are robust but are similar

to some forms of morio in shape. The genitalia

of cheesmanae (Fig. 26) are similar to those of

morio but the parameres are more slender and

the two sclerites associated with the base of the

virga are unequal in size whilst those of morio

examined are usually subequal in size, The

differences, however, are small,

Length of body 13 mm, forceps 5 mm.

World distribution: New Hebrides, endemic.

Remarks: No other specimen has been

recorded and the type remains unique.

Location of type:

Holotype ¢ in the British Museum.

Hamaxas nigrorufus (Burr)

Fig, 24

Spongiphora nigrorufa Burr, 1902, Term. Fuzet.

25: 480 (New Guinea).

Hamaxas papuanus Burr, 1909, Nova Guinea

9; 23,

Spongovostox nigrorufus (Burr); Burr, 1911,

Genera Insectorum 122; 52,

Hamaxas nigrorufus (Burr); Burr, 1916, J. R.

Micr. Soc. 1916: 10,

REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (13):

221-238 November, 1976

Blackish in colour, legs dark red to blackish,

sometimes yellow; abdomen and forceps dark

red or with abdomen darkened, A. rather

depressed species. Elytra and wings punctured

and pubescent, always fully developed, Each

branch of male forceps arcuate, with one inner

tooth, pygidium short with posterior margin

concave and postero-lateral angles produced

(Fig, 24), Branches of female forceps shorter,

wider near base, narrowed distally and more or

less straight and contiguous, pygidium angular.

Length of body 7-9 mm, forceps 3-4*5 mm

(males), 1-5-2*5 mm (females),

World distribution: From Celebes eastwards

to New Guinea and Solomon Islands, and extend-

ing across the Pacific to Hawaii,

Location of type:

&, 2 in the Hungarian National Museum,

Material examined;

ESPIRITU SANTO: Apuna river camp,

1.1X.1971, 12, G. F. Gross (SAM); Narango,

90 m, VI.1960, 12, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP).

EFATE: NW Limestone plateau, N of

Maat, 100 m, 19.VIII.1957, 12, J. L. Gressitt

(BISHOP).

ERROMANGA;: Kauri camp (on Nuankau

River) 3.VII1L1971, 22, G. F. Gross (SAM).

REFERENCES

Brindle, A, 1971, A review of the genus Nesoguster

Verhoeff (Dermaptera; Labiidae). Enteamologis’s mon,

mag. 107: 114-126.

Burr, M., 1908, Catalogue des Forficulides dex collections

du Museum de Paris. Bull. Mus. natn Hist, nat. Paris

1908: 29-33,

Dohrn, H., 1864, Versuch einer Monographie der Dermap-

teren (part) Steffin, ent. Ztg, 25: 885-296.

Hincks, W. D... 1938, ‘The Dermaptera of Oceania, J, Fed.

Malay States Mus, 18; 299-318,

, 1947, Dermaptera from the New Hebrides and

Lord Howe lL. Entemelogist’s mon, mag. 83; 65-67.

, 1951, Notes on some species of Nesogaster

(Dermaptera: Labiidae). Ann. Mag. nat, Hist, (12)

4: 562-576,

, 1952, The Dermaptera of the New Hobrides.

Ann, Mag. nat, Hist, (12) 53 200-204,

, 1954, Notes on Dermaptera. Proc R. ent. Soc,

Lend, (B) 23; 159-163.

Rehn, J, A. C, 1948, Dermaptera records from the

Solomon, New Hebrides, and Loyalty Islands. Trans,

Am. ent. Soc. 74; 159-163,

RECORDS oF THE Ir

Cos

“)

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN (5,

MUSEUM

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES

TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA, SPIRURIDA)

IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

By PATRICIA M. MAWSON

Zoology Department

University of Adelaide

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

S t i 00 |

outh Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 14

Ist February, 1977

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA,

SPIRURIDA) IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

BY PATRICIA M. MAWSON

Summary

Australian Microtetrameres species were taken only from birds of the orders Accipitriformes,

Cuculiformes, Strigiformes, Caprimulgiformes and Passeriformes. Considerable host specificity

was noted. Fifteen new species are proposed, named after the host group or genus: M.

meliphagidae, M. philemon, M. mirafrae, M. gymnorhinae, M. streperae, M. cractici, M. coracinae,

M. sphecotheres, M. eopsaltriae, M. aegotheles, M. paraccipiter, M. cerci, M. raptoris, M. ninoctis

and M. tytonis. M. helix Cram (syn. M. corax Schell) was identified from Australian corvids, and M.

oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova from an Australian oriole. The shape and size of the hilt of the left

spicule are regarded as of taxonomic value. A key is given based on male characters and a partial

key based on female characters.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA, SPIRURIDA) IN

AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

By PATRICIA M, MAWSON

Zoology Department, University of Adelaide

ABSTRACT

MAWSON. PATRICIA M.

‘Trovassos (Nematoda, Spirurida) in Australian birds,

S.A, Mus, TL (14); 239-259,

The genus Micrererranieres

Ree,

Australian Microtetrameres species were taken

only from birds of the orders Accipitriformes,

Cuculiformes, Strigiformes, Caprimulgiformes

and Passeriformes. Considerable host specificity

was noted, Fifteen new species are proposed,

named after the host group or genus: M. meli-

phagidae, M. phileman, M. mirafrac, M.

aynnorhinae, M. stréperae, M. ecractici, M.

coracinae, MM. sphecotheres, M. eapsaltriae,

M. aegatheles, MM. paraceipiter, M. cerci,

M, raploris, M. ninoetis and M. tytonis, M

helix Cram (syn, M, corax Schell) was identified

from Australian corvids. and M. erio/us Petrov

and Tschertkova from an Australian oriole. The

Shape and size of the hilt of the Jeft spicule are

regarded as of taxonomic value. A key is given

based on male characters and a partial key based

on female characters,

INTRODUCTION

No species of the genus Microfetrameres has

ever been recorded front Australian birds. This

is surprising, since in dissections made in this

Department the incidence of species of this genus

has been relatively high in some bird groups

(Table 1), In honeyeaters, Microtetrameres

spp. are the most common nematode parasites,

In water birds (waders, gulls, grebes, carmor-

ants, petrels) the same niche in the hody is

occupied by species of Tetrameres, Species of

Microtetrameres have, however, been recorded

from water birds in other countries—M_ cuna-

densis Mawson, 1956 (¢ only), M. egreres

Rasheed, 1960, M, pelecani Skrjabin, 1949 ( 4

only), and M. spiralis Seurat, 1915. In our dis-

sections both Microtetrameres and Tetrameres

have been taken from an ow] and from falcons—

in two cases both parasite genera were repre-

sented in the same host animal. Microtetrameres

is a relatively homogenous genus in which the

species haye many characters in common, Ellis

(1970) considers the female specimens as the

type of a species; because of the dissimilarity in

the appearance of the sexes, he allows the alloca-

tion of a male to a species only when this has

been proved by breeding from the eggs of the

hot February, 1977

female, In the present work, it is considered that

the form of males belonging to the genus Micro-

retrameres is characteristic of the genus, and that

in general the occurrence of male and. female

specimens in the same host specimen is evidence

of conspeciticity. The characters considered to

be of the greatest taxonomic Use are discussed

below in the section “Characters of specific

importance”,

The division of the genus into two subgenera,

as proposed by Rasheed (1960), has not been

followed, because of the sporadic occurrence of

a poorly developed gubernaculum in some speci-

mens of some species in the Australian material.

Most of the Micretetrameres spp. recognised

show a marked degree of host specificity among

cuculiform and passeriform birds, and less among

birds of prey. Almost all the species found in

Australian birds are regarded as new. Excep-

tions are M, helix Cram from crows, and M,

oriolus Petroy and Tschertkova from an oriole.

M_ mirafrae n.sp. fram a lark and a flycatcher

is yery close to M, jakutensis Kontrimevichus

from related birds in U.S.S.R., and M, parac-

cipiter nsp. from an Australian Accipiter sp. is

very close to M. accipiter Schell from an Ameri-

can Accipirer sp. It is noteworthy that Cervus,

Mirafra, Oriolus, and Accipiter ate regarded as

relatively recent arrivals in Australia (late

Pliocene or Pleistocene),

METHODS

Adult female Microtetrameres were taken

from the proventricular glands of the host.

Infected glands are readily recognisable by their

dark colour, and pressure on the adjoining pro-

ventricular wall causes the worm to pop out

of the gland. The female lies in the gland with

the tail end nearest the opening and often pro-

truding through it (Fig. 61). Males and very

young fetnales are usually in the mucus on the

surface of the proventriculus, but in two or

three cases a male has apparently come out of

a gland with a female. The greatest numbers of

females present in one individual host were 40

in Tyto alba and 30 in Cervus mellori, This

compares poorly with 250 females from a

Golden Eagle and 102 from a Great Horned

Owl recorded by Schell (1953, p. 227).

240

The worms were fixed in 70% alcohol. The

measurements of all species described are given

in Tables 2-7. In all cases the length of the

whole oesophagus and of the muscular part of

the oesophagus has been taken from the anterior

end of the body to the posterior end of the organ

in question. Measurements of the spicules have

been taken along their whole length.

In giving the locality of specimens the State

is ubbreviated as follows: SA, South Australia;

NT, Northern Territory; Qld, Queensland; NSW,

New South Wales; ACT. Australian Capital Ter-

ritory; Tas, Tasmania; Vic, Victoria.

Types of new species will be deposited in the

South Austraban Museum, and otber matetial

in the Helminthological Collection of the

Zoology Department, University of Adelaide.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE

AUSTRALIAN SPECIES

The head (Plate 1; Figs. |, 2. 3 and 4). bears

two lateral lips each with three swellings—a

lateral one bearing the amphid, and a dorsal and

a ventral with the submedian cephalic papillae.

The mouth opening is more or less hexagonal.

The inner circle of papwlae around the mouth,

described by Ali (1970), were not seen.

The buccal capsule is well-developed. In the

male it is laterally compressed, in the female

barrel- or urn-shaped. In both sexes the anterior

part is connected by a relatively thin cuticular

sleeve to a chitinised basal ring lying just above

the anterior end of the oesophagus.

The oesophagus consists of an anterior nar-

rower inuscwar and a longer glandular section.

The nerve ring surrounds the anterior section at

about 4 to # its length; the excretory pore is

shortly behind this and the small cervical

papillae at or behind the level of the excretory

pore, The cervical papillae ace seldom distin-

guishable in the gravid female. as the cuticle

becomes inflated and folded in this region, In

the female there is sometimes an apparent intes-

tinal diverticulum, as the oesophagus joins the

intestine obliquely; in one case (M. rapteris)

two distinct diverticula are formed at this june-

tion.

Female: The shape of the coil of the

female varies to some extent among individuals,

but the general form is more or less constant in

one species. There are three types of coil, the

spiral, the reversed spiral, and the irregular

(Figs, 61, 72. 51), There is some evidence that

the form is influenced by ihe shape of the gland

REC. 5, AUST. MUS,, (17-14):

239-259 February, 1977

which in some birds (e.g. honeyeasters) is shal-

low, in other (e.g. falcons and hawks), deep and

narrow. It seems tmpossible that the form of the

call can change. or be assumed as the worm

emerges fram the gland, as suggested by Ellis

(1969, p. 716). In fact, if the whole infested

gland be dissected out and cleared, the contained

worn, in its typical coil, can be seen inside (Fig.

61).

It appears that whether fertilised or not, the

female enters the gland at an early stage (its

bady somewhat twisted and only slightly swol-

len). Young female worms have been found to

thicken and coil before any eggs are visible (Fig.

72), so the swelling is oot caused by pressure

of eggs. Eggs are produced in great numbers

even in unfertilised females. The shape of the

female with infertile eggs is similar to that of the

female with fertile eggs although on closer

inspection it is seen that the unembryonated eggs

are thin-shelled, often mis-shapen, and smaller

than tertile eggs of the same species, Both fer-

tile and infertile eggs may be present in one

female.

The posterior end of the fernale is often sur-

rounded by a prepuce formed by overgrowth of

the preyulvar cuticle; this is not seen in young

females,

Male; The tip of the tail ends in a Small ball

point, tn all the Australian specimens there are

two pairs of pre-anal papillae shortly in front of

the cloaca, two pairs of post-anal papillae on the

first half of the tail and a pair of phasmids

laterally at }-% of the tail length from the anus.

In most specimens the papillac are not exactly

symmetrical; in a very few, one papilla is missing

or one extra is present, The odd one is always

aligned longitudinally with the others, and is

never medial. The position of the papillae with

relation to the tail length yarics within the

limits noted above; this variation is, however, as

great among individuals from one host as among

all the specimens examined from any host, The

phasmids are usually small and often hard to

see. It is presumed that they are present in all

specimens,

The left, and longer spicule has a relatively

short cylindrical hilt proximally and ends in a

small terminal ula, The tip of the spictle within

the ala is usually cleft or otherwise imperfectly

chitinised. The shorter right spicule is simple

and acicular or rounded at the tip, There is

some thickening of the dorsal wall of the cloaca

in soine specimens, but this appears to be a vari-

able feature, apparent in one or two specimens

IHk GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAYASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 24)

of a number of species. In one species (M,

raptaris) it is well-developed in all the males

(16), and in another it is present but only lightly

chitinised in the three males available,

CHARACTERS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE

Females; The form of the coil is not a specific

character, as even among females from the same

bird there are variations, some a simple coil,

some teversed once or twice.

The length of the oesophagus and of its com-

ponent parts, the position of the nerve ring, the

cervical papillae (seen only in young specimens)

and the excretory pore are very similar in all

specimens examined. The presence or absence

of an intestinal diverticulum at the point of

junction with the oesophagus is cited by some

authors as a specific character; however, in the

gravid female its absence can only be ascertained

by dissection,

Ellis (1969) considered that the size and

shape of the buccal capsule and of the eggs, and

the presence or absence of cuticular ridges and

flanges, is sufficient to differentiate the females

of the various species of Mucroteframeres, and

he gave (p, 718) a key to species from the

western hemisphere bused on these characters iti

the female. In the Australian specimens, only a

single worm was seen with cuticular flanges, and

this was among and in other respects similar to,

unflanged females taken from the same specimen

of Corvus bennetti. Most of the theasutements

of female worms are subject to error because of

cuticular inflation to which the specimens are

subject and because of the many curves of the

intact worm. In the present work the meuasure-

ments of ihe female considered to be most felt

uble ure those cited by Ellis. ie. those of the

largest fertile egg and of the buccal capsule,

However, these characters are not sufficiently

varicd throughout the genus to form the sole

basis for the identification of the species. The

difficulties of identification of species from

females only is apparent in the key given below

in which only female characters are used. As

some species are represented only by feinales,

this key is given here, although the species are

by no means fully segregated.

Males: In the male as in the female the posi-

tion of the nerve ting, cervical papillae and

excretory pore in relation to each other and to

the end of the muscular oesophagus is. similar

in all specimens examined, The same situation is

found with the positions of pre- and post-cloacal

papillae. Judging from figures given by authors,

there is a marked similarity between the arrange-

ment of the caudal papillae in all Micratetrameres

species, except where a larger number of papillae

have been described, From some descriptions it

seems likely that a third pair of post-anal papillae

are in fact the phasmids.

Schell (1953) suggested that the position of

the constriction in the male reproductive tube

between the testis and the vas deferens, might be

a constunt character within a species. ‘This

feature, however, is not clear in all of the

Australian specimens and has not been used by

other workers, Schell also used as a specific

character the presence or absence af a “ball

point” on the tip of the tail. Such a point is

present on all the Australian males,

Another character used by Schell as a dis-

tinguishing feature, is the shape of the tip of the

left spicule. However, this character must be

used with discretion as the tip may appear bifur-

cate m one view and rounded in another. The

tip in almost all the Australian specimens is

more or less cleft, or is imperfectly chitinised.

In the present study, the characters of the

spicules have been considered most useful in

diagnosis. The length of the longer spicule in

relation to the body length, the ratio of the

lengths of the two spicules and the shape and

proportions of the hilt (proximal end) of the

left spicule, appear to be of value im separating

species. The spicule ratio hus been used by many

authors. In the present study both the spicule

ratio and the shape and size of the hilt of the

left spicule were found to be similar in specimens

from the same host bird, and this similarity

extends to those from the same host speeics and

often to those from related species, from the

same and different localities. At the same time,

the spicule ratio and the shape and size of the

hilt differ, often markedly, from those of speci-

mens from hosts belonging to u different group

even from the same locality. The shape of the

hilt (tapering, or slighty bulbous, etc.) as well

as the actual length:width ratio has been con-

sidered. To obtain this ratio, referred to in

Tables 1-7 as the Hilt Factor, the width is mea-

sured across the base of the cylindrical part

of the spicule in lateral view, just anterior to

the longitudinal groove, in the position indicated

in Fig, 6 by line wh; the length is the distance

from this level to the proximal end of the spicule.

The chief limitation to the use of the hilt of the

left spicule as a specific character is that in a

few specimens it is damaged or folded over so

242

that the shape, or at least the measurements, are

not clear. As the hilt has seldom been noted by

other workers, it cannot be used to compare the

Australian specimens with many of the species

already described. However, through the kind-

ness of the Beltsville Parasitological Laboratory

(U.S. Department of Agriculture), and of Dr,

Schell (University of Idaho), male specimens of

M. helix Cram, M. aquila Schell, M. bubo Schell,

M. accipiter Schell and M. corax Schell, have

been examined, and some comparisons have

REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14):

239-259 February, 1977

been made. In particular it was noted (1) that

the hilt has a different shape in each of Schell’s

species (Figs. 5, 55, 56 and 57) and (2) that

the shape is similar in M. helix (Cram’s speci-

mens), M. corax (Schell’s specimen) and speci-

mens from Australian corvids.

The characters which have emerged as most

indicative of the species among male worms are

the body length, the spicule lengths, the length

and breadth of the hilt of the left, or longer,

spicule, and the length of the buccal capsule,

TABLE 1

Incidence of Microtetrameres spp. and Teframeres spp. in “‘land” birds dissected.

Numbers refer to specimens, not species.

Number with

Bird Group Number Number with Micratetrameres | Number with Number with

Dissected Nematodes sp. Tetrameres spp. | Other spp.

Passeriformes—

Alaudidae ........ Leth Se: 2 1 | | — 1

Motacillidae .............. ti 1 1 _

Campephagidae ..... 2.0... 16 11 5 8

Muscicapidae ............. 50 11 6 10

Pachycephalidae ........... 37 16 7 —* 4

Falcunculidae ........, Jeti 7 7 I = 6

Meliphagidae ........... 199 45 | 38 — | 18

074s) \ 1s Et Sand ane 6 2 | 2 | a

Grallinidae .......,......- 34 11 2 — 10

Cracticidae ,....,-.)-., 245 100 51 27 — 4)

Corvidae ........4. 77 69 24 _ 61

Other families 385 42 — = 42

Caprimulgiformes |... ....-...- 21 1] I = 11

Coraciiformes 2... 0... ..0.. 000 28 \4 — 1 13

Strigeiformes ...,.-..0...24...- 25 | 17 8 2 12?

Accipitriformes . 22,2. .56.)--,- 59 38 19 2 29

Cuculiformes .,..... 00sec eee | 21 4 at 2

Columbiformes . 06... 060 0c ve 43 = = 1

Psittaciformes 1, .:,24ss402nssie | 157 1 -_ 3

PG aN 100) oe eR 56 Vy =e 7 12

Galliformes 2... .... 0.02.00. - | 7 = = 2

LIST OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES MUSCICAPIDAE

ARRANGED UNDER THEIR HOSTS Microeca leucophaea (Latham). M. mirafrae

The following is a list of hosts from which n.sp.; 2/9 SA; 1/2 NT.

Microtetrameres spp. have been taken. The fopsaltria australis (Shaw). M. eopsaltriae

numbers after each species indicates the number nsp.: 2/2 SA,

of host specimens in which Microtetrameres were

found/the number of specimens examined.

Microtetrameres is shown as M, throughout,

PASSERIFORMES

ALAUDIDAE

Mirafra javanica Horstield, M. mirafrae n.sp.;

1/2, NT.

CAMPEPHAGIDAE

Coracina novaehollandiae (Gmelin). M. cora-

cinae n.sp.; 1/2 SA, 0/1 Tas, 0/2 NT.

Coracina hypoleuca Gould. M. coracinae n.sp.;

1/1 NT.

Lalage sueuri tricolor (Swainson) M. sp.; 2/3

SA.

FALCUNCULIDAE

Oreoica gutturalis (Vig. & Horsf.) M. sp.; 1/1

SA; 1/5 NT,

Ptiloris sp. M. sp.5 1/1.

MELIPHAGIDAE

Meliphaga virescens (Vieillot) M. meliphagidae

nsp.; 4/15 SA; O/5 NT.

Meliphaga leucotis (Latham) M. meliphagidae

nsp.; 2/10 SA,

Manorina melanocephala (Latham) M. meli-

Phagidae n.sp.; 2/7 SA; 1/1 ACT,

Manorina flavigula Gould. M. meliphagidae

n.sp.; 1/5 SA; 0/1 NT.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

Entomyzon cyanotis (Latham),

n.sp.; 2/4 NT.

Philemon citreogularis (Gould). M. philemon

nsp,; 3/3 NT,

Philemon argenticeps

n.sp.; 3/11 NT,

Anthochoera chrysoptera (Latham). M, meli-

phagidae n.sp.; 3/11 SA.

Anthochoera carunculata (Shaw) M. mielipha-

gidae n.sp.; 5/10 SA.

Acanthocephala rufogularis Gould. M. melipha-

gidae n.sp.; 10/18 SA; 0/5 NT.

M. philemon

(Gould). M. philemon

ORIOLIDAE

Oriolus sagittatus (Latham) M. oriolus oriolus

Petrov & Tschertchova. 1/3 NT.

Sphecotheres flaviventris Gould, M, sphecotheres

nsp.; 1/2 NT,

GRALLINIDAE

Corcorax melanorhamphus (Vieillot) M. helix

Cram 2/9 SA.

CRACTICIDAR

Strepera versicolor (Latham) M. streperae n.sp,;

1/7 SA; 0/1 NT.

Cracticus torqudatus (Latham), M, cractici n.sp.;

1/5 SA.

Gymnorhina tibicen tibicen (Latham) M. gym-

norhinae nsp.; 0/4 SA; 0/2 NT, 8/16

ACT,

Gymnorhina tibicen leuconota Gould. M. gym-

norhinae n.sp.; 9/58 SA,

CORVIDAE

Corvus mellori Mathews. M. helix Cam.

SA; 11/48 Tas,

Corvus bennetti North. M. helix Cram 3/3 NT.

Corvus orru Bonaparte. M. helix Cram. 0.2 SA;

4/7 NT.

Corvus coronoides Vig. & Horsf. M. helix Cram.

4/5 SA,

CAPRIMULGIFORMES

Aegoatheles cristata Shaw. M. aegotheles n.sp.;

0/2 SA; 0/1 Tas; 1/3 NT.

8/9

CUCULIFORMES

Cuculys pallidus (Latham) M. coracinae n.sp.;

1/4 NT: 0/1 Tas.

Cacomantis variolosus Vig, & Horsf. M. caco-

mantis n.sp., 1/1 NT.

Cacomantis pyrrhophanus Vieillot. M, sp,; 1/9

A; 1/1 Tas.

243

ACCIPITRIFORMES

Accipiter fasciatus Vig. & Horsf. M. paraccipiter

nsp.; 3/5 SA; 1/1 Tas; 3/3 NT-

Accipiter cirrhocephalus Vieillot. M. sp.j 2/2

SA; 1/1 Tas; 0/2 NT,

Circus assimilis Jard, & Selby. M. cirei n.sp.

Falco berigora Vig. & Horsf. M. raptoris n.sp.;

2/4 SA; 0/1 Tas; 3/7 NT,

F. longipennis Swainson M. raptoris n.sp.; 0/2

Tas; 1/3 NT.

F. cenchroides Vig. & Horsf, M, raproris n.sp;

1/5 SA; 0/1 NT.

F. peregrinus Tunstall. M. raptoris n.sp.; 2/4

SA.

STRIGIFORMES

Ninox noyaeseelandiae (Gmelin) M. raptoris

nsp.; M, vinoctis n.sp.; 4/12 SA; 0/1 Tas;

3/4 NT,

Tyto alba (Scopoli) M, tytonis n.sp,; 0/6 SA;

1/1 NT.

Keys to Microtetrameres spp.

Two keys are offered. The first has been compiled

from male characters. The second key, based only on

the females, is necessarily restricted, but is included as

the information conveyed may help other workers.

In some cases the ratios used were not given by the

authors but have been calculated from data provided,

Abbreviations have been used to assist in the lay-out of

the keys, as follows: HF, hilt factor; L, left; pap,

papillae; R. right; spic. spicule; sp. rat, spicule ratio-

All measurements are in jum,

1. Key to male Microtetrameres spp.

J. Gubernaculum absent or weakly developed . 2

Gubernaculum present .. 6, sa 2) 2. .s 42

2. (1) Median preanal pap. ptesent we -aat OS

Median preanal pap. absent... .. .. . 4

3. (2) Sp. rat. 6°2; median preanal pap. on lip of

cloaca .. M. calabocencis Diaz-Ungria

Sp. ratio 15-8: median preanal pap, anterior

io cloacal lip «. .. M. inermis (Linstow)

4. (2) Fewer than two preanl papillae .. .. 5

Two or more pre pairs of preanal papillae 4

5. (4) No preanal papillae .. M, xiphidiopici Barus

One pair of preanal papillae - a e A

MM. crust (Travassos)

6, (4) Three pairs of preanal papillae ..

Two pairs of preanal papillae .. . 9

7. (6) Sp, rat. 32. « M, paenep bal Oshmarin

Sp. rat, 25.26 ok 8 8

8. (7) R. spic, 85-88 .- _M, erythrorhynchi Ali

R. spic. 150 2. 2. .. M. cunadensiy Mawson

9, (6) L, spic, longer than ‘body test tans TO

L. spice. not laut than body .. ., ,. 11

10, (9) Sp. rat. 16-22, . MM, soleulata Boyd

Sp. rat. 37 .. 1. M. helix astalicus Oshmarin

Ji. (9) Four pairs of post-claacal Pap,

M. oshmarini Sobolev

Not more than three pairs of post-cloacal

PIDs or ve te le ot wo ios TZ

244

12. (11)

13, (12)

14. (12)

(5. (14)

16. (15)

17. (15)

18. (17)

19, (18)

20. (18)

21, (20)

22. (14)

23. (22)

24, (23)

2§ (22) Vestibule 30 long ..

27, (26)

28. (27)

29, (27)

30, (29)

31. (26)

32. (31)

33. (31)

34. (33)

REC, S. AUST. MUS,, (17-14);

Adanal pap. present... .. 2... 2... 13

Adanal pap. absent .. ., Id

One pair of adanal pap, M, pusilla Travassos

Two pairs of adanal pap.

M, travassosi Rasheed

R, spic longer than tail .. ©. 1. 0, 4. 15

R. spic. shorter than tail .. ci ve pa ee) 22

L. spic. less than 1200 ., ., .. «. .. 16

L. spic. more than 1300 .. .. .. 4. 17

Vestibule length 25 M. cloacitectus Oshmarin

Vestibule length 19 ,. .. M, singhi Sultana

Sp. rai, over 18 .. . M, century Barus

Spicule ratio not more than 17 ~~ 18

Sp. rat. less than 9... ye ee ye 1D

Sp. rat. between 10-17 ., .. -- -. 20

Junction of vas deferens and testis 500-600

from cloaca... ,, .. M. bubo Schell

Junction of yas deferens and cloaca 800-900

from cloaca .. .. .» M. aquila Schell

Vestibule about 10 long , M, copyaltriae n.sp.

Vestibule at least 13 long .. .. .. «. 2

Hilt of L. spic, very long: HF 6-8-1

M. cacomantiy nsp.

Hilt of L, spic, shorter; HF 2°5-3+3

M, cerci nysp,

L. spic, 3200 Jong or more .. «. -. .. 23

L, spic, not longer than 3100 .. 4... 25

Spicule ratio not more than 30; parasitic in

crows .. . M. helix helix Cram

Spicule ratio more than 34 24

Spicule ratio 36: parasitic in hornbills

M. contarta (Wiedman)

Spicule ratio 40-45; parasitic in hornbills

M. bucerotidae Ortlepp

_ M. spiralis (Seurat)

Vestibule not longer than 25 -.- 26

Sp. rat. 11 or less .. sb ce an at

Sp. rat. 12 or more .: -. .. 31

L. spic. not more than half body length 28

L. spice. more than half body length 29

Hilt of L, spic, long, slender; HF 4-7-5-6

M. sphecotheres usp.

Hilt of L. spic. shorter; HF 1+6-1:9

M. tytoniy tsp.

R. spic. 120 long

M, oriolus orientalis Oshmarm

R. spic, 80-100 long .. 6. ee ee ve ee 30

From Tachyphonus sp., Brazil

M. minima (Travassos)

From Cracticus sp,, Australia

M, cracticus n.sp.

L. spic. not longer than 1050: egg longer than

a ‘ «s 32

L. spice. not shorter than 1060; egg shorter

than 60 2. 6. wa ae my) 33

R. spic. 66; vestibule 19 fone

Mf. longiovatus Barus

i oe

R. spic. LOO; vestibule 14 long

M. asveunetrica Oshmarin

Vestibule 21 or more long .. .. 1. 5, 34

Vestibule not longer than 20 .. -. .. 35

L, spic. over 2500 Jong: {/1-1 of body

length .. 2. 2... M. @. erielny Oshmarin

L, spic. less than 2500 Jong; 1/1+7-1-8 of

body length . M. accipiter Schell

35. (33)

36, (35)

37. (35)

38. (37)

39, (38)

40. (39)

41, (40)

42. (40)

43, (42)

44, (42)

45. (44)

46. (1)

47, (46)

48. (47)

49, (46)

50. (49)

51, (50)

52, (49)

239-259 Fubruary, 1977

Tail more than 1-5 times fam of R.

spic .. ., pe ph 8

Tail not more > than 1: 5 times ‘Tength of R.

0) on Nt wee tn «aT

L, spic. 2032- 2270: vestibule 16 long

M. ariolus rasheéedae Skrjabin et al.

1250; vestibule 11 long

M. aegotheles n.sp.

.. M. pardecipiter isp.

L. spic. over 2200 long ,, M, philemon tsp.

L. spic. not longer than 2200 .. .. 39

Sp, rat, 2] we M.

Sp. rat, not more than 20 ,, .. -, .-

L. spic.

Vestibule 18-20 long

Vestibule not more than 16°5 long ,. ..

streperde tsp.

wagiet

R. spic. almost equal to tail length ..

R. spic, distinctly less than tail Jength . .

Vestibule elongate in shape ., .. Af.

Vestibule almost as wide as long

M. meliphagidae tusp.

Vestibule not more than |1 long .. .. 43

Vestibule not less than 12 long .. 44

HF @°1-7°9 ,. «. «. 2. M, coracinae n.sp.

HF 3-4 .. . M. mirafrae nsp,

From small passerines in Russia

M. jakulensis Kontrimavichus

From Australian birds 2. 0...) +» 45

HF 2+2-3+3; hilt more or less cylindrical

M. raptoris n.sp.

HF 3:3-4-4; hilt tapering towards extremity

M, gymnorhinae n.sp.

Spic, rat, under 11 .. .. 47

Sp. rat. over 13 ,, 49

Length of oesophagus less ita | that of body

M. tubocluacis Oshmarin

Length of oesophagus 4-4 that of body 48

L. spic, 1125; R, spic. 220-260

M. rasheedae Sultana

1950-2120; R, spic. 142

M. cephalatus Sultana

over 2200 Jong .. 4. aa 50

not longer than 2000 . 52

less than hall tail length; vestibule 23

M.. egretes Rasheed

R. spic. more than half tail length; vestibule

VP or 1a8s pete cere et oer ba cia te a

R, spic. 100-110 .. 2, ». M, ninoetis n.sp.

R. spic. 190-230 ..M, malabari Ali

20-21 long

JS M. ereplini (Vavilova)

M.. rapteris psp.

28 long .. pe te ae ve 653

tail 100-120

M, osmaniae Rasheed

R. spic. 80-90; tail 140-180

M. mirzae Rasheed

L. spic.

L, spic.

R. spice.

otoetoiwe

Gubernaculum

Gubermaculum

R, spic. 50-80;

Key ta female Microtetrameres spp.

M_ conterta Wiedman is not included, as the length

of the vestibule is not known; the eggs are 40-45 x

20-25 jum.

1. Eggs very long, 70 at least .. .. -. -- -.

Eggs very short, under 40... 5. 6, 0, ye ee

Egg length between 40-60 .. .. .. -. «-

why

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.

Eggs 80-82 x 36-39; from Lanius sp.

M, asymmetrica Ashroatin

Eggs 70-73 x 20-23; from Glaucidium sp.

M. longiovata Barus

Eggs 39 x 26; vestibule 39 long

M. erythrorhynchi Ali

Egg 36 x 21; vestibule 24 long

M. travassosi Rasheed

Egg 36 x 20: vestibule 20 long

M, inermis (Linstow)

Egg 35 x 15, vestibule 24 long

M, cegretes Rasheed

Vestibule not more than 12 ene te tates tae 3

Vestibule more than 12 long ., .. «. +. ee) 66

Vestibule 12 Ing evg 45 x 24; trom Tachyphonus

sp, . . .. M. minima (Vravassos)

Vestibule 9 loa epes “42-49 x 28: from Turdus

sp. . ve ta ot MM, pusilla Travassos

Vestibule 12 ons eggs 45 x 25-26: fram Aexo-

theles sp. ae , M. aegathéles n,sp.

Vestibule not CAP Ehart 20 ne oe ce een toy 7

Vestibule longer than 20 -. 2-2 7. 2. we we 1

Body with two longitudinal flanges

M,. acciptier Schell

Body without flanges ,. 2. 6, 2. cy pe ey 8

Breadth of egg not more than 28 ,, -. -, -. 9

Breadth of egg more than 28 .. 1, .. 2. 12

Vestibule twice or more, as Jong us wide .. 10

Vestibule less than twice as long as wide ., 11

Egg length 40 ., .oM, canadensis Mawson

Ege Jength 45-49 .. .. M-. ashmarini Sobolev

Ege length 50-60 ., .) M. cruzii Travassos

Vestibule 17-19; egg 44-46 x 23-26

M. paraccipiter tap.

Vestibule 17-19: egg 43-50 x 26-28

M. raptoris tsp

Vestibule 19; egg 46 x 26... ©. M, ninoctis n.sp,

Vestibule 15-17: egg 42-44 x 24-27

M. tytonis n.sp.

Vestibule 17-19; egg 45 x 25-26

M, cacomaniix n.sp.

Vestibule 18-20; egg 44-48 x 24-26

M, osmaniae Rasheed

From Passeriformes:

Vestibule 15; egg 46-49 x 29-3]

Vestibule 17; egz 49-53 x 32

M. jukutensts Kontrimavichus

Vestibule 16: egg 44 x 31 ., M. eopsaliriae nsp.

Vestibule 13; ege 44 x 29 .. M. cvracinae asp.

Vestibule 13-16; egg 45-50 x 31-35

M, meliphagidae

16-19: ege 47-50 x 31-33

M. philemon nsp.

33-34

nF aire perde

Vestibule 17-20: egg 49-51 x 31-33

M. gymnorhinae sp.

. M, saguei Barus

nsp.

Vestibule

14-17; cge 51-55 x

TLSp.

From Piciformes:

Vestibule 19; egg 49-53 x 33-38

M, centuri Barus

From Coraciiformes:

Vestibule 18; egg 42-45 x 30-32

M. buetrotidae Ortlepp

245

13, From birds of prey ., -. ,- 4, eu ey vy) M4

From other groups of birds ~<pet sters-tp Ty

14. Vestibule not longer than 23... .. 2. 2. 45

Vestibule over 25 1. 6, ce uy ce ey ve ey) (16

15. Eggs 44-48 x 24-16... ,. .. M4. eymaniae Rasheed

Egg 44528 20 0 2 ve ce ca wa MM. buba Schell

16, Eee 48 x 28 1. 2. 1. 5, M. mirgai Rasheed

Egg 44-50 x 23-26 ,., ., ~. «+ M. aquila Schell

17. Egg at least 32 wide -. .. 1. we we we ee 18

Egg at most 31 wide ., 0 +. yu ee ue ve (19

18, Length of vestibule less than twice its width

M. xiphidiopici Barus

Length of vestibule at least twice its width

M. helix Cram

19. Vestibule 30 long LM: Sf (Seurat)

Vestibule less than 25 long Se pe St te pe

20. Exg length 48-50 .. M, teonBata Boyd

Egg length less than 47 1... 1. 4. aa 2) 21

21, Vestibule length 21; egg (34)-43 x (17)-30

M. oriolus oriolus Oshmarin

Vestibule length 23; egg 40-46 x 25-29

M. orialus rashvedae Skrjabin er al

Microtetrameres helix Cram

Plate 1; Figs. 1-9; Table 2

Microtetrameres helix Cram 1926, p. 355.

Microtetrameres corax Schell, 1953, p, 234,

Hosts and localities: Corvus mellori, Launceston,

Tas; Balgowan, Ardrossan, Williamstown,

Adelaide, SA; C. bennetti (2s only) Ayers

Rock, Erldunda, NT; C. coronoides, Ade-

laide, Heatherleigh, Lock, Oodnadatta, SA;

C. orru (¥s only) Ayers Rock, Alice

Springs, Death Adder Creek, NT; Corcorax

melanorhamphus, Mt, Crawford, Mantung,

SA; Inverleigh, Vic.

The numerous Australian specimens have

been compared with M. corax (one male speci-

men lent by Dr. Schell) and with M, felix (male

specimens from Dr. Lichtenfels) and it has been

concluded that all belong to the same species.

Schell differentiates M, corax from M, helix in

the male by the length of the body and of the

left spicule, the bifid tip of the left spicule in

M. helix, the absence of a bali point on the tip

of the tail in M. helix, and by the distance of

the vulva from the tip of the tail.

Examination of the single loaned male speci-

men of M. corax shows that the tip of the left

spicule is slightly incised, resembling that of the

Australian specimens (Fig. 7), The four male

specimens of M, helix (Cram’s material) are

mounted and are in a poor condition, because

of air bubbles on the slides. The tips of the tails

are not very clear, but in one there is definite

246

Figs. 1-8, M. helix.

REC, 8S, AUST, MUS., (17-14): 239-259

February, 1977

40 pm

1 and 2, head of male, median and lateral views respectively: 3 and 4, head of female,

median and lateral views respectively; 5, posterior end of male; 6 and 7, hilt of left spicule in Australian

and U.S.A. (M. corax Schell) specimens respectively; 8, tip of left spicule.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 to same scale; Figs. 5 and 10

posterior end of male; 10, hilt of left spicule.

Figs. 9-10, M. orialus. 9,

to same scale.

indication of the presence of a ball point; the

hilt of the left spicule is similar to those of the

Australian specimens and to that of M. corax.

The measurements of all three sets of speci-

mens are very close, except those of the eggs

which in Cram’s and Schell’s descriptions are

smaller than those of the Australian specimens.

As it Is easy to measure infertile eggs in Micro-

tetrameres spp. this difference is not considered

significant. Bethel (1973) recorded M. corax

Schell from Pica pica hudsoni in Colorado and

studied its life cycle. His young adult males

agree in general appearance and in measure-

ments with those of M. helix. Sultana (1962,

336) described M. helix from a hornbill, Teckus

birostris, from India. The measurements of her

specimens fall within, or close to, those of the

Australian ones, except for those of the eggs

which are smaller. Morgan and Waller (1941,

16) recorded M. helix from Corvus brachy-

rhynchos brachyrhynchos from eastern U.S.A.

This work has not been seen by the present

author.

Oshmarin (1956, 303) described M. helix

asiaticus from four corvid species from Turkes-

tan, This is a large worm known only from the

male. Only one set of measurements is given.

It differs from Cram’s specimens chiefly in the

greater length of the left spicule which is longer

than the body.

Other records of M. helix and of M. corax are

by Ellis (1972, p. 31 ef seq). It appears that

the species has a wide distribution, and that it

is apparently restricted to corvids and hornbills,

apart from the two records from an Australian

chough, not now regarded as a corvid. It is pos-

sible that closer examination of the specimens

from hornbills may show some differences not

indicated in published measurements and draw-

ings. M. malabari Ali, 1970, from a hornbill, is

very similar to Sultana’s specimens of M. helix

in many points, but differs in the presence of a

gubernaculum.

Microtetrameres oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova

Figs. 9-10; Table 4

Microtetrameres oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova,

1950, 78, From Oriolus oriolus,

Host and locality: Oriolus sagittatus, Katherine

Gorge, NT.

Only a single male worm was collected. It

agrees with the description and measurements

In M. oriolus rasheedae Skrj.

(syn. M. orioles Rasheed, 1960, 60) the spicules

of M. oriolus.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

TABLE 2

are shorter.

Males of Microtetrameres helix from Australian birds and from U.S.A.

Unless otherwise indicated, measurements are in em.

247

The subspecies M. oriolus orientalis

Oshmarin, 1956, is a much smaller worm. The

hilt of the left spicules of these species cannot

at present be compared.

Host species .....5.. Corvus mellori C, coronaides C. spp. C. ameri- C. corax Corcorax spp.

canus. |

}

\ I |__|

| | All Aust. South

Locality 2.2.2.0... Tasmania South Australia | South Australia Species US.A, U.S.A. Australia

Number of specimens © i9 16 5

es | Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean Mean (Ram) Schell PMM PMM

fale? |

Length (mm) ..... | 37-58 5-0 41-53 47 40-54 44 44 49 37-47 36 384-3

Oesophagus— | )

Totals. 24s « 860-1 200 | 1076 900-1 200 | 1070 » 900-1200 1022 1 058 826 885-1 OSL _ 950-1 250

Muse. ..-. eee 260-350 309 | 230-330 298 225-300 265 289 274 244-266 — 270-350

Buccal capsule

MBH ss. ste. 19-23 21 19-23 1-7 24-26 21 20 21+ 21-25t 20 16-20

Ant. end—

Nerve ring ..... 175-260 187 | 140-190 179 150-190 163 174 191 151-187 a 160-185

Cerv, pap ...... 212-280 225 180-235 210 190-235 208 210 — 194-237 — 200-230

Exer, pore ..... 175-280 214 150-245 202 180-225 198 201 — 154-194 _ 200-215

Spicule—Left ..... | 2800-4200 3625 4 3922 3650-4510 | 4042 3.950 3600 3200-3800) 2650 3. 000-3 950

Right .,. 120-162 140 130-160 1 125-145 133 141 135 120-140 110-140

Ratio .,. | 20-7-32:3 27-6 231-307 27:5 25-2-34-7 30°5 28-2 26-6 26°6-27-1* 22:1 27-3-29-0

Left spicule— )

Hilt Lowi cease. 23-32 26 20-27 24 21-30 27 25 — — ' 17 26-30

Hilt factor... .- 1-7-2:8 23 1:7-2:7 22 2:0-2-7 23 22 _ _ 19 2-0-2:5

Body Lileft

spicule Lo... L-is 13 1-0-1-3 1-2 1-1-1-2 1-1 1-2 1:3 i+1-1-2* 14 11-13

Tail .sc2-fsge fe 1345-200 172 140-180 152 160-180 172 1164-5 183 160-207 — 165-170

From

Female: Corvus orru

Davophages— | j

Total . cece | 1 760-1 900 — 1 640-1 900 — L 800-2 000 — 1400 — 1 625-1 709 — a

Musty 28546 in 340-360 — 340-380 = 360-420 — 250 |225-250 241-284 _—

Vestibule—. |

Length ........ 20-25 — 22-26 — 23-26 — 22-23 22:5 24-25t _

Ext. diameter ... 11-0—12-1 — 11:0-12-1 —_ 8-8-12:1 = 11-0 —_ — _— —

Ant, end, Nerve ring 196-200 —_— 185-250 — 190-210 — 180 — 126-129 — =

Satl-y. reife ast 200-220 _— 190-220 — 190-310 aa 180 141 129-187 — —

Post.end vulva ... 340-350 — 300-330 — 320-450 — 290 216 237-240 oo —

Ege—Length ..... 50-52 — 50-55 — 50-55 — 57-53 42 47 — —

Breadth. -. -- 33 — 33 = 33 — 33 33 32 — _

*As these proportions are taken from the largest and smallest measurements given by Schell they may be inexact.

tMeasured by the authors.

TABLE 3

Measurements of Microtetrameres meliphagidae and M. phileman,

Unless otherwise noled measurements are in «m.

Microtetrameres meliphagidae | M, philemon

Host species... .....,-.-5-465 Acanthogenys sp. MManorina spp. Meliphaga spp. Anthochoera spp. Philemon spp.

Number of specimens ......., 13 1 16 17 18

hal Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean Range Mean

‘ale;

Length (mm) .... 2-0-3-3 27 1:9-2-2 21 1-9-2-7 22 18-28 23 | 28-43 34

Oesophagus—Total 550-680 6-4 450-600 552. 490-650 562 500-730 587 600-850 736

Muse. 190-245 218 190 (Is) — 170-240 193 180-240 202 205-250 230

Vestibule length ,... 11-14 13 12-13 3 12-14 13 11-14 12 13-17 is

Ant. end—Nerve ring 130-170 152 135 (1x) 120-150 132 120-150 133 120-165 144

Cery. pap. 160-210 194 170 (1x) — 150-200 170 145-204 173 150-225 181

Exer. pore 155-205 182 a — 25-180 152 130-177 | 52) | 140-205 166

Left Spicule—Lett _- 1450-2200 1910 1550-1770) 1 642 1400-1 850 | 1644 | 1500-2050 | 1737 2 200-3 bon 2571

Right 90-130 lid 90-110 os 85-110 96 g0-120 | 103 95- 109

Ratio 14-1-20-7 16-9 143-183 16-8 147-196 17-4 159-198 16-7 20-28 23-4

Body Ljleft spicule ... 1-:2-1-6 14 J2-1+3 1-2 1-2-1-4 L3 1-I-L-S 1:3 “2-1-4 13

Left spicule—Hilt lL... 17-26 24 18-27 23 bah 22 17-30 | 22 19-26 23

Hilt factor .....,. 2:0-32 25 22-3-3 28 2:2-3-3 2-6 2:3-3-2 2-6 1-9-2:5 2:3

Pa re Wl mtednd « ole be pede dace « ary J10-140 412 100-130 115 100-140 115 95-130 112 120-150 i31

emale > }

Ocsophaugus—Total ........4.5. 1 600 — 850-1 200 —_ 1200 — 980-1 400 — 900-1450 —

Muse. 260 _ 220-320 — 270-280 _ 200-300 — 280-300 ~_

Vestibula—Length ---.-.,,.,.,. 13-15 —_ 14-16 — 16 = 14-16 — 16-19 _

Eat. Breadth ........ 10-12 _— 10-11 _~ 10-11 — 10-11 — 10-12 —_—

Ant. end Nerve ring .........,- 140 — 150-175 — 160-170 a 130.160 — 140-160 ay

DAD Osh ihe Che tesett eHelofet obeele chaccba ovate 80-120 _— 120-140 — 150 — 20 = 130 =

Post. end vulva oo... eee ee 130-220 — 220-270 — 240 — 230 = 230 —

Ege—Length .............5 44 49-50 — 48-50 — 50 — 50 _— 46-50 _

Breadth 31-35 — 31-33 =—t | 30 —_— 31-33 i — 31-33 —

| '

248 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977

800 pm

Figs. 11-23, M. meliphagidae; unless otherwise stated, all from type host, 11, anterior end of male; 12 and 13,

lateral and ventral views of posterior end of male; 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, hilt of left spicule; 14, from type

host: 15 and 16, from Anthochoera sp.. 17. from Myzantha sp.; 18, from Meliphaga sp.; 19, entire female;

20, head of female; 21 anterior end of female; 22, posterior end of female; 23, egg. Figs. 11, 12 and 13

to same scale; Figs. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20 and 23 to same scale; Figs. 21 and 22 to same scale.

Microtetrameres meliphagidae n.sp. Flinders Ranges, SA; Anthochoera chrysop-

Figs. 11-23; Table 4 tera, Naracoorte, and Mt. Barker, SA; A.

carunculata, Adelaide, Eyre Peninsula and

Hosts and localities: Acanthogenys rufogularis, .

gen) fog Yorke Peninsula, SA.

Pt. Augusta, Flinders Ranges, Blanchetown,

Meningie, SA; Meliphaga _ virescens, The male of this species is of medium size,

Blanchetown, Eyre Peninsula and the with a short buccal capsule almost as wide as

Flinders Ranges, SA; M. leucotis, Eyre long. The left spicule is rounded, with a small

Peninsula, SA; M. melanocephala, Can- cleft at the tip. The right spicule is simple,

berra, ACT, Naracoorte, SA; M. flavigula, rounded at the tip. There is no gubernaculum.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

The body of the female is twisted into a

reversed spiral, sometimes twice reversed, The

buccal capsule is barrel-shaped. There is a

short intestinal caecum, This species is closest

to M. philemon n.sp., in which the left spicule is

longer and the spicule ratio greater; to M, saguei

Barus (1966) from Myadestes sp. (Turdidae)

from Cuba, and to M. gymnerhinae o.sp. in

both of which however the buccal capsule is

clongate,

Microietrameres philemon n.sp.

Figs. 26-28; Table 4

Hosts and localities; Philemon argenticeps,

Coomalie Creek and Berrimah, NT; P.

citreogularis, (2s), Coomalie Creek, NT;

Entymyzon cyanotis, (immature ?s), Edith

R, and Yam Creek, NT.

All the specimens of Microtetrameres taken

from honeyeaters in the Northern Territory are

distinctly larger than those from South Australia,

The specimens from Entomyzon, though

immature, are larger and have a larger buccal

capsule than those of a similar stage from

Acanthogenys rufogularis from South Australia,

and are similar to some from Philemon sp. The

distinction between the two groups is not only

249

of size, as the spicule ratio is quite different. The

hilt of the left spicule is similar to that of M,

meliphagidae, and the ratio between the lengths

of the left spicule and the body, the egg size, and

the shape of the female body (though not its

size) are similar in the two species, The size of

the body and spicules are somewhat similar to

those of M. eriolus oriolus but the buccal cap-

sule and eggs are smaller.

Microtetrameres mirafrae 1.sp.

Figs. 26-28; Table 4

Host and locality: Mirafra javanica, ? loc,, NT

(6 3s, | imm. 2); Microeca leucophaea,

Newcastle Waters, NT (1 ¢@); Blanche-

town, SA (1 2), Waikerie, SA (3 young

9s),

These are small worms, in some ways resem-

bling M. meliphagidae but the buccal capsule is

more elongate and the left spicule shorter with

a more slender hilt. The only females in the

collections are immature. The male specimen

from Microeca is very similar in shape and pro-

portions to those from Mirafra, The females

from Microeca from SA are placed in this species

because they are from the same host species,

TABLE 4

Measurements of Microretranieres mivafrae, M. gyminorhinae, M. streperae and M, cractici

Unless otherwise indicated, measurements are in zm,

Species ..ceee es ett eesie ss eee | M, mirafrae M, gymnorhinae | M. streperae | M. cractiet

. _ -| -

| | Mean of

Mirafra Microeea \Gyiinorhinat. G. tibicen all from Strepera Craclicus

Host species iE javanica leucophaea tibicen leiconota = Gymnorhina | versicolar tarquatus

sp.

i | t

Number of specimens... 2.) .. 6 1 6 16 1 3

| |

Male:

Length (mm) ...........05 (8-2-0 1-4 2-3-2°9 2:2-3-2 2-6 31 1-3-1-7

Oesophagus—Total ...,..- 480-560 470 750-1 080 620-800 751 900 530-580

Muse, cise 170-210 190 230-290 215-300 245 260 195-210

Buccal capsule length 12-13 12 14-19 14-17) 16 I4 13-16

Ant. end—Nerve ring. «:, .: 125-140 100 130-190 130-165 | 151 150 135-150

Cery, pap. ..... 145-170 120 155-230 155-190 168 — 150-170

Exer. pore ..... 148-160 120 150-180 145-200 17] — 150-165

Spicule—Left ............ 1 100-1 200 1060 | 1500-1 $30 | 1400-1 960 1685 | 2100 860-1 000

Right... 0.0.0.6. 80-92 80 90-124. 100-120 ra | 100 80-100

Ratio ........... 13-1-15-0 13-3 | -15:2-17:0 14-2-18:2 J4-2 210 86-LL-2

Left spicule—Length ...... 1-3-1-7 1:3 1-3-1-7 1-4-1-8 16 | 15 15-l7

Hilt g.c5 t, a 19-27 14 32-36 26-38 34 45 26-32

Factor .,..,. 30-40 30 33-42 33-44 37 3:0 41-46

BRUT, ‘el ojole ptcave tet eractct'e 3,0 cake 115-130) | 120 130-180 130-160 — 130 110

Female: |

Ocsophagus—- Total oo... | a 650 1 300-1 320 1 150 — 1 600-1 800 _—

Muse. «.5. | — 190 280-310 250 = 330-400 =

Buceal capsule—Length ..- | — 19 17-20 17-20 -- 14-17 —

Rreadih .. — 8:0 11-12 il — 12-13 --

y | ee en oe _ 90 120-130 | 190 7 190-200 —

Post. end vulva ........... — 140 280-290 300 — 340-350 _

Egg—Length ....,....... — _ 49-5—50-6 49-5 i 50°6-55-0 --

Breadth ........-,.. | — 30-8-33-0 30-8-33-0 | _ | 33-341 _-

250 REC. S$. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977

Figs. 24-25, M. philemon. 24, posterior end of male; 25, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 26-28, M. mirafrae.

26, anterior end of male; 27, posterior end of male; 28, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 29-35, M. gymnorhinae,

29, anterior end of male; 30, head of male; 31, posterior end of male; 32, hilt of left spicule; 33 and 34, tips

of two left spicules; 35, posterior end of female. Figs. 25, 28, 30, 32, 33 and 34 to same scale; Figs. 24,

26, 27, 29 and 31 to same scale,

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

In the spicule ratio and the ratio of the lengths

of the left spicule and the body, this species is

very close to M. jakutensis Kontrimavichus,

1958, from species of Alauda, Motacilla, Anthus

and Prunella, but as it is impossible to compare

the hilt of the left spicule and as females are not

present in the Australian species, it is considered

wiser ta regard the Australian species as distinct,

pending further information.

Microtetrameres gymnorhinae n.sp.

Figs, 29-35; Table 4

Hosts and localities; Gymnorhina tibicen tibicen,

Canberra, ACT; G, tibicen leuconoeta,

Clarendon, Victor Harbor, One Tree Hill,

Ashbourne, Blackwood, Naracoorte, SA.

Microtetrameres specimens from Gymnorhina

spp. are about the same overall size as those from

honeyeaters. They are differentiated in the male

mainly by the characters of the left spicule,

which is rather shorter and has a more elongate

hilt and in both sexes by the more elongate

buccal capsule.

In many specimens the tip of the left spicule,

which as in all the Australian species is enclosed

in a small ala, is incompletely chitinised so that

it appears bifid or broken,

The female body forms a complex coil, often

twice reversed and sometimes with the tail end

passing between the coils. The whole coil ts

about the same size as that of M. meliphagidae.

Microtetrameres streperae n,sp.

Figs. 36-40; Table 4

Hast and locality; Strepera versicolor, Waikerie,

SA (1é, 48s).

The tip of the left spicule is bifid, within the

terminal ala. The female body forms an irregu-

lar coil reversed two or three times. No intestinal

diverticulum was seen, The egg is larger than

that of most other Australian species.

In most measurements it resembles M. parac-

cipiter but the buccal capsule is shorter and the

shape of the hilt of the left spicule is different.

Jt differs from M. gvmnorhinae (from a host

species closely related to Strepera) chiefly in the

spicule ratio and the shape of the hilt of the left

spicule,

Microtetrameres cractici n,sp,

Figs. 41-42; Table 5

Host and locality: Cracticus terquatus, Eyre

Peninsula, SA (3 és),

The tip of the left spicule is entire and

rounded, lying within the terminal ala.

The species is close to M, asymmetrica

Oshmarin, 1956, from Lanis sp., USSR, and to

M, minima (Travassos, 1914) from Tachyphonus

sp., Brazil, These three species are very similar

in such measurements as are available, The male

of M. minima is briefly described and poorly

figured. M. asymetrica differs from M. cractici

in having the tail longer in comparison with the

length of the right spicule and in the shape of the

hilt of the left spicule.

TABLE 5

Meusurements of Micratetrameroy orivlus, M_cvavomantis, M. uegotheles, M_coracinae, M, sphecotheres, and M. copsaltriae,

Unless otherwise indicated, al] measurements are in pm.

" M. M. M,

M. orialus | cacomantis MM aegotheles, M. coracinae sphecotheres | eopsaltriae

r Orioluy Cucamantiy | Aevotheles Coracina C. novae- Cuculus Sphecotheres| Eopsaltria

Host species 2.0.2. 20 ee eee ewes sugittatax vurivlosus cristata Aypoleuca hallandiae | pallidus flaviventriy australis

Number of’ specimens ,- - -,-,.,- | 7 i 1 I 1 2 l

Male>

Length (mm) .-- - --.---22)- 2. - a4 yI43 26 2-1 7 2-6 2-0-2-3 26

Oesophagus—Total --.)...222-2-- - m0 600-900 — -- 4e0 — 700 (1x) oo

MUsti cota cscene J00 270) (2%) 310 - a 1490-200 220

Biiceu! capsule -- 20. eee eee \6 16-22 13 13 li 4 16-17 W

Ant end— Nerye ring»... TRO 140-200 200 _ — 130-132 m0

Cery. pap. — 160 (1s) 240 — — — 132-135 wo

. Bacr. pore =) feat i 180 155 (Is) — — = 142 (Ix) 170

Spicule—Left 2.2 sels 3 000 1900-2 250 1250 1400 1 200 1450 1 000-1 100 1420

Right ~~ 10 30-150 75 100 90 115 95.115 130

_ Ratio... 273 (42-161 16-6 140 3 V7 9-11 oy

Left Spicule—Length - 1 LO-1-9 It Ls Jot 19 20-249 1g

Ti fo ee 26 55-78 27 37 47 50 36-40 27

: Hilt factor...) 2... uy 25 HEH | 35 79 oa 61 47-56 47

Tall iets pete pdsmdrge op ee cobs mies PALE 155 (20-145 130 30 100 — 130-150 120

Jermuale >

Ogsophauus—Total o.. sey cv ece eevee a 1150 450-1 O00 hE) = — =

Must. .. sees = 330 a0 -= -- — — 295

Buceul capsule—Length —_ 19-20 13 } 4 — ood _ 17

Breadth _ on] 9 il — — — 10

Tadd 225 Sas: e sees eee — 160 190 — — _ — 160

Post, ond Vulva 66.2.0 -....- — 300 320-330 — — _ — 220

Fege—Length ........-2.--. eevee _ 44 45 44 — — => dd

Breadth 2.2.2... -.2. 222 cc eae — 28 25-26 29 ~ = = | 3)

252 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977

”) '

39 4|

600 Hm

30 pm

Figs. 36-40, M. streperae. 36, posterior end of male; 37, hilt of left spicule; 38, entire female; 39, posterior end

of female; 40, egg. Figs. 41-42, M. cracticis. 41, posterior end of male; 42, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 43-45,

M. cacomantis. 43, posterior end of male; 44, hilt of left spicule; 45, posterior end of female. Fig. 46,

M. coracina, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 47-48, M. sphecotheres. 47, posterior end of male; 48, hilt of left

spicule, Figs. 36, 41, 43 and 47 to same scale; Figs. 37, 40, 42, 44, 46 and 48 to same scale; Figs. 39 and

45 to same scale.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 253

Microtetrameres cacomantis 7.sp.

Figs, 43-45; Table 5

Hast and locality: Cacomantis variolosus, Tober-

mory, NT (74s, 29s).

The males are distinguished by a combination

and a low spicule ratio. The body of the female

forms 4 more or less spherical knot from which

of a short left spicule with a long slender hilt,

head and tail protrude: one is a simple and one a

reversed spiral.

The species is perhaps nearest to M, centuri

Barus, 1966, from a Cuban piciforme bird, and

M, cerci n.sp. from an Australian harrier. It is

distinguished from both of these by the spicule

ratio and actual spicule lengths, and from M,

cerei by the shape of the hilt of the left spicule.

Microtetrameres coracinae n.sp.

Fig. 46; Table 5

Hosts and localities: Coracina novaehollandiae

(1¢, 3 juv.¢s) from Culburra, SA; C.

hypoleuca (1¢, 1 broken @) Katherine,

NT; Cueullys pallidus (1é), Casuarina

Beach, NT,

Although the three male specimens come from

very different localities they are very similar in

general morphology and in measurements. They

resemble M, cacomantis but are distinguished by

the shorter spicules, and the fact that the right

spicule is shorter than the tail. The specimens

are not in good condition, but the chitinous parts

are unimpaired, The shape of the hilt of the left

spicule (Fig. 46) distinguishes this from all

other Australian species.

Microtetrameres sphecotheres n.sp.

Figs. 47-48; Table 5

Host and locality: Sphecotheres flaviventris,

Katherine Gorge, NT (3 és).

The tip of the left spicule is indented and

alate. The species is nearest to M, tytoniy (des-

cribed below) and M, oriolus oriolus, Vt is dis-

tinguished from the former by the length of the

buccal capsule. from the latter by the length of

the left spicule in relation to the body length, and

from both by the shape of the hilt of the left

spicule,

Microtetrameres aegotheles n.sp.

Figs. 49-52; Table 5

Host and locality: Aegotheles cristata, Markar-

anka, NT (1#,285).

In the male the hilt of the left spicule is dis-

tinctly narrower than the shaft, a circumstance

not seen in any other Australian specimen, The

female forms a reversed spiral. There is a bulge,

probably a diverticulum, at the anterior end of

the intestine. The species is similar in many

features to M. saguei Barus, differing in the

shorter left spicule and in the ratio of tail length

to that of the right spicule.

Microtetrameres eopsaltriae n.sp.

Figs. 53-54, Table 5

Host and locality: Eopsaltria australis, Heather-

leigh, SA (13,12).

The tip of the left spicule is not fully chiti-

nised. The right spicule is longer than the tail-

The female body forms a spiral reversed

about its mid-length.

The measurements of this species are closest

to those of M. cerci n.sp.; the buccal capsule

however, is much shorter,

Microtetrameres paraccipiter n.sp.

Figs 58-61; Tables 6 and 7

Hosts and localities; Accipiter fasciaius trom

Darwin (2). (Type host and locality),

Kunoth Wells (2), and Petermann Range

(@) NT; Happy Valley (2?) and Mallala

(?) SA; Longford, Tas (%); Brisbane,

Qld (2).

The male and female specimens listed above

are placed together here only because they occur

in the same host species, but in no case were both

males and females in the same host specimen,

The female body forms an elongate simple spiral

(Fig, 61); the morphology and the measure-

ments of the eggs and buccal capsule are similar

in all the females present. No intestinal caecum

was observed. The male worms are very similar

to those of M. accipiter Schell in measurements

and appearance, and the species are separated on

characters of the females, which in M. parac-

cipiter lack the longitudinal flange on the body,

and the intestinal caecum described tor M. acci-

piter. It seems more Jikely that the male worms

from 4, fasciatus in Australia belong to the

same species as the female worms from the same

host species than that they belong to M7. accipiter

Schell from an American host.

February, 1977

254 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259

i=]

Figs. 49-52, M. aegotheles. 49, posterior end of male; 50 hilt of left spicule; 51, entire female; 52, anterior end

of female. Figs. 53-54, M. eopsaltriae, 53, posterior end of male; 54, hilt of left spicule. Fig. 55, M. bubo,

hilt of left spicule. Fig. 56, M. aquila, hilt of left spicule. Fig. 57, M. accipiter, hilt of left spicule.

Figs. 58-61, M. paraccipiter. 58, anterior end of male; 59, posterior end of male; 60, hilt of left spicule;

61, entire female in proventricular gland of host. Figs. 49, 53 and 58 to same scale; Figs, 50, 54, 55, 56 and

57 to same scale; Figs. 51 and 61 to same scale.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

255

TABLE 6

Measurements of mule specimens of Microtetvanteres paruccipiter, M, cere’, M. raptoris, M. ninocris, M. tytoniy and M. sp. from Tyto alba.

Unless otherwise indicated, measurements are in wm.

M, M. ceret M.. raptoris M, ninactis AL, tytenis | Msp,

Species -...4.. tao mhtes beseee | Paraceipiter

A ccipiter Cercus Falco Tyto

Host Spectes.....-.. - 2. -- 525 fasciatus axyimilix peregrinus F,.berigona | Ninax sp, Ninox sp. Tyla alba alba

Kuneth Potermann Northern

Wells, a., Territory

. Northern Northern South and South Northern =| Northern South Northern Northern

Locality -succtecsmeooneceaes | Territory Territory Australia Aastralia Territory Territory) Australia Territory Territory

Number of specimens ..:..,.. 2 Ww 6 7 3 ' 2 4 J

Dri up jet xetein citcne cpecnie Keviebestotes 34,37 2-1-3:3 3:3-3-R 22-26 21-30 a4 2:6, 3:2 29-33 39

Ocsophagus—Toral .- 2.0.60. ses S00, 950 530-800 1 200-1 400 600-750 81-1 200 |} 250 7, 1130 850-950 850

Ant.-- “a5 0; 250, 260) _ 230-290 165 — 300 310 240-250 250

Buccal capsule... 6.46 ade 6) sett tr 16, 20 21-25 19-20 16-20 19-20 20 17; 2) 20-22 26

Ant, end—Nerve ring . ‘ 140, 150 — 130-160 105 _ 170 2, 160 140 1k0

Cery. pup. .- | — 180-3210 410 _ 200 2,210 170-185 220

Exer, pore - ~ — 155-180 110 — 205 1, 185 150-170 —

Spicule—LefM ............. F 1400-1 920 | 1750-2 O00 | 1250-1490 | | 510-1630 | 2250 | 2490,2500 | 1200-1250 | 1 900

PRUE cnctsserche viccphe vecerhe enencle 0, 120 175-150 1OO-150 0-10. 90-130 100 100, 110 115-135 160

AT 2 -S-e 18-2, 200 104-160 13-20 13:5-17-0 12:5-16-8 225 227, 249 93-104 119

Lileft spiewle—Length -..------.-. b7, 1-5 1-5-1 (7-24 1-5-1-9 1-4-1:8 15 1-1, 3 24-2'8 21

Hit L veces piney cs 27,31 20-32 29-36 18-27 20-24 20 13 15-21 43

Hilt factor ..,...505 3:0, 3:3 2533 30-40 25-29 2-5-3:3 1:8 bed, 2:5 bé-1-9 42

Tail senor tre rien Ceereepyere aye 120, 140 110-[30 100-150 130-170 150-190 160 160, 160 150-155 170

TABLE 7

Measurements of females of Microretrameres paraceipiter, M. rapteris, M. ninactis, M, tytonis, and M_ sp. from A. cirrhocephalus.

All measurements are in jem,

Spevies... .-,--.- M. paraceipiter iM, sp, Mf. vapraris M. ninoctis | M, tytenis

Falvo Ninox novae-

Host Species ..,.., Acvipiter fasciatus A, eirrhacephilus peregrinus | F. berigora F, langipennis| seelandiae Tyre alba

Northern South , South South South Northern Northern Northern

Oesophsgus—Total .... 4400 2000 | 1800 1300 1300 1 100-2 140 | | 300-1 400 | 1 050-1 400 | 1500 1 300-1 400

Ant. . 260 240 370 230 200 210-290 200-240 230-270 250 140

Ant. end nerve rng | --. 130 140 120 100 100 140-170 110-120 — —_ 260-290

Buccs! capsule—Length 15 19 7 15 13 17-20 Ww 17-20 21 15-17

Brendih 10 Il 10 w 10 10-12 10 10-11 VW 10

Tail cg. toma: e@ca tees 250 _ 200 180 140 150-190 100-210 150-170 = 200-280

Post, end vulya .. 400 _— 300 310 280. 250-330 230-320 250-280 340-380

Ege—Length .... -- 44-45 6 — 46-49 44 50 = 43 46 42-44

Breadth ..... ...- 23-24 24-26 os 23-24 24 28 _ 26-27 26 24-27

Microtetrameres cerci n.sp.

Figs 62-65; Tables 6 and 7

Host and locality: Circus assimilis, Petermann

Ranges, NT (124s, no @s).

Some of these specimens, all collected from a

single host were found actually in the wall of

the proventriculus between the glands, The

buccal capsule is relatively long, the cloacal lips

are outstanding. The tip of the left spicule is

not divided, but there is an annular groove

shortly before the tip (Fig. 65). In some speci-

mens there is 4 definite chitinisation of the dorsal

wall of the gubernaculum, but this is not present

in all. The lips of the cloaca are more prominent

in this than in any other Australian species.

The species is distinguished from M, aquila

and M, bubo by the greater spicule ratio; in

measurements and proportions it is perhaps

closest to M. centuri Barus and M. cacomantis

n.sp., but is distinguished from the former by

the very prominent cloacal lips from the latter

by the shape of the hilt of the left spicule, and

from both by the rather different, though over-

lapping, range of measurements. Among Aus-

tralian species, the measurements are closest to

those of M. gymnorhinae, but the species are

distinguished by the length of the tail compared

to that of the right spicule.

Microtetrameres raptoris n.sp.

Figs. 66-74; Tables 6 and 7

Hosts and localities: Falco peregrinus, Pt.

Augusta, SA (545s, 149s) (type host and

locality), Mallala, SA (1¢, 19); F. beri-

gord, Blanchetown, SA, Robe, SA ( &s),

Petermann Ranges, NT: F. cenchroides,

Meningie, SA (2¢s, 12); F, longipennis,

Humpty Doo, NT (8s); Ninex novae-

seelandiae, Petermann Ranges, NT (428,

juv. 2).

The buccal capsule is elongate, The tip of the

left spicule is bifid (within the terminal ala) and.

the hilt is stoutly built, tapering very slightly. Tt

is slightly shorter, but similar in general shape,

69 70

Figs. 62-65, M. cerci.

spicule. Figs. 66-73, M. raptoris.

REC. $8. AUST. MUS., (17-14):

239-259 February, 1977

62, anterior end of male; 63, posterior end of male; 64, hilt of left spicule; 65, tip of left

66, anterior end of male; 67, posterior end of male; 68, 69, 70 and 71,

hilts of left spicules from Falco peregrinus, PF. berigora, F. cenchroides, and Ninoy novaeseelandiae,

respectively; 72, tip of left spicule; 73, female worm; 74, posterior end of female.

Figs. 62, 63, 66 and 67 to

same scales Figs. 64, 65, 68, 69, 70, 71 and 72 to same scale.

in the specimens from F. berigora (Fig. 69) and

F. cenchroides (Fig. 70) than in those from the

other hosts (Figs. 68, 71), The right spicule is

not more than two-thirds the length of the tail.

In all specimens there is a distinct gubernaculum,

most heavily chitinised in the type specimens.

The body of the female forms a spiral, usually

simple, in a few cases reversed. The intestine

forms two short caeca at its junction with the

oesophagus. There were no females with fer-

tilised eggs in any specimen from F. berigora.

Two male and one female specimens from

Falco cenchroides were broken, so measurements

are not given. Their general appearance, the

hilts of the left spicules and the egg size agreed

with those of the other specimens from Falco

spp. The females from F. longipennis and those

from F. berigora from Robe agree with those

from the Blanchetown, but the identification 1s

not certain,

Of the species in which a distinct gubernacu-

lum has been described, the males of these Aus-

tralian specimens fall closest to M, mirzae

Rasheed, 1960, M. osmaniae Rasheed, 1960 and

M. creplini Vavilova, 1926. They differ in the

shorter gubernaculum and the shorter buccal

capsule from the first two of these. M. creplini

was described from Accipiter niseus from the

U.S.S.R., from male specimens only; as the

females cannot be compared it is safer to des-

cribe the Australian specimens as a separate

species.

Microtetrameres ninoctis n.sp

Figs. 75-78, Tables 6 and 7

Host and localities: Ninox novaeseelandiae, Ber-

rimah, NT (14a, 498); Adelaide, SA

(248,298),

The three male worms are similar in measure-

ments, but in those from South Australia the

hilt of the left spicule is rather longer.

The tips of the left spicules are different in the

three specimens—one bifid, one rounded and

one truncated. A very slight chitinisation, 30.m

long, of the dorsal wall of the cloaca, which

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

400 pm

Figs. 75-78, M. ninactis.

from specimens from Berrimah and Adelaide, respectively.

20 ym

75, anterior end of male; 76, posterior end of male; 77 and 78, hilts of left spicules

Figs. 79-82, M. tytoniy. 79, anterior end of

male; 80, posterior end of male; 81, hilt of left spicule; 82. egg. ‘Figs. 75 and 79 to same scale; Figs, 76 and

80 to same scale; Figs. 77, 78, 81 and 81 to same scale.

could be called a small thin gubernaculum, is

present in two specimens, one of them from

Berrimah.

The female specimens are broken and the

form of the spiral is uncertain. Only one con-

tained fertile eggs.

These specimens differ from M. raptoris

recorded from the same host species chiefly in

the very much longer left spicule and the differ-

ent spicule ratio. Among specimens in which a

gubernaculum is present, the length of the left

spicule brings it closest to M. egretes Rasheed,

1960 (from an egret) but the gubernaculum of

the male, the buccal capsule of both sexes, and

the length of the eggs, are all shorter than those

of M. egretes,

Microtetrameres tytonis n.sp.

Figs. 77-80, Tables 6 and 7

Host and locality: Tyto alba, Banka Banka, NT

(43s, 528).

Of the six male Microtetrameres found in the

only host specimen, four (the type material for

M. tytonis) were similar, the fifth was without

any spicules, and the sixth was very different, in

relative length of the left spicule, in the longer

hilt of the left spicule, and in the length of the

buccal capsule. The measurements of this sixth

specimen are given separately in Table 6 as it

may belong to another species, or may be

another aberrant form.

The left spicule in the four similar males is

short, considerably less than half the body

length; as in some other species the tip is not

well chitinised, looking Jike a collection of refrac-

tile pieces in the terminal ala.

The body of the female forms a long spiral,

reversed in the most posterior coil. The eggs.

which contain a spiny-headed larva (Fig. 80),

are more strongly curved on one side than the

other, and the operculum, presumably present, is

not distinct.

The species is closest to M. sphecotheres in

which the hilt of the left spicule is longer, and

to M. raptoris—in which the left spicule ranges

from just less than 4 to 3 the body length—but

in which the spicule ratio is very different.

Microtetrameres spp.

Female worms only were taken from the fol-

lowing hosts: —

Accipiter cirrhocephalus, from Koonamore,

SA, and Flinders Island, Tas. The measurements

of five females from SA and 1 from Flinders

Island showed a small difference in the size of the

buccal capsule and in the shape of the eggs, from

258

those of M. paraccipiter. Because of this and

because no male is present, the specimens from

A, cirrhocephalus have not been allotted to a

species. In other respects the specimens from

the two host species are similar.

Lalage sueuri tricolor, Mt Barker, SA (2 8);

Sandy Creck, SA (225), All without embryon-

ated eggs. The buccal capsule is 14 x LO pm,

Oreoica gutturalis, Waikerie, SA (1? ), Peter-

mann Ranges, NT, (1 juvenile 9). The buceal

capsule of the specimen from Waikerie is 12 x

10 ,»m, the eggs 44 % 22 nm.

Priloris sp., two females, without fertile eggs.

Buccal capsule 10 x LL pm.

Anthus australis, Reynella, SA, one female

only, without fertile eggs,

Cacomantis pyrrhophanus, Gravelly Beach,

Tas (1) with infertile eggs and Hamiey Bridge,

SA (3 immature 2s), The adult female is coiled

in a reversed spiral. The. barrel-shaped buccal

capsule is 16*5 wm long, llpm wide, The

specimen is very similar to the female of M.

cacomantis n.sp., but is impossible to identify

positively on the material available,

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Many of the bird carcases from which Micra-

tetrameres spp. were obtained were given by the

South Australian Museum, or by the Northern

Territory Administration (Animal Industry and

Agriculture Branch). Others were piven by

various friends, the late Dr. M. Smyth, Mrs. J,

Paton, Dr. R. Swaby and Dr, I, Beveridge.

Hosts from Tasmania were sent by Dr, B. Mun-

day of the Mt, Pleasant Laboratories of the Tas-

manian Department of Agriculture, and by Mr,

B. Green of the Victoria Museum, Launceston,

Paratype material was lent by Dr. S. C_ Schell

of the University of Idaho, and the types of

M_ helix by Dr. Lichtenfels of the U.S. Depart-

ment of Agriculture Research Service, Beltsville,

For assistance with the use of the Scanning

Electron Microscope (Plate 1) L am indebted to

Dr. Carl Bartusck, of the Geology Department,

University of Adelaide,

I am more than grateful for all this help.

REFERENCES

Ali. M. M,, 1970, Observations on the family Tropisuridae

Yamaguli, 1961 (Nematoda, Spiruridea) with a revised

classification of the genus Trepisurus (Dicsing, 1835)

and a description of four new species. Acta Marasit.

pol, 18; 85-98,

REC. 8. AUST, MUS,, (17-14);

259-259 Febritary, 1977

Burus, V., L966. Nematodes de la Familia Tropisuridae

Yumagiiti, 1961, Parasitos de Aves de Cuha. Poevena

Ser, A No, 20: 1-22.

Barus. V., 1969. Nemalodes parasite in the birds of Cuba,

Fest. ex, Spot. cool, 33: 193-210,

Boyd, E. M,, 1956. Two new species of stomach Worms

(Nomuroda: Spiruroidea) from the Blue Jay, Cyane-

citta eristata L, Pree. Helm, Sec. Wash. 23: 69-74.

Cram, BE. B,, 1927. Bird parasites of the nematode sub-

orders Strongylata Ascaridata and Spirurita, Bull.

U.S. National Musetim 140: 465 pp.

Diaz Unyria, ©. 1965.

Calabozo, Sac.

128.

Ellis, C, Jun 1969, Life history of Micreretrameres centuri

Barus. 1966 (Nematoda: Tetrumetidae) IL Adults. J,

Parasit, $5: 713-719.

Ellis, C. J., 1972. Comparauve measurements and host and

geographical distribution of species of Micretetrameres

(Nematoda: Tetrameridae). /owa State J. Sev,

46; 29-47,

Kontrimavietus, V. Lb. 1958, Studies on the helminth

fauna of passeriferme birds of Yakutya. Works of the

Expeditions of the Helminthological Luboratory

Academy Scienves, U.S.S.R. (1945-1957); 141-150 (in

Russian).

Nematodos parasitos de aves de

Fenerolana de ciens. nat. 262 103-

Linstow, D. von, 1879. Helminthologisehe studien. Archiv.

f. Nature. Berlin 72 165-188.

Mawson, P, M., 1956, Three new species of spirurid

nematodes from Cunadiun birds. Can. J. Zoo, 34:

193-199.

Morgan, 6. B. and Waller, E. F., 1941. Some parasites of

the eastern crow (Corvus brachyrhyvachos brachy-

rhynches Brehm). Bird Banding 42: 16-22,

OrWlepp, R. I.. 1964, Some helminths recovered from Red-

and Yellow-billed Hornbills from the Kruger Nitional

Park. Ondersrepoort J. vet. Res. 312 39-52.

Oshmurin, P. G,, 1956. Tetrameridae (Nematoda~ Tetra-

meridae) of domestic and wild birds of coastal areas.

Trudy Akad. Nauk USSR, Far Ease Braneh.

Zovlogical Series, 3: 281-314, (In Russiun,)

Petrov, A, M. und Tschertokova, A. N., 1950. Contribu-

lion Lo the siudy of the nematode fauna of birds of

southern Kirgiziiu, Trady Gelnint Lab. 4: 90-99.

Rasheed. S., 1960. ‘The nematode purasiles of the birds of

Hyderabad (India). Biologia Lahore 6: 1-16-

Schell, 8. C., 1953. Four new species of Microtetrameres

(Nematoda: Spirtiroidea) from North American birds,

Trans, Am, Microse, Soe, 72: 227-236.

Seural, kL. G., 1915. Sur deux Tropidocerca des Ardeidac

Campr. Rend. Sec, biol, Paris 78; 279-282,

Skrjabin, K. —. und Sobolev, A. A., 1963, (Parasiles of

animals and man. Vol, O Spirurata: Spiruroidea)

572 pp. (tn Russian.)

Sultana, A., 1962. On some known wand new species oF the

family Tetrameridae Travassos, 1914, from Indian

birds. J. Melminth, 36: 327-338.

Travassos, L., (914. Contribuigoes para o conhecimento da

fauna helmintologien brasileira, 4, Sdbre a& especies

brasileiras do género Terrameres Creplin, 1846 (Por-

fuguese and German texts.) Men. Ins. Oswaldo

Cruz 6: 150-162.

Travassos, L., 19175. Sdébre as especies brasileiras de género

Tetrameres Cplin (sic) 1846 CNola previa). Brazil-

Medica 29: 297-298.

Vavilova, N. M. 1926. (Vogelnematoden des Moskauer

Gouvernements) Trudy Gasuilarst.. List. Eksper. Vet,

Moskva 3: 111-13], (Russian, German summary).

Weidman, F, 1913. A study of metazoan parasites. found

in the Philadelphia zoological gurdens. Free. Acad,

Nar Sei, Phil. 65+ 126-151.

THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 259

LIST OF SPECIES M. sphecotheres n.sp.

FAMILY TETRAMERIDAE

Microtetrameres Travassos

. aegotheles n.sp.

. eopsaltriae n.sp.

M. helix Cram. syn. M. corax Schell M. paraccipiter n.sp,

M. oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova .

M. meliphagidae n.sp. M. cerci n-SP.

M. philemon n.sp. M, RADE OTES BSP.

M. mirafrae n.sp. M. ninoctis n.sp.

M. gymnorhinae n.sp. M. tytonis n.sp.

M. streperae n.sp. M. accipiter Schell

M. cacomantis n.sp. M. bubo Schell

M. coracinae n.sp. M. aquila Schell

Plate 1. Head of Microtetrameres helix, female, S.E. micrograph. X 8000. The lateral lobes of the lips became

wrinkled and shrunken in drying the specimen, but the median lobes, with the amphids, are clear.

RECORDS OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID

FROGS OF THE GENUS

CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER

By 7

MICHAEL J. TYLER AND ANGUS A. MARTIN

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 15

Ist March, 1977

TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID

FROGS OF THE GENUS CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER

BY MICHAEL J. TYLER AND ANGUS A. MARTIN

Summary

The Australian leptodactylid frogs Cyclorana brevipes and C. cultripes are here redefined on the

basis of adult morphology and mating calls. Frogs variously reported to be these species from

Western Australia, the Northern Territory, Queensland and New South Wales are shown to

represent different species. Five new species are described here.

TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS OF THE

GENUS CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER

MICHAEL J, TYLER* AND ANGUS A. MARTINt

ABSTRACT

TYLER, M. J., and MARTIN, A. A, 1976. Taxonomic

studies of some Austrulian leptodactylid frogs of the genus

Cyelorana Steindachner. Ree. 8, Aust. Mus, 17 (15); 261-276,

The Australian leptodactylid frogs Cyclorana

brevipes and C, cultripes are here redefined on the

basis of adult morphology and mating calls.

Frogs variously reported to be these species from

Western Australia, the Northern Territory,

Queensland and New South Wales are shown to

represent different species. Five new species are

described here.

INTRODUCTION

The leptodactylid frogs of the genus Cyclorana

Steindachner oceur throughout Australia with the

exception of the extreme south-eastern and south-

western portions of the continent. As defined by

Parker (1940) the genus comprises seven species

and, although its content has been changed

substantially by subsequent workers, the total of

species has been maintained, The additions are

C. slevini Loveridge (1950) from southeast Queens-

land, and the type species C, novaehollaniiae

Steindachner which was resurrected from the

synonymy of C. australis (Gray) by Tyler &

Martin (1975). The species recognised by Parker

but subsequently removed from the genus are

C. inermis and C, alboguttatus, which were shown

by Straughan (1969) and Tyler (1974) respectively

to be hylid frogs of the genus Litorjia, Cogger

(1975), on seemingly arbitrary grounds, retains

alboguttatus in Cyclorana. However, we con-

tinue to regard it as a hylid frog of the genus

Litoria, a disposition which has now received

additional support from chromosomal studies

(Morescalchi & Ingram, 1974),

lt has been suggested that the genus Cyc/orana

has hylid affinities, and also that Australian hylids

and leptodactylids are derived from a common

ancestor (Tyler 1970), There are considerable

data in support of the first hypothesis: affinities in

musculature were demonstrated by Tyler (1972),

similarities of proportions of the adrenal catechol-

amines by Robinson & Tyler (1972) and

similarities in larval structure and biology by

Watson & Martin (1973). In addition, N. G,

Stephenson (pers, comm,) has found that there are

numerous chromosomal similarities between C-

platycephalys and species of Litoria.

In the course of studies of the poorly docu-

mented species C, brevipes and C. cultripes we had

difficulty in confirming the identification of

preserved specimens in various museum collec-

tions. Eventually it became clear that several

undescribed species are included under these

names. Our purpose here is to define the existing

species and describe new ones and thus take a

further step towards evaluating the genus.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Specimens reported here are deposited in

university and museum collections abbreviated as

follows :—

A,M, = Australian Museum, Sydney

B.M. = British Museum (Natural History)

London

JC.U. = Department of Biology, James

Cook University of North Queensland,

Townsville

M.C.Z, = Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Harvard University, Boston, U.S.A.

M.U.D,.Z. = Department of Zoology,

University of Melbourne

N.M.V, = National Museum of Victoria,

Melbourne

N.P.W.S. = National Parks and Wildlife

Service, Yeerongpilly, Brisbane

N.T.M. = Northern Territory Museuin,

Alice Springs

Q.M. = Queensland Museum, Brisbane

S.,A.M. = South Australian Museum,

Adelaide

W.A.M, = Western Australian Museum,

Perth

Methods of measurement and of recording and

analysis of mating calls follow our previous

treatment of members of this genus (Tyler &

Martin 1975).

*Deparrment of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia, 3000,

+Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, 3052.

lr Mareh, 977

262 REC. $. AUST, MUS,, 17 (15): 261-276 March, 1977

K Bowsholl

1976

FIG, 1

Hands and feet of Cyelorana species: A = Foot of C. longipes (WAM R 14157): B = first digit of C. longipes showing

nuptial pads (WAM R 14157); C = foot of C. enltripes (NMY D 12703), D = hand of C. longipes (WAM R 14157);

EB = hard of C, culiripes (NMV DB 12703).

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA

SYSTEMATICS

Cyclorana Steindachner, 1867

The leptodactylid frogs of the subfamily

Cycloraninae are distinguished morphologically

from those of the Myobatrachinae by possession

of a broad tongue, and omohyoideus muscle,

pedunculate alary processes on the hyoid, and

confluent occipital condyles,

Cyclorana is distinguished from al other

cycloranine genera by possession of a differentiated

intermandibularis muscle, forming an apical ele-

ment, It is further distinguished from Notaden

by possession of teeth on the maxilla and pre-

maxila, and from He/eioporus, Mixephyes and

Neobatrachus. by haying the frst finger opposed

to the remainder (Fig. 1).

Lynch (1971) has provided a detailed generic

diagnosis of Cyclorana, and we defer any inajor

redefinition pending completion of our studies of

all members of this genus. However, insofar as

the species discussed here are concerned, the

following data diverge from Lynch (1971), who

studied other species:—

Squamosal:—The zygomatic process of the

squamosal is in extensive juxtaposition with

the maxilla (not a feature confined to

australis).

Palative:—Each palatine bears pronounced

pre- and post-chounal alae.

Tympanum:—The tympanum is normally

visible, but is completely covered with skin in

C. ervptots.

Within the genus Cyclorana several species

groups are recognisable. C. australiy and C.

novaehallandiae comprise one group, They are

large, robust frogs (S-¥ range for adults 61-4-120

mm) in which there is exostosis of the maxillary,

premaxillary, frontoparietal and squamosal bones

(Tyler & Martin 1975). Cyelorana platycephalus

is similarly a large frog but lacks exostosed skull

bones. It has extensive webbing between the

toes, and possesses a shovel-shaped immer meta-

tarsal tabercle, Cyclorana dahli is a large frog

adapted to aquatic conditions, It has fully

webbed toes but lacks such a tuberele, and lacks

an exostosed skull.

The remaining species are smaller in_ size,

possess two separate nuptial pads on the first

finger (Fig. 1), and have little or no webbing

between the fingers. These species form the

subject of the present paper.

All the species on which we have call data

share an essentially similar mating call structure,

Following the interpretatian of Watkins (1967) of

2H)

signals of the kind represented, the basic call

structure can be described as a pulse-modulated

pure frequency. Interspecific variations occur in

frequency, pulse rate and duration of the signal

To assist in treatment of the undescribed forms

the currently recognised species C. hrevipey

(Peters) and C, cultripes Parker are first redefined,

Cyclorana brevipes (Peters}

Chiroleptes brevipes Peters, 1871, Mber. Akad.,

Berlin 1871: 648

Chiroleptes brevipalmatus Gunther, 1876, I. Mus,

Godeffroy, 12: 47

Phractops brevipes: Nieden, 1923: 523

Cyclorana brevipes: Parker, 1940: 21

Holotype; A presumably subadult specimen (S-V

3] mm) collected at Bowen (‘Port Bowen”),

Queensland, by Godeffroy, Specimen now

missing (G, Peters /n /itt.),

Definition: A small or moderate-sized species

(S-V of males 36-45 mm), clearly distinguished

from congeners by its smooth skin and striking

dorsal pattern of sharply demarcated areas of

dark pigment on a very pale greyish or brownish

background (Fig. 2).

Description: The head is broadly rounded when

viewed from aboye and ranges from being

distinctly broader than long to almost as broad as

long (HL/HW 0-84-0-98), The snout is rounded

when viewed from above and in profile, The eye

is conspicuous, its diameter almost one and one-

half times the eye to naris distance, The canthus

rostralis is straight and inconspicuous. The

nostrils are inclined laterally and separated from

one another by a distance which is almost in-

variably greater than the internarial span (E-N/IN

0:97-1:19), The tympanum is entirely visible

except for the upper portion of its annulus which

is occasionally hidden beneath the supratympanic

fold.

The tongue has a diameter of about one-half of

the gape of the mouth, and is almost entirely free

behind. The choanae are small and widely

spaced, and the vomerine teeth are on obliquely

converging eleyations whose posterior margins

teach or extend behind the posterior margins of

the choanae.

The fingers are short, unwebbed and without

lateral fringes. The foot has a prominent inner

metatarsal tubercle. The toes are webbed only at

the base, the webbing on the fifth toe not reaching

the subarticulac tubercle at the base of the

penultimate phalanx, The hind limbs are yery

short (TL/S-¥ 0:36-0:45),

The skin of the dorsal surface is entirely smooth,

The ventral surface is smooth anteriorly and

finely granular on the abdomen.

In preservative the dorsal surface is pale grey

marked with sharply defined vermiculations of

black or dark slate. There is a narrow white

vertebral stripe extending posteriorly at least as

far as the sacral region. Dark markings are

commonly absent from the posterior margin of

the head, creating a pale, transverse, broad post-

REC. §. AUST. MUS,, I7 (15):

261-276 March, 1977

ocular bar. There is a dark stripe from the tip

of the snout to the eye. The posterior surfaces of

the thighs are an immaculate dull brown. The

ventral surface is usually white or a dull cream

colour, With the submandibular margin of adult

males varying from pale grey to black.

Material examined: Queensland—QM J 18773-

74 Ban Ban; JCU A1I5 (4 specimens), SAM R

3966 (2) Bowen; QM J 18776 [4 km E. of

Biggenden; AM R 16928 Gin Gin; QM J

I97e

FIG.

K Bawstral)

A and B dorsal and lateral aspects of Cyclorana brevipes (SAM R 15223); C and D dorsal and lateral aspects of

C, verrucosus (QM J 18117).

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA 263

18775 Helidon; MUDZ 109/70, 110/70 6 km E.

of Gracemete; SAM R 15223 Mourangee Station,

Edungalba; QM J 18771, 18772, 18777, 18779,

18118, Murphy’s Lagoon near Townsville; SAM

R 15488 Bundaberg (alizarin); New South

Wales—QM J 18778 Warrumbungle Natnl. Pk.

Comparison with other species: This species can

be distinguished from all congeners except C,

longipes and C. maculusus by the existence of very

sharply demarcated areas of black or intense

brown pigment on the dorsum. Detailed com-

parisons of these species with C. brevipes appear in

the accounts of those species. Some other species

possess dark markings but in none is there a

sharp delimitation from the background

colouration.

The existence of the dark markings is sufficient

to distinguish the species from C, culiripes which

(in preservative) is most commonly a dull, dowdy

grey frog lacking any dark pattern, In addition

C. cultripes tends to have shorter legs, the TL/S-V

ratio for C. brevipes being 0:36-0:45 (mean 0-41)

and for C. cultripes 0:33-0:40 (mean 0-37).

Call: Calls of C. brevipes were recorded 6 km

E. of Gracemere, Qld., on 19-20.i.1970. The

frogs were calling from positions near the margins

of a permanent pond in lightly-forested country;

wet bulb air temperatures at the calling sites

ranged from 238°C to 258°C. Calls of five

individuals were recorded, and mean values (with

ranges in parentheses) are: call duration 1090

msec (957-1460); dominant frequency 1930 Hz

(1470-2210); pulse repetition rate 169 pulses/sec

(163-175) (Fig. 3).

Discussion; Chiroleptes brevipes Peters was

based on a single, unsexed specimen with a

“total length” (probably slightly more than snout

to vent length) of 31 mm. No illustrations of the

species were provided and, in the absence of the

holotype and any previous critical studies, it is

virtually obligatory for us to investigate its

identity.

Boulenger (1882) referred Chirolepies brevi-

palmatus Gunther to the synonymy of brevipes.

In the light of the fraction of the Australian

species known at that time, such an action also

merits investigation, Insofar as the latter step is

concerned our material conforms to, and varies

from, the elaborate pattern depicted by Boulenger

to an extent that eliminates any doubts based

solely on external morphology.

Other than in size the only real areas of differ-

ence between our material and Peters’ description

of brevipes involve colouration. In particular

none of our specimens tallies with the description

of the surface of the thighs and of the ventral

surface. Peters (1871) writes: “Die Hinterseite

der Oberschenkel schwarz. Die ganz Unterseite

einfarbig rostbraun”. In other species examined

by us there is not a difference of this magnitude

between immature and adult material, leading us

to attribute the darker colour of the holotype

me i

50 msec

wilh

FIG. 3

Diagrams showing male mating call structure of! A, C. cultripes; B, C. eryptotis, C, C. maint, D, C. brevipes;

E, C. maculasus.

Tn each case the upper trace is a representation of an audiospectrogram and the lower trace a diagram

of the pulse repetition rate, showing the number of pulses in a 50 msec segment of the call. Details of recording localities

are contained in the text.

266

venter to an artefact of preservation, rather than

to an ontogenetic trend,

Distribution: In addition to the localities cited

above, this species has been taken at Port Denison,

Peak Downs and Gayndah (types of C. brevi-

palmatus) and from Coomooboolaroo Station,

Qld, (Slevin 1955). As indicated in Fig. 4 the

species occurs in coastal Queensland south of

latitude 19°, and east of the Great Dividing Range.

A series of four frogs (NMY D0737-40), taken

at Lower Archer River on the Cape York

Peninsula by J. Thompson in [933, has been

excluded from this species but is not assigned to

any other at this stage. Their narrowly spaced

nostrils (E-N/IN 1:22-1:25) are conspicuously

different from the habitus of all 21 measured

specimens throughout the considerable geographic

MACULOSUS

= MAINI (TYPE LOCALITY)

® VERRUCOSUS a CULTRIPES

& CRYPTOTIS u} MAINI (RANGE )

REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (15);

261-276 March, \977

range of C. brevipes. It is conceivable that these

frogs represent Jongipes despite the yast gap in

distribution between the Lower Archer River and

north-eastern Western Australia,

Cyclorana cultripes Parker

Mitrolysis alboguttatus (non Gunther); Loveridge

(1935): 13 (part),

Cyclorana cultripes Parker, 1940: 22 (part).

Holotype: BM 1908. 2.25.33, an adult male,

collected at Alexandra, Northern Territory,

by W, Stalker,

Definition: A moderate-sized species (males 43-

52 mm, females 44-55 mm) with short hind limbs;

dorsally marked with a broad, pale, transverse,

FIG, 4

Distribution of seven species of Cyclorana,

The stippled area represents the geographic range of C. main/.

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORAVA

postocular bar and a narrow, pale vertebral stripe

on an otherwise featureless dorsum (Fig. 5).

Description: The head is triangular and

distinctly broader than long (HL/HW 0:88-0:97).

The snout is rounded when viewed from above

and in profile, The eye is inconspicuous but its

diameter is greater than the eye to naris distance.

The canthus rostralis is straight and inconspicuous.

The nostrils are inclined laterally and are separated

from one another by a distance which is greater

than or less than the eye to naris distance (E-N/IN

0-89-1-31), The tympanum is entirely visible

except for a portion of the supertor margin of its

annulus which is hidden beneath the supra-

tympanic fold,

The tongue is. broad and is almost entirely free

behind. The choanae are small and widely

spaced, and the vomerine teeth ate on oblique

converging elevations whose posterior margins

just reach or extend posterior to the posterior

margins of the choanae,

The fingers are-short, unwebbed and lack lateral

fringes, The foot has a prominent inner meta-

tarsal tubercle (Fig, 1), The toes are only

slightly webbed, the webbing on the fifth toe not

reaching the subarticular tubercle at the base of

the penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are

very short (TL/S-V 0:33-0:40),

The skin of the dorsal surface 1s smooth except

for occasional tubercles on each side of the mid-

line in a few specimens. Ventrally the skin is

weakly granular in the postecior portion of the

abdomen and smooth elsewhere.

li preservative the dorsum is a dull and uniform

greyish or brownish colour. A pale postocular

bar varies from being conspicuous to just detect-

able. whilst a very fine, white or creamish vertebral

sttipe can be seen quite clearly, The ventral

surface is usually. cream with the throat of males a

dark grey, NMV D 12703 1s entirely grey

ventrally, but this may be an artefact of preserya-

tion,

Material examined: Northern Territary—BM

1908. 2.25.33 (Holotype), BM 1947, 2,18,46-47

(Paratypes), MCZ 11647, Alexandra; NMV D

$732 Charlotte Waters; NMV D 12703 "Central

Australia” Spencer Collection; SAM R 14724-25

Alroy Downs; SAM R 14726 Barrow Creek,

Western Australia--WAM R 2725! 17 km N., of

Argyle turn off on Duncan Highway. Queensland

—NPWS 12610, 12622 Durham Downs: NPWS

12628-29, 12632-36 Dynevor Downs.

Comparison with other speciess Cyclovana

cul/tripes is set apart from most congeners by its

rather drab appearance. The dull greyish or

tA?

brownish dorsum is relieved only by the pale

postocular bar and the mid-vertebral stripe, Of

the six other species reported here only C. cryptolis

shares the absence of particularly conspicuous

patches or mottling of the dorsal surface. The

externally visible tympanum distinguishes C.

cultripes from C€. eryptotis which has the tym-

panum covered with skin and so not visible

externally. Cyclorana culfripes lacks the dark

lateral head stripe of C. maini.

Call: Calls of two specimens of C. cultripes

were recorded at Alroy Downs, N,T,, an

12.x1.1971. This. locality is appreximately 70 km

W.S.W. of the type locality, The frogs were

calling from the margins of a flooded roadside

ditch; the wet bulb air temperatore was 23-8°C,

Means and ranges of call values are: duration 221]

msec (220-223); dominant frequency 1879 Hz

(1857-1900): pulse repetition rate 373 pulses/see

(370-375) (Fig. 3).

Distribution: As presently detined C. cu/tripes

is known from five localities, all in or adjacent to

the Northern Territory. The presence of the

species as far south as Charlotte Waters indicates

that it probably occurs in South Australia.

However the specimen involved is pari of the

Spencer Collection, Thus the precision of the

locality 1s questionable.

Discussion: Parker (1940) was the first to

observe that a wide diversity of animals were

being identified as brevipes, Accordingly he

referred four of the specimens available to him to

the new species culfripes which he erected to

accommodate specimens from ‘Western New

South Wales, Northern Territory and northern

West Australia, probably northern South Aus-

tralia also”, Parker was certainly correct in

recognising the existence of an additional species,

but he included in his type series a female from

Wilcannia ov the Darling River, N.S.W. This

individual we refer to the new species, verrucasuy.

Similarly Parker's deductions about the identity of

specimens from other parts of Australia and not

examined by him are attributable to other species

described in the present paper.

Cyclorana verrucosus new species

Pheactops brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fry 1915:

70.

Phractops brevipes (non Peters). Loveridge, 1935:

12;

Cycloranu cultripes Parker, 1940: 22 (part).

Holotype: QM J 18105, a gravid femaic

collected 18 km W_ of Dalby, Queensland by

I, R. Straughan on 8,11,1964,

Definition: A modcrate-sized species (inales 35-

45mm: females 39-48 mm S-V) with a dull and

diffusely marked dorsal colouration and a slightly

to extremely warty dorsal skin surface,

FIG, 5

Cyclorana verrvacesus, Photos A. Easton

Description of Holotype: The head is high,

broadly triangular and distinctly broader than

long (HL/HW 0:91). The snout is rounded when

viewed from above and in profile, The eye is

large and prominent, and its diameter is equivalent

to one and one-third times. the distance between

the eye and the naris. The eanthus rostralis is

poorly defined and very slightly curved. The

nostrils are inclined dorso-laterally and are

separated from one another by a distance very

slightly less than the internarial span(E-N/1N 1:03).

The tympanum is visible except for a small

superior portion of the annulus which passes

beneath the supratympanic fold.

The tongue is very broad and is almost entirely

free behind. The choanae are small and broadly

spaced and the vomerine teeth are on oblique,

converging elevations whose posterior margins

are anterior to the posterior borders of the

choanae.

The tingers are slender and unwebbed and lack

Jateral fringes. The foot has a prominent inner

metatarsal! tubercle and the toes ate Webbed only

at the base, The webbing on the fifth toes does

not reach the subarticular tubercle at the base of

the penultimate phalanx. The hind Jimbs are

short (TL/S-V 0-45).

The skin of the dorsal surface bears numerous,

raised, circular, oval and elongated tubercles,

There is a rather prominent supratympanic fold,

The skin is finely granular on the lower thighs

and abdomen and smooth on the pectoral and

submandibular region.

The dorsal surface is a very pale olive colour

with small darker patches conforming to the

tubercles and imtermedtate zones of dark grey.

REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (15): 261-276

Mareh, 1977

There is a narcow dark stripe from the tip of the

snout to the eye, broadening as a dark postocular

patch covering the tympanum and bordered

superiorly and posteriorly by the supratympanic

fold. There is un extremely narrow white

vertebral stipe (Fig. 5), The posterior surfaces of

the thighs are dark brown mottled with paler

areas (Fig, 2). The ventral surface is dull cream

with indistinct and sparse faint brown mottling

on the submandibular area.

Dimensions: S-V 43-8 mm: TL 19-5 mm; HL

73mm: HW 191mm: E-N 3-6mm; [CN 3:5

mm; E 5-7 mm; T 3-5 mm,

Puralypes: There are 15 adult paratypes:

Queensland—QM J 12274, Brookstead via Pitts-

worth, reed. 1. R. Straughan 17.11.64; OM J 18 L08,

18116 21 km E. of Dalby, coll, A- K. Lee and

[, R, Straughan, 16,x1,63; QM J 18111 [8 km W.

of Dalby, coll, 1. R. Straughan, 811.64; QM J

18104, 18107 Waratah Stn. via Cunnamulla, coll.

A. Kk. Lee: QM J 18109, 18112, 18114-15, 18117,

Warrawee near Petrie, coll. [. R, Straughan,

7.xii.62-10.11.64; New South Wales—BM

1947,2,18,.48 (formerly 1911.3.28.1, and AM R

5149), Wilcannia, Darling River (Paratype of C.

euliripes), MCZ 3585-86 (same locality), all coll,

W. Stalker; SAM R 14081 Sturt Ntl. Pk. near

Tibooburra, coll, R, Galt,

The male paratypes range in size from 37:3 to

45mm and the females from 37-2 to 49:2 mm.

Variations in body and limb proportions are

presented in Table 1, The paratypes are fairly

homogeneous and share a conspicuously

roughened dorsal surface with ditfuse markings,

The dorsum varies from greyish to an obscure

very dark brown; the posterior surfaces of the

thighs are commonly a different shade of brown to

the dorsum, and are usually irregularly flecked

with pale grey. The vertebral stripe is a constant

feature. The throats of the male paratypes are

deeply suffused with uniform slate.

An additional four specimens probably repre-

sent verrucosus, but have been excluded from the

paratype series, because of doubt about their

conspecificity. Three are recently metamorphosed

Tair tf

SIZES AND PROPORTIONS GF SOME CYCLORANA SPECIES

Species on sy | S- Vh/S-Vo) E-N/IN | HILJLIW

te | eo} | |

— — {| |

brevipes 2 2 Shedd oR | FROIRS | eds | OTE PO | O-Ad-0.08

ceyprotix 2. 1 AR = te a4 Us

culiripes -., US | ADESID odhO-SS1 | OGIOdO | O-RVLST O-88-0-07

fongipes W | ASAIO 478s | OF6404d5 | F236 000-0-95

macdlayes tr ATS | AB-B-SUhte | OTR | GS-74 (90-095

Hiab yes J 254-464 | 3R7-472 33-041 9712s USE-O48

verracunay VO ARTS We DAT AH O35-045 | 941-25 OW N9-096

Medsurements are in millimetres.

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLOKANA

juveniles (QM J 18106, 18110, 18113) ranging from

18-4 to 22-4mm S-V, There is also a trans-

forming tadpole (QM J 18119). The series was

taken at Waratah Station with two of the

yerrucosus paratypes.

Comparison with other species: For many years

field workers in eastern Queensland have recog-

nised the existence of two species. The first 1s

C, brevipes, and the second has been erroneously

referred to as C. cwllripes. With clarification of

the morphology of C- cultripes, the Queensland

population can be distinguished quite readily by

its tendency to exhibit verrucosities on the skin

(C, ev/tripes is usually quite smooth), the extensive

irregular mottling of the dorsum (see Fig. 2), and

by a tendency for yerrucasus to have longer hind

lumbs (Table 1),

Although ©. brevipes and C. verrycosus both

have extensive dorsal pigmentation, the dark

markings of C. brevipes are sharply defined

peripherally, Whereas C. verrucosus is diffusely

marked. Individuals of both species may be

rough skinned, but the verrucosities in C. verru-

cosus are rendered conspicuous by _ being,

surrounded by areas of paler pigmentation. In

C. brevipes there is no such highlighting and they

are indistinct. In lateral view (Fig. 2) C. verru-

casus has a higher head than C, brevipes. As in

members of the C. australis group (Tyler & Martin

1975), we have been unable to express these

differences if a quantitative fashion,

Distribution: Cyclorana verrucosus extends from

south-eastern Queensland to north-western New

South Wales. li is sympatric with C. brevipes

aver a limited portion of its range (Fig, 4).

Cyelarana mactlosus new species

Holotype: SAM R 14719, an adult male

collected at Daly Waters, Northern Territory

by B. Low and D. F, Gartside on 13.xii.1971,

Dejinition’ A moderate-sized species (males 47-

49 mm, females 49-51 mm S-V) with short hind

limbs and a pattern of markings in which there

are strong contrasts of small dark patches on a

lighter background (Fig, 6).

Deseription of Holotype: The bead is rather

flattened, triangular and distinctly broader than

Jong (HL/HW 0-93), The snout is rounded

when viewed from above and in profile. The eye

is not prominent but its diameter is considerably

greater than the eye to naris distance. The

canthus rostralis is straight and distinguishable by

the shelf-like structure of the maxilla, The

nostrils are inclined superiorly and are separated

from one another by a distance which is less than

169

the eye to naris distance (E-N/EIN 1-13), The

tympanum is entirely visible but for a portion of

the superior margin of ifs annulus which is

hidden beneath the supratympanic fold,

The tongue is broad and is almost entirely free

behind. The choanae are widely spaced and the

yvomerine teeth are on oblique, converging cleva-

tions whose posterior margins are anterior to the

posterior borders of the choanae.

The fingers are slender and unwebbed, The

foot has a prominent inner metatarsal tubercle.

The toes are slightly less than one-half webbed:

the webbing on the fifth toe not reaching the

subarticular tubercle at the base of the pen-

ultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very short

(TL/S-V 0-34).

Macroscopically the skin of the dorsal sucface

is quite smooth; under low-power magnification

it can be seen to be covered by numerous, flattened

tubercles. Yentrally the skin is weakly granular

over the posterior half of the abdomen, and

smooth anteriorly.

The dorsal surface is a uniform very pale grey

on which there are a few clearly demarcated black

markings, There is a stripe from the tip of the

snout through each rosteil to the eye. Behind the

eye this stripe envelops the tympanum and

continues Lo the insertion of the forearm, bardered

superiorly by the supratympanic fold, There are

a pair of small ellipsoid markings on the scapula

and elongate markings on the flanks and in the

groin, There is a narrow white vertebral stripe

and a pale postocular bar. The posterior surface

of the thighs is a uniform dull grey, The ventral

surface of the body ys cream with a dark slate

submandibular region,

This adult male specimen has a submandibular

vocal sac with short, paired openings near the

mandibular articulation, and two distinctly separ-

ated, brawn nuptial pads on cach first digit.

Dimensions: S-V 47-4mm; TL 162mm; HL

169 mim: HW [8lmm: E-N 34mm; IN 32

mm: E 54mm; T 36mm,

Variation; There are five paratypes—SAM R

14717-18, collected at the type locality with the

holotype; SAM R 7612, Doomadgee Mission,

Qid., G. Douglas, February, 1966; NTM 3178,

Stuart Highway at Tennant Creek, D, Lindner,

30.1.66; SAM R 14736, Tennant Creek, J. F.

Field, April. 1907,

The paratypes comprise two adult males (S-¥

48-8-49-5 nim) and three adult females (48°8-50:6

mm), In all specimens the limbs are short

(TL/S-V 0:31-0:38), Topotypic material varies

only in the extent and distribution of dark mark-

ings and differs from the holotype in the presence

27)

of a broad, pale postocular bar and a pale border

on each side of the mid-vertebral stripe.

The lighter markings are most pronounced in

the Doomadgee Mission specimen, whereas the

paratypes from Tennant Creek vary from having

minimal dark markings to extensive areas of dark

pigment.

Comparison with other species: Cyclorana

maculosus is a rather large species in comparison

with the others described here, In fact each of

REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (19):

261-276 Mareh, 1977

the three adult males is larger than all males of all

other species included. However it js its striking

dorsal colouration that sets maculasus apart from

congeners. Namely the isolated, jet black, patches

contrasting with a pale background. The species

with which there is partial symipatry (C. cultripes

and C, maini) lack black patches, although the

latter shares with maculosus a conspicuous dark

stripe on the side of the head.

Call: The call of the holotype was recorded at

Daly Waters, N.T., on 13.xii,1971. The site was

FIG, 6

Dorsal and Jateral views of Cpclorana species, A = C.

tnacilasas (SAM R. 14717): Band C = C. culiripes (NMYV D

12703, SAM R 14725); D = €. maculusus (SAM R 14717); E = €, culiripes (SAM BR. 14725).

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA 271

a small roadside ditch; wet bulb air temperature

was 241°C, Call valnes ate: duration 1810

msec; dominant frequency 1767 Hz; pulse

repetition rate 108 pulses/sec. (Fig. 3),

Distribution: The species 1s currently known

from two localities on the Stuart Highway, N.T.,

and one in Queensland (Fig. 4).

Cyelorana cryplotis new species

Holotype: SAM R 14716, an adult male

collected at Daly Waters, Northern Territory

by B. Low and D, F, Gartside on 13.xi1, L971,

Definition; A small species (male adult at 41

mm) which is also characterised by having the

tympanum covered with skin (and hence invisible

externally), and by its obscure greyish colouration

(Fig, 7).

Description of Holotype: The head is rather

flattened, broadly triangular and distinetly broader

than long (HL/HW approximately 0:87), The

snout is rounded When viewed from above and

rather truncated in profile. The eye is not

prominent but its diameter is greater than the eye

to naris distance, The canthus rostralis is almost

straight and very poorly defined. The nostrils

are inclined superiorly and are separated from

one another by a distance slightly less than the

eye to naris distance, The tympanum is com-

pletely hidden beneath the skin.

The tongue is roughly circular, not large and

almost entirely free behind. The choanae are

widely spaced and the yomerine teeth are on

elevations projecting slightly behind the posterior

margin of the choanue.

The fingers are slender and unwebbed. The

foot has a prominent inner metatarsal tubercle.

The toes are approximately one-half webbed, the

webbing on the fifth toe reaching the subarticular

tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx.

Hind limbs are of moderate size (TL/S-V 0-42).

The skin of the dorsal surface is covered with

numerous and densely aggregated, flattened

tubercles. Ventrally the skin is granular except

in the pectoral region where it is almost smooth.

The dorsal surface is pale grey suffused with

irregular darker markings. There ts a narrow,

disrupted, white vertebral stripe and broader,

dark stripes between the nostril and eye and from

the eye to the insertion of the forearm. The

ventral surface of the body is cream with a greyish

submandibular region, The plantar surface is

lightly stippled with yery dack brown. This

adult tnale specimen has a submandibular vocal

sac with short, paired openings near the mandibu-

lar articulation, and two distinctly separated,

unpigmented nuptial pads on each first digit.

Dimensions: S-V 408mm; TL 17-O0mm; HL

13-8imm:; HW 17-l mm; E-N 34mm; IN 3-0

mm; ES-0Omm; T 22 mm.

Comparison with other species: Cyclorana

eryptoris has few obvious affinities with other

Species. The lack of any dark markings on the

dorsum is shared by C. cultripes and some

individuals of C. maini, However ©. cryptoris has

the tympanum completely covered with skin,

whereas it is visible externally in C, maint and all

other members of the genus. A further feature

unique to C, eryptatis is the rather compressed

head producing the exceptionally low HL/HW

ratio of O81 (0°84-0-99 are the Jimits of the ranges

for all other species).

Call; The call of the halotype was recorded al

Daly. Waters, N.T., on 13.xii.197], The frog was

calling from the margin of a flooded ditch; wet

bulb air temperature was 241°C, Call values

are: duration 530 msec; daminant frequency

1060 Hz; pulse repetition rate 158 pulses/sec

(Fig. 3).

Distributions Cyelorana cryptotis is known

solely from the type locality of Daly Waters,

N.T., (Fig, 4).

Cyclorana langipes new species

Chiroleptes brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fletcher,

1899: 678.

Phractops brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fry, 1915:

200,

Holotype: WAM R 43258, an adult female

collected at Mitchell Plateau (140° 52’ S:

125° 50’ W), Kimberley Division, Western

Australia by L. A. Smith and R. E. Johnstone

an 5,ii,1973.

Definition: A moderate-sized species (males

37-5-45:9 mm; females 35-8-47-8 mm) with a skin

texture which varies from smooth to very coarsely

granular, and a colouration of dark patches on a

lighter background (Fig. 7). The nostrils are

narrowly spaced (E-N/IN 1-12-1-36).

Description of Holotype: The head is high,

triangular and almost as broad as long (HL/HW

0-91), The snout is triangular when viewed from

above and evenly rounded in profile. The cye is

small, its diameter equivalent to one and one-

quarier times the distance between the eye and the

naris, The canthus rostralis is distinct and very

slightly curved, The nostrils are inclined dorso-

laterally and are separated from one another by a

distance which is less than the eye to haris distance

(E-N/IN 1:25), The tympanum is almost entirely

visible except for the upper portion of the tympanic

annulus which passes beneath the supratympanic

fold.

The tongue is very broad and almost entirely

free behind, The choanae are small and broadly

spaced and the vomerine teeth are on prominent,

oblique, converging elevations whose posterior

margins are posterior to the choanae,

The fingers are moderately long, slender, un-

webbed and without lateral fringes (Fig, 1). The

foot has a small but prominent mner metatarsal

tubercle. The webbing between the toes is

comparatively well developed, and on the medial

surface of the fifth toe reaches the posterior edge

of the subarticular tubercle at the base of the

penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very

short (TL/S-V 0:38).

Anteriorly the skin of the dorsal surface is very

coarsely granular, There are distinct plicae

2 Rec. &. AUST, MUS,, 17 (15):

261-276 March, 177

between the upper eyclids and in the form of a

continuous dorsolateral glandular fold extending

to the flanks. Posteriorly the skin becomes

progressively less conspicuously granular, the

individual granules being smaller and less promi-

nent. The ventral skin is finely granular from the

posterior surface of the thighs to the post-axillary

pectoral skin fold. Anterior to that fold the skin

is smooth. There is a small postmandibular

gland.

The dorsal surface is a dull brown colour which

is to a great extent covered by large, elongate,

irregular patches of darker brown. The arrange-

ment is disrupted on a level with the tytnpaoum.

There is a dark and clearly defined stripe from the

tip of the snout through the nostril and eye to the

tympanum, There is. also a pale vertebral stripe

which is quite broad above the sacral region and

tapers to a Yery narrow line at the snout and

cloaca. The posterior surfaces of the thighs are

spotted with pale grey on a dark brown back-

FIG, 7

Dorsal and Jateral views of Crejarana species.

A and C=C. eryptofis (SAM R l4716)> Band D= Cc. lonyipes

WAM RB 14157),

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA

ground, and there is similar spotting in the groin.

The ventral surface of the body and limbs is a

dull cream,

Dimensions: S-V 47-3 mm; TL 18mm; HL

163mm: HW L8§mm; E-N 4mm: IN 3:2mm;

ESmm; TV 3-1 mm,

Variation: There are 43 paratypes, comprising

nine adults and 34 juveniles, all from localities

in Western Australias WAM R 14157, Broome,

K. Male. 14,11,1962; WAM R_ 43199-43200,

L. A. Smith & R. E, Johnstone 5,11.73, R

43268-75, Smith & Johnstone 21.11,73, R 43294-

95, R 43346 Smith & Johnstone 22.ii,73, all

from Mitchell Plateau; WAM R= 32349-51,

Wyndham, T. Nelson 19iv.68; WAM R 44735-

59 Lake Argyle, Smith & Johnstone, 5.1.72:

WAM R 42388, Mt. Phire, W. H. Butler

29.1x.63.

None of the female adult paratypes is as large

as the holotype female, their size being 35-8-43-8

mm, Males have an S-V length range of 37-5-

45-9 mm, and there is a female 40-3mm long,

The subadult material ranges in S-V length from

21-8 to 33.2 mm,

Variations in adult dimensions are shown in

Table 1; the consistently high E-N/IN. ratio

(1:12-1-36) is notable,

Colouration of adults and juveniles is rather

variable, In the figured specimen from Broome

the darker markings are particularly extensive,

because the longitudinally arranged markings

have partly coalesced. In many juveniles and

adults from the Mitchell Plateau the Jongitudinal

orientation is detectable, but the markings are

broken up into separate segments. The feature-

less post-orbital area, the presence of a mid-

vertebral stripe and the spotted pattern of light

markings on the posterior surface of the thighs

are the only features common to all individuals.

Males have a submandibular, unilobular vocal

sac and the submandibular area of the largest

male (WAM R 14157) is almost black.

Comparison with other species: All individuals

of C. Jongipes exhibit a dorsal pattern in which

there are black markings on a contrasting light

background, The only other species sharing such

a feature are C, maculosus and C. brevipes.

Cyclorana maculusus tends to be a shorter-limbed

frag (TL/S-V 0-31-0-38 as apposed to 0:36-0-45 in

C. longipes), Similarly C. maculosus has a lower

E-N/IN ratio range of 0:95-1-14, compared with

1:12-1:36, Other data in Table | indicate that C.

longipes may be a slightly smaller species. How-

ever, existing samples of adults of each species are

inadequate to confirm the apparent trend.

273

Distribution: Fletcher (1898) reported Cyclo-

rdna brevipes (as Chiraleptes brevipalmatus) from

two localities in northern Western Australia

(Kings Sound and the junction of Margaret Creek

with the Fitzroy River), Parker (1940) attributes

the records to C, cultripes. However the situation

of these localities within the range of Jongipes.

and the striking similarity of /ongipes to brevipes,

cause us to favour the new identification. Thus

C. longipes is now known to occupy the coastal

zone of northern W.A, and to penetrate inland

via the Fitzroy River. At its southern boundary

the arid Eighty Mile Desert effectively isolates the

species from C, maini. However there is no such

geographic barrier ta dispersal in the west, and

longipes may extend into the Northern Territory

and be sympatric with at least one other species

reported here.

Cyclorana maini new species

Chitoleptes brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Spencer

(1896): 1653,

Cyclovana sp,, Warburg (1967): 27, (1972): 91.

Cyclorana cultripes (non Parker), Cagger (1975)

pl. 214.

Holotype; SAM R (5191. An adult male

collected at Barraw Creek, Northern Terntory

by D, F. Gartside and B. Low on 11.80.1971,

Definition: A moderate-sized species (males

354-464 mm; females 38:7-47-2 mm) charac-

terised by a dark lateral head stripe and irregular

darker patches on a pale dorsum in most

specimens (Fig. &).

Description of Holotype: The head is high,

distinctly broader than long, evenly rounded when

viewed from aboye and projecting slightly down-

wards in profile (HL/HW 0-93), The eye ts

large and prominent, and its diameter is equivalent

to one and one-half times the diameter of the

distance between the eye and the naris. The

canthus rostralis is straight and quite prominent.

The nostrils are inclined dorsolaterally and are

separated from one another by a distance very

slightly greater than the internarial span (E-

N/IN 1-03). The tympanum is visible and ts nat

overlapped by the supratympanic fold,

The tongue is very broad and slightly free

behind. The choanae are obliquely inclined and

are separated in the midline, and the yvomerine

tecth are on converging, oblique elevations whose

posterior margins are posterior to the choanae.

The fingers are slender, unwebbed and without

lateral fringes, and have prominent subarticular

tubercles. The foot has a prominent inner

274

metatarsal tubercle and the toes are long and

webbed only at the base. The webbing on the

fifth toe extends slightly above the base of the

penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very

short (TL/S-V 0-36).

The skin of the dorsal surface is very slightly

pitted and raised tubercles on other areas are

totally lacking. The supratympanic fold is weak

and the skin of the ventral surface is almost

entirely smooth. The posterior surfaces of the

thighs are weakly granular.

The dorsal surface is a dull brown on which

areas of darker pigment are densely scattered. A

fine white vertebral stripe is present, and a dark

stripe extends between the nostril and the eye,

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (15): 261-276

March, 1977

and then divides at the axillary region and is

covered posteriorly by isolated patches of dark

pigment on the flanks.

The submandibular region is an intense dark

grey, and the remainder of the ventral surface is

dull creamish,

This male specimen has paired nuptial pads on

the first finger and a submandibular vocal sac.

Dimensions: S-V 46mm; TL 168mm; HL

163mm; HW 17-6mm: E-N 3-6 mm; IN 3-5

mm; E 5:2mm; T 3-3 mm.

Variation; There are 95 paratypes—Northern

Territory—NTM 2309-11, 2316, Arid Zone

Research Institute 5km S$ of Alice Springs

K Bowsshal!

1976

FIG, 8

Dorsal and lateral views of Cyclorana maini (NTM 2311).

AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA

21.x.64; SAM 1519210 km S of Alice Springs

3.xi.63; SAM 6311, 1471S 27km S of Alice

Springs; NTM 3177 Mt, Doreen Stn,, D. Lindner

23,166; SAM R 13038 A-D, Toko Range,

S. Parker 20,1,72: Western Australia—SAM

R 1711 Well No, 26, Canning Stock Route

Expedition; WAM R_ 1440 Laverton, P.C.

Warren, {925 (accessed); WAM R_ 1510-11

Booylgoo Stn., E. L, Michel, 1925 (accessed);

WAM R 10216 Mundabullangana, D, Lukis, 1951

(accessed); WAM R 10634 Roeburne, T. Stove,

1952 (accessed): WAM R 20546 Nannine, P. J,

Fuller, 2.11.63; WAM R= 28486-508, SAM R

5979, R 15341-46 Mt, Edgar, A, R. Main & G. M,

Storr, February, 1961; WAM R 28517, R 28536

Jiggalong, 6.xji,1959, presumably E, Lindgren;

WAM R_ 28634-35, R 28638-48, R 39193-94

Mundabullangana, G, M, Storr, February, 1961;

WAM R 28795 New Yamarna, 291.1967, WAM

expedition; 28806-07 44 km SE of Leonora,

WAM expedition; WAM R 28984-85, R 28987

§km S of Mundabullangana, R. M. Sadlier,

26.V,1960; WAM R 29127-28 Roeburne, Christ-

church Grammar School, 22.v.67; WAM R

31444 presumably near Exmouth, D. G. Bathgate

1965-68: WAM R 32373-80, R 32382 Koordarrie,

N,T,, Allen, 1967: WAM R 33188. Woodstock,

E. H. M. Ealey 181.56; WAM R 33212, R

34791, R 34793 Woodstock, E. H. M. Ealey,

February, 1957; WAM R 34206-07 Wittenoom,

E, P. Hodgkin, 2.ij1.1954; WAM R 34208 5 of

Wanning, E. H. M. Ealey. June, 1954; WAM R

36092 40 km N of Carnarvon, R. Humphries ef a/.,

411.1970; WAM R 36094-96 near Winning,

R. Humphries e¢ a/,. 411.1970: WAM R 36105-06

Barrabiddy Creek, R. Humphries er al, 5,11,1970;

WAM R 36695 Mandidjarra R. H., NE of

Carnegie, P. J, Fuller, 11-v.1970; WAM R 37248

Angel Is., Dampier Archipel., W. K. Youngson &

P. Prince, 18.vi.1970; WAM R 39147 Talawana,

J, B. Wade, 3.i1.197L; WAM R 40355 Durba

Hills, W. H, Butler, early August, 1971; WAM R

45665-67, Bamboo Creck, A. M. & M. J. Douglas,

22.1.1974.

Because of the wide geographic area occupied

by C. maini (Fig. 4), and because of limited data,

particularly biological information, we are unable

to give a definitive account of variation in this

species. We can demonstrate that none of the

individuals within this area represent C, cu/rripes,

the species to which they have been referred in the

literature; buf we cannot assert that they all

represent C. maini.

We have therefore omitted from our list of

C. wiaini paratypes a number of individuals from

Western Anvstralia and the Northern Territory,

Many are tmmatore and others are so poorly

275

fixed or preserved that positive identificatian is not

possible, Others again are satisfactorily preserved

but possess sufficient morphological divergence

from our concept of C, mainég to warrant their

exclusian. Individuals from the Peterman Ranges

and adjacent localities in southeastern N.T. and

Western Australia fall into this latter category,

We are not able to make specilic identification of

this. material, but suspect that they represent an

additional species remaining undescribed. Ranges

of measurements of C. maini appear in Table |.

Colour in life: Specimens (rom Jay Creek 20 km

W of Alice Springs have an extremely yariable

colouration, Individuals can change from green

to brown in a matter of a few hours. Invariably

the pattern consists of dark and commonly

longitudinally orientated markings on a paler

background. In all specimens a dark cantho-

rostral stripe continues behind the eye to the

flanks.

Coniparison with other species: Cyclorana maint

as defined here is readily distinguishable from

congeners. Possession of a tympanum dlis-

tinguishes it from C. cr)profis. and the limbs of

the latter species may be slightly longer (TL/S-V

0:33-0-41 in 50 maui; 0-42 in the single erypiolis).

The nature of the dorsal pattern of markings in

C, brevipes, C. longipes and C, maculasus (clearly

demarcated islands of dark pigment on a pale

background), distinguishes each from sami which

has obscure longitudinal streaks. The allopatric

C, verrucosus has a dorsal skin with raised folds

or large tubercles highlighted by being surrounded

by dark pignient. Cyclorana culfripes tends to be

a jarger frog lacking the dark lateral head stripe

and distinguished. as are most other species, by

differences in mating call parameters (Fig. 3).

Distributions Extending from the Hammersley

Ranges in Western Australia in a continuous

broad are throughout central and southern

Northern Territory to the western border of

Queensland (Fig. 4).

Habitat: Main & Storr (1966) state that this

species occurs “in small temporary watercourses

with sandy or gravelly beds’, and occasionally in

larger wooded creeks and at windmills. [ht is

found in areas that form swamps In wet weather

but are dry at other times, and specimens have

been dug froin depths of 25 to 35 env (Main 1965).

It is clear from our examination of several sites

at which this species has been taker that il can

occur in flat, open, arid country subject to

seasonal Alaoding.

Cull: Calls attributed to this species (reported

as C, cultripes) are as follows. Main & Calaby,

(1957) describe the call in the Pilbara region as

276

resembling a sheep bleating. Main (1965) con-

sidered it a “high pitched even maa-a-a-a-a”,

Main & Storr (1966) state that it is “loud, moder-

ately high-pitched and rasping, Close up and in

chorus, when the vibrato is clearly audible, the

call sounds like an ambulance siren. At a

distance it is more like the bleating of a sheep”.

Calls of two specimens were recorded at Barrow

Creek, N.T., on 11.xii.1971. The frogs were

calling at the edge of a pool in a sandy river bed;

wet bulb air temperature was 22-6°C, Call

values (mean and range) are: duration &14 msec

(775-852); dominant frequency 1922 Hz (1847-

1977): pulse repetition rate 244 pulses/sec (232-

255) (Fig. 3).

Biology: Main & Calaby (1957) state that eggs

are approximately 1-2mm in diameter. Main

(1965) reports the tadpoles to be comparable to

those of C. platycephalus and that in their fater

stages they are pink with an opalescent sheen,

Details of the diet of 12 adult frogs are provided

by Main & Calaby (1957) and of a further three

by Calaby (1960), Termites and ants predomin-

ated in the diet of those individuals. but a

small centipede was included.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This project was funded by the Science and

Industry Endowment Fund (administered by the

C.S.LR.Q.), the Australian Biological Resources

Study, and the University of Melbourne Research

Vote.

Specimens were provided by Dr. S. Barker,

Mr. P. Christy, Dr. H. G. Cogger, Ms, J.

Covacevich, Mr, J. Coventry, Mr, W. Dowd,

Dr. D. Gartside, Mr. M. Gillam, Miss A, G, C,

Grandison, Mr. D. Howe, Dr. B. Low, Mr. K. R.

McDonald, Mr. 8, Parker, Dr, G, Storr and

Professor E, E, Williams. To Ms, Covacevich,

Mr. Howe, Dr. Storr and Dr. T, H, Houston we

are indebted for facilities provided at museums,

and to the Donald Thompson Administration

Committee for access to specimens in ils care.

Dr, Low and Dr, Gartside very kindly provided

tape recordings of mating calls of C. cryptotix,

C. cultripes, C. maculosus and C. maini. Dr.

G. F. Watson’s help in obtaming calls of C,

brevipes is greatly appreciated,

Dr. Gunther Peters provided information on

the fate of the type of C. brevipes, whilst the

Queensland Museum generously made available

the photograph of C, verrucosus taken by Mr, A.

Easton. Finally we wish ta express our deep

gratitude to Miss K, B. Bowshall for the superbly

executed line drawings of each of the species,

REC, S. AUST, MUS, 17 (14):

261-276 Murch, (977

REFERENCES

Boulenger, G. A. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia

s. Ecaudata in the collection of the British Museum.

British Museum, London: 1-503

Calaby, J, H., 1960. A aote on the food of Australian desert

Troes. WY. Aust, Nat. 7 (3a)> 79-80.

Cogger, H. G., 1975. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia,

Reed: Sydney.

Fry, D. B., 1915, On 4 collection of reptiles and batrachians

from Western Ausiralia. Ree. HW, Aust, Mus. V2 174-210,

Fletcher, J, J., 1898. Contributions to a more exact knowledge

of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia,

No, $. a. Batrachia of Tasmania. 6. Batrachia of West

Australia, Prec. Linn. Sov, NwS.W., Ser, 2, $2; 660-634,

Gunther, A., 1876. Descriptions of new species of reptiles

from Australia, J. Mus. Gadeffroy, 5 (12): 45-47.

Lindgren, E. & Main, A. R_, 1961. Natural history notes fror

Jiggalang IV Frogs. HY, Aust, Nat, 7 (8): 193-195.

Loveridge, A., 1935. Australian Amphibia in the Museum of

Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Massachusetts. Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zoal. 7B (V2 1-60.

Loveridge, A., 1950. New frogs of the genera Cycloratia and

Wyla from south-castern Australia. Proc. Biol. Soc.

Wash, 63; 131-1338.

Lynch, J. D,, 197]. Evolutionary relationships, osteology and

yooeeoeraphy of leptodactyloid frogs. Adise. Publ Mus.

Nat, #ist. Univ. Kansas (5): 1-238.

Main, A. R., 1965. Frogs of southern Western Australia.

(W. Aust. Naf. Club: Perth) Handbook No. 8, 73 pp.

Main, A, R. & Calaby, J. H., 1957. New records and notes on

the bialogy of frogs from north-western Australia, HM”.

Aust. Nat. 5 (7): 216-228.

Main, A. R. & Storr, G. M,, 1966, Range extensions and

notes on the biology of frogs from the Pilbara Region,

Western Australia, WY 4s Net, 10 (3); 53-6),

Moresealchi, A. & Jngram, G. J. 1974. New chromosome

numbers in Australian Leptodactylidae (Amphibia,

Sallentia), Experientia 30; 1134-1135.

Parker, H. W,. 1940, The Ausiralan frogs of the family

Leptodactylidae, Nevit, Zoel, 42. (1); 1-106,

Nipten F,, 1923, Anura lt.) Day Tierretch, Berlin, (46):

1-584,

Peters, W., 1871. Uber einige arten der herpetologischen

Sammlung der Berliner Zoologischen Museum. Munatsh.

K, Preuss, Akad. Wiss, Borlin, 1871: 648.

Robioson, R. L, & Tyler, M- J, 1972 The catecholamine

content of ihe adrenal glands of frogs as an index of

phylogenetic relationships. Comp, Gen. Pharmacol, 3 (10);

167-170

Slevin, J. Ri, 1955, Notes on Australian amphibians.

Calif’ Acad. Sci, WB (8): 355-392.

Spencer, B., 1896. Report on the Works of the Horn Scientific

Expedition to Central Australia. 1 Introduction, Narra-

tive, Summary of results, supplement to zoological report.

Amphibia (Melville, Muller & Slade; Melbourne), §52-175,

Straughan, 1. R,, 1969. Ayla fierinis (Peters), a species hitherto

erroneously referred io the leptodactylid genus Cyetarana

Ginutas Hylidae/Leptodactylidue), Zvol, Medea. 43 (17):

207-212.

Tyler, M_.1., 1970. Patterns of distribution and the ongins of

the Papoan bylid frog fauna, Seareh 1 (5): 246-247,

Tyler, M, J,, 1972. Superficial mandibular musculature, voval

sacs and the phylogeny. of Australo-Papuad leptodactylid

frogs. Rec, S- dui. Muy, U6 (9); 1-20,

Tyler, M, J, 1974, The systematic position and geographic

distribution of the Australian frog Chirelepres albegutratiy

Gunther. Prac R. Sve, Old, 85 (2); 27-32,

Tyler, M_J. & Martin, A. A. (975, Australian leptodactylid

frogs of the Cyelvrana australis camplex, Trans R. Soe.

S. Aust. 99 (2): 93-99,

Warburg, M. R.. 1967, On thermal and water balance of three

Central Australian frogs. Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 2:

27-43.

Warburg, M. R.. 1972. Water economy and thermal balance

of Israeli and Australian amplibia from xeric habitats.

Symp. Zool, Soe Lond. M2 79-111.

Watkins, Wo A. 1967. The harmonic interval: fact or artifaet

in spectral analysis of pulse trains, ln “Murine Bio-

acoustics’, (W. N. Tavolga, Bd.), Vol. 2, pp. 19-43,

Perguimoli; New York,

Prove.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO

(MARSUPIALIA: THYLACOLEONIDAE)

WITH NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES

AND DISTRIBUTION OF

THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH

AUSTRALIA

By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 16

lst June, 1977

A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO (MARSUPIALIA:

THYLACOLEONIDAE) WITH NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES AND

DISTRIBUTION OF THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY NEVILLE S. PLEDGE

Summary

A new species, Zhylacoleo hilli, is described from the Town Cave of Curramulka, South Australia,

based on an upper carnassial P3, which is about half the size of that of 7: carnifex but otherwise

almost identical. It is markedly larger than the Miocene species of Wakaleo Clemens & Plane, and

because there is no indication of such a diminutive Pleistocene species, it is suggested that 7! hil/i is

of Late Tertiary, possibly Miocene-Pliocene age.

A summary of the sites of thylacoleonid discoveries in South Australia is also presented.

A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO (MARSUPIALIA: THYLACOLEONIDAE) WITH

NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES AND DISTRIBUTION OF 'THYLACOLEONIDAE

IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NEVILLE S, PLEDGE*

ABSTRACT

PLEDGE. NEVILLE 8. 1975. A new specics of Thylacaleo

(Marsopialia: ‘Thylacoleonidac), with notes on the accur-

rences and distribution of Thylacoleonidae in South Aus-

tralia. Ree. S, Anyi, Mus, 17 (16): 261-267,

*Souath Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australi,

5000,

A new species. Thylacelee hilli, is described

from the Town Cave of Curramulka, South Aus-

tralia, based on an upper carnassial P*, which is

about half the size of that of T, carnifex but

otherwise almost identical, It is markedly larger

than the Miocene species of Wakaleo Clemens

& Plane, und because there is no indication of

such a diminutive Pleistocene species, it is sug-

rested that 7, Ailli is of Late Tertiary, possibly

Miocvene-Pliocene age.

A suintiary of the sites of thylacoleonid dis-

coveries in South Australia is also presented.

INTRODUCTION

In 1956, the late Alan Hill collected an

unusual tooth from the far recesses of the Town

Cave (Y¥2) at Curramulka, on Yorke Peninsula,

South Australia,

The Curramulka Town Cave had a natural

30 m shaft entrance which was enlarged so that

the cave could be used as the town’s water

supply, The easier passages were explored early,

bones being noted in passing. Germein (1960)

published a popular account of his 1936 visit to

the cave. In 1959, Messrs. B. Daily, G. Gross

and P, Aitken of the South Australian Museum

visited the cave, following reports from the Cave

Exploration Group of South Australia (CEGSA)

Which examined it in 1956. Daily excavated

lime- and sand-encrusted bone, including a

purtial skeleton of Thylacolea carnifex (P12784)

and a crushed skull of Protemnodon (P13027},

The cave is developed in the Early Cambrian

Kulpara Limestone along a system of vertical

joints that probably were originally open to the

surface, such as those that can now be seen in

the nearby council quarry, The fissures filled

with sediment and debris, which became partly

lithified as a tough, red bone-breceia, Sub-

sequent ground water movement apparently

re-excavated the fissures from the bottom. leaving

high marrow passages roofed with breccia,

Remains of Pleistocene marsupials have been

found in this breccia and in the soft red silt that

partially clogs some purts of the cave, Tr is

lar June, 1977

from the latter that Daily’s specimens were

collected, in the section called the “Bedroom

Chamber”, Although it has not yet been prop-

erly prepared or identified, a cursory inspection

of the fossil fauna suggests that it is of Late

Pleistocene age. Hill’s specimen, however, does

not fit this hypothesis and suggests that at least

some parts of the cave may date from Tertiary

times, This is discussed below,

The tooth is interpreted to be the upper left

carnassial (P*) of Thylacoleo, but is so much

smaller than that tooth in other menibers of the

genus that it warrants the erection of a new

species.

DESCRIPTION

Systematic Palaeontology:

Marsupialia

Phalangeroidea

Thylacoleonidae

Thylacolee Owen

Thylacoleo hilli sp. nov.

Diagnosis: Thylacoleo with P* about half as

long as in 7, carnifex.

Holotype: upper left P*. registered no. P1862!

in the South Australian Museum.

Type locality: Town Cave (Y¥2), Curramulka,

Yorke Peninsula.

Etymology: 1 have pleasure in naming this

species for its finder, the Jute Alan Hill, «a found-

ing member of CEGSA in 1956, and a dynamic

speleologist until his untimely death in 1972,

Description:

The only known specimen, P18621, an upper

left P*, megsures 24°4 mm long which is less

than half the length of the equivalent tooth of

Thylaceleo carnifex. It has a long trenchant

ridge, with the highest point over the anterior

root (broken away), The height is 12°2 mm on

the outer face. From here the c¢rista descends

abruptly on the anterior face to a paint below

the general base level of the crown, though not

so obviously as in 7. carnifex, Posteriorly from

the anterior cusp, the crest descends gently (at

about 20° below the horizontal. the base of the

enamel being taken as horizontal) for a Jittle

more thin halfway before abruptly levelling out

to form the posterior “cusp” over the posterior

root, then descends aguin at the same rate, In

profile it is similar to P" of T, carnifex, althougl

with less development of the anterior “cusp”,

278

There are more obvious differences in occlusal

view. In Thylacoleo hilli, P* is relatively broad

and shows a rather tuberous outline in contrast

to the more slender form of T. carnifex. How-

ever, the crest has the same sigmoid form,

starting slightly mesiad at the anterior end and

curving, convex outwards, to the anterior “cusp”.

Thence it is almost straight until the midway

break-in-slape, where it bends slightly but sharply

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (16):

261-267 June, 1977

outwards to the posterior “cusp”, after which it

curves gently outwards to reach the posterior

extremity. The sigmoid curve is thus rather

more angular than in 7. carnifex.

As in Thylacoleo carnifex, the anterior cusp

is buttressed with a noticeable internal ridge

and a somewhat more rounded external ridge,

but in contrast to T. carnifex, this is not the

widest part of the tooth.

That point occurs

Fig. 1.

(lower drawings), in labial

b: lingual view.

Fig. 3.

a: occlusal view; b: labial view; c: lingual view.

Thylacoleo carnifex left P? (SAM P17654) a:

10mm

kD BUSING

Comparison of upper premolars of Thylacoleo carnifex P17654 (upper drawings) and T. hilli P18621,

holotype,

(eft) and occlusal (right) views.

labial view;

Natural size.

Thylacoleo hilli n. sp. left P38 (SAM P18621) Stereopairs;

Natural size.

A NEW SPECIES OF THY LACOLEO

slightly posterior to the cusp and just before the

midpoint of the tooth. Again as in T. carnifex,

the outer face is convex while the inner face

is slightly hollow to maintain a constant sharp

edge as tooth-wear progresses, This is particu-

larly noticeable in the central region of the ridge,

where tooth-wear has bevelled the inner face ot

the erest in a one-millimetre band, The hollow

part of the face is apparently tnworn, and is

gently rugose in a vertical direction,

The aniecior cout appears lo have been hy

far the stranger, alihough both are missing from

the specimen, It has a deeply erescentic cross

section at the base of the crown. There is no

cingulum and the enamel thins and ends in a

rather irregular line, as in T. carnifex,

Discussion; Apart trom Thvlacolee, the only

other form to which the Hill tooth could be

compared is the lower premolar (Ps) of Protem-

nodon spp. (see Bartholomat 1974), but the

differences in size and form (Proetemnadon is too

small, too flat-bladed and too narrow, and lacks

the unterior descension af the crown enamel)

are too obvious for this to seriausly considered,

The possibility has been considered that the

Town Cave tooth is an abnormal development.

Various abnormalities of inarsupial teeth have

been discussed by Archer (1975) but the only

type of interest here ts. the ephemeral tooth: that

which may be present in embryo, but normally

is resorbed or shed in young juveniles. There

does not seem to be any certain way of distingu-

ishing an isolated, unusually small tooth as a

deciduous or ephemeral tooth. In the present

instance, however. it is likely that this possibility

can be discounted. for several reasons: (1) the

tooth is well calcified and had well-developed

roots (by contrast, some specimens of unworn

T. carnifex premolars have very thin walled,

fragile roots), (2) the enamel is thick and solid,

(3) the tooth was functional, having a small

but well-defined wear facet,

The Thylacoleonidae have a relatively long

history, which unfortunately is poorly represented

for most of its length. A single undescribed

toothless palate from the Miocene Etadunna

Formation (Ngapakaldi local fauna) (Stirton,

Tedford and Woodburne 1968) in the Luke

Eyre Basin, seems to be the first possible repre-

sentative (Clemens ond Plane 1974:659), This

is followed by the two species of Hakalea

(Clemens and Plane 1974) from later Miocene

deposits; then by the rather poorly known Thy-

lacolee crassidentaius (Bartholomat 1962) From

the Phocene Chinchilla Formation of the Western

Darling Downs in Queensland, There is also

279

an unidentified specimen from the Lower Plio-

cene Allinghum Formation of north Queensland

(Archer & Wade 1976:390), in which P* is

relatively shorter than in 7. eraysidentatus, but

larger than that estimated for 7, hilli (M, Archer.

pers. coinm., 11.175). The Allingham species

has been compared with a specimen from Balla-

donia, W.A,, mentioned by Merrilees (1968:14).

The best known species. TAylacelen carnifes

(Owen 1859), is. widespread in Australian

Pleistocene cave deposits and in some other open

situations (see Gill 1954).

Thylacoleo was an unusual animal in many

Ways, one of which was the apparent lack of

deciduous cheek-teeth. Most notably, the large

sectorial premolars apparently had no functional

precursors, ard persisted from the pouch stage

to senility (Finch 1971). In two specimens in

the South Ausiralian Museum (P13721, P13829),

these full-sized carnassials are almost fully

erupted in jaws that are only 22-23 mm deep al

the posterior end of the Py alveolus, and 85-

90 mm long from the incisor alveolus to the

angular process. Mandibles of mature 7. carni-

fex reach a depth, at the P; alveolar margin, of

up to 353 mm. The premolars are. therefore,

apparently functional even in pouch young,

although the two specimens mentioned above

show no signs of wear. It is thus unlikely that

the Curramulka tooth, 7. hilli, which is slightly

worn and has well-developed raots, is deciduous.

It is impossible, however, to present conclus-

ive evidence one way or the other as to whether

the tooth in question is permanent or deciduous.

On the one hand, there is a slight indication that

it could be deciduous by comparison with its

postulated closest relatives. Woods (1956;138)

has indicated its phalangeroid affinities, and

certainly the jaw of Wakaleo oldfieldi bears some

similarities in form with, say Burramys, which

Broom (1898) concluded was close to the

ancestral condition of the Thylacoleonidae,

Many groups of phalangeroids have diminutive

deciduous premolars (¢.¢, SAM M5539, a

juvenile Trichosurus vulpecula with dP3. M1-3,

and P3 unerupted below dP3,), At the same

time, a koala M4625 has only the premolar and

M1 fully erupted, und these premolars are identi-

cal in size and form with those in adult, even

senile, individuals which suggests that the decidu-

ous premolar, if it existed. was of very short

duration. A deciduous check tooth in a koala

embryo was noted by an early German embryo-

logis. (M. Archer, pers, comim., Nov, 1976).

On the other hand, there is good circum-

stantial evidence against the Hill tooth being

deciduons, in that for all the scores of specimens

REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (16):

261-267 June, 1977

TABLE |

Lengths of premolars of Thylacoleonidae (calculated parameters are based on the ratio for 7. carnifex P?:Ps = 1-295.)

Species Carnassial Length

ps Ps

| Range Mean Range Mean

Thylacolvo carnifex— |

Darling Downs (Woods, 1956) . 35:3-40-7 386 (N = 4) / 49:8-53-8 S51-7(N = 3)

welinaten Caves (Australian Museum 33°7-46-0 JOB (N | 48) | 47-0-54-L 50-7 (N = 23)

coll.)

Naracoorte Caves (S.. Aust. Mus, coll,). 37-1-41-6 39-6 (N — 24) 49:9 54-5 52-2 (N = 14)

Total sample coc. cc eee ee eevee 35:3-46:0 3¥6(N = 76) A7O-545 S13 (N - 40)

T. crassidentarus—{ Bartholomai, (962) . 35:6-41-4 37-5 (N ~ 4) cale. 48-6

T. billi n. sp, f: bray calc. [KB 24-4

Wakalea vanderleuri (rane of estimates)... 13-5-15-3 (N = 1) calé. 17-5-19-8

WA aldffcleli 0.60 coc co oc ep ee eye 12-4 eal, 161

of Thylacolea carnifex, at all stages of develop- in time to Wakaleo than T. carnifex, but

ment, there is no other tooth of similar size

known, Also, the roots were not being resorbed.

Accordingly, the easiest explanation is that it is

a valid diminutive species,

Thylacoleo hill gives the impression of being

more akin to Thylacoleo carnifex. While there

is an obvious similarity shown between the

mandibles of Wakaleo and Thylacolea carnifex,

the Pz of the former is of different proportions,

being relatively shorter, while the molars are

relatively larger and better developed (Clemens

and Plane 1974). In contrast, the P* of

Thylacoleo hilli is proportionally and morpho-

logically closely similar to T, carnifex (see Fig,

1). Tt is not yet possible to compare directly the

premolars of Wakaleo and T. hilli, but estimates

of the size of the unknown premolars can be

made, assuming that a regular size relationship

between the upper and lower premolars of T.

carnifex persists throughout the family, A large

sample of premolars of T. carnifex in the Aus-

tralian Museum, mostly from the Wellington

Caves, and a somewhat smaller collection from

the Naracoorte Caves, held by the South Aus-

tralian Museum, have been measured, and using

also the data in Woods (1956), the mean lengths

of the upper and lowers calculated, The

assumption was then made that the ratio of

these two measurements (P":P.) has been more

or Jess constant at about 1.3. Using this con-

stant, the lengths of Ps of Thylacoleo hill and

P' of Wakaleo spp. have been calculated (see

Table 1). Ut is seen that the premolar of 7.

hilli is closer in size to Wakaleo than to T,

carnifex. However, as discussed above. its form

js nearer to the latter. It is therefore more

probably an ancestor of T- carnifex, and closer

unlikely to be a descendant of Wakaleo, Clemens

and Plane (1974) consider Wakalea probably

was not directly ancestral to Thylacoleo carnifex,

and that thylacoleonid phylogeny was a plexus

of lineages rather than a single line. Thylacoleo

hilli would then represent a short twig near the

axis of this plexus,

Age: The age of 7. hilli is unknown, though

presumably late Tertiary, Ut is unlikely to be

Pleistocene, as there is no indication of it in

any of the rich Pleistocene faunas known from

Australia, It is not the same as the Balladonia

Thylacoleo (Merrilees 1968; Archer & Wade

1976) Which is regarded as Pleistocene. Nor is

it likely to be a dwarfed Pleistocene species,

produced by insular isolation in the same way

as the pigmy elephanis of some Mediterranean

islands (c.g. Kurtén 1968:135), for although

Curramulka is in the middle of the low and

elongate Yorke Peninsula, there is no evidence

that this has been an island at any time during

the Cainozoic, and certainly not during the

Pleistocene, Furthermore 7, carnifex has been

found in contiguous areas, such as Port Piric and

the Flinders Ranges, as well as in the Curra-

mulka Town Cave itself and elsewhere on Yorke

Peninsula. By comparison with the phylogenetic

pattern of the Diprotodontidae (Stirton ey, al,

1967) with its Pleistocene gigantism, and its

absence from the late Phocene Chinchilla and

Mampuwordu sands, I suggest that 7. Ailli lived

in late Miocene or early Pliovene times, How-

ever, this cannot be confirmed until more

material and other associated species of the same

age are found, Attempts to find the actual site

within the cave, to collect more material, have

so far been unsuccessful.

A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEQ 281

THYLACOLEONIDAE

IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

The discoveries of thylacoleonid fossils in

South Australia are summarised in Table 2, and

their distribution is shown in Fig, 4,

Remains of Thy/acoleo carnifex were first

reported from South Australia by Waterhouse

(1879) in his annual report to the South Aus-

tralian Institute. These were found, with

Diprotodon “Phascolomys” (Phascolonus gigas)

and Macropus by Mr. R. M, Robertson in a

spring bog deposit in Salt Creek near Norman-

ville. This deposit continued to yield bones

until Zictz (1907) apparently worked it out with

the discovery of more Thy/acoleo. Zictz (1889)

had previously reported Thylacoleo with Dipro-

todon from dam excavations at “Yam Creek,

Bundaree”, Gill (1954), unable to locate this

place on a map. considered it a misspelling of

Bungaree, but study of Museum reports shows

that the site was at Bundey, about 40 km west

of Morgan.

In the early 1900's, a fragment of Thylacoleo

carnifex was found with other bones on the

gravel bars of the Warburton River, near (old)

Kalamurina, The source of these bones is prob-

ably the eroding channel deposits known as the

Katipiri Sands (Stirton, Tedford & Miller 1961).

This formation has yielded a single tooth at

Lake Kanunka (idem) south of the Warburton

River. Other open sites yielding Thylacolea

have been found in recent years: near Port Pirie,

and at Lake Fowler, Yorke Peninsula.

At the turn of the century, Thylacoleo was

found in cave deposits when William Reddan.

Curator of the Naracoorte Caves, started

excavating there, particularly in Alexandra Cave.

Zietz later undertook excavations in 'Speci-

men Cave” and found considerable quantities of

material. In recent years, better specimens have

been collected from several other caves in the

Naracoorte area: Haystall Cave (Pledge ert al.

unpubl.), Henschke’s Quarry cave (Pledge in

prep.), and pacticularly Victoria Cave (Smith

1971:185),

TABLE 2

Summary of distribution and discoveries of Thylacoleonidae in South Australia.

Locality Type of Deposit Collector Year Reference

Thylacoleo carnifex—

Salt Creek, Normanyille Spring swamp ........- R. M. Robertson ...... 1878 Waterhouse ()879)

Salt Creek, Nermanville .... | Spring swamp ......,.. A. We Re Ziet2z: oy 5 1907 Zietz (1907)

Bundey, west of Morgan ..... Fluviatile (loum) ...,.. % 1889 Zictz (1890)

Kalamurina, Warburton R. Fluviatile (channel?).... | BE. A. King ....0....0- 1905 S.A. Museum Report

(1905-1906

Alexandra Caye (U3), Nara~ Cave earth —..2......-. Wm. Reddan .,.,...,. 1900, 1907,) | :

coorte i 1912

Specimen Caye (U35), Nara- Caveearth.... .. .. . | FR. Zietz ..,..,., aes 1916

coorte

Moorak, Mount Gambier -.- | Well) 2 .....,-.-0.5- Campbell oo... 0... en. 1913

Derrington Street, Mount | Cave.,....... 2.0... | D. W. P. Corbett 2... 1963

Gambier

James Quarry (U29), Nara-| Cave ...0...2..200.. - | N. B, Tindale and P, F, 1956

coorte Lawson

James Quarry (U29), Naracoorte) Cave ,................ | B. Daily, P, Aitken, ... 1959

Cathedral Cave (U12/13), | Cave earth ..,......... | B. Daily ......00.,. rye 1959 Daily (1961)

Naracoorte ;

Town Cave (¥2), Curramulka | Cave earth ........... R- SEXQON! 7c tert pele 1958

Town Cave (Y2), Curramulka | Cave earth .........,-, | B, Daily .........0, tale 1959

Haystall Cave (U23), Nara- | Cave earth, ..,.., veye | N. Pledge ef al, ..,.... 1964

coorte

Quarry, Curramulka ...,.,.. | Fissure bone breccia .._ | G. Pretty and N. Pledge. (967

Fox Cave (U22), Naracoorte. | Cave earth ........... POR. WASH pyc 1968

Mais rave (F3), Buckalowie | Cave travertine ........ B.. Daily etal. ..-...,,. 1968

ree.

Henschke’s Quarry cave, Nara- | Cave earth .0......... N. Pledge and F, Aslin . 1969

coorte (U91/97)

Victoria Cave (U1), Naracoorte | Cave earth .....2...... R. T. Wells ela. ....,. 5 1969 Smith (1971)

Port Pirie ,, 6.2...) .:...... | Fluviatile (channel) . .. R, Elding ....., 22.08, . 973 |

Lake Fowler, Yorke Peninsula | Gypsum lunette 2, ,., J. McNamara ,.-.-.. 1975

Thylacolee hilli—

Town Cave (Y¥2), Curra- | Cave earth .2...0..... a ||| rn ee ree 1956 This paper

mulka

Wakalee oldfieldi—

Leaf locality, UCMP V6213, , Wipajiri Formation, ; W. A. Clemens ef al, ,., 1971 Clemens and Plane (1974)

Lake Ngapakaldi fluviatile (charinel) |

(Symbols such as U3, ¥2. etc.

Group of South Australia, Inc.)

are the official code numbers of caves as listed in the caves register of the Cave Exploration

282 REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (16); 261-267 June, 1977

Fig. 4. Occurrences of Thylacoleonidae speci-

mens in South Australia. @: Tiylacoleo carnifex

©: no record for the site, XX: Wakaleo aldfieldi,

1. Normunville, 2, Bundey, 3. Naracoorte, 4. Kala-

murina (Warburton River), 5, Curramulka,

6, Lake Fowler, 7. Port Pirie, $. Buekalowie Caves,

9. Mt. Gambier, 10. Lake Callabonna. 11. Rocky

River, 12. Port) Augusta, 13. Lake Ngapakaldi.

Partial skeletons were recovered from Cath-

edral Cave and from the two small caves in

James Quarry, Naracoorte (Daily, 1960). The

quarry and Town Cave at Curramulka on Yorke

Peninsula, and Mairs Cave on Buckalowie Creek

in the Flinders Ranges have also yielded some

good material of Thylacoleo carnifex. Wakaleo

oldfieldi was found in the Miocene Wipajiri

Formation channel deposits at Lake Ngapakaldi

(Clemens & Plane 1974).

Possibly more interesting than the occurrences

outlined above are those richly fossiliferous areas

Where Thylacoleo carnifex has not been found.

The species is apparently rare in the channel

deposits intersected by the Warburton River and

Cooper Creek. It is absent from the rich (though

as yet poorly investigated) swamp deposits at

Rocky River, Kangaroo Island, (Tindale, Fenner

& Hall 1935) and has not been found in any

of the cave deposits nearby. Most notably,

there has been no sign of it (or any other

carnivore) in the vast Diprotodon “graveyard”

of Lake Callabonna, At the Salt Creek (Norman-

ville) site, broken bones bearing distinct tooth

or cut marks were recovered: these have been

ascribed to Thylacoleo by A, Zietz (unpubl.

note, 1907). No such indications have been

reported from the Callabona fossils. No explan-

ation has been offered for these apparent gaps

in the range of Thylaceleo carnifex, and none

will be attempted here, save that the reason may

have some bearing on the animals way of life,

which is still speculative,

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr, A. Ritchie for allowing

me access to study the Australian Museum

material. Mr. P. F, Aitken and Drs. R. T. Wells

and M. Archer provided constructive criticism

of the manuscript. Figures 1 and 4 were drawn

by Mrs, Linda Blesing, and Mrs, Joan Murphy

typed the numerous draft manuscripts.

REPERENCES

Archer, M. (1975), Abnormal dental development and

its significance in dasyurids and other marsupials.

Mem. Qd Mus. 17 (2): 251-265.

Archer, M., & Wade, M. (1976). Results of the Ray

E. Latley Expeditions, Part 1. The Allingham

Formation and » new Pliocene vertebrate fuuna from

northern Queensland. Mfem. Gd Mdus, 17 (3); 3/9-

397, pl, 54-58.

Bartholomai, A. (1962). A new species of Thylaveleo

und notes on some ciudal vertebrae of Pulorchestes

azael, Mem, Qd Mus. 14 (2), 33-40.

Bartholomai, A. (1974), The Genus Pretemnodon Owen

(Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Upper Cainozoic

deposits of Queensland. Mem, Od Mus, 16 (3), 309-

363, pl, 9-23,

Broom, R. (1898). On the affinities und hubits of

Thylaceleo, Proc. Linn, Sec, N.S.W, 232 37-74.

A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO

Clemens, W. A. & Plane, M. (1974).

Thylacoleonidae (Marsupialia, Mammalia).

tol. 48 (4), 652-660, pl. 1.

Daily, B. (1960), Thylacoleo, the extinct Marsupial Lion.

Austr, Mus, Mag, 13, 163-166.

Finch, E. (1971), Thylacoleo, marsupial lion or marsupial

sloth? Austr, Nat. Hist. 17 (1), 7-11.

Germein, P. (1960). The Curramulka Caves,

Amateur Mineralogist 6 (4) 106-108.

Gill, E. D. (1954). Ecology and distribution of the extinct

giant marsupial, Thylacoleo. Vict. Nat. 71, 18-35.

Kurtén, B. (1968), “Pleistocene Mammals of Europe”.

(Weidenfeld & Nicolson: London),

Merrilees, D. (1968). Man the Destroyer: Late Quaternary

changes in the Australian marsupial fauna. J. R. Soc.

W. Aust, 51 (1): 1-24.

Owen R, (1859). On the fossil mammals of Australia.

1. Description of a mutilated skull of a large marsupial

carnivore (Thylacoleo carnifex, Owen) from a cal-

careous conglomerate stratum, eighty miles S.W. of

Melbourne, Victoria. Phil. Trans. R. Soc, Lond. 149,

Mid-Tertiary

J. Paleon-

Aust.

309-322.

Smith, M, J. (1971). Small fossil vertebrates from Victoria

Cave, Naracoorte, South Australia. I, Potoroinae

(Macropodidae), Petauridae and Burramyidae (Mar-

supialia). Trans. R, Soc, S, Aust. 95: 185-198.

283

Stirton, R. S., Tedford, R. H. & Miller, A. H. (1961).

Cenozoic stratigraphy and vertebrate paleontology of

the Tirari Desert, South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus.

14 (1), 19-61.

Stirton, R. A., Tedford, R, H. & Woodburne, M. O.

(1968). Australian Tertiary deposits containing terres-

trial mammals. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 77 1-30.

Stirton, R. A.. Woodburne, M. O. & Plane, M. D.

(1967). A phylogeny of the Tertiary Diprotodontidae

and its significance in correlation, Bur. Min. Resour.

Aust., Bull. 85, 149-160.

Tindale, N. B., Fenner, F. J. & Hall, F, J. (1935).

Mammal bone beds of probable Pleistocene age, Rocky

River, Kangaroo Island. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 59,

103-106.

Waterhouse, F, G. (1879). Appendix A. Report of the

Curator of the South Australian Institute Museum on

the progress of the Museum during the year ending

30th September, 1879. South, Aust. Institute Ann.

Report. 1878-9, 10, 11.

Woods, J. T. (1956). The skull of Thylacoleo carnifex.

Mem. Qd. Mus. 13 (2), 125-140.

Zietz, A. (1890). (Exhibit of Thylacoleo, with Dipro-

todon, from Yam Creek, Bundaree). Abst, of Proc.,

Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 13, 245.

Zietz, A. (1907). (Exhibit of Thylacoleo carnifex and

kangaroo bones found at Salt Creek, Normanville).

Abst, of Proc,, Trans. R, Soc. S, Aust. 31, 317,

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

METASQUALODON HARWOODI

(SANGER, 188I1)—A REDESCRIPTION

By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE

and

KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSEN

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

- North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 . VOLUME. 17

NUMBER 17

8th August, 1977

METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881) — A REDESCRIPTION

BY NEVILLE S. PLEDGE AND KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSEN

Summary

The long-lost holotype and several undescribed paratype teeth of the squalodontid whale

Metasqualodon harwoodi have been rediscovered, and form the basis for a more detailed

description. Comparison is made with the teeth of other squalodontids from Australia and New

Zealand, and based on Rothausen’s revision of European Squalodontidae, an attempt is made to

classify Metasgalodon more precisely. The teeth represent a valid genus.

METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION

By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE* AND KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSENTt

ABSTRACT

PLEDGE, N.S. & ROTHAUSEN, K., 1977:

harwoadi (Sanger, 1881)—a redescription.

Mus, 17 (17): 285-297,

The long-lost holotype and several undescribed

paratype tecth of the squaladontid whale Meta-

squalodon harweodi have been rediscovered, and

form the basis for a more detailed description,

Comparison is made with the teeth of other

squalodontids from Australia and New Zealand,

and based on Rothausen's revision of European

Squalodontidae, an attempt is made to classify

Metasqualodon more precisely, The teeth repre-

sent a Valid genus.

General tendencies in the evolution of squalo-

dontid tecth make it more likely that Meta-

squalodon is nearer to the evolutionary stage of

longirostral Lower Miocene species of Squaleden

in the Northern Hemisphere than to that of

presently knowf brevirostral genera of the

Southern Hemisphere. Nevertheless, curvature

of the crown and roots, and the denticles on the

anterior-most buccal tooth indicate that the teeth

probably belong to a brevirostral form, This

would mean that there was a tendency in the

evolution of the teeth of brevirostral squalo-

dontids similar to that shown in the longirostral

forms of Europe.

In any case, this gives a supplementary indica-

tion to the disputed age of the find since, on the

grounds of preservation, it has been determined as

coming from the uppermost part of the Ettrick

Formation, and is therefore very late Oligocene.

INTRODUCTION

In 1880, Sanger (1881) reported to the Lin-

nean Society of New South Wales the discovery

of a tooth and some fragments of a second at

Wellington, South Austraha, These he regarded

as belonging to a new zeuglodont whale species

“Zeuglodon harwoodii’, He figured and des-

cribed a “molar” tooth, consisting of a near-

complete serrated crown and the upper, con-

fluent part of the roots.

Later, Hail (1911), in discussing the system-

atic positions of Squaledon and “Zeuglodon”

from Australia, compared “Z," harwoodi and

Squaloden wilkinsoni McCoy (1867), and put

Metasqualodon

Rec, §. Ausi.

* South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia.

SOOO.

1 D-6500 Mainz,

Universiti,

Gernmny.

ih Aueust, 1977

Institut der

Republic of

Geowissenschaftliches

Saurstr, 21, Federal

both into new genera; viz. Metasqualodon

harwoodi (Sanger) and Parasqualoden wilkinsoni

(McCoy). His treatment of M, harwoadi was

necessarily only cursory and based on Sanger’s

rather inadequate paper, because the whereabouts

of the type material was unknown,

In 1948, Charles Fenner, then Honorary

Curator of Fossils at the South Australian

Museum, discovered a box of teeth recorded us

P8446 in the Palaeontological Register, and

stored as a holotype. The box contained six

teeth or fragments thereaf, glued to a card

labelling them as molars and canines. Two of

the “molars” were also labelled as types. In

addition, a slip bearing the legend (in script):

Zeuglodon teeth

| (Notodanus tooth) separated

| 100"

Wellington

| J, C. Harwood

Sydnam Norwood

{

and a cutting of the text figures from Sanger’s

paper were enclosed. Fenner realised that this

box contained Sanger’s type material and more

besides, The pencilled addition “separated”

referred to the “Notidanus’ tooth, which was not

present in the box. This tooth was later dis-

covered (1972) elsewhere in the collection, and

bears the additional information on its card:

“Fossil shark tooth, Notidanus sp?

River Murray Cliffs near Wellington, 8.

Austral,

pres. by Mr. J. C. Harwood, December

[881."

The tooth is additionally labelled “Netidanus

primigenius”’.

However, the whereabouts of Zeuglodon

harwoodi was not disclosed for some time, for

it was not seen by Flynn (1948) when he mio-

utely described the nearly complete skull and

mandibles of Prosqualodon dayidi Flynn, nor

was it seen by Glaessner (1955) when he estab-

lished Squalodon zambierensis, although he later

rediscovered it.

Rothausen (1968: pp. 85-86) established a

terminology and some indices to standardise the

deseription of squalodontid whales. Appendix

284 REC, S, AUST. MUS,. 17 (17): 285-297 August, 1977

-undation

A , dentic. pos

\ anterjor

. \

—dentle ant

-cf, rug.

crenelation ram. sec.(?) —dentic, b4s, ant

\ cingulum

dentic, bas:

post.

Pa446.5 PBA46-6 isthmus” pa446-4

Fig 1. Feature terminology in Squalodontoid teeth. Diagrams not to scale. A. Internal face of P&446.6,

diagramatically showing crenelation, syst. cr. rug, and undation,

région of anterior carina With ram, prim. and possible rami. sec.

B. Anterior view of P8446.5, showing basal

C. Lingual view of P8446.1, showing anterior

and posterior denticles, and dentic. bas. ant, and post., syst, er. rug., and cingulum,

I gives a summary of this terminology, with

additional terms used herein. A number of them

are commonly applied in the text as Latin

abbreviations. See Fig. |.

HISTORY OF STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN

AND NEW ZEALAND SQUALODONTIDS

Flynn (1948; p, 185) gave a precise and con-

cise account of discoveries of and papers on

Australasian archaeocetes and primitive odon-

tacetes, therefore only the time from 1948 till

now shall be considered except for a few refer-

ences not mentioned by him,

1939. Pritchard describes a partial skull and

jaws of a new whale Mammalodon. pritehardi.

The preserved teeth are extremely worn, to the

extent that comparison with other squalodontoid

teeth is not possible,

1942, Camp and Kellogg (in Camp 1942:

p. 367) agree with Thomson (1905: p. 491) in

contrast to Benham (19354: p. 238) (who

thought it a reptile as accepted by Neave 1940

(b): p, 395 in wrong spelling “Tangarosaurus’),

that Tangaroasaurus kakanuiensis Benham, 1935

represents the rostrum of a squalodontid; accepted

also by Romer (1945: p, 624; 1966; p, 392)

and Dechaseaux (1961: p. 860) both in wrong

spelling (Tangarasaurus), and by Rothausen in

his revision (1965: pp. 656-658), who could

verity it in detail.

1948. Flynn published a full description of

the near complete skull of Prosqualodon davidi

Flynn, 1923 discovered by him at Wynyard,

Tasmania, in September 1919 (vide Mahoney

and Ride 1975: pp. 161-162). He first men-

tioned it in 1920 and described and named it in

1923. An addendum by Carter (in Flynn 1948:

pp. 192-193) gives a microscopic comparison of

the enamel structure of P. davidi, “Zeuglodon”

osiris, several carnivores, a creodont, and an

ungulate (Sus). The two whales show a closer

affinity to the ungulate than to any carnivore,

Flynn here discusses also—with other odonto-

cetes—the position of Metasqualoden harwoodi,

1948, Sanger's type material is rediscovered

in Adelaide, but its importance is not fully

realised, and its whereabouts are not made known

immediately.

1955, Glaessner describes a buccal tooth,

probably a lower right, found in Oligocene

bryozoal limestone at Mt. Gambier. It is of a

form not previously recorded from Australasia,

and is given the name Squalodon gambierense,

(Fig, 3M,N).

1961. Rothausen discusses the position of

“Microcetus” hectori Benham 1935 (4) and he is

sure that it at least belongs in another genus than

the genotype M, ambiguus (vy, Meyer, 1840),

1964. Dickson describes Prosqualodon

marplesi Dickson 1964 from Upper Oligocene

beds in New Zealand.

1965. Rothausen in a revision of European

squalodontids also discusses the non-European

forms in some detail. This part of his manuscript

is not yet published, even in abstract form.

1970. Rothausen discusses general aspects

of some Squalodontoidea from Australia and

New Zealand in connection with the question of

the Oligocene-Miocene boundary.

1972. Climo and Baker present an updated

summary of studies on New Zealand squalodonts

METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION

and describe a new genus and species Austro-

sgualodon trirhizadonta based on a pair of

edentulous mandibles collected in 1970 in Dun-

troonian (Middle Oligocene) siltstone near

Nelson, New Zealand. The genus is considered

by these authors to be allied to Squalodon Grate-

loup, but differs in having a small median third

root on the molariform teeth,

1972, Glaessner redescribes a cetacean tooth

from New Zealand, previously described by Davis

(1888) as Squalodon serratus. Tt is from the

same stratigraphic horizon as Kekenodon

onomata Hector 1881 and shows some similari-

ties with, but is considerably smaller than, that

species. Glaessner also to some extent clarifies

the rather Uncertain situation concerning isolated

teeth of squalodontoids in the Australian-New

Zealand area.

1973, Keyes describes, but does not name,

two buccal teeth of a “protosqualodontid” from

the Lower Oligocene of Oamaru, New Zealand.

287

He also revises the records of all known fossil

Cetacea from New Zealand,

1975. Mahoney and Ride, indexing the

genera and species of Australasian fossil mam-

mals, list fifteen species of fossil cetaceans, and

inter alia note that the type of Metasqualodon

harwoodi had disappeared and that the cranium

and much of the skeleton of the type of Pro-

squalodon davidi Flynn had been lost in 1961

during renovations of the Zoology Department,

University of Tasmania.

1976, Whitmore and Sanders review the

Oligocene Cetacea, but do not mention Meta-

squalodon, apparently believing it to be a

Miocene species,

In this present paper, a summary of the strati-

graphic occurrences of the squalodonts of

Australia and New Zealand, in the light of cur-

rent knowledge and interpretation, is given in

Table 1, This has been done in more detail for

New Zealand species by Keyes (1973).

TaBee |

STRATIGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF AUSTRALASIAN SQUALODONTOIDEA

Species Locality Formation Age Age Reference

Tangaroasaurius kakanuiensis | Kakanui, Otago, | Blue clay Otaian-Altonian Keyes (1973)

Benham, 1935a N.Z. (Early to Middle Climo and Baker

Miocene) or (1972)

Waitakian (Late

Oligocene)

Prosqualodon davidi Flyno, 1923 ., | Fossil Bluff, Fossil Bluff Sand- Early Longfordian Ludbrook (1973)

Metasqualoden harwoodi Sanger

1881

Parasqualodon ? wilkinsoni McCoy

{$67

Squaloden ? undrewi Benham 1942

*Prosqualdadon™ hamiltoni

Benham 1937

Prosqualodon marples! Dickson

1964

“Microcetus” hector? Benham

1935b

Austrosqualodon irirhizondonta

Climo and Baker 1972

Squaloden ? ganibierensis

Glaessner 1955

Squalodon ? serratus Davis 1888 . -

Unnamed squalodontoid ...,-..

Wynyard, Tas.

Near Wellington,

River Murray,

S.A

Castle Cove, Lac.

AW3, Aire Coast,

Vic.

Clarendon Lime-

stone Quarry,

Otago, NZ.

Caversham Quarry,

Dunedin, N.Z.

Near Trig. Z,

Waitaki Valley,

Olago, N.Z.

Maerewhenua River,

Waitaki Valley,

Otago, N-Z.

5.6. of Fossil Point.

N.W. Nelson,

N.Z.

Pritchard's Quarry

Mount Gambier,

S.A.

Karetu River, North

Canterbury, N.Z.

.. | Gay's Limestone

Quarry, Weston,

Oamaru, N.Z.

stone

Ettrick Formation. .

| Calder River

Limestone

Caversham Sand-

stone

Waitoura Marl

Member of

Otekaike Lime-

stone

Maerewhenua

Glauconitic

Limestone

Member of

Otekaike Lime-

stone

Glauconitic Sand-

stone

Gambier Limestone

Weka Pass Stone

McDonald Lime-

stone

(very early

Miocene)

Janjukian (Late

Oligocene)

Janjukian (Late

Oligocene to

earliest Miocene)

| Waitakian (Late

Oligocene)

Waitakian (Late

| Oligocene)

(Late Oligocene)

| Waitakian (Late

Oligocene)

Duntroonian

(Middle

Oligocene)

Early “Janjukian”

(Early Middle

Oligocene)

Whaingaroan-

Duntroonian

(Early Middle

Oligocene)

Whaingaroan (Early

Oligocene)

This paper

Carter (1958)

Ludbrook {1973}

Keyes (1973)

Jenkins (1974) p.292

Glaessner (1972)

Keyes (1973)

288

TAXONOMY

Squalodontoidea Simpson, 1945

Squalodontidae Brandt, 1873

Squalodontinae Rothausen, 1968

Metasqualodon Halli, 1911

Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881)

Zeuglodon Harwoodii Sanger 1881; 298-300,

Fig. A, B.

Harwoodi Sanger Stromer

Zeuglodon 1908:

147.

Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger) Hall 1911;

257, 262, 263, pl. 36, Fig. 7A, B (not Fig.

6).

Microzeuglodon ? Harwoodi (Sanger) Abel

1913: 220,

Zeuglodon harwoodi Sanger Abel 1913: 209,

S. harwoodi Sanger Winge 1919; 129,

(Sanger )

Metasqualodon —harwoadi Kellogg

1923; 20, 40,

Zeuglodon harwoodi Pritchard 1939:

Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Neave 1940:

Metasqualodon harwoodi Flynn 1948:

153, 155.

133.

186.

Metasqualodon harwoodi Glaessner 1955; 336

Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Rothausen 1958:

372.

Metasqualoden = ( =“‘Zeiiglodon’’)

Thenius 1959: 273,

Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881)

Rothausen 1965; 659,

harwoadj

harwoodi

Metasqualodon Rothausen 1970;

Fig. |.

Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Dubrovo 1971: 89,

Metasqualodon harwoodi Sanger Climo and

Baker 1972: 61.

Metasqualodon

1972: 185,

Metasqualodon Keyes 1973: 384.

Metasqualodon harwoodi Mahoney and Ride

1975: 158.

Zeuglodon harwoodi Sanger idem:

harwoodi (Sanger) Glaessner

164.

Holotype: A buccal tooth lacking only the

distal parts of the roots, some points of the crown

and part of the enamel at the labial face (Fig.

3A-B; Sanger 1881: p. 298, Fig. A-B). South

Australian Museum, Adelaide P8446.1,.

Paratypes: Five teeth or fragments of teeth

(Fig. 3C-J), South Australian Museum, Ade-

laide P8446.2-6.

REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (17):

285-297 August, 1977

Type Locality: The teeth were found near

Wellington, on the River Murray in South Aus-

tralia (Fig. 2). “. in a bed of yellow

calcareous clay, containing specimens of Echinus,

Spatangus, Clypeaster, Pecten, Turritella, Corbis

and Spondylus.” (Sanger 1881: p. 298). These

accompanying fossils have been lost, so their

modern identities are unknown.

Age: Late Oligocene (see discussion below).

Diagnosis: Typical squalodontoid teeth with

the following characteristics:

Posterior buccal teeth with many dentic, ant.

and dentic. post. including dentic. bas. ant. and

post. on antero-posterior carina. Labial face

shows only few weak cr. rug., the lingual face

stronger. Characteristic number of cr. rug. about

14-15, ID with 18.6 is small. Low yalues for

ant.-post. diameter of crown base, middle value

for apical-angle, and not a very high degree of

symmetry. Root with two fangs, confluent at

top by thin isthmus extending for up to 10 mm

(estimated) but often less in more posterior

buccal teeth.

b----- 4A

R. Murray

@ ADELAIDE

e Talem Bend

Wellington

Fig. 2. Locality map.

METASQUALOBON HARWOODT (SANGER,

Cheek teeth of more anterior position are

similar but with fewer denticles and longer

isthmus.

The anterior-most cheek teeth show one or

two denticles.

Redescription of Holotype; The Holotype

(P8446.1; Pig. 3 A, B) is a well preserved buccal

tooth which lacks most of the roots, the points

of several depticles, and part of the enamel from

the labial face. The crown is laterally com-

pressed, triangular in facial aspect, with a dis-

tinct antero-posterior carina which is occupied

with a number of well-defined, acutely-pointed

denticles: three dentic. ant. and one dentic. bas.

ant. as well as five dentic, post, and one dentic,

bas. post. The dentic. bas. on each side is very

small, and others are about the same size, some-

what smaller than the apical point, All denticles

bear an antero-posterior carina.

The greatest length of this buccal tooth is

above the base of the crown, at the level of the

apices of the dentic, bas, Greatest width is in

that part of the crown above the anterior root.

The base of the enamel is visible only on the

lingual face, and is straight except for a median

V-shaped embayment. Both faces show a wide

“sulcus” in this position, which corresponds to

the junction between the two roots.

The labial face bears faint, near-vertical er.

rug. which appear to converge near the apex,

1881)—A REDESCRIPTION 289

some also diverging to enter the denticles, The

enamel of the lingual face is more strongly

decorated: above a smooth basal zone (the

cingulum) up to 4 mm wide, irregular stronger

cristae rugae converge near the apex, some also

diverging to enter the denticles. The cristac

are most pronounced at their lower ends

where they have developed small tubercular

prominences bordering the cingulum, above

which they are papillated, especially those of the

posterior part of the crown, The cr. rug, die out

without reaching the apex.

In anterior profile, the crown is more convex

on the labial face, but this only concerns the

anterior part of the crown. The apical part is

shghtly incurved. The enamel is thickened at

the base to form a smooth cingulum.

The two roots are broken off about 6-7 mm

below the crown, The anterior root is circular

in section, the other is laterally compressed. The

fracture shows the radial structure of the dentine,

and shows that the pulp cavities of the two roots

join within the thin isthmus which connects the

proximal portion of the roots. Irregular, deep,

vertical striations are seen on the parts of the

roots nearest to the base of the crown, particu-

larly on the labial face.

Most characters and indices (Table 2) are in

good accordance with B*'" dext. of European

Squalodontinae, but with very small absolute

dimensions,

TABLE 2

DIMENSIONS OF HYPODIGM TEETH OF METASQUALODON HARWOODI

| Holotype | Paratypes

P8446.1 P8&446.2 P8446.3 P8446.4 P8446.5 Pk446.5

post.B post.B post.B inid.B mid.B ant.B

sup, ? fragm inf. ? sup, ? sup. ? sup. ?

fragm. |

| | |

(1) Max. ant.-post. diameter of crown ... 22+$ ? ~17-5 119 8-6

(2) Ant.-post, diameter it base of crown (| 20-4 ? ? ~175 11-2 85

(3) Apical-angle ... 55 || >47° 33° ~315

(4) Lat. diameter at base of crown (ant. in

two-rooted teeth)y (A) oy) .... cee 88 ? 7 >78 76 via

(5) Lat, diameter at base of post. part of |

crown in two-rooted teeth . 72 ? ? >T6 — —

(6) Number of dentic, ant, 4 4 ? | j 1

(7) Number of dentic. post. __- 6 . ? 2 ! 0

(8) Ant.post. diameter of largest dentic. |

post. (ad). eo, Abas rae 38 ? ? 57 ~+3-4

(9) Index dentic. (in® ya dec kaldchte 18-6 ? ? — _ _

(10 Characteristic number of er. TUB oe 14/15 ? ? _ — —-

(11) Vertical width of cingulum in the pre-

served parts i.) 02: 22. vi yee: ~4 2 ~4 ~3 ~11 ~I7

(12) Index bas, (in 4) 431 y ? 44-6 67-8 83-5

(13) Number of roots 22.0 ...... 000.24. 2 2 2: 2 t I

(14) Extent of isthmus ............2..4. >9 85 > 64 >10 _ -—

(15) Max, lat. diameter of ant, root gr single

root .... 2s 74 ~8 ? ~RS 8-2 78

(16) Max. lat. diameter ‘of post four ...,, 6 | ? ? ~TS _ _

290 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (17): 285-297 August, 1977

cnilaean bli

saber!

Fig. 3. A-J, the hypodigm teeth of Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881). A. P8446,1, labial face; B. ditto,

lingual; C. P8446.2, lingual; D. P8446.3, lingual; E: P8446.4, labial; F. ditto, lingual; G. P8446.5, labial: H. ditto,

lingual; 1, P&8446.6, labial: J. ditto, lingual; K.. Presgualoden davidi Flynn, AUGD 'T857, labial; L. ditto, lingual;

M. Squaledon ? gambierensis Glaessner, AUGD F15107, labial; N. ditto, lingual face.

All approximately natural size. A, B, E-J stereophotos and to the same scale.

METASOUALODON HARWOOD! (SANGER, I881)—A REDESCRIPTION 29)

Description of Pardtypes: Sanger (1881:

p, 298) mentioned a fragment of a second tooth

in his original description, One fragment in

the assemblage is labelled “type”, and consists

of the anterior internal quarter of a cheek tooth,

lacking the apex and most of the root (P8446,2,;

Fig. 3 C),

lis features are similar to those of the holo-

type, but it displays some better. Three dentic.

ant. are present or itidicated, and also a very

small dentic, bas. ant. All are sharply pointed,

and separated by deep grooves. The cr, rug. are

very strongly developed, producing sharp-crested

ridges converging towards the apex. A smooth

2 mm high cingulum borders the root.

Only « few millimetres of root are present,

but it has a roughly circular section, and ts deep

enough to indicate that the isthmus joining the

roots did not extend very deeply—-only 7°5 mm

below the medial base of the crown enamel,

Ti is not possible to say more than that its

position is middle or posterior buccal.

Another buccal tooth originally labelled as

“canine tooth", is represented by the posterior

internal quarter of the crown, and most of the

posterior root (P8&446.3; Fig, 3 D), It is not

part of the tooth represented by the foregoing

fragment. The preservation of the crown is poor;

only the apex and the topmost dentic. post., or,

more likely, only the two topmost dentic, post.,

are present with their lingual parts, and both lack

apices through wear or damage; the cr. rug. are

relatively course, but appear worn. The

cingulum is 3-4 mm high,

The strongly incurved root is nearly complete.

lacking only a short proximal portion and the

labial part nearest ta the crown, so exposing the

pulp cavity. The isthmus is short, about 6-7 mm.

Tn lateral view the root is straight,

This latter characteristic is typical for lower

buccals in European squalodontids and thus we

probably bave a fragment of a B inf. dext. of

middle or posterior position.

A more anterior cheek tooth is represented

by a near-complete crown with a small portion

of its roor (P8446.4; Fig, 3 BE. F). The crown

is laterally compressed, is high-triangular in side

view, and slightly incurved in profile, The

antero-posterior carina bears one dentic. aut.,

near the base of the crown, and two widely

spaced dentic. post. Small basal denticles may

have been present, but are not preserved. The

labial face is mainly smooth, having a few short,

poorly. developed cr, rug, near the base posterior

to the median sulcus. The enamel of the lingual

face is preserved only in the anterior half, and

shows strong irregular cr. rug,

The root is preserved, poorly, only on the

lingual side, The two roots are seen to be con-

fluent, but the extent of the isthmus cannot be

determined, The pulp cavity is obscured by

matrix,

In most quantitative characteristics (Table 2)

and in the general appearance, it is similar to a

left B® in European squalodontids, but with

smaller absolute dimensions,

Two teeth, originally labelled as canines, we

deem to be anterior-most buccal teeth.

The larger is a specimen lacking the crown

apex and the distal portion of the single raot

(P8446.5; Fig. 3 G, H), The crown is a

laterally compressed cone, incurved, with a pro-

nounced antero-posterior carina. A small dentic,

bas., with apex missing, is present at cach end

of the carina, and minute defiticulations can just

be perceived along the lingual side, a phenomenon

in all anterior teeth of squalodontids for which

one of the authors proposed the term “crenela-

tion” (Fig. 1 A; Rothausen 1965: p. 26, Abb.

1). The labial face is. convex, and smooth

except for a few short, poorly developed cr, rug.

near the middle and in the posterior half. The

lingual face is concave in protile and is strangly

decorated with cr. rug. converging in the direc-

tion of the apex. The systems of tr. rug. die out

in a narrow smooth cingulum in which the

enamel! is not thickened. The root is somewhat

tumid just below the crown, and is laterally

compressed there. More distally it narrows and

becomes circular in section.

Most of its characteristics and indices, except

its smaller absolute dimensions, are similar to

those of a B* dext. of European squalodontids.

But there are some differences in habitus, For

example, in European forms no tooth anterior to

B%; has any dentic, ant, or bas, ant,

An upper buccal tooih is especially indicated

here by a character that seems cammon to all

anterior teeth of squalodontids—the carina

divides into a main branch (ramus primus =

ram, prim,) and another, weaker one (ramus

secundus — ram. sec.) at iis basal anterior part,

and as far as it was possible to check this

character, the ram. sec. branches off to the

lingual side in upper teeth and to the labial side

in lower teeth, (Fig. | B: Rothausen 1965,

292

Abb. 21-28, 53-56).

the lingual side.

Here it branches off to

The sixth specimen is more complete and

smaller, and from the opposite jaw or mandible

(P8446.6; Fig. 3.1.3). Its identity is uncertain,

as it shows the great length and curvature of

root associated with canines and third incisors

of squalodontids, and yet bears a distinct dentic,

ant, near (4°7 mm) the anterior end of the

carina. Although there are, in other squalo-

dontids, similar teeth which belong to the mast

anterior of the buccal series, nevertheless even

these do nat show such a denticle.

The crown is a compressed cone beating a well

developed antero-posterior carina, There is no

discernable dentic, post. The labial face shows

very weak cr. rug. and only af the posterior part

is there other poorly developed sculpture: the

crown shows weak undation here,

The lingual face is slightly concave in pro-

file, and bears strong cr. rug. These are fully

visible only at the posterior part because only

a small portion of enamel remains on that face,

but the striations have left distinct traces on the

underlying dentine. The cr, rug. arise from a

smooth cingulum iS mm wide.

The root is slightly compressed at the base

of the crown and is a little tumid below this; this

also is a character more or less developed in

anterior teeth of squalodontids, but often also

(less pronounced) m posterior teeth, for which

the term “Basiswulst” (Rothausen 1965: p. 27)

or “basal swelling” has been proposed. I may

be that the teeth were implanted that far in the

connective tissue. The root then narrows and

becomes almast cylindrical. About 5-7 mm

above the end there is a “sharp” bend, and the

lingual side veers labial. There is a slight bul

distinct constriction 3 mm from the end, On

the anterior side, a shallow groove extends from

the open end of the root to the constriction.

The position of this tooth 1s very uncertain.

Because etiainel is broken away at the lingual side

of the crown there is only a possible vestige of

a ram. sec. (Fig. 18) at the denticle. [ff this

were the case it would be an upper right tooth.

There is some similarity with B'? in European

squalodontids. but in far smaller dimensions.

The development of a dentic. ant. on a tooth

antertor to B®5 is however of generic significance.

DISCUSSION

Hall (1911), making some invalid assumptions

based on Sanger’s rather inadequate description

REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (17);

285-297 Aupist, 1977

and figure, concluded that the faces of the lost

teeth were smooth, and that a tooth trom Mt,

Gambier (Hall 1911; pl, 36, Fig. ©), possessing

a nearly complete root with fangs confivent for

mast of their length, was of the same species,

This Jatter tooth, however, has the faces strongly

ornamented with papillated cr, tug, Hall had

disregarded this feature erroneously as being

nontaxonomic, and based his two genera on the

characters of the incomplete roots (1911;

p. 262). which are of far less or even of no

importance m this regard,

Kellogy (1923: p, 20) suggested the Mt,

Gambier specimen was in reality closer to Para-

squalodon ? wilkinsoni (McCoy 1867); this was

tentatively endorsed by Flynn (1948: p. 186),

but it certainly differs in habitus and some very

Significant points! fa) the apical angle is far

smaller (40-5°) than in a buccal tooth

(P8446.4) of similar position (>47°) of M,

harweodi, (b) the characteristic number of

cr. rug. should be taken at a B’ (see Appendix

1), but one may be sure that, according to Hall's

figure where the cr. rug. are moch coarser, the

characteristic number of this tooth is far smaller

than in M. harwoodi (14-15 in the holotype),

These differences clearly distinguish the Mt.

Gambier tooth of Hall (1911; pl. 36, Fig, 6)

from M. harweedi, and we are sure that this

tooth should be cotisequently included in Pro-

squalodon davidi Flynn because almost the

sare differences are found between the tecth of

P. davidi and M, harwoodi,

The holotype of Parasqualoden ? wilkinsoni

(McCoy 1867) itself (Hall 1911: pl. 36, Fig.

5) is similar in shape to the penultimate lower

buecal of P. davidi. But we hesitate to include

P. '} wilkinsoni (only the holotype remains in

this genus and species) in P. davidi without com-

paring the material itself, since even Flynn

accepted this taxon, and indeed there are some

differences. We are in doubt whether the form,

separation and kind of connection of roots are

of any special taxonomic meaning, The

oecusional appearance of a third, lingual vestigial

root (Flynn 1948: p. 183) in P. davidi is also

of no taxonomic value, because this feature

appears in most species of Squalodon Grateloup,

1840 with irregular variability in the cheek teeth

behind the B®. (Note, however, Climo and

Baker (1972). The real third root they describe

in lower cheek teeth of Austrosqualodon does

seem to be of taxonomic value ut least at the

generic level.) But there are some other differ-

ences in the crown: in P. davidi only the anterior

METASQUALODON HARWOODT (SANGER,

carina is convex in lateral view, while in the

holotype of P. 7 wilkinson it looks as if the

posterior one also is convex, All comparable

buceal teeth of the Tasmanian form bear three

dentic. ant. while the tooth of P. ? wilkinseni

only bears two but with some spacing, as in P.

davidi and in the species of Squalodon. The

cr, rug.. as far as it is possible to interpret from

the figure of Hall (1911: pl. 36, Fig. 5), are

finer and their characteristic number is larger

than in P. davidi,

All these differences however, compared with

the differences between teeth within other squalo-

dontoid genera, seem not to be of generic

significance, and it is more likely that this Mt.

Gambier tooth represents only another species

of Prosqualoden Lydekker 1893. Because the

material is poor, and because there was no

opportunity to compare the material itself, we

cannot decide this question here finally, but

the existence of the genus Parasqualoden Hall

1911 is questionable, An isolated tooth (AUGD

T857) figured by Hall (19/1: pl. 36, Fig. 4)

as P. wilkinsoni was regarded by Flynn (1948)

to be Prosqualodon davidi.

Thenius (1959: pp. 272-273) even united

the Tasmaniin species with the Australian

one, including both under “Parasqualodon

wilkinsoni”, But even if he were right—which

seems. possible—the IRZN would require this

species to be named “Prosqualodon wilkinseni

(McCoy 1867)".

Like §. gambierensis Glaessner, 1955 (the

genus 1 not entirely certain) M. harwoodj has

dentic. ant, and post, well-defined, large, sharp-

pointed, and smooth-faced. In contrast, the

denticles of P. davidj are short, obtusely pointed,

thick. less well-defined, and bear on their own

carinae @ varying number of small nad, sec. But

this last character occurs in most of the European

longirostral Squalodontidae and seems not to be

of special taxonomic significance,

In superficial ornamentation, Metasqualodon

stands between the relatively smooth-faced §,

gambierensis, and the rough-faced teeth of Para-

squalodon ? and Prosqualodon davidi which are

both—somewhat differently—covered with papil-

lated cr. rug, (see Fig. 3 K-N),

What js the taxonomic significance of the

ornamentation of teeth with syst. cr. rug.?

The cr. rug. are only of a very limited import-

ance in this regard, but it seems that beside a

specific character, they show some general ten-

dencies, For example, Middle Oligocene

881) —A REDESCRIPTLON 293

European Squalodontoidea have characteristic

numbers of cr. rug. of about 7, as is also the

case for the Upper Oligocene Microcetus

ambiguus (Meyer 1840), Other Upper Oligocene

Buropean forms which are fo be placed within

Squaladontidae have characteristically 8-10 er.

rug., while most species of Miocene Sqgiialodon

show 10 and more. Prosqualudon davidi and P

australis, Lydekker 1893 show characteristic

numbers. of about 7, which seems to be a primitive

character, like other features of the teeth of this

genus (small apical angle, wood symmetry of

crowns, three dentic, post. only, [D about 27-

28 per cent). The same is the case with early

Oligocene squalodontoid buccal teeth described

from Oamaru, New Zealand by Keyes (1973).

There is a characteristic number of 6-7 with

relatively weak cr. rug, (beside this: good

symmetry of crowns, three dentic. ant. and post.,

{D about 25 per cent and only a big apical angle

as a specialised character similar to the manner in

Xenorophus sloani Kellogg 1923).

It should be noted that Keyes apparently did

not realise that Rothausen’s systematic concept

is one of stages and not of clades. Therefore it

is highly likely that the early paths. of evolution

of Squalodentidae and other odontocetes «are

embedded in the more primitive agorophud stage,

so far known only from such specialised forms

as those from the Oligocene upper part of the

Jackson Group of South Carolina (Cooke and

MacNeil 1952: p. 27). This part, the Cooper

Marl, from which the cetacean fossils have been

collected, has now been extended into the Upper

Oligocene (Whitmore and Sanders 1976:

p- 308), on the basis of new studies of the

invertebrate fauna. Numerous odontocete skulls

have been found there over the past five or six

years. Complete skulls of Xenorophns sloani

Kellogy 1923 have verified conclusions by Roth-

ausen (1965; p. 652) based on the holotype

fragment, that it belongs not 10 the Agorophiidae

but must be classed as “Incertue sedis” at this

time, (pers, comm, to K, R.. fron’ Albert EB,

Sanders, Charleston, June 1976, Whitmore and

Sanders 1976: p. 310).

The teeth described by Keyes can only be

placed in the superfamily Squalodontoidea with

our present knowledge, and thus Keyes in his

comparisons (1973: p. 384, 385) is correct only

in his opinion that the teeth cannot be placed in

Prosqualeden, Parasqualedon, Microcetus (con-

trary to Keyes, buecals. are furnished with dentic,

ant,: Rothausen 1961) or Merasqualodon,

244 REC.

Concerning the intensity of development of

cr. rug, in squalodontoids, there is a difference

between Oligocene Squalodontidae and other

Oligocene Squalodontoidea. There are very

pronounced cr. rug, in the older Squalodontidae

with a tendency to become weaker to varying

degrees in Miocene forms. But there are only

weak er. rug. in many other Oligocene Squalo-

dontoids—meost Middle Oligocene and small

forms—as far as we know them at present from

material or useful figures, These latter seem

to offer more Similarity, for instance, with

Neosqualodon Dal Piaz 1904,

In all these characters MM. fiarweod/ resembles

very much the Aquitanian species of Squaloden,

us well as in the high number of 6 dentic. post.

(including dentic, bas.), the loss of symmetry

in lateral view, and thé small LD.

Six dentic- post. is the highest number found in

Squalodontidae, known in Squalodon only very

rarely in B*' (S, hellunensiy Dal Piaz 1916;

variability left/right!6/5, Rothausen L965:

p. 316), Three dentic. post, for B in middle

and posterior positions are characteristic for a

relatively ancestral stage in the evolution of

squalodontoids. In one lineage of species of

Squaloden, 1-2 (3) dentic. post. were added

later (catu/limgroup; Rothausen 1968; p, 91)

in connection with longitudinal stretching of the

crown, resulting in a larger apical angle, bending

of basal parts of post. er. rug. in a posterior

direction, loss of symmetry in lateral view,

straight instead of convex posterior carina, and

smaller ID. (In European Oligocene Squalo-

dontidae, TD ts 23-27 per cent; in the Miocene

the ID of the more conservative bariensis group

of Squalodon is. 20-23 per cent, while in the

catulli group; less than 20 pet cent is normally

indicated. )

Glaessner (1972) redescribed Squaleden ?

serratus Davis 1888 After a new preparation

of the single buccal tooth that represents the

holotype, he was able to show that Hall (1911)

and Flynn (1948: p. 186) were wrong when

they thought this form possibly belonged to M,

harweedi, or that both were PP, wilkinson.

Rothausen (19635: p. 660), expressing some

doubt, had seen in the figure of Davis (1888:

Fig. 9) at Jeast some similarity with M. harwood).

Glaessner clearly showed it had a form of its own,

but doubted whether it belonged to the genus

Squalodon. We ate stire now that this taxon

should be placed in a group with Prasgualadon—

Parasqualodan ?—Squalodon? andrewi Benham

S. AUST, MUS, 17 (17)

285-297 August, (977

1942 and has nothing to do with Kekenodon

onomuta Hector 1881 which Kellogg (1923:

p. 27) had already placed outside the Squalo-

dontoidea.

All these facts mentioned above make it seem

very likely that M. harwoodi belongs to another

group with Squvaloden—Phaberodon Cabrera

1926—Squalodon? gambierensis.

The fact that most teeth of M. harwoodi agree

more with the teeth of longirostral squalodontids

than those of brevirostral forms, as far as we

know them, need not mean that it represents a

longirostral taxon. It may be that these are teeth

of a brevirostral species in which the dental

evolution has reached a leyel similar to some

Aquitanian Sgualedon species in the northern

hemisphere, but us yet unrepresented by complete

skulls, The above-mentioned view has support

in some aspects of the anterior buccal teeth of

M. harwoedi, such as denticles on the most

anterior B or curvature of crowns and roots. of

these anterior teeth,

It should be mentioned that while the teeth

of both gond species. of Prosqualodan, P, davidi

and P. australis, show primitive characters, in

skull morphology they differ in similar manner as

Eosqualodon Rothausen 1968 and Squaloden

Grateloup 1840 (Rothausen 1965; pp. 552,

560): the taxonomic consequences should not

be decided here.

One should mention in this connection, as did

Rothausen (1965; p. 763), that as im the

Equidae, where modern equine characters are

combined in different ways with ancestral ones

(Tobien 1960: p, 581), so there are here

such character pairs in different combinations

in Squalodontidae (here considering the buccal

tecth only): symmetry/asymmetry; original

number of denticles/increased number; relatively

big denticles/relatively small ones; coarse cr,

rug./weak cr. rug.: vestige of third root/no

vestige, etc, There must be similar split lines of

evolution, but our knowledge of the Squalodon-

toidea is far inferior to that of the Equidae.

Thus it is still nearly impossible to fix the posi-

tion and taxonomic state of isolated squalodon-

toid teeth if the species is not also known by

complete or near complete dentitions and skulls.

Rothausen in his revision therefore prefers to

name such finds in open nomenclature which,

however, is not possible if there is already a valid

name, such as Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger

1881),

METASGUALODON MARWOODT (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION

As mentioned by Keyes (1973: p. 381), the

numerous different very early squalodontoids in

the southern hemisphere (see below; also new

discoveries in New Zealand, pers. comm. R- E.

Fordyce, Christchurch, 1975, 1976) have so far

been studied much less than those in the north.

A revision of this material, as is now being done

for a part by Fordyce, may help us to recognise

clades as a base for a vertical classification

system of the early Odontoceti. This will be the

more significant, as brevirostral squalodonts are

so far known only from the southern hemisphere,

and itis very likely that most modern odontocetes

are derived from this group.

STRATIGRAPHY

Sanger (1881: pp. 298-299) reported the

following macro-tossils as coming from the same

beds as the teeth: (p, 298) “Echinus, Spatangus,

Clypeaster, Pecten, Turritella, Corbis, and

Spondylus’ and (p. 299) “Lamna_ elegans,

Notidanus primigenuis, Carcharodon angustidens,

Nautilus (Aturia) cie-zac, Peeten Poulsoni,

Crassatella alta, and Clypeaster (Mortonia)

Rogersi’. The latter group he interpreted as

typically Eocene in age, according to the state

of knowledge at that time. His passing des-

cription of the source being “in a bed of yellow

calcareous clay” fits many of these fossils which

may be equated with Miocene species from the

Mannum Formation, a sequence of yellow

sandy limestones and marls. However, it is. at

variance with the state of preservation of the

teeth, and with their accampanying label. The

teeth of Merisqualodon are black, The rare

shark teeth from the Mannum Formation are

ferruginised pinkish- or orange-brown, If the

label is interpreted correetly, the teeth came from

a depth of 100 feet (about 33 m), presumably

in a bore or well. {It must be adniitted that the

only direct evidence for this ts the note “LOOf

on the label. However, considering the ranty

of fossil whale material, the fact that the teeth

seem to form part of a sequence, mainly from

one jaw, and the absence of any bone, the dis-

covery of Metasqualedon harwoedi during the

sinking of a bore (rather than a well) seems

rather likely, The boring method would explain

the damaged teeth and loss of such a large part

of the specimen, Such discoveries are by no

means unknown—several teeth and fragments

of a marsupial were recently found at a depth of

some 30 m in a bore in New South Wales

(Pledge, in prep.). If the Metasqualodon

teeth were found in outerop, their preservation

205

would indicate that 4 more-or-less complete jaw

ov skull should have been discovered, and it was

not, The possibility of such a jaw having dis-

integrated before discovery does exist, but the

teeth show no sign of erosion.

A search through available records of the

period has failed to produce any information on

such a bore. Two old wells of c. 1880 vintage

are known (Hundred of Brinkley, Sections 78

and K!) but both are abandoned and full of

sand, and nothing is known of their depths or

stratigraphy, Another bore in the area (Knight's

Bore, Section 217, Hundred of Brinkley. cam-

pleted 1899) was accurately logged, In this

bore, the interval around LOOft. was well within

the Oligocene Ettrick Formation (O'Driscoll

1960; p. 230).

The shark tooth (SAM P10867) mentioned

on the original label was relocated by one of us

(N.S.P.) recently. It seems referable to

Hexanchus agassizi (Cappetta 1976) although

lurger. tt has a similar preservation to the

Metasqualodon teeth—dark grey to black—

which is typical of bone and teeth fram

glauconitic or other reducing sediments. The

label with the toath gives the additional infor-

mation; “R. Murray Cliffs near Wellington”,

The beds Sanger (1881) describes would seem

to be part of the Mannum Formation (see Lud-

brook 1961). This forms a large part of the

cliffs at Tuilem Bend, only 14 km upstream from

Wellington, but it disappears from outcrop only

a few kilometres downstream, haying been

stripped off and replaced by the Pliocene Nor-

west Bend Formation, a yellow calcareous sand

unit with abundant bivalves (notably Ostrea,

with Spondyles and various pectinids), Some of

Sanger’s assemblages could conceivably have

been derived from this younger formation. It is

in this same area, just south of Tailem Bend,

that the Ettrick Pormation niakes one of its few

surface appearances, as a hard, pale greenish-

prey, finely glauconitic marl (Ludbrook L961:

p, 38), occurring as a bench at present pool

level of the river, This pool level ts largely

artificial, following the installation of barrages

at the mouth of the river, in the 1930's, to con-

tral depth and salinity, It is therefore probable

that the extent of outcrop of the EBttrick Forma-

tion was far greater circa 1880. Being glau-

conitic, and therefore of a somewhat reducing

origin, the Ettrick Formation would yield teeth of

a decidedly dark grey-black colouration,

Interestingly, a tooth ot the Oligocene shark

Curcharodon angustidens, collected at ‘Tailem

286

Bend jy 1936, has the same dark preseryation

as the Metasqualodon and Hexanchus teeth, and

other shark teeth from reducitig sediments, and

adds support for the provenance of Metasqualo-

don being the Ettrick Formation,

The conclusion is that, whatever the source

of the inveriebrates allegedly associated with

them, the teeth of Mefasqualoden were obtained

from the Ettrick Formation, either in a bore or

well or from oulcrop. The top of this unit is

believed to be equivalent to the end of the

Oligocene. (Ludbrook 1973: Table 1). Henee

the age of Metasqualeden harwoedi (Sanger

1881) is Late Oligocene, possibly even Latest

Oligocene, since it probably came from near the

top of the formation, The younger age is also

indicated on the basis of the form of the teeth

in relution to the general tendencies and similari-

ties Seen in Lower Miocéne species of Squalodon

in Europe.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are grateful to Emeritus Prof, M, F.

Gluessner for bringing the material (o our atten-

lion and arranging our collaboration. and also

for critically reading the manuscript. Mr. J. M.

Lindsay gave advice on certain stratigraphic

inatters, Mrs. L, Blesing drew figures 1 and 2,

Mrs. J. Murphy and Miss F. Gommers typed the

manuscripts.

REFERENCES

Abel, O. 1913. Dic Vorfahren der Bartenwale.

Akad Wiss, Wien, math. nat. KI. 90°

Benham, W. B. 1935a,

Dertkselir.

155-224, 12 pl,

A Replilian Saw from Kakunui,

South Island, New Zealand, Traus, Prog RR. Sac,

N.Z., 635,. 232-238.

Benham, W. B. 1935b. The teeth of an extinct whale

Microceius heclori spn. Trans. Prov, Ro Suc. NZ.

65, 239-243, 2 pl

Bonham. W. B. 1937- Fossil Cetaces of New Zealand, Wl

The skull und other purts of the skeleton of Pree

yqualedin franiflrant spog. Trans. Proe R. See. NZ.

67; 8-L4, 4 pl.

Benhum. W. B, 1942.) Fossil Cetuces of New Zeahind. ¥.

Mauiecns, a generic name subsuituted for Lephe-

cephalus Benham, Trans Prac. R. Soc. N.Z, 7h:

260-270, 4 pl

Brandt, J, B. 1873. Untersuchungen iiber die fossilen und

subfossilen Ceticeen Europas. Meya. elced. Sei. Saint-

Petershunirg, 7, Ser, 20, 372 pp. 34ph

Cubera. A. 1926, Cetéeoos fosiles del Museu de la Plata.

Revista Mus, La Plata. 29: 363-411.

Canip, CG. L, 1942, tehthyosaure Rostra from Central

Cilifornia, J. Paleant. 16: 362-371, 2 pl.

Cappena, H. 1976, Seélaciens pouvyeaux du Londen Clay

delEssex (Yprésien du Bassin de Londres). Geahios,

9 (5): 551-575. 4 pl.

Carter, AO WN. 195K ‘Vertiary foraminifera fram the Aire

disiacl, Wietoria, 1-76,

Chapmiun, F, 1918. Descriptions and revisions of the

Cretaceous and Vertiary fish-remains from New

Zowlund. Palaeont. Ball. Wellineron, Te 45 pip. 9 pl

Ball. eeol. Sty, Mict., 38:

REO. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (17): 285-297

Augast, 77

Chmo, F. M. and Buker, A. N. 1972. A new Shark-

toothed Dolphin (Cetuces: Squalodontidae) from the

Upper Oligocene of New Zealand. J. R. Soc. NZ, 2

(ly: 61-68.

Cooke, C. W. and MacNeil F. S. 1992. Tertiary strati-

graphy of South Carolina. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof,

Paper 243-B, 19-29

al Piaz, G. 1904.

famiglia degli

Shisse Abs 1-21

Dal Piaz, G. 1916, Gli Odontoceti del Miocene Rellunense.

NM. Sgualoden, Memarie Ist. veal, miner. Univ.

Padova 4; 94 pp. 10 pl

Davis; J. W. 1888. On fossil fish-remains from the ‘Ter-

Udry and Cretuceo-Tertiary formations of New

Zealand. Se. Trans. R. Dahl. Soc, ser. 2, 4: 1-67,

Dechaseaux, C. 1961. Celacea. In Traite de Paléontologie,

J. Piveleau, ed. Masson et Cie, Paris. 6 (1): 831-886.

Dickson, M. R. 1964. The skull and other remains of

Prosqualodaun marplexi, a new species of Fossil Whale.

NZ. J. Geol, Geophys. 7: 626-635.

Dubrova, I. A, 1971, Novyi red kitoobraznykh (Saeha-

linecetus cholmicus gen. et sp. nov.) iz miotsena. o-va

Sakhalin. (A new genus of Cetacea (Sachalinacerus

cholmicus gen. et sp. poy.) fram the Miocene of

Sakhalin Island.) Akad. Nak SSSR Paleontol. Inst,

Tr, $30: 87-103. (Russian )-

Fabiani, R. 1949. Gli Odontoecti del Miocene inferiore

della Sicilia, Memtrie tyt. geal. miner. Univ, Padova

16: 32 pp., 2 pl.

Flynn, VT, 1920. Squalodont Remains from the Ter-

liary Strata of Tasmiunia. Nature, Lond, 106; 406-407.

Flynn, T, V, 1923. A whale of bygune days. Aust. Mus.

Mag. 1 266-272.

Flynn, T. T. 1932, A New Species of Fossil Cetacean from

Tusmania. Geol. Mag. 69: 327-329.

Flynn, 7. T. 1948. Description of Prosgualodon davidi

Flynn. a fossil celaceun from Tasmania. Tras, zool.

Soc. Lond, 26: 153-196.

Glaessner, M. F. 1955, Pelagic Fossils (Afuria, penguins,

whules) from the Tertiary of South Australia. Rec, 8.

Aust. Mus. Ute 353-372,

Glaessyner, M. F. 1972. Redescription of the Tooth of an

Oligocene Whale from North Canterbury, New

fealand, Ree. Canterbury Mus. 9 (2): 183-187

Grateloup, J. P. S, 1840. Descéription d'un fragment de

machoire fossile dun genre nouveau de Reptiles

(Saurien) Act. Acad. roy. Sei. Bordeaux 2:

2OL-210.

Hall, ‘TP. S. 1911, On the systematic position of the

species of Squaladon und Zeuglodon deseribed trom

Austrdlia, Prac. R. Sue. ier, (N.S.) 23: 257-265

Hector, J. 1881. Notes on New Zealand Celacea, Recent

and Fossil, Vrans. Pree. NZ, Inst. 135 434-436.

Jenkins, Ro J. F. 1974. A new giant penguin from the

Eocene of Australia, Palaeontology V7: 291-310,

Kelloge, R. 1923, Description of two squalodonts recently

discovered jn the Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, and notes

on the shark-toothed celuceans. Proc. US, nam.

Mus. 62: 69 pp.

Kellogg, R. 1928. The History Of Whales, their Adaption

to life in the Water. @. Rey. Biol, 3: 29-76, 174-208,

Keyes, |, W. 1973. Early Oligocene squalodont cetacean

from Oamaru, New Zealand. N.Z. J Marine ned

freshwater Res. Tr 381-390,

Ludbrook, N. H. 196]. Stratigraphy of the Murray Basin

in South Australia. Bull. geol, Surv. 8. Ausr, 36;

96 pp., 8 pls.

Ludbrook, N. H. 1973. Distribution and Stratigraphic

Utility of Cenozoic Molluscan Faunas in Southern

Australia. Tuheku Univ., Sel. Rep. 2ud ser. (Geal),

Spec, Vol, & (Hatal Memorial Fol,) 241-261, 1 table.

pls, 24-28.

Neosqualodon nuovo genere della

Squalodontidi. Adem, Soe Paleanc.

METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION

Lydekker, R. 1893. Contributions fo a knowledge of the

fossil vertebrates of Argentina. Cetacean skulls of

Patagonia, Ann, Mus. La Plata. Palueont. Argent. 2:

2-43,

Lydekker, R. 1899.

dolphin from Patagonia,

919-922.

Meloy, F, [867. On the Occurrence of

Squalodun in the Tertiary Strata of Victoria.

Mag, 4: 145, 1 pl.

Mahoney, J. A, afd Ride, W. DB. L. 1975. Index to the

genera und species of fossil Mammalia described from

Australia and New Guinea between 1838 and 1968,

Spee. Publy. West. Aust. Mus, No. 6, 1-250,

Meyer. H, ¥. 1840. Uber Phocu ambigua Minster. Beitr.

Peirefactenkunde, Graf su Miinster 3° 1-7, 1 pb.

Neave, S. A, 1940u. 1-1065.

Neave, & A, 19406, Nomenclater Zovlogicus 4: 1-758.

O'Driscoll, E. P. DB. 1940. The Hydrology of the Murray.

Rasin Province in South Australia. Sull. geol. Surv.

S. Ausi, 35 (2 vols.). 300 pp., 14 charts.

Pritchard, B, G, 1939, On the discovery of @ fossil whale

in the older terharies of Torquay, Victoria. Wicrartan

Near. $8; 151-159.

Romer. A, 5S, 1945. Vertehrate Paleontology Ind ed..

687 pp. University of Chicago Press, Chicago

Romer, A. 3S. 1966, Fertebrare Paleonivlogy 3rd ed.,

468 pp. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.

Rothausen, K. 195k. Marine Vertebraten (Odontaspidue,

Lamnidae, Sparidae, Dermochelyidac, Squalodontidae)

im oberoligazinen Meeressund von Stichteln ond

Diisseldorf. Feartschr. Geol. Rheinld West! 1 363-

ah4,

Rothausen, K. 1961. Cber Miereverus, einen kleinen

Syiialodontiden aus dem Oberoligozan. Neues Sh. Geol.

Paliiont. Abh, UZ: 106-118.

On the skull of a shark-lopthed

Proc. zeal, Soe. Land, 1899s

the genus

Geal.

Nomenclatar Zoologicus 3:

Rothausen, K. 1965, Die europaischen Squalodontidae

(Odontaceli) und ihre Stellung zu den iibrigen

Squalodontoides, f. Krantales Skelett. Habilita-

tionaschr., 856 pp., 77 pl, Mainz. (unpublished thesis).

Rothausen, RK. 1968.

europdischen Squalodontidae

Paliont. 2. 42: 83-104.

Rothausen, K, 1970. Marine Reptilia and Mammalia and

the prablem of the Oligocene-Miocene boundary.

Comm. Mediterr. Neapg. Siar Proc IV, Sess., Bulogna

1967, G. Geal. 35 (1): 181-189,

Sanger, £. B, (881. Ona Molar Tooth of Zeazlodan trom

the Terliary Beds on the Murray River near

Wellington, SoA, Prac. Linn, Sec, NSW. §: 298-300,

Simpson, G, G. 1945. The principles of classification and a

classification of mammals, Bull, Am Mus, nat. Mist,

Die systematische Stellung der

(Odontoceti, Mamm.),

85: 1-350.

Stromer, BE. 1908 Die Archaeoceti des Aepyplischen

Ropios, Beitr. Pulient. Geol. OstersUne, 21: 106-

Thenius, EB. 1959. | Tertiir, Wirbelnerfaunen. Aandh,

Strat. Geol, 3 (2): 1-328.

Thomson, J. A, 1905, The Gem Gravels of Kakanui; with

remarks on the geology of the district. Trans. Proe,

NwZ. dase. BAHL 4AR2-495,

Tobien, H, 1960, Zur Geschichte der plerdeartigen

Unpaarhufer im Yertiiir Europas. 4. dl. geal. Ges,

£42; 580-581.

Winge, H. 1919. Udsigt over Hvalernes Stuegtskab,

Widensk. Meddr. dansk. netueh. Foven., 10: 59-142.

Whitmore. F, C., Ie and Sanders, A. E. 1976. Review of

the Oligucene Cefacea. Syst, Zoul. 25! 304-320,

Zigno, “4. de 1876. Sopra i testi di ung squalodonte scoperti

nelVarenaria miocena del Bellunense, Meniarie ise.

Wen. Sot Lett. Art. 20: 17-33.

APPENDIX I

STANDARDISED TERMINOLOGY FOR

SQUALODONTOID TEETH

Buceal teoth—(B). Rothauser (1965: po 718; 1968-

pp. 86, 100) stated that there was no way of determining

the premolar—molar division and homology in most

squalodontoids and proposed this more neutral term, sinlar

to |he sense of Dal Piaz (1916! p. 17) and Kellogg (1928:

p. 53). The term is equivalent to the informal “cheektoath™

(bueea: Lat. cheek) also used herein, Buccal teeth ure

numbered consecutively from the front, ie. Bly, B74,

Rig, BY/,,.

Denticulus anterior: da, pesterior—Dentic. ant, dentic

post. (denticulus: Lat. little tooth, denticle) small conical

extensions on the anterior and posterior culling edges

(carinae) of the Haltened buceal crowns.

Denficulus husis—Dentie. bas. Basal denticle—u small

cusp al the base of the crown on the anterior or posterior

edges, They have special significunce in some cases anil

therefore are mentioned sepurately,

Nadulus primus—Nod, prim. Small tubercular extengiotis

of the main carina, ef. med’. see. Both are to be strictly

separated from “denticles”.

Nodulas secuneius—Nad. see, Small — tubercle-like

extensions. on the curinae of denticles.

Cinzulum A smooth encircling zone of thickened enamel

at the base of the crown.

Crista. ragesa—Cr, rug. (erista’ Lat. ridge) Enamel

ridges, mostly irregular, that may be more or Jess cavered

with enamel papillae,

Systema eristaruim rugosarin—Syst. cr. rug. Viewing

the apical end of a cr, rug. as the stem or trunk, one sees

il divide into branches towards the base of the crown.

These branches may anastomose with others from the same

trunk, but not with those from another “stem”. They

belong to closed systems. These syst. cr. rug, dio out

at the cingulum (Fig. 1). This observation seems ta be

true for all squalodontid teeth,

Undarion (unda: Lat. wave). Common, weak, relatively

broad, longijudina), Waye-form surface rehef on the crown

face following the curvature of the crown of anterior

tceth. (Fig. 1; Rothausen 1965; p. 26, Abb. 4).

Crenelation Minule serration on the carinae of anterior

teath of squalodontids (Fig. 1; Rothausen 1965; p. 26,

Abh. 4),

Rents prinus—Ram

carina when il divides.

prim. The main branch of the

(Fig. 1).

Ramus secundus—Ram, see. A weaker, secondary

branch at the basal end of the anterior carina in anterior

teeth of squalodontids. (Fig. 1).

Apical angle The angle enclosed by lines from _ the

apex fa the anterior and posterior end points of the base

of the crown; gives an index of the antero-posterior

diameter (a) to the height of the crown,

Index denticulerum—(LD). Expresses the relationship

betWeen the basal diameter of the largest dentic. post. (ad),

measured in the direction of the carina, and the antero-

posterior diameter of the crown (a).

100 ad

ie. 1D = per cent.

Foy best comparison of species, the U9 should be calculated

only for BT (a BY (Rothausen 1965: p. 32).

Index hint) Expresses the flattening of the

—

of the crown (ahove the anterior root in two-rooted tceth).

crown. where b is the irunsverse diameter

Cristae densitv—Cr, densi, The characteristic number

of cr, rug. The oimber of er. rug, counted in S mr Just

posterior of the middle of the labial face about 5 mm

above the hase of the crown, preferably. of a Bi.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF

THE NEW HEBRIDES

By S. L. TUXEN

SOUTH ces ear MUSEUM

~ North Terrace, Adelaide

South Au ry ia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 18

10th September, 1977

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

BY S. L. TUXEN

Summary

Protura collected in the New Hebrides in 1971 are described. Nine species were found, four of

which are described as new, viz. Eosentomon penelopae and insularum, Isoentomon pumilioides

and Berberentulus tannae. The species composition compares well with the known fauna or the

Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon Islands.

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

By S. L. TUXEN*

ABSTRACT

TUXEN, S. L. 1977. Protura (Insecta) of ithe New

Hebrides, Rec. §. Aust. Mus., 17 (18): 299-307,

Protura collected in the New Hebrides in 1971

are described, Nine species were found, four of

which are described as new, viz. Eosentomon

penelopae and insularum, Isoentomon pumilivides

and Berberentulus tannae. The species com-

position compares well with the known fauna of

the Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon

Islands.

INTRODUCTION

Following the publication of our paper on the

Solomon Island Protura (Tuxen & Imadaté

1975a), Ms Penelope Greenslade of the South

Australian Museum, Adelaide, separated out the

Protura from the Berlese samples collected in the

New Hebrides by the Royal Society—Percy Sladen

Expedition to these islands in 197] which are

lodged in the South Australian Museum and

forwarded them to me _ for identification.

Although only a small collection of 52 specimens,

the material contains some highly interesting

representatives of no less than nine species which

are the subject of this paper.

Lam grateful to Ms Greenslade for giving me the

opportunity to study this material.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT

I. Key TO THE KNOWN PROTURA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

—

anteriorly on abd. II-VI

Sensilla e in foretarsus missing, sensilla g spiniform

Sensillae e and g in foretarsus spatulate (Eosentomon)

. Spiracles present; all three pairs of abdominal legs two-segmented (Eosentomoidea)......... ote elated 2

Spiracles absent; only the first pair of abdominal legs two-segmented (Acerentomoidea).,...

, b’l absent in foretarsus; abdominal sterna I-VI1 with central posterior seta; tergal seta p 2 displaced

9 fe Heiko rd S05 45.4 Eosentomon noonadanae Tx. & Imad.

b’I present; abdominal sterna I-VII with an even number of setae; tergal p 2 not displaced

4, t 1 in foretarsus close to a3; f 1 and b short; stern. VILL with two anterior setae, , Eosentomon insularum n.sp.

t | midway between a 3 and @ 3’; f 1 and blong; stern. VIII without anterior setae.................. 5

Seta p 1’ on abd. terg. VI short and on line with p | and 2, close to p 2; terg. X-XI with eight setac

Eosentomon oceaniae Tx, & Imad,

Seta p |’ on abd. terg. VI long, placed in row with p 2’ on hind margin .......55)5 apie mets ke roel 6

6, Terg. X-XI with eight setae; p 1‘ on terg. VII on line with p 2’

Terg. X with less than eight setae; p 1‘ on terg. VIL on line with p 1 and 2 and close to p 2

~—

Terg. X with two setae (No. 4) or none

£4. Ste topee yorhtre a Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon.

. Terg. X with four setae, no, | and 4..........,

.:.ae++.Eosentomon penelopae u.sp

Eosentomon sakura Imad, & Yos.

. Sensilla a’ in foretarsus broadly vase-shaped, short, only reaching 6 3; sensilla f midway between e and g;

terg. VII with six anterior setae; stern. XI with six setae

maba lore Berberentulis capensis (Wom,)

Sensilla a‘ longer, sword-shaped, reaching 5 4; sensilla f close to e; terg. VII with two anterior setae;

stern. XI with four setae

ale SU SHS Se So aBates ee ERA Berberentulus tannae n.sp.

* Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark.

I—10th September, 1977

Il, SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES

|. Eosentomon oceaniae Tuxen &

Imadaté 1975a: p.350

Three specimens are present of this species

which is easily recognisable among the Eosentomon

species of the swan/ group by the position of seta

p |’ on terg. VI.

Occurrence on the New Hebrides: Efate Island,

Point Narabau, 100 m from high water mark on

old beach surface, 17° 45'S, 168° 24’E. Simple

mesophyll notophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-8 cm

Figs. 1-3: Eosentanion penelopae tsp.

dorsal-interior view, Figs. 4-5: Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon, from the New Hebrides.

and interior views.

2. Eosentomon penelopae n.sp.

Figs. I-3

This species is related to &. solomonense

Tx. & Imad. 1975 from the Solomon Islands,

but it is smaller, pseudoculus is smaller, p 4° is

missing on terg. I-ILf and terg. VII has four setae

instead of two,

Length of body 750 «pm, of forctarsus without

claw 75 pum,

Mouthparts normal, clypeal apodeme not

visible (specimen seen in directly lateral view).

Pseudoculus oval, small, PR = 12:5 (Fig. 1).

Labral setae present.

Foretarsus (Figs. 2-3). All setae inclusive of

b'l present, position and size as in solomonense.

REC. S, AUST. MUS..

+ ——_ —_+

0,01 mm

17 (18):

depth. Coll.no, NH 19, K, E, Lee leg, July 13,

1971. One 3, one maturus junior.

Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope

above E side of Anelcauhat Bay, 20° 15'S,

169° 46’E, Disturbed coastal forest with Acacia

spirorbis, in soil of 4-6cem depth. Coll. no.

NH 26, K. E. Lee leg. July 23, 1971, One 9,

Further distribution: Bismarck Archipelago

and Solomon Islands, widely distributed (Tuxen &

Imadaté 1975a: p.352). Australia: North

Queensland (Tuxen 1967: p.6 and Tuxen &

Imadaté 1975b: p.195).

299-3()7 Seprember, 1977

1! Pseudoculus, 2: Foretarsus in ventral-exterior view. 3: Foretarsus in

Forelarsus in eXterior

f and g spatulate, t | midway between @ 3 and 3’,

BS =1.1. Tarsus small, TR = 6.0. Empodium

shorter than claw, EU = 0-9,

Empodium of middle and hind leg short.

Chaetotaxy: On thorax p 1’ on segment III

long, behind the line p 1-2; the abdominal

chaetotaxy set out in Table |— p 4’ absent on

terg. H-I1l.—a 3 present on terg. TV; a 4 and 5

present on terg. V-VII.—p 1’ short, on line with

p 2’, on terg. VII—p 1’'-2 not anteriorly dis-

placed on terg. VIII.—no.] and 2 on terg, XI

extremely small.

Female squama genitalis unknown.

Holotype and only known specimen: ¢ from

Erromanga Island, New Hebrides, 8 km SW of

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

301

TABLE 1

Abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosentomon penelopae n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row,

numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row.

Segment os TWh Te nC hey OAR Oak I 1-11

4 10

PEPE OR 8g coated ped aarct ste darttelS — _

8 (') 14

4 6

StOQMUOND! oh Sh Ae eo ee ee a pee Ea Ee Pes — —

4 4

IV V-VI.oVIT.sVIIE.sIX-X_— Xs Trelson

0 = 4 4 6 8 8 9

1 16 6 9

6 6 6 7 4 8 12

10 10 10

(‘) The presence or absence of the very small p 5 is very difficult to determine in most species.

Ipotak, 18° 54°S, 169° 13’E. In soil of remnant

grove of Podocarpus imbricatus, 0-4cm depth.

Coll. no. NH 36. K. E. Lee leg. Aug. 9, 1971.

In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Named in honour of Ms Penelope Greenslade.

3. Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bonet 1950: 122

Figs. 4-8

Syn. £. solare Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a: p. 356.

This species was described by Bonet in 1950

from two females from Itaguai, Brazil, and

redescribed by Tuxen (1964: 137). In 1975

ae /

Figs. 6-8:

10: Pseudoculus, II:

Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon. from the New Hebrides,

8: Female squama genitalis in ventral view. Figs. 9-13: Eosentomon insularum n.sp.

Female squama genitalis in ventral view.

Imadaté and Tuxen described the new species

solare from a fairly large series from the Bismarck

Archipelago and Solomon Islands. We men-

tioned that “the difference, such as the relative

length of the filum processus of the female

squama genitalis and of the foretarsal sensilla c’,

may be significant, although these two forms

closely resemble each other’. In 1976, after a

renewed examination of the type of wygodzinskyi

now in the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, I

concluded that “perhaps we did the wrong thing

in describing so/are”’ and the new material from

the New Hebrides has convinced me of the

synonymy.

0,01 mm

6: Clypeal apodeme, 7: Pseudoculus.

9: Clypeal apodeme.

12-13: Foretarsus in exterior and interior

views.

302

Whereas the material of “so/are’’ from the

Bismarck and Solomon Islands showed no

variation, the present material varies in chaetotaxy

and so | give a short description with drawings of

a typical specimen from Aneityam, New Hebrides,

Labral setae present, clypeal apodeme with

REC, $, AUST. MUS., 17 (18):

299-307 Seplenber, i977

Foretarsus without claw 77 «om, BS 1-2,

TR = 5:0, Length and position of sensilla as

in ‘‘solare” (Fig. 5-6).

Female squama genitalis, Fig. 7.

The usual abdominal chactotaxy is tabulated in

broad “clubs”, pseudoculus oval, PR = 13 Table 2—terg. V with anterior setac a 4, 5.—terg.

(Fig. 4). VI-VII only a 5.—terg. X with setae no. 4 or none

TABLE 2

Usual abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosentomon wygudzinskyt Bonet.

anteriur row, numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in ihe posterior row.

Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the

SOQMEME oc pres eskese as gale { 1-1 IV Vv

4 10 10 4

TEP RUR, 2.05 S oa 2 OE — — = —

8 16 16 16

4 6 6 6

SUEMIUM eect p wee eee — : oy

4 4 10 10

VI Vil Vill IX x XI Telson

2 2 6 8 9 4 9

6 6 9

6 6 7 4 4 8 I2

0 ©9610

at all,—terg. XI with setae no. 3 and 4 and one or

two medial microchactae.—seta p 1’ on line with

p 1-2 and close to p 2 on terg. VUI-—p 1'-2 not

displaced on terg. VIIL.

However, this is not exactly identical to the

chaetotaxy of the type specimens of either

wygodzinskyi or solare. The chaetotaxy of

important abdominal segments in all known

specimens of the species is set out in Table 3.

TABLE 3

Comparison of abdominal chaetotaxy for selected segments of all knowo cxamples of Evsentomon wygedzinskyi Bonet and

Eosentomon solare Tuxen & Imidaté.

TORK, $0 slo eunelesas

wygedsinskyi from Brazil .. 0.0.0... 2 6 ener ee ee eae ey tees :

“solare’” from Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands. .._- .

6 wyeodzinskyi from Aneilyum, New Hebrides

2 wyeadzinskyi from Erromanga, New Hebrides

1 wyegadzinskyi from Erromanga, New Hebrides

2 wyeodzinskyi from Malekula, New Hebrides -..-......::5--,

ee ee ee ee

1V Vv VI Vil x XL

10 4 4 2 2 4

10 4 4 2 2 J

10 4 2 2 0 4 (8) var.a.

10 4 2 2 0 6 (8) vara,

10 4 4 2 2 4 f_prine.

4 4 4 2 2 4 var. b.

In one specimen from Aneityum seta no. 4 was

present on one side of terg. X. The medial

microchaetae on terg. XI may all be present, or

there may be only two of them or none at all.

They are so small that they are very hard to see.

I deduce from this survey that the principal

form is found in Brazil and all over the Bismarck

Archipelago and Solomon Islands in all 27 adult

specimens, as well as in one specimen on

Erromanga. The var, a with reduction of

anterior setae on terg. VI and X is found on

Aneityum and Erromanga (eight specimens),

The var. b with reduction of anterior setae on

terg. IV is found on Malekula (two specimens).

Occurrence on the New Hebrides; Malekula

Island, Toro, terrace-like surface oh mountain

side ca. 2km NNW of summit of Mount Yang’

abalé, 16° 16'S, 167° 26’E, Complex mesophyll

vine forest, in soil of 0-4em depth, Coll. no.

NH 57-58. K, E. Lee leg. Oct. 1, 1971. One 9,

one mat. jun., one larva IL.

Erromanga Island, 1-2 km NNE of Nuangkau

River bridge, 10-11 km WSW_ of Ipotak,

18° 53’S, 169° 12’E, resp. 18° 54'S, 169° 11’E.

Mixed mesophyll evergreen vine forest, in soil

of 0-4cm depth. Coll. no. NH 34-35, K, E. Lee

leg. Aug, 3-7, 1971. Two 3, one 2, one mat, jun,

and one larva I.

Aneityum Island 4km NE by N of Anelcauhat

20° 11'S, 169° 47'E. Mixed rainforest, in soil

of 0-4cm depth. Coll, no. NH 22. K. E. Lee

leg, July 20, 1971. One 9.—Near top of steep

slope above E side of Analeauhat Bay 20° 15'S,

169° 46’E. Coastal forest with Acacia spirorbis,

in soil of 0-6cm depth. Coll. no. NH 26.

K. E. Lee leg. July 23, 1971, One 3, one 9, one

mat, jun,

Further distribution: Bismarck Archipelago and

Solomon Islands (Tuxen & Imadaté, 1975a) and

Brazil (Tuxen, 1976).

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

4, Eosentomon sakura Imadaté & Yosii 1959: 7

This species is described in detail by Imadaté,

1974 and is easily recognised by the chaetotaxy

of terg. X where only setae no. 1 and no. 4 are

present.

Occurrence in the New Hebrides: Malekula

Island, 500m E of SE corner of Lambubu Bay,

16° 12'S, 167° 23’'E, Complex mesophyll vine

forest, in soil of 0-4em depth, Coll. no, NH 61,

K, E, Lee leg, Oct, 4, 1971. One gd, one 9, one

mat. jun.—Lamdorr, 3km NNE of Wintua

village, SW Bay, 16° 28'S, 167° 27’E. Mixed

mesophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth.

Coll, no. NH 67. K. E. Lee leg, Oct. 11, 1971,

One 3.

Further distribution: In Japan this species is the

commonest Fosentomon and has been found at

almost all collecting sites, rarest on Hokkaido.

Further afield it occurs in Formosa (Taiwan)

(Imadaté 1964), Bismarck Archipelago and

Solomon Islands (Tuxen & Imadaté 1975),

5. Eosentomon insularum n. sp.

Figs, 9-13

This species is distinguishable from other New

Hebrides Protura in the position of sensilla t | in

403

foretarsus (near a 3) and in the presence of two

anterior setae on stern. VIII. It seems to be

most closely related to £. asahi Imad, from Japan,

but differs in many respects, is much smaller, has a

different position of t 1 on foretarsus as well as

differences in chaetotaxy.

Length of body 560 um, of foretarsus without

claw 58pm,

Mouthparts and clypeal apodeme of common

shape (Fig, 8), labial setac present. Pseudoculus

small, with three small “‘lines’’ (Fig. 9),

PR = 12-13.

Foretarsus (Figs. LO-11) with all sensillae

present incl, b’'Il.t | near a3, BS = 0-85,

spatulate, f 1 small, seta-like, f 2 knob-like. a

weakly broadened basally, b’] nearer to 6 3’ than

to 6 4’, c’ short. Tarsus small, TR — 7:0,

eand g

Empodium of middle and hind leg short, one-

fifth the claw.

Chaetotaxy: On thorax p |’ on segment II!

long, behind the line p |-2; abdominal chaetotaxy

set out in Table 4—a 3 missing on terg. V-VI and

a 1 and 3 on terg. VIJ—terg. XT with setae no. 3

and 4, but in one case with all setae 1-4,—p 1° long

on all terga I-VI, short and on line with p 2’ on

terg. VIJ,—p |’’-2 not displaced on terg. VILL

TABLE 4

Abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosenromon insularum n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row,

numbers below the same line refer to (he number of setae in the posterior row.

SERIMBAL 4 nek eke ck ee I f1-U1

4 10

RST BTU: cee et tee td winfele ettomteteteaict welelm teh pstelee — —

8 16

4 6

sternum ..-.-,,--- =“ =

4 4

VII Vu IX-X XI

IV V-VI Telson

wo 6B 6 6 8 4 9

6 6 6 9

6 6 6 2 4 @ 12

0 10 1 7

Female squama genitalis (Fig. 12) of the swani

or kumei type,

Holotype: § from Erromanga Island, New

Hebrides, | km WSW of Nuangkau River bridge,

Il] km WSW of [potak, 18° 54’S, 169° II’E,

Large grove of Agathis, in soil of 0-4cm depth.

Coll. no. NH 35. K. E. Lee leg. Aug. 7, 1971.

In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide,

Occurrence in the New Hebrides: Erromanga

Island (see above). Tanna Island, §&km E of

Lenakel near summit of main W-E road, 19° 30'S,

169° 20’E. Primary tropical rain forest, in soil

of 0-4em depth. Coll. no. NH 30. K. E. Lee

leg. July 27, 1971. One oy one larva JJ, one

larva I,

Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope above

East side of Anelcauhat Bay, 20" 15’S, 169" 46’E,

Coastal forest with fire induced Jmperata, it

soil of 0O-8cm depth. Coll. no. NH 27. K. E.

Lee leg. July 23, 1971. Two 9.

6. Eosentomon noonadanae Tuxen &

Imadaté 1975: p, 367

This species is in many respects different from

all other Eosentomon species, most evident is the

presence of a central posterior seta on abdominal

sterna I-VI], see Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a. The

specimen from the New Hebrides agrees in all

details with the holotype.

304

Occurrence on the New Hebrides: Malekula

Island, Werimia, 2 km NE of Wintua yillage, SW

Bay, 16° 28'S, 167° 27’E. Mixed mesophyll vine

forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. K. E. Lee leg.

Oct. 11, 1971. One maturus junior.

Further distribution: WValoka, New Britain,

Bismarck Archipelago: the holotype and only

previously known specimen.

0,01 mm

Jsoentomon pumiliodes n.sp. 14-15:

Figs. 14-17:

17: Female squama genitalis in oblique lateral view. Figs. 18-20: Berberentulus tannae n.sp. 18: Pseudoculus.

Labial palp in side view.

Length of body 530 um, of foretarsus without

claw 50 pm.

Mouthparts of the common shape, but the

specimen is seen directly from the side.

Pseudoculus small, circular, without “distinctions”

(Fig. 13), PR = 14. Labral setae absent.

Foretarsus (Figs. 14-15). t 1 closest toa3,t2

lanceolate as are also b’2 and f 1, t 3 fairly long.

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (18):

Foretarsus in exterior and interior views.

299-3()7 September, 1977

Isoentomon pumiliodes n. sp.

Figs. 14-17

The genus Jsoentomon was erected by Tuxen in

1975 on species of ‘‘Eosentomon”™ with spini-or

setiform sensillae e and g. It contained nine

species, two of which differed from the others in

missing sensilla e, To this group belongs the

new species.

-————

0,01 mm

17 20

16: Pseudoculus.

20: Canal of maxillary gland.

b broad, e missing, g short seta-like. a’ sword-

shaped, placed anterior to t I (!), b’ 1 present, c’

absent (?). BS = 0:9, EU =0-9, TR = 6-0.

Empodium of middle and hind leg short, one-

fifth the claw.

Chaetotaxy: On thorax p |’ on segment [I

fairly long, behind the line p 1-2, abdominal

chaetotaxy set out in Table 5—a 3 missing on

TABLE 5

Abdominal chaetotaxy of Isventomon pumilioides n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row,

numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row,

KEVIN Pe oe as be TASS Ges Sem ee he and I

PETRUS ett be ait si og sels mag nig salons plelelys s adele —

StEIMLIT ws ec ce e sce elec ste eestteecssaesretae

Il 1V-VE. VIE.) VIE. sIX-X_—XT_‘Teelson

8 8 6 6 8 4 9

2m Ww 4 9

6 6 6 7 4 8 12

4 0 10

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES

terg. II-VI, on terg. VII also a 1.—p 4' missing on

terg. LI-VII, on terg. II-III also p 5.—On terg,

VII p 1’ is as long as on the other tergites (a

feature I do not remember having noticed on any

other eosentomid)—On terg. VIII p 1’’-2 are

displaced anteriorly.

Female squama genitalis (Fig. 16) seen in lateral

view, but resembles that of pumilio Bon,

Holotype and only known specimen: 9. New

Hebrides, Tanna Island, on hillside above Bethel

0,01 mm

305

village, 4km S of Lenakel, 19° 33’S, 169° 13’E,

Disturbed coastal forest, in soil of 0-4 cm depth.

Coll. no. NH 31. K. E. Lee leg. July 28, 1971.

In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Three species of /soentomon without sensilla e

are now know, in only one specimen each: the

present one from the New Hebrides, J. pumilio

(Bon. 1950) from Mexico and J. pluviale Tx.

1975 from Brazil (Amazonia). They agree in

many details, but the chaetotaxy of the present

one is closest to that of pumilio—hence the name,

+————_

0,01 mm

Figs. 21-24: Berberentulus tannae u.sp. 21-22: Foretarsus

in exterior and interior views (from different specimens).

23: Right half of abdominal tergite VIII. 24: Female

squama genitalis in ventral view.

8. Berberentulus tannae n. sp.

Figs. 18-24

This species is closely related to B. rennellensis

Tx. & Imad. 1975, in fact it only differs in

abdominal chaetotaxy. On terg. VI the anterior

seta a | is present in tannae, absent in rennellensis.

This may seem a minor difference, perhaps on

subspecies level only, but as long as the importance

of differences in chaetotaxy is not clearly under-

stood it should be accorded specific rank. The

difference in chaetotaxy is constant in both

306

species, B, huchi Tx, & Imad, which is different

in chaetotaxy from both differs also in the sensilla e

in foretarsus being much smaller than c,

Length of body 670 wm, of foretarsus without

claw 70 pm.

Norostrum, Labial palp with three setae and a

sausage-like sensilla (Fig, 17). Pseudoculus

circular (Fig. 18), PR = 13, Canal of maxillary

gland of normal shape except for some small

dilatations (not excrescences) distal to calyx,

proximal part fairly short, end dilatation bipartite

(Fig, 19),

Foretarsus (Fig. 20) with sensillae of shape and

length as in rennellensis, b-c-d may be on line or d

placed a little distal to c. c and d close to each

REC, 8. AUST. MUS.,

17 (18): 299-307 September, \977

other. Sensillae a, b and f extremely long,

b’ missing, a’ long and sword-like reaching

almost to « 4, BS = 0:5, Claw with a small

flap which js said to be missing in rennellensis but

this Hap may be visible or not and is no good as

distinguishing character. TR =40. EU =0:14.

Abdominal appendages II-III with two setae,

the apical one less than half the subapical,

Striate band reduced, no striae. Comb on

terg VIII oblique, with 10-11 small teeth (Fig, 22),

Female squama genitalis (Fig. 23) with pointed

acrostylus,

Abdominal chaetotaxy set out in Table 6—on

terg. I-VI a 1, 2, 5 are present, on terg. VII only

a5.

TABLE 6

Abdominal chaetotaxy of Berberentulus tannae n,sp, Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row,

numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row.

BOBMIENE ste akaceetibncegacspeptesgezes 1 I-01

6 6

Ly 41, | ee oe eLearn Dee D cee Dob a = _

12 16

3 3

sternum . — —

2 5

IV-VI VII 1X =X XI Telson

6 2 4 ne 9

6 6 45

3 3 4 4 4 4 6

BOB

Holotype: 3 from the New Hebrides, Tanna

Island, on hillside above Bethel village, ca, 4 km S

of Lenakel, 19° 33'S, 169° 13’E. Coastal forest,

in soil of 0-4cm depth, Coll, no. NH 31,

K. E. Lee leg. July 27, 1976. In the South

Australian Museum, Adelaide,

Further material; seven 9, four 3, three mat. jun.,

one larva II (?) from the same locality and date.

The specific name is derived from the name of

the island,

9, Berberentulus capensis (Womersley 1931)

Berberentulus capensis Wom,, Tuxen 1964;

p. 311.

This species is easily distinguished from tannae

in the shape and size of sensilla a’ in foretarsus

which is short, only reaching 6 3, and broadly

vase-shaped; furthermore sensilla f is placed

midway between e and g and e is only a little

more than half the length of c. In chaetotaxy

the following characters are important: terg. VI

with eight anterior setae (1, 2, 4, 5), VI with six

(1, 2, 5) and stern XI with six setae (1, 1‘, 2).

Occurrence on ithe New Hebrides: Tanna

Island, on hillside above Bethel village, ca,

4km S of Lenakel 19° 33’S, 169° 13’E. Coastal

forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll, no, NH 31,

K, E. Lee leg. July 27, 1971. Two 9, one larya I.

Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope

above E side of Anelcauhat Bay 20° 15’S, 169°

46’E, Coastal forest with Acacia spirorbis, in

soil of 4-6 cm depth. Coll. no. NH 26. K. E,

Lee leg, July 23, 1971, One §,

Further distribution: South Africa, South-west

Europe (Tuxen 1964); Australia (Tuxen 1967).

Berberentulus capensis (Wom.,), téavassosi (Silv,)

from Brazil, and nelsoni Tx. from Brazil (both

Sio Paulo) form a group of their own, related

to B, rennel/lenis Tx. & Imad., buchi Tx. & Imad.

and the aboye new species fannae, all three from

Melanesia, See the key in Tuxen (1977).

PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 307

REFERENCES Tuxen, S. L., 1976. The Protura (Insecta) of Brazil, especially

Amazonas. Amazoniana 5: 417-463.

Imadaté, G., 1964. Formosan Proturan collected by Dr.

K. Baba. Kontyu 32: 236-38. Tuxen, S. L., 1977. The genus Berberentulus (Insecta, Protura)

with a key and phylogenetical considerations. Rev. Ecol.

Imadaté, G., 1974. Protura (Insecta). Fauna Japonica. I .

Tokyo. 351 pp. Biol. Sol. (in press).

Tuxen, S. L., 1964. The Protura. A revision of the species of Tuxen, S. L. & Imadaté, G., 1975a. The Protura of the

With keys for determination. Hermann, Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands. Bull. Br.

the world.

Paris. 360 pp. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 31: 333-375.

Tuxen, S. L., 1967. Australian Protura, their phylogeny and Tuxen, S. L. & Imadaté, G., 1975b. Corrections to S. L.

zoogeography. Z. zool. Syst. Evol.-forsch. 5: 1-53. Tuxen’s “Australian Protura’ (1967). J. Aust. Ent.

Tuxen, S. L., 1975. Isoentomon, a new genus within the Soc. 14: 193-195.

Eosentomoidea (Protura: Eosentomidae). Ent. scand. 6: Womersley, H., 1931. A South African species of Protura.

89-101, Ann. South Afr. Mus. 30: 89-91.

RECORDS OF THE O

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN ($m.

MUSEUM By

BRACHINA METEORITE—

A CHASSIGNITE FROM

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By J. E. JOHNSON, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR,

EUGENE JAROSEWICH and BRIAN MASON

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

ide

. North Terrace, Adela

South asenalian 3000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 19

2nd November, 1977

BRACHINA METEORITE — A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY J. E. JOHNSON, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR, EUGENE JAROSEWICH AND BRIAN MASON

Summary

A small, achondritic stony meteorite, the second recorded chassignite, was found near Brachina,

South Australia (31° 18’ S, 138° 23’ E) on 26" May, 1974. It was in two pieces with a combined

weight of 202.85g. The form of the frontal surface and the types and distribution of the fusion crusts

are indicative of oriented flight. The meteorite, which consists of unshocked subhedral grains of

olivine (Fa33) with minor amounts of diopside and plagioclase and accessory chromite, troilite and

pentlandite, is compared with the mineralogically and chemically analogous Chassigny meteorite. It

is, however, unshocked in contrast to the original Chassigny which was severely shocked.

BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

J. E. JOHNSON*, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR*, EUGENE JAROSEWICH+ AND

BRIAN MASON7+

ABSTRACT

JOHNSON, J. E., SCRYMGOUR, J, M., JAROSEWICH,

E. and MASON, B., 1977. Brachina meteorite—A

Chassignite from South Australia. Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 17

(19): 309-319.

A small, achondritic stony meteorite, the

second recorded chassignite, was found near

Brachina, South Australia (31° 18’ S, 138°

23’ E) on 26th May, 1974. It was in two

pieces with a combined weight of 202-85 g.

The form of the frontal surface and the types and

distribution of the fusion crusts are indicative of

oriented flight. The meteorite, which consists of

unshocked subhedral grains of olivine (Fass)

with minor amounts of diopside and plagioclase

and accessory chromite, troilite and pentlandite,

is compared with the mineralogically and

chemically analogous Chassigny meteorite. It

is, however, unshocked in contrast to the original

Chassigny which was severely shocked.

* South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000, Australia.

+ Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C,, 20560, U.S.A.

* Meteorite Find

FIG. 1-

1977

I—2nd November,

INTRODUCTION

The discovery of the Brachina meteorite was

made at about 7.30 a.m. on Wednesday, 26th

May, 1974 by Mr. Brian Eves, Senior Inspector

for the South Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service, who noticed a shining black

object lying on a small pedestal of soil with the

frontal surface facing west-south-west. There

had been rain during the night and Mr. Eves

was attracted first by the wet shining surface of

the fusion crust and thought he had found a

large australite. A smaller piece lying close by

was also recovered.

On his return to Adelaide Mr. Eves brought

the specimen to the South Australian Museum

where it was recognised by one of us (JEJ) as a

chassignite.

The meteorite was found at approximately

31° 18’ S, 138° 23’ E on the floodplain of

Brachina Creek on the eastern side of the

Flinders Ranges (Fig. 1).

Locality map.

Wa REC. S.

DESCRIPTION

Weight and External Form

The main mass weighed 195+30 g and the

small detached fragment 7°55 yp, the total

recovery being 202°85 g, Both pieces retained

a distinct black fusion crust. The core of

granular, greyish-brown, achondritic — stony

material could be seen where the crust was

broken.

The main mass has a complete smooth fusion

crust on the asymmetrically-domed frontal

surface. The edges of this surface form an

irregular five-sided polygon with rounded corners

and one broken edge. Slightly off-centre from

the apex is a very small depression from which

radiate numerous striae and one shorter, broader

groove (see Fig. 4), The maximum length is

62*4 mm and the minimum width about 1O mm

less. Thickness from the apex of the domed

anterior surface ip the crest of the posterior cen-

tral ridge is 41+3 mm,

The posterior surface is covered by a finely

vesicular to scoriaceous fusion crust (see Fig.

6). When the detached fragment was replaced

it was seen to form part of a longitudinal ridge

coincident with the maximum lateral dimension

which is flanked by subparallel “facets”, two on

each side, the two outermost and narrowest being

aligned with polygon edges “a” and “c”. These

bear the most highly scoriaceous crusts ‘and ure

separated from the rather smoother inner facets

by a distinet line of raised glassy material. The

smooth fused crust of the frontal surface

encroaches slightly on to these facets, and where

this occurs the Onlapping frontal crust is distinctly

grooved at right angles to the edge of the outer

facet (see Figs. 7, 8 and 9). The smooth

(frontal), grooved (lateral) and scoriaceous

(rear) crust types have the distribution relative

to the domed frontal surface of a meteorite which

was oriented in flight.

It is suggested that the faceting may be the

result of the longitudinal ridge acting like a “fin”

during atmospheric flight causing the stone to

oscillate laterally just after entry but later acting

as a stabiliser in generating the domed frontal

surface,

Chemical camposition, mineralogy, petrology

The chemical! analysis of the Brachina

meteorite is given in ‘Table |, along with the

calculated CIPW norm, and an analysis of the

Chassigny meteorite for comparison. As can

be seen, the analyses of the two meteorites are

AUST, MUS.

(7 (19); 309-319 Oectoher, 1977

closely comparable; the principal differences are

the higher Al-O, and NasO in Brachina, a

reflection of the higher plagioclase content in this

meteorite, and the presence of sulfide in Brachina

(a little sulfide is present in Chassigny, but was

hot determined in the analysis).

TABLE i

ANALYSIS AND CIPW NORM OF THE

BRACHINA METEORITE

With analysis: of Chassieny (McCarthy ef «! 1974) for

comparison,

CHEMICAL

Brachina = Chassigny Brachina norm

(weight per cent)

SiO» 38 04 37-00 Olivine 77-0

Tis QO: 12 0-067 Diopside 468

AleO4 2-12 0-36 Hypersthene 2-9

cCr.0, U-S8 0°83 Albite 5-3

Fed 23°69 27-44 Anorthite 2-7

MnO 0:34 0533 Ortboclase Ord

MgO 27:27 32-83 Chromite 0-9

Cad 2-10 1-99 Apatite O-6

NawO 0°63 O15 Iimenite 02

Ko 0-08 0-035 (Fe, Ni. Ca) 8 4:2

PeoOS ()+27 0-041

H.,0+- fil * —_—

HsO (+26 =

Cc 0-07 =<

eS 3-59 —

NiS 0-56 —

Cos 0-05 —

99-77 101-27

Total Fe 20-70 21+34

mee 67:0 67°6

5,G. 3-51 3-57

Tnd — nor determined

“=m 100 Mg/(Mg -+ Mn + Fe) atomic

Olivine (Fasa) is the dominant mineral in

Brachina; it also contains minor amounts of

diopside (WoywEnyFsiy) and plagioclase (Ans)

und accessory chromite, troilite, and pentlandite.

The 0°27% P2O; indicates the presence of

phosphate minerals (apatite and/or merrillite),

but these were not identified in microscopic and

microprobe examination, The mineralogical com-

position corresponds yery well with the CIPW

norm (Table 2), WHypérsthene is absent or

present only in traces in the meteorite; normative

hypersthene is present in solid solution in the

diopside, which has a CaO content (18)7% )

considerably lower than the theoretical content

(25°9% ) used in calculating normative diopside.

Trace elements in Brachina, in parts per

inillion, determined by spark source mass spec-

trometry, (figures for Chassigny (Mason et al.

1976) in parentheses) are: Rb 2°0 (0-4),

Sr 15-00 (7-2), ¥ 2-4 (0°64), Zr 2°7 (1°5),

Nb 0°28 (0°32), Cs 0°20, Ba 12°00 (741),

RRACHINA METEFORITF—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SQUTH AUSTRALIA

can

TABLE 2

MINERAL COMPOSITIONS (MICROPROBE ANALYSES) IN ‘THE BRACHINA METEORITE

And a camparison of the calculated bulk composition with the analytical resulls in Table 1,

Mineral Olivine Plagioclase Diopside

Weight % 7 K x

SiOz 47-4 64-3 54:7

Al,Os —_— 23-1 92

Fet 28-6 Os 6

MnO 0-29 — 0-16

MgO 34-5 — 157

Cad 625 471 18-7

Nav —> R92 4

KyO — 0-26

TiO» — N-05 (34

CreO O08 — 0-94

Lu 0-95 (0+39), Ce l+6 (1+12), Pr O19

(0°13), Nd 0°86 (0°54), Sm 0°27 (0°11),

Eu 0-11 (0-038), Gd 0-27 (0-11), Th 0+05

(0:02), Dy 0°32 (0°12), Ho 0-07 (003),

Er 0°19 (0°09), Yb O18 (0°10), Pb 0-60

(1:0), Th 0-13 (0-057), As can be seen, for

most trace elements the content in Brachina is

upproximately twice that in Chassigny, A com-

parison of the rare earth (REE) abundance is

presented in Fig. 2, The distribution patterns

are quite similar, showing a rapid decline in

relative abundances for (he light REE (La-Sm)

followed by 4 slight positive Eu anomaly and

practically uniform relative abundances for the

heavy REE (Gd-Yb). This distribution pattern

may be unique to Brachinu and Chassigny;

the only comparable pattern among meteorites

is that for Nakhla, an achondrite consist-

ing of approximately 75% clinopyroxene

(CasoMgusFees), 15% olivine (Faw), minor

plagioclase (Ana), and accessory magnetite and

sulfides, The REE distribution pattern for

Nakhla, however, shows a uniform decline in

relative abundances from La to Yb, and no Eu

anomaly. Nakhila is classified as a calcitum-rich

achondrite and Chassigny and Brachina are

calcium-poor achondrites, but a genetic relation-

ship may exist between them.

The texture of the Brachina meteorite can be

described as subhedral-granular (Figs. 1O and

15). Individual grains of the silicate minerals

range from 0-05-0-7 mim in greatest dimension,

the average being about 0'2 mm. This is in

marked contrast to Chassigny (Fig. 14), which is

much courser-grained, the range for the silicate

minerals being Or3-1°8 mm and the average

0*7 mm; Chassigoy is also a shocked meteorite

(evidenced by the extreme fracturing of the

silicate grains), in. contrast to the unshocked

nature of Brachina, [In Brachina chromite and

Calculated Analysis

Chromite composition dala

0-8

= 384 38-04

8-5 1-99 2°12

ZR-8 22-9 23-65

+32 25 Or34

S78 27-1 27-27

— 2-07 210

2 71 0-63

— 0-02 0-08

2-94 HOS 12

53-2 (57 {58

the sulfide minerals (troilite and pentlandite)

are interstitial to the silicate minerals. A small

amount of limonite produced by terrestial

weathering permeates the meteorite below the

fusion. crust.

The texture of Brachina suggests the slow

crystallisation under stati¢ conditions of a body

of magma of essentially the same composition.

This. composition in the MgO-FeO-SiO, system

would be completely molten at about 1 600°C

(Bowen and Schairer, 1935): the presence of

minor components such as CaO, AlvOs, and

Na:Q would lower this temperature somewhat.

The first phase to crystallise would be olivine,

followed at about 1 400°C by clino- and/or

orthopyroxene, and plagioclase at about

1 200°C; an immiscible sulfide melt would be

present in small amount, and would crystallise

interstitially to the silicates at considerably lower

temperatures (1 OOO'C or less),

Brachina is a somewhat friable meteorite—

individual silicate grains were detached from a

smaller piece by gentle rubbing, although this

fragment was removed trom the main mass only

with considerable difficulty. The friability is due

to the non-interlocking nature of many of the

grains, and the presence of microscopic voids.

The porosity is clearly seen in scanning electron

micrographs (Figs. 12 and 13), as is the sub-

hedral to euhedral nature of many of the grains;

these features suggest the presence during crystal-

lisation of a vapour phase,

The Brachina meteorite has a well-preserved

fusion crust, a fortunate feature since without it

the identification as a meteorite might have been

difficult, in view of its mineralogical and textural

similarity to a terrestrial peridotite, This js

clearly seen in Fig. LO and magnified in Fig. 1|

Three distinet zones can be recognised. An outer

—

ind

3.0

WEIGHT RATIO, SAMPLE: CHONDRITE

Loa Ce Pr Nd (Pm)

REC. S. AUST, MUS..

Sm Eu

17 (19): 309-319 October, 1977

Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb

FIG. 2, Rare earth distribution, normalised to chondritic abundances, for (1) Brachina, (2) Chassigny (Mason

et al, 1976), and (3) Nakhla (Nakamura and Masuda, 1973),

zone (up to 0-5 mm thick) consists of highly

vesicular dark glass with small skeletal olivine

crystals; in places this zone has been partly or

wholly removed, probably by terrestrial abrasion.

A median zone (averaging 0-4 mm thick) con-

sists largely of skeletal olivine with interstitial

glass and olivine. This skeletal olivine is notably

more magnesian (Foss) than the olivine (Foua7)

of the main mass of the meteorite; the formation

of the fusion crust results in the precipitation of

some of the iron in the meteoritic olivine as

FezO,. A very thin (~0:03 mm) inner zone

records the beginning vitrification of the silicate

minerals, with the appearance of a dusting of

magnetite (?) grains. Immediately below the

Total Fe/SiOz ..

Olivine composition (% Fa) ..

SiO«/MgO 2. oe

fusion crust the silicate grain boundaries have a

thin sulfide coating, evidently developed from the

fusion of sulfide grains, the least refractory of

the meteorite phases.

DISCUSSION

Although classified as achondrites, Chassigny

and Brachina are chemically comparable to the

chondrites, specifically the L and LL chondrites,

as has been pointed out by Dr. R. A. Schmitt

(pers. comm.—see below). Using the criteria

developed by Van Schmus and Wood (1967),

we see the following analogies:

L LL Brachina

0°55 +£0-05 0:49 + 0-03 0-54

24 29 33

1-59 1-58 1-39

BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 313

Unlike the chondrites, Brachina contains no activation analysis by Drs. A. V. Murali

free nickel-iron metal, and its SiO:/MgO ratio and M.-S. Ma. The results are listed

is lower than most chondrites. However, some below.

carbonaceous chondrites have SiO:/MgO ratios Per cent

similar to that of Brachina, e.g. Allende (1°39).

The relatively high Fa content of the olivine in A120; 2°05

Brachina is similar to that in the LL and C3 FeO 26°5 (all Fe calculated as

chondrites. The classification of Brachina and FeO )

Chassigny as achondrites is determined essentially MgO 26°6

by their granular non-chondritic textures; it CaO 2*2

should be remarked that chondritic structure is NazO 0-74

practically absent in the L chondrite Shaw, and MnO 0-33

texturally it resembles Brachina closely (Fred- Cr.O;; 0:63

riksson and Mason, 1967). However, the

distinctive rare-earth distribution pattern in Sc 8-2 ppm

Brachina and Chassigny does indicate that if Vv 77 ppm

those metecrites are related to the chondrites, Co 265 ppm

some chemical fractionation has taken place. _ (equivalent to 0-041% CoS)

‘ ; i Ni 4180 ppm

Dr. R. A. Schmitt of Oregon State University (equivalent to (1-64% NiS)

(pers. comm.) has supplied the following La 0:38 = 0-04 ppm

additional information based on his analysis of sm 0-20 ppm

a small sample of Brachina meteorite, Eu 0-05 — 0°02 ppm

“Bulk and trace elements were determined “i Or 24 ) 0°06 ppm

‘ : ' ' u 0°07 “0-02 ppm

in an aliquant of a powdered sample

obtained from Brian Mason. The sample le al pph

Au 15+ 2 ppb

was analysed via instrumental neutron

FIG. 3a. Looking east towards the Flinders FIG. 3b. Closer view of the site. The meteorite wis

Ranges from the site of the find. The lying on a small pedestal of soil within the ring

Specimen was found in the small open of stones by the ranger’s right foot,

space at the ranger’s feet.

BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

From our analysis, we must conclude that

essentially all abundances fall within the

range for L- or LL-chondrites. The

deficiency of free nickel-iron metal as

reported by B. Mason accounts for the

lower Co, Ni, Ir and Au abundances in

Brachina. Perhaps the significant differ-

ences between REE patterns observed by

B. Mason and us may be attributed to

sampling problems. This would suggest

that some trapped interstitial liquid may be

responsible for these observations. Such a

hypothesis would be consistent with current

studies by cur group on ten small (50 mg)

chips of Chassigny.”

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank Mr. J. Nelen for the microprobe

analyses of the minerals, Mr. W. Brown for the

scanning clectron microphotographs and Dr.

S. R. Taylor and Ms. P. Muir for assistance with

the spark source mass spectrometric analyses for

trace elements. Thanks are also due to Dr. R. A.

Schmitt for permission to reproduce in full the

results of a chemical analysis by Drs. A. V.

Murali and M.-S. Ma.

315

Mr. R. Ruehle of the S.A. Museum took the

photographs and Ms. F. Gommers drew the

locality map.

The South Australian Museum = gratefully

acknowledges the generosity of Mr. Brian Eves

in donating the Brachina meteorite to the State

Collections.

REFERENCES

Bowen, N. L., and Schairer, J. F.. 1935, The system

MgO-FeO-SiO». Am. Jour, Sci, 29: 151-217.

Fredriksson, K. and Mason, B., 1967. The Shaw

meteorite. Geochim. Cosmochini. Acta 31: 1705-1709,

McCarthy, T. S,, Erlank, A. J. Willis, J. P.. and Ahrens,

L. H., 1974. New chemical analyses of six achondrites

and one chondrite. Meteovritics 9: 215-221.

Mason, B,. Nelen, J. A., Muir, P.. and Taylor, S, R., 1976.

The composiiton of the Chassigny meteorite. Metcor-

itics Ws 21-27.

Nakamura, N., and Masuda, A.,

peculiar rare-earth patterns.

19: 429-437.

1973. Chondrites with

Earth Planet, Sci. Letters

Schmitt, R. A., (pers. comm.) Letter dated 9th June, 1976,

on file, S.A. Museum.

Van Schmus, W. R., and Wood, J. A., 1967. A chemical

petrologic classification of the chondritic meteorites.

Geochim, Cosmochim. Acta 31: 747-765.

FIG. 4. Brachina meteorite. Scale in centimetres.

surface.

FIG. 5. Side elevation of edge “b”

base of the ridge.

FIG. 6, Plaster cast.

Oriented anterior surface with striae.

Edge “e™ is a broken

showing almost triangular outline with continuous fusion crust to the

Posterior surface with detached piece restored to its original position, showing flattened

longitudinal ridge, subparallel “facets” and scoriaceous fusion crust,

FIG. 7. Plaster cast.

on tO a scoriaceous “facet”.

FIG. &.

FIG. 9.

ean

Side elevation of edge “a”.

Side elevation of edge “c”, showing grooved smooth crust of the frontal surface encroaching

As for Fig. 7 but tilted down slightly towards viewer.

BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

FIG. 10. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of portion of a thin section of the Brachina meteorite illustrating

the subhedral granular texture. Fusion crust is present at one edge (x23).

FIG. 11. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of the fusion crust of Brachina meteorite. Total thickness of

fusion crust is approximately 1 mm.

FIG. 12. Scanning electron micrograph of euhedral olivine crystal in a void (x675).

FIG. 13. Scanning electron micrograph of octahedral chromite crystal in a void (x400).

317

Rg GR ty Soe

Be An Fae

se ae

rai

®y

BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 319

FIG. 14. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of a thin section of the Chassigny meteorite (x27). Most of the

grains are olivine and show extreme fracturing due to shock.

Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of a thin section of the Brachina meteorite at a higher magnifica-

FIG, 15.

Plagioclase is present as larger

tion (x83). Most of the white grains are olivine, with minor pyroxene.

interstitial grains.

RECORDS oF THE O

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN S—®

MUSEUM By,

AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN

[00 GRAMS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

AND ADJOINING STATES

By W. H. CLEVERLY and JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

ou ustralia VOLUME 17

NUMBER 20

20th February, 1978

AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS FROM SOUTH

AUSTARLIA AND ADJOINING STATES

BY W. H. CLEVERLY AND JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR

Summary

The 17 australites of mass exceeding 100g known from eastern Australia are round, oval and

dumbbell-shaped cores. They were found within a belt extending from Charlotte Waters, N.T. to

western Victoria, and divergent south-ward from a more populous belt of unusually massive

australites in Western Australia. There is a suggestion of radiation of australite distribution pattern

from central Australia.

AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

AND ADJOINING STATES

W. H, CLEVERLY* and JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR+

CLEVERLY, W. H. and SCRYMGOUR, J, M, 1977.

Austenlites Of mass preater than 100 grams from South

Australia und adjoining States. Acc. 8, dust. Mus. 17 (20):

32 |-330,

ABSTRACT

The 17 australites of mass exceeding 100 g

known from eastern Australia are round, oval

and dumbbell-shaped cores. They were found

within a belt extending from Charlotte Waters,

N.T. to western Victoria, and divergent south-

ward from a more populous belt of unusually

massive australites in Western Australia. There

is & suggestion of radiation of australite distribu-

tion pattern from central Australia.

INTRODUCTION

Only one australite in about 2.000 has mass

100 grams ar more. The purposes of this paper

are to describe several such rare specimens from

eastern Australia and to collate information on

others Known from the region. The methods and

manner of presentation of Cleverly (1974) are

follawed.

The sites of find and some physical details of

the specimens are presented in Figure 3 and

Table {. The numbers allotted to the specimens

in that table are also used in the descriptive

section below and on the illustrations, Figures

in parentheses in the table are estimated restored

dimensions or mass and each immediately

precedes the observed figure. Specimens for

which udequate descriptions are already available

were not re-examined. Information on twa

further specimens which have been reliably

reported, but which could not be located, has

also been included in Table 1,

DESCRIPTIONS

|, S.ALM, T1159, Salient details with illustra-

tions of the posterior sucface of flight and a side

elevation have been given by Fenner (1955;

p. 90 and PI, VIT Figs, 3 and 4),

*W.A. School of Mines, Kalgoorlic, Western Australia,

S000

‘South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia,

6430.

1—20th February, \978

Though the surface of the specimen is con-

siderably etched, the form is generally well

preserved, The posterior surface in particular is

deeply etched, Minor sculpture includes a

system of grooves of V-shaped section forming a

complex maze over the posterior pole but trend-

ing generally parallel to the long axis of the

specimen and radiating towards the ends. Away

from the central complex, short grooves occur

singly or in “sheaves” with the peculiar form of

those described and illustrated by Baker (1973).

Each “sheat” contains two or three parallel

grooves and shallower extensions of the individual

grooves form divided ends, A further swirling

system of grooves together with more lightly

etched schlieren crosses the first system near one

end of the specimen. There are three small areas

of close pitting with almost scoriaceous appear-

ance,

The rim is regular and generally sharp, The

equatorial zone (13-15 mm wide) shows twe

only, much modified “flake scars”, a few grooves

of U-shaped cross section oriented normal to the

rim and some etched schlieren. Circular and

lunate etch grooves are abundant on the anterior

surface with a few lightly etched schlieren,

Enlarged longitudinal and transverse profiles

of the posterior surface were prepared in two

ways—by projection with a lantern and using a

travelling vernier microscope (readable to

O-O1 imm horizontal and vertical), It was.

suspected that projection by Jantern or photo-

graphy might lead to some distortion of the

profile of such an unusually large specimen. It

is therefore of interest, considering the tedium of

the microscopic method, that arcs of circles fitted

very closely to both of the prepared transverse

profiles and gave insignificantly different estimates

of 2°96 mm and 2-95 min respectively for the

radius of curvature, If the shape of the primary

body was a response to rotation of a mass of

melt about the Y axis (Fig. 1), then departure

from circular transvetse section to a shape

approximating an ellipse should be most evident

in the principal transverse section, the effect

declining outward towards the ends of the mass.

No such effect was detectable, despite the large

February, 1978

treteeeseess BUIOIOTA ‘20RTT2M 221

ie a“ ‘AIP[EMOT pue epuooley usemjoq

RAP Arse AT ALY Of ot Rt * BLIOIOIA Sure]

ng hee se55558* BLIOIIA SUOMION JaMOT

sisesiys Soh) MONT UOHRIS BIPIOY

“W'S ‘SUIPIS

ABMTEY YOM WBA JO “| Wy E]'d

"7" " SUIPI BBUILGW JO "AA'S*S WY OLD

BAR]eeg JO “AN WY ¢¢°o “WeYyWOMUSg

reseesrererssr sss BIOTA ‘UaMOQUIXD

"7" BLIOIIA “eqdweD WoOY Jo “| wy ¢’d

"7" " SIIBAA SHOPTLYD JO “AA'S'S UPL OF'9

so rg ‘edynjaay, JO BLIOJDIA UJOISAAA

by **BLIOIIA “dueMsg yoRlosueuUOD

“ows “BARLALTPE fo ces NUN HY S79

bee EST Nee epuoorey

stessees* TRA prog

teeeeees es qagquing

Quawserp) [BAO peoig

sees RAO pROIg

Tot rests TAO MOLIEN

Quowsedy) [eAo proig

ray [BAO MOTIEN,

HODIW Hd £0l s98 ST ,96 ovEl

’ 666-7 PST XOLEXTSL | OTOL

4 (6961) Joxeg LyP-T SOC XO-6h | STILT 1C0 oLE 8t.W1

oa (Sco) Jouua+ S-9€ XS-16 X [7S elt VO oSE *9 /LS .6€19

eI (6961) Jo9e@ LOVE L6t X9€ X OPL IZSLSII ST o8E “9 AOS .tPT2

on (6961) 1oxeg COP-T €€X To | TOSI LP o9E v0 Chl

+3 1OF-C PrP X Ob 019-9F | 66-LIT LE olE 81 otrl

a 06£-7 T-BZ X LIS X €-S¢ (99°9) | IL-O0I (§ F OZT'9) SS o8T /6T o9ET

Ad LPP-T LSEXS-6PX HS | FEIT iT 097 /8P oPET

= : SLE-T OCH X 8-9F O15-6b | S6-TET SS off /8f .8E1

: (6961) 199g LIV-T COC X PIC X OCS | 60-SET SP DE ,9€ ol Pl

4 (6961) J94eq DIP-c C-O£ X €-1F X 7-98 |SLS-IFl /LE o8E ,CO othl

3 8rb-T LIP X 8-19 X Crs | T€-6F1 JOT 097 JOS oFEl

; (FL61) A[TOAgTD 66£-7 Shr X To (€-1S) X L:ZS | 96-€ST (891°9)

fo (TL6I) 14" LIP-T PE XO-LP xX 68L IIZI-ELT > BE o9E /S0 ofPl

4 P8E-7 | L-O€ X O-LE (65°9) X $-h9 (78°92) | OO-THE (OI F O1Z) /8E off ,OT o8ET

< 80b-7 L:LE XO-LVX P78 | 88-LOT 90 oSE gs .6£1

() UONVWIOJUT (uu) (3) (yinos) seq)

o jo s01n0g “D'S SUOISUSLUIC] Sse apniyey apnisuo0T

322

SWVaD 001 NVHIL YaLVadd SSYW HO SaYOO ALITVULSNV AO STIVLad

T ATaVviL

PUL JO aS

addy adeys

TVOISAHd GNV ‘GNIA JO SaLIS ‘SddVHS

—AN HM OMm ON

AUSTRALITES OF

MASS GREATER THAN

100 GRAMS

FIG, 1. A, Principal transverse section of australite S.A.M, T1192 with broken line indicating restored circular

section of primary body. Direction of flight towards bottom of page. B, Principal longitudinal section

of same australite showing attempt to fit an ellipse haying semi-minor axis equal to radius of principal

transverse section and semi-major axis calculated by using co-ordinates of point P. More realistic partial

reconstruction of profile indicated by broken line. C. Principal longitudinal sections of three idealised types

of primary bodies formed in response to increasingly faster rates of rotation about the Y axis:— prolate

spheroid (elliptical section), body with cylindrical mid-section (boat primary body), dumbbell. Axes X,

Y and Z are along the length, thickness and width respectively of the primary australite bodies and are

parallel to the analogous dimensions of the australite specimen.

size of the core, the circular arcs fitting the profile

within the thickness of construction lines (Fig.

LA).

Unsuccessful attempts were made to fit an

ellipse to the longitudinal profile using the

transverse radius of curvature as the semi-minor

axis of the ellipse (Fig. 1B). The failure arises

from the considerable flattening of the central

portion of the profile and strong curvature of the

ends. Deep etching is inadequate to account for

the lack of fit. The specimen appears to have

been derived from a parent mass intermediate

between a prolate spheroid and a dumbbell shape

of more rapid rotation, when the sides were

approaching parallelism and the shape approxi-

mated very roughly towards a cylinder with

rounded ends (Fig. 1C). Such a form would be

the ideal parent body for parallel-sided, boat-

shaped australites.

Scale applies to A and B only.

An approximate assessment of the parent body

was made using a major axis positioned by the

principal transverse radius of curvature, sketching

the ends of the profile to completion on that axis,

and summing the volumes of a number of short

cylinders, On that basis, the parent body of

dimensions c.9:5 x 6 x 6 cm, volume c.195 cm*

and mass c.470 g, lost rather more than one-third

of its thickness and rather more than half its mass

in forming the remnant core.

2. Fig. 2. S.A.M. T1391. Found by Mr.

Robert Williams about 1969 in Hundred of

Everard, Section 383 adjacent to Section 361

(c.25 km north-north-west of Balaklava, S.A.).

The specimen is about two-thirds of a broad oval

core which has broken through a large bubble

cavity. The cavity was open to the posterior

surface, Lightly etched schlieren, small pits and

the dull lustre of the fracture surface indicate its

324 REC. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (20): 321-330

considerable age. The mass and Jength prior to

fracturing (Table 1) are based on the assumption

that the specimen was initially symmetrical. The

esumate of mass was made by immersing the

complete end of the specimen in liquid to the

adjudged mid-line and noting the loss of weight.

The mass was then calculated by using the pro-

portion of twice the loss of weight of the complete

end/loss of weight of the whole specimen,

A depressed area on the posterior surlace

contains a roughly radial system of short grooves

which are V-shaped in cross section. A non-

spherical bubble cavity c.1 em in diameter opens

to the posterior und fracture surfaces. It appears

to have adjoined a smaller bubble cavity but the

present shape is at least partially the result of

weathering, The rin is sharp and regular, The

equatorial zone, 15 mm_ wide, is bounded

anteriorly by a distinct shoulder. The anterior

surface has abundant circular atid lunate etched

features and shows some bruising, apparently

recent and artificial A small area on the

equatorial zone has also been artificially abraded.

Short gutters, which are U-shuped in section, are

developed on the periphery of the anterior surface

and extend on to the equutorial zane. The

depression on the posterior surface (Fig. 2-2A)

affects the transverse and longitudinal profiles to

the extent that no rebable estimate of the primary

body is possible. The low specific gravity is

accountable to high silica content as the refractive

index is also low (nx, — 1°496).

3, Fully described and figured by Baker

(L972).

4. Briefly noted and figured by Fenner (1955;

P]_ VIE Figs. S and 6). Described by Cleverly

(1974), who favoured western Victoria rather

than Teetulpa, S.A,, as the likely place of find

because of the limited distribution of large

australites then known. A much wider distribu-

tion is reported in this paper and the low specific

gravity of the specimen (2°399) is more nearly

allied to the values for five specimens from

central and southern South Australia (2°375-

2°408, weighted mean 2°393) than to the higher

FIG. 2.

be judged by the dimension given for each specimen,

10 (left) and 2 (right). Posterior surfaces.

Lower photographs are both on the same scale with proximal ends

2A, Elewstional view looking normal to the lower right hand edee

bottom of page.

51-7 mm for LO and 57 mim for 2.

raised to eniphasise Wibble cavities,

of Fig. 2. Note slightly sway-backed posterior (upper) profile through etched depression.

¥, Side elevation, width 54-4 mm.

width 53 cm, &, Side eleyalion, width 48 mm.

width 45-5 mm.

by natural loxs of amaterial.

Australites fram eastern Australia numbered as in text and Table 1.

16, Posterior surface, length 75+2 mm.

February, (978

values for the six Victorian specimens (2:414-

2-467, weighted mean 2-+435), Teetulpa,

located in southern South Australia and within

the belt of occurrence of large australites, is

therefore at least equally likely to be the site of

find,

5. Fig. 2. No. 194 in private collection Mr,

G. Latz. Mr, D. H. McColl (pers. comm,)

states that the specimen was [found by ao

Aboriginal in 1969 at a point located approxi-

mately 134°50'B., 26°10’ S. The co-ordinates

indicate a site in South Australia about 40 km

south-south-west of the abandoned Charlotte

Waters Station.

The form 4s affected by old flake losses, the

only minor sculpture being rounded and lunate

features attributed to the etching of natural

percussion scars. The equatorial zone, about

15 mm wide, is defined between the rim and a

distinct shoulder. The core has its greatest

diameter at the shoulder, i.e. bulges anterior to

the rim, The only reasonably complete profile of

the posterior surface through the posterior pole

gives an estimate of 6°6 cm tor the diameter of

the primary body, which, on the assumption that

it had the sume density as the remnant core, had

volume c.150 cm* and mass ¢.370 grams. Losses

from the primary body during atmospheric flight

(including the stress shell) were approximately

40 per cent of volume and 38 per cent of thick-

ness. These figures include small percentages

accountable to terrestrial Josses which have been

minimised by allowing for the flakes.

6, and 7.

Baker (1969),

Fully described and figured by

8. Fig. 2. Private collection of Mr. L. French.

The history of recovery is obscure, According

to Mr. A. BE. Bannear, whe arranged the loan,

the specimen is thought to have been found at

Penwortham during excavation of a dam, either

during the 1870's or early 1900's, Attempts were

made to break the specimen and it was then

discarded for many years. The resulting

artificial damage comprises only some bruising

Seales differ shehtly and may

In elevational views direction of flight is towards

Width (top to botlom of photograph) is

5. Side elevauion.

1]. Side elevation,

16A, Side elevation, Profile at lett atfected

326 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (20);

and the loss of minor flakes, Additionally, a

small area on the posterior surface has been

artificially abraded. These losses represent only

a few tenths of a gram of glass.

An old, natural flake loss from the posterior

surface contributes to the marked asymmetry of

the core and most of the rim has been lost by

natural flaking, Two shallow depressions on the

posterior surface ¢ach c.7 mm diameter, are

centres of development of a few short (1-2 mm),

roughly radially disposed, gash-like grooves; the

depressions were probably bubble craters, now

considerably modified by weathering. A system

of short (1-4 mm) grooves of U-shaped section

is Orientated approximately parallel to the flight

path on the narrow flake scars where rim has

been lost. A few scars of detachment of the

stress shell (“flake scars”), now greatly modified

by weathering, are still detectable on the

equatorial zone, Which averages 15 mm wide.

The anterior surface is relatively smooth except

for some short grooves of U-shaped section and

some etched circular and Junate “sears”.

The specific gravity is low but not abnormally

so (cf, the Mortlake, Victoria specimen of

Chapman 1971: p. 6318) and might be indica-

tive of high silica content rather than bubble

cavities,

9. Fig. 2. S,A.M. TL392. Found about

10 km south-south-west of Abminga Siding by

R, J, Hyde of Hamilton Station, Pedirka, via Port

Augusta, prior to 1974. The specimen is

asymmetrical as the result of old flake Josses from

the posterior surface and variable thickness of

the stress shell. The profile is distinctly “peaked”

in end elevation, The core is badly weathered

but traces of the rim and an equatorial zone

8-10 mm wide with “flake scars” are still

recognisable. Minor sculpture comprises a few

weathering pits and etched lunate and circular

scars.

10. Fig. 2. Private collection of Mr, G,

Hume. The specimen is the major part of a

broad oval core which has broken through a

large bubble cavity and been much modified by

weathering, Estimates of the original Jenyth and

mass were made as tor No, 2 above. A depres-

sion on the posterior surface contains a highly

FIG, 3.

(NO erans,

32] -330 February, \9T8

developed, roughly radial system of short, gash-

like grooves. The rim is worn smooth and the

equatorial zone is poorly defined, the elevational

profile passing with almost imperceptible change

of angle to the anterior surface which has a high

polish (“carry” polish? ).

There is a general similarity in shape and

posterior sculpture to No, 2 specimen and further

similarity in the low specific gravity and refractive

index indicative of high silica content. The

somewhat complementary positions of the bubble

cavities (Fig. 2, 10-2) might also suggest that the

two specimens are parts of one original core. It

is therefore emphasised that each specimen can

be seen to be more than half of its original by

continuity of tim, The elevational profiles are

also quite different. The No. 2 specimen is

shallow posterior to the level of the rim and has.

a well-defined shoulder anterior to it, The super-

ficial resemblances are therefore fortuitous but

the other similarites could be due to similar

chemical compositions. Two australites with

closely comparable physical properties found in

this same geographical belt haye been analysed by

Chapman (1971: p. 6318 “Match 9”).

Jl. Fig. 3. Bureau of Mineral Resources

collection R18277, Found on Koralta pastoral

Station, the homestead of which is located 87 km

east-north-east of Broken Hill, N.S.W.

The ratio of thickness to average diameter

(0°97) makes this the most nearly spherical of

any large australite core known, The diameter is

greatest at the shoulder anterior to the rim, The

rim is ill-defined and is affected by very old Hake

losses. The flake scars have the same etched

lunate and circular “sears” which are the

dominant sculpture elsewhere on the care,

Surviving profiles of the posterior surface enable

an estimate of c.6+2 cm for the diameter of the

parental sphere, which therefore had yolume

c.72 om* and mass e.173 ¢ on the assumption

that it had the same density as the remnant core.

Losses from the parental sphere, including

ferrestrial losses minimised as for specimen No. 5,

were approximately 30 per cent of volume and

[4 per cent of thickness,

12. See Baker (1969),

13, Fully deseribed and figured by Baker

(1969),

Parts of South Austria and adjoining States showing sites of find of australites of mass exceeding

Insert: Australia, showing approximate limits of western and eastern belts in which austratties of

mass exceeding 100 grams. have been found. Only the sites of those weighing more than 200 grams are

indicated,

AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS 327

QALICE SPRINGS

N.T.

Charlotte

@ Waters -_

©, Abminga

©)

William Creek O Muloorina

N.S.W.

S.A.

Koralta

Station

Broken Hill,

Teetulpa

Balaklava

()

~™N

Renmark

ADELAIDE} oe” | LN

on roonda M

' VIC.

Port

Campbell

a28

14. This specimen was examined by Fenner

(1955; p, 90 PL. VU Figs. 7 and 8) whilst on

loan to the South Australian Museum (T1162),

where the site of find was recorded simply as

“Karoonda”, Present ownership is unknown,

15. See Baker (1969),

16, Fig. 2, Geological and Mining Museum,

Sydney 18408. Acquired in 1916 from Mr,

W. T. Brown and attributed very vaguely to

eentral Australia (not the political subdivision

Central Australia, 1926-31), It is stated on a

display label that the specimen was used by

Aboriginals as a medicine stone. The source of

that information is unknown but there is some

support for it in the artificial abrasion of the

specimen, apparently accomplished by rubbing it

back and forth parallel to the length so that slight

ridges remain between adjoining facets. This

abrasion has removed the minor sculpture except

from around one end of the equatorial zone and

the tips of the posterior surface, where the surviv-

ing natural surface shows considerable weather-

ing. Abrasion of the posterior surface precludes

assessment of the primary shape.

17. This specimen was noted by Mr, D, H,

MeColl while in the possession of Mr, G. Hume.

Its present whereabouts are unknown,

DISCUSSION

The 52 known australites having mass greater

than LOO ¢ were found in two belts or sectors

which are divergent southward (inset to Fig, 3).

Specimens were more numerous towards the

southern ends of the belts. with the most massive

specimens (exceeding 200 g) on the western

sides and towards, but not at, the southern ends,

The number of known specimens is so small that

REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (20);

321-330 February, \978

The numerical distribution by States with

references to description of the specimens is as

follows:

Eastern belt—

Northern Territory .. | This paper.

“Central Australia” . | This paper.

South Austraha .. .. 7 Fenner (1955)

und this paper.

New South Wales ., | This paper.

Victoria... -. .. .. 6 Baker (1969,

1972).

Western Victoria or

Tectulpa,S,A,, .. L Cleverly (1974)

and this paper.

Total... .. 17

Western belt

Western Australia ., 35 Cleverly (1974).

The Western Australian figure includes three

undescribed specimens which have only recently

come to scientific notice, They are a round core

of mass 197-2 g from 10-5 km south-east of

Babakin, a round core of 132*°7 g from Lake

Grace, and a narrow oval core of 110°1 g from

the Warburton Range area.

The shape types of the cores are shown in

Table 2, columns 2-4. Differences in the pro-

portions of the shape types within each belt are

not significant in these small samples,

The definitions of the narrow oval and boat

shapes used here are those of Fenner (1940),

with the result that specimens Nos, | and 3

(described by previous authors as boats) are

reclassified as narrow ovals. There could be

justification for the alternative definition howeyer,

which recognises parellelism of the sides as a

criterion for identification of boat shapes rather

than the length/width ratio used here, It is

these observations must be treated with due possible that increasingly higher rates of rotation

caution, of parent bodies of melt led to a series of primary

TABLE 2

SHAPE TYPES OF LARGE AUSTRALITE CORES

Percentage

of Total Estimated Percentages of

Shape Type Eastern Western Percentage (including Parent Bodies and

Belt Belt of Total Teardrops their shapes

exceeding

50 2)

Roonds: ne oetue kss ce likige, 7 18 48+] 44-6 463 Spheres and oblate

spheroids

Broad Oval .: oe. bi eee eee, 5 {2 32-7 30-4 31-5 Prolate spheroids

Narrow Oval .-..-.--.----.... 2 3 9-6 9-0 at 13-0 J Prolate spheroids and

Boat... Mryhnecis ditty to AL 2 — VR 3-6 3 Boat Primary Bodies

Dumbbell oe...) eee ye eee i 2 53 5:3 5:5 Dumbbell Primary

Bodies

Teardrop ....-4:) rs 7A 3:7 Double Apioid Bodies

AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN

shapes tanging from ellipsoids through forms

having a cylindrical mid-section (parental to

boats?) to dumbbell shapes (Mueller, 1971),

The total figures for narrow oval and boat shapes

in Table 2 are independent of the definition used.

Teardrop cores ure unknown amongst

australites of mass exceeding 100 grams, Their

parental bodies are generally believed to have

been apivids produced when masses of melt

rotated so rapidly thal they progressed beyond

the dumbbell stage to separate as two bodies,

Specimens simulating teardrop fort could also

develop when narrow-waisted dumbbells were

slimmed by ablation stripping, loss of stress shell,

or terrestrial processes to the stage of separation.

Aerial bamb forms probably had a similar

parentage but for some reason (such as length/

diameter ratio) they adopted a different oricnta-

tion during atmospheric transit (Chapman, ef al.

1962: p. 19). In the sense that any teardrop or

aerial bomb form was derived from only half the

parent inass, uny specimen of mass greater than

50 » could be ranked with the other large

australites discussed here. At least four such

specimens are known—trom Wongawol Station,

W.A. (E. S. Simpson Collection 22), Earuheedy

Station, W,A. (W.A, School of Mines 10944),

Renmark, S.A. (S.A.M, T92) and Diamantina

(S.A.M, T91). Two of the localities are within

the western belt and the other two are in or near

the eastern belt depending upon the meaning

given to “Diamantina”. If these specimens are

admitted to the class of the most massive

australites, recalculation gives the figures of

column 5, Table 2.

The parental bodies of most of the round torms

for Which an assessment was possible were either

spheres or spheroids which differed litte from

spheres, Some of the broad oval cores were also

derived from such spheroids. Amongst the

parental bodies of very large australites, spheres

and spheroids were therefore about as abundant

as all other shapes combined. The number of

very rapidly rotating parent masses which

separated into apinids was only half the number

of teardrop type specimens. Recalculation thus

gives the figures of column 6, Table 2. Despite

the small total number involved, the figures of

that column illustrate the generally acceptable

concept that australites were derived from masses

of melt of which the most abundant were non-

rotating or only slowly rotating, while decreasing

numbers of masses had the more rapid rates of

rotation which culminated in their separation into

two individual bodies,

100, GRAMS EPA

With the exception of specimens Nos. | und 2

(a fragment), both of which were found in

southern South Australia, the degree of preserva-

tion of the eastern Australian specimens examined

is generally poorer than for those from south-west

Western Australia, and these ure in turn more

weathered than western Victorian specimens.

The degree of preservation thus correlates in a

general way with the humidity of the area

concerned.

The eastern specimens have a much greater

range of specific gravity than those from Western

Australia, suggesting that they belong to more

than one chemical type (ef. Chapman 1971:

Fig. 2).

The distribution of localities in the eastern belt

suggests the possibility of mass grading, as has

already been noted for the western belt (Cleverly

1974). However. ihe number of specimens is

so small that the boundaries of the belts can be

but vaguely defined and even their reality may

be questioned and related to accidents of collec-

tion. There is, however, some supporting

evidence for the reality of the belts if specimens

of somewhat lower mass are also considered.

OF 115 known specimens of mass exceeding 62 g.

all except five were found within one or other of

the two belts, The exceptions include lwo

specimens aliributed very yaguely to the

Nullarbor Plain (one of which might be from

Whyalla, S.A), one from Bucla reported by

Fenner (1934; p, 78) on hearsay evidence, one

said to have been found in the Ernabella Mission

area by an Aboriginal, and one specinien from

Pindera, N.S,W, which has the annotation

“transported hy Aborigines”. There are there-

fore various degrees of yagueness or doubt

concerning all five of the supposed exceptions.

Apropos the southerly divergence of the belts

or sectors, it 18 noted that sectors of australire

cheinical types radiating from central Australia

may be visualised on the map of Chapman

(1971: Fig. 2). The need for further work on

distribution pattern is clearly evident from these

observations.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank particularly Mr, D, H. MeColl of

Canberra who provided information on spevi-

mens in private collections which would otherwise

have remained unknown tous. Mr. McCall also

kindly urranged the Joan of some specimens,

Dr, Brian Mason (Smithsonian fnsiitution), Mr,

330 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (20):

R. G. Hirst (Geological and Mining Museum,

Sydney), Mr. G. Latz (Henley Beach, S.A.),

Mr. G. Hume (Nobby Beach, Queensland),

Mr. A. E. Bannear (Saddleworth, S.A.) and

Mr. L. French (Auburn, S.A.) also kindly lent

specimens for examination and/or supplied

information.

REFERENCES

Baker, G. 1969. Five large australites from Victoria,

Australia and their relationship to other large forms.

Mem. Nat. Mus, Vict. 29: 53-64.

Baker, G. 1972, Largest australite from Victoria, Australia.

Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 33: 125-130.

Baker, G. 1973 Australites from the Murray-Darling

confluence region, Australia. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 34:

199-208.

321-330 February, 1978

Chapman, D. R. 1971. Australasian tektite geographic

pattern, crater and ray of origin and theory of tektite

events. J. geophys. Res. 74: 6737-6776.

Chapman, D. R., Larson, H. K. and Anderson, L. A. 1962.

Aerodynamic evidence pertaining to the entry of

tektites into earth’s atmosphere. NASA tech. Rep.

R. 134,

Cleverly, W. H. 1974. Australites of mass greater than

100 grams from Western Australia, J. R. Soc.

W. Aust 51: 68-80

Fenner, C. 1934. Australites, Part I. Classification of the

W. H. C. Shaw collection Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 58:

62-79.

Fenner, C. 1940, Australites, Part IV. The John Kennett

collection with notes on Darwin glass, bediasites, etc.

Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 64: 305-324.

Fenner, C. 1955. Australites, Part VI. Some notes on

unusually large australites, Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 78:

88-91.

Mueller, G. 1971.

and elsewhere.

Morphology of sprays from the moon

(Abstract.) Meteoritics 6: 294-295,

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES

FROM SOUTH AND

WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 21

23rd February, 1978

THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN

AUSTRALIA

BY JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR

Summary

Three large australite cores weighing 225.07g (W.A.), 220.13g (S.A.) and 120.30g (S.A.)

respectively are figured and described. The specimen from Shackleton, Western Australia is the

largest recorded ‘teardrop’ shape. The new material fits well with the known distribution pattern for

large australites.

THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN AUSTRALIA

JUNE M,. SCRYMGOUR*

ABSTRACT

SCRYMGOUR, J. M, 1977, Three large australites from

South and Western Australia, Ree, S. Aust. Mus. 17 (21):

331-335,

Three large australite cores weighing 225-07 g

(W.A.), 220°13 g (S.A.) and 120°30 g (S.A.)

respectively are figured and described. The

specimen from Shackleton, Western Australia is

the largest recorded “teardrop” shape. The new

material fits well with the known distribution

pattern for large australites.

INTRODUCTION

Australites weighing more than 100 g are rare

and of the 52 recorded only 7 weighed more than

200 g (Cleverly 1974; Cleverly and Scrymgour

1977), Two further specimens of more than

200 g weight have come to our attention since

the previous paper was written—one from near

Lameroo in the South Bast of South Australia

(220 g) and one from near Shackleton in West-

ern Australia (225 g). <A third specimen, a

narrow oval weighing 120 g from near Maitland

on Yorke Peninsula, has been donated to the

South Australian Museum collection by the

finder, Mr. Mark Hasting,

In common with other large australites these

specimens are all cores, the end result of abla-

tion losses during oriented hypervelocity flight

through the earth’s atmosphere and subsequent

spalling of the serothermal stress shell. Some

further losses of flakes and the development of

minor surface sculpture have occurred as a result

of weathering and erosion on the earth’s surface

after landing.

DESCRIPTIONS

Table 1 summarises locality and physical data

of the three specimens described below,

!. Teardrop core from Shackleton, Westerr

Australia (Figs. la, b)

The specimen is in the private collection of

Mr. A. McConnell and was reputedly found

during seeding in May, 1975 on a farm near

Shackleton, Western Australia. This is by far

the largest and heaviest teardrop-shaped aus-

tralite known. It is more than two and a half

times as heavy as the teardrop core (SAM T91:

weight 83-5 ¢) from Diamantina illustrated by

Fenner (1934: Pl, IX, Fig. 6), Shackleton

is only about 65 km north-west of the locality

near Notting where the heaviest of all known aus-

tralites (weight 437+53 g) was ploughed up in

1969 (Cleverly 1974).

There is no well defined equatorial zone and

a rim is present only around the narrow end,

An abundance of “U”-grooves on one major

surface and their absence on the opposing sur-

face, however, indicates the flight orientation,

U-grooves are characteristic of anterior surfaces

etched by prolonged exposure to terrestrial

weathering after the loss of the stress shell,

(Chapman 1964; p, 849),

The narrow end is rounded rather than pointed

and in this feature resembles the well-preserved

specimen from Renmark, South Australia (SAM

* South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia 5000

TABLE |

SHAPES, SITES OF FIND AND PHYSICAL DETAILS OF THREE LARGE AUSTRALITE CORES

Specimen | Shape Type Site of Find Latitude Dimensions Weight Specific Collection

No. and mm zg Gravity

Longitude

I Teardrop Near Shackleton, 31° 56'S’ | 66:0 x 56-95 x 50-1 225:07 242 Private Collection

W.A. 117° 50’E A. McConnell

2 Broad oval Near Lameroo, 35° 30'S | 61-2 x 57-8 x 50-15 220-13 2-42 On indefinite loan

S.A. 140° 45'°E to S.A. Museum

3 Narrow oval Near Maitland, 34° 25'S 76:8 X 38-75 120-30 2-40 SAM Reg, No. ™

S.A. 137° 43'E (c,40) x 30°35 (@.123°50) T1429

Dimensions and weights in parentheses are estimated alter allowing for flake losses.

23rd Febriary, 1978

342

T92) figured in side elevation by Fenner (1934:

Pl, IX. Fig. 5). This feature is presumably also

a result of stress shell spallation from a large

australite and is in contrast to the pointed ends

of small teardrops which have not lost a stress

shell.

The anterior surface shows pitting and the

abundant development of U-grooves generally

transverse to the length of the core, but with

typical orientation at right angles. to the rim

around the narrow end of the specimen. A thin

flake has been removed by artificial fracturing.

The posterior surface displays a variety of

minor sculptural features including an area of

close, deep pitting where scoriaccous glass has

been exposed through removal of the surface by

weathering processes. There are numerous pits,

not usually more than 2 mm in diameter, a

few ill-defined flow swirls indicated by etched

schlieren and a single short and rather shallow

U-groove,

Loss of a flake from one side of the posterior

surface has resulted in a rather asymmetrical

profile as seen in end elevation. The flake loss

was an old one (and presumably therefore due

to natura] causes) as the scar is almost as deeply

and abundantly etched as other purts of the

surface,

2. Broad eval core from near Lameroo, South

Australia (Figs, 2a, b, c, d)

The specimen was found by Mr. A. E. Vigar

early in 1975 approximately 24 km south-east

of Lameroo, on the southern edge of a large

clay “flat”, It was lying half-exposed on the

crown of a freshly cut track in the top 20 om

of soil und appeared to have been exhumed by

the grader. The area, where a clay soil horizon

is overlain by sand dunes (mapped as Molineaux

Sands )* was cleared of vegetation in 1968.

The specimen is badly weathered and the rim

ill-defined except on one side where old flake

losses have emphasised the profile (Fig. 2b,

2c and 2d). The flake scars show small pits

and occasional U-grooves, some randomly

oriented, others showing the more typical orienta-

tion at right angles to the rim,

The posterior surface is charactensed by

numerous circular and lunate depressions up

to 5 mm in diameter, some with a raised central

area (described as a “navel” by Chapman 1964:

p. 853). These features occasionally overlap,

A narrow area of close pitting is elongated

*Pinnaroo 1:250000 Sheet, SA. Department of Mines, Preliminary Edition.

REC. 8S. AUST, MUS,, 17 (21)

331-335 February, 1978

parallel to the etched schlieren and in some

instances this has developed inta a U-groove,

A smal! avoid flow swirl (approx, 12 x 8 mm)

has been tevealed by light etching on an old

flake scar, A few small isolated pits are also

present.

The commonest features of the anterior surface

are circular and Jonate depressions similar to

those on the posterior surface. Some U-grooves

extend across the flake scar on this surface,

3, Narrow oval core from near Maitland, South

Australia (Figs. 3a, b)

This specimen was found about four years aga

in the south-west corner of Section 248, Hundred

of Maitland, County Ferguson, by Mr. Matk

Hasting. Though parallel-sided, it bas been

classed as a narrow oval rather than a boat in

conformity with the shape definitions of Fenner

(1940: p. 312)which have been used consistently

in recent publications on large australites

(Cleverly 1974; Cleverly and Scrymgour 1977).

The rim is well-defined along ane edge and

at both extremities. Flake losses have removed

the rim on the other long edge. Flaking is

evidently of some age as the surface of the

sears show shallow ctching of flow structures

and a few small pits, There are a few shallow

U-grooves at right angles to the periphery, The

equatorial zone is well-defined (10-11 mm wide)

between the rim and the shoulder and carries

badly eroded flake scars.

On the posterior surface the most notable

single feature is an etched flow swirl occupying

almost the whole of that surface, running around

the periphery of the rim and transitional in

places into U-grooves. Numerous small pits

are also occasionally transitional into short

U-grooves,

The anterior surface is featureless except for

minor etched schlieren and small pits,

DISCUSSION

Australites weighing more than 100 ¢ have

been found to occur in two wide bands trending

south-west and south-east, with the heaviest speci-

mens (over 200 g) towards the southern

extremities and western margins of the two zones

(Chalmers ef al. 1976; Cleverly and Scrymgour

1977), The localities of these three new speci-

mens fit well into this pattern (see Figure 1),

There are now 36 known specimens weighing

100 g or more from the western belt (including

seyen of more than 200 g) and 19 from the

THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN AUSTRALIA 333

eastern belt (including two of more than 200 g).

The specific gravities of the two larger specimens

are typical for their localities. The narrow oval

from near Maitland is lower than average but

not anomalously so. The variation may be due

to internal bubble cavities.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The South Australian Museum = gratefully

acknowledges the donation by Mr. Mark Hasting

of the narrow oval from Maitland, Yorke

Peninsula.

Thanks are also due to Mr. A. McConnell and

Mr. A. E. Vigar for the loan of specimens from

Shackleton and Lameroo respectively. Mr.

Roger Giesecke of the Chemical Engineering

Department, University of Adelaide, kindly

allowed us to use the Department’s Mettler

Balance for specific gravity measurements.

Ms. Faye Gommers drew the map and Mr.

R. Ruehle took the photographs.

Special thanks are due to Mr. W. H. Cleverly

for the estimated original weight of the Maitland

specimen and for helpful advice during the

preparation of the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Chalmers, R. O., Henderson, E. P. & Mason, B,, 1976.

Occurrence, distribution and age of Australasian

tektites. Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth

Sciences, No. 17: 1-46.

Chapman, D. R., 1964. On the unity and origin of the

Australasian tektites. Geochim et Cosmochim. Acta,

28: 841-880.

Cleverly, W. H., 1974.

100 grams from Western Australia.

Aust. 57 (3): 68-80.

Cleverly, W. H. & Scrymgour, June M., 1977. Australites

of mass greater than 100 grams from South Australia

and adjoining states, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17 (20):

321-330.

Fenner, C., 1934. Australites, Part 1;

the W. H. C. Shaw Collection,

Aust, 58 (1): 62-79,

Fenner, C., 1940. Australites, Part IV: The John Kennett

Collection with notes on Darwin Glass, Bediasites,

etc. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 64 (2): 305-324.

Fenner, C., 1949. Australites, Part V: Tektites in the

South Australian Museum, with some notes on theories

of origin. Trans. R, Soc, S. Aust, 73 (1): 7-21.

Australites of mass greater than

J. R. Soc. W.

Classification of

Trans. R, Soc. §,

334

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (21): 331-335 February, 1978

] SHACKLETON, W.A.

2 LAMEROO, S.A.

3 MAITLAND, S.A.

FIG. 1. Locality map.

FIG, 2. (la) Large teardrop core from near Shackleton, W.A. Side elevation showing remnant of rim at narrow

end (right of photo). (1b) Anterior surface showing U-grooves and rounded shape of narrow end. Artifi-

cial flake loss has occurred at upper left. (2a) Broad oval core from near Lameroo, S.A. Posterior surface

of flight showing numerous circular and lunate depressions. A small etched flow swirl can be seen at the

lower left centre of the photograph. (2b) Side elevation showing remnant of rim with U-grooves developed

on old flake scars. The flow swirl described in 2a is visible at the top left centre of the photograph.

(2c) and (2d) End elevations—left and right sides of 2b. (3a) Narrow oval core from near Maitland,

S.A, Side elevation showing well-defined rim and equatorial zone with badly eroded flake scars.

(3b) Posterior surface showing pits and large etched flow swirl.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM Be

VARIATION IN THE CRANIAL OSTEQLOGY

OF THE AUSTRALO-PAPUAN HYLID FROG

LITORIA INFRAFRENATA

By MARGARET DAVIES

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 22

28th February, 1978

VARIATION IN THE CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALO-

PAPUAN HYLID FROG LITORIA INFRAFRENATA

BY MARGARET DAVIES

Summary

The cranial osteology of specimens of Litoria infrafrenata from Tully (Queensland) and Aitape

(New Guinea) and of Litoria infrafrenata militaria from Keravat (New Britain) were examined. The

species were chosen because of their wide geographic range and known isolation for a considerable

period of time, with a view to establishing the validity of skull character states as good species

indicators. The only noteworthy variation found was in the extent and degree of ossification; the

extent of development of the sphenethmoid in relation to the nasals; the relationship of th otic ramus

of the squamosal to the crista parotica; the extent of development of the zygomatic ramus of the

squamosal; and the shape and nature of the dentigerous processes of the prevomers. Examination of

these characters only distinguishes those populations recognised already as sub-species. In view of

the extent of isolation of Australia and New Guinea it is concluded that the character states

examined are valid species indicators.

VARIATION IN THE CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALO-PAPUAN HYLID

FROG LITORIA INFRAFRENATA

MARGARET DAVIES*

ABSTRACT

DAVIES, M. 1977. Variation in the cranial osteology of

the Australo-Papuan bylid frog Litoria infrafrenata, Ree.

S. Aust. Mus, 17 (22): 337-345,

* Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, North

Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia S000.

The cranial osteology of specimens of

Litoria infrafrenata infrafrenata from Tully

(Queensland) and Aitape (New Guinea) and

of Lireria infrafrenata militaria from Keravat

(New Britain) were examined. The species were

chosen because of their wide geographic range

and known isolation for a considerable period

of time, with a view to establishing the validity

of skull character states as good species indi-

cators. The only noteworthy variation found was

in the extent and degree of ossification; the

extent of development of the sphenethmoid in

relation to the nasals; the relabonship of the otic

ramus of the squamosal to the erista parotica; the

extent of development of the zygomatic ramus of

the squamosal; and the shape and nature of the

dentigerous processes of the prevomers. Exam-

ination of these characters only distinguishes

those populations recognised already as sub-

species. In view of the extent of isolation of

Australia and New Guinea it is concluded that

the character states examined are valid species

indicators.

INTRODUCTION

Studies are currently in progress in this labora-

tory on the hylid frogs of the genus Litoria of

Australia and New Guinea to establish species

groups in Litoria, Three major lines of investiga-

tion—myology, Karyology and osteology—form

the basis of the study.

Little has been published to date on the

cranial osteology of the Australian hylids. W. K,

Parker (1881) desenbed the skulls of Litoria

caerulea, L. phyllochraa', L. ewingi and L.

bicolor, Keferstein (1868) described the skull of

L. aurea and L. frevcineti whilst Gillies and

Perbody (1917) described the skull of L,

cacrulea with sone references to that of L. aurea.

Briges (1940) described L. aurea whilst Lynch

(1971) examined L. alboguttata (as Cycloranu

albosuttatus ).

locality is given as Cape York Peninsula; the species

is not known to occur as far north.

1—281h February, (978

The paucity of data available regarding oste-

ology of the Australian hylids indicates a need

to establish the limits of variation within a

species of those characters commonly in usage in

the definition of species groups (Duellman

1970), — It is also necessary to determine the

validity of such character states with reference

to the Australo-Papuan fauna.

For these reasons, a frog species was chosen

with a known wide geographic range having

evidence of isolation of populations for varying

periods of time. Literia infrafrenata is the

largest tree frog in the world (maximum length

135 mm) so that ease of prepuration of material

adds to its suitability for study. Us distribution

ranges throughout New Guinea and includes the

north-eastern portion of the Cape York Peninsula

in Australia. Two subspecies are recognised:

infrafrenata infrafrenata found in Cape York and

throughout New Guinea, and = /nfrafrenate

militaria restricted ta New Britain (Tyler 1968).

The subspecies are delineated by presence or

absence of a projecting pollex. The karyotype of

L. infrafrenata appears to differ in basic chromo-

some number from all other Australo-Papuan

hylids so far examined (Menzies and Tippett

1976). This species, then is of particular

interest in the general evolution of Australo-

Papuan hylid fauna and an analysis of skull and

skelctal characters 1s relevant to this overall

study,

MATERIAL AND METHODS

L, infrafrenata militaria from Keravat, New

Britain. South Australian Museum (SAM)

R7030, R7031, R7032, R7037, R7153, R7155.

L. infrafrenata infrafrenata from Aitape, New

Guinea. SAM R4156, R4157. R4159, R4160,

R4161, R4162.

L. infrafrenata infrafrenata from Tully, N-

Queensland.

Six specimens obtained live from banana

inspection depat of S.A. Department of Agri-

culture 1975-1976. SAM R15854, RI5855,

R15856A, RLS856B, R15857.

338

Animals were sexed and morphological

measurements were made before preparation of

the skulls, Dry preparations of the skulls were

made with the exception of one entire skeleton

from Tully which was prepared as an alizarin.

The following measurements were made of

the skulls using dial calipers: skull length (the

TABLE

REC, 8S. AUST, MUS,, 17 (22): 337-345

February, 1978

absolute length of the skull), skull width, skull

depth, the depth of pars dentalis of premaxillary,

height of alary processes of premaxillary, length

of anterior ramus of squamosal, length of pos-

terior ramus of squamosal, distance from tip of

anterior ramus of squamosal to post orbital pro-

cess of pars facialis of maxillary (Table 1).

| MEASUREMENTS OF SKULLS OF LITORIA INFRAFRENATA INFRAFRENATA FROM

TULLY, QLD, (AUSTRALIA) AND AITAPE (NEW GUINEA), AND LITORIA INFRAFRENATA

MILITARIA FROM KERAVAT, NEW BRITAIN,

Depth of skull

Per cent distanve

J Height of alary

to maxillary

Breadth of skull processes in

Locality aS a percentage | as 4 percentage spanned by relation lo pars

of length of length zygomatic arm dentalis

of squamosal

Tully, Qld. (242. 333) 17 (21) Sn a ies 42 107-4 53-8 2-98

Standard deviation ._.. 158 8-23 782 0-4

Range foi... oe ee 4l-d4 100-114 41-61 2:35-3-82

Attape, New Guinea Meatiy.. occ nsereen nis 4\-67 107 51:33 2:74

{I", 533) Standard deviation .... 2°34 10-78 6:53 0:25

Ramge. 22 c..ehs assure. 39-45 91-122 39-57 2-31-3-04

Keravat, New Britain Mean... 2.5 eee eee 46°33 117-8 74 261

(349, 3¢3) Standard deviation .... 32 5-2 2-28 0-18

Range... eee eee eea es 42-40 114-125 72-78 2-47-2-84

Outline drawings of selected skulls were made

using a Wid MS stereoscopic microscope with

a Wild camera lucida attached.

OBSERVATIONS

Generalised descriptian of the skull of L. infra-

frenata infrafrenata,

The specimen used for this description was a

female: SAM R15857 of S-V 91*1 mm from

Tully, Old,, Australia (Fig, 1),

The skull is generally broader than long with a

snout in both profile and dorsal view that is

rounded, The dorsal surfaces of the skull are

smooth and unornamented and the skin over-

lying the head is freely movable. There is no

evidence of prenasal, internasal or dermal

sphenethmoid bones. Similarly there are no

labial flanges nor occipital crests present. The

anterior supraorbital margins of the fronto-

parietals are expanded in the form of a flange.

Posterolaterally, the frontoparietals do not over-

lap the crista parotica. The anterior arm of

the squamosal extends approximately half the

distance to the maxillary. The posterior arm

of the squamosal is slightly shorter than the

anterior arm, expanded medially and overlaps

and broadly articulates with the distal portion

of the crista parotica,

The pterygoid is only moderately robust. The

medial ramus is well developed and makes a

bony articulation with the otic capsule. The

anterior ramus has an extensive articulation with

the maxillary at approximately mid-orbit, whilst

the posterior ramus is poorly ossified and articu-

lates with the ventral arm of the squamosal. The

prootics and exoccipitals are fused and the

columella is bony, The quadratojugal is well

developed; it articulates anteriorly with the

maxilla and posteriorly with the ventral arm of

the squamosal, The parasphenoid lacks odon-

toid structures and extends anteriorly to the

level of the widest portion of the supraorbital

feontoparictal flange.

The premaxillaries are narrow and separated

medially by connective tissue. The alary pro-

cesses are widely separated medially and are

posteriorly inclined at slightly less than an 80°

angle, The processes ate perpendicular to the

pars dentalis and approximately four times as

long as the depth of the pars dentalis, The pre-

maxillaries articulate laterally with the pars

palatina and pars. dentalis of the maxillary;

small palatine processes ure present posteromedi-

ally on the prermaxillaries.

The prevomers do not converge medially, the

anterior borders lying posterior to the premaxil-

lary dentigerous processes. Posterolaterally the

preyomers bear wings forming the anterior,

medial and posterior margins of the choanae.

The dentigerous processes are smal! and moder-

ately separated; they lic perpendicular to the

midline and bear 9-11 teeth.

CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF LITORIA INFRAFRENATA 339

premaxillary——_

ae oe

alary process

__ ES —— maxillary

supraorbital

frontoparietal flange

frontoparietal foramen

frontoparietal

crista parotica

otoccipital

otic ramus of zygomatic ramus of

squamosal squamosal

maxillary process

of nasal

preorbital process

of maxillary

quadratojugal pars facialis

——palatine process

prevomer

pars palatina

dentigerous

process © pars dentalis

prevomer

palatine

parasphenoid

columella

FIG, 1. Dorsal, lateral and ventral views of skull of Litoria infrafrenata infrafrenata R15857, Q@ from Tully,

Qld. The scale represents 10 mm.

340 REC_S. AUST. MUS., 17 (22)5 337-445

The palatines are narrow. slender bones lorm-

ing the posterior margins of the choanae. with

the distal ends slightly expanded und lying

adjacent to the maxillaries; the posterior ends

lie on the anterior ventrolateral corners of the

sphenethmoid. The palatines bear very small

posteroventral shelves.

The nasals are narrow and poorly ossified; the

anterior tips are extended to meet the internasal

septum at the level of the tips of the alaty pro-

cesses Of the premaxillaries. The nasals ure

barely separated from one another medially and

overlap the sphenethmoid in places, The maxil-

lary process of the nasal is sharp and slender and

articulates with the posterior process of the pars

facialis; it does not extend to the level of the

maxillary,

The maxillary bears a well developed pars

facialis anterior to the orbit with all the surfaces

free; the pars palatina is minute, extending the

length of the maxillary yentromedially to the pars

dentalis; the maxillary articulates with the

slender quadratojugal firmly at the level of the

prootic foramen.

The sphenethmoid is well ossified with the

nasals extending anteriorly beyond its anterior

terminus,

The frontopurietal fontanelle is. moderutely

sized and extends approximately half the length

of the orbit. The frontoparietals are moderately

developed, the anterior margin is almost indis-

tinguishable anteriorly in the urea of overlap of

the frontoparietal and sphenethmaid, both bones

forming there a slightly upturned supraorbital

flange terminating at the posterior margin of the

orbit, The frontoparietals have smooth distal

margins which do not extend posterolaterally over

the crista parotica.

Fariation

The descriptive format of variation of indi-

vidual bones employed here follows that of Trueb

(1973),

Frontoparietals; The trontoparietals are

paired elements which may or muy not be

separated from the prootic and exoccipitals by

connective tissue. (The presence of connective

tissue is the usual condition in the hylids.)

Variation can occur in the extent to which the

frontoparietals fuse with each other and with the

surrounding elements (exoccipital, prootic,

sphenethmoid and nasals). Further variation

occurs in the extent to which these bones are

ossified. Ossificution of the frontoparietals is

generally an indication of the overall ossification

of the skull.

February, 1978

In L. infrafrenata infrafrenata and L. infra-

jrenata militaria the presence of a supraorbital

frontoparietal flange is consistent in all specimens

examined. In the Tully and Aitape populations

the trontoparietal foramen is generally broad and

ovaid, whilst in the Keravat population (L. ifra-

frenata militaria) the foramen is partially covered

by bone in two specimens.

In all but one (R1I5857) of the Tully speci-

mens the frontoparietal gives the appearance of

being a very thin bone, whilst in the Aitape

population the bone appears to be thicker, and in

the Keravat population the trontopartetals can

be described as well ossified.

The general shape of the bones and their fusion

with the surrounding elements is consistent

between the three populations.

Nasals; The paired nasals can vary greatly

in size and shape. They can tuse to form a

single element and the extent of ossification is

very Jabile. They dre equally variable in the

existence and extent to which they articulate

with other skull elements,

The three populations show of all characters

examined the greatest quahtative interpopulation

variation in the relationship of the nasals to the

sphenethmoid, and in the ossification of the

nasals (Fig. 2).

In the Tully population, the nasals ure very

thin bones (in fact opaque in appearance) that

articulate along their posterior edge with the

anterior edge of the sphenethmoid, In all but

one of the specimens examined (RIS5857) the

sphenethmoid does not extend anteriorly between

the nasals and the anterior extension is slight.

In the Attape population, the nasals are again

very thin bones, two specimens showing slight

signs of some additional bofie deposition along

the anterior edge. The posterior margins of the

nasals articulate with the sphenethmoid which

extends slightly Forward between the two nasal

bones in these specimens.

In the Keravat population, the sphenethmoid

extends between the nasals to the level of the

unterior margins of these bones. The bones

again are opaque but consistently show some

signs of deposition of bone ulong the anterior

margins to 4 greater extent than shown by Aitape

specimens.

The maxillary processes of the nasals. articulate

with the preorbital process of the maxtllary in

all three groups,

CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF LITORIA INFRAFRENATA

FIG. 2. Dorsal, ventral and lateral views of skulls of Lirofia infrafrendta. A, D, GL. infrafrenata, RAS8S4,

} from Aitape, New Guinea, and C, F, I, L. i.

trom Tully, Qld. B, B, H. L. & intrafrenata R4l57, 2

The scale represents 10 mm, To aid comparison, diagrams

“

militaria, R7030, 4 from Keravat, New Britain,

have been reproduced to the same size,

342

Premaxillaries: The premaxillaries are paired

dermal elements which may or may not bear

teeth on the pars dentalis. The premaxillaries

may be narrow or broad and the pars palatina

may be extended into a broad shelf or be preatly

reduced, In addition the pars pulatina may be

expanded at its lateral extremity or be very narraw

medially, {n fact according to Trueb (1973)

the nature of the palatine processes is a useful

specific character. These processes may or may

not articulate with each other. Variation aceurs,

too, in the structure und orientation of the alary

processes, These may be exceedingly short (less

than or equal ta the height of the pars dentalis)

or very long (to five times the height of the

pars dentalis),

The alary processes in some species are known

to slope anteriorly, usually at about 80° with the

horizontal plane of the skull, At the extremes,

the processes may be displaced anteriorly at

angles of 10 ta 20°. Most alary processes,

however, ure neurly vertical, or inclined pos-

teriorly at angles no greater than 135°. The

alary processes generally consist of a bony shaft

that is convex anteriorly (or ventrally) and

concave posteriorly (or dorsally). An excep-

tion is Plectrohyla in which the alary processes

are bifurcate.

There is little to no variation in the premaxtl-

laries between the three populations of L, infra-

frenata. All specimens have teeth on the pats

dentalis, The premaxillaries ace narrow and the

pars palatina is extended inta « broad shell. The

alary processes do not articulate with each other

and are moderately long (2°3 to 3-0 times the

length of pars dentalis), They ure inclined

posteriorly at an angle af 80° to the horizontal

plane of the skull, The shape of the processes

is in no way outstanding,

Muaxillaries: The pars dentalis of the maxil-

laries may or may not bear teeth. The

maxillaries bear a lingual ledge termed the pars

palatina, They are further expanded dorsolater-

ally into a facial flange, the pars facialis. which

usually has @ preorbital process and, less often,

a postorbital process. At the most, the pars

facialis articulates at five separate points with the

remainder of the skull, These are (1) the pars

dentalis and pars palatina at the lateral edge of

the premaxillary; (2) the prearbital process at

the maxillary process of the nasal, (3) the pars

dentalis and pars palatina sometimes articulate

at the anterolateral edge of the anterior pierygoid

ramus; (4) the postorbital pracess articulates

with the zygomatic process of the squamosal; and

(5) the posterior end of the maxillary articulates

with the quadratojugal.

REC, 5, AUST. MUS,.

17 (22); 347-345 Fehitary, (978

Variation can occur also in articulation with

the squamosal, quadratojugal and nasal and in

the development of the preorbital and postorbital

processes of the pars facialis,

There is little to no variation in the maxillaries

between the ihree populations of L. infrafrenarta.

A postorbital process is not present in this species,

but the pars facialis articulates at the otber four

points. There is no variation in articulation

with the maxillary process of the nasal.

Quadratojugaly: These bones are highly

variable in oceyrrenve and are frequently lost or

reduced, particularly in smaller frogs or in those

in which ossification is reduced. Reduction is

always in an anteroposterior sequence, the first

sign of reduction being the loss of articulation

with the maxillary.

The quadratojugals articulate with the maxil-

lary in all specimens of the three populations of

L. infrafrenata examined.

Parasphenoul- Variation in this bone is slight

and concerns the length of the cultriform process,

the presence and onentation of the alae and the

presence of odontoid structures ventrally,

Any variation in these features in the groups

under discussion isso slight as to be unnoticeable.

Odonioid structures are not present (see Fig. 2).

Prevomers: Truch (1973) considers the

prevomers to be amongst the most variable bones

in the skull, The anterior ends of these bones

usually lie in connective tissue and the lateral

wings form the bony anterior, medial and postero-

medial margins of the internal nares. The

dentigerous processes generally lie at a level

shghtly anterior ta the palatines. Minor vuria-

tion is found in the overall size of the bones and

in the orientation of the dentigerous ridges

(these latter characters are useful diagnostically

at venus and species levels and may be transyerse,

oblique, curved or angled), Teeth are sometimes

absent and odontoids are occasionally present in

the absence of true teeth. The prevomers have

been known to fuse with palatine elements and

Variation also occurs in the subdivision into dis-

crete anteriar and posterior elements,

Variation between the three populations lies

in the ortentation of the dentigerous processes of

the preyomers. The averall size and shape of

the bones appears to scarcely differ between the

groups and the relationship between the pre-

yomters and the palutines is consistent within the

species. In the Tully population, the dentigerous

processes, when present, are transverse, as are

those of the Altape population. However, the

dentigeraus processes of the Keravat population

are curved,

CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF LITORIA INFRAFRENATA 343

Palatines: These bones usually lie adjacent

to the maxillaries and articulate with the

sphenethmoid medially. They are always

edentate and may have a ventral transverse ridge

which may be smooth or serrate. The palatines

are frequently reduced in length or lost, reduction

being in a medial to lateral direction.

Variation in the palatines is not discernable in

the specimens examined,

Pterygoids: This triradiate bone shows varia-

tion in the nature of the articulation of the

anterior and medial rami, usually at the midlevel

of the orbit. If the medial ramus is absent, or

lacks a cranial articulation, or if the skull is

poorly ossified, the anterior ramus usually has an

extensive articulation with the maxillary.

The medial ramus may be present or absent

and if present, may or may not be articulated

directly with the neurocranium. The medial

ramus may be reduced so that there is no bony

articulation with the otic capsule, but in this case

there is usually some indirect association by

means of pseudobasal or basal processes.

Variation in this bone between the groups

studied here is minimal. All three rami are

present and a bony articulation occurs between

the medial ramus and the otic capsule.

Squamosals: The greatest variation in this

bone is in the nature and presence of the anterior

(zygomatic) and posterior (otic) rami. The

posterior arm can have one of three relationships

with the medially adjacent crista parotica:

(1) bears medially expanded otic plate

that broadly articulates with the

dorsal portion of the crista parotica;

(2) the medial expansion of the otic ramus

articulates with the posterolaterally

expanded frontoparietal forming a

complete or partial arch over the

crista parotica; or

(3) the otic ramus is small and poorly

developed and lies laterally adjacent

to the crista parotica, but does not

overlap it.

Litoria infrafrenata militaria

Keravat, New Britain

Litoria infrafrenata infrafrenata

Aitape, New Guinea

Litoria infrafrenata infrafrenata

Tully, Qld, Australia

10) 20 40 60 80 100

% distance to maxillary covered by zygomatic

arm of squamosal

Fiz. 3 Percentage distance to maxillary covered by zygomatic ramus of squamosal in three populations of

Litoria infrafrenata,

The mean ts expressed by the vertical line.

The rectangle represents standard

deviation, and the horizontal line indicates the range.

344 REC, §. AUST, MUS,, 17 (22);

Within the Tully population, the otic ramus

varies trom broad to slight overlap of the erista

purotica. However, in the Aitape population, the

variation is from slight overlap to no overlap at

all, and in the Keravat skulls, this is again the

vase, with the majority of skulls showing no over-

lap of the otic ramus and the crista parotica,

A further variation between populations

occurs in the nature of this bone and this is in

the relationship of the length of the zygomatic

ramus to the total distance to the maxilla, The

Tully and Aitape populations would appear to

have similar relationships; the anterior arm

stretching from 40% to 61% of the distance to

the maxilla. The anterior ramt of the squamosals

of the Keravat population, however, extend much

further toward the maxillary; the arms covering

from 72% to 78% of the distance to be spanned

(Figs. 2, 3).

Splenethmoid: Variation in this bone is

generally a question of ossification. The anterior

terminus of the bone extends to the posterior

level of the nasals and posteriorly to the anterior

margin of the frontoparietal fontanelle. Addi-

tional ossification can occur anteriorly in the

form of an internasal septum and posteriorly

around the optic foramen which is probably a

feature of more heavily ossified skulls,

Variation in the shape of the sphenethmoid

within the three groups under discussion has

been considered in relation to the nasals. Again,

in this bone there is a progression in the degree

of bone deposition through the groups, The

sphenethmoids of the Tully skulls are relatively

thin, those of Aitape less so whilst the Keravat

skulls have more extensive bone deposition.

Olaccipital: The prootie and the exoccipital

ure indistinguisbably fused in modern anurans,

The same kind of variation occurs. in ossification

as in the sphenethmotd and there can also be a

reduction in the number of nerve foramina.

Little or no variation in these features is

observed in the three populations-

DISCUSSION

From the above data il is evident that in the

samples studied the most noteworthy variations.

in the skull are:

(a) the extent and degree of ossification,

(b) the extent of development of the

sphenethmoid in relation to the

nisals,

(¢) the relationship of the otic ramus of

the squamosal to the crista parotica,

347-345 February, (Q7k

(d/) the extent of development of the

zygomatic ramus of the squamosal

(Pig. 3), and

(e) the shape and nature of the dentigerous

processes of the prevomers.

There does not appear to be any sexual

dimorphism apart from absolute size (Table 1).

Despite its size, the skull of L. infrafrenata is

a relatively delicate structure in contrast to the

dermal eoossification and exostosis found in many

large South American hylids (Trueb 1970;

Duellman 1970).

It could be postulated, then, that the only

reasonably definitive characters distinguishing

the sumples are the relative length of the

zygomatic ramus of the squamosal und the

shape of the dentigerous processes of the pre-

vomers, These features distinguish only the

populations recognised elsewhere as subspecies

(Tyler 1968),

Isolation of Austrulia and New Guinea

occurred for the last time 000 years BP

(Jennings 1972), so separating the frogs of the

Cape York Peninsula from the population of

southern New Guinea, Jn contrast, the isolation

of the population in New Britain from New

Guinea cannot be attributed to recent eustatic

changes and may be a much older event.

Although New Britain and New Guinea are

separated by the very narrow Vitiaz Strait, the

sea floor there is 3000 m deep. Ih fact the

rather depuuperale mature of the frog fauna of

New Britain Is consistent with an interpretation

of the absence of 4 land connection with New

Guinea at any time (Zweifel 1960; Tyler 1968:

Brown and Tyler 1968). Therefore, the arrival

of L. infrafrenata in New Britain is) almost

certainly the result of overwater dispersal. This

does not imply that the greater morphological

divergences between New Brituin and New

Guinea populations is necessarily indicative of

extensive isolation, However, it is quite clear

that the duration of isolation of New Britain and

New Guinea is indeed much greater than that

between Australia und New Guinea.

Trueb (1968) deseribed clinal variation in

the skulls of Myla lancasteri, Variation between

extreme populations made recognition of the one

species extremely difficult, However, variation

in the intermediate ranges was interpreted as

suggesting uninterrupted gene flow between

adjacent populations.

Variation between the three populations

examined here can be described as minimal, par-

ticularly in the light of Trueb’s findings. — It

CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF LITORIA INFRAFRENATA 345

would seem, therefore, that the character states

under consideration vary little between geo-

graphically isolated populations and can be

considered as valid species indicators.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

1 would like to thank Mr. M. J. Tyler for

helpful comment and criticism in the preparation

of this manuscript, Mr. P. Kempster photo-

graphed the original diagrams and Miss R.

Altman assisted in the production of Figures 1

and 3.

This work is being supported by a grant to

M. J. Tyler by the Australian Research Grants

Committee.

REFERENCES

Briggs, E. A. (1940). “Anatomy of Animal

Angus & Robertson: Sydney and London.

Brown, W. C. & Tyler, M. J. (1968). Frogs of the genus

Platymantis from New Britain with description of new

Types”,

species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 69-86.

Duellman, W. E. (1970). The hylid frogs of Middle

America. Monogr. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas 1:

Xi + 753 pp.

Gillies, C. D. & Perbody, E. F. (1917).

Hyla caerulea White, 2. The skull.

Qld, 29: 117-122.

The anatomy of

Proc. Roy. Soc.

Jennings, J. N. (1972). Discussion on the physical

environment around Torres Strait and its History. Jn

D. Walker (Ed.) “Bridge and Barrier: the Natural

and Cultural History of Torres Strait’. Australian

National University: Canberra.

Lynch, J. D. (1971), Evolutionary relationships, osteology

and zoogeography of Leptodactyloid frogs. Univ.

Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist. Mise. Publ, 53: 1-238.

Keferstein, W. (1868). Ueber die Batrachier Australien,

Arch. Naturgesch. 34: 253-290.

Menzies, J. I. & Tippett, J. (1976). Chromosome numbers

of Papuan hylid frogs and the karyotype of Litoria

infrafrenata (Amphibia, Anura, Hylidae). J. Herpet.

10 (3): 167-173.

Parker, W. K. (1881). On the structure and development

of the skull in the Batrachia Part TI. Phil. Trans.

Roy. Soc. London, 172: 1-266.

Trueb, L. (1968). Variation in the tree frog Hyla

lancasteri, Copeia (2): 285-299.

Trueb. L. (1970). Evolutionary relationships of casque-

headed tree frogs with coossified skulls (family

Hylidae). Univ. Kansas Publ, Mus, Nat. Tist. 18

(7): 547-716.

Trueb, L, (1973). Bones, Frogs and Evolution. Jn J. L.

Vial (Ed.) “Evolutionary Biology of the Anurans.

Contemporary Research on Major Problems”. Uni-

versity of Missouri Press: Columbia.

Tyler, M. J, (1968). Papuan hylid frogs of the genus

Hyla. Zool. Verh, Leiden No, 96: 1-203.

Zweifel, R. G. (1960). Results of the 1958-1959 Gilliard

New Britain Expedition. 3. Notes on the frogs of

New Britain. Am, Mus, Novit. No. 2013: 1-27.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

A REVIEW OF THE FROND-LIKE

FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA

ASSEMBLAGE

By RICHARD J. F. JENKINS and JAMES G. GEHLING

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 23

18th May, 1978

A REVIEW OF THE FROND-LIKE FOSSILS

OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE

BY RICHARD F.. JENKINS AND JAMES G. GEHLING

Summary

Restudy of the frond-like fossils which occur as part of the Late Precambrian, Ediacara assemblage

of the Flinders Ranges confirms previous reconstructions which show the majority of these forms to

be basically foliate, leaf-like structures. In some, the axial zone or rhachis terminated in a disc-like

anchoring device.

The genus Arborea Glaessner and Wade, 1966, is considered a synonym of Charniodoscus Ford,

1958, and a new species of this genus is described. The genus Glaessnerina Germs, 1973, is briefly

reviewed and earlier opinion that Charniodoscus and Glaessnerina are probably related to the

extant Pennatulacea is confirmed. Phy//lozoon hanseni gen. Et sp. nov. is a new taxon resembling

Pteridinium Gurich, 1930.

A REVIEW OF THE FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE

RICHARD J. F. JENKINS*® and JAMES G, GEHLING+

ABSTRACT

JENKINS, Ro PA and GEHLING, J, Gt, 1977. A

review Of the frondtike fossils of the Ediacara ussemblive.

Rec. 8, Atist. Muy, 17 (23). 347-359,

‘Centre of Precambrian Researeh. University of Adelaide,

Adelaide, South Australian S000,

t Murrey Park College of Advanced Hdueution, 15 Lorne

Avenue. Magill, South Austrafia, 5072.

Restudy of the frond-like fossils which occur

as part of the Late Precambrian, Ediacara

assemblage of the Flinders Ranges confirms

previous reconstructions which show the majority

of these forms to be basically foliate, leaf-like

structures. In some, the axial zone or rhachis

terminated in a disc-like anchoring device.

The genus 4rhorea Glaessner and Wade, 1966,

is considered a synonym of Charniodoscus Ford,

1958, and a new species of this genus is described.

The genus Glaessnerinu Germs, 1973. is briefly

reviewed and earlier opinion that Charniedoscus

und Glaessnerina are probably related to the

extant Pennatulacea is confirmed. Phyllozeon

hanseni gen. el sp. nov_ is anew taxon resembling

Preridinium Giirieh, 1931).

INTRODUCTION

The large and distinctive frond-like fossils

which oecur as frequent components of the

Ediacara assemblage of the Flinders Ranges were

first described by Glaessner (19594), However

an earlier indirect indication of these fossils was

given by Sprigg (1949: p. 73), who identified

some of them as algae, Glaessner (1959a)

referred specimens to Rangea and Preridinium

Giirich, 1930, genera described from the Lute

Precambrian, Nama Group of Namibia (South

West Africa) and to Charnia Ford, 1958, from

rocks of comparable age at Charnwood Forest,

Leicestershire, England. He considered these

genera to be related to the living Pennatulacea.

Farmal descriptions of the sume material were

given by Glaessner (1959b) and numerous

citations concerning them have appeared in his

later works, Glaessnev and Wade (1966) pre-

semed an updated formal taxonomic study in

which they referred the then single known speci-

men of the Charnia-like form to Rangea, and

erected the genus Arberea to accommodate some

of the materials previously tdentified as belong-

I8rh May, 1978

ing to Ranged. The taxa which they recognised

are as follows!—

Rangea longa Glaessner and Wade. 1966

Ranged grandis Glaessier and Wade. 1966

(single Charnia-like specimen)

Pteridinium cf, simplex Giirich, 1930

Arhorea arborea (Glaessner 1959),

Germs (1973) considered R. longa and R.

grandis distinct from Rangea Giirich and erected

anew genus to contain them, Glaessnerina (type

species RK, grandis). Glaessner’s (1959a, b)

placement of the above listed Australian taxa as

relatives of the modern octocoral Order Penna-

tulacea has generally been maintained in later

studies (e.g, Glaessner and Wade 1966;

Glaessner 1971b), although one current sug-

gestion is that they may belong to a phylum

intermediate between plants and animals, the

“Petalonamae” (Pflug 1972b, c, 1973, 1974a,

b). Glaessner and Walter (1975) consider that

they can best be classified provisionally as

Coelenterata of uncertain systematic position,

Wade (1970) reported the discovery of the

Ediacara assemblage at widely spaced localities

in the western Flinders Ranges and its known

distribution has now been extended over much of

the Ranges (m.s. io preparation). Significant,

new, well preserved specimens of frond-like fossils

have been found at several of these localities

(Fig, |), mainly by J.G.G, working in conjunc-

tion with Messrs, C. H. Ford and D, A. Westlake.

This new material sheds additional light on the

structure and probable affinities of the previously

described forms and indicates a greater diversity

of taxa,

Current interest hus been focused on Late

Precambrian, frond-like fossils by works such as

those of Pflug (1970a, b, 1971a, b, 1972a, b, e,

1973, 1974a, b), und the present study has been

prepared to update information on the Australian

examples.

Ediacara assemblage

Termicr and Termier (1960) erected the

“Rdiucaran” stage which they defined ay being

characterised by the fossils from Ediaeara and

the other similar “Eocambrian” fossils then

348

. ppoevts PEAK

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (23): 347-359

s ‘LEIGH

ra)

< t

31°00'

W BLINMANs

head

H BRACHINA )

Y fe GORGE :

< | 4.5.87 BUNYEROCO MT MANTELLSE*

¥ i ia GORGE

ro)

NORTHERN= |

Fae TERRITORY

32°00'

__? PUNKERRI HILLS

SOUTH

AUSTRALIA

* QUORN

—?

SEDIMENTATION

500 km

January, 1978

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE

known from England and southern Africa. Ina

later work the sume authors (Termier and

Termier 1967: p. 141) discuss “la faune

d'Edjacara”, and subseguently they refer to the

different world occurrences of the comparable

fossils as “la faune ediacurienne” or “des faunes

ediicariennes” (Teriiier and Termier 1968; p.

74 and p. 76)-

The English usage “Ediacara fauna was

adopted by Wade (1970) in reference to the

fossils from the Ediacaura Range and elsewhere

in the Flinders Ranges. Here it is considered

that the term “fauna” is more applicable to the

original living population of animals and that

the term “assemblage” is preferable to denote the

incomplete collection of fossils which, because of

preservational factors, undoubtedly represents but

a part of the original fauna, For example, in all

of the known Australian occurrences the sand

grains in the beds containing the fossils are too

coarse (9 preserve imprints of small organisms

(cf, Glaessner 1972).

Repositories

The repositories of the material studied are the

South Australian Museum (registered numbers

prefixed P. in text) and the Palaeontology Collec-

tion of the University of Adelaide (numbers

prefixed T, or F,),

DISCUSSION

The repositories of the material studied ate the

fossils in the Ediacara assemblage are preserved

as jnurkings stunding in either positive or negative

relief on bedding plane surfaces of tlaggy sand-

stone or quartzite, Mostly the fossils occur on

the undersides of stich beds. Wade (1968)

detailed the several alternative ways in which they

were probably preserved and indicated general

principles applicable for their interpretation.

Study of the available materials referred to

Arborea confirms that the reconstruction given by

Glaessner and Wade (1966: pp. 618-620, fig. 2)

is correct jn its. major details. They consider that

the organism was basically a foliate, leaf-shaped

structure normally preserved lying on one of its

(two) broad sides in the plane of the bedding.

This foliate structure or frond was elongate and

symmetrical in form, and comprised a relatively

narrow median zone or rhachis fram which

lateral. primary branches extended on either side

Fig. t.

Lovality maps of linds of Edjacauran frond-like fossils in Australia,

54%

at an angle of between 45~ to 90” relative to the

rhachis. This interpretation is proved correct by

a unique specimen (P. 19687) in which the frond

is overfolded near the middle of its Jength so that

features of both sides are preserved.

ft is also evident that the primary branches

were linked by a foliate base which tormed ane

side of the frond (the more or less smooth or

“dorsal” side), The branches were fleshy or

inflated, and on the side opposite the foliate base

(the “ventral”) each supported a free standing,

Hap-like polyp-leaf. Each polyp-leal shows a

series of close-spaced grooves which evidently

correspond to spicular supportive devices lying

in the position of the joins or sutures between the

palyp anthosteles, In some species the margins

of the frond seem to have extended into a mem-

braneous structure or marginal-zone which was

either featureless or with faint indications of

extensions of the axial traces. of the branches,

Frequently, the rhachis shows impressions of

more or less straight spicules which were longi-

tudinally arranged within it (Glaessner 1959a, b,

1971b; Glaessner and Wade 1966), The new

materials available indicate that the rhachis con-

tinued at the base of the frond as a stalk which

terminated in a disc-like structure, Such a stalk,

passing into the base of a frond at one end and

attached to a “bulbous expansion” at the other, is

partially figured in plate 103 figure J of

Glaesaner and Wade (1966) and is discussed in

the explanation of this figure on their page 624.

The dise-like structure usually consists of a central

gireular boss and an outer flange which may or

may not show evidence of a radial musculature.

Specimens of Arborea have been preserved

with a circular collapse structure indicating the

position of the buried disc in the substrate and the

frond bent over and Jaid flat from its position in

life, Thus the disc was evidently an anchoring

device.

Ford (1958) described frond-like and disc-like

organisms from the Late Precambrian of Charn-

wood Forest, England, He erected the taxon

Charnia masoni to include most of the frond-like

organisms. The disc-like structures were mcluded

in his new taxon Charniodiseus concentricus.

Ford (1963) referred additional material to

C. concentricus.

The holotype of Charniodiscus concentricus

(illustrated in Ford 1958: pl. 13, fig. 2 and

The larger mup shows the greater

part ot the Flinders Ranges with oulerop of the Pound Quartzite indicated by areas of stipple; numbers signify

the taxa identified Crom each locality, 1:

(Glaessner and Wade 1966).

with crinkled resistive structures withing the branches,

6 undeserbed new species of Glaesynerfag. Tr

Charniodiseus arborcus (Glaessner 1959). :

3: Charniodiscis Oppasitis sp. aev. 4, undescribed new species of Charniodiseus

Preridinium cf. sintplex Giirich, 1930,

2: Charniadiseus lunes

Gluessnerina grandis (Glaessner and Wade, 1966)-

&: Phyflozeon hanseni

gen. eh 4p. now,

350 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (2399 347-359

Ford 1963: pl. 1, fig. a) is a dise-like structure

associated with a stalked frond which appears

to be attached to the centre of the dise (Figs. 2

and 4). Similar Australian materials (e.g. Fig.

3) provide confirmatory evidence that the disc

and attached frond represent u single organism,

(1963)

Ford included this frond m Charnia

Fig. 2,

January, 1978

masoni, although he previously remarked that it

differed in structure from the holotype of that

species (Ford 1958: pp, 213-214), The frond

is of comparable dimensions to the holotype of

Charnia masoni, but differs markedly in that it

shows a wide, tapering median rhachis and hus

upwards of 45 branches on each side of the

Photograph of a cast of the holotype of Chainiadiseus conecntricuy Ford, L958, the original being from

the Late Precambrian of Charnwood Forest. Leicestershire, England; xh.

Fig. 3.

at Bunyeroo Goyge, western Plinders Ranges. x 45,

Photograph of a cast of a specimen of Chanfodisens arboreus (Glaessner 1959), P. (9690, occurring

The zone of iniperfeot preservation between the disc and

the base of the frond is considered to have resulted from arching of the stalk,

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGI 35)

rhachis rather than about 20: in one area the

branches show a fuint cross-structure, but strony

secondary divisions are lacking. The reverse side

of the trond, fortuitously revealed by a small

overtalded portion (Figs. 2 and 4). shows the

branches to be smooth dorsally, though still

delimited by weak grooves, Thus this frond

cannot represent the reverse aspect of Charnia

masony and almost certainly represents a separate

genus and spectes, surely referable to the avail-

able name taxon Charniadiscus concentricus,

The Austrahan Ediacura materials included in

Arborea are extruordinarily similar ta Charnio-

diveus canceniricus, Their rhachis extends into

a stalk attached to a quite similar dise-like struc-

ture. The number of branches is similar.

upwards of 30, and there is every indication that

the form of the branches and the shape of the

grooves between them is camparable. The over-

folded portion of the frond of the holotype of

C. concentricus suggests that the branches were

linked Jaterally by a foliate base. Churitiodiseus

seeins to differ from Arborea only in that same of

its branches show 4 pronounced curvature rather

than being nearly Straight. This feature may well

be exaggerated by distortion,

Considering the bourdly similar age of Arhorea

and =Charniodiscuys (Late Precambrian, see

Gluessner 19710) and their morphological

similarity, there seems little justifivation ia main-

taining them as distinct genera and accordingly

they ure here considered Congeneric, dArborea

becoming a synonym af Charmodiscus. Charnio-

dixcus concentricus can be disinguished tan

the local fornis of the genus at the speeific level.

The forms which have been imeluded in

Arborea aeborea (Glaessner) are herein split

imo two separute species. — Charniviliseus

arborens is characterised by relitively narrow

branches which oeeur in aliernate positions on

each side of the rhachis; the ventral track of the

rhachis is narrow and zig-zag towards the end of

the frond (Piz. 3). The new taxon, deserjbed

herein as Charnfediseus oppesitus sp. nov., and

illustrated in Figures 5 and 6, has broad branches

situated in opposite positions on either side of the

rhachis, the ventral track oF which is relatively

broad for its whele lent.

A third and very rare form, which is new and

still to be deseribed, is tentatively included in

Charniodiscus, UU is eharacterised by crinkled,

resisuve structures within the branches, Some of

these structures are bent or deformed, indicating

an original Aexibility.

As has already been mentioned, most of the

frond-like fossils of the Ediaecara assemblage are

preserved on lower surfaces of flaggy sandstone

beds. The holotype of Rangea longa and the

majonty of the other specimens referred to this

uixon by Gluessner and Wade (1966) are

unusuitl in that they are preserved on the upper

surfaces of quartzite slabs. Twenty or more

fronds (not including the holotype, P13777)

oceur lying in close juxtaposition on a number ot

similar yuurtzite slabs. (P12721a-i) which were

evidently broken froin a single bed, These fronds

are all orientated in the same way, stretched out

lengthwise by a current which eddied around

them and scoured the sediment (Wade 1968).

On the sume or similur bedding surfaces (P

12716, P12721b and e, P12736) are severut

more or less circular depressions which are

evidenily craters of collapse over anchoring

devices resembling those described for Chariio-

discus. An impression of part of a thick stem

extends from one of these collapse craters

(P12716)). The organisms preserved were

apparently bent over from the position in which

they were anchored in life and laid flat by the

current. They were gregarious, living in near

proximity to One another. with individuals at all

stages of growth represented,

The fronds of &. /onga are generally preserved

ws external moulds. with sand Underpacking

spaces between the polyp-leaves und branches.

No unequivocal interpretation of the structure

of the frond is possible, partly because no single

specimen shows a whole individual, and also

because of overlupping and distortion. Neyer-

theless it is considered that the reconstruction of

R. longa given by Glacssner and Wade (1966)

is probably incorrect in showing polyp-leaves

om both sides of the frend, The specimens

interpreted as showing this (Glaessner 1959b-

pl. 45 Pig. 1) include a cast Celt side of figure

just indicated) in which the rhachis is preserved

by composite mowding. Jn ihe holotype, purti-

cularly, the structure of the frond appears to be

essentially similar to that of Charniediseus, with

inflated, laterally linked branches each bearing a

polyp-leaf. The polyp-leaves seem to narrow and

terminate at the cdee of the frond, It ts con-

sidered that the other available specimeris lend

weight lo those findings and accordingly Rangeu

longa is tentatively referred ta Charniodiscus.

The frond of R, longa shows no evidence of a

Marginal membranous structure. One specimen

(P12721c) seems to show the more lateral

anthestelés. on the polyp-leaves fanning outwards.

and forming a curved array at the edge of the

frond, much as occurs in many modern penna-

tuluceans. Wade (pers. comm.) has indicated

that lext-figure Le of Glaessner and Wade (1966)

REC. 8. AUST. MUS, 17 (23): 347-359

Fig. 4, [nterpretive outline drawing made from the

cust of the holotype of Charnivdiscuy concentricus

Ford, 1958, illustrated in figure 2, x O8 £, fractures

in original rock surface: b, projecting irregularities

in sediment; d, dise of organism and, s, stalk

attached to it} r, rhachis of frond; m, outline of

frond; g, primary grooves hetween hranches of

frond and p, pockeis formed by these grooves

adjacent to the rhachis; cr, faint cross-structure on

branches; x+y, overfolded portion of frond.

Fig. 5. A reconstruction of — Cherfodisess

apposims sp. noy., aboul x .8 of average sized

specimens. The organism is shown in ils inferred

life position, anchored in’ ripple-bedded sands,

It is drawn as thoutigh it were partly transparent,

the spictiles shown in the stalk and rhachis were

evidently imbedded in the sub-dermal integument,

January, VYTK

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE asa

is based on similar evidence, but we consider that

the polyp-leaves only overlapped or enveloped

one another to a minimal degree.

The genus Glaessnerina Germs, 1973, is con-

sidered herein to include its type species Rangea

grandis Glaessner and Wade and one other new

species yet to be described. Glaessnerina grandis

is now represented by four specimens, three of

which show the polyp-beuring ventral side of the

frond, and the other the dorsal side, which is

characterised by a broad rhachis (P, 19688),

The branches of its frond were evidently attached

to the ventral side of the rhachis, The polyp

anthosteles on one branch reached to or over-

lapped those of the next serial branch on the

opposite side ta completely hice the rhachis and

give the ellect of a zig-zag medial commissure.

This. overlap of the polyps is probably a function

of compression during preservation, as in life

the polyps must have projected away from the

frond at an angle so that there was no interference

between them during feeding.

Little new information can be added concern-

ing the form which Glaessner (1963) and

Glaessner and Wade (1966) identify 4s

Preridinium ct. simplex (Giirich 1930). The

majority of Specimens are unusual in that they are

preserved as moulds and counterpart moulds in

massive sandstone (Wade 1968, 1971), These

fossils provide no indication as to how the

organism! may have been oriented relative to

bedding, much less its possible onentatian in life,

Pflug (19700, b, 197]1a, b, 19724, 1973) has

now given an extensive documentation of the

material of Preridinium from the Nama Group of

Namibia, Their preservation is evidently the

same as for the Australian examples. The

African specimens often show three half leaf-

Shuped elements (“petaloids” of Pflug 1970a)

extending from an axial line. One of the

Australian specimens (plate 101, figure 1 of

Glaessner und Wade 1966) also shows three peta-

loids extending from the axis, two of the petaloids

lying in close juxtaposition and separated by a

thin lamina (about | mm thick) of quartzite, and

the third more or less symmetrically opposite, on

the other side of the axial line.

A new taxon, Pirvllozoon hansen? gen. et sp.

noy, is erected for a Jeaf-shaped fossil], numerous

individuals of which are typically preserved

together on lower surfaces of quartzite beds,

The frond of this organism shows numerous

distinct grooyes extending away from a zig-zag

median suture, and appears to have had a

membranous or foliate base, The lateral grooves

extend trom the axis of the frond at 65~ to 85

and gradually become more widely spaced in the

direction of the end of the frond towards which

they are inclined. It 1s evident rhat the median

axis of the frond and the Jateral grooves actually

represent a flexible, resistive framework or

skeleton. The edges of the frond are usually

indistinct.

Specimens of frond-like fossils have been

reported from the northern part of the Officer

Basin in the possibly Late Precambrian Punkerri

Beds of the Punkerri Hills, northwestern South

Australia (Major 1974 and references therein),

Restudy suggests that one of the supposed remains

is of inorganic origin, a pseudofossil of striking

realism simulated by a set of repeated parallel

micro-faulis. Imprints on another block of

sandstone resemble parts of the frond af Charnio-

discus, but are so fragmentary that they should be

considered essentially indeterminate.

The above discussion, together with more

detailed studies too lengthy to be included in this

work, provide the basis for the systematic listing

below,

SYSTEMATICS

Genus Charniocdiscus Ford, 1958

Type species:

Charniodiscus concentricus. Ford,

213, pl, 31 fig, 2. by monotypy.

Charniodiscus Ford, 1958: 213; 1963: 37,

Rangea Giiriech, 1930. Glaessner, 1959e7

1472-1473; 1959b; 383, Glaessner and

Wade, 1966 (partim): 614-616.

Charnia Ford, 1958, Glaessner, 1962; 483

(partim, with reterence to pl. | fig. 5).

and Wade, 1966

1958;

Arhearea Glaessner

(parlim)! 618-619.

Revised diagnosis: Frond large, leaf-like, fusi-

form or tapering; dorsal track of rhachis wide,

ventral track narrower, either straight or tapering

oarcowly and zig-zag, base of rhachis forming a

stalk attached to centre of a disc-shaped structure

showing a central circular boss and an outer

flange which may have a radial ornament:

branches about 30 to more than 50 in number

(on either side of frond) sitvated either in alter-

nate or opposite positions along rhachis and

diverging from it at 45° to 90°; individual

branches evidently swollen or inflated during life,

composed largely of unresistant material, but

generally with a stiffened or resistant structure

positioned medially; each branch linked to

immediate neighbours by a foliate base, and with

AS4 REC. §, AUST MUS. 17 [2432 347-359

grooves between, these grooves curved and

particularly deep near rhachis. mature branches

each bearing 4 flap or flange-lke polyp-leaf which

shows secondary grooves delimiting fused polyp

anthosteles; edges of frond either with or without

a membranous marginal one.

Relerred taxa: The Australian forms which

are apparently referable to this genus are all

evidently of Late Preeambrian age und are as

follows:

Rangea arborea Glaessner, 1969, about

30 specimens from the Pound Quartzite

und occurring variously at Ediacara Range.

Brachina Gorge and Bunyeroo Gorge, in

the Flinders Ranges, The holotype is speci-

men P, 12891, and two parulypes are P. 12592

and P. 12895: other referable specimens are

P, 13787, P, 13801b, P, 14212, P. 19689,

and F, 16718: all from Ediacara Range. A

cast of a specimen occurring at Bunyeroo

Gorge, P. 19690. is shown in Figure 3.

Rangea longa Glaessner and Wade. 1966,

ipproximately 30 specimens from the Pound

Quartzite, occurring mainly at Ediaeura

Runge, but with one specimen from Mount

Scott Range (coll. Dr. B. Daily), Flinders

Runges. The holotype is specimen P, 13777,

with the paratypes including P. 12716, P.

1272) aa, P. 12736 and P, 12743; all from

Ediacara Range. Also referable to Charnio-

discus is a specimen of a small part of a frond

collected in a loose block on the lower part of

the Arumbera Formation, cast of Deep Well

Homestead, 8.8.E. of Alice Springs, central

Australia, und identilied by Glaessner (1969)

as Rangea ch. longa, Restudy of the specimen

suggests that it is too incomplete for specific

identification.

Two new species from the Pound Quartzite

of the Flinders Ranges; one represented by

more than 40 specimens and described below,

the second very rare and yet to be described

(see p. 3451 above).

Charniadiscus oppositus sp. ov.

Figs, 5 and 6

Rangea sp. Glaessner,

1472-3,

Rangea arborea Glaessner, 1959b ( partim) -

383, pl, 43 figs. 2 and 4, pl, 44 figs. | and 3.

Glaessner. 1961 [partim): fig. p. 75: 1962

(partim): 483-485, pl L fig, LO.

Arborea arborea UGlaessner 1959),

sner and Wade, 1966 (partim): 619,

Derivation of name; From the Latin vppesitius,

1959a_ (partim):

Glaes-

Janqary, 1978

in reference to the approximate opposife position-

ing of the branches on either side of the rhachis.

Diagnosis: Species reaching large size with

frond up to 30 em wide and well in excess of

73 cm long: frond broad, 2+ 5-4 times as long as

wide in more complete specimens (excluding

marginal zone); ventral track of rhachis wide,

only slightly narrower than the dorsal; branches

about 30 in number (on each side of frond),

located in nearly opposite posivons on cither side

of rhachis and diverging away from it af about

65 to 85°: branches relatively broad, 3-3+5

limes as Jong as wide on more central parts of

trond.

Material: This is one of the more numerous

frond-like fossils in the Ediacara assemblage with

upwards of 40 specimens being referable to it

with greater or lesser degrees of confidence, ‘The

holotype is F. 17337 and the nominated paratypes

are T, 94-2015, T. 94-2016, P, 12888, P. 12896,

P. 14213, P. 19684, P. 19685 and P. 19687:

all from Ediacara Range, Also referable is a

speciinen occurring at Bunyeroo Gorge und

represented by u cast, P. 19686.

The majority of specimens are preserved as

casts (sometimes with composite moulding) on

the bottom surfaces of sandstone flags. The

holotype is uniguely preserved as a smooth

external mould within a sandstone bed (Pig. 6).

Remarks: C. eppasitus closely resembles C.

concenrricus, but differs in that its branches do

not show a prenounced trend to decrease in width

towards the tip of the frond and are possibly

Jess numerous. The well marked radial ornament

an the outer flange of its attachment disc may

also be distinctive,

C. oppositus differs from C. arhereny in the

more regular width of its branches and in their

opposite rather than alternate positioning on

cither side of the rhachis. The attachment disc

has a smaller central boss. relative to C. arboretts,

C. longus has a much more elongate frond with

yery NUIMEerOLs branches,

Zoological affinities: Glaessner (1959a, b,

1961. 1962, 1963, 1969, 19714, b und Gloessner

und Wade (1966) considered thal the frond-like

fossils of the Kind just described are allied to

living members of the order Pennatulacea. The

few difficulties which the aboye authors raised

against this interpretauion are now largely

obviated by information from the new materials

for Charniodiseus to hand and studies of modern

live pennatulids (e.g. Brafield 1969, and observa-

tions made by J.G.G. on living animals on the

sea floor and in aquaria). Some major charac-

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE

Fig. 6. Holotype of Charniodixcus opposiius sp. nov., F.17337, from Fdiacara Range, x 7. The specimen is an

external owuld of a central part of the polyp-bearing (ventral) side of the frond. , r’, rhachis; g, grooves

betweem (he primary branches; 1-1‘. flap-like polyp-leaves extending distally on the right side of the frond and

folded proximally on the Jeft side; s, spicular supportive devices in the polyp-leaves.

Fig. 7. Phyllozann hunseni gen. et sp. nov. Holotype. specimen A-A’, P,1Y508A, and incomplete remains of

wo paratype specimens, B-B’ and C-C’, from the Devils Peak, southern Flinders Ranges, x 1. Composite

moulding has oceurred Where the end of specimen C-C’ overlaps the holotype, A-A‘

356

teristics shared by Charniodisceus and present-day

peonatulaceans are as follaws:—

a. Both have an anchoring structure charac-

terised by strong longitudinal or radial

musculate. In the living genus

Ptervetdes Herklots, 185%, the anchoring

device is essentially a muscular sack

which can be dilated with water. <A

sphincter muscle lies at the junction of

this sack and the stalk. A basal expan-

sion or protrusion of the sack (Brafield

1969: pl. |. fig. a) seems analagous to

the central boss in the attachment disc of

the fossil forms.

b. A stalk and median rhachis is present in

each. In modern pennatulaceans the

rhachis functions us u hydrostatic organ

of support, becoming greatly swollen and

stiffened by water drawn into large

internal canals; in symmetrical forms

additional support is proyided by a calci-

fied rod or axis in the lower purt of the

rhachis and stalk. Charniodiscus lacked

this rod or axis; its rhachis, though

up 3-4 em wide in Jurge specimens,

readily collapsed Mat during preservation,

suggesting that it was also filled largely

with fluid during life.

c. Spicular elements present in the stalk and

rhachis of Charniodiseus resemble those

commonly occurring in the modern

animals.

d, In both, lateral branches extending [rom

the rhachis bear foliate structures. ( polyp-

leaves) showing secondary divisions

(polyp anthosteles). The branches of

modern torms can be inflated with water

and some specimens of Charnivdiselis also

show evidence that the branches were

dilated,

e. The large spicules evident in the polyp-

leaves of Charnivdiscus seem analogous

with those in species of Pernatule Linn,

1758, and Prereaides,

f, Modern pennatulids, even those with un

axis, bave considerable powers of dis-

tension and contraction, A live specimen

of Prereoidles has been observed to extend

its length by about 100 per cent from the

contracted to the expanded state. Speci-

niens of Charniodiscus showing evidence

of appreciable stretching by currents

suggest that it also may have been capable

of signficant distension.

Churniodiscus was seemingly close to the living

branched family Pennatulidae in its gross moarph-

REC. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (24):

347-354 January, TS

ology, bul differed in lacking a calcified axis and

in having its branches fused or linked laterally

rather than free. The extant Renillidae

have a continuous foliate frond and no axis, bul

lack recognisable branches, Considering the

diversity of form shown by modern pennatula-

ceans and their very long separation in time from

the Ediacara assemblage, it is hardly surprising,

that Charniodiscus shows several unique charac-

lerisics.

Gents Glaessnerind Germs, 1973

Type species; Ratiged grandiy Glaessner and

Wade, 1966: 616, pl. 100 fig. 5, by original

designation.

Glaessnerina Germs, 1973; 5,

Revised diagnosis: Frond large, tapering, with

broad tapering dorsal rhachis; primary branches

situated in alternate positions on rhachis and

diverging from it at approximately 40-65", with

their lateral terminations sharply delimited, each

primary branch bearing a row of large, similar,

blunt secondary branches (polyp anthosteles.)

projecting obliquely towards axis of frond at

about 30-50 to it; secondary branches of type

species widest near rhachis and becoming pro-

gressively narrower away from it; basal parts of

primary branches and secondary branches over-

lapping in ventral midline to form a zig-zag

commissure,

Remarks; Ina number of his earlier works on

the Ediacara assemblage Glaessner (1959a,.

1959b, 1961, 1962) referred the type species of

this tuxon, Rangea granilis, vo the genus Charniu.

Germs (1973) again drew attention to the

similarity between Gluaeyysnerina grandis and

Charnia and suggested that further study of them

night “make it advisable to place them in the

sume genus”, However, several marked differ-

enves do occur between them and for this reason

their separation is maintained here.

In Glaessnetina part of each primary branch

is continuous or undivided, and it is this undivided

portion which bears the secondary branches. In

Charnia, the secondary diyisians extend continu-

ously across the primary branches, and as well.

have their long axis more nearly transverse to the

axis of the whole frond. The secondary divisions

of the branches of Glaessyerina are widest near

the axis of the frond and become progressively

hurrower towards the ends of the primary

branches. The secondary structures of Charnia

ure narrow near the frond axis, become wider

near the middle of the length of each primary

branch, and then narrow again towards the edge

of the frond. A further distinctive character in

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE 357

Charnia is that the secondary Structures are

themselves regularly subdivided by tertiary

grooves.

In its morphology Glaessnerina shows a

resemblance to Charniodiscus on the one hand,

und u sSugyvestive similarity to members of the

extant Pennatulidae on the other, It is almost

certainly related to Charaiodiscus and thus can

also probably be considered as allied to the

pennatulaceuns.

Genus Pteridinium Giirich, 1930

Type species: Preridinium simplex Giirich,

1930: 637, by original designation.

Interpretations given to this genus by Pflug

(1970a, b, 197 la, b, 1972a, 1973 pose problems

outside the scope of the present work, ancl it

Seeins inappropriate to attempt to provide a

generic diagnosis.

Referred taxa; The sitigle Australian form is

represented by rare materials from Edtacara

which Glaessner (1963) und Glaessner and

Wade (1966) identify as Preridinium cf, simplex,

Aside from the brief remarks above on pp 353

ho new information can be given.

Genus Phyllozoen gen. nov.

Type species: Phyllozeon hanseni sp, nov,

Derivation of name: Phylle, from the Greek

noun phvllon, leaf: soon, Greek for animal.

Diagnosis: As for type species.

Phyllazvon hanseni sp. navy,

Fig. 7

Derivation of nume: ‘The species is named

aller Mr. Anthony Kym Hansen, who miade the

initial discovery of this taxon whilst studying

geology at Adelaide University, and has since

lost his life during seismic exploration in Western

Australia, 1976,

Diagnosis; Frond leaf-like, resembling Preri-

dinium simplex in its incised zig-zag median

line and almost evenly spaced, repetitive

lateral grooves, but differing in that the organism

was evidently of more or less planar or two

dimensional form, not with three ribbed

wings extending from the axis: incised axis and

lateral grooves evidently representing a resistive

skeleton which lay within foliate base of frond:

lateral grooves extending from axis at about 70,

with theic ends curved outwards; spacing of

lateral grooves tending to become less at

(?)proximal end af frond,

Material: Fifteen or so individuals are available

for study. The holotype, P. L9508A, a nearly

complete Trond, and eight or nine other frag-

mentary individuals, all occurring on a single

bedding plane, were discovered by Mr. A, K,

Hansen at Devils Peak, sotithern Flinders Ranges,

Three individuals occurred at Mt. Mantell

Rafige. central Flinders Ranges. Numerous

individuals have been observed on rack slabs in

the Heysen Range, western Flinders Ranges,

particularly near Bunyeroo Gorge: a specimen

oceurs in a collection from Brachina Gorge,

Several fragmentary remains showing resembl-

ances to this taxon are present in collections

from Edijacara,

Dimensions: The frond of the holotype (speci-

men A, A’ in Fig, 7) is about 18 em long and

5-5 em wide towards the middle of its length,

with about 75 lateral grooves (on each side of

frond) spaced at about 2 mm (end of frond

Opposite to direction in which lateral grooves are

inclined) to fractionally under 3 mm (average).

A spacing of about 3 mm is common in other

specimens, Individuals may reach in excess of

23 cm long with upwards of 100 lateral grooves.

Remarks; Phyllozoon hansen{ apparently

differs from the Namibian material of Preridinium

simplex in that it is a two dimensional trond.

showing no evidence of an additional ribbed wing

extending from the axis. Where ‘separate,

individual fronds overlup, composite moulding

results, and if an additional wing did exist it seems

likely that it would be evidenced by this

process, Another difference between the new

form and P. simplex is that the lateral grooves

show a characteristic inclination relative to the

axis (about 70°) in the former, but ure nearly

transverse or variably inclined in the fatter.

Plyllozoon does not show a series Of small

distinct lobes adjacent to the axis, a character

often present in Preridinivm (where they have

been termed “commissurae” by Plug. 1970a),

P, hansen’ differs tram the material from

Ediacara identified as Prertdinium cf, siaiplex in

that the ends of its lateral grooves curve in the

opposite direction and do not converge together

towards the margin of the frond, and “com-

missurae’” are Jacking.

P. hanseni shows a resemblance to another ot

the forms occurring in the Nama Group, Nasepia

aliae Germs, 1973, The latter is deserybed as

consisting of ribbed, leaf-like bodies (petaloids)

which have a “skeletal structure’, However, a

umber of petaloids ure evidently bundled

together in Nasepia and the individual petaloids

seem to be broad rather than elongate in shape,

A striking, but probably superficial similarity

of form exists between P, hanyeni and species ol

Plumalina Hall. 1858, frond-like remains oecur-

458 REC. S, AUST

ring in the Middle Devonian to latest Devonian

or earliest Mississipian of New York and the

Middle Devonian of Eifel, Germany. In the

detailed recent review of Pliwmatlind presented by

Sass and Rock (1975) it is descnbed as being a

plume or feather-like form, in which the separate

lateral branches (or “pinnue”) and perhaps the

rhachis were apparently tubular prior to burial.

P. hanseni differs from Plumalina principally in

having u foliate base to the frond rather than

separate pinnae, and in its axial line consisting

essentially of a single groove, not a distinct narrow

band forming a clearly marked rhachis,

In their discussion of the likely affinities of

Plumalina, Sass and Rock reject the possibility

that it is a plant and compare it to members of

the Gorgonacea and hydrozoans belonging to

the feather-like Plumulariidae, Jn the last para-

erupt of thew work they favour an affinity with

the hydrozou, a view with which we concur,

fn the Plumulariidae and near relatives

(members of the Order Hydroida) the colony

consists. of an axial stolon or hydrocaulus from

which branch indtyidua) lateral stolons bearing

small or microscopic palyps or hydranths

(Hyman 1940), The stolons have a chitinous

covering or periderm; the polyps are partially

enclosed by yoblet-shaped expansions of the

periderm, the hydrotheca, The colony grows by

the progressive budding and branching of new

single stolons from the distal end of the hydro-

caulus. This mode of development would seem

to preclude the evolution of 4 common membrane

inter-connecting the individual branches of the

frond, Thus it seems. unlikely that Pitylezeen is

allied to the Plumulartidue and there is a dearth

of evidence to link it with other hydrozoans.

In the short recent review which Glaessner and

Walter (1975) present on the now diverse array

of frond- and sack-like fossils variously known

from a number of Late Precambrian localities in

the world, they consider that these remains all

show a “general similarity” and imply that this

reflects an underlying taxonomic unity, This

yiewpuint may, however, prove to be simplistic.

As has been argued above, the genera Charnio-

discus. and Glaessnerina and probably Charnia

ar¢é evidently allies of the modern Pennatulacea.

On the other hand, the unnamed Late Precam-

brian forms from Newfoundland which Glaessner

(in Glaessner and Walter 1975) considered as

possibly being allied to hydrozoans, show a

pattern of branching consistent with this hypo-

thesis. A comparable form of branching is

present in Rangea (see Pflug 1070b; Germs

1973). A quite different phylum may be repre-

MUS., 17 (23): 347-354

Juntiary, (978

sented by the apparently sack-like form Arwnbera

banksi Glaessner and Walter, 1975, which is a

relatively common fossil in the latest Precambrian

of central Australia, Its walls are characterised

by a skeleton of elongate, subparallel, resistive

fibrils, and the form shows a suggestive resem-

blance to primitive, thin-walled, vase-shaped

sponges, such as the Early Palaeozoic

Leptomitidae.

The possible systematic position of genera

such as Preridinium and Nasepia and the remain-

ing forms grouped in the “Petalonamae” ts

clouded, either because of imperfect preservalion,

of inconsistencies in presently available descrip-

tions, There is apparently little recorded field

information which might throw light on either

their life habits or life orientation, The resem-

blance which Phy/locean shaws to Preridininm,

logether with its enigmatic state of preservation,

dictate its present placement within this essentially

unclassified group.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Emeritus Professor M. FP, Glaessner, Univer-

sity of Adelaide, is sincerely thanked for con-

structive criticism of the manuscript and lively

discussion: he also made comparisons with over-

seas materials atid assisted with literature, Mr,

Colin H, Ford, Esso Petroleum, Malaysia and

Mr. Dennis A, Westlake, discovered important

new materials and provided invaluable assistance

in the field. Dr, B. Daily, University of Adelaide,

ig also acknowledged for muking uvailable a

significant new specimen. This work was partly

supported by an Australian Researeh Grant,

REFERENCES

Brafield, A. E., 1969. Water moveorents in the pennaralid

coclenterale Preroiédes erixenia. J. Zool. Land. 138 (3);

317-325,

Ford, T. BD. 1958. Precambrian fossils trom Churnwood

Forest. Proc. Yorkshire Geal. Soc. 31 13) %; 21-217.

Ford, T. B.. 1963. The Pre-Cambriun fossils of Charnwood

Forest. Trans. Leicester lit. phil. Sov. 87: 37-62.

Germs, G. fF. B. 1973. A reinterpretation of Kuneca

sclineiderhoehni and the discovery of u related new

fossil from the Nama Group, South West Africa.

Letham 6 (ty: 1-9.

Glaessner, M. P., 1959e.

Australia, Africa and England,

1472-1473,

Glaessner, M. F.. 1959b, Jn Ghaessner, M. P. & B. Dulily.

The geology und Late Precambrian fauna of the

Edisecara fossil reserve. Rec. S. Anse Mus, 13 (3)4

369-401.

Precambriin Coclenteruta from

Nature 183 (4673):

Glaessner, M. F., 1961, Pre-Cambrian animals. Sefer

Aim. 204 (43): 72-78.

Glaessner, M. F.. 19462. Precambrian fossils, Afi Kew

37 (4). 467-494,

FROND-LIKE FOSSILS OF THE EDIACARA ASSEMBLAGE

Zur Kenntnis der Nama-Fossilien

Annln, naturh. Mus. Wien 66:

Glaessner, M. F., 1963.

Stidwest-Afrikas.

113-120.

Gluessner, M. F. 1969.

and basal Cambrian.

Glaessner, M. F., 197 1a.

range of the Ediacara Precambrian fauna.

Soc. Am, 82: 509-514.

Glaessner, M. F., 1971b.

Glaessner and Wade

Trace fossils from the Precambrian

Lethaia 2 (4): 369-393,

Geographic distribution and time

Bull. geol,

The genus Conomedusites

and the diversification of the

Cnidaria. Palaont. Z 45: 7-17.

Glaessner, M. F., 1972, Precambrian palaeozoology.

Centre for Precambrian Research, Univ. Adelaide,

Spec. Pap. 1: 43-52.

Glaessner, M. F. and Wade, M., 1966.

cambrian fossils from Ediacara,

Palaeontology % (4): 599-628.

Gluessner, M. F. and Walter, M. R.,

cambrian fossils from the

Northern Territory, Australia. Alcheringa 1: 59-69.

Hyman, L. H., 1940. The invertebrates: Protozoa through

Ctenophera. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc.

Major, R. B., 1974. The Punkerri Beds, Q. Geol, Notes

geol. Surv. §, Aust. 51; 2-5.

Pflug, H. D,, 1970a. Zur Fauna der Nama-Schichten in

Stidwest-Afrika 1. Pteridinia, Bau und systematische

Zugehorigkeit. Palaeontographica Abt. A. 134 (4-6):

226-262.

Pflug, H. D., 1970b, Zur Fauna der Nama-Schichten in

Siidwest-Afrika 11. Rangeidae, Bau und systematische

ZugehGrigkeit. (bid 135 (3-6): 198-231.

Pflug, H. D.. 197la, Nene Zeugnisse zum Ursprung der

hoheren Tiere. Nartursisy 58 (7): 348-352.

Pflug, H. D., 1971b. Neue Fossilfunde im Jung-

Prikambrium und ihre Aussagen zur Entstehung der

hoheren Tiere, Geol. Rdsch. 60 (4): 1340-1350,

Pflug, H. D., 1972a. The Phanerozoic-Cryptozoic boundary

and the origin of Metazoa. 24. Internat. Geol. Congr.

Montreal, Sect. ls 68-77.

The late Pre-

South Australia.

1975. New Pre-

Arumbera Sandstone,

359

Pflug, H. D., 1972b. Systematik der jung-prakambrischen

Petalonamae Pflug 1970. Paldont. Z. 46; 56-67,

Pflug, H. D,, 1972c. Zur Fauna der Nama-Schichten in

Siidwest-Afrika 111. Erniettomorpha, Bau = and

Systematik, Palaeontographica Abt. A. 139 (4-6):

134-170.

Pflug, H. D., 1973. Zur Fauna der Nama-Schichten in

Siidwest-Afrika IVY. Mikroskopische Anatomie der

Petalo-Organismen. [bid 144 (4-6): 166-202.

Pflug, H. D.. 1974a Vor—und Fruhgeschichte der Metazoen

(Precambrian history of the Metazoa). N. Jb, Geol.

Paléiont. Abh. 145 (3): 328-374.

Pflug, H. D., 1974b. Feinstruktur und Ontogenie der jung-

prakambrischen Petalo-Organismen, Paldont. 2. 48:

77-109.

Sass, D. B. and Rock, B. N., 1975.

Hall, 1858 (Coclenterata)—re-examined.

Paleont. 67: 407-422.

Sprigg, R. C., 1949. Early Cambrian “jellyfishes” of

Ediacara, South Australia and Mt. John, Kimberley

District, Western Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 73:

72-99.

Termier, H. and Termier, G,, 1960. L’Ediacarien, premier

étage paléontologique. Revue gén. Sci. pur, appl, 67:

79-87.

Termier, H. and Termier, G., 1967.

continents et progression de la vie.

Paris.

The genus Plumalina

Bull, Am,

Formation des

Masson & Co.,

Termier H. and Termier, G., 1968. Biologie et écologie des

premiers fossiles. Masson & Co,, Paris.

Wade, M., 1968. Preservation of soft-bodied animals in

Precambrian sandstones at Ediacara, South Australia.

Lethaia, 1; 238-267.

Wade, M., 1970. The stratigraphic distribution of the

Ediacara fauna in Australia. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust,

94: 87-104,

Wade, M., 1971. Bilateral Precambrian chondrophores

from the Ediacara fauna, South Australia. Proc. R.

Soc. Vict. 84 (1): 183-188.

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

])

Se.

Koy

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN

GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDER!

(GOULD, 1875)

By S. A. PARKER, I. A. MAY and W. HEAD

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide ;

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 24

30th May, 1978

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN GRASSWREN

AMYTORNIS GOYDERI (GOULD, 1875)

BY S. A. PARKER, I. A. MAY AND W. HEAD

Summary

Following the recent rediscovery of Amytornis goyderi in the eastern Simpson Desert (I. A. May

1977b), the present authors spent several days in the area studying the species. Reported here are

the results of the latter expedition, including notes on plumage, habitat, status, voice, food, and the

first description of the eggs. Also discussed are the relationships of A. goyderi within the genus, and

previous European acquaintance with this little-known grasswren.

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDERI

(GOULD, 1875)

§. A. PARKER*, L A. MAY? and W. HEAD*

ABSTRACT

PARKER, 5, A.. MAY, 1, A. and HEAD, W. 1978. Some

observations on the Eyrean Grasswren Anrytornis goyderi

(Gould, 1875). Ree: S. dust. Mus. 17 (24) 361-371.

Following the recent rediscovery of Amytornis

goyderi in the castern Simpson Desert (L.A.

May 1977b), the present authors spent several

days in the area studying the species, Reported

here are the results of the latter expedition,

including notes on plumage, habitat, status,

voice, food, and the first description of the eggs.

Also. discussed are the relationships of A.

goyderi within the genus, and preyious Buro-

pean acquaintance with this litde-known grass-

wren,

[INTRODUCTION

The Eyrean Grasswren, Amytornis poyderi

(Gould, 1875), was first collected by F. W,

Andrews on the Lewis Expedition to the Lake

Eyre district (Fig, 1) in 1874-1875. Of the six

skins received by the South Australian Museum

from Andrews (Waterhouse 1875) only three

can now be (raced: two are in the British

Museum (Natural History) (Warren and Harrison

1971; 211) and one is in the Australian

Museum, Sydney (Hindwood 1945), Of these,

only BMNH 1881.5.1,516 has an (apparently)

original label bearing details of locality:

“Mucumba Lat 27° 41° 23’ (Mathews 1922-

23: 207, confirmed by I. C. J. Galbraith in litt.

20th January, 1977). Although it is widely

assumed that the other five specimens were

also taken at this spot (eg. Sutton 1927,

Morgan et af, 1961) there is no evidence for

this; they could have been secured elsewhere on

the expedition’s route, which ran through a great

deal of country to the north and east of Lake

Eyre (Lewis 1876).

In the next 50 years, the species was reported

twice more in South Australia and once in the

Northern Territory, but these reports were based

on misidentified specimens of the Thick-billed

South Australia Museum, Adelaide, South Australia

5000, .

+ National Parks and Wildlife Service, Adelaide, South

Australia 5000.

1—30th May, 1978

Grasswren A. textilis (Parker 1972). In addir

tion, Whitlock (1923: 273) on 5th November,

1923 observed two grasswrens that he identified

as A. goyderi some 40 miles frony Oodnadatta on

the Macumba Run, On the basis of habitat,

however—saltbush and low dead scrub on a low

hill—the species involved was almost certainly

A, textilis.

In 1922 Brooke Nicholls (1924) observed in

canegrass on sandhills at Cowarie grasswrens

that he identified as A. fexrilis; considering the

habitat in this instance, however, it is far more

likely that these were 4. goyderi (Parker 1972).

In September, 1961], a party of Victorian

ornithologists reported A. geyderi at Christmas

Waterhole, at about 27° 35’ 54” S on the

Macumba River, nine miles upstream from the

type locality (Morgan et al. op, cit.). They saw

two adults, and found a nest containing two

young in a tussock of Sandhill Canegrass,

Zyzochloa paradoxa. They published some

notes on the habitat, nesting and behaviour of

the birds observed. A puzzling aspect of their

account—how one of the birds passed through

their mist net four times—will be discussed

below.

In September, 1972, lan May was driving over

a large sandhill 65 km due east of Poeppel’s

Corner when he flushed several grasswrens from

tussocks of Zygochloa paradoxa, Suspecting

these to be A. goyderi, but unable at the time to

investigate owing to mechanical troubles, he

returned to the area in August, 1976 (May,

1977b). On his second yisit, and assisted by his

wife, he found A. goyderi common in Zygeechloa

on sandhills from 32 km to 75 km east of

Poeppel’s Corner, and also recorded it in the

adjoining area of Queensland, He collected two

specimens (listed in Table 1), one at 26° 00'S,

138° 46° E (now SAM B30520) and one at

25° 52’ S, 138° 39’ E in Queensland (now in

the Queensland Museum, No- 0.16606).

On J0th September, 1976, May set off once

more for the area, this time with Shane Parker

and Mr and Mrs Winston Head. The results of

our expedition are presented below.

May, 1978

361-371

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (24):

362

‘AUeMOD “EL “(Mapkos ‘py

Jo Aytpesoj-edAy) § ,€7 Th .L7 WB PQuNORY EYL “ZT “HAA SPUISHYD “TT ‘si[ypues eing ‘O] ‘al[Aspiig Jo 189M WY 8-87 6 “HA TWORUEL *g “TeUIOD

sJeddaog Jo ys¥o Wy ¢/ “L “A 6€ BEI ‘S .ZS .$% 9 “JoUIOD syeddeog jo ysea wy ¢Z‘¢ ‘asiding eye] “p ‘dis eye “¢ “asogq tung °Z

‘SH equinovyy “[ :1X9} Ul pauoNUs salypeosoT pue (----) 96] ‘Iequiajdeg Ul SI[IASplig Pue eyyepeUupOG UseMj}9q Usye} snoI Surmoys dey ‘*][ ans

oObl o6EL o8El oLEL o9EL

082

086

VLIVaVNGOO

QwnovW SHL

ole ie ‘ oLS

NOOSYV1

S,Ya0AO0D

L¥4aSad NOSdWIS

RS er a 292

ee YSNHOO

$73dda0d

oObl o6EL o8EL oLEL o9EL

SOME OBSERVAIIONS OWN THE

LYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDERI

TABLE 1

Measurements of specimens ol AL payers.

‘ Measured by D, Goodwin, * by HM. J. de S, Disney.

® Listed as male by Warren and Marrison (19712 21). (Numbers of observations in parenthesis),

Culmen (from Skull) | Bill-depth

Age'Sey | Winglength Tail Tarsus (

| at nostril

Ad. and subad. ¢2 (SAM) 2. ...--. | 56-64 (8) | 76-79.2 (6), 89 (1) 23-24 (8) 12-13.5 (7), 15.8 (1) 6.2-8 £7)

Ad. and subud. 9 (SAM), . 0...) . 66, 55-57 (4) 74-78 (3) 21.3-24 (4) | 13-13.8 (3) 6-7 (4)

Immatures (SAM), o... 0.5.6. cey 002s | 53258 (5) 60-71 (4) 21-24.(5) 11.2-13 (5) 5-61 (3)

SAM B3029Y9 (ad. f phasey . 2... 55 | 72,5 22 13.8 6.8

SAM B30297 (ad. \) phase) -....---, | $7 72:5 23,5 damaged 61

SAM B30520 (ad, f phase) .....-... , 585 82.6 25 14 6,9

QM O.16606 (ad. f phase)... -- 9. 59 damaged 24,3 13 6.8

BMNH 1881,5.1.516', * fad. phasey. | 55,5 70 23 ; 12 4635

BMNH J881 5.1.517! (ad. 3 phase), , 60,5 72 24, 3 l 7

AM 0.18596" (ad. f phase) — 22.02, 5K 77) 21,1 1344 6.5

SEPTEMBER, 1976: A BRIEF LOG

12th September—From camp at 26° 57’ §,

135° 50’ Eon Allapalilla Creek 50 km north of

Macumba Station we travelled north to French

Line, which we struck at 26° 18’ 8, 136° O1 E,

From here we drove 37°5 km of a bearing of

78 true north, entering the Simpson Desert. At

26 13’ S, 136° 24’ E we changed direction to

150° tn. to reach Makari airstrip at about

13 km torther on. After refuelling, we followed

Seismic Line WAA on a bearing of 90° tn.

from Makari, camping nt 100 km along this line.

(3th September—Continued for a further

16 km, where the line ended abruptly ut

26° 20° S, 137° 36’ E on the western edge of a

small un-named salilake. From here we drove

due north to regain French Line at Luke Surprise

(a dry saltluke), then continued along French

Line on u bearing of 84° tn, reaching Poeppel’s

Corner after dark at about 2000 hours,

14th September—From Poeppel’s Corucr we

continued along French Line until it ended

19 km further on. We then drove 1*5 km south

to the Oucensland/ South Australian border, then

followed the border eastwards, At 26° OO’ S,

138° 15’ BE (25 km east of Poeppel's Corner) we

saw the first Eyrean Grasswrens of the trip. We

continued along the border to 138° 30’ E (50 km

east of Pocppel’s Corner) where we camped,

sighting mote grasswrens nearby just before

dusk.

15th September—Searchiny from first light, we

found 4. geyderi common on the nearby sundhills

and collected cight birds (B30295-30302) and a

nest (630327). We then resumed our journey

castwards along the border, camping at 26° O00" S,

138 40° BE (66 kin eust of Poeppel’s Corner).

loth September—Drove u few kilometres

south-west from camp und collected three mare

specimens of A. geayder? (B303503, 30312-3).

Late in the affernoon we found three nests, one

with two

Iwo eggs,

17th Septermber—After sending a radio-

telegram to colleagues in Adelaide with news of

the discovery of the egys of 4. goyderi, we

continued due cast, encountering the species in

abundance on all sandhills examined. At

26° OO' 8S, 138) 45° E (75 km east of Poeppel’s

Corner) we came to the last sandhill before the

Coolibah flats on the western side of Eyre Creek;

although sandhills occurred regularly from here

to Eyre Creek itsell, this was the last on which

we found grasswrens, collecting a further eight

specimens there (B30304-30311).

young (not collected) and one with

the first eggs known of this species.

We crossed Eyre Creck 4 km south of the

border at the southern end of Terruchi Waterhole,

then resumed our journey along the border to

camp at 26° 00’ §, 139° 00’ BE. Once across

Fyre Creck we ceased to look for grasswrens,

[8th September—Drove on to Birdsville.

From bere May and Parker visited an isolated

group of Zygochlea-clad sandhills on Durric

Station, 93 km edst-north-east, from where grass-

wrens had been reported to May by the station

owner, [np a two-hour search of these sandhills

we found only partly-obliterated tracks that

could have been of 4. geyderi, We then rejoined

Head, who had proceeded down the Birdsville

Track and was camped at Pandiburra Bore, on

Goyder's Lagoon,

SPECIMENS COLLECTED OF AMYTORNIS

GOYDERI, SEPTEMBER. 1976

Adult and subadult males: six study skins

(B30296, 30298, 30302, 30304, 30307,

30311). one mount (B30300), one spirit

specimen (B30303),

Adult male phase: one study skin (B30299)-

Adult and subadult females: three study skins

(B30295, 30301, 30305). one mount

(B30306).

364 REC. S. AUST. MUS. LT (24):

Adult female phase: one spirit specimen

(B30297),

Immatures: three study skins (B30308-

30310), two spirit specimens (B30312,

30313),

Nests: three (B30327-30329).

Eggs; one clutch of two eggs (B30330).

In addition, the contents of 15 stomachs from

the above specimens were preserved and unalysed

(see Table 2 below); a further three stomachs in

spirit specimens have not been opened, and

atomach contents of one specimen were not

retained. The two mounted specimens were

prepared in the field by Winston Head and are

at present on exhibition in the South Australian

Museum,

The term suwhadult refers here to specimens in

adult plumage but with the skull not fully

poeumatised and the palate usually yellow instead

of the adults’ light grey. Possibly these

individuals are the young of an autumn breeding

season about six months previously. The term

immature reters here to individuals that appeared

to have recently fledged, The terms male and

female ure here used to denote only those speci-

mens that have been sexed by examination of the

gonads; mule phase und female phase refer to

specimens whose gonads could not be found, and

which were sexed by plumage characters only.

TABLE 2

Stomach contents of A. goyderi

Number of

stomachs in

which found

(out of

fifteen )

Plant remains. chiefly seeds .. 2... 15

(Seeds of Zvgochlna paradoxa) . 12

(Seeds of Aristida brawnjana) ,. 5

Arachnida; spiders... .. -. 2.4, 3

Orthoptera . Aeidcle das at aml 4

PLOT Peri sg So Be fee 'e oe oe ines ee TS

(Pentatomidae; Cephaleplarus) 4

(Lygaeidae: Oxycarenus) - . 4*

Neuroptera larvae (ant-lions)—

(Myrmeleontidae, Ascalaphidue) 5

Coleoptera: adults .. .. ode 3 4

JAVA Se bore rie |

Lepidoptera; adults, ., .. .... 2

lafVAe 2. 22 22 22 8 |

Hymenoptera: ants ...- ., - 11

small wasps . .. 3

Feather fragments , 2, 6... we a 4

* One stomach contained 25-30 hens,

Ww 371 Mev, 1978

GROSS EXTERNAL, MORPHOLOGY

Plumage—(Numbers tefer to the colours in

Smithe 1975). Adult and subadult males—

Ground-colour of crown, hindneck, sides of neck,

back and rump cinnamon-brown (between 27

and 37), each feather with a whitish, dark-brown-

bordered, shaft-streak, this streaking obsolescent

to obsolete on the rump. Feathers of face

degenerate, dull white, their borders grading from

brownish on the upper cheek to black on the

lower cheek; un indistinct black malar bar or

moustache formed by the juxtaposition of the

black-bordered feathers of the lower cheek and

the adjacent line of throat-feathers, the latter

being white with a black border on their dorsad

edge. Tail and wing-feathers fuscous (near 21),

primaries edged light brownish-grey (close to

45) grading to light cinnamon (between 38 and

39) on inner secondaries; upper wing-coverts and

inner secondaries with pale shaft-streaks; tail

edged cinnumon (39), Underside dully creamy-

white, tinged light cinnamon (near 39) on flanks

and crissum. Adult and subadult females similar

lo males but with chestnut pateh (near 38) on

cither side of belly, this patch partly overlying

the light cinnamon suffusion on the flanks.

Immatures (males) as adull males but plumage

much duller, ground colour of dorsum dull

brawn (between 25 and 34), lacking rufous

tones of adults, and streaking indistinet,

The plumage of the adults und subadults is

worn, markedly so on the wings and tail. The

immatures are in fledgeling plumage, with adult

feathers growing through on the throat of one,

B30309.

Colours af unfeathered parts (taken five

minutes to two hours after death by Parker),

fris—Iinmatures: olive. Adults and = sub-

udults: mainly olive-brown, olive im one adult

inale and female and one subadult female.

Legs and feet—Immatures: legs pale violet-

grey, tocs and claws medium grey, Adults and

subadults: legs medium grey usually with violet

tinge, toes und claws darker, soles ashen.

Bi/i—Immatures; upper mandible light grey,

lower mandible paler, gape-flange dull yellow.

Adults and subadults: u,m, light or pale grey,

sometimes paler distally and usually with tip

light brown; all or mid or mid-and-distal part of

culmen darker grey, brownish grey or blackish;

lm. light or pale grey, usually with tip light

brown,

Mouth—Immatures: palate lemon, grading to

orange-yellow in pharynx, Subadults: palate light

yellow or orange-yellow, grading to purplish-pink

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDERI

Fig. 2. Amytarnis goyderi (vight side view).

in pharynx. Adults: palate light grey, grading to

purplish-pink in pharynx,

Eyerim—Immatures: brownish grey. Adults

and subadults: various intensities of olive-grey,

grey-brown, brownish grey or brownish black.

Measurements (see Table 1).

Morgan e7¢ al. (op.cit.) wrote of A, goyderi

“In body size. the birds appeared about the same

size as the Blue-and-White Wren [Malurus

leucopterus], perhaps a little longer, but more

slender in appearance. The fact that it passed so

readily through the mist net [four times] would

suggest a more slender build than in most wrens.

However, its habit of scurrying from one cane-

365

Left, adult male: right, adult female.

grass clump to another with wings half spread out

at the sides and the tail partly fanned makes the

bird appear larger than its true size’, Our

observations and specimens do not bear out these

remarks at all. In body size and general propor-

tions (except for its longer tail), A. goyderi is

about the same size as the Thick-billed Grasswren

A. textilis and at least twice the bulk of Malurus

leucopterus (weight of 11 Malurus leucopterus

6°5-9-2 gms, weight of four A. goyderi 17°5-

18:5 gms). Only one bird in the Simpson

Desert could be considered “more slender in

appearance” than Malurus leucopterus, and that

is the Rufous-crowned Emu-wren Stfipiturus

ruficeps (weight of one adult male 5-5 gms).

We were also puzzled by how so substantial a

366

bird as A. goyderi could have passed with ease

through what Morgan et al. described as a fine

mesh nylon mistnet. However, Mr J. L. McKean

(pers. comm.) informs us that the mistnet was

lent to the party by him, and that its mesh was

1-5 inches (3:8 cm) across the stretched

diagonal, as opposed to 1-25 inches (3*2 cm),

the finest standard net now used.

Sexual dimorphism

There appears to be no sexual dimorphism in

coloration of the unfeathered parts. In size,

males are on average a little larger than females

and have deeper bills. The main difference, and

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (24):

Amytornis goyderi (ventral view).

361-371 May, 1978

i 2

Left, adult male; right, adult female.

one that occurs also in A. striatus, A. dorotheae,

A. textilis and A. purnelli, is the chestnut patch

on either side of the belly in the female, absent

in the male.

HABITS

Habitat

We encountered Amytornis goyderi mainly in

and among tussocks of Sandhill Canegrass,

Zygochloa paradoxa, growing on the crests and

sides of large sandhills. It was sometimes also

seen in and around clumps of the legume

Swainsona rigida, which grew in varying abun-

dance among the tussocks cf Zygochloa on many

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDER] 407

sandhills. These two plants are of similar size

and habit, and superficially resemble each other,

particularly in their sere state (which most

clumps were in), Throughout the area, the

low grass Aristida browniana grew abundantly

on many of the sandhills, mainly on ihe mid and

lower slopes. Of the larger plants growing on the

dunes frequented by A. goyderi, the wattles

Acacia dictyophleba and Ac, murrayana, were

the most prevalent, occurring mainly on the lower

slopes. The grasswrens seemed most numerous

among tussocks of Zygochloa growing on bare

drifting sand at and near the crests of the dunes,

though they were frequently found lower down,

At no time were they found away trom the dunes;

of two birds pursued to the bottom of a dune, one

doubled back to the top, whereas the other moved

about erratically at the edge of the flat,

The vegetation of the swales was not examined

closely by us. Most swales carried scattered

Gidgea, Acacia cambagei, and a corkwood,

Hakea eyreana (syn. H. divaricata, H. inter-

media), Triodia basedowii grew commonly on

the flats and the lower slopes of the dunes east to

a little beyond Poeppel’s Corner, where it petered

out,

Locomotion

As with other species of grasswrens, A, goyderi

is reluctant to show itself, Most birds

encountered kept to the cover of the clumps of

Zygochloa paradoxa, and less often Swainsona

rigida, growing on the otherwise bare, windswept

sand of the crests and upper slopes of large

sandhills, They were very difficult to flush;

when they did flush, they half flew, half bounded

from one tussock to the next with great rapidity,

Depending on the degree to which they used their

Wings during these dashes, they touched the

ground with their feet at intervals of 20-240 cm.

This method of locomotion left tracks of paired

footprints, with one print of each pair invariably

a little ahead of the other. These tracks are so

distinctive that we used them to ascertain the

presence of the species on a dune before secing

the birds themselves, On a few occasions,

individuals that had been flushed flew over low

extensive clumps of Zygochloa for more than

10 metres before regaining cover, The species

was almost entirely terrestrial, though one bird

was seen perching more than a metre off the

eround in a small bushy Grevillea nematophylla

on the lower slope of a dune.

From lett to right: ;

Note absence of malar stripe or moustache in A. fexiiliy and reduction of same in A. geydert and A.

Fig 4. Aniytaraiy spp.

A. lextiliv prodestis, Al.

srriaftus merrotsyi and Al. striatus striate.

8 Mmerrotsyi.

goyderi, A.

REC, 8, AUST.. MUS., 17 124): 361-371

May. 1978

Fig. 5.

Voice

Song and calls of the adults were difficult to

distinguish from each other, usually being uttered

jumbled together in loud excited bursts. Among

the elements recorded were a high sharp seep

seep (also a fledgeling alarm call), an upward-

inflected buzzing zzrrt zzrrt, beautiful silvery

cadences, pips, trills and long bursts of piercing

staccato, Sometimes a song-phrase would end

with a running-together of several notes into a

high jangling flourish as in the song of the

Dusky Grasswren A. purnelli. The almost

inaudible whistling call swi-it swi-it reported by

Morgan et al. was not heard by us.

Food

See Table 2.

Nest of Amytornis goyderi (SAM B30329) from which eggs were taken.

Nests

B30328, 65 km east of Poeppel’s Corner, | 6th

September, 1976. Found by W. Head in tussock

of Zygochloa puradoxa on crest of sandhill. Two

immatures had just left the nest. Nest a deep

truncated cup, the plane of the rim being 45° and

the entrance facing eastwards towards the lee-

ward side of the dune. Front rim of nest 60 cm

from ground. Nest fuirly loosely woven, wedged

into (not woven around) a cluster of stout stems

in the lussock, composed of fine dry greyish strips

and stems of grass with many of the fibre-bundles

frayed apart, the stems at least too slender to be

of Zygechloa paradoxa and probably of Aristida

browniana; a very few long strands of Zygechloa

roollets woven in near base of nest. Inner cup

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON JHE EYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDER! 385

of Hner pieces of grass than outer, with vegetable

down and a few spiders’ cocoons woven tn.

Measurements (mm); entrance (internal) 50

across, 59 from back to front. width of rim ca 17,

front rim to base 140, hind rim to base 180.

B30329 (Fig. 5), 65 km east of Poeppel’s

Corner. 16th Seplember, 1976, Found by Lb. A.

May in Lussock of 4. paradox on flal crest of

sandhill, Contained two eggs two-thirds

incubated (B30330); incubating bird flushed

(not collected). Nest a truncated sphere (1c.

with definite rood, unlike truncated cup of

B30328). plane of truncation 44°, entrance

facing eastwards towards leeward side of dune,

Front rim of nest cg 50 em from ground. Nest

fairly compact, wedged admist cluster of stems in

tussock; of same dry greyish grass us previous

(Aristida browniana), with a tew rootlets of

Zygochloa but no cocoons and apparently no

vegetable down ia lining, Measurements (nun):

entrance (internal) 46 ucross, 46 from back to

front, width of crim 20, tront tim to base 108,

hind rim to base 156,

B30327 (on display). 49 kin east of Poeppel’s

Corner, 15th September, 1976. Found by 8. A-

Parker, 130 cm from ground in centre of dense

head-high tussock of Zygecllea; not visible from

outside; birds (mot collected) heard moving inside

tussock, Nest (probably read for eggs) a deep

truncated cup, like B30328, of leal-strips and

stems of ? Aristida browinidna, With a few strands

of Zygochlog rootlets in outer cup. Entrance

facing eastwards towards leeward side of dune.

A fourth nest was found by W, Head in the

same area as B30328 and B30329, again in a

tussock of Zygechlow and with the entrance

facing the leeward side of the dune. This nest

contained two nuked young; neither the young

nor the nest was collected.

Mess

The eggs of A, goevderi have not hitherto been

deseribed. The clutch of two (B30330) from

nest B30329, found by f. A. May, appeurs to be

the first of this species ever to have been

collected,

The eggs (Fig, 6) are typical in markings and

colouration of those of the sfriatus group*. One

is a cegular oval, the ather almast biconical but

with one end slightly niore pointed than the

other. The oval egg measures 21-40 x

fa; 1O mm, [ts ground colour is a fairly glossy

Sceps of 4. striutas oxamined fn SAMs eggs of

Al darothene and ot. woodward’ cxuamined in National

Research (Canberpay respectively,

off-white, peppered (save at the more pointed

end) with burely visible specks of pale lavender

erey. Larger spots and blotches of dull reddish-

browns, light purplish-greys and light olive are

concentrated in a belt round the broad end,

oceurring sparingly elsewhere. The second egg

measures 21°50 x 15°55 mm. It is similar

to the first in ground colour and distribu-

tion of peppering. Close to the pole of

the broad end is a belt of coalescent blotches. of

light brownish-grey, light purplish-yrey and light

olive. Below this belt is a second more dispersed

belt of darker spots and blotches of dull reddish-

browns, with specks of the same scattered

sparingly over the rest of the shell.

RELATIONSHIPS OF A. GOYDERI

Keast (1958) wrote: “A mytornis falls into two

species groups, the striatus group, which bas a

rich and somewhat complicated colour pattern,

and the texzi/is group, with a simple colour

pattern. Behavioural differences between typical

species in the two groups include a “swect,

rippling song” in 4. striatus and the absence of a

song in A. rextilis”’. tn his striatus group Keast

placed A. striatus, A. doretheae, A. weodwardi

and, tentatively, 4, housei. tn bis fextilis group

he placed A. sextilis, (in which he included

A, purnelli), A, modestus (— A, textilis

modestus) and A. goyderi, remarking of the last

“4. goyderi , , , represents the end-point of

a (rend (cf, bill length) visible in modestus and

obviously had a common aficestor with that

species”

The relationships within myvternis will be

chscussed elsewhere (Parker in prep.). Suffice il

to say here that we regard A. goyderi as a

member of the striarvs group. At first glance it

seems to lack the black malar stripe prominent in

A. striatus (except A s. snerrotsyi). A closer

cxamination shows that, as in 4. s. merrotsyi, the

stripe is present but partly obliterated by white

streaks (see Figures 2 und 4 and notes under

Plumage, ubove). In its unmarked underparts

A. goyderi is similar to A. 9, whitei. The eggs of

A_ govderi are like those of A. srriatus, A.

woodwardi and A. derotheae, and differ from

those of A. texriliv and A- purnelli (Fig. 6). The

heavy bill of 4, goyderi 1s indeed closer in size to

that of A. restilis than to the bill of any member

of the srriats group, but this character is a plastic

me (compare the bills of the species-pair

A_ textiliy and A. purnelli). That A, goyderi

has a musical song has been noted above.

Contrary to Keast (ap, cit.) A. textilis and

A_ purnelli also have a song (Parker jn Frith

1976).

370 REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (24):

361-371 May, 1978

“PARNELL PURNELLE

Fig. 6. Eggs of Amytornisy spp.: A. govderi, A. striatus, A. textilis. A. purnelli (in South Australian Museum).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are indebted to Dr J. K. Ling (Director,

South Australian Museum) and Messrs R. G.

Lyons and A. R. Gobby (Director, and Superin-

tendent, Field Operations, respectively, National

Parks and Wildlife Service, South Australia) for

quick decisions that allowed us to mount our

expedition within seven days of May’s return

with the first two specimens, For information on

the original specimens we thank Mr I. C. J.

Galbraith and Mr D. Goodwin (British Museum

(Natural History) ) and Mr H. J. de S. Disney

(Australian Museum). We also thank Dr E. G.

Matthews and Mr G, F, Gross for examining

the stomach contents, Mr P. K, Latz (Arid Zone

Research Institute, Alice Springs) for identifying

the plants, Mr R. Ruehle for taking the photo-

graphs, Miss D. Rankin for typing the manu-

script, Miss J. Thurmer for preparing the map,

and Mr J. L. McKean (C.S.I.R.O., Canberra)

for allowing us to use his observations.

REFERENCES

Frith, H. J. (consultant editor), 1976.

Complete Book of Australian Birds.

Hindwood, K. A., 1945. The Eyrean

(Anmiyiornis goyderi), A third specimen,

321-323.

Reader’s Digest

Grass-Wren

Emi 44:

Keast, A. J., 1958. Speciation in the genus Amytornis

Stejneger (Passeres: Musicapidac, Malurinae) in

Australia, Aust, J. Zool. 6: 33-52,

Lewis, J. W., 1876. Journal of Mr, Lewis’s Lake Eyre

expedition, 1874-75. S$. Ausf. parl. Pap. 19: 1-42.

Mathews, G. M., 1922-23. The Birds of Australia, 10.

London: Witherby.

May, I. A. 1977a. Sighting of the Rufous-crowned Emu-

wren in the Simpson Desert. §. Aust. Orn. 27: 172.

May, |. A., 1977b. Recent rediscovery of the Eyrean

Grasswren Anmytornis goyderi (Gould, 1875). Emu 77:

230-231,

Morgan, D. G. and L. R., Robinson L. N. and P. A., and

Ashton D. H., 1961. The Eyrean Grass-Wren

(Amytornis goyderi). Aust. Bird Watcher 1: 161-171.

Nicholls, E, D. B., 1924. A trip to Mungeranie, central

Australia. Eni 24; 45-59.

Parker, S. A., 1972. Remarks on distribution and taxonomy

of the grass-wrens Amytornis textilis, modestus and

purnelli, Emu 72: 157-166.

Parker, S. A. In prep. Remarks on the taxonomy and

nomenclature of the Australian Maluridae.

Smithe, F. B., 1975. Naturalist’s Color Guide.

Museum of Natural History, New York.

Sutton, J., 1927, Amytornis goyderi, Eyrean (formerly

Goyder’s) Grass-Wren, etc. S. Aust. Orn. 9: 116-131.

Warren, R. L. M. and Harrison, C. J. O., 1971. Type-

Specimens of Birds in the British Museum (Natural

History), 2. Passerines. British Museum (Natural

History), London.

Waterhouse, F. G., 1875.

August, 1875: 7.

Whitlock, F, L., 1924. Journey to Central Australia in

search of the Night Parrot, Emu 23: 248-281.

American

South Australian Register, 12th

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE EYREAN GRASSWREN AMYTORNIS GOYDERI 371

ADDENDUM

In April 1977, Dr T. Houston, Curator of

Herpetology, South Australian Museum (pers.

comm.) saw A. goyderi on Zygochloa-clad sand-

hills 6 km west-south-west of Purni Bore at the

western end of French Track (see Fig. 1). His

report was confirmed by I. A. May and R.

Lovell during a further west-east crossing of the

Simpson Desert in July and August 1977. In

September 1977 May and Parker, accompanied

by D. Close and P. Greenslade, visited the

Simpson Desert once more, crossing from west to

east and dropping south from the centre to

Kallakoopah Creek. These subsequent trips

revealed that A. goyderi was not confined to the

eastern part of the Desert, but was actually com-

mon throughout the southern half, from the

western edge a few km west of Purni Bore to a

few km west of Birdsville’, and south to the

Kallakoopah. Assuming the northern half of

the Desert to be similar to the southern half,

A. goyderi may well occupy the whole Desert,

some 143 000 sq. km.

The observations in 1977 confirmed that A.

goyderi occurred mainly in Zygochloa paradoxa

on sandhills. On one occasion, however, at

8 km east-north-east of Purni Bore, we encoun-

tered a party on a flat between two sandhills, in

Triodia basedowii, Acacia ligulata and the cheno-

pod Rhagodia spinescens.

Also of interest here is the occurrence in the

Simpson Desert of the Rufous-crowned Emu-

wren Stipiturus ruficeps. It was first recorded

in the Desert by May in August 1976 (May

1977a), and on the trip in September 1977,

we found it to be common throughout the south-

ern half, in the same habitat as and usually in

association with A. goyderi. The emu-wrens,

however, were even more secretive than the

grasswrens, keeping mainly to the interior of

dense tussocks of Zygochloa (though a nest was

found in a tussock of Triodia basedowii), and

betraying their presence only by their almost

inaudible call, a faint high cadence preceded

by a markedly lower note and often ending with

a highly compressed zitting burst of song.

1 Also noted 28-8 km west of Birdsville in November

1976 by J. L. McKean (pers. comm.).

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

ECHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS

IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

By W. ZEIDLER

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

: NUMBER 25

7th June, 1978

ECHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

BY W. ZEIDLER

Summary

The collection of echinoderms in the South Australian Museum contains type material of 64 species

including 47 holotypes, the remainder being secondary types. Species are listed alphabetically

according to the original name of the genus or species.

ECHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

W. ZEIDLER*

ABSTRACT Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard

ZEIDLER, W., 1978, Echinoderm type-specimens in the University, U.S.A. 5.A. == South Australia.

South Australian Museum, Ree. S$. ehusi, Mus. 17 (25): SAME — South Australian Museum, Vie. —

373-380.

The collection of echinoderms in the South

Australian Museum contains type material of 64

species including 47 holotypes, the remainder

being secondary types. Species are listed

alphabetically according to the origmal name of

the genus or species,

INTRODUCTION

During the years 1890-1912, Sir Joseph Cooke

Verco spent much of his time and money dredg-

ing for marine life in Southern Australian waters

(Verco 1935). Although Verco was mainly

interested in molluscs the echinoderm material

collected by him was consideruble and formed the

basis of the collection now held by the South

Australian Museum. The holothurians collected

by Verco were examined by Joshua and Creed

(1915) who described four new species from

South Australian waters. H, L, Clark (1928)

examined the remainder of Verco’s collection of

echinoderms and this study resulted in the bulk

of the type material held by this museum.

Since Verco's collecting efforts there haye only

been two other additions of note to the type

collection of echinoderms. In 1938 H. L, Clark

donated paratypes of nine of the many new

species that he described from his extensive

collecting expedition to Australia (Clark 1938),

More recent additions have come from the

extensive BANZARE collections and — this

museum holds the Echinoidea (Mortensen

1950) and Ophiuroidea (Madsen 1967) types

and some of the secondary types of the Crinoidea

(John 1939) and Asteroidea (A. M. Clark

1962),

The 64 species ure arranged alphabetically

according to the original name of the genus o}

species. Where a name change has occurred the

most recent name is given together with the

relevant reference.

The following abbreviations are used in the

text. BANZARE = British, Australia and New

Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition, 1929-

1931. BM British Museum, MCZ

* South Australiun Museum, Adelaide, South Australia

Tit June, 1978

Victoria. NMV — National Museum of Victoria.

W.A, — Western Australia. WAM — Western

Australian Museum,

CLASS CRINOIDEA

Genus Kuantedon A. H. Clark, 1912

Euantedon paucicirra H. L, Clark, 1928,

Ree. 8, Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 369-370, fig. LO9.

Holotype: K37 (was £399), dried specimen,

from St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by

J, C, Vereo, date of collection unknown.

Genus Nanometra A, H, Clark, 1907

Nanometra johnstoni John, 1939.

BANZARE Rep. Ser. Bo 4 (6): 193-196,

Paratypes: 1563, two specimens in spirit, from

BANZARE station 113 (42° 40’ §, 148" 27°

30” E), off Tasmania, depth 122 m, collected

23.11.1931. (Holotype and other paratypes

in BM,)

Note:—These specimens are incorrectly labelled

as co-lypes as a type specimen was clearly

selected.

Genus Teliecrinus Doderlein, 1912

Teliocrinas monarthrus H. L. Clark, 1928.

Rec. 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 365-306, fig. 108.

—Teliocrinus springeri (A. H. Clarke, 1909):

after H, L, Clark, 1946: 20.

Holotype: K1382 (was E391), spirit specimen

with no collection or locality data.

CLASS ASTEROIDEA

Genus Allostichaster Verrill, 1914

Allostichaster regularis H. L. Clark, 1928,

Ree, §. Aust, Mus. 3 (4): 400-401, fig. 115.

Holotype: K169 (was E437), dried specimen,

from St. Vincent Gulf, S.A., collected by

J.C, Veroo, date of collection unknown.

Paratypest K1383, eleven dried specimens, from

St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, $.A., collected

by J. ©. Verco, date of collection unknown,

374 REC. 8. AUST. MUS. 17 (25) 373-380

Genus Asterina Nardo, 1834

Asterina alba H, L, Clark, 1938.

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv, 55; 150-152.

Paratypes: K718, two dry specimens. from Neds

Beach, Lord Howe Island, collected April,

1932, (Holotype in MCZ).

Asterina crassispina H. L, Clark, 1928.

Rec. 8, Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 390-391, fig. 112.

Holotype: KILO] (was E425), dried specimen,

from Northern Australia. No other collection

data available.

Asterina lutea H. L. Clark, 1938,

Mem. Mus, comp. Zool. Harv. 55:

pl, 12, fig. 2.

Paratype: K716, dried specimen, from under

sutface of rock near Jow water mark, Entrance

Point, Broome, W.A,, collected August-

September, 1929, (Holotype in MCZ).

153-155,

Genus Astropecten Gray, 1840

Astropecten syntomus H. L. Clark, 1928,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 372-373, fig, 110.

= Astropecten pectinatus Sladen, 1883: alter

Shepherd, 1968: 733.

Holotype: K45 (was E409), dried specimen

with no collection or locality data bul pre-

sumably from S.A.

Genus Cycethra Bell, 1902

Cycethra verrucosa mawsont A, M. Clark, 1962-

BANZARE Rep, Ser. B. 9 (1): 25-27.

Paratypes: K1530, five specimens in spirit, from

BANZARE station 30 (66° 48'S, 71" 24’ E),

off MacRobertson Cand, depth 540 m,

collected 27.x1i.1929. K1531, four specimens

in spirit, from BANZARE station 39 (66° 10’

8S, 49° 41’ EF) off Enderby Land, depth

300 m, collected 17.14.1930. K1532, one

specimen in spirit. from BANZARE station 41

(65° 48° 8, 53° 16° B), off Enderby Land,

depth 193 m, collected 24.17.1930. K1533,

one specimen in spirit, from BANZARE

station 42 (65° 50’ S, 54° 23’ E), off Enderby

Land, depth 220 m, collected 26.1,1930

(Holotype and other paratypes in BM).

Genus Echinaster Miiller and Troschel, | 840

Echinaster glomeratus var, extremus H. L. Clark.

1928.

Rec, S, Aust, Mus, 3 (4); 396, fig. 114.

Holotype: K156 (was E432), dried specimen

with no collection or locality data but pre-

sumably from §.A.

June, 1978

Note:—The original label with the specimen,

which is in Clark’s handwriting, gives the

varietal nume as extremis, but it was eventually

published as exfremus, which is the correct

Latin form of this superlative adjectival form.

Echinaster yaricolor H, L, Clark, 1938,

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv, 35: 184-186,

pl 11, fig. 1.

Paratype; K729, dried specimen, from sandy

bottom, S.W. of Broome, W.A,, in 5-8 fms,

collected June, 1932 (Holotype in MCZ).

Genus Gonijodiscasier H, L. Clark, 1909

Goniodiseaster acanithodes H. L. Clark. 1938.

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv, 55: 84-87,

pl. 5, fig. 2,

Paratype: K726, dried specimen, from firm

sandy bottom, S.W. of Broome, W.A,, 10

7-8 fms.. collected June, 1932, (Holotype in

MCZ).

Genus Kenrickaster A. M. Clark, 1962

Kenrickaster pedicellaris A. M. Clark, 1962,

BANZARE Rep. Ser. B.9 (1)! 81-82.

Paratypes: 1536, seven specimens in spirit,

from BANZARE station 39 (66° 10° S, 49°

41’ BE), off Enderby Lund, depth 300 m,

collected 17.1,1930, K1537, two specimens in

spirit, from BANZARE station 107 (66° 45°

S, 62° 03’ E), off MacRobertson Lund, depth

219 m, collected 16.11.1931. (Holotype and

other paratypes in BM).

Genus Lysasterias Fisher, 1908

Lysasterias digitata A. M. Clark, 1962.

BANZARE Rep, Ser, B, 9 (1): 91-92,

Paratypes: K1534, four specimens in spirit, from

BANZARE station 40 (66° 12'S, 49° 37 EB).

off Enderby Land, depth 300 m, collected

17,1,1930. KIS35, seven specimens in spirit,

from BANZARE station 105 (67° 46’ S,

67° 03’ E), near Murray Monolith, Mac-

Robertson Land. depth 163 m. collected

13.11.1931. (Holotype and other paratypes

in BM).

Genus Neetria Gray. 1840

Nectria moltispina H, L. Clark, 1928,

Ree, 8S. Aust, Mus. 3 (4): 375-378, fig. 111.

Holotype: K5Q (was E413), dried specimen

with no collection or locality data but pre-

sumably from St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf,

S.A.

ECHINODERM TYPI-SPECIMENS IN

Paratypes: K52, two dried specimens with no

lacality data but presumably from St, Vincent

ar Spencer Gull, S.A.. collected by J, C.

Vervo, February, 1891,

Neetria saoria Shepherd, 1967.

Rec. §. Aust. Mus, 15 (3): 475-478, fig. 2-

Holotype: K670, dricd specimen, from Wright

Island, Encounter Bay, S.A., on granite, on

exposed side, living on encrusting sponge and

ascidians, depth 30-40ft., collected by S. A.

Shepherd, 8.vii1 963,

Paratypes: K627, three dried specimens, from

West Island, Encounter Bay, S.A., depth 30ft.,

collected by $. A. Shepherd, 23.viii.1964.

KO28, four dried specimens from submerged

limestone reef between Wright Island and

The Bluff, Encounter Bay, S.A., depth 30ft.,

collected by §. A. Shepherd, 8,vi,1963.

K656, one dricd specimen with same collection

data us K628, K658, one dried specimen,

from limestone reef between Thistle and

Hopkins [sland, Spencer Gulf, S,A,. depth

30ft., vollected by S. A, Shepherd, January,

1964,

Nectria wilsoni Shepherd and Hodgkin, 1965.

J. Roy. Sow, W.A, AB (4); 119-121, fig, Ig.

Paratype: K613, dried specimen, trom Hall

Bank near Fremantle, W.A., on dead coral,

collected by B. R. Wilson, 1.17.1963, (Holo-

type and other paratypes in WAM).

Genus Nepanthia Gray, 1840

Nepanthia grandis Hh. L. Clark, 1928,

Rec, 8S, Aust. Mus, 3 (4). 393-395, fig, 113,

= FParanepanthia grandis (A, L, Clark, 1928),

after H. L. Clark, 1938; 159,

Holotype; K152 (was E430), dried specimen,

from S.A. coast, collected by J, C, Verco,

date of collection unknown,

Paratypes; KISI, one dried specimen, froin

Spencer Gulf, §.A., collected by J. C. Verco,

date of collection unknown, KI53, three

dried specimens, including a six and a four

rayed individual, from Spencer Gulf. S,A.,

colleeted by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown, KS557, one dried juvenile with no

collection or locality data but presumably from

S.A,

Nepanthia variabilis H. L. Clark, 1938.

Mem, Mus. comp. Zool. Harv, 55: 176-179,

pl. 10, fig. 4.

Parutype: K725, dricd specimen, from Broome,

W.A.. collected August, 1929, (Holotype in

MCY).

THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM 375

Genus Paranepanthia Fisher, L917

Paranepanthea rosea H, L, Clark, 1938,

Mem. Mus, comp. Zoal, Harv, 55: 161-162.

Paratypes; K713, two dried specimens, from the

cove on the N,E, corner of Rottnest Island,

W.A.. collected 19.x.1929, (Holotype in

MCZ).

Genus Psalidaster Sladen, 1885

Psalidaster mordax rigidus A. M. Clark, 1962.

BANZARE Rep, Ser. B. 9 (1); 79-80.

Paratype: K1I529, spirit specimen, from

BANZARE station 105 (64° 46’ §, 67" 03"

—), near Murray Monolith, MacRobertson

Land, depth 163 m, collected 13.1,1931,

(Holotype in BM),

Genus Smilasterias Sladen, 1889

Smilasterias irregularis H, L, Clark, 1928.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 402-403, fig, 116,

Holotype: K171 (was E438), dried specimen,

from St, Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S.A.,

collected by J. C, Vereo, date of collection

unknown.

Genus Uniophora Gray, 1840

Uniophora gymnonota H, L, Clark, 1928.

Rec. 8. Aust, Mus, 3 (4); 405-7, fig. 118,

Holotype: K179 (was E440), dried specimen.

dredged between Backstairs Passage and The

Pages, S.A., depth about 25 fms., collected

Field Naturalists Excursion, April, 1888,

Paratypes: K178, dried, non-typical specimen,

with no collection or locality data. K180,

dried specimen with no collection or locality

data, K1384, dried specimen, from St

Vincent or Spencer Gult, S.A., collected by

J.C. Vereo, date of collection unknown.

Note:—Shepherd (1967a) considers this species

as conspecific with U, muda (Perrier, 1875)

but Shepherd’s revision of the genus still

remains to be generally accepted,

Uniophora multispmma H. L. Clark, 1928,

Ree. 8. Aust, Mus, 3 (4); 407-409, fig. 119.

Holotype: K1S4 (was E441), dried specimen,

from Henley Beach, $,A., collected by C. B

Adcock, November, 1890,

Paratypes: KI85, two dried specimens witli

same locality and collection data as holotype,

Note:—Shepherd (1967) considers this species

us conspecific with U. granifera (Lamarck,

1816),

376 REC. 5S. AUST, MUS,, 17 (25) 373-380

Uniophora ohesa H. L, Clark, 1928,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 409-411, fig. 120.

Holotype: K1I90 (was B442), dried specimen.

from Recky Point, Eastern Cove, North Coast,

Kangaroo Itslind, S.A., collected 2.x,1901,

(Paratype in MCZ).

Note:—As for U, mutltispina.

Uniophora uniserialis H, L, Clark, 1928,

Ree, S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 413-416, fig, 122,

Holotype: KI93 (was E444), dried specimen,

from St. Vincent Gulf, S.A. No other collec-

tion data available,

Paratype; K1385, dried juvenile specimen, from

St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S.A., collected

by J. C. Verca, date of collection unknown.

Note:—As for U. nmiultispina.

CLASS OPHIUROIDEA

Gents Amphiura Forbes, 1843

Amphiura phrixa H, L. Clark, 1938.

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. $5: 232-233.

Paratypes; K745, two dried specimens, from

Roebuck Bay, Broome, W.A,, depth 5-8 fms.,

collected June, 1932. (Holotype in MCZ),

Amphiura trisacantha H. L, Clark, 1928,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 425-426, fig. 125,

Holotype: K212 (was E455), dried specimen

consisting of disc and only one broken arm

stil] attached, no collection or locality data

but presumed to be from either Spencer or

St, Vincent Gulf, S.A.

Genus Anophiura H, L, Clark, 1939

Anophiura banzarei Madsen, 1967

BANZARE Rep, Ser, B.9 (3): 135-136, fig. 4.

Holotype: K1231, dricd specimen, from

BANZARE station 29 (66" 28'S, 72° 41° E),

off Princess Elizabeth Land, depth 1 266 m,

collected 25.411, 1929,

Genus Asteronyx Mueller & Troschel, 1842

Asteronyx banzarei Madsen, 1967.

BANZARE Rep. Ser. B. 9 (3):

1, figs, 1-2; text fig. 6.

Holotype: KI3I8, dried specimen, from

BANZARE station 76 (35° 18’ S. 118! 15’

E), East of Albany, W,A,, depth 62 m.,

collected 21,111,1930,

Paratypes: K1319, six spirit specimens with

same locality and collection data as holotype,

(Incorrectly labellel co-types),

140-141, pl.

June, 1978

Other specimens: K1320, two dried, slightly

daniiged specimens with same locality and

coljection data as holotype.

Note:—According to A. N. Baker, National

Museum, Wellington, N.Z. (pers. comm. ),

this species is conspecific with Ophiuropsiy

ailhaerens (Studer), 1884.

Genus Astrocennus Doderlein, 1911

Astroconus pulcber H. L. Clark, 1939.

Ree, 8S, Aust, Mis, 6 (3); 207-208, pl. 18.

Holotype: KS561, dried specimen, from Cape

Dutton, S.A. (in crayfish pot). depth 20 fins..

collected by K. Mattson, date of collection

unknown.

Gents Ophiacantha Mueller & Troschel. 1842

Ophiacantha brachyenatha H. L. Clark, 1928.

Ree, S, Aust, Mus, 3 (4): 420-422, fig.123.

Holotype: K208 (was E453), dried specimen

from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, S.A.,

callected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown, (Paratype in MCZ),

Genus Onphiactis Ltitken, 1856

Ophiactis fuscolineata H. L, Clark, 1938,

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 55: 266-267.

Paratypest K744, two dried specimens, from

Broome, W.A,, depth 5-8 fms., collected June,

1932, (Holotype in MCZ),.

Ophiactis tricolor H. L. Clark, 1928.

Ree, S, Aust, Mts, 3 (4)) 427-429, fig. 126.

Holotype: K213 (was E458), dried specimen

With only four arms, no collection or locality

data but presumably from S.A.

Paratype: K214, dried specimen with only three

arms, no collection or locality data but pre-

sumably from S.A, (Other paratypes in

MCZ).

Genus Ophiecoma Agassiz, 1536

Ophiocoma canaliculata var. pulehra Hy, L,

Clark, 1928.

Ree. §. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 439-440, fig, 131,

=Ophiocoma pulehra (H, L. Clark, 1928);

after H. L. Clark, 1938: 333.

Holotype: K241 (was E470), dried specimen

with no collection or locality data.

Paratypes: K1387, three specimens in spirit. {fom

St. Vincent Gulf. S.A. collected by J. C.

Verco, date of collection unknown, (Other

paratypes in MCZ),

ECHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Ophiocoma occidentalis H, L, Clark, 1938.

Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv, 55: 334-337.

Paratype; KO699, dried specimen, from Point

Peron, W.A., collected October, 1929. (Holo-

type in MCZ).

Genus Ophiocomina Koehler, 1920

Ophivcomina australis H, L. Clark, 1928.

Rec. §. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 422-425, fig. 124,

Holotype; K211 (was E454), spirit specimen

with no collection or locality data but pre-

sumably from S.A,

Patatypes; K209, five spirit specimens, from

between Trowbridge Lighthouse and Back-

stairs Passage. S.A., collected by J. C. Verco,

date of collection unknown. K210, three spirit

specimens, from Port Vincent, 5.A., collected

by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown,

K 1386, three spirit specimens, from near Trow-

bridge Island, S.A.. collected by J, C, Verco,

date of collection unknown, (Other paratypes

in MCZ),

Genus Ophiocrossota H, L. Clark, 1928

Ophinerossota heteracantha H. L. Clark, 1928,

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 451-453, fig, 136.

=Ophiacrossota —o multispina — (Ljangman,

1867); afler H. L. Clark, 1946: 267,

Holotype: K258 (was E484), dried specimen,

from Spencer or St, Vincent Gulf, S.A.,

collected by J, C. Vereo, date of collection

unknown.

Puralypes: K1387, thirty-eight spirit specimens

with same locality and collection data as holo-

type. (Other paratypes in MCZ),

Genus Ophioeten Liitken, 1855

Ophiocten banzarei Madsen, [967,

BANZARE Rep, Ser, B, 9 (3): 139, pl. L.

figs, 3-4; text fig. 5.

Holotype: K1I302. dried specimen, fron

BANZARG station 39 (06° 10’ 8, 49° 41°

EB), off Enderby Land, depth 300 m., collected

17.1.1930,

Other specimens: KI3Z01, two dried specimens

with same lccality and collection data as

holotype. K 1303, seven dried specimens, from

BANZARE station 41 (65° 48’ S, 53° 16’

B), off Enderby Land, depth 193 m.,, collected

25.1.1930. #1304, three small specimens in

spirit, from BANZARE station 42 (65° 50’

8, 54° 2% E), off Enderby Land, depth

220 m., collected 26.1.1930.

Note;—No paratypes designated.

Genus Ophiomusium Lyman, | 869

Ophiomusium anisacanthom H. L, Clark, 1928.

Rec, 8, Aust, Mus. 3 (4). 446-447, fig. 133-

Holotype: K254 (was E480), dried specimen

consisting of disc and broken arms, from St,

Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S,A., collected by

J.C. Verco, date of collection unknown,

Paratypes: K1388, two dried specimens with

same locality and collection data as holotype,

(Other paratypes in MCZ),

Ophiomusium aporum H, L. Clark, 1926.

Rec, 8. Aus. Mus, 3 (4): 447-449, fig. 134,

Holotype: K255 (was E481), dried specimen,

from St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S.A.,

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown. (Paratype in MCZ).

Ophiomasium simplex var. ausfrale H, L. Clark,

1928,

Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 449, fig. 135.

Holotype: K256 (was E482). dried specimen,

from St, Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S.A,

collected by J. C. Vereo, date of collection

unknown,

Genus Ophiothrix, Mucller & Troschel, 1840

Ophiothrix albostriata H. L. Clark, 1928,

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 429-430, fig, 127.

—Ophiothrix (Placophiothrix) albostriata UH,

L, Clark, 1928; after A. M. Clark, 1967; 648,

Holotype: K215 (was E459), dried specimen,

from Great Australian Bight, presumubly

collected by J, C. Verco, date of collection

unknown,

Ophiothrix hymenacantha H. L. Clark, 1928.

Rec. §. Aust. Mus. 3 (4); 431-432, fig, 128.

—=Ophiothrix (Keystonea) hymenacantha H.

L, Clark, 1928; after A. M. Clark, 1967: 648,

Holotype: K217 (was E462), dried specimen,

from Great Australian Bight, presumably

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown.

Ophiothrix lineocuerulea H. L. Clark, 1928.

Ree. 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4); 432-433, fg. 129.

=Ophiothrix (Placophiothrix) lineocaerulea

H, L. Clark, 1928; after A. M. Clark,

1967: 648.

Holotype: K218 (was E463), dried specimen,

from St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf, S.A,,

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown,

378 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (25) 373-380

Note:—The cited locality of the holotype ts

probably incortect as no other specimens of

this species have been found in Southern

Australia and yet it is a common species in

the Broome region, W.A,

Genus Ophinrodun Matsumoto, 1915

Ophiurodon opacam H, 1, Clark, 1928,

Rec, 8, Aust, Muy. 3 (4): 440-442, fig. 132,

Holotype: K243 (was E471), dried specimen

with broken arms, from St. Vincent or Spencer

Gulf, S.A., collected by J. C. Vereo. date of

coliection unknown. (Paratype in MCZ).

Genus Ophiurolepis Matsumoto, 1915, emend,

Koehler, 1922

Ophinrolepis banzarei Madsen, 1967,

BANZARE Rep. Ser, B. 9 (3): 134, ph d,

figs. 7-8: text fig. 3.

Holotype: K1207, spirit specimen, from

BANZARE station 41 (65° 48’S, 53° [0° B),

off Enderby Land, depth 193 m., collected

24-25,1,1930,

Other specimens; K1206, four spirit specimens,

from BANZARE station 39 (66° 10’ S, 49°

41" &), off Enderby Land, depth 300 m,,

collected 17.1.1930. K1208, 44 spirit

specimens with saine locality and collection

data as holotype. K1209, one dried specinien

with same locality and collection data as

holotype. K1210. nine spirit specimens, from

BANZARE station 42 (65 °° 50'S, 54° 23’ BE),

of Enderby Land, depth 220 m,, collected

261.1930. K1211, two dried specitnens, from

BANZARE station 107 (66° 45’ S, 62> 037

E), off MacRobertson Land, depth 219 m,,

collected 16.11,1931, K1212, twelve spirit

specimens with same locality and collection

datu as KI2T1,

Note:—Noe paralypes designated.

CLASS ECHINOIDEA

Genos Amimotrephus H. L. Clark, 1928

Aimmotrophus eyelins HL, Clark, 1928.

Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 471-474, fiz. 140,

Holotype: KAD! (was E644), dried specimen,

from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,,

collected by J. C. Vereo, date of collection

unknown.

Paratypes: K397, twenty-eight dried specimens,

dredged at Encounter Bay, 8 A., collector and

date of collection unknown. K398, eleven

dried specimens, from Encounter Bay, S.A..

collected by H. Pulleine, date of collection

Tune, 1978

unknown, K399, one dried specimen with no

collection or locality data. K504. two dried

specimens with no collection or locality data,

I.1391, twenty dried specimens, from Spencer

or St, Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J, C,

Verco, date of collection unknown, (Other

paratypes in MCZ).

Ammotrophus platyterus H. L. Clark, 1928.

Rec, 8, Alst, Mus. 3 (4); 474-475, fig. 141.

Holotype: K477 (was E645), dried specimen,

dredged in deep water in St. Vincent Gulf,

S.A,. calleeted by J. C. Vereo, date of collec-

tion unknown,

Genus Amphipneustes Koehler, 1900

Amphipneustes bifidus Mortensen, 1950,

BANZARE Rep, Ser. B, 4 (10); 304-305 pl,

7, figs. 1-3; pl. 9, figs. 7-9.

Holotype: K857, dried specimen, from

BANZARE station [07 (66° 45’ §, 627 03°

Ei). off MacRobertson Land, depth 219 m.,

collected 16.11.1931,

Paratypes; 855, one juvenile specimen in

spirit, from BANZARE station 41 (65° 487

S, 53 16° E), off Enderby Land, depth

193 in., collected 24.1.1930. K856, two speci-

mens in spirit, (one broken), from BANZARE

station 42 (65° 50’ S, 54° 23 EB), off

Enderby Land, depth 220 m., collected

26.1.1930, K859, one spirit specimen with

sume locality and collevtion data as holotype.

Other specimens: —K&58, seven juvenile speci-

mens in spirit with same locality and collection

dutih as holotype.

Gents Ctenocidaris Mortensen, 1910

Cienocidaris polyplax Mortensen, 1950,

BANZARE Rep, Ser, Bo 4 (10): 296-297,

pl. 8, figs. 1, 2, 8; pl. 9, fig, 4,

Holotype: KS!I5, dried specimen, from

BANZARE station 41 (65° 48’ §, 53" 16’ BE),

of Enderby Land, depth 200 m., collected

24.1,1930,

Genus Eucidaris Pomel, 1883

Lncidaris vaustralige Mortensen, 1950.

BANZARE Rep. Ser. B. 4 (10): 291-293, pl,

8, figs. 5-7: pl. 9, figs, 3, 5, 6: text figs,

i-4.

Holotype: KSOL, dried specimen, from

BANZARE station 76 (35° 18’ S, LL8° 15,

£), East of Albany, W.A,, depth 69 m.,

collected 21.11.1930,

LCHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOULM AUSTRATTAN MUSEUM 379

Genus Fibolaria Lumatck, 1816

Fibularia plateia H. L. Clark, 1925.

Ree, 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 477-478, fig. 142.

Holotype: K448 (was E650), dried bare test,

from Walluroo Bay, S.A., depth 15 fms,

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown.

Note:—Most of the specimens mentioned by

Clark (1928) are present in the Museum’s

collections but none have been designated

paratypes. There are however, 37 paratypes

from Backstairs Passage, S.A,, in the MCZ.

Genus Genocidaris Agassiz, 1869

Genocidaris incerta H. L. Clark, 1928.

Rec, 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 457-458, fig. 137,

Holotype: K293 (was E623), dried, bare test,

broken in half, from off Cape Jaffa, S.A.,

dredged in 300 fms., collected by J. C. Verco,

date of collection unknown.

Paratype: K294, dried, bare test with no locality

or collection data. (Other paratypes in MCZ.

Note:—Most of the other specimens mentioned

by Clark (1928) are present in the Museum’s

collections but none have been designated

paratypes,

Genus Microcyphus Agassiz, 1841]

Microcyphus pulchellus H. L. Clark, 1928.

Rec, 8, Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 462-463, fig. 139.

Holotype: K340 (was E628). dried bare test,

from Spencer Gulf, S,A., presumably collected

by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown.

Genus Notocidaris Mortensen, 1909

Notocidaris remigera Mortensen, 1950,

BANZARE Rep. Ser. B, 4 (10): 298-299, pl.

5, figs, 1-2: pl. 8, figs. 3-4,

Holotype: K826, spirit, specimen, fron

BANZARE station 107 (66° 45’ S, 62° 03’

E), off MacRobertson Land, depih 219 1,,

collected 16.11. 1931,

Paratypes: K824, one dried, bare test and a

few spines with same locality and collection

data as holotype, K825, one dricd, bare test

and a few spines with same locality and

collection daty as holotype.

Other material; K821, five isolated dried spines,

from BANZARE. station 39 (66° 10° S,

49° 41° B), off Enderby Land. depth 300

m., collected 17.1.1930, K822, two isolated

dried spines, from BANZARE station 40 (66

12’ §, 49° 37’ B), off Bnderby Land, depth

300 m, collected 17.1.1930, K823, one very

young dried specimen with same locality and

collection data as holotype.

Genus Mhyilacanthus Brandt, 1835

Fhyllacauthos ivregolaris var. himberi Cotton &

Godfrey, 192,

Ree, 8. Aust, Mus. 7 (2); 216-217, pl. 12,

Holotype: K576, dried specimen, from Port

Willunga, S.A, collected by W, R, Steadman,

date of collection unknown,

Note:—Although a number of other specimens

were available no paralypes were designated,

Genus Temnopleurus Agussiz, 1841

Temnopleurus australis H. L. Clark, 1928,

Rec. 8. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 458-461, fig. 138,

—Temnopleurus (Toreumatica) michaelseni

(Doderlein, 1914); after Mortensen

1943; 105,

Holotype; K298 (was E464), dried specimen,

from Port Lincoln, S.A., collector and date

of collection unknown,

Paratypes: K299, one dried specimen with no

locality or collection data. K314, five dried

specimens with same locality and collection

data as holotype, K315, one dried specimen

with no locality or collection data (figured).

K1390, six small dried specimens, from

between Trowbridge lighthouse and Backstairs

Passage, $.A., collected by J, C, Verco, date

of collection unknown, (Other paratypes tit

MCZ).

Note:—Most of the other specimens. mentioned

by Clark (1928) ave present in the Museum's

collections but none have been designated

paratypes,

CLASS HOLOTHURIOIDEA

Genus Cucumaria Blainville, 1830

Cucumarta sirtuta Joshua & Creed, 1915,

Trans, BR. Soc. §. Aust, 3%: 18, pl. 3, figs, 2a-d.

Holotype: 1371, spirit specimen, from Great

Australian Bight, W.A., collected by J. W.

Howard, August 1888.

Genus Phylophorus Grube, 1540

Phyllophorus yentripes Joshua & Creed, 1915,

Trans, R, Soc. 8S. Ausi. 39: 19, pl. 2. fig. t:

pl. 3. fig. 5,

=Lipotvapera ventripes (Joshua & Creed,

1915), after H, L. Clark, 1938; 495.

380 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (25) 373-380

Holotype: #1374, dried specimen, from S.A,

coast, collected by J. C. Verco, date of

collection unknown.

Other specimens: K1375, four spirit specimens

collected with holotype and with note “in

MSS”,

Genus Thyene Oken, 1815

Thyone nigra Joshua & Creed, 1915.

Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 39; 20, pl. 3, figs.

3a-e, 4,

Holotype: K1376, spirit specimen and one slide

of spicules, collected between 33°-37" S and

132°-140° E, S.A., by J. C. Verco, date of

collection unknown.

Thyone vercoi Joshua & Creed, 1915,

Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 19, pl. 2, figs. 2-4;

pl. 3, figs. la-g; pl. 4.

=Straurothyene vercoi (Joshua & Creed,

1915); after H. L. Clark, 1946: 397.

Holotype: K5S17, one slide of spicules from

pharynx, one slide of T.S. pharynx, one slide

of skin, one slide of tentacle tissue, dried

remains of specimen, collected between 33°-

37° Sand 132°-140° EB, S.A., by J. C. Verco,

date of collection unknown.

Genus Trochodota Ludwig, 1891

Trochedota roebucki Joshua, 1914.

Proc. Roy, Soc. Vic, 27: 9, pl. 1, figs, 4a-c.

Paratypes: K1712, two dry specimens from

Torquay Vic., collected by E. C. Joshua,

October 1913.

Note:—Obtained on exchange from NMV, 1919.

(Old NMV Reg. 60647-8).

Trochodota shepherdi Rowe, 1976.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100 (4):

figs. 1-4.

203-206,

June, 1978

Paratypes: K1366, two spirit specimens, from

Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, among algae grow-

ing on Pinna dolabrata (=P. bicolor), depth

10 m., collected by §. A. Shepherd, 23.viii.

1975,

REFERENCES

Clark, A. M., 1962. Asteroidea. BANZARE Rep. Ser.,

B.9 (1): 1-104, plates 1-6,

Clark, A. M., 1967. Notes on the family Ophiotrichidae

(Ophiuroidea). slain. Mug. nat. Hist. 9 (13): 637-655.

Clark, H. L., 1928. The sea-lilies, sea-stars, brittle-stars and

sea-urchins of the South Australian Museum, Ree.

S. Aust. Mux. 3 (4): 361-482.

Clark, H. L., 1938. Echinoderms from Australia, an

account of collections made in 1929 und 1932, Men.

Mus, coinp. Zool. Harv, 55: 1-596.

Clark, H. L.. 1939. A new Astroconus from South

Australia. Ree. S$. Aust. Mus, 6 (3): 207-208, 1 pl.

Clark, H. L., 1946. The Echinoderm fauna of Australia.

Publ. Carneg. Instn., 566: 1-567,

Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F, K., 1942.

the Flindersian Region, South Australia.

Mus. 7 (2): 193-238, 1 pl:

John, D. D., 1939. Crinoidea. BANZARE Rep. Ser, B.

4 (6): 189-212.

Joshua, E. C., 1914, Victorian Holothuroidea, with descrip-

tions of new species. Proc, Roy. Soc. Vie, 27: 9, pl. 1,

Echinodermata of

Rec. S, Aust

Fig. 4a-c.

Joshua, E. C. and Creed, E.. 1915, South Australian

Holothurioidea, wilh descriptions of new species.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aitst, 39: 16-24, pls. 2-4.

Madsen, F. J,, 1967. Ophiuroidea. BANZARE Rep., Ser.

B. 9 (3): 121-145, 1 pl.

Mortensen, T., 1943. A monograph of the Echinoidea

3 (2): 1-553,

Mortensen, T., 1950. Echinoidea,

4 (10): 287-310, 6 pls.

Rowe, F. W. E.. 1976. Restriction of the chiridotid genus

Trochodera Ludwig (1891) (Holothurividea: Apodida),

with the description of a new species from South

Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100 (4): 203-206,

Figs. 1-4.

Shepherd, S. A. 1967a.

Uniophora (Asteroidea; Asteriidae).

S. Aust. 91: 3-14, 1 pl.

Shepherd, 8. A., 1967b. A review of the starfish genus

Nectria (Asteroidea; Goniasteridae). Rec. S. Aust.

Mus. 15 (3): 463-482,

Shepherd, 8S. A.. 1968. The shallow water Kchinoderm

fauna of South Australia. Part 1: The Asteroids.

Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 15 (4): 729-756.

Shepherd, S. A, and Hodgkin, E. P., 1965. A new species

af Nectria (Asteroidea, Goniasteridae) from Western

Australia. J. Roy, Soc. W. Aust. 48 (4): 119-121.

Verco, J. C., 1935, “Combing the Southern Seas’. Rigby,

Adelaide.

BANZARE Rep., Ser. B.

A revision of the starfish genus

Trans. R. Soe.

RECORDS OF THE ,

| OF T AD

S&S.

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN T'S

MUSEUM

MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

|. CEPHALOPODA and SCAPHOPODA

By W. ZEIDLER and M. K. MACPHAIL

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South eae eate 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 26

12th June, 1978

MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

I. CEPHALOPODA AND SCAPHOPODA

BY W. ZEIDLER AND M. K. MACPHAIL

Summary

Type-specimens of nine species of Cephalopoda and seventeen species of Scaphopoda in the South

Australian Museum are catalogued. All are recent species and except for one scaphopod species

from New Zealand, all are from Australian waters.

MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

1, CEPHALOPODA and SCAPHOPODA

W. ZEIDLER* and M. K, MACPHAIL*

ABSTRACT

ZEIDLER, W., and MACPHAIL, M. K., 1978. Mollusc

iype-specimens in the South Australian Museum. — |.

Cephalopoda und Seaphopoda. Kec. 8, Aust, Mus. 17

(26): 381-385,

Type-specimens of nine species of Cephalo-

poda and seventeen species of Scaphopoda in the

South Australian Museum are catalogued, All

are recent species and except for one scaphopod

species from New Zealand, all are from Aus-

tralian waters,

INTRODUCTION

This is the first of an intended series of papers

listing the mollusc types held by the South

Australian Museum,

The species are arranged alphabetically

according to the original name of the genus or

species. Full synonymies are not given, but

where a name change has occurred, the most

recent acceptable name is given together with

the relevant reference,

CLASS. CEPHALOPODA

Cephalopod types in the South Australian

Museum comprise “cuttles* (family Sepiidae)

and one octopus. The Sepiidae are known only

from the gladius and even now, Sepia braggi

Verco, 1907 is the only species for which a

whole animal is available, collected in 1969.

Nearly all the types were described by

Bernard C. Cotton, the second curator of

Molluscs at the South Australian Museum.

Cephalopods were Cotton’s first interest and the

subject of his first paper (Verco & Cotton

1928). The bulk of the types came from

Western Australia and are described in Cotton

(1929). Little research has been done on the

group in South Australia since.

In their revision of the Sepiidae, Adam &

Rees (1966) discuss the synonomy of a number

ol species for which the South Australian

Museum holds the types. However since the

requisite type or Humber of specimens was then

“South Australiun Museum, Adelaide S000

12th June, 1978

not always available, the taxonomic status of

several South Australian species could not be

resolved, It is probable that the sub-genera

Decorisepia and Soljtosepia (given full generic

status by Iredale 1926) are no longer valid, but

until further material, particularly of the whole

animal, is available, additional comment cannot

be made.

In all cases, the Holotype was clearly selected

but Paratypes were rarely designated, even when

other good material was available,

Family Sepiidac

Genus Crumenasepia Iredale, 1926

Crumenasepia ursulae Cotton, 1929.

J. Proc. R. Soc. W. Aust,, 13: 90-91, pl. 15,

figs. 3, 4.

Sepia pharaonis Ehrenberg,

Adam & Rees, 1966: 22.

Holotype: DLOOI3, gladius with detached spine,

from Cottesloe Beach, W,A, collector and

date of collection unknown.

Paratypes; D1OO11, gladius with detached spine,

from Cottesloe, W.A., collected by Mrs. U.

Glauert, date of collection unknown. D16016

(ex. D10013), two gladiuses, one juvenile,

the other with missing spine, both with same

locality and collection data as holotype.

(Paratype D10012 sent to Western Australian

Museum. )

1831; after

Note:—Paratypes incorrectly labelled co-lypes

as a type specimen was clearly selected.

Genus Decorisepia lredale, 1926

Decorisepia cottesloensis Cotton, 1929,

J. Prac. R. Soc, W. Aust., 18: 90, pl. 16, figs,

1, 2.

—Sepia (Decorisepia) cotteslvensis (Cotton,

1929); after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940:

438.

Holotype; D1I3681, gladius from Cottesloe,

W.A,, collector and date of callection

unknown,

382 REC,

Decorisepia jaenschi Cotton, 1931.

S, Aust. Nat., 12 (3); 41, figs, 5, 6,

—Sepia jaenschi (Cotton, 1931); after Adam

& Rees, 1966; 55,

Holotype: D10163, gladtus broken jn half

(clean break), from Robe, S.A., collected

by B, C, Cotton, date of collection unknown.

Genus Sepia Linnéus, 1758

Sepia braggi Verco, 1907,

Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust, 31;

tigs. Ga-d.

Holotype: DI4130 (ex D311). gladius from

Glenelg, S.A., collected by Mr. Bragg, 1907.

Paratypes;} DI5998 (ex. D311), — three

gladiuses, one broken, one very Worn around

the edges, from ‘Torquay, Vic., collected by

C. J. Gabriel, date of collection unknown,

D16017 (ex D311 und DI4130), gladius

figured with holotype, with spine missing, from

St. Vincent Gulf, $,A., collected by A. Zietz.

date of collection unknown.

Note;—Cotton and Godfrey (1940) list the

holotype as being held in the Manchester

Museum, U.K., but a recent search there failed

to locate any records of it. The specimen

cited as the holotype here conforms exactly

to that described by Verco and the label with

it in Verco’s handwriting refers to it as the

“figured type”, ‘This must therefore be the

authentic type.

213, pl 27.

Genus Solitosepia Iredale, 1926

Solitosepia glauerti Cotton, 1929.

J. Proc. R. Soe, W. Aust., 15; 87, pl. 14, figs. 3,

Sepia (Solitosepia) glauerti (Cotton, 1929),

after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940; 421,

Holotype: D13628, gladius fron) Rottnest Is.,

W.A.,. collector and date of collection

unknown.

Solitosepia hendryae Cotton, [929,

J. Proc. R. Soe, W, Aust., 15: 87-88. pl 15,

figs, T, 2.

Sepia (Solitosepia) hiendryae (Cotton,

1929), after Cotton und Godfrey, 1940:

421.

Holotype; D13625, gladius from Rottnest [s..

W.A., collector and date of collection

unknown.

Solitosepia occidua Coiton, | 929.

I, Proc. R, Sac. W. Aust, US: 88, pl. 14, figs. 1,

<=.

Ss. AUST. MUS. 17 (26);

381-385 June, 1978

Sepia (Solitosepia) occidua (Cotton,

1929); after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940;

420.

Holotype; D13627, gladius from Rottnest Is,,

W.A., collector and date of collection

unknown.

Genus Tenuisepia Cotton, 1932

Tenvisepia mira Cotton, 1932.

Rec. S, Aust. Mus., 4 (4): 546-547, figs. 7-9.

— Sepia mira (Cotton, 1932); after Adam &

Rees, 1966: 87.

Holotype; D10507, gladius broken in half

(clean break), from North-West Islet, Capri-

corn Group, Old., collected by W. J. Kimber,

date of collection unknown,

Family Octopodidae

Genus Octopus Lamarck, 1798

Octopus flindersi Cotton, 1932.

Ree, S. Aust, Mus., 4 (4); 543-544, fig. 6,

Holotype: D1O0O1l69, large female (in spirit)

from Largs Bay, 8.A., collected by L. David-

son, K. Heywood and H, Cobb, date of collec-

tion unknown.

CLASS SCAPHOPODA

Most of the scaphopod types in the South

Australian Museum were collected around the

turn of the century by Sir Joseph C. Verco

(Verco 1935), subsequently Honorary Curator

of Molluses at this museum from 1914 to 1933.

Only two species, one described by Suter (1907)

aid the other described by Tate and May (1900)

were not collected by Verco but types were

auequired by him for the museum collection.

Verco (191 la, 1911b) described 7 of the 17

types in the museum's collections. Cotton and

Ludbrook (1938) described the remaining

Dentallidae (five species) and Cotton and

Godfrey (1940) described the remaining

Siphonodentalidae (three species).

The taxonomy of the recent scaphopod

moUuses of South Australia have not been

revised since Cotton and Godfrey (1940) but

the supraspecifie classification of the Scaphopoda

has received considerable attention (Ludbrook

1960, Emerson 1962 and Palmer 1974). In

(his paper the classification proposed by Palmer

(1974) is adopted, Thus most of the subgenera

referred to by Cotton and Godfrey (1940) are

now regarded as full genera.

MOLLUSC TYPR-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM AKA

In most cases the holotype was clearly

selected but, as with the Cephalopoda, paratypes

were rarely designated, even when other good

material was available.

Family Dentaliidae

Genus Dentalinm Linnéus, 1758

Dentalium francisense Verco, 1911.

Trans. R. Soc. §, Aust, 35: 207-208, pl, 26,

figs. 1, la.

—Paradentalium francisense (Verco, 1911);

after Palmer, 1974: 119,

Holotype: D13724, dry shell dredged in 15-

20 fms., Petrel Bay, St. Francis Is.. S.A.,

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown.

Paratype: D16004 (ex D13724), juvenile dry

shell with same locality and collection data as

holotype.

Dentalium hemileuron Verco, 1911.

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 208, pl. 26, fig. 2.

=Paradentalium hemileuron (Vereo, 1911);

after Palmer, 1974; 119.

Holotype: DI3727, dry shell dredged in

300 fms., off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by

J. €. Verco, date of collection unknown,

Dentalium hyperhemileuron Verco, 1911.

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 217-218, pl. 26,

figs. 3, 3a.

=Episiphon hyperhemileuron (Verco, 1911)

(Laevidentallidae); after Palmer. 1974;

120.

Holotype: D13726, dry shell dredged in 12-

14 fms., King George Sound, W.A., collected

by J. C. Verco, December, 1910 or January,

1911.

Paratypes: D16000, four dry shells with same

locality and collection data as holotype.

Note:—Paratypes incorrectly labelled co-types

as a type specimen was clearly selected.

Dentalinm octopleuron Verco, 1911.

Trans. R, Soc. §. Aust,, 35: 206.

=Paradentalium octopleuron (Verco. 1911):

after Palmer, 1974; 119,

Holotype: D13725, dry shell dredged in 15-

22 fms., St. Vincent Gulf, S.A., collected by

J, C. Verco, date of collection unknown.

Subgenus Episiphon Pilsbry ond Sharp, 1897

Dentalium (Episiphon) arenarium Suter, 1907.

Proc. Mal. Sec, Lond., 7 (4): 214-215, pl. 18,

fig, 11.

—Dentalium suteri Emerson, 1954: after

Emerson, 1954: 185.

Paratype: D16001, dry shell dredged in 18 fms.,

Port Pegasus, Stewart Is.. New Zealand,

collected by Captain J. Bollons, date of collec-

tion unknown.

Note:—Specimen incorrectly labelled co-type as

a type specimen was clearly selected.

The specific name arenarium was preoccupied

when Suter first described this species.

Emerson (1954) therefore erected the new

name su/eri to replace the homonym.

Dentalium (Episiphon) bordaensis Cotton and

Ludbrook, 1938.

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 62 (2):

12, fig. 3.

—Episiphon berdaensis (Cotton and Lud»

brook, 1938) (Laevidentallidae); after

Palmer, 1974; 120,

Holotype: D13340, dry shell dredged in 60 fms.,

off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, S.A,

collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection

unknown.

220-221, pl.

Subgenus Eudentalium Cotton and Godfrey,

1933

Dentalium (Eudentalium) beachportensis Cottoi

and Ludbrook, 1938.

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 62 (2); 220, pl. 12,

fig. 2,

=Entalina beachportensis (Cotton and Lud-

brook, 1938) (Siphonodentallidac) ;

atter Ludbrook, 1954: 110.

Holotype: D13339, broken and eroded dry shell

dredged in 110 fms., off Beachport, S.A.,

collected by J, C, Verco, date of collection

unknown.

Subgenus Fissidentalium Fischer, 1885

PDentalium (Fissidentalium) jaffaensis Cotton anc

Ludbrook, 1938.

Trans. R. Soc, Aust., @2 (2): 221, ph 12,

fig. 5.

—Fissidentalium jaffaensis (Cotton and Lud-

brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119,

Holotype: D13337, dry shell dredged in 90 fms..

off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by J. C. Vercox

date of collection unknown,

384

Dentalium (Fissidentaliam) verconis Cotton and

Ludbrook, 1938.

Trans, R. Soe, Aust., 62 (2): 221-222, pl. 12,

fig. 1,

—Fissidentalium verconis (Cotton and Lud-

brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119,

Holotype; D1I3341, dry shell dredged in 200

fms., off Beachport, $.A,, collected by J. C.

Verco, date of collection unknown,

Subgenus Paradentalium Cotton and Godfrey,

1933

Dentalium (Paradentalium) flindersi Cotton and

Ludbrook, 1938.

Trans, R, Soc. §, Aust., 62 (2):

fig. 4.

—=Paradentalium flindersi (Cotton and Lud-

brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119,

Holotype: D13338, dry shell dredged in 22 fms.,

St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J. C.

Verco, date of collection unknown.

210, pl. 12,

Family Siphonodentaliidae

Genus Cadulus Philippi, 1844

Cadulus angustior Verco, 1911.

Trans. R, Soe. 8, Aust,, 35: 211-212, pl. 26,

figs. 5, 5a, Sb.

—Gadila angustior (Verco, 1911) (Caduli-

dae); after Palmer, 1974; [21,

Holotype; D13728, dry shell dredged in 26 fms,,

[8 miles South-East of Newland Head, outside

Backstairs Passage, 8.A,, collected by J. C.

Verco, date of collection unknown,

Cadulus occiduus Verco, 1911.

Trans. R. Soc, §, Aust., 35: 218, pl. 26, fig. 7.

—=Gadila oceiduus (Verco, 1911) (Caduli-

dae) after Palmer, 1974: 121.

Holotype: D13759, dry shell dredged in 15 fms.,

Geographe Bay, off Bunbury, W.A,, collected

by J. C. Verco, December, 1910 or January,

LOL L,

Subgenus Gadila Gray, 1847

Cadulus (Gadila) bordaensis Cotton and Godfrey,

1940.

The Molluses of Seuth Australia, Pari IT,

Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and

Crepipoda; 340, fig, 362.

—Gudila bordaensis (Cotton and Godfrey,

1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974:

131.

REC, S, AUST. MUS... L7 (26);

381-385 June, 1978

Holotype: D13761, dry shell dredged in 55 fms.,

off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, S.A.,

collected, by J, C. Vereo, date of collection

unknown.

Cadulus (Gadila) ludbrookae Cotton and

Godfrey, 1940,

The Molluscs of South Australia, Part IT.

Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and

Crepipoda; 340, fig, 362.

==Gadila ludbrookae (Cotton and Godfrey,

1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974:

121,

Holotype: D13760, dry shell dredged in 62 fms.,

North-West of Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island,

S.A., collected by J. C. Verco, date of collec-

tion unknown.

Cadulus (Gadila) spretus Tate and May, 1900.

Trans, R, Soe. 8, Aust,, 24 (2): 102.

—=Gudila spretus (Tate and May, 1900)

(Cadulidae): after Palmer, 1974; 121,

Syntypes: D1I5848 (May No. 1048), twenty-two

dry shells dredged in 24 fms., Port Esperance,

Tasmania, collected by W. L. May, date of

collection unknown. D16002 (ex, D303),

five dry shells with no locality or collection

data,

Note:—Specimens originally labelled co-types.

Cadulus (Gadila) vincentianus Cotton and

Godfrey, 1940.

The Molluscs of South Australia, Part I.

Scaphopoda, Cephalopeda, Aplacophera and

Crepipoda: 338-339, fig, 360.

—Gadila vincentianus (Cotton and Godfrey,

1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974:

121.

Holotype: D1L3730, dry shell from Holdfast Bay,

St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J, C.

Verco, date of collection unknown.

Subgenus Polyschides Pilsbry and Sharp, 1898

Cadulus (Polyschides) gibbosus Verco, 1911,

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 213, pl. 26, fig. 6.

—Polysehides gibbosus (Verco, I911)

(Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974: 121,

Holotype: D13729, dry shell dredged in 300

fros., off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by J. C.

Vereo, date of collection unknown,

MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

REFERENCES

Adam, W. and Rees, W. J. 1966.

cephalopod family Sepiidae.

Sci, Rep., 11 (1): 1-165.

Cotton, B. C. 1929. Contributions to the fauna of

Rottnest Island. TV. Western Australian Sepiidae.

J. Proc. R. Soc, W, Aust., 5: 87-91.

A review of the

John Murray Exped.

Cotton, B. C. 1931. Cuttlebones from Robe with

description of a new species. S. Aust. Nat., 12 (3):

39-41,

Cotton, B. C. 1932.

descriptions of new genera and new species.

S. Aust. Mus., 4 (4): 537-547.

Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F. K. 1933. South Australian

Shells. Part 8. Scaphopoda, §. Aust. Nat., 14 (4):

135-150,

Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F. K. 1940. The Molluscs of

South Australia. Part II, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda,

Aplacophora and Crepipoda. Govt. Printer Adelaide

284 pp.

Cotton, B. C. and Ludbrook, N. H. 1938. Recent

and fossil species of the scaphopod genus Dentalium

in Southern Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust,

62 (2): 217-228.

Emerson, W. K, 1954. Notes on the scaphopod molluscs:

Rectifications of nomenclature. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,

67: 183-188.

Emerson, W. K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod

mollusks. Jour. Palaeontology, 36 (3): 461-482,

pls. 76-80, two text figs.

Notes on Australian Mollusca, with

Rec.

385

Iredale, T. 1926. The cuttle-fish “bones” of the Sydney

beaches. Aust, Zoologist, 4 (3): 186-196, pls. 21-23.

Ludbrook, N. H. 1954. Scaphopoda. John Murray

Expedition, 1933-34, Sci. Rept., 10 (2): 91-120.

Ludbrook, N. H. 1960. Scaphopoda. In: Raymond

C. Moore, ed. Treatise on invertebrate Palaeontology,

vol. L: 37-41; three text figs. Univ. Kansas Press.

Palmer, C. P. 1974. A supraspecific classification of

the scaphopod Mollusca. Veliger, 17 (2): 115-123.

Suter, H. 1907, Descriptions of six mew species of shells

and of Leptomya lintea Hutton, from New Zealand.

Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 7 (4): 211-216.

Tate, R. and May, W. L. 1900. Descriptions of new

genera and species of Australian Mollusca (chiefly

Tasmanian). Trans, R, Soc. S. Aust., 24 (2): 90-103.

Verco, J. C. 1907. Notes on South Australian marine

Mollusca, with descriptions of new species. Part VI.

Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust., 31: 213-230.

Verco, J. C. 1911a. Notes on South Australian marine

Mollusca, with description of new species. Part XIV.

Trans, R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35; 204-215.

Verco, J. C. 191lb. Notes on the marine shells of

Western Australia, with descriptions of new species.

Part I. Trans. R. Soc, 8. Aust., 35: 216-219.

Verco, J. C. 1935. Combing the Southern Seas.

Adelaide, 174 pp.

Verco, J. C. and Cotton, B. C. 1928. South Australian

Cephalopoda. Rec, S. Aust. Mus., 4 (1): 125-133.

Rigby,

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND

TREPONARID) IN EXHUMED

AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL

BONES

By C. J. HACKETT

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

orth Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

| f= =NUMBER 27

25th July, 1978

TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND TREPONARID)

IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES

BY C. J. HACKETT

Summary

Active early treponemal bone lesions heal within a few months to leave little if any change. The

active late ones may last for a year or more, and when healed leave changes that last for ever; they

are thus more likely to be found in bone populations in which a treponemal infection is present.

Diagnostic criteria are described and illustrated from exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones. The

total of such specimens in Australian museums is not great, perhaps a few scattered among

thousands of normal specimens.

TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND TREPONARID) IN| EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN

ABORIGINAL BONES

C. J. HACKETT

Department of Morbid Anatomy, [nstitate of Orthopaedics, University of London, WIN 6AD

ABSTRACT

treponarid) an exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones.

Rec, §, Aust Mus, 17 (27)) 387-405.

Active carly treponemal bone lesions heal

within a few months to leave little if any change.

The active lute ones may last for a year or more,

and when healed leave changes that last for ever;

they are thus more likely to be found in bone

populations in which a treponemal infection is

present.

Diagnostic criteria are described and illustrated

from exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones. The

total of such specimens in Australian museums is

not great, perhaps a few scattered among thous-

ands of normal specimens.

INTRODUCTION

Diagnostic criteria of treponemal changes in

dry bones have recently been proposed (Hackett

1976) and frequent reference was made to similar

changes in Australian Aboriginal bones in Aus-

tralian museums. Unfortunately few good illus-

trations of these have been published (Hackett

1936b; McKay 1938). It would, therefore, seem

useful to publish some illustrations of character-

istic treponemal changes in these bones.

Extensive collections of Australian Aboriginal

bones are in the South Australian Museum,

Adelaide; the Anatomy Department of the Aus-

tralian Museum, Sydney, and the Australian

Institute of Anatomy, Canberra. The specimens

in the Department of Anatomy in Melbourne and

in Canberra are complementary in that they were

excavated by the late Murray Black from the same

site in the north west of Victoria and across the

River Murray into New South Wales in 1944-

1949,

THE TREPONEMATOSES

These are a group of communicable diseases

caused by spiral organisms (treponemes) that

cannot be distinguished from each other by any

visual means. To avoid the long-standing con-

troversy about their identity or difference they

1—25th July, 1978

will be assumed to be four different diseases-

This decision is based upon the work of Ouchin

nikoy and Delekorskij (1970) and Turner and

Hollander (1957).

Before European settlement only two tre-

ponematoses, yaws aod treponarid (previously

called “endemic syphilis”) were in Australia.

These diseases are transmitted by non-venereal

contact, probably by the fingers, in childhood;

they are characterised by changes in the skin and

bones (Hackett 1957), Yaws has an initial lesion

mostly on the lower part of the leg through which

the infection enters the body; in treponarid this

is not usually recognised, The early infectious

skin lesions of yaws are numerous, while those

of treponarid are often scanty; both are transient,

Yaws occurs in the humid warm equatorial

belt, and treponarid in the arid warni areas north

and south of it. Treponarid is usually found in

hunter/gatherer and pastoral nomad people (Rost

1942; Murray et al, 1956; Hudson 1958). This

zonal distribution is curious, It is possible that

treponarid developed from yaws when the then

more extensive humid equatorial belt contracted

and left the arid zones to the north and south

much as they are today. This could have

happened about 9 000 years ago at the end of the

last Ice Age (Hackett 1967). In West Africa a

natural infection of baboons by a treponeme

resembling that of yuws has been found in the

northern arid zone as well as the adjacent humid

zone (Fribourg-Blane 1972) in which treponarid

and yaws respectively occur.

Abundant serological evidence of these two

infections has been found in the Northern Terri-

tory of Australia (Garner ef al, 1972),

A third treponemal infection was brought to

Australia by Europeans. ‘This was the venereally

transmitted disease of adults, syphilis. Early

Australian explores, ill-equipped to diagnose that

disease, and shrinking from mentioning its for-

bidden name, often referred to it as the “‘loathe-

some” disease, What they saw, however, was

yaws or treponarid and not syphilis (Hackete

1936a).

388

Syphilis has initial genital lesions, skin and

bone changes, and also causes grave damage to

the heart, arteries and brain. Yaws and trepon-

arid in childhood protect against syphilis in adult

life. Syphilis was not in Australia before Euro-

peans arrived, and is probably still absent in tribal

groups in Central Australia. It can, thus, be

accepted that any treponemal changes in Abori-

ginal bones are due to yaws, if they come from

the north, or to treponarid, if they come from the

centre or south.

The fourth treponemal disease, pinta, also

starts in childhood but it affects the skin only, and

is found only in Central and the northern part of

South America. It too protects against syphilis

so Columbus could not have taken syphilis to

America, nor have brought it back to Europe

when he returned with his 43 crewmen and 10

Indians in two ships in 1492!

The diagnostic criteria referred to apply

equally to yaws, treponarid and syphilis.

DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA

If the diagnosis of the changes in exhumed

bones from the past is to contribute to knowledge,

they must be based upon acceptable criteria.

Such diagnoses cannot be a matter of weighing

up points that are present against others that are

absent before coming to a “majority verdict”.

Some of the changes thus diagnosed might occur

in other conditions. So it is not a matter of

knowing all and every bone change that can occur

in a disease, but of recognising the changes that

can occur in that disease only (Hackett 1976).

DISEASE IN A PAST POPULATION

The question arises of how many specimens in

a bone population should have diagnostic criteria

of a particular disease before that disease can said

to have been present in that community (Hackett

1976).

When this question was raised with Professor

F, J. Fenner, F.R.S., of Canberra, he replied in

a letter (February 1973), “The whole exercise of

diagnosis, with all the support of modern labora-

tory services, is an exercise in probability.

Palaeopathology is just that much more difficult

because there is only one kind of end-result—

bone damage—upon which to base judgment.

For this reason a single bone lesion on a continent

would be suspect and one would have to suspend

judgement; whereas a number consistent with

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27):

387-405 July, 1978

known pathology would enable a much better

guess to be made”.

There is some information about this which is

worth briefly considering. In England, and

probably elsewhere in Europe, in the first decade

of this century before any really effective treat-

ment was available for the treatment of syphilis,

it is estimated (McElligott 1960) from serologi-

cal studies that at least 10 per cent of the adult

population was infected with syphilis. A study

of about 2 000 untreated early syphilis patients in

Oslo between 1891 and 1920 (Gjestland 1955)

indicated that about one per cent might be

expected to develop bone lesions. Thus about

one in a thousand of the previously mentioned

adult population might have had bone lesions of

syphilis at some time in their lives.

In 1937-1939 in Lira, Uganda, in a population

with yaws whose disease pattern had probably

been little influenced by modern treatment, a

study was made of yaws bone lesions (Hackett

1951). At the local clinic between August 1937

and January 1938, when an estimated | 350

(Hackett, 1947) new yaws patients attended for

treatment, 340 new yaws patients with bone

lesions were seen at a study centre about 100

metres from the clinic. Although some of these

patients were referred from the clinic to the

centre, others came direct; treatment was free to

attract patients. The 2-5 per cent of patients

with bone lesions that these figures give may have

little meaning. Steinbock (1976) estimates from

published figures that yaws bone lesions might be

found in roughly 1-5 per cent of skeletons from

yaws endemic areas.

In 1939 among 100 consecutive Lango males

in the Lira jail, after trial by their chiefs for petty

offences, 81 were found to have serological

evidence of yaws (Hackett 1947). None had

any obvious yaws lesions at the time. High

prevalences would be expected in such popula-

tions in the last century before the effective treat-

ment of yaws and the improvement of the

standard of living of this century.

Perhaps about one per cent of Aboriginal skulls

in Australian museums may have changes due to

treponemal infection, i.e. changes of the caries

sicca sequence. More precise information on

this should be sought, especially in the collections

of the Anatomy Department of the Melbourne

University and of the Australian Institute of

Anatomy, Canberra, which are of the same pro-

venance and do not appear to have been selected

against specimens with pathological changes.

PREPONEMATOSES IN) EXHUMED

Treponemal Changes in Exhumed Bones

It is interesting that all the changes in bones in

European medical museums that can be regarded

us diagnostic criteria of syphilis (Hackett 1976)

are found in Australian Aboriginal bones and in

bones from many Pacific Islands. At the same

time a very frequent disease in Europeans in

Australia and elsewhere until a few decades ago,

haematogenous pyogenic osteomyelitis, 1s absent

in Australian Aboriginal museum specimens. It

was not seen in living Aboriginals until recently.

but it is said now to occur in Aboriginal children

in Central Australia (Dr. H. G. Heller, 1977, a

personal letter) presumably because bacteria that

cause such bone damage hive been carried into

the Centre.

Sandison (1973 a, b), after a more thorough

study of pathological changes in Australian

Aboriginal bones, came to similar conclusions

about the presence of treponemal changes in

them,

Treponemal bone changes may occur in the

early stage, during the first five years after intec-

tion, and in the late stage, usually after a

symptom-free further period of several years.

The early lesions in children are transient and

not destructive, while the late ones are destructive,

and thus leave the bone changed for life. In both

Stages celapses of active changes are character-

istic.

An occasional deformity in Aboriginal bones in

Australia and elsewhere, at one time thought to

be due to yaws, is boomerang leg (Hackett

1936b). Subsequent studies of yaws bone lesions

in Uganda provided no evidence for this (Hackett

1951).

Dr. H. G. Hillier, Alice Springs, recently

(1977) called my attention to the similarity of

the bowed tibiae and fibulae described and illus-

trated by Weismann-Netter and Stuhl (1954) as

“Toxopachyostéose diaphysaire tiblo-péroni¢re™

and boomerang leg. The more likely causes for

this deformity could be excluded, and it was

regarded us at least familial, Other bones were

occasionally also changed, i.e., shortened. The

bowing in the illustrations involved the middle of

the shaft. and the bones were of normal length,

In boomerang leg the curvature uniformly

involves the whole bone, which is lengthened, and

other long bones may be bowed (Hackett 1936b;

Hackett 1957, in fig. 20 the length of the legs is

exaggerated). More study is needed,

Skully contain two broad sequences of late

treponemal changes, a discrete and 4 contiguous,

The latter may be regarded as the fusion of a

AUSTRALLAN ABORIGINAL BONES 3M

number of the former; their inter-relutionships

are us follows:—

Clustered pits

Confluent clustered pits

Discrete | Contiguous

Focal superficial |

cavitation Serpiginous cavitation

| |

Circumyallate cavitation Nodwar cavitation

| |

Radial scars Caries siccu

The development of the changes in these two

sequences ure indicated in Figures | and 2.

In the fong hones, in which it is admittedly

more diflicult to establish diagnostic criteria, 4

sequence of nodes and expansions with superficial

cavitation can be recognised, A similarity with

caries sicca in the skull may be seen,

The Illustrations

These cover most of the diagnostic criteria of

treponemal infections in skulls and other bones,

Injury may perhaps influence the frequent

involvement of parts of bones that are not very

far below the skin.

For the purpose of this paper the specimens

illustrated may be regarded as pre-European,

that is from burials 150-200 years ago depending

upon the locality from which they came. As late

as the early 1930's there were tribal groups in

the western part of Central Austral who bad

had negligible contact with Europeans. They

were unclothed, stone-tooled hunter-gatherer

nomads much as they probably had been, in many

ways including their health and diseases, for tens

of thousands of years, In this lics their consider-

able interest for the health of early man,

CONCLUSION

The active early treponemal bone lesions heal

within a few months to leave little if any change.

The active late ones may persist for a year or

more, and when healed leave changes that last

forever; they are thus more likely to be found in

bone populations in which a treponemal infection

is present.

390

In any population in which a bone damaging

treponemal infection (yaws, treponarid or

syphilis) is present caries sicca will be found in

skulls, and nodes/expansions with superficial

cavitations in other bones.

Exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones with

pathological changes are valuable in the study of

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27):

387-405 July, 1978

disease in man in the past. Probably most of

such bones that may ever been found are now in

museums; hence the need for their conservation.

The total of such specimens in Australian

museums is not great, perhaps a few hundred

scattered among thousands of normal specimens.

Would it not be practical for these specimens to

TREPONEMATOSIS SEQUENCE

( Yaws, Treponarid, Syphilis )

CLUSTERED

PITS

CONFLUENT

CLUSTERED

PITS

FOCAL

SUPERFICIAL

CAVITATION

CIRCUMVALLATE

CAVITATION

RADIAL

SCAR

FIG. 1.

Initial Series

— | HABBUE fe ray

Discrete Series

Treponematosis sequence; caries sicca, initial and discrete series.

TREPONEMATOSES IN

be taken out of the general collection and held in

a safe place in each museum, or at least to be

separately indexed for ready retrieval? If some

suitable central institution, such as a Museum

of Man, be established, a full series of “type”

specimens should be assembled there, supported

by a list of all pathological Aboriginal bones in

museums and other collections throughout

Australia at least.

EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 391

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to Springer-Verlag of Heidelberg

for permission to reproduce Figures 1 and 2 in

this paper from Hackett (1976).

indebted to Professor L. J. Ray for permission

to use photographs of two of the specimens in

I am also

his collection for Figures 6 and 9.

TREPONEMATOSIS SEQUENCE

( Yaws, Treponarid, Syphilis )

gee

FIG. 2.

SERPIGINOUS

CAVITATION

NODULAR

CAVITATION

CARIES

SICCA

Contiguous Series

Bone Destruction

Formation

Bone Remodelling

Treponematosis sequence; caries sicca, contiguous series.

392

REFERENCES

Fribourg-Blane, A. 1972. Treponema. In: Pathology of

Simian Primates. (Fiennes, R. N, 1.-W., ed.). Part 11,

pp. 155-262. Kargar Base.

Garner, M. F., Backhouse, J. L., Moodie, P. M. and

Tibbs, G. J. 1972. Treponemal infections in the

Australian Northern Territory Aborigines. Bull. Wld

Hlth Org. 46: 265-293,

Gjestland, T. 1955. The Qslo study of untreated syphilis.

163, 182 Akademisk Forlag, Oslo,

Hackett, C. J. 1936a. A critical suryey of some references

to syphilis and yaws umong the Australian Aborigines

Med. J. Aust, 1: 733-745,

Hackett, C. J. 1936b, Boomerang leg and yaws in Australian

Aborigines. London, Royal Society of Tropical

Medicine and Hygiene, Monograph |, 66 p.

Hackett, C. J. 1947. Incidence of yaws and of venereal

disease in Lango, Uganda. Brit. med. J. 1: 88.

Hackett, C. J. 1951.) Bene lesions of yaws in Uganda.

194 p. Blackwell, Oxford.

Hackett, C. J. 1957, dn international Nomenclature of

Yaws Lesions. Monograph Series No, 36, 103° p.

75 figs. World Health Organisation, Geneva.

Hackett, C. J, 1967, The human treponematoses. In

Disease in Antiquity (Brothwell, D. and Sandison,

A. T.. eds.), pp. 152-169. Charles C. Thomas,

Springfield.

Hackett, C. J. 1976. Diagnostic Criteria of Syphilis. Yaws

and Treponarid (Treponematoses) and some other

Diseases in Dry Bones (for use in Osteo-Archaeology )

Sher, heidelb. Akad. Wiss, 434 p. 34 figs. Springer-

Verlag, Heidelberg.

Hudson, E. H, 1958. Non-veneral Syphilis. A sociological

and medical study of bejel. 204 p, 81 figs. E. & S

Livingstone Ltd., Edinburgh, London.

McElligott, G. L. M. 1960. Venereal Disease and the

public health. Brit. J. vener, Dis, 36: 207-215,

McKay, C. V. 1938. Some pathological changes in

Australian Aboriginal bones. Med. J. Aust. 2: 537-

555.

Murray, J. F.. Merriweather, A. M, and Freedman, J. J.

1956, Endemic syphilis in the Bakwena Reserve of

the Bechuanaland Protectorate. Bull. Wild Hlth Ors.

15: 975-1039.

Ouchinnilkoy, N. M. and Delekorskij. V. V. 1970.

ema pertenue under the electron microscope.

vener, Dis, 46: 349-379,

Trepon-

Brit. J.

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27):

387-405 Jnly, 1978

Rost, G. S, 1942. Roentgen manifestations of Bejel

(“Endemic syphilis") as observed in the Euphrates

River delta. Radiology 38: 320-325,

Sandison, A. T. 1973a. Disease changes in Australian

aboriginal skeletons. Aust. Inst. Aborig. Stued. News-

letter 3: 20-22.

Sandison, A. T. 1973b. Palaeopathology of human bones

from the Murray River region between Mildura and

Renmark, Australia. Mem. Nat. Mus, Vict. 34: 173-

174.

Steinbock, R. T. 1976. Paleepathological Diagnesis und

Interpretation. Bore disease in ancient human popula-

tions, 423 p. 161 figs. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield.

Stewart, T, D. and Spoehr, A. 1952. Evidence on the

paleopathology of yaws. Bull. Hist. Med. 26: S538-

553,

Turner, T. B. and Hollander, E. T, 1957.

Treponematosex. Monograph Series No. 35.

Health Organisation, Geneva.

Virchow, R. 1896. Beitrug zur Geschichte der Lues.

Derm, Z. 3: 1-9. (See Appendix.)

Weismann-Netler, R. und Stuhl, L. 1954, Dune ostéopathie

congénitale éventuallment familiale: surtout défencé par

Vcurvature antéro-postéreure et l’épaississement des

deux os de la jambe (Toxopachyostéose diaphysaire

tibia-péronicre), Presse Med. 62: 1618-22.

Bialogy of the

World

APPENDIX

Of curies sicea, Virchow (1896, p. 7) wrote: —

“The only reliable and pathognomic lesion of syphilis

is the scar which remains after superficial gummatous

osteitis, This is not ordinary caries. The smallest

SCilcs . always show the same characteristics.

I want to emphasize that I know of no other disease

causing such changes. It is easy to recognise such foci,

however small they may be, but it may be difficult to

say how they differ from other defects. Most frequently

a peculiar jagged, radiate, often star-shaped depression

attracts attention. It is deepest in the centre and its

borders are relatively smooth, round and not eroded.

The diagnosis can be reached only by considering the

appeurance as a whole. One must note how the

changes are grouped round the centre, radiate and join

up again, but give the impression of a uniform pattern.

This is what is decisive. It is unimportant whether

the defect is deep or wide and flat, Its shape can never

by caused by true [pyogenic] caries, lupus or leprosy.”

[Translation.]

TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 393

Seg

PIG, 3. Clusiered pits. In each cluster confluence has started. Sutures are not crossed.

394

REC. 8, AUST, MUS., 17 (27); 387-405 July, 1978

FIG. 4. Confluent clustered pits. In two areas the confluence is peripheral, A triangular depression on the

left frontal is the scar of previous active disease. Its slightly raised margin, depressed buse, and groups

of thin radiating lines suggest that it is made up of several radial scars. These active changes are a relapse.

The cut on the right frontal shows the slightly thickened outer table.

School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney. I am indebted to Dr. P. M.

Moodie and to the Illustrations Department of the University of Sydney for the photographs from which

this figure and Figs. LOA, B were prepared,

TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 39

FIG. 5. Focal superficial cavitation, These are usually smaller, but the raised rim and its striated inner

surface are characteristic. With further healing the base will flatten and a few thin wavy radiating lines

will appear. The changes in this specimen are made up by the confluence of 3-4 smaller ones (see Stewart

and Spoehr 1952, Fig. 3). In more extensive confluence the floor may be thin and perforated,

Anatomy Department, University of Melbourne (49 Box 442)

396 REC, 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978

FIG. 6, Radial scars. This is a further stage of healing; later the rim may flatten to the level of the

surrounding bone. Thin radiating scars mark its base.

Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 39:57 see No. 9)

TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES

FIG, 7. Serpiginous cavitation. Some pitting is seen round the border of the change, especially above the

supradrbital ridges where there are also some periosteal bone deposits. This change does nat cross the

sutures, Other similar changes may be found on the same skull.

South Austrahan Museum (A11521).

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 Jiily, 1978

PORE

FIG. 8. Contiguous sequence of caries sicca. In the centre are nodules of caries sicca interrupted in a few

places by the preceding nodular cavitation, Surrounding this is serpiginous cavitation separated in a

few places from the surrounding unchanged bone by pitting. The soundness is, thus, demonstrated

of the sequence of caries sicca, arising from nodular cavitation and, with the earliest change, serpiginous

clustered pits at the periphery.

South Australian Museum (A25592)

PREPONEMATOSES IN FXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES

FIG, 9 Caries siceu. This is the healed stage of the contignous series, The reeularity of the nodules at

the left posterior quarter of the area is characteristic, The chanyves started after the frontal suture had

fused. "The nodules may be large, small, or Mat; all are seen in this specimen, Ut is the regular pattern

of nodules and the intervening star-like scars that are important for its reemgnition (Virchow, 1896) see

Appendix). The change stops at the coronal suture. Some radial scars ure on the Jeft frontal and

parietal bones, ‘Lhe ragged holes in the thinned left parietal result from termite activity during burial,

Anutomy Department, University of Melbourne (SP44:88)

400 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978

FIG. 10. Naso-palatine destruction. Only a small bar remains of the anterior mandible, and the central

part of the palate is missing. The nasal cavity is empty, and its walls are smooth. That this gross damage

has healed excludes malignant tumours. This is the gangosa of yaws and treponarid (see Hackett 1951:

Fig. 129). The unworn teeth are notable.

School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney.

TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 40

ai. q

eh eae

iA,

% ‘

™

& *

= a *

, as

| me

er ;

3 ‘

FIG, 11. Node with superficial cavitation. The section shows the formation of the node by periosteal

deposition of bone and the focal destruction of the cortex.

Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 20:37)

402

REC, S. AUST. MUS., L7 (27): 387-405 July, 1978

———— At a lle a at Na ih it maaan iin renee Neo eS ym Sef name ee ai

FIG, 12.

FIG. 13.

Expansion and superficial cayilation, Active stage in a young person. Similar small cavities

were in a clavicle, scapula and iliuom (see Fig. 43; Hackett 1936b).

School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney,

Nodes with superficial cavitation, Single as well as multiple cavities. Similar changes are found

in ribs, metacarpals and metatarsals.

TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES

14. Expansions with superficial cavitation. Changes are extensive with much bony thickening, and

encroachment upon the lower third of the medulla.

Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 19:27)

404 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978

FIG, 15. Expansion with superficial cavitation, Healing is occurring; the openings are becoming smoother,

Wellcome Museum of Medical Science, London,

TREPONEMA’ S IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL

Superficial cavitation in clavicles. Little bony thickening is present.

Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SFI9:6 & 9)

FIG. 17. Superficial cavitation in a scapula. There is little deposition. McKay (1938, Fig.

illustrates similar change s them osteitis. Similar changes can occur in the ilia.

Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 19:19)

RECORDS oF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS

ASTERINID ASTEROID FROM

EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH

AUSTRALIA

By MICHAEL J. KEOUGH and ALAN J. DARTNALL

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

delaide

North Terrace,

South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17

NUMBER 28

31st July, 1978

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID

FROM EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY MICHAEL J. KEOUGH AND ALAN.J. DARTNALL

Summary

A new species of asterinid sea star, Patiriella parvivipara, is described. It is a viviparous, intra-

ovarian brooder similar to Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, but it reaches maturity at a much smaller

size. The new species occupies an extremely restricted, intertidal habitat under granite rocks and has

only been recorded from five localities on the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia.

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID FROM EYRE PENINSULA,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

MICHAEL. J.

KEOUGH, M, J. and DARNALL, A. I., 1977. A new

species of Viviparoun asterinid asteroid from Eyre

Teabisula, South Australia, Rec. §. Aust. Muy. 17 (28):

407-416,

ABSTRACT

A new species of asterinid sea star, Paririella

parvivipara, is described, It is a viviparous,

intra-ovarian brooder similar to Patiriella vivipara

Dartnall, but it reaches maturity at a much

smaller size. The new species occupies an

extremely restricted, intertidal habitat under

granite rocks and has only been recorded from

five localitics on the west coast of Eyre Peninsula,

South Australia.

INTRODUCTION

The asterinid sea stars are prominent members

of the Australian littoral, particularly in south-

eastern Australia, where large aggregations of

species Patiriella are found, This genus was

examined by Dartnall (1971) and includes the

viviparous species Patiriella vivipara Dartnall,

1969, which was the first sea star reported to be

an intra-ovarian brooder. A second viviparous

species 1s of obvious interest.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

ASTEROIDEA

Family ASTERINIDAE Gray, 1840,

Genus Patiriella Verrill, 1913.

Patiriella parvivipara new species, Figs, 1-4.

Deseription of Helatype

A small asterinid sea star with five rays.

R = 3°75 mm, r— 3°62 mm, Ri fF— 1-1: 1.

Body comparatively thin and depressed, At this

size it is difficult to give an accurate measurement

of body height (vh) because the spinulation

causes a relatively greater margin of error than in

larger species. The best available value of

vh = 1-48 mm (averaged from dial caliper and

micrometer readings),

* Department of Zoology, The University of Adelaide, Box

498, G.P.O,, Adelaide 5001.

} Department of Zoology, University of Tasmania, Box

252C, Hobart 7001

{—3 lat July, 1978

KEOUGH* and ALAN J. DARTNALL*+

Plates of the abactinal surface closely imbri-

cated and few secondary plates present.

Abactinal plates very flat and not greatly

thickened at their free margins. Four rows of

papulae on each side of the radial midline of

which only the two inner rows reach the end of

the ray, Spines of carinal plates in groups of

4-7; spines of abactinal, interradial area grouped

3-5 to a plate. Abuactinal spines range from

O+15-0*11 mm in length and are about 0-1 mm

broad at the base. Single madreporite is about

0:4 mm in diameter. Superomarginal plates not

distinct from abuctinal plates, Proximal infero-

marginals each carrying four or five spines, the

distal only two,

Distal actinal intermediate plates imbricated

and broadly trilobed or convex at their exposed

edge, with each plate carrying a single spine,

occasionally two, about 02 mm long, “Float-

ing’, rounded, aspinous, actinal plates present

behind mouth plates. The holotype has cight

adambulacral plates, the first four bearing two

furrow spines of which the distal spine of the

pair is the longest (c. 0'4 mm). Distal to

adambulacral four the remaining plates carry

single farrow spines. Subambulacral spines

arranged one to a plate and about the same size

as the furrow spines, i.e. larger than the actinal

spines.

Most of the oral plates carry five spines, two

carry six and two, four, The first spine is the

largest (0°9 mm long x 0°25 mm wide at the

base), the second is about 0*7 mm long and the

remaining three (about 0'4 mm long x 0-1 mm

wide at the base) are grouped separately from

the first two, The additional spine on two of the

oral plates is inserted between the second spine

and the final triad and is intermediate in size

(c. 0-5 mm long). Suboral spines are absent on

all oral plates but one where a short spine is

present.

Colour in life

Colour is consistently reddish yellow, Munsell

colour 7°5 YR 7/8, varying to 7/6 and 8/6.

408 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (28): 407-416 Julv, 1978

Figure |. P. parvivipara. Holotype SAM K781 (a) Actinal surface

Figure 2. P. parvivipara. Holotype SAM K781 (4) Abactinal surface

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID

Figure 3. P. parvivipara. Paratype SAM K1720 (a) Actinal surface

Figure 4. P. parvivipara. Paratype SAM K1720 (4) Abactinal surface

400

410 REC

Holotype and type localiry

One spirit-preserved specimen, SAM K781:

Smooth Pool, south of Point Westall, South

Australia; Grid Reference: 928203, Department

of National Development 1;250 O00 series, Map

$153-2, Edition 1, Series R502, Collected by

W. Zeidler, 28.11.1975,

Paratypes and other material examined

Abbreviations used: SAM—South Australian

Museum; AM—Australian Museum; TM—Tas-

maniin Museum; NMV—Naftfional Museum of

Victoria; WAM—Western Australian’ Museum.

Paralypes

SAM K782 (1 specimen). Smooth Pool.

south of Point Westall. Coll, by W, Zeidler,

Li. 1975,

SAM #1719 (10). Smooth Pool. south of

Point Westall. Under rocks intertically.

M. Keough, 19.ix, 1975.

SAM K1720 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point

Westull. Under granite rocks intertidally.

P. Searle, [9.ix.1975, Dried speeinien.

WAM 540/77 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point

Westall. H, A. Searle, 1%1x, 1975,

AM J10916 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point

Westall. P. Searle. 19.ix. 1975,

TM HIO02 (1), Smooth Pool, near Point

Westall. H, A. Searle, 19.1x.1975.

NMY H303 (1).

Westall. Under rock.

Searle, 19.ix.1975.

Smooth Pool, south of Point

Intertidal, HH. A,

Orher material

SAM K7&83 (1), Whittlebee Point.

W. Zeidler, 1,.10.1975.

SAM K784 (1). Whiltlebee Point,

W. Zeidler, 111.1975,

SAM K785 (1). — Point

W. Zeidler, 9viii. 1974.

SAM K1713 (¢.70). Smooth Pool, near Point

Westall. Under granite rocks intertidally.

M. Reough, [9.ix.1975.

S.A.

Brown,

SAM KI714 (10). Cape Labatt, Under

granite rocks intertidally. M, Keough,

151.1976.

SAM KI715 (1). D’Aaville Bay, southern

Eyre Peninsula. J, MeNamara, |1.ii1.1977.

SAM KI7l6 (1). Adult with emerging

young. Smooth Pool, S.A. H. A. Searle,

19.ix.1975.

5. AUST. MUS., 17

(28)> 407-416 July, 1978

SAM K1717 (20). Smooth Pool, near Point

Westull, Under granite rocks intertidally.

M. Keough, 27.11.1977.

Note:—Other muterial is held at all above

institutions.

Distribution and habitat

The known distribution of Patiriella parvivi-

para extends from Whittlebee Point near Ceduna,

south as far as D’Anville Bay and the species is

known from five localities (sce Fig, 6), Despite

searching, no specimens were found on Yorke

Peninsula or on the eastern coasts of Eyre

Peninsula, The Western Australian Museum

contains no specimens of the species although

detailed collecting has only been done along the

south-western coast of Western Australia (Mrs,

l.. M, Marsh, pers, conmm.),

Along Eyre Peninsula the species did not

occur at a series of other localities searched (see

Fig. 6) and at D'’Anville Buy considerable

searching was necessary to collect the single

specinien (J. McNamara, pers. comm.). At

Cape Labatt, the population density is moderate,

one to five animals per square metre of rock

surface examined, At Point Westall, however,

densities may reach 2 000 individuals per square

inetre of rock underside. Even here the animal

is extremely localised, only one rock pool of many

containing the species. A similar phenomenon

was observed af Cape Labatt.

The habuat of the species is also very

restricted, P. parvivipdra occurs in mid- to

lower-intertidal rock pools of characteristic

appearance, The pools are depressions in an

igneous base rock, granite (Smooth Pool, Cape

Labatt, Point Brown and Whittlebee Point) or

basalt (D’Anville Bay) outcropping along a

Pleistocene coastline (Parkin, 1969), Small

rocks litter the bottom of the pools and

P_ parvivipara occurs Under these rocks (see

Fig. 5), At Cape Labatt, some limestone rocks

are also present but the species has not been

found under these rocks.

The rocks were almost bare of epibiota at

Smooth Pool and D'Anville Bay and carried

small amounts at Whittlebee Point and Point

Brown, At Cape Labatt the rocks were

enerusted with calcareous algae, sponges and

colonial ascidians as well as mobile species

including Patiriella gunnt (Gray), Pardanepanthia

grandis (H. L. Clark), Allostichaster polyplaxy

(Muller and Troschel), several species of

molluscs, the prawn Leander sp. and the

ophiuroids Clarkcoma canaliculata (Lutken),

Ophionereis schayeri (Muller and Troschel) and

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROLD 41)

‘

Pr re 4

Figure 3. Smooth Pool

Ophiactis resiliens Lyman, PP. parvivipara

oecurred at the side of rocks partially sheltered

by calcareous algae.

The rock pools occurred in sheltered parts of

exposed rocky shores and the localities on Eyre

Peninsula at which P, pervivipara did not occur

were of different geology, with the exception of

Cape Carnot which was a granite area, Granite

areas of Yorke Peninsula were searched unsuc-

cessfully by Mr. W. Zeidler of the South Aus-

tralian Museum. The habitat ts very specialised,

a phenomenon shown by many small, cryptic

Asterinidae. The eastern limit of distribution is

probably fairly precise, although further collect-

ing may extend the range westwards.

Biological observations

Patiriella parvivipara is able to survive high

temperatures, as at Smooth Pool the temperature

in the pool may exceed 30°C during summer and

tidal flushing has little effect on the teniperature.

Thus the species is able to tolerate temperatures

much higher than many asteroids (see Ursin,

1960; Smith, 1940), although it must be noted

that the congeneric species Patiriella exigua has

been recorded from waters of summer tempera-

tures of 30-35 C in South Australia (Shepherd,

1968).

Thermal stress may not be a problem to

individuals during summer, but “reproductive

stress” may be important. Specimens kept in

laboratory aquaria for two months at [S°C

Type Locality,

Photo courtesy of Bruce Chester,

changed very little. When kept at 20-23 °C,

however, reproduction was induced and over

seven days all animals of R > 2 mm produced

young. Animals which were kept at 12°C and

subjected to a mse of similar magnitude (5*5°C)

produced no young, These specimens were

collected during February, 1977, and examination

of specimens collected at the same time showed

juveniles to be present. In the first trial, 25

animals were used, and in the second, 10. The

results suggest that it is the temperature of 20-

23°C, rather than merely a rise in temperature,

which stimulates emergence of juveniles.

Juveniles emerged through the abactinal sut-

face of the adult and, in aquaria, their emergence

was always fatal to the adults. Most adults

contain more than one juvenile and few carried

none (see Table |). Emergent juveniles were

as much as 25 per cent of adult diameter, The

position of emergence corresponds closely to that

of Patiriella vivipara (Dartnall, 1969a), Most

adults carry many juveniles indicating consider-

able reproductive potential in the population. At

Smooth Pool, the population is sheltered from

both wave stress, and competitors and predators

while the Cape Labatt and Point Brown popula-

tions are inore exposed to wave action and to

predators and competitors. At Cape Labatt

Patiriella gunnii and Paranepanthia grandis are

available us predators upon Patiriella parvivipara

and prawns are not unknown as sea star predators

(Bruce, 197]).

412 REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (28): 407-416 July, 1978

TABLE 1

Distribution of number of young in adult P. parvivipara from Smooth Pool at different times of the year. Figures

show the frequency of animals carrying given numbers of juveniles.

Number of Young

Month Adults

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 >10 Examined

February ..... 13 I I 2 2 ] 0 0 0 0 0 20

May. ii eiesi. 3 2 3 | 2 3 3 2 i 0 0 0 20

July! 38 seesss I — 3 -- 4

September .... I 5 4 7 4 4 | 1 I 2 | ] 32

Data from September, 1975 and 1977 were homogeneous, and so were pooled.

The reproduction is extremely efficient, since juveniles, destroying the specimens). In Feb-

each adult produces a few young, which are ruary, 1977, mean size was again small,

relatively large and thus have a_ greater

probability of survival. It is therefore possible

that, because of this and the lack of predators

and physical stresses, the Smooth Pool population

is approaching maximum density in contrast to

the other sites. ‘The role of temperature in

reproduction suggests that breeding occurs in

December-February as water temperatures rise

about 20°C. This behaviour contrasts with that

of P. vivipara, which breeds throughout the year

in colder Tasmanian waters (Dartnall, 1969a),

although there may be a December-February

breeding peak in that species as Hoggins (1976)

believes that breeding 1s restricted to that period

and tank experiments suggest a similar conclusion

(G. Prestedge, pers. comm.).

The mode of reproduction does limit wide-

spread dispersal, as evidenced by the distribution

of this species (Fig. 6). The method of fertiliza-

tion is as yet unknown, although Dr. F-S. Chia

(pers. comm.) is currently investigating this.

It is possible that cross fertilization occurs,

as in P. vivipara (F-S. Chia, pers. comm.) and if

this is also true for P. parvivipara the reproduc-

tion would only restrict dispersal, without creating

problems of inbreeding.

Some idea of the dynamics of the population

of P. parvivipara at Smooth Pool may be inferred

from measurements of size (i.e. greater radius R)

and reproductive capacity of samples at different

times. In September, 1975, before the summer

rise in water temperature, mean R of animals

was 3°31 = 0-6 mm, while during February

1976, near the end of the probable reproductive

season when warm water temperatures were

nearing their end, mean size of the population

had fallen, R 1-85 += 0-6 mm. In the

following May mean size was intermediate,

R= 2-6 = 0-631 mm. (These specimens are

no longer held as they were dissected for

R = 1:95 + 0:62 mm and by July, mostly

large animals were present, mean R being 2°93 +

0°52 mm.

The data in Table | show that in February,

most animals are immature and do not contain

juveniles. In May and July many animals,

whilst not fully grown, had reached maturity and

contained juveniles, and by September, almost all

animals were mature and contained juveniles.

The most reasonable explanation for these

observations is that the animals are short-lived,

juveniles are produced in early summer, grow

rapidly and reach maturity between February and

June. The animals continue to grow until fully

grown the following summer when juveniles

emerge. The larger animals present in February

are slow-developing animals of the previous year.

Since reproduction appears fatal, all adults of a

given year die during the summer to be replaced

by juveniles, i.e. the data are consistent with

almost complete annual turnover of the popula-

tion. Collection of monthly samples from

Smooth Pool is continuing in an attempt to

confirm this hypothesis, and more detailed

ecological data will be presented at a later date.

Extent of morphological variation

The number of arms is extremely uniform.

Of about 300 specimens examined, only one had

four arms and one, six. This is less variable

than in P. exigua where six- and four-rayed

specimens are not uncommon (5-5 per cent with

other than five rays in 252 Tasmanian specimens

(Dartnall, 1969b), but is similar to observed

variation in P. vivipara where of a sample of

2016 specimens only two had six arms

(Dartnall, loc. cit.).

Maximum R for the species is 4*°7 mm, and

sexual maturity is reached at about R —= 2 mm.

This compares with P. vivipara, which reaches

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID 413

Whitilebee

Point

kilometres

20 40

smootity

Pool

Capel aD

Labatt a EYRE

PENINSULA

GREAT

AUSTRALIAN

BIGHT

Port

Lincoln

D'Anville

Figure 6. Distribution of Patiriella parvivipara. Closed triangles show localities where the species occurs; open circles

localities searched unsuccessfully for the species.

414 REC, S&, AUST. MUS,, 17 (28): 407-416 July, 1978

TABLE 2

Comparative spine counts of “exfgua™ group.

parvivipara exigua’ pseudvexigua' viviparalt

PLCINS 8 Bae Ceo Diet el bs 5 5 3 5

(4dr; Gr) (dry 6c) (4r 6r) (4r; 6r)

R; rrange,..,, oe sists t weeacep en ot 1.J-14 1.08-1.67 1.3 11-1.6

Oral SPINES! y (sete clon tess paces ot 4-5 5-6 5 6

(3r: 6r) (41) not known (5c; 7r)

Suboral spines ..-.. .. ---..----.. 0 \ 1 1

(ir) (Or) not known (Or)

Actinal * interradial spines/plate- ... 1 | 1 I

(Oc, 2c) (Oc; 2c) (Oc; 2c) (Oe: 2c)

Furrow spines*..,..,.2,22...-.-.., 2 2 3 4

(ry te) Gr: Ir) (2c: Ic) (2c)

Subambulacral spines -- 0... 2.....5 1 1! ] 1

(2r, Or) (Or) (2r: Or) (2c; Or)

Inferomarginal spines .............. 3 3 7-9 4-5

(4, 5, 6c, Tr) (4, 5)

Abactinal spines | .....ssccueesce erence. 4-10 4-20 4-2) g-14

Figures show the most common number of spines per plate and parenthesised figures indicate alternative counts. ‘‘c’’ indicates

a common occurrence; “‘r’’ a rare occurrence,

* The number often varies on a particular animal and one animal may carry 0, | and 2 spines on actinal plates and 3, 2 and |

furrow spines.

! Dartnall (1971) and Keough (unpublished observations)

" Dartnall (1971)

U1 Dartnall (1969) and Keough (measurements on TM822 and TM927)

maximum size of R > 15 mm, and maturity at

5-6 mm (Dartnall, 1969b; Hoggins, pers.

comm.). The larger specimens ot P. parvivipara

(i.e, R > 2 mm) invariably contain juveniles.

Four or five oral spines are usually present in

P, parvivipara though six occur occasionally.

Individuals sometimes had oral plates carrying

three, four and five spines on one animal, The

usual Jack of suboral spines, and smaller size at

maturity distinguishes the species from P, vivipara

in nearly all cases, but a comparison of species

within the “exigua” group, P. exigua, P pseudo-

exigua, P. vivipara and P. parvivipara shows that

there is considerable morphological overlap

between the species (see Table 2) and that no

morphological character or combination of

characters suffices to distinguish species in all

cases, especially for specimens of R less than

2mm,

Preserved specimens are often exceedingly

dillicult to identify and existing keys are, at best,

a general guide. There is a great need to investi-

gate new characters, ecological, reproductive and

possibly biochemical in an effort to provide

reliable characters. It is fortunate that, at least

within the “exigua” group, modes of reproduction

serve to distinguish specimens of R > 1-5 mm,

In the field only two species are likely to occur

in any area and these pairs are readily distinguish-

able, The combinations are P. parvivipara and

P, exigita in South Australia, P. vivipara and

P. exigua in Tasmania and P. exigua and

P. pseudoexigua in southern Queensland, The

presence or absence’ of gonoducts and their

orientation, together with colour, are adequate to

identify the species.

DISCUSSION

The distribution of the “exigua” crop

The distribution of P. exigua, P. pseudoexigua

and P, vivipara was described by Dartnall (1971)

and it is interesting to note that P. parvivipdra

is continguous with P. exigua, The distribution

pattern is shown in Figure 7.

The geographical separation of P. vivipara

from P. parvivipara, together with the precosity

of parvivipara strongly supports their separation

as distinct species. They are also distinct from

P. exigua and P. pyeudoexigua so that along the

Australian coastline four similar species exist but

reproductive isolating mechanisms have evolved

which ensure the integrity of the species con-

cerned. The idea proposed by Dartnall (1971)

that the “exigua" group forms a triple sequence

may be re-examined, The original idea ( Dart-

nall, 1970) of sibling pairs may be valid and if

‘Gonoducts are present in P. vivipara CF-S, Chia, pers,

comm,), but they are difficull to observe, in contrast Lo

P. exigua and P, pseudoexigua,

A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID 415

eet

eeaeee

eos?

ease

P. parvivipar,

es oe

*feaeest®

"Pees,

Figure 7. Distribution of Patiriella species of the “‘exigua’’ group within Australia. Note that the broken lines link only

the extremities of the range for each species, and do not indicate presence in water other than the intertidal areas on

the Australian coastline

416

this is so two sibling pairs are now known to

exist. There is little intellectual difficulty in

deriving both Patiriella vivipara and P. parvivi-

para from P. exigua which lays its eggs in gelatin-

ous packets on littoral rocks and which exhibits

an abbreviated larval development. There is

also little difficulty if one considers brooding a

method of maintaining a consistent recruitment

to a restricted, specialised habitat, although it

may restrict the dispersal of the species where

free swimming larvae are absent.

The reason for the speciation is uncertain,

although brood protection is most characteristic-

ally a property of cold water species (Mileikoy-

sky, 1971) and it could be argued that cold

conditions in the past were involyed in the

speciation observed. Dartnall (1974), following

Gill (1970), has invoked a Pleistocene closing of

Bass Strait to explain other marine distributions

in the area. Whether this phenomenon, combined

with waters of glacial origin in south-eastern

Tasmania, and cold subantarctic water washing

the shores of the Great Australian Bight, were

appropriate triggers for the successful speciation

of both P. vivipara and P. parvivipara must,

hopefully, be a source of fruitful argument.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The co-operation of H. A. Searle, P. Searle,

M. Dutschke and B. Chester in collecting and

despatching specimens to one of us (M.J.K.), and

the assistance of J. McNamara, D, Keough and

A. Chugg in the field was greatly appreciated.

We are also indebted to Mr, W. Zeidler, who

readily made available the collections of the

South Australian Museum, Mr. P. G, Kempster,

REC. 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (28):

407-416 July, 1978

who photographed the specimens, and Miss R.

Altmann, for drawing up the figures.

Finally, Dr. Frank Rowe provided much

helpful advice, and constructive criticism of the

manuscript, as did Dr. S. Oldfield.

REFERENCES

Anonymous 1954. Munsell Soil Color Charts. Munsell

Color Com., Inc. Baltimore, Maryland.

Bruce, A. J. 1971. The shrimp that eats starfish. dnimals

13: 908-910.

Dartnall A. J. 1969a. A viviparous species of Patiriella

(Asteroidea, Asterinidae) from Tasmania. Proce. Linn,

Soc. N.S.W. 93 (3): 294-297.

Dartnall, A. J. 1969b, The taxonomy and biogeesraplry

of the sea star genus Patiriella in Tasmania,

Unpublished M.Sc. Thesis, University of ‘Tasmania,

162 pp,

Dartnall, A. J. 1970, The asterinid sea stars of Tasmania,

Proe. Roy. Sec. Tasm., 104: 73-77,

Dartnall, A. J. 1971. Australian sea stars of the genus

Patiriella (Asteroidea, Asterinidae). Proc, Linn, Sac.

N.S.W. 96 (1); 39-49.

Dartnall, A. J. 1974. Littoral biogeography. /n, Williams,

W. D. (ed.), Biogeegraphy and ecology in Tasrnatid.

Junk, The Hague: 171-194.

Hoggins, D. D. 1976. Comparative ecalogical studies of

two intertidal sew stars, Patiriella vivipara Dartnall,

1969 and P. regularis Werrill, 1913. | Unpublished

B.Sc. Honours Thesis, University of Tasmania, 153 pp,

Gill, E. D. 1970. Current Quaternary shoreline research

in Australasia. Aust. J. Sci, 32: 426-430.

Mileikovsky, S. A. 1971, Types of larval development in

marine bottom invertebrates, their distribution and

ecological significance: a re-evaluation. Muar. Biol.

10 (3): 193-213.

Parkin, L. W. (ed.) 1969. Handbook of South Australian

Gealogy, Geol, Survey of South Australia, 268 pp.

Shepherd, S. A. 196%. ‘The Shallow Water echinoderm

fauna of South Australia. 1. The Asteroids. Rec.

S. dust, Mus. 15 (4); 729-756.

Smith, G. F. M. 1940. Factors limiting the distribution and

size in the starfish. J. Fish. Rey. Bd. Can. 5: 84-103.

Ursin, E. 1960. A quantitive investigation of the echino-

derm fauna of the North Sea. Medd. Danm, Fisk-

Mavunders 2: 1-204.

RECORDS oF THE

SQUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM Be

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A &S IN NEW

GUINEA AND PRYTANICORIS GEN. NOV.

FROM THE NEW GUINEA AREA AND

THE NEW HEBRIDES

(Heteroptera-Pentatomidae-Pentatominea)

By GORDON F. GROSS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000

VOLUME 17

NUMBER 29

2nd August, 1978

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & S IN NEW GUINEA

AND PRYTANICORIS GEN. NOV. FROM THE NEW GUINEA

AND THE NEW HEBRIDES

(HETEROPTERA-PENTATOMIDAE-PENTATOMINEA)

BY GORDON F.. GROSS

Summary

The genus Bathycoelia is recorded for the first time from New Guinea where it is represented by

chlorospila Walker, originally described from the Aru Islands. Chlorospila is redescribed and

figured and its male genitalia illustrated, the latter confirming that Bathycoelia is a member of the

Pentatoma group. Prytanicoris gen. nov. is described and its four included species, ambivivens sp.

nov. from New Guinea and the New Hebrides, dimorpha sp. nov. from New Guinea,

novaebritaniae from the Bismark Archipelago and solomonensis from the Solomons, are described

and figured; the genitalia of ambivivens indicate it belongs to a new grouping of pentatomine genera

near the Anfestia group.

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & 8 IN NEW GUINEA AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOV

FROM THE NEW GUINEA AREA AND THE NEW HEBRIDES

(HETEROPTERA-PENTATOMIDAE-PENTATOMINAE)

GORDON F. GROSS

South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, 5000

ABSTRACT

GROSS, G. F. 1978: The Genus Bathycoelia A & § in

New Guinea and Pryranicoriy gennov, from the New

Gilinea areca and the New Hebrides. Ree, 5. Aust. Mus,

17 (29); 417-428.

The genus Bathycoelia is recorded for the first

time from New Guinea where it is represented by

chlorospila Walker, originally described from the

Ara Islands. Chlorospila is redescribed and

figured and its male genitalia illustrated, the latter

confirming that Bathycoelia is a member of the

Pentatoma group, Prytanicoris gen.nov. is des-

cribed and its four included species, ambivivens

sp-nov. from New Guinea and the New Hebrides,

dimorpha sp.noy, from New Guinea, novaebrit-

taniae from the Bismark Archipelago and solo-

monensis from the Solomons, are described and

figured; the genitalia of ambivivens indicate it

belongs to a new grouping of pentalomine genera

near the Antestia group.

INTRODUCTION

During a visit to the B. P. Bishop Museu in

1969 a series of large New Guinea Pentatomidae

was selected out as probably belonging to a new

genus of what was then known as the subfamily

Halyinae but subsequently characterised (Gross,

1976, pp. 448-451) as a group of genera, the

Halys group, of the subfamily Pentatominae as

redefined in the preceding year (Gross, 1975,

pp. 98-101, 104-109), Additional material of

similar appearance was obtained in the New

Hebrides during the 1971 Royal Society—Percy

Sladen Expedition to these islands,

Closer examination proved that there were

two genera in the series. The more greenish one

proved to be Bathycoelia Amyot and Serville

which was represented only in the New Guinea

material by chlorospila Walker, previously known

only from the type specimen from the Aru

Islands. Bathycoclia was believed to belong to

the Pentatoma group and dissection of its male

genitalia has confirmed this, The second genus

is new and likewise is not a member of the Halys

group. On the basis of the elongated rima of the

I—2nd August, 1978

scent gland and the form of its male genitalia it

belongs to a hitherto unrecognised grouping of

Pentatominae close to the Antestia group.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND ABBREVIA-

TIONS OF INSTITUTIONS

Most of the material for this study was made

available by the Bernice P. Bishop in Honolulu,

abbreviated in the text to BISHOP, and by the

British Museum of Natural History, abbreviated

to BMNH. I am particularly indebted to the

late Miss S. Nakata of Honolulu and Dr. W. R.

Dolling of the British Museum in assisting im the

selection and transmission of the material, Some

of the specimens examined are in the South

Australian Museum which is abbreviated to

SAM. Furids for my visit overseas in 1969 were

made available by the Sir Mark Mitchell Research

Foundation and the C.S.LR.O, Science and

Industry Endowment Fund. The work in the

New Hebrides was financed by the Royal Society

of London and the Percy Sladen Trust,

The halftone illustrations of the dorsal aspect

of the species were prepared by Mrs. Linda

Blesing and for her meticulous work my thanks

are recorded here.

SYSTEMATICS

Pentatoma Group

Bathycoelia Amyot & Serville, 1843

Bathycoelia Amyot & Serville, 1843, p, 110;

type: Pentatoma buenopoziensis Palisot de

Beauvais. 1805 (monobasic), Stal, 1865,

p. 189: 1876, p. 101, Kirkaldy, 1909,

p. 139. Bergroth, 1913, p, 230, Distant,

1914, p. 376.

Bathycelia (sic) Herrich-Schaeffer, 1853, pp-

290, 326,

Gastraulax Herrich-Schaeffer, 1844, p. 61; type:

Gastraulax torquatus Herrich-Schaeffer,

1844 (first mentioned species). Herrich-

Schaeffer, 1853, p. 326; synonymy with

41k

Bathycelia (sic). Betgroth, 1906, p. 9-

Kirkaldy, 1909, pp. xxxi and 139. Bergroth,

1913, p. 230; synonymy with Barhycoelia.

Jurtind Stil, 1867, p. 518; type; Pentatoma

longirostriy Moutrouzier & Signoret, 1861

(monobasic), Stal, 1876, p. 101. Distant,

1902, p. 223. Bergroth, 1906; p. 9;

synonymy with Gastraulax. Bergroth, 1913,

p. 230; synonymy with Barhycoelia.

Large greenish, greyish-green or ochraccous-

green Pentatominae with head rather triangular,

ocelli widely separated, second segment of anten-

nae shorter than third, Jabium reaching onto

abdomen and considerably surpassing hind coxae,

sometimes reaching almost to apex of abdomen;

anterolateral margins of pronotum nearly straight

and juteral angles acute or slightly produced;

scultelluin with a black, purple or green metallic

spot in cach anterior angle; rima of scent gland

produced as a long keel to near upper margin of

metapleuron; tibiae sulcate or not; venter slightly

faised basally and strongly suleate to receive the

labium medially.

The genus ranges from Alrica

through the Comoro Islands, Madagascar,

Réunion, India, Malaysia. the Phillippines,

Indonesia, Aru Islands, New Caledonia and the

Loyalty Islands to the New Hebrides and Fiji

and is here recorded from New Guinea for the

first time.

Bathycoelia was placed by Stal (1876) and

Distant (1902) with such genera as Alciphron,

Glaucias (as Zangis) and Necara which [ (Gross,

1976, pp. 448-451) have shown to be closely

related to each other as a grouping of genera

provisionally called the Pentatoma group, The

form of the aedeagus and claspers of ihe species

redescribed below from the Aru Islands and New

Guinea indicates that Bathycoelia does belong to

this group, the claspers having some similarity to

those of Plautia and the aedeagus to Glaucias

and Aleciphron (Gross, 1976, figs. 201 A-P, 202

A-B), The long rima of the scent gland opening

and a greenish color are additional features, along

with its general appearance, confirming its place-

ment in the Pertatoma group.

Specimens from New Guinea, despite a some-

what more speckled appearance, appear on

measurement to be canspecific with Bathycoelia

chlerospila Walker, 1867, from the Aru Islands.

As it is a unique specimen the genitalia of the

type of chlorospila haye not been examined to

confirm this.

Baihycoelia chlorospila belongs to that section

of the genus in which the tibiae are sulcate

whereas the species from more eastern Pacific

Remarks:

REC, 8S. AUST. MOUS, 17 (29);

417-418 August, \Y7TR

Islands, notably B. /ongirostris (Montrouzier &

Signoret, 1861) from New Caledonia and B.

simmondsi Tzzard, 1932, from Fiji and the New

Hebrides, have rounded tibiae

Bathycoelia chlorospila Walker, 1867

Figs. 1, 2 A-C

Bathycoclia chloraspila Walker, }867, p. 350.

Bergrath, 1913, p, 230,

Gastraulax chlorospilus Kirkaldy, 1909, p, 140,

Holotype yellowish-testaceous but probably

green in life. New Guinea specimens greyish-

green with a finely speckled appearance, On

dorsum numerous brown (type) or brownish-

black punctations with some punctations, patches

of punctations and markings iridescent greenish-

black,

Head with anteclypeus, ocular peduncle and a

patch inside and behind each eye glabrous;

behind anteclypeus transversely strigose and

except for two central longitudinal lines of

punctations, impuncate. This glabrous area

bordered on either side by a longitudinal line of

punctations and another longitudinal line extends

forward from ocelli, Juga obliquely strigose and

punctate in theic inner halves, At each inner

basal angle of juga a black spot and lateral

margins of juga narrowly black, Ocular ped-

uncles flattened behind and touching anterior

margins of pronotum, Antennae slender, Iength

of segments (holotype) 1+14, 1°67, 3°38 mm,

fourth and fifth missing but in one New Guinea

male with the full number of segments 0-93,

1-72, 2-96, 3:64, 3°22 mm and in a New

Guinea female 0-73, 1/88, 3-43, 3-90, 3-70;

first segment pale brown, sometimes darkened

basally and apically, second and third black.

fourth pale brown in basal, third to half and dark

apically, fifth pale brown with a broad blackish

annulation after the middle.

Pronotum with anterior margin obliquely

truncate behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate

behind collum, anterior angles formed into a

small blunt spine, anterolateral margins almost

straight and moderately acute, lateral angles

shortly produced and almost rectangular. postero-

lateral margins vaguely sinuated, posterior margin

almost straight; disc with some transverse very

low ridges in a somewhal vermiculate pattern,

calli glabrous, inwardly of each anterior angle a

triangular patch of iridescent greenish-black or

purplish punctations, these two patches sometimes

connected by a narrow line of similar punctations

just behind anterior margin,

Scutellum with a prominent greenish-black or

purplish, transversely strigose, circular macula in

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & 8S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOV. 419

Linna, Buesinc.

LW ______49 mm———___

FIG. 1, Dorsal aspect of Barhycoelia chlorospila Walker,

420 REC, 8S, AUST. MUS,

each basal angle; apex broadly rounded; dise only

slightly raised anteriorly and punctations tending

to be arranged in short lines to forma vermiculate

pattern,

Hemelytra narrower than abdomen lor most

of their length, membrane just surpassing apex of

abdomen; punctations on coriaceous portions

tending to form groups or short lines to give a

vermiculate appearance; membrane smoky

hyaline with prominent, mostly parallel, veins,

Laterotergites with posterior angles acute and

black tipped, anteriorly on each Jaterotergite a

large purplish or greenish-black macula.

Dorsum of abdomen not seen.

Head beneath impunctate and yellowish, a

short iridescent greenish-black or black line

beginning at anterior margitis of eyes and passing

forward over antennifers but not nearly reaching

apex; labrum well developed; labium reaching

onto sixth abdominal ventrite, stylets and extreme

apex blackish,

Thorax beneath yellowish, propleura and some-

limes hind part of metapleura with fine brownish

punctations: mesosternum with a low raised keel;

anteriorly of each fore coxa an elongate black

spot, exteriarly on propleuron a curved black

streak starting on anterior margin and extending

at least half length of segment, anteriorly on

mesopleuron a small black spot exteriorly and

partly concealed under hind margin of pro-

pleuron, on metapleuron a curyed black streak

exteriorly margining the evaporative area:

evaporation area with a vermiculate pattern,

peritreme long and raised. Legs yellowish and

not unduly long, nbiae sulcate exteriorly,

Abdomen with segments TIl-V1 broadly suleate

medially; exterior anterior angles of each segment

black, behind each spiracle a small black spot

and midlaterally an oblique dark spat on anterior

margin of seginents IV-VIT; male genitalia con-

cealed by ventrite VII, hind margin of pygophore

forming a smooth concave curve but interiorly of

this a complex, sinuous upright sepium, a mem-

branous cighth segment is present in front of the

pygophore. Claspers, fig, 2C, large and T-shaped

with a small lateral lobe on the main shaft.

Aedeagus, fig. 2A-B, with phallosoma moder-

ately sclerotized, three conjunctival lobes present,

one dorsal and two lateral, the latter sclerotized at

their apices; medinul penial plates lying on either

side of a short sclerotized vesica and rather

curved. Female first gonocoxae somewhat

convex and with hind margins faintly curved,

paratergites IX rather triangular with rounded

apices,

17 (29); 417-428 Atpust, 1978

Length (holotype) 19*2 mm, (range) 18+7-

216mm.

Maximum width (holotype) 10+4 mm,

(range) 10°4-11+9 mm.

Remarks: The original description of Walker

is toa brief to adequately characterise this

Species,

Location of type:

ISLANDS, Saunders. 65-13, in BMNH.

Specimens Examined: The type and NEW

GUINEA-PAPUA Daradae Plantation, 80 km

north to Port Moresby, 500 m, 4 & 61x,1959,

T. C. Maa; NORTH-EASTERN paratype ¢ 2

2, Wau, Morobe District, 1 200 m, 20.71.1964,

16.vil.1961 2-10.x1.1961, the two females at

light, J. & J. H. Sedlacek, IRIAN JAYA 9¢,

W. Sentani. Cyclops Mountains, Hollandia area,

150-250 m, 25,vi,1959, T. C. Maa; 2, Bodem,

IL km S.B. of Oerberfaren, 7-17.vii.1959, in

MV light trap, T. C. Maa; 9, Waris S. of

Hollandia, 450-500 m, 1-7.viii. 1959, T. C. Maa:

all specimens except the type in BISHOP,

Holotype 2, ARU

Prytanicoris Group

The new genus Prytanicoris is very similar in

appearance to New Guineas members of the Halys

group (c.f. spectes of Acanthidicllum Kirkaldy,

1904 = Bromoceris Horyath, 1915 and Cacto-

teriy Stil, 1858), especially in us large size,

rather rectangular head, produced lateral angles

of the pronotum and slender antennae, How-

ever, the long rima of the scent gland is. suggestive

of @ position somewhat nearer the 4nfestia,

Peniatoma and Rhynchecoris groups though the

form of the animal excludes it from any of those

three. Dissection of the aedeagus confirms a

placing close to the Anfestia group. Prylanicaris

may in fact he somewhere along the line of

development from the Halyy group to Antestia

and the two other groups (Pentatemea and

Rkyachocoris) with a long rima, If so the

Antesfia group should be derived more directly

from the Halys group, than from nearer the

Asopus group as previously suggested (Gross

1975) in discussing the origins of the various

groups of Australian genera of Pentatominae.

Although the Pryanicoriy group is known at

the moment only from the New Guinea, Bismark,

Solomons and New Hebrides areas, its presence

in this region adjacent to Australia further

suggests that nearly all the groups of genera of

Pentatominae in the Australasian region, except

the Podeps and Strachia groups, can be easily

visualised as deriving from the Asopys-

Poectlotoma-Halvs groups axis,

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY. 421

phallosoma

dorsal conjunctival

lobe :

vesica

medial penial

plates

lobe

ventral

dorsal conjunctival

lobe

lateral

conjunctival

vesica

medial

penial

plates

pees lateral conjunctival

Ci}

FIG, 2. A-C. Bathycoelia chlorospila (Walker),

Cc.

The features of the Prytanicoris group must

for the time being be those of its only included

genus.

Prytanicoris gen.nov.

Large or medium sized, speckled brown or

blackish Pentatominae with head elongate and

for most of its length parallel sided but anteriorly

RB, ditto-ventral

aedeagus-sinistral aspect.

Clasper.

aspect.

broadly rounded, apices of juga not quite reach-

ing apex of anteclypeus, ocelli widely separated

and just behind a line between hind margin of

eyes, second segment of antennae shorter than

third, labium reaching onto third segment of

abdomen; anterior margins of pronotum trapezi-

formly excavate behind collum and_ obliquely

truncate behind eyes, slightly separated from

422 Rec. &. AUST.

latter, anterior atigles produced as a blunt tooth,

anterolateral margios of pronotum nearly straight

and lateral angles produced as a conical recurved

spine or rectangulaily produced, posterolateral

Margins somewhat sinuale, posterior margin

straight; scutellum only slightly raised anteriorly

on dise, apex rounded, a black fovea in each

basal angle; bucculae long and low but not

reaching base of head; mesosternum with a very

low keel; tibiae sulcate on thei outer surfaces:

second abdominal ventrite constricted and

depressed, abdomen medially not sulcate.

Claspers (Fig. 4 C-E) foliaceous with a small

hook like process dorsally or posteriorly; aedeagus

(Fig. 4 A-B) with phallosoma lightly sclerotized,

medial penial plates ventral and strap like; two

small, lateral, membranous conjunctival lobes

and a pair of parallel dorsal lobes which are

membranous dorsally and sclerotized ventrally,

vesica free apically and emerging between the

lateral conjunctival lobes.

Type: Prytanicoris ambivivens sp.nov.

Prytanicoris is known from four species which

may be separated as follaws:-—

Key lo species of Pryraiiceriy gen.noy,

1. Large species, Usually over [7 mn in Jength and some-

times over 2} ram and JO mm-12-3 mm in width;

lateral angles ef pronotum produced into a sharp

slightly recurved sping .. .. .. _ rombivivens n.sp.

Smaller species, if exceeding 17 mm in length Hot

exceeding 19 mim and less than WO-4d mm in width:

lateral ‘ogles of pronotum produced into # very shor

conical proeess or obluse ., ck ey oe ey ye ey 2

. (1) Lateral angles of pronetum produced into a conical

process: dorsal uppedrance brown and abdomen without

uw black sablateral stripe - am, Ws. eh

Lateral singles of pronotum obtuse fine ‘abdariten with dark

iridescent, broad, sublateral siripe — selatiionensi¢ n.sp.

3, (2) Males onder 16 mm om Jenglh and under 9 mm in

width: from New Guinea dinivipha Wap.

Mules over [7 mm in Jengif ind 9 mm in width; from

the Bismark Archipelago Hevuebrittunive sp.

Prytanicoris ambivivens sp.nov,

Figs, 3, 4 A-C

Ground colour yellowish-orange with mumer-

ous brown punctations and small brown patches

joining and surrounding punctations making the

dorsum appear brown and finely speckled-

Punactations on juga sparse interiorly, exteriorly

dense and concentrated into a broad sublateral

line, latter Frequently iridesecent green or

blackish-green, Between cyes and almost to

base of collum six parallel lines of brown puncta-

lions, the outer pair of each side joining and

terminating behind ocelli where they are

frequently greenish, these sending a small side

branch to hind margins of eyes. Anteclypeus

anteriorly and laterally dark, in ils basal half a

MUS.

17 (29): ATT-428 August, 1978

medial orange glabrous streak which is con-

tinued to base of head. Length of antennal

segments (holotype)—l 1-04, 11 1+77, TU 3°07,

IV 4-00, V 3:04; (allotype)—I 0:99, IT 1-92,

Ill 2°91, IV 4°16, V 3°70 mm; first to third

segments yellowish but black exteriorly, second

and third maculated with brown and third infus-

cated at extreme apex, fourth and fifth brown

with base orange-yellow.

Pronotum with anterior angle produced jnto a

small, blunt, reflexed tooth, behind this on lateral

margin a few crenulutions, rest of anterolateral

margin nearly straight and terminating in a

reflexed spinose process just before true lateral

angles; lateral angles shortly rounded, postero-

lateral and posterior margins nearly straight. On

dise of pronotum a small tumescence just inter-

iorly of each lateral angle; punctations on most

of dise discrete and arranged in short randomly

directed lines, around each punctation a small

brown annulus, these coalesce to form lines here

and there, anteriorly and laterally of each callus

a dense patch of iridescent greenish or greenish-

black punctations,

Scutellum marked as for hind portions of

pronotum.

Hemelytra narrower anteriorly than hinder

parts of thorax but considerably narrower than

abdomen for most of their length. Clavus and

corium marked as for dise of scutellum and hind

portion of pronotum, Membrane fumose-hyaline

with brown and apically parallel veins, Latero-

tergites yellowish, anteriorly on each an oblique

broad bur and posteriorly a rhomboidal patch

which are iridescent greenish or blackish and

punctate, hind angles of each laterotergite pro-

duced into a small, backwardly directed, infus-

cated tooth,

Dorsum of abdomen not completely seen but

apparently mostly yellowish-orange

Except fora few fine punctations along base of

bucculae head beneath yellow and impunctate,

from anterior margin of eye and running forward

to in front of antennifer a curved iridescent

greenish or bluckish line, in front of this and

separated from it and apex of head an elongate

brown streak on underside of juga. Labrum und

labium yellowish but ventrally narrowly black,

apical segment of latter also black. Thoracic

pleura yellow and fincly brown punctate, so also

on epipleura and epimera and posteriorly on

propleuron and metapleuron, Art apex of first

and second coxal clefts a small black spot,

propleuron with an elongate spot of dark irides-

cent punctations midway betwen apex of coxal

cleft and outer margin which does not reach

THE GENUS

FIG, 3.

BATHYCOELIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY.

Linoa Buesing 7

~ Wu ———10mm--————_ >

Dorsal aspect of Prytanicoris ambivivens gen. & sp.nov.

423

424 REC. §. AUST. MUS. 17 (29):

uninflated dorsal

conjunctival dorsal

phallosoma lobes

thecal

vesica

lateral

lobes

medial

penial

plates

sclerotized

processes

conjunctival

417-428 August, 1978

gonopore dLscri dorsal _

of vesica plate sclerotized

process

uninflated dorsal

conjunctival lobe

lateral

conjunctival

lobe

Shield

phallosoma

thecal

conducting

=. Chamber

FIG. 4& AC, Prytanicoriy ambivivens gen. & sp.noy.

C D. Prytanicoriy dimerpha spnoy.—elasper.

C, clasper.

anterior margin but joins a short transverse

similarly coloured line in a sulcus just behind

anterior margin; on meso- and metapleura a small

spot centrally in line with the anterior spot and

the abdominal spiracles. Legs normal and

yellowish, fore femora maculated with brown in

their apical three quarters, middle and hind

femora only maculated apically, sulci of tibiae

margined with black, apices of claws black.

Abdomen yellowish beneath, spiracles black.

Hind margin of pygophore deeply excavated with

A. aedeagus-sinistral aspect. B. ditto-dorsal aspect.

E. Prytaniceris novaebrittaniae—elasper.

lateral lobes rounded when viewed from below

but with a more inner oblique short black ridge

when viewed from behind, projecting into the

excavated a pilose bilobed structure. Clasper

(Fig. 4C) with a short thick basal portion which

is expanded on both sides distally into membran-

ous extensions, the upper one hooked dorsally.

Aedeagus (Fig. 4A-B) with phallosoma

mediumly sclerotized and provided with a short

membranous thecal shield, First gonocoxae of

female with posterior margins somewhat concave,

top of ninth paratergites slightly reflexed.

THE GENUS HATHYCOFIIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY.

Length: (holotype) 19-2, (Callotype) 21-7,

(range paratypes) 17°2-20°9 mm.

Width: (holotype) 11-2, (allotype) 12-7,

(range paratypes) 10+4-12+3 mm.

Types: All from Wau, Morobe District, North-

east New Guinea und unless otherwise stated at

1 200 m altitude, in M.YV, light trap and collected

J. Sedlaceck—-HOLOTYPE ¢@, 11-12 Apr. 1964,

J. & M- Sedlacek; ALLOTYPE ¢, 1 250 m,

9 Jan, 1963; PARATYPES 2 2, 200 m, 25 Mar.

1956, Gressitt & Willies, 2 2. 1-20 Nav, 1961:

°,9 Apr. 1964; 9%, on Coviak Ridge, 763 m,

7 Dec, 1963, H, C., od. 5-13 Mar. 1964; 6 & 8,

14.24 Mar. 1964: ?, Mount Missim, | 150 m

(not at light). ¢ & 5 2, 3-7 Apr. 1964; 2,

11-12 Apr, 1964, J, & M, Sedlacek; @, L5 Apr.-

15 May 1964, M. Sedlacek; ¢, Hospital Creck,

Feb, 1965, J, & M, Sedlacek; 2, Hospital Creek,

17 Feb. 1965, in Malaise trap; | 4 & 2 @,

Hospital Creek, 7 Mar. 1965, J. & M. Sedlacek,

All in BISHOP,

Other specimens examined: NORTHEAST

NEW GUINEA Fermin (3 BISHOP), Mt,

Missim (1 BISHOP), Mokai im Torricelli Mts.

(3. BISHOP), Pindiu in Huon Peninsula

(1 BISHOP). PAPUA Agenehambo near Pop-

ondetta (2 SAM), Kinga on Fly River (9

BISHOP). IRAN JAYA Humboldt Bay District

(4 BMNH), Tor River mouth—4 km E. of

Hollandia (Kota Raya) (3 BISHOP), Waris—

S. of Hollandia (S BISHOP), Ifar-Cyclops Mts,

(1 BISHOP), Mt. Sabron—Cyclops Mts, (7

BMNH). Bewani Mts. (1 BMNH), Urupucu—

Wissel Lakes (1 BISHOP), Sabil Yalley—Star

Mts, (tT BISHOP). WAIGEU Camp Nok (4%

BMNH). WOODLARK (MURUA) Kalu-

madau Hill (2 BISHOP). NEW HEBRIDES

Vila—Efate (2 SAM),

Remarks: The Woodlark specimens are darker

than those from the other localities and the New

Hebrides specimens have the green ividescent

areas on the pronotum strongly developed slong

the antero lateral margins and the Jateral angles

are more shortly spined, ‘The New Hebrides and

Woodlark specimens may represent two further

new species but unforiunaicly both specimens of

each form are female so the shapes of the male

claspers remain unknown, the colour patterns

and measurements are, however, consistent with

ambivivens.

Prytanicoris dimorpha sp.nov.

Fig. 4D, 5A

Ground colour yellowish-orange with numer-

ous brown punetations and areas of dense

blackish-green iridescent puactations making the

425

animal appear brown macroscopically. Females

markedly larger than males.

Punctations on juga sparse interiorly, extenorly

derise and darker and concentrated into a subs

lateral line. Interiorly of each eye a glabrous

patch and head laterally behind eyes glabrous,

interiorly of each glabrous patch two lines. of

concentrated punctations running forward from

ocelli, the outer one frequently turning outward

apically to jom line an juga, behind ocelli fused

to base of head and sending an oblique branch

to interior of eye, Length of male antennal

seginents in millimetres—holotype first, paratype

in bruckets—I 10 (1°0), 11 1*7 (1°6), HI 2°8

(2°6), IV 3°8 (3°6), V missing; length of

female antennal seginents—allotype first, para-

type in brackets—!I 1+1 (1:0), [1 1-7 (1-6),

Hit 2°9 (2-9), 1V missing (3°6), V_ missing.

First and third antennal segments yellowish with

brown maculations, first dark exteriorly, third

darkened apically; second sonretimes brown,

sometimes yellow maculated with brown; third

brown but paler basally.

Pronotum with anterior angles produced into a

small, blunt. reflexed tooth, behind this antero-

lateral margins vaguely crenulate anteriorly and

straight posteriorly, terminating in 4 blunt short

conical process just before true anterolateral

angles. Lateral angles abtusely rounded, postero-

lateral margins vaguely sinuate and posterior

margin nearly straight. On disc of pronotum a

small low tumescence just interior of each lateral

angle, punctations mostly discrete but aligned in

a rather vermiculate pattern, around each callus

and sublaterally an interrupted line of dense

iridescent darker punctations.

Scutellum and coriaceous portions of beme-

lytra marked as for hind portion of pronotum,

Sometimes a reddish diffusion posteriorly on

latter. Membrane fumose hyaline with brown

veins.

Dorsum of abdomen not seen but laterotergites

yellowish with a dark rugulose patch anteriorly

and posteriorly on each.

Head beneath yellowish and finely, sparsely and

almost concolorously punctate. Running forward

from each eye ta over and before each antennifer

a black streak, another dark streak in front of

this but more exteriorly onder each jugum.

Labrum and labium yellowish but latter ventrally

and apically black. Thoracic pleura finely and

sparsely dark punctate, anteriorly or propleuron

a T-shaped mark of dense iridescent punctations

with the head of the 'T near the anterior Margin,

on mesopleuron a small triangular pateh ol

similac punctations on disc and on metupleura 4

426

not so well developed oblique bar exteriorly of

evaporative urea, a short iridescent-dark line

exteriorly in anterior half. Legs normal and

yellowish, femora speckled with brown except at

base, tibiate more finely speckled and sometimes

darkened apically, claws bluck in apical halves.

Abdomen yellowish, spiracles black. Hind

margin of pygophore deeply and tnangularly

excavated, lateral lobes truncate apicully. their

transverse uxes at the truncation directed

obliquely inwards, Ln the anterior notch of the

excavation semicircularly exgised behind this a

black macula and directed obliquely posteriorly

from the notch and macula a groove. Clasper

Fig. 4D similar to that of ambiviverns bul there

is no thickened portion dividing the membranous

apical portion into two, the ventral extension of

the membranous expansion js triangular in shape

and the upper portion is hooked apically, not

dorsally.

Length: (holotype) 15°6, (allotype) 17°7,

(male and female paratypes) 15-6 and 18-7 mm.

Width: (holotype) 8+5, (allot type) 10+3,

(male and female paratypes) &*8 and 10-1 om.

Types: Holotype 4, IRIAN JAYA, Waris S.

of Kota Raya (— Hollandia), 450-500 in, 24-3 |

Aug, 1959, T. C. Muay allotype and paratype

? @, PAPUA, Owen Stanley Range, Goilala—

Loloipa, |-l5 Feb, 1958, W, W, Brandt; paratype

¢, same data ag allotype except date 21-31 Dec,

1957. All in BISHOP.

Prytanicoris. noyaebrittaniae sp.nov,

Fig, 4B, 5B

Very similarly murked to P, dintorpha bul

males significantly larger [length 17*1 to

15-6 mm). As the unique type is male it 1s

not known whether there is a murked size differ-

ence between the sexes, The following charac-

ters differ, The four basal antennal segments

are yellow with only a faint suggestion of darker

maculations, there is a durk subapical annulus

on the third (filth omssing). Lengths antennal

segments (holotype) —E 0+9, IL 1-6, Il 2-6,

IV 3-7, V?, On the dise of head behind base of

anteclypeus there are six, not four distinet longi-

tudinal rows of puinctations. The coriaceous

parts of hemelytra are reddish-orange all over

with the punctations, except on cluvus, very little

darker. Head beneath almost glabrous with a

line of fine punctations along bucculae, CLuteral

Jobes of pygophore with a small tooth at the

ventral end of the truncate lateral lobes. Clasper

Fig. 4B Very similar to dimorpha with the upper

membranous extension booked apically but with

REC. §. AUST. MUS. 17 (29).

4)7A2K August, 1978

a medial thickened longitudinal portion so that

there are upper and lower laminate sections,

{7+ 1 mm.

9-9 mm,

Length:

Width:

Type: Holotype ¢, NEW BRITAIN, Keravat,

30 m, 4 Apr. 1956, in light trap, J. L. Gressitt,

in BISHOP,

Prytanicoris solomonensis noy,sp,

Fig. SC

Much darker in appearance than the preceding

species (except the Woodlark specimens of

abiviveny) and with lateral angles of pronotum

bluntly rectangular. Ground colour yellow with

HuMerous shinifig piceous punctations,

Punctations on juga absent along extreme

margin and sparse interiorly, on dise of juga

forming a dense piceous bar, Between eyes six

lines of punctations, the inner four parallel, the

outer two curved in front of ocelli and oblique

behind ocelli, these joined by a cross branch to

outer of straight lines. Length of antennal seg-

ments—I 1+1. TP 1°9, 1 2°9, TY & V missing,

First antennal segment pale basally and brown

apically, exteriorly this brown more extensive

than interiorly; second and third seyments

yellowish-brown with faint brown maculutians,

third infuseated upically.

Pronotum with anterior margin obliquely

thickened behind eyes und unlerior angles

produced into a small, blunt tooth; behind this

anterolateral margins entire and atraight, ter-

minating as a right angle jast before true lateral

angles. Latter obtusely rounded, posterolateral

margins faintly concave and posterior margin

straight. On dise of pronotum a small tume-

svence just interior of cach lateral angle, puncta-

lions piceous and mostly surrounded by a brown

ring, many of the punctations arranged in vaguely

transverse rows with the brown rings coalescing

to form brown lines, calli piceous,

Scutellum und coriaceous portions of heme-

lytra marked like dise of pronotum but puncta-

tions in apex of former small, sparse and not

ringed with a brown annulus, and on hetnelytra

the dark lines more irregularly disposed. Mem-

brane fumose hyaline with concolorous veins,

Dorsum of abdomen not seen, laterotergites

blackish with a large orange spot on lateral

margin of each (not reaching incisures). strongly

punctate, punctations in black areas black and in

orange areas Orange.

Head beneath yellow, smooth except for a few

punctations along base of bucculae and jmmedi-

ately in front of antennifers. Behind eye

THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & § AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY, 427

bane

ven

Linpa Bresine

FIG, 5. A. Dorsal aspect of anterior portion of Prytanicoris dimorpha sp.nov. B. Dorsal aspect of anterior

solomonensis Sp.nov.

narrowly brown, in front of eye a brown bar apical segment of labium also black. Thoracic

passing forward over antennifer and tapering to pleura yellowish and sparsely punctate except

end about half way to apex of head, on underside posteriorly on propleuron where punctations are

of juga a brown bar and in front of antennifer a coarser. On disc of propleuron a large, greenish,

diffuse brown patch, Labrum and labium iridescent, vaguely rectangular marking; on meso-

yellowish but both ventrally black, stylets and pleuron a brown to piceous patch at apex of

428

coxal cleft and another on disc nearer anterior

margin than posterior; metapleuron darkened on

evaporative area and behind and exteriorly of

latter. Legs yellowish brown, femora faintly

speckled with brown, tibiae darkened on either

side of sulcus, tarsi darkened dorsally and later-

ally, claws dark in apical halves.

Abdomen yellowish, spiracles and a brown

longitudinal band passing just below them brown,

a short brown bar posteriorly in centre of segment

VII. First gonocoxae mostly piceous along with

interior halves of eighth paratergites.

Width: 9.9 mm.

Type: Holotype ¢, SOLOMON ISLAND,

Bougainville (S.), Mosigata, 25 m, 3 May 1956,

E. J. Ford Jr., in BISHOP.

REFERENCES

Amyot, C. J. B. and Serville, A. 1843. Histoire Naturelle

des Insectes. Hémiptéres. (Roret, Paris).

Bergroth, E. 1906. Neue austro-malayische Hemiptera.

Wien, ent. Ztg., 25 (1): 12-16,

REC. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (29):

417-428 August, 1978

Bergroth, E. 1913. Note on the Genus Bathycoelia Am. &

Serv. (Hem. Pentatomidae.) Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., 57:

230-232.

Distant, W. L. 1902. The Fauna of British India including

Ceylon and Burma. Rhynchota—Vol. 1. (Friedlander

& Sohn, Berlin.)

Distant, W. L. 1914. Rhynchota from New Caledonia and

the surrounding islands, in F. Sarasin and J. Roux’s

Nova Caledonia, Zoologie, 1, livr. 4 (10): 369-390.

Gross, G. F. 1975. Plant feeding and other Bugs

(Hemiptera) of South Australia Heteropetra—Part 1.

(Govt. Printer, Adelaide.)

Gross, G. F. 1976. Plant feeding and other Bugs

(Hemiptera) of South Australia. Heteroptera—Part Il.

(Govt. Printer, Adelaide.)

Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. 1842-1844. Die Wanzenartigen

Insecten. Getreu nach der Natur abgebildet und

beschrieben. Part 7. ((C. H. Zeh’schen, Nuremberg.)

Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. 1853. Die Wanzenartigen

Insecten. Getrue nach der Natur abgebildet und

beschrieben. Part 9. (J. L. Lotzbeck, Nuremberg.)

Kirkaldy, G. W. 1909. Catalogue of the Hemiptera

(Heteroptera) with Biological and Anatomical Refer-

ences, lists of Foodplants and Parasites, etc. Vol. 1

Cimicidae. (Felix Dames, Berlin.)

Stal, C. 1865. Hemiptera Africana. Vol. 1. (CNorstedt

Office, Stockholm. )

Stal, C. 1876. Enumeratio Hemipterorum.

Vetensk Akad, Handl, 14 (4): 1-162.

Walker, F. 1867. Catalogue of the Specimens of Heterop-

terous—Hemiptera in the Collection of the British

Museum. Brit, Mus. Pub., Pt. 1: 1-240.

5. K. svenska

RECORDS OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI

OF THE WORLD

(HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

By JOSE C. M. CARVALHO

THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA

In collaboration with GORDON F. GROSS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

North Terrace, Adelaide

South Australia 5000 VOLUME. 17

NUMBER 30

| 10th SEPTEMBER, 1979

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD

(HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

BY JOSE C. M. CARVALHO

THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA IN COLLABORATION WITH GORDON F. GROSS

Summary

The present paper comprises a monographic revision of the tribe Hyalopeplini (Hemiptera: Miridae,

Mirinae) with descriptions of new genera and new species.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA:MIRIDAE)

By JOSE C. M, CARVALHO*

Museu Nacional, Rio de Janciro, Brazil

THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA

In collaboration with GORDON F, GROSS,

South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000

(With 292 rext-figures)

ABSTRACT

CARVALHO, José C. M, The Tribe Hyalopeplini of the World

(Hemiptera:Miridae), The Australian Fauna jn collaboration

with Gordon F. Gross. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17(30): 429-531.

The present paper comprises a monographic

revision of the tribe Hyalopeplini (Hemip-

tera:Miridae, Mirinac) with descriptions of new

genera and new species. The taxa included and

described are, in order: AUSTROHYALOMA

Carvalho & Gross n.gen,—A, collessi Carvalho &

Gross n.sp., North Queensland; CHRYSOR-

RHANIS Kirkaldy—C, daphne Kirkaldy, Pulo

Laut, Sumatra, Larat, Borneo; GC. hyalinus

(Usinger) n.comb., Saipan; C, lineatus Carvalho

n.sp., West Irian, Larat, Hainan; CORIZIDOLON

Reuter—C. qustraliense Carvalho & Gross n.sp,,

Australia; C. dexlineatum Dellatre, Ivory Coast; C.

notaticolle Reuter, Mauritius; GUIANERIUS Dis-

tant—G. typicus Distant, Borneo, Philippine Is.;

GUISARDINUS n.gen.—G. neoguineanus Car-

valho n.sp., New Guinea; G. solomonicus Carvalho

n.sp., Solomon Is,; which is compared with Argenis

incisuratus (Walker), a convergent member of the

Mirini from Sri Lanka; GUISARDUS Distant—G,

bogerensis Carvalho n.sp., Java; G. chinensis

Carvalho n.sp., South China; G. cristovalensis

Carvalho n.sp., Solomon I[s.; G. fasciatus Carvalho

n.sp., Solomon Is.; G. pellucidus Distant, Java

Malacca, Tenasserin, Burma, Vietnam, Laos; G.

strigicollis Poppius, Mentawei, New Guinea;

HYALOPEPLINUS n.gen.—H. antennalis (Dis-

tant) n.comb., New Caledonia, Loyalty Is.; H,

* Researcher of the National Council for Development of

Science and Technology (CNPq), Rio de Janeiro—l A,

J0th September, 1979

cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp,, Queensland; H

cristovalensis Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; H.

fijiensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp., Fiji; H. malayensis

Carvalho n.sp., Laos, Sumatra, Sri-Lanka, Malay

Peninsula; H. papuensis Carvalho n.sp,, Papua-New

Guinea; H. philippinensis Carvalho n.sp., Philippine

Is.; H. samoanus (Knight) n.comb., Samoa; H,

solomonensis Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.;

HYALOPEPLOIDES Poppius. H. alienus Car-

valho & Gross n.sp, Queensland; H. australiensis

Carvalho & Gross n.sp,, Queensland; H. borneensis

Carvalho n.sp., Borneo, H. cyanescens Poppius,

New Guinea; H. fasciatus Carvalho n.sp., Java, H.

maculatus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H.

neoguineanus Carvalho n,sp., New Guinea; H.

ochraceus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H, queens-

landensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp., Queensland: H,

rubrinoides Carvalho n.sp., New Britain; Bismark

Archipelago; H. rubriniscus Carvalho n.sp., New

Treland; H. similaris Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.;

H. trinotatus Carvalho n.sp., New [reland:

HYALOPEPLUS Stal and ADHYALOPEPLUS

n.subgen,—HYALOPEPLUS (HYALOPEPLUS)

aneityumensis Carvalho n.sp., Aneityum I.; H.(H.)

clavatus Distant, Bangladesh; H.(H.) grandis

Carvalho n.sp., Philippine Is.; H.(H.) guamensis

Usinger, Guam I,; H.(H.) hebridensis Carvalho

n.sp., New Hebrides; H.(H.) kandanensis Carvalho

n.sp., New Ireland, Solomon J.; H.(H.) malayensis

Carvalho n.sp., Malaya; H.(H.) marquesanus

Carvalho n.sp., Marquesas Is.; H.(H.) nigrifrons

(Hsiao) n.comb., Philippines, Indonesia, New

Guinea; H.(H.) nigroseutellatus Carvalho n,sp.,

New Guinea, Philippine Is.; H.(H.) rama (Kirby),

Sri Lanka, Sumatra, Philippines, Borneo, Java,

430

Malaya; H.(H.) rubroclavatus Carvalho n.sp.,

Queensland, West Irian; H.(H.) rubrojugatus

Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H.(H.) smaragdinus

Roepke, Java. Borneo; H.(H.) spinosus Distant,

Vietnam, Assam; H.(H.) tongaensis Carvalho n.sp.,

Tonga I., Fiji; H.(H.) tutuilaensis Carvalho n.sp.,

American Samoa; H.(H.) vitripennis (Stal), Java,

Sumatra, Borneo, Sarawak, Philippine Is., Malaya,

Palau Is., Solomon Is., Moluccas, Mariana Is., New

Hebrides, Babelthaup Is,, New Britain, Papua New

Guinea, Bismark Archipelago, Queensland, Singa-

pore, Indo-China, Sumatra, Vietnam, Laos; H.

HYALOPEPLUS (ADHYALOPEPLUS)

n.subgen.—H. (A.) cuneatus Carvalho n.sp., New

Guinea; H. (A.) loriae Poppius, New Guinea,

Queensland, New South Wales; H.(A.) madagas-

cariensis Carvalho n.sp., Madagascar; H.(A.)

pellucidus (Stal), Hawaiian Is., Marquesas Is.;

H.(A.) samoanus Knight, Samoa; H.(A.) similis

Poppius, New Guinea, Malaya, India, Australia,

Timor, Solomon Is., Philippines Is., New Britain,

Borneo, Africa; HYALOPLICTUS n.gen.—H.

minor n.sp., Solomon Is.; H. solomonicus Carvalho

n.sp., Solomon Is.; ISABEL Kirkaldy—I. ravana

(Kirby), Sri Lanka, Sumatra, Philippines, Burma,

Formosa, South China, New Guinea; KOS-

MIOMIRIS Kirkaldy—K. rubroornatus Kirkaldy,

Borneo, Malaya, Philippines, Thailand; MAC-

ROLONIUS Stél—M._ schenklingi Poppius,

Formosa; M. sobrinus (Stal), Borneo, Sumatra,

Malaya, Singapore; M. superbus Distant, Burma;

ONOMAUS Distant—O. elegans Poppius, Burma;

O. lautus (Uhler), Japan; O. pompeus Distant,

Burma; RAMBEA Poppius—R. annulicornis

Hsiao, Philippine Is.; R. gracilipes Poppius,

Sumatra; R. malasica Carvalho n.sp., Malaya.

A list of genera and lists of species are included,

together with keys to genera, subgenera and species.

Each species is illustrated in full dorsal view and

where possible also their external morphology and

male genitalia. A neotype is designated for Capsus

vitripennis Stal. The genera Macrolonidea Hsiao and

Euhyalopeplus Hsiao are relegated to the synonymy

of Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy and Guisardus Distant

respectively. The following species names have been

relegated to synonyms:—Macrolonidea cyanescens

Hsiao (of Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy);

Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius (of G. typicus

Distant); Hyalopeplus smaragdinus rubrinus Roepke

(of H. rama (Kirby)); H. amboinae Carvalho (of H.

vitripennis (Stal)); H. uncariae Roepke (of H.

vitripennis (Stal)); H. bakeri Poppius and H. horvathi

Poppius (of H. similis Poppius); H. krishna Ballard

(of H. similis Poppius); Isabel beccarii Poppius and

I. horvathi Poppius (of Isabel ravana Distant);

Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius and K., scutellaris

Poppius (of K. rubroornatus Kirkaldy).

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

The Australian and some of the Pacific Islands

components of the tribe Hyalopeplini were written

up in collaboration with Gordon F. Gross,

Department of Entomology, The South Australian

Museum, Adelaide. In the summary above and in

the text which follows those new taxa on which we

worked jointly are indicated by the use of both

authors’ names after the genus or species name.

CONTENTS

Introduction: . 3.4455 66.465 fs ee ates ee Ee a

Tribe Hyalopeplini Carvalho.................-..

List of genera included in the tribe ...............

Key to the genera of Hyalopeplini

Genus Austrohyaloma Carvalho & Gross,

TS BEM vsherin tet scy agen ees oe FYE fle he pele oly blades

Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy ...........+--.555

Corizidolon Reuter

Guianerius Distant

Guisardinusn.gen. .........6.0005 eee ees

CGHUISATAUS: ow rescree tend oy eh Dy dede tba ytahjedet

Hyalopeplinus n.gen............. 0000s eee

Hyalopeploides Poppius

Hyalopeplus Stal

Hyalopeplus subgen..............+-.

Adhyalopeplus n.subgen. ............

Hyaloplictus n.gen. 0.0... ee eee

Isabel Kirkaldy... .......0 0000 cee eee eens

Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy .................-.

Macrolonius Stal

Onomaus Distant............ 000-002 005-

Rambea Poppius

References: 3.2 opis 6 ye he Spans page Pe eee be aes

INTRODUCTION

This paper deals with the tribe Hyalopeplini

(Hemiptera: Miridae) of the World and is based

principally on collections assembled by the Bernice

P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, by the Wau

Ecological Station, Papua New Guinea and by the

British Museum of Natural History.

Type specimens and unnamed collections were

also provided through the courtesy of the Zoological

University Museum, Helsinki; Riksmuseum of

Natural History, Stockholm; Natural History

Museum, Leiden; National Natural History

Museum, Budapest; American Museum of Natural

History, New York; South Australian Museum,

Adelaide; Australian National Insect Collection,

Canberra; Department of Entomology, University

of Queensland, Brisbane and by other museums or

organisations, as mentioned in the text. Holotypes

and other type categories are deposited in the

various collections named after the descriptions,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

The author wishes to acknowledge his grateful

thanks to Doctors J, L. Gressitt and Wayne C.

Gagné, who provided most of the material for this

study and to express his appreciation to his

colleagues W. R. Dolling (London); M, Meinander

(Helsinki); R. C. Froeschner (Washington); I.

Persson (Stockholm); T. Vasarhelyi (Budapest); P.

Doesburg Jr. (Leyden); R. T. Schuh (New York);

G, F, Gross (Adelaide); D, F. Waterhouse

(Canberra) and T. E. Woodward (Brisbane), for the

loan of material,

The greater part of work was undertaken at the

National Museum, Rio de Janeiro. Most of the

illustrations were made there under the author's

supervision by Paulo Wallerstein, Luiz Antonio

Alves Costa and Paulo Roberto Nascimento,

The Australian and some Pacific Islands material

was studied jointly with my colleague Gordon F.

Gross and joint authorship of new taxa is indicated

in the appropriate places. Mr. Gross also kindly

went through the whole manuscript and corrected

the English wherever an unidiomatic or awkward

expression had crept in, He also illustrated several of

the Austrahan species.

The following abbreviations for collections have

been used

AMNH— The American Museum of Natural History,

New York.

ANIC— The Australian National Insect Collection,

Canberra.

BISHOP— The Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Honolulu,

BMNH— The British Museum (Natural History),

London.

BUDAPEST— Termeészettudomanyi Mizeum, Budapest.

HELSINKI— Zoological Museum, University of Helsink),

LEIDEN— Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,

Leiden.

ou— University of Queensland, Brisbane.

SAM— The South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

STOCKHOLM— _ Narturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm,

USNM— United States National Museum,

Washington.

TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI CARVALHO, 1952

Hyalopeplini Carvalho, 1951, p. 133; Carvalho,

1952, p, 38; Carvalho, 1955, p. 14; Carvalho,

1959, p. 317

This tribe was erected to include a group of genera

within the subfamily Mirinae with hemelytra glassy

and transparent, without or with incomplete

nervures, allawing the membranous wings and

abdomen to be distinctly seen from above.

oat

The great majority of species are found in the

Pacific region and show several characters in

common, such as the pronotum and scutellum totally

or partially rugose, rugose-punctate or coarsely

punctate only; hemelytra vitreous, if not entirely

then at least corium distinctly transparent, but

usually the whole upper wing 1s transparent though

the cuneus and embolium or even the clavus may be

opaque in some specimens, in this case with some

sparse hairs.

Type genus: Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870,

In previous works the genera Iridopeplus Ber-

groth, 1910 from South America and Moroca

Poppius, 1912 from Papua-New Guinea were

included in this tribe, In the present revision,

however, these genera are excluded and transferred

to the tribe Mirini Hahn, 1831, since they show a

complete neuration on the corium and the opaque

portions of hemelytra are due to structure and not to

colour. Pleurachilophorus Reuter, 1905 from Africa

was also recently studied by the author and found ta

have a complete neuration on the hemelytra, a

character which excludes it from the tribe.

In this revision 15 genera are recognised as

belonging to the tribe. Two formerly recognised

genera: Macrolonidea Hsiao, 1944 and Euhyalope-

plus Hsiao, 1944 are considered to be synonyms of

earlier described genera and four new genera are

described; Hyaloplictus n.gen,, Hyalopeplinus

n.gen., Guisardinus n.gen. and Austrohyaloma

n.gen, The genus Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 is

subdivided into two subgenera: Hyalopeplus Stal and

Adhyalopeplus n.subgen., based mainly on the

structure of the pronotum and shape of the spiculum

of the vesica of aedeagus.

List of genera included presently in the tribe:

1, Austrohyaloma Carvalho and Gross n_gen.

2. Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902

3. Corizidolon Reuter, 1907

4, Guianerius Distant, 1903

5. Guisardinus n.gen.

6. Guidardus Distant, 1904

7, Hyalopeplinus Carvalho and Gross n-gen,

8. Hyalapeploides Poppius, 1912

9. Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870

10, Hyaloplictus n,gen,

11, Isabel Distant, 1902

12. Kosmtiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902

13. Macrolonius StAl, 1870

14. Onomaus Distant, 1904

15. Rambea Poppius, 1912

432

Key to the genera of Hyalopeplini Carvalho

|. Corium with radial nervute present only apically; segment |

of antenna almost twice aS long us width of head;

membrane with two chanicteristic bent fasciae apically

Isabel Distant

Corium without servures or median nervure complete,

segment | of antenna not almost twice as lang as width of

head, of if so then membrane without the two fasciae

mentioned above ...,, a te 2

2, Pronotum distinct, deep and coarsely punctate, without

traces ol transverse cugositics (fiz. 256) 2... 3

Pronetum smooth, distinctly rugose transversely or with

punctures intermixed with rugosities or only very finely

punctulate (figs, 158,210,276)... le ae 7

3. Collar smooth or with several faint oblique striations — , 4

Collar punctate, rugose-punctate, Rugose or transversely

striate, usually wide, with medial length approximately

equal to hall the width of Gye... cee ee ee, 5

4. Rostrum reaching the 7th or 8th abdominal segment; eyes

occupying the whole sides of head; lorum strongly

prominent... nae Kasmiomiris Kirkaldy

Rostrum reaching the middle coxae; eyes not occupying the

whole side of head; lorum normal .

Austrohyaloma Caryalho and Gross, n gen,

5, Scutellum smooth or only sparsely punctate; segment | of

antenna longer than width of head

Chrysorrhanius Kirkaldy

Scutellum distinctly, densely and coarsely punctuate -.. 6

6, Humeral angles globose; head rounded posteriorly, eyes

prominent, segment [ of anjenna incrassate subbasally;

small species ___, Oct Guisardinus 9.gen.

Humera! angles not globose; head not rounded posteriorly,

eyes sot prominent; segment [ of antenna narrowed

towards base; large species .. Macrolonious Stal

7. Pronotum beset with numerous short dark bristles, first

antennal segment narrowed at apical third (incrassate

subbasally and atextreme apex) _ .. Corizidolon Router

Pronotum without short black bristles; tirst antennal segment

not noticeably narrowed at apicalthird .,,.,. . .-.. 8

8. Pronotum noticeably narrowed anteriorly, collar very wide,

its mesal length greater than thickness of segment I of

antenna which is bent outwards; cuncus more than twice as

long as wide at base ......... 6.05, Ayaloplictus n.gen.

Pronotum nat noticeably narrowed anteriorly or if so collar

not very wide, its mesal length equal ta, or less chan.

thickness of segment [ nf antenna; cuneus shorter 9

9, Pronotum and scutellum smooth (including collar) or only

very finely punctulate; segment | of antenna longer than

width of head (fig. 276) sate ee 2 AT

Pronotum and scutellum distinctly rugose, at least on median

portion, with black longitudinal fasciae or spots, or when

this is not the case, segment I of antenna about as. long as or

shorter than width of head (fig. 41,75) -..-.,..-..,, 2

10, Eyes contiguous with collar, pronotum net constricted in

front, strongly convex, calli obsolete; segment VW of

antenna slighty incrassate towards apex (fig, 23)

Guianerius Distant

Eyes placed at middle of head, pronotum noticeably

constricted anteriorly; calli prominent, segment fof

antennae linear (fig. 289) .......---.. iB)

REC, 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

11, Cuneus long, more than twice as long as wide at base, body

erectly pilose, mostly on scutellum; pubescence of hind

tibiac shorter than width of segment; species pale yellow

and brown orcastaneous . .. .-. Onomaus Distant

Cuneus short, less than (twice as long as wide at hase; body

long and erectly pilose on pronotum and scutellum;

pubescence of hind tibiae erect, as long as or longer than

width of segment (fig. 288) _...,... Rambea Poppius

4), .

Head only about twice as long as wide, not rounded

posteriorly: segment | of antenna narrower basally; if disc

of pronotum rugose then humeral angles not globose 13

13. Rugosities of pronotum present only on the black fasciae or

Spot of dise and scutellum; segment | of antenna very short,

about as long as half the width of vertex; cuneus

Iransparent, ochraceous, pale yellow or hyaline

Hyalopeplinus n.gen,

Rugosities of pronotum present on the whole surface of disc

intermixed with punctures not, or present only on two

anterior thirds of disc; segment | of antenna abour as long

as width of head or if shorter, always longer half the width

of vertex, cuneus usually opaque ,.,, --- ---- 14

14. Rugosities of pronotum occupying only the anterior two

thirds, portion before hind margin finely punctate (fig. 98,

112, 113); disc noticeably constricted anteriorly, calli

prominent, humeral angles rounded

Hyalopeploides Poppius

Rugosities of pronotum occupying the whole surface,

including portion before hind margin, anterior margin of

disc not noticeably constricted, cal not prominent,

humeral angles usually spinously produced outwards (fig

75,181) 2... Pe TET ee Hyalopeplus S1al

Austrohyaloma Carvalho and Gross, n.gen.

Type-species: Austrahyaloma collessi Carvalho and

Gross, n.sp.

Body elongate and glabrous above. Head

distinctly wider than long and virtually without a

collum, in front of eyes inchned vertically, clypeus

not visible from above; frons obliquely striate,

projecting between antennal peduncles and broadly

rounded; vertex not carinate posteriorly and with a

faint longitudinal sulcus on disc between eyes, Eyes

widely separated dorsally, semistylate; laterally

elliptical but not reaching base of head. In lateral

view clypeus not very prominent and fecbly arched,

gena and gula separated by a strong oblique fossa

almost reaching antennal peduncle. Bucculae short

but prominent and semicircular. Antennae cylindri-

cal and long and slender, first segment as long as

head and noticeably incrassated at base, second

segment pilose and about twice as long as first.

Rostrum reaching to middle coxae, first segment

incrassated and surpassing base of head,

Pronotum with a strong collar which is not

punctate but has several faint, oblique striolations,

calli prominent and glabrous and behind calli

strongly and reticulately punctate; lateral margins

JHE TRIBE HYALOFEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) ay

obtusely convex in region of calli, behind this nearly

Straight, lateral angles broadly rounded, posterior

margin almost straight. Disc elevated posteriorly

and sloping to region of calli and collar. Mesoscutum

exposed, striolate laterally but glabrous medially,

Seutellaum slightly swollen and smooth, lateral

margins crenulate.

Hemelytra nearly vitreous except for exocorium,

clavus and cunéus which are more opaque.

Underside of body with propleura punctate,

mesosternum vaguely convex and medially divided,

mesopleura with oblique striations and orifice of

scent gland without a peritreme. All coxae relatively

long, anterior pair nearly contiguous, rest of legs

normal. Abdomen tapering, reaching about half

length of cuneus,

Remarks; This genus is characterised by the

portion of pronotum behind calli and scutellum

being densely and reticulately punctate but puncta-

tions on pronotum absent from collar and calli.

Austrohyaloma appears to be most closely related

to Guisatdinus n.gen, from which it differs in having

the pronotal collar almost smooth, though there are

in fact three oblique striations on each side to be

seen under good lighting, in having the hind margin

of the pronotum not bisinuate, the scutellum not

punctate and the median vein reaching the hind

margin of corium. [t also approaches Kosmiomiris

Kirkaldy, 1902 which has also a smooth collar by the

much shorter rostrum, by the eyes not occupying the

whole side of head, and being much smaller in size.

Austrohyaloma collessi Carvalho and Gross, n.sp.

(Figs, 1-2)

Characterised by its colour and dimensions.

Female; Length 53 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head:

Length 0:8 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0-42 mm.

Antenna; Segment I, length 0:8 mm, IT, 1-6 mm; III,

1:1 mm; TV, missing. Pronorum; Length 1:2 mm,

width at base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-86 mm,

width at base 0:36 mm.

General coloration light brownish yellow with a

faint preenish tinge; antennae and eyes brown; disc

of pronotum with a thin median longitudinal brown

line and on margin of lateral angles and on posterior

lateral margin of collar a blackish-brown spot.

Beneath rostrum brown, rest concolorous.

Glabrous above, appendages with a fine very

short and recumbent pilosity, on tibiae and tarsi

mixed with long, fine erect hairs. First antennal

segment swollen near base.

Underside of body sparsely and shortly pilose.

Male; Unknown.

Figs. |-2—Austrohyaloma collessi Carlvalho & Gross, n.4p.: fig-

\l-Female, holotype; Ident, fig. 2-Lateral view of head anf

pronorum.

Holotype; female, NORTH QUEENSLAND; 16

km (10 mi) 8 of Daintree, 25,iv,1967, D. H. Calless

(ANIC).

Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902

Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 226; Poppius, 1912,

p 439; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318.

Macrolonidea Hsiao, 1944, p. 372, (new synonymy);

Carvalho, 1955, p. 106; Carvalho, 1959, p. 322.

Type-species: Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy, 1902.

Body elongate; pronotum, including collar,

strongly and deeply punctate, hemelytra hyaline,

pubescence very short. Head wider than long, vertex

short and longitudinally sulcate, immarginate, about

as wide as one eye when seen from above; eyes

slightly removed from anterior margin of pronotum;

rostrum reaching base of intermediate coxae.

Antenna linear, longer than body, segment I about

aS long as pronotum, segment II about twice as long

as I,

Pronotuia coarsely and deeply punctuate, post-

erior lobe strongly convex, Jateral margins rounded,

collar wide, punctate, calli small; mesoscutum

concealed; scutellum smooth, prominent, crenulate

along lateral margins, apex acute.

Hemelytra hyaline, embolium slightly sinuate at

middle, clavocorial and embolio-corial sutures with

punctures, cuneus slightly longer than wide at base,

membrane bicellulate. Propleura punctate, ostialar

434 REC, §.

peritreme large, femora thickened before apex,

tibiae minutely and sparingly spinulose, parempodia

convergent at apex.

Differs from Macrolonius Stal, 1870 by the smooth

scutellum. and by the much smaller size.

Key to the species of the genus Chrysorrhanis:

1, Apical portion of hind femora enlarged, black; size larger,

about 5mm long , : daphne Kirkaldy

Apical portion of hind femora | not 1 CHNNRCS pale ) yevaw, Size

smaller.. .. fey

. Corium with a transverse dark fhscha level with apex of

clavus- lineatus n.sp.

Corium unicolorous, pale yellow to uchrageous

hyalinus Usinger

1902

Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy, 1902a, p, 226;

Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Carvalho, 1959, p, 318.

Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy,

Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, 1944, p, 372,

Carvalho, 1959, p, 322 (new synonymy),

(Figs. 3-7)

fig;

Characterised by the punctation of the body and

by its colour.

Male: Length 5:2-5:9 mm, width 1-6 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 0-8-0:9 mm, vertex 0-28-0-30

mm. Antenna: segment J, length |-0-1-2. mm, I, 2:2-

2-6 mm; III, 1}? mm; TV, 0-7 mm. Pronatum: Length

1:2 mm, width at base 1-4 mm. Cuneus: Length (1:56

mm, width at base 0-40 mm.

General coloration flavous with dark brown

markings; segments H-IV of antenna dark brown,

pronotum with collar laterally, calli, humeral angles

and two elongate spots or a single spot in the middle

of disc posteriorly, base and apex of scutellum, dark

brown. Hemelytra hyaline, extreme margin of

embolium, apex of corium and cuneus, veins of

membrane, dark brown. Metapleura, apex of

abdomen, apex of anterior tibia, apical fourth of

posterior femora and third tarsal segments fuscous

to black,

Morphological characters as indicated for genus,

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 4) with membranous lobes

and no sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig. 5)

falciform, pointed, with dorsal setae. Right para-

mere (fig. 6-7) elongate, tapering to apex, wit

numerous dorsal setae.

Female: Length 5-6-6:-4 mm, width 1:5-1:7 mm,

Head; Length 0:4 mm, width 0-9 mm, vertex 0-72

mm, Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-0-1-3 mm, I,

2-0-2:7 mm; III, 1-6 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotum:

Length 1:3 mm, width at base 1/5 mm. Cuneus:

Length 0-44 mm, width at base 0:36 mm. Similar to

male in coloration and general aspect, slightly more

robust.

+UST. MUS.,

17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979

A oe

Fiz 3—Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, male, holotype (=Chry-

sorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy.)

Geographical distribution: Borneo, Sumatra, Pulo

Laut and Larat Islands.

Types and specimens studied: female, holotype

Chrysorrhanis daphne, INDONESIA; Pulo Laut, J.

Gribode, Col. Kirkaldy, ex-col. Montandon (HEL-

SINK1); female, Benkoelen, Mocreng Lima,

Sumatra, (Mus, Paris, Col, Noualhier, 198); male,

holotype Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, one

female, Larat (Tenimbar Is.), F. Muir, in the

author's collection. EAST MALAYSIA; Sandakan,

Baker, 15-759 (USNM),.

Remarks: Differs from Chrysorrhanis hyalinus

(Usinger, 1946) by its larger size, by the colour of

pronotum and posterior femora,

Chrysorrhanis hyalinus (USINGER, 1946), n.comb.

Macrolonidea hyalinus Usinger. 1946, p. 60, fig.;

Carvalho, 1956, p. 97, fig.; Carvalho 1959, p.

322.

(Figs, &- 10)

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

2, y

nly

Figs. 4-7—Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy: Fig. 4—Penis; Fig.

5—Left paramere, Fig, 6, 7-Right paramere,

Characterised by the coloration of the pronotum

and by the size of the body.

Male: Length 4-2 mm, width 1-2 mm. Head:

Length 0-3 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0-32 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, Length 0-8 mm; II, 1-6 mm;

II, 0-8 mm; IV, 0-4 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-44 mm,

width at base 0-28 mm.

General coloration ochraceous with fulvous on

head anteriorly, eyes brown, apex of second

antennal segment and terminal segments (except for

narrow white base of third) dark brown; pronotum

with humeral angles and a fascia on either side of

middle near hind margin brown; scutellum yellow

with black base (mesonotum), an ill-defined brown

line along middle, and apex brown. Hemelytra clear,

hyaline, the inner margin of clavus broadly dark

brown to black, the outer punctate margin of clavus

brown, corium pale along costal margin and

narrowly at apex of clavus, elsewhere along inner

margin and apical margin brown, cuneus dark brown

at inner base, pale along outer margin, membrane

435

clear. Underside of body mostly pale, brown at

middle of abdomen, apex of rostrum and apices of

tarsi brown,

Morphological characteristics as mentioned for

genus; pronotum much less narrowed anteriorly

than in daphne Kirkaldy, scutellum not rounded

laterally.

Figs, 8-10—Chrysorrhanis hyalinus (Usinger): Fig. 8—Female

holotype; Fig. 9—Left paramere; Fig. 10-Right paramere

Genitalia: Penis with membranous lobes and no

sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig, 9) curved,

with enlarged basal portion and dorsal setae. Right

paramere (Fig, 10) elongate, slender, with dorsal

setae,

Female; Similar to male in coloration and general

aspect. Length 4:6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-30

mm; segment I of antenna 1-0 mm long.

Geographical distribution: MARIANA _IS.,

Saipan, Tinian, Garapan.

Host plant; Paipay (Guamia mariannae).

Specimens studied: females, Saipan, 1 to 2 miles

east of Tanapag, Mar. 1944, Dybas col, beating

vegetation.

Differs from Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy by its

smaller size and by the hind femora being not

enlarged apically and pale yellow. The genitalia of

this species were studied from specimens in the type

series.

Chrysorrhanis lineatus, n.sp.

(Figs. 11-15)

Characterised by the transverse fascia Or line on

the corium,

Male: Length 4-6 mm, width 14 mm, Head:

Length 0-2 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0.28 mm.

Antenna: Segment [, length 1-0 mm; II, 2:2 mm; II],

1:3 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:0 mm,

width at base 1:3 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-48 mm,

width at base 0:28 mm,

General coloration pale yellow to orchraceous

with dark brown areas; eyes, apical portions of

segment IT of antenna, segments HI-IV, and spot on

humeral angles dark brown; mesoscutum and apex

of scutellum fuscous; hemelytra glassy, transparent,

outer and inner margins of embolium, clavus,

corium and cuneus dark, a characteristic transverse

fascia or line on corium level with apex of clavus;

corial commissure, apex of corium and nervures of

membrane dark brown, membrane hyaline, Under-

side of body pale yellow, a wide fascia on propleura,

side of mesosternum and pleura dark brown; legs

pale yellow, apex of hind femora slightly darker.

Corium finely punctulate.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 12) with two groups of

sclerotised spines and sclerotised structures around

secondary gonopore (fig. 13). Left paramere (fig.

14) falciform, tapering to apical end. Right

paramere (fig. 15) wider subbasally, also tapering to

apex.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, the underside of body pale yellow.

REC, S AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

Pigs. 12-]5—Chrysarrhanis linearus n.sp,; Fig. 12—Penis; Fig.

13—Appendages of secondary gonopore,; Fig I4—Lefr

paramere: Fig. LS—Right paramere.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Holotype: Male, INDONESIA: Muffin Bay, Irian

Jaya, x.5.44, E. S. Rass, in the Collection of the

Academy of Sciences of California, San Francisco;

Larat (Tenimbar Is.) xii.47; Paratypes: male and

female, CHINA: Ta Han, Hainan, vil.6,35, J. L,

Gressitt (BM 1964-26),

This species differs from the others in the genus by

the transverse dark fascia or line on corium level

with apex of scutellum,

Corizidolon Reuter, 1907

Corizidolon Reuter, 1907, p.3; Poppius, 1912b, p.9;

Carvalho, 1955, p.106; Carvalho, 1959, p,318.

Type-species: Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907.

Body elongate, pronotum, embolium and cuneus

shortly setose, clavus and corium sparingly pilose.

Head wider than long, frons rounded, prominent

between antennal bases, vertex immarginate; eyes

large, slightly removed from collar; rostrum

reaching middle coxae. Antenna cylindrical, seg-

ment ] narrowed on apical third, distinctly enlarged

subbasally, shortly setose, about as long as width of

head; segment I] about two and two thirds times as

long as 1; segments U1 much shorter than IT and IV

much shorter than II,

Pronotum superficially rugose-punctate, collar

and calli smooth, lateral margins slightly narrowed

behind calli, hind margin broadly rounded; mesos-

cutum and scutellum smooth.

Hemelytra semihyaline and transparent, wings

distinetly visible from above, embolium and cuneus

setose, clavus and embolium sparingly pilose,

cuneus longer than wide at base, membrane

bicellulate. Legs of medium size, tibiae with minute

sclerotised dots and shorly spinulose, parempodia

convergent towards apices.

Differs from other genera of the tribe Hyalope-

Plini by the superticially rugose-punctate pronotum

and by the setose hairs covering its surface.

Key te the species of the genus Corizidolon Reuter

L. Pronotum with six Jongitudinal brown vitae; rostrum

reaching beyond the hind-coxae ., — dexlineaturm Delatire

Pronotum without six longitudinal brown vittae; rostrum

reaching the middle coxge . - thoes: Ht: Bs 2

. Dise with two black round spots behind calli; apex of hind

femora and hind tibiae pale yellow notaticolle Reuter

Dise without two black round spots behind calli but with two

Short, durk fasciae on disc of pronotum and two maculae

laterally on cach side; apex of hind femora and tibiae

reddish-brown ausiraliense Carvalho and Gross, m.sp,

Corizidojon australiense Carvalho & Gross, n.sp.

(Figs. 16-21)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by

the structure of the first antennal segment.

437

Male: Length 5-0 mm, width 1-5 mm, Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-0 mm, vertex 0-30 mm.

Antenna: Segment | 0-8 mm, II-IV, missing.

Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1:5 mm.

Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0-40 mm,

General coloration honey to lemon coloured; first

antennal segment, basal two-thirds of second

antennal segment, basal third of third antennal

segment, apices of hind femora and all of hind tibiae

reddish-brown; apical third of second antennal

segment, apical two thirds of third antennal

segment, all of fourth antennal segment, terminal

larsal segments, a short scattered pilosity on the

dorsal surface and a denser short pilosity on the

appendages, blackish; corium, clavus and cuneus

semihyaline brawn; on the pronotum on either side

of the midline a longitudinal brown bar and on the

lateral margins of the pronatum a pair on each side

of brown maculae, the posterior one of each pair at

the lateral angles. In the type a pair of short parallel

faint brown lines on either side of the midline of the

sculellum about mid way back, The abdomen and

thorax beneath with a not very dense whitish

pilosity.

The short pilosity of the dorsal and ventral

surfaces. and the appendages nearly recumbent. On

the tibine also some longer erect spines, those on the

fore tibiae finer and shorter than those on the other

ubiae.

Genitalia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig, 18) withaul

spiculum, with two large membranous lobes. Left

paremere (fig, 19) falciform, with acute apical

extremity and Jong dorsal setae. Right paramete

(figs, 20, 21) small, less sclerotised ventrally, with

long dorsal setae, anterior end acute.

Female: Length 66 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head,

Length 1:0 mm, width 1-1 min, vertex 0-47 mm

Antenna; Segment [, length 0-8 mm. IT, 2°7 mm; I,

1-3 mm; TV, 0:5 mm. Pronotwan: Length 13 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm,

width at base 0-60 mimi,

General coloration and aspect similar to male-

The pale brown bars on the scutellum are absent on

several of the female paratypes.

Halatype: female, AUSTRALIA; Queensland:

Tamborine Mountain, 15,i1,.1968, F. A. Perkins

(QM): paratype 2, Lamington National Park. 19-

22.v.1963, B. V. Timms; paratype ?, Brisbane.

2.iv.1957, J. Martin, paratype 9 and one damaged

male, Bald Mountain Area, 350-1200 m (1500-4000

ft.), via Emu Vale, South East Queensland, 27-

31.1.1972, B, K, Cantrell (QU); paratype 2 (Reg

No, {20, 936), Mt. Tambourine, A. N_ Lea (SAM);

paratype 2, Bunya Mts. 610 m, 22.i.1938, N. Geary:

paratype 2, Upper Broken River, Eungella,

she:

Lateral view of head and pronotum.

Fig. 16—Male, holotype; Fig. 17

Figs. 16-17— Corizidolon australiense Carvalho & Grass, n.sp.:

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE)

12.xi1.1961, McAlpine & Loss (AM). New South

Wales: allotype ¢, Huon Brook near Mullumbimby,

2.11.1965, D. K. McAlpine (AM).

The allotype is more reddish brown in appearance

than the one other male specimen or the females mm

the series and has reddish areas anteriorly on the

head below the level of the eyes, on the anterior

portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum, as two

spots (one above the other on the mesopleuron and

metapleuron) and as a sublateral longitudinal band

on the abdomen. The brown marks on the scutellum

are much more strongly marked than in females and

much longer.

The species differs from Carizidolon notaticolle

Reuter, by the colour and markings of the pronotum

and by the structure of the first antennal segment,

Figs, 18-21—Corizidolon austrahense Carvalho & Grass, n.sp.:

Fig. 18—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig. 19—Left paramere; Figs,

2, 21—Right paramere,

Corizidolon dexlineatum Delaitre, 1949

Corizidolon dexlineatum Delattre, 1949, p. 24;

Carvalha, 1959, p, 318,

The author was not able to study the type and

cotypes of this species, collected at Bouaké (C,I-),

27.aii.47 and 6.xii.47, attacking cotton (R.

Delatire), The original description is as follows:

“Conforme & la description du genre, sauf pour

l'apex du rostre qui dépasse nettement l'apex des

hanches postérieures, et pour les antennes dont les

articles ont les longueurs relatives suivantes: |: 2, 5,

Tl: 7, HI: 6, TV: 3, 9. Les articles If, MI, TV ont

sensiblement le méme diamétre. Une soie de chaque

cété du frant prés des antennes,

439

Téte brun jaune, verdatre a |’état frais, avec deux

traits longitudinaux rougeatres, en forme de

parenthése, sur le vertex. Yeux brun_ noir,

franuleux, saillants. Antenne brun pale un peu

rougeatre, avec des zones rouge brun au milieu et &

apex de IT et III. Rostre verdatré, 4 apex brun noir,

luisant, presque lisse, fortement rembruni vers Ie

bord postérieur,

Thorax brun verdatre, avec six lignes longitud-

nales brun rouge réparties ainsi: deux lignes

médianes assez rapprochées, une ligne de chaque

caté du disque, prés du bord externe, et une ligne

sur le milieu des pleurites Une tache noire dans

l'angle postérieur externe du pronotum, Ecusson

ridé transversalement luisant, bruin noir, sauf une

ligne plus claire au centre, et une tache de chaque

cété a la base.

Elytres transparents, 4 ponctuation nette, rég-

uligre. Je cuneus lisse, l'aire costale vert clair sur le

vivant, translucide a |'état sec, le bord commissural

du clavus, surtout la base et "apex une tache sur le

bord interne et postérieur de la corie. fe bord

antérieur du cuneus jusqu’'a la fracture, la nervure

de la grande celJule, de Ja membrane, bruns. Une

tache en V sur les bords postérieurs interne et

externe du cuneus, brun rouge, de méme la nervure

postérieure de la petite cellule brun rouge.

Pattes jaune pale, fémurs tachés de rougedtre,

tibias Il et III vert pile, avec des épines et des

microtriches noirs, l’apex des tarses verdatre.

Abdomen vert pale avec des taches rouges

étendues sur les sternites.””

The mention of a punctate hemelytron, rostrum

reaching beyond the hind coxae and colour of body

seems to exclude the species from the genus

Corizidolon Reuter. This, however, is merely 4

conjecture,

Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907

Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907, p. 4; Poppius,

1912b, p. 10; Carvalho 1959, p, 318,

(Fig. 22)

Characterised by the colour of the pronotum and

by the type of pubescence.

Male; Length 5-0 mm, width 1/8 mm. Head;

Length 0-4 mm, width 0-6 mm, vertex 0-18 mm,

Antenna: Segment J, length 0:7 mm, II, 2-1 mm; IIT,

1-0 mm; IV, broken, Proneium: Length 0-9 mm,

width at base 1-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:78 mm,

width at base 0:34 mm.

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow:

apex of segment I] of antenna, a small spar

externally on segment I, margins of collar, twa

440

round spots behind calli on disc, two spots at

humeral angles and twa spols on mesoscutum

externally dark brown to black! disc of pronotum

with two obsolete longitudinal vittae, sutures and

commissure of hemelytra, nervures of membrane,

outer margin of embolium, fuscous; legs pale yellow,

femora with small round dark spots, segment III of

tars) fuscous.

Morphological characters as mentioned for genus,

Genitalia: Not dissected for lack of appropriate

specimens,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect but slightly more robust, Length 6-2 mm,

width 2-0 mm,

Geographical distribution; Mauritius Island.

Specimens studied: Male, La Réunion, Plaine des

Cafres, Pilon Manuel, 27.13.1955; male, Department

of Agriculture. Mauritius Island, 11,1962, C.1,E., in

the author’s collection,

This species is well characterised by the four

round black spots on pronotum (notaricolle).

Guianerius Distant, 1903

Guianerius Distant, 1903, p. 269; Poppius, 1912, p.

436; Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho, 1959, p,

318,

Type-species: Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903.

Body elongate, erectly pilose, pronotum very

finely rugose-punctate, clavus opaque, densely

pilose, Head wider than long, trons vertical, vertex

marginate laterally, eyes contiguous with collar,

rostrum reaching middle coxae. Antenna with

segment | about as long as width of head, segment II

twice as long as I, incrassate, segment JII-IV short,

slender, Pronotum superficially rugose-punctate,

calli obsolete, collar smooth, dise convex, lateral

margins rounded, hind margin straight at middle,

rounded at humeral angles, erectly pubescent;

mesoscutum partially covered; scutellum smooth,

pilose. Hemelytra glassy, transparent (except on

clavus, embolium, cuneus and black areas of

corium), finely punctulate. cuneus twice as long as

wide at base, clavus noticeably pilose, membrane

bicellulate, apex of larger areola rounded. Ostiolar

peritreme prominent, legs of medium size, hind

tibiae suleate externally, parempodia divergent

towards the apices,

This genus has the general fascies of Kosmiomiris

Kirkaldy, 1902, but differs by having the pronotum

only superficially rugose-punctate and by the much

shorter rostrum.

REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903

Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903, p, 269, fig, 14;

Poppius, 1912a, p. 437; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318.

Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius, 1915, p. 44;

Carvalho, 1959, p. 318 (new synonymy),

(Figs. 23-26)

Characterised by the colour of the body and by the

rostrum reaching only the middle coxae.

Male; Length 6-2 mm, width 2:2 mm. Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:56 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:2 mm; II, 2-4 mm; IT,

0-8 mm}; 1V, broken. Pronotum; Length 1:5 mm,

width at base 2-0 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm (lectotype of palliditarsis).

Fig. 22—Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, male.

General coloration black with hyaline ta citrine or

lutescent areas; head and pronotum black (except

hind margin, humeral angles and collar which are

citrine to luteseent); antenna brownish to black:

scutellum citrine, black basally; clavus black,

opaque; corium hyaline, glassy, with a black

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

{ N Lee,

Fig 23—Guianerius _ palliditarsis male,

I | Poppius,

(=Gutanerius typicus Distant).

holotype

transverse fascia level with apical fifth of clavus,

followed by black commissure and another oblique

fascia apically, cuneus hyaline internally, tending to

reddish externally; membrane fuscous on extra-

areolar portion, Underside of body and inferior

margin of propleura pale yellow, mesosternum, spot

on metapleura, coxae totally or partially and a spot

on abdomen from Sth to 9th segments (except lateral

portions of tergites VI-IX which are pale) black.

Legs pale, hind tibiae and segment III of tarsi

brown.

Morphological characters as mentioned for genus.

Genitalia! Penis (fig. 24) with an elongate

secondary gonopore, without sclerotised spiculi.

Left paramere (fig. 25) large and long, with an apical

acute and short point. Right paramere (fig, 26)

small, as seen in illustration.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust. Length 7-0 mm, width

2-0 mm.

Geographical distribution: Malay Peninsula, Bor-

neo, Philippines.

4al

Figs. 24-26—Guianerius typicus Distant: Fig. 24—Penis; Fig

25—Left paramere; Fig. 26—Right paramere.

Specimens studied; Lectotype (new designation),

male, PHILIPPINES: Los Banos, Baker

(Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius) (HELSINKI):

paralectotype, male, Mt. Makiling, Luzon, Baker,

(same Museum); one male and two females, EAST

MALAYSIA: Bundu Tukan, 18.11.1959, T, C. Maa

(BISHOP) (compared with type),

The characters mentioned by Poppius for

palliditarsis are within the range of variation of

typicus Distant.

According Distant (l.c.) “hovering over flowers in

jungle; flight and movements very wasp-like,"’

Comparing specimens of palliditarsis with the

original drawing of Distant the author considers

them as synonyms,

Guisardinus, n.gen.

Type-species: Guisardinus neoguineanus n.sp.

Body elongate, sparingly pilose. Head distinctly

wider than long, with a short neck, verte

immarginate, slightly depressed, frons prominent,

protruding in front of antennal bases, eyes semi-

pedunculate, placed at middle of head, clypeus

wide, rounded, buccula characteristic, rounded,

Antenna cylindrical, segment I approximately as

long as width of head, noticeably incrassated

442

towards base, with long and erect hairs, their length

about as long as or longer than width of segment,

segment II densely pilose, slender and approxi-

mately twice as long as first. Rostrum reaching base

of middle: coxae.

Pronotum deep and coarsely punctate, except at

posterior margin of disc where it is finely punctulate.

collar wide, distinctly rugose transversally, calli

large, smooth, humeral angles prominent, globose,

lateral margins rounded, hind margin bisinuate in

front of scutellum, rounded at humeral angles,

propleura punctate, mesosternum rugose laterally;

mesoscutum largely exposed; scutellum flat,

coarsely punctate, lateral margins crenulate, beset

with fine and erect hairs, apex pointed, smooth.

Hemelytra glassy, transparent, finely punctulate,

sparingly pilose, clavo-corial and embolio-corial

commissures with a row of punctures, embolium

wide, explanate; medial vein reaching to about half

length of corium, cuneus about twice as long as wide

at base, membrane biareolate, Legs of medium size,

beset with long and erect hairs, hind tibiae with

sclerotised minute tubercles and hairs about as long

as width of segment, parempodia divergent towards

apices

Guiserdinus is most closcly allied to Austrahy-

aloma as noted under the latter, Gyisardinus also

approaches Guisardus Distant, 1904 but differs by

having the pronotum and scutellum distinctly

punctate; it differs also from Chrysorrhanis Kir-

kaldy, 1902 by the punctate scutellum and distinetly

rugase collar.

The species Argenis incisuratus (Walker, 1873) in

the tribe Mirini is strongly convergent with species of

Guisardinus and can be very easily mistaken for a

member of this genus, To help distinguish Argenis

incisuratus from the species of Guisardinus it has

been included in the key below and redescribed

immediately after Guisardinus solornonicus.

Key to the species of the genus Guisardinus n-zen,

1, Pronotum with black spots only on globose humeral angles;

segment | of antenna incrassate subbasally, hemelytra with

a lransverse fuscous spor at corial apex

Argenis: incisuratus (Walker)

Pronotum with four black spots; segment | of antenna mostly

cylindrical, hemelytra withour a transverse fuscous spo! at

coral apex , tace.. oo sat Oe

2. Base of clavus ipfusoate; segment I] of antenna with long and

erect pubescence; lower margin of collar With an anterior

narrow black spot .,, , -- Meoguineanus n.sp.

Base of clavus pale. yellow; segment I of antenna with

common medium size hairs; lower margin of collar with a

posterior black fascia or spot , , . solomanicus rsp

Guisardinus neoguineanus n.sp.

(Fig. 27)

Characterised by the four dark round spots of

pronotum,

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30):

429.532

September, 1979

Fig. 27—Guisardinus neoguineanus n,sp., female, holotype.

Female: Length 6:2 mm, width 1:9 mm. Head:

Length 0-3 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0-48 mm,

Antenna: Segment [, length 0-9 mm; II, 1-8 mm; III-

TV, broken, Pronotym: Length 1-1 mm, width at

base 1:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-08 mm, width at

base 0-48 mm (holotype),

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow,

eyes, apex of second antennal segment, small

longitudinal triangular vitta and small lateral spot on

collar, a narrow longitudinal line on middle of disc,

two roundish spots at posterior portion of disc, two

others at humeral angles (one at each side) brown to

black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus inter-

naly at base, apex and basal angles of scutellum,

apex of clavus, apex of corial commissure and a

small spot at apex of corium fuscous, Underside of

body and legs pale yellow, segment TIT of tarsi

fuscous.

Morphological characters as mentioned for genus,

Male; Unknown.

Holotype: female, NEW GUINEA; NE, Elipta-

min Valley, 1200-1350 m, June 19-30, 1959, W. W.

Brandt (BISHOP),

Differs from Guisardinus solomonicus n,sp. by the

colour of pronotum and mesoscutum.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Guisardinus solomonicus, n.sp.

(Fig. 28)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

mesoscutum.

Female; Length 5:2 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head:

Length 0:4 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; II ,1-6 mm; III,

1:0 mm, IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm,

width at base 1:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:56 mm,

width at base 0-36 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow;

eyes, antennae and two spots laterally on collar (one

at each side) black; longitudinal line at middle of

disc of pronotum (interrupted in middle of calli),

spot at humeral angle, two roundish spots at

posterior margin of disc and two others, equivalent,

on mesoscutum dark brown; claval commissure,

external margin of embolium and cuneus, nervures

of membrane towards apex fuscous. Underside of

body pale yellow, apex of clypeus, apex of buccula,

anterior margin of coxal cleft J and obsolete spots on

femora externally brown.

Fig. 28—Guisardinuy solomonicus n.sp., female, holotype.

Head with flat vertex, external margin of clavus

strongly crenulate, pubescence. of legs noticeably

long,

Male; Unknown,

Holotype; female, SOLOMON ISLANDS: NW,

Malaita, Dala, 9.vi.1964, R. Straatman (BISHOP).

This species differs from Guisardinus neo-

guineanus n,sp. by colour of the antenna, pronotum

and mesoscutum.

443

Argenis incisuratus (Walker, 1873)

(Figs. 29-33)

Characterised by the colour of the body and

structure of male genitalia,

Male; Length 3-8 mm, width 1-2 mm. Head,

Length 0:3 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0:24 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-5 mm; II, 1:5 mm; IIL,

1-0 mm; IV, 0-3 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-9 mm,

width at base 1:2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-40 mm.

width at base 0-28 mm.

General coloration brown to fuscous with black

areas; head, pronotum (except globose humeral

angles which are shining black) and scutellum

brown; eyes black, antenna fuscous, segment I pale:

hemelytra with clavus fuscous to brown, corium pale

(fuscous bordering clavus), with a large fuscous

transverse spot apically which reaches outer margin

of embolium, the latter and cuneus also pale with

extreme margins fuscous, membrane with black

nervures, Underside of body brown, legs pale

yellow.

Antenna with segment | enlarged subbasally,

pubescence very short, pronotum and scutellum

punctate, vertex carinate, body with fine, long, erect

hairs; clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a

row of punctures,

Fig. 29—Argenis incisurarus (Walker) nsp., male, holotype.

444

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 30) with a pointed character-

istic spiculum and membranous lobes, Left para-

mere (fig. 31, 32) enlarged basally, strongly curved,

apex pointed and somewhat biturcate al extremity,

Right paramere (fig. 33) small, globose, with

pointed apex.

Female; Similar to male 10 colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

This species collected by our colleague Karl V,

Krombein in Sri-Lanka when it was being carried in

flight by a solitary crabronid wasp, Encopognathus

sp. (Hymenoptera),

It differs fram the species of Guisardinus by the

colour of the body, structure of segment [ of antenna

and male genitalia.

Figs. 30-33—Argenis incisuratus (Walker) n.sp.: Fig. 30—Vesica

of aedeagus; Figs. 31-32—Left paramere, Fig- 33—Right

paramere.

Guisardus Distant, 1904

Guisardus Distant, 1904, p, 436; Kirkaldy, 1906, p.

134, Reuter, 1910, p, 163; Carvalho, 1952, p.

97, Carvalho, p. LO7; Carvalho, 1959, p. 319.

Euhyalopeplus Hsiao, 1944, p. 370; Carvalho, 1959,

p. 318 (n.syn.).

REC, 5, AUST, MUS.,,

17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979

Serropeltis Pappius, 1912a. p. 42

1935, p. 211.).

5 (syn. by Knight,

Type-spectes; Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904,

Body elongate, glabrous above; head about three

times as wide as long, vertex immarginate, frons

prominent between antennal bases, eyes prominent,

placed at middle of head, removed from collar,

rostrum reaching to intermediate coxae; antenna

cylindrical, segment I incrassate at base, about as

long as width of head, segment II about twice as long

as I, segments IIL-IV slender,

Pronotum with disc coarsely, regularly and

transversely rugose, a little wider than long,

posterior margin slightly bisinuate before scutellum,

humeral angles rounded, distinctly thickened or

globose, calli large, reaching sides of pronotum;

mesoscutum covered; scutellum convex, lateral

margins crenulate, in some specimens only a few

punctures visible on its surface.

Hemelytra glassy, hyaline, except clavus, corium

and clavus without nervures, the latter with a row of

punctures, cuneus longer than wide at base.

Underside of body showing a punctate propleura,

ostiolar peritreme conspicuous, legs long and

slender, tibiae spinulose, hind femora with a few

erect setae, parempodia divergent Lowards apices.

This genus has the general facies of Chrysorrhanis

Kirkaldy, 1902 but differs by the distinctly rugose

pronotum and globose humetal angles. Knight

(1935) erroneously synonymised this genus with

Nesosylphas Kirkaldy, 1908, a genus of the tribe

Mirini Hahn, from Fiji,

Key to the species of the genus Guisardus Distant

1. Scutellum black, pale apically; metapleura with a black

rugose fascia medially . ‘ chinensis n.sp-

Sculellum pale yellow, sometimes with dark punctures or

dark only apically; metapleura pale yellow T. 2

. Dise of pronetun. with two distinet, dark, round or elongate

spots .. ' 3

Dise of pronctum without digtiner dark spots, sonretimes

infuscate medially or with a Jongitodinal median vitta, 5

3. Posterior margin of pronotum. with a round black spot,

sometimes With two smaller ones at Gach side; spots on disc

elongate , . fasciatus a. ‘Sp.

Posterior margin of pronotum without a round black spot,

spots on disc rounded . vatistle-rr- 7

4, Scutellum without black punctures; disc without median

longitudinal dark vitta. strigicallis (Poppius)

Seutellum with four to five black punctures; disc with a

longitudinal vitta and three punctures black; pronotum

with a narrow longitudinal median dark vitta

cristovalensis n.sp.

§. Scutellum with a subapical spot followed by a narrow median

longitudinal vitta and three punctures black; pronotum

with a narrow longitudinal median dark vitia

bogorensis n-sp.

Scutellum infuscate only apically, without median longitudin-

al vitta; PEODARNAT ¥ with a wide longitudinal obsolete dark

vilta , - . ’. pellucidus Distant,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Guisardus bogorensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 34-37)

Characterised by the coloration of scutellum and

clavus, and by the structure of male genitalia,

Male; Length 6-3 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; IL, 1-7 mm; ITI-

IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-2 mm, width at

base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:72 mm, width at

base 0-28 mm.

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow:

eyes and segments II-IV of antenna brown, segment

I tending to pale; pronotum with a fine longitudinal

medjan line (obsolete) and spots at humeral angles

brownish to black; scutellum with three or four

punctures, longitudinal line (obsolete in some

specimens) and subapical portion black; clavus

(except lateral margin), corial commissure, external

margin of embolium, apical margin of corium, outer

margin of cuneus and nervures of membrane brown,

Underside of body and legs pale yellow, hind tibiae

tending to brown, segments III of tarsi fuscous.

Clavus distinctly crenulate laterally, noticeably

pilose.

Fig. 34—Guisardus bogorensis n.sp., female. holotype.

445

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 35) with large basal plate

and theca, no spiculi present. Left paramere (fig, 34)

falciform, noticeably narrowed towards apex. Right

paramere (fig. 37) small, pointed apically.

Pen tees! mT

Figs. 35-37—Guisardus bogorensis n.sp.; Fig. 35—Penis, Fig,

36—Left paramere; Fig. 37—Right paramere,

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Vertex 0-56 mm, cuneus at base 0:36 mm.

Holotype: female, INDONESIA, Java, Bogor,

ii.1957, O. D., Deputy (USNM). Allotype: male,

idem. Paratypes; 4 females, in the Collection of the

above Museum and of the author.

Differs from pellucidus Distant by the colour of

the scutellum.

446

Guisardus chinensis, n.sp,

(Fig. 38)

Characterised by the colour of scutellum and by

the black rugose vittae of metapleura.

Female; Length 6-4 mm, width 16 mm. Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:56 mm.

Antenna: Segment L, length 0'8 mm; IT, 1:7 mm; I,

1-4 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotunt: Length 1-4 mm,

width at base 1-6 mim, Cuneus! Length 0-80 mm,

width at base 0:32 mm (holotype).

Fig. IK—Guisardus chinensis n.sp., female holotype.

General coloration testaceous to ochraceous with

dark brown areas; head with vertex infuscate and a

black spot on neck behind eye, the latter castaneous;

antenna black, segment | castaneous to pale towards

base; pronotum with lateral margin, two median

longitudinal wide vittae and a median line which

narrowly coalesce between calli, and lateral margin

of collar dark brown; laterally on pronotum two

longitudinal, wide, pale vittae running from collar to

hind margin through calli with the two on central

portion of disc, one at each side of median line,

narrower; scutellum black with apex pale; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, without nervures, clavus, corial

commissure, apical portion of corilim and

embolium, apex of cuneus and nervures of

membrane black. Underside of body pale yellow,

REC. 8S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

collar inferiorly, propleura (except lower margin),

mesosternum, meso- and metapleura rugose, black;

abdomen pale yellaw, segments VITI-LX black, apex

of hind femur and tibiae tending to brown, apices af

tarsi fuscous,

Pronotum coarsely transversely rugose, vertex

depressed at middle, posterior margin lightly

marginate, segment | of antenna incrassate basally.

Male; Unknown.

Holotype: female, SOUTH CHINA; Hianan I,,

Sam-ah-Kong, Yei, Hsian (District), Jan, 30, 1935,

F. K. To, Brit, Mus, 1964-26 (BMNH).

This species differs from others in the genus by the

black scutellum and by the black rugose fascia of

metapleura.

Guisardus. cristovalensis, n.sp.

(Fig, 39)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum.

Female: Length 5-4 mm, width 1:5 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0-48 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; IT, 1-8 mm, ITl-

IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 1:1 mm, width at

base 1-4 mm, Cuneus: Length 0:78 mm, width at

base 0-28 mm.

General coloration ochraceous with dark brown to

fuscous areas; eyes brown, antenna pale yellow,

apex of second joint fuscous; pronotum with suture

between collar and calli, a spot between the latter,

two spots at lateral sides of disc, humeral angles and

a narrow longitudinal facia along its inner margin

(coalescing with a black spot of lateral margin at

middle of pronotum), middle of mesoscutum, basal

angles and apex of scutellum, and clavus dark

brown; corium glassy, transparent, outer margin of

embolium, apical margin of corium, commissure,

cuneal margins and nervures of membrane fuscous,

Underside of body pale yellow, a longitudinal vitta

on upper margin of propleura, sides of mesosternum

and base of abdomen laterally dark; legs pale

yellow, hind femora with small fuscous spots,

Male: Unknown,

Holotype: female, SOLOMON JSLANDS:

Guadalcanal, Lame nr. Mt, Tatuve, 300 m,

18.v.1960, C, W. O'Brien (BISHOP). Allotype:

female, San Cristoval, Kira Kira, 15, viii.1960, C. W.

O'Brien.

This species differs from strigicallis (Poppius) by

the presence of black punctures on the scutellum.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

447

Fig. 39—Guisardus cristovalensis n.sp.. female, holotype.

Guisardus fasciatus, n.sp.

(Fig. 40)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

collar.

Male: Length 7-4 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0:56 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II, 2-4 mm; III,

2-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: length 1-4 mm,

width 1-8 mm, Cuneus; Length 1:04 mm, width at

base 0-36 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous to citrine-lutes-

cent; eyes and antennae brown, except basal portion

of segment I; a longitudinal line at middle of disc of

pronotum beginning behind calli (obsolete in one

specimen), two longitudinal vittae well marked at

central portion of disc, lateral margin of pronotum

anteriorly and outer margin of collar, a spot at

globose portion of humeral angles, a median

roundish spot continguous to hind margin of disc and

two small ones at either side of the latter dark brown

to black; scutellum with two dark points subapically;

hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus (except exter-

nal margin), outer margin of embolium and cuneus,

corial commissure, apical margin of corium and

nervures of membrane brownish; membrane

hyaline. Underside of body ochraceous, femora with

dark points externally, segment II of tarsi fuscous.

448

Clavus with short pubescence, pronotum strongly

transversely rugose, trons with oblique striations.

Male: Unknown.

Holotype: female, SOLOMON ISLANDS:

Guadalcanal, Gold Ridge, 800 m, vii.23.1956, J. L.

Gressitt (BISHOP). Paratype: female, Buca Agric.

Station, 6-10.xii,1959, J. L. Gressitt.

Differs from other species in the genus by the

colout of pronotum.

Fig. 40—Guisardus fasciatus n.sp., female, holatype,

Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904

Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904, p. 436, fig. 281;

Poppius, 1914, p, 102; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97;

Carvalho, 1959, p. 319.

Euhyalopeplus pulchellus Hsiao, 1944, p. 370, fig.:

Carvalho, 1959, p, 318, New synonymy,

(Figs. 41-44)

REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

Septeinber, 1979

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

structure of male genitalia,

Male; Length 5:6 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head;

Length 04 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 111 mm; [I,.2-3 mm; III,

0-8 mm; IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm,

width at base 1:4 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-72 mm,

width at base 0-28 mm.

General coloration pale yellow to citrine with

fuscous to brown areas; eyes brown, sides of neck,

collar, calli and humeral angles dark fuscous to

black, middle of mesoscutum, apex of scutellum,

sutures of hemelytra, margins of cuneus and

nervures of membrane brown to fuscous; hemelytra

and membrane glassy, transparent, Underside of

body pale yellow, upper margin of propleura

(following margin of pronotum) with a longitudinal

vitta above coxal cleft I,

Head strongly vertical, clypeus flat, eyes large,

prominent, exserted, removed fram pronotum by a

distance approximately equal to width of collar, a

short neck visible; antenna with segment I thickened

basally, as long as width of head; pronofum rugose

transversally, calli smooth, hind margin of disc near

humeral angles slightly punctate, the latter prami-

nent, nodulose; scutellum sparsely punctate, serrate

or crénulate laterally; hemelytra glassy, transparent,

corium without neryures, cuneus about three times

as long as Wide at base; membrane biareolate, apex

of large areola rounded; pubescence of legs

moderate,

Genitalia: Penis (fig, 42) without sclerotised

spiculi. Left paramere (fig. 43) falettorm, with a few

dorsal setae, Right paramere (fig. 44) small,

globose, with a more seclerotised acule apex,

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect but slightly more robust.

Geographical distribution: Java, Penang Island,

Tenasserin Island, Burma, Laos, Vietnam.

Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa-

tion), BURMA, Tenass Valley, Myiita, Doherty

(Guisardus pellucidus Distant), BMNH; female,

PENINSULAR MALAYSIA, Penang Island,

Straits of Malacca (Baker), holotype, Euhyalopeplus

pulchellus Hsiao (USNM No. 56716); LAOS:

Vientiane Prov. Ban Van Eue, 14.iv.1966, J. L.

Gressit; VIETNAM: Dak Song, 76 km SW of

Banme Thuot, 870 m, 19.v.1960, L. W. Quate

(BISHOP),

This species differs from others by the colour of

pronotum and clavus.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fart.

i NG \

Fig. 41—Euhyalopeplus pulchellus Hsiao, female, holotype

(=Guisardus pellucidus Distant).

449

450

\ NS ehh. 0 i

Figs. 42-44—Guisardus pellacidus Distant: Fig. 42—

REC. S AUST. MUS.,

“ple ai Be

September, 1979

17 (30); 429-532

Penis: Fig.

43—Left paramere; Fig. 44—Right paramere.

Guisardus strigicollis (Poppius, 1912) Carvalho,

1952

Serropeltis strigicollis Poppius, 1912a, p. 425.

Guisardus — strigicollis Carvalho, 1952, p. 97;

Carvalho, 1959, p. 319.

(Figs. 45-48)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

scutellum.

Male; Length 6-7 mm, width 1:7 mm. Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-48 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-2 mm; II, 2-4 mm; IT,

2-2 mm: IV, 0-6 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm,

width 1-6 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-88 mm, width at

base 0-32 mm

General coloration pale testaceous; head reddish

brown anteriorly, vertex brown between eyes,

humeral angles black, two fasciae bent outwards,

fused anterior and posteriorly on disc, diluted before

hind margin (forming a longitudinal vitta from hind

margin of calli to anterior margin of collar), lateral

margins of scutellum to apical third of clavus,

propleura in large extension, mesosternum and

metapleura black; inner and outer margins of

embolium narrowly, apicaly margin of corium, inner

margin of cuneus widely, outer margin of same

narrowly, membrane, antennae, a vitta on each side

of abdomen and apices of tarsi dark brown; segment

I of antenna pale yellow with apex and base darker;

femora reddish brown with fuscous dots, paler

towards base.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 451

Fig. 45—Guisardus strigicollis (Poppius), male.

Genttalia; Penis (fig. 46) with membranous lobes

and elongate secondary gonopore, Left paramere

(fig. 47) somewhat enlarged sub-basally, pointed

apically, Right paramere (fig. 48) short, thick,

scleroused and pointed apically.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

Geographical distribution: Mentawei Islands, New

Guinea.

Specimens studied: NEW GUINEA, NE, W.

Highlands, Bayer R, 1150 m, x.19.1958, J, L,

Gressitt; INDONESIA, Bokondini, 40 km N of

Baleim Val, Irian Jaya, ca 1300 m, 5,xii.1961, light

trap, S. Quate and L. Quate (BISHOP).

The type of this species is mentioned by Poppius

as deposited in the “Giacomo Doria" Natural

History Museum, Genova, It could not be studied as

this Museum does not loan types.

Hyalopeplinus, n.gen.

Type-species; Callicralides antennalis Distant, 1920.

Body elongate oval, mostly glabrous. Head twice

as long as width, eyes prominent, continuous with

anterior margin of pronotum, noticeably exserted

beyond. lateral margins of collar, clypeus vertical,

prominent, jugum. lorum and buccula of medium

size, rostrum reaching hind margins of posterior

coxae; antennae cylindrical, with segment I about as

long as half the width of head, segment II about four

times as long as I, segment TI] half as long as II-

segment IV about half as long as Ill, pubescence

short and dense.

Figs. 46-48—Guisardus sirigicallis (Poppius): Fig. 46—Penis; Fig

47—Lef! paramere; Fig, 48—Right paramere.

Pronotum wider than long. smooth, rugose only

on black fasciae or spots, collar narrow with mesal

length equal to thickness of second antennal

segment, calli prominent, joined medially, sinuate

posteriorly, humeral angles not produced, submargi-

nal area of disc with fine punctures; mesoscutum

exposed, scutellum tumid, longitudinal vitta rugose.

Hemelytra glassy, corium and membrane transpa-

rent, embolium and cuneus opaque, sparsely

pubescent, the latter about twice as long as wide at

base, large cell rounded apically. Legs of moderate

size, tibiae sparsely spinulose,

This genus is close ta Hyalopeploides Poppius,

1912 but differs by the restriction of the rugosities of

the pronotum to the black fasciae of the spots on the

dise; by the very short segment I of antenna, about

452 REC. §

as long as width of vertex and by the smaller size—

from 5S to 62 mm long. The anterior portion of

pronotum does not show such 4 marked constriction

and the body is more compact.

Besides the characters mentioned above the table

of measurements below indicates a further sequence

of characters 10 Separate the two genera:

Hyalo- Hyalo-

(mm) peplinus peploides

Length of body —_- a4-f2 5-95

Width of body . 18-20 |-8-3-2

Width of vertex - 40-04 R 050-076

Lengthofantennal —.. 5-tbb 08-12

Length of cuneus 0-60-0801 O-80-1-20

These measurements were mainly based on the

type specimens. It is possible thal im large series

there are variations which might excced these limits.

List. of species of the genus Hyalapepitnus n.gen.

1920)—(as Callieratdes),

New Caledoma and Loyalty fs

2 cairnsensis Carvalho and Gross, \n.sp.

Australia (Queensland)

Solomon Is, (Sun Cristoval)

Fiji ts.

1. anténnalis (Distant,

3. cristocalensiso.sp, ,

4. fifiensis asp.

5. malayensis tsp,

Malay Peninsula, Laos, Sumayra, Sri-Lanka, Vietnam

6, papvensisn.sp, .. Papua New Guinea, New Britain

7. philippinesis msp. oo een Philippines Is,

&, samoanus (Knight, 1935)—{as Cruisardus)

Samoan Is., Society 18., New Hebrides

9. solamonesis n.sp. Salamon Is,

Key to the species of Ayalopeplinus n.gen.

1. Collar to pronotum without longitudinal datk viltae or hars;

dise of pronolum with a la ie black marking enclosing

two roundish spots (fig. 79)

Collar of pronotum with one or more » longitudinal Or cross

fasciae or bars; disc with a median longitudial vitra

enlarged basally and two or four black ak {one or twe on

each side) , tree : Se Aa; 3

- Lateral arms of the M- akipad. riarking of dise narrow,

eiscontinuans: mesopleura and abdomen without black,

velvety ocellate apels or Baty: collar mostly lutescent 10

orange , crisfoualensis n.sp.

Lateral arms of the M- shaped ‘marking of dise wide and

continuous; mesupleura and abdomen with bluck, velvety

ocellate spots or bars; collar mostly black

solomonensis n.sp.

3. Frons withoura small black spotabove antennal peduncle 4

Frons with u small black spot above antennal peduncle - f

4. Wumeral angles with a black spot propleura pale yellow

laterally , anennalis (Distant)

Humeral angles pale yellow or with a brawn spot: propleura

with longitudinal strigdse black or brown yitew, .. 5

5. Collar with a wide Jaleral vitta or bar behind eye, upper

portion of vitta on propleura closely approximated fo the

smal] lateral black spot of dise

cairmsensis Carvalho & Gross, nap

Collar without a lower lateral vilta or bar behind eye, upper

portion of vitta an Bropleus not approaching the small

lateral black spotofdise ..., malayensis o.Sp.

6, Mesosternum and metapleura pale yellow; area of calli pale

ormastly so. phillppinensis n.sp,

Mesosternum Juterally and melapleuri with black APIS: apeu

of calli mostly black —, , 3€¢eea

7 Humeral angles pale yellows lateral poryon of abdomen

reddish -2 , - : tpast papuensisnsp,

AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Humeral angles with a black spot, sides of abdominal

venrrites black dorsully , ; : ree:

8. Seutellum except lor central black line concolorous;

pygophore black .. saproaruts (Knight)

Scurellum except for ventral black line reddish; pygophare

pale ro dark brawn. , fijiensis nap.

Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant. 1920), n.conib,

Callicratides antennalis Distant, 1920, p, 160.

Hyalopeplus aitennalis Carvalho, 1959, p. 319.

(Figs. 49-52, 86)

Characterised by the calour of pranatum and apex

of hind femur.

Male: Length 5-4 mm, width 1:8 mm. Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0:6 mm; LL, 2-8 mm: III,

0.9 mm: TV, broken, Pronotuim: Length 0-8 mm,

width at base 1:7 mm. Cuneus: Length (0:72 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm (lectotype).

“Ochraceous; eyes black: antennae ochraceous,

basal joint pale sanguineous, apex of second joint

black, third and fourth joints black, with their bases

narrowly ochraceous; pronotum with a short

longitudinal black line on basal area, three spots

(sometimes wanting) on the anterior collar, and the

extreme basal angles black, basal marginal area

more or less castaneous: margins and a central

longitudinal line to scutellum, inner and outer

margins of clavus, and narrow apical margins to

corium black; membrane very pale ochraceous, with

the venation black; body beneath and legs

ochraceous, apices of the femora castaneous; corium

more or less pale castaneous, with the lateral

marginal areas and the cunecus very pale ochraceous;

antennae with the basal jaint jncrassated, about as

long as head, second joint longest, moderately

thickened, about four times as long as first;

scutellum moderately long, tumid, subdepressed,

and longitudinally sulcate; femore moderately

incrassated. Long. 5 mm, Hab. New Caledonia,

Central District and Upper Houadou R.”’

Pale yellowish to citrine or ochracequs; segments I

and II of antenna pale yellow to castaneous, reddish

apically; vertex and inner margins of eyes with

obsolete, castancous, longitudinal vittae: eyes

brown: collar with seven longitudinal bars (three

median and two lower lateral! running backwards on

the propleura) fuscous to reddish; pronotum with a

short longitudinal black vitta on middle of disc, a

median slender line between calli reddish, humeral

angles. black; mesoscutum with twa oblique fasciae

and scutellum with a rugose longitudinal black vitta

(not reaching apex) and Jateral margins (with

punctures) also black; hemelytra with clayal, clavo-

corial and corial sutures black, nervures of

membrane fuscous; apex of hind femora reddish,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 49—Callicratides

antennalis Distant,

453

La.

holotype

male,

(=Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant).

Male genitalia: Penis (fig. 50) with membranous

lobes provided with minute sclerotized teeth. Left

paramere (fig. 51) falciform, curved irregularly, with

acute apex. Right paramere (fig. 52) small, enlarged

apically, ending in a small sclerotized point.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2-4 mm.

Geographical distribution: New Caledonia.

Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa-

tion) from Central NEW CALEDONIA, S.xii.1914,

P. D. Montague, 1918-87 (BMNH). Paralectotype:

male, same data as type and 52 males and females,

NEW CALEDONIA; male, Gadji, 23.ix.1962, G.

F. Gross (SAM); Yahoué, 12.11.1962, N. L. Krauss;

Plum, 20-60 m, 23-25.iii.1968, T. C, Maa; Pouebo,

2.1.1964, R, Straatman, light trap; St. Louis, 1950,

N. L. H. Krauss; La Grouen, 150 m, 20-22. iii.1968,

J. L. Gressitt; id. T. C. Maa, 15.iii.1961; Col.

d’Amieu, 700-800 m, 31.iii.1968; Nouméa, v.1950,

N. L. H. Krauss; Plateau de Dogmy, 1:000 m

9.iv.1969, J, L. Gressitt; Col. des Roussetes, 300-400

m, 29.i1.1969; Poindimié, 50 m, i.1969; Thio, 50 m,

7.i1.1969; Saramea, 12.ii.1963; Ciu, 9.1,1969, N. L.

H. Krauss; St. Louis Valley, 17.iii.1945, H. E.

Miliron; LOYALTY ISLANDS: Mare I., La

Roche, iii.1959, N. L. H. Krauss (BISHOP).

This species differs from others in the genus by

lack of a M-shaped figure on disc; frons without a

small black spot over antennal peduncle; propleura

pale laterally and collar with three upper vittae.

454

Figs. 50-52—Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant): Fig. 50—Penis;

Fig. 51—Left paramere: Fig. 52—Right paramere.

Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho and Gross, n.sp.

(Figs. 53-57, 85)

Characterised by the absence of a black spot

above antennal peduncle and by the colour of collar

and sternal areas.

Male; Length 6:3 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head:

Length 0.9 mm. width 1:3 mm, vertex 0-47 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; U, 2-6 mm; IIT,

1-6 mm; IV, 1.0 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:3 mm,

width at base 1:8 mm, Cuneus: Length 1:09 mm,

width at base 0:47 mm.

General coloration ochraceous or honey coloured

with dark areas; apex of a second antennal segment

and whole of third and fourth segments and a thin

longitudinal Jine on crown of head brown, On

pronotum a central, broad, longitudinal, impressed

and transversely stnate line extending from anterior

margin to about middle of disc of hind lobe; on

either side of the expanded portion of the latter but

near the lateral margins a depressed striate pit, and a

spot on the lateral margins of the collar, black. A

spot on each lateral angle and sometimes also a small

spot on collar on either side of midline about half

way to lateral margin brown. On mesoscutum 4 spot

on either side and on scutellum a broad, tapering,

longitudinal, impressed and transversely striate line

medially reaching about two thirds of the way back,

black. Clavus outlined with black, this black

continuing along inner veins of corium for a short

distance behind apex of clavus; otherwise hemelytra

and wings vitreous, embalium and clavus more

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September. 1979

opaque. Apex of rostrum black. Laterally on

propleuron a blackish or brownish strigose longitudi-

nal impresses bar, wider posteriorly than anteriorly,

Mesosternum and sides of abdomen reddish or

brownish orange. Legs faintly maculated with

brown,

Pilosity restricted to appendages where it is short

and dark and to apical portion of underside of

abdomen where it 1s longer, sparser and pale,

Genitalia; Vesica (fig, 54) with membranous lobes

and an indication of a weakly sclerotized spiculum

(fig, 55), Left paramere (fig. 56) irregularly and

broadly curved, apically acute. Right paramere (fig.

57) expanded before apex and with an apical

tubercle.

Female: Length 6:3 mm, width 2-1 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1:5 mm, vertex 0-55.

Antenna: Segment T, length 0-8 mm, Il, 2:7 mm; HI,

1-5 mm; [V, 1+! mm. Pranotum: Length 1:4 mm,

width at base, 2-1 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-04 mm,

width at base 0:49 mm.

Fig. 53—Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross. nisp,;

male, paratype,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Figs. 54-57—Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp..

Fig. 54—Penis; Fig. 55—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 56—Left

paramere; Fig, 57-—Right paramere:

Colour and structure as for male, In some

specimens the median line on the head is quite faint,

in others the two brown spots on either side of the

midline of the pronotal collar are absent. The width

af the orange coloration on the sides of the abdomen

varies considerably.

Holotype; male, AUSTRALIA, North Queens-

land; (Reg, no, 120,966), paratype ¢ and 4 paratype

9 (Reg. nos. [20,967-71), Cairns District, F. P.

Dodd; paratype & (Reg. no. 120,977), Cairns

District, A, M, Lea (SAM); allotype 2, 4 paratype

@,3 paratype 9, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula,

27.iv-4v.1975, G. B. Monteith; paratype 3, same

locality, 13-14.xi.1965, G. Monteith; 3 paratype ¢,

same locality, 16-23.x1,1965, G. Monteith; paratype

3, paratype 2, Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York, 19-

22.iv.1973, G, B. Monteith; paratype ¢, Churchill

Creek, Mt. Lewis Road, via Julatten, 27.xi.1965, G.

Monteith (QU); 4 paratype 3, 2 paratype 2, Dunk

Island, Aug, 1927, H. Hacker; 1 paratype 3, 1

paratype 2, to light, Little Cedar Creek, Mt, Spec,

1,11.1965, E. Dahms (QM); paratype 9%, Finch

Hatton Gorge, 29.1.1975, B. K. Cantrell, Dept.

Prim. Industries, Brisbane; paratype d , Iron Range,

1l.iv.1964, T. F. B. Common & M. §S. Upton

(ANIC); Lockerbie, N, Cape York, Jan. 1958,

Jynch,

458

Darlington col. (BNMH); N. Queensland, Red-

14.11.1938, Papuan-Australian Archbold

Exp., BM, 1947-448.

This species differs from Hyalopeplinus malayen-

sis o.sp. by having the collar without a lower lateral

vitta or bar behind eye and by the vitta of propleura

fused to a small lateral black spot on disc.

Hyalopeplinus cristovalensis, 1.sp.

(Figs, 58-61, 89)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by

the structure of male genitalia,

Fig, 58—Hyalopeplinus eristovalensis n-sp,, male, holotype.

Male: Length 5-4 mm, width 1-°8 mm. Head;

Length 0-4 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-4 mm,

Antenna; Segment I, length 0,6 mm; TI,.2.8 mm; IIT,

1.2 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-6 mm, Cuneus; Length 0:76 mm,

width at base 0-36 mm (holotype),

General coloration ochraceous to |utescent with

black areas; eyes, a longitudinal line on vertex and

two spots on frons above antennal peduncles brown

to black; antenna brownish, segment | pale ta

Jutescent with spots or fascia an lower external

456

portion; pronotum with posterior margin of collar,

posterior margins of calli (coalescent with a

longitudinal median vitta which extends ta middle of

disc), two lateral vittae and two rounded spots (one

at each side) on the disc and an irregular spot on

propleura coalescing with a small rounded spot on

lateral margin of disc brown to black; mesoscutum

with three spots (median and two lateral) black;

scutellum with a median longitudinal strigose vitta

narrowed towards apex (not reaching extremity),

two spots on basal angles and four small spots,

sometimes coalescent (two at each side) black;

hemelytra glassy, corium and embolium transparent,

clavus black, opaque, beset with silvery pubescence,

external margin of corium and ebolium, corial

commisure and corial apex, margin and apex of

cuneus, mervures of mebrane fuscous, the latter

hyaline with two small longitudinal spots on the

apical portion, Underside of body pale yellow to

ochraceous, posterior margin of mesosternum, a

spot on metapleura and a lateral, longitudinal fascia

on abdomen pale yellow; femora with distinct black

spots.

Lateral margins of pronotum, clavus, embohum

and cuneus noticeably pilose, ventral surface of

abdomen and pygophore with long hairs.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 59) with a median

sclerotized spiculum and membraneous lobe. Left

paramere (fig, 60) curved, somewhat enlarged

preapically, apex pointed, Right paramere (fig. 61)

small, also pointed apically.

Figs. 59-61—Hyalopeplinus cristovalensis n.sp.: Fig, 59—Penis;

Fig. 60—Left paramere; Fig. 61—Right paramere.

REC S$. AUST MUS_, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2:0 mm, vertex ()-44

mm (allotype).

Holotype: male. SQLOMON ISLANDS; San

Cristoval, Kira Kira, 26.vii.1960, light trap, C. W.

O'Brien (BISHOP). Allotype; female,

Bweinaniawarikiapu, 12.viii.1960, light trap, C. W.

O’Brien. Paratypes: 6 females and 7 males, same

data as types (BISHOP), and author’s collection.

This species is close to Hyalopeplinus solomonensis

n.sp, but differs by the colour of pronotum and by

the lack of velvety spots on the sides of abdomen.

Hyalopeplinus fijiensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp.

(Figs, 62, 87)

Characterised by the reddish scutellum and by the

black suffusion on calli covering most of calli.

Male: Length 5-7 mm, width 2:0 mm, Head:

Length 1-0 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-7 mm; II, 2-6 mm; 11,

1-0 mm; IV, 0:5 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus; Length 0:8 mm,

width at base 0-51 mm.

Fig, 62—Hyalopeplinus fijiensis n.sp., male, holotype,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

General coloration ochraceous with a faint tinge

of green shining through hind lobe of scutellum and

corium, embolium, clavus and cuneus. On head

clypeus from above reddish, on crown dorsally a thin

longitudinal line brown and anteriorly a vivid black

Spot above each antennifer; apex of second and third

antennal segments faintly infuscated, fram the small

portion left of one of the fourth segments that

segment too may be wholly infuscated.

On pronotum five black bars on collar, central and

extreme lateral ones wider and longer than the ones

behind the inner margins of the eyes. Calli strongly

marked with black except on their interior

and exterior anterior margins. Between calli and

anteriorly continuous with central line on collum and

there extending back to just before level of lateral

angles black, impressed and transversally striate line

which is expanded basally, on either side of

expanded portion of latter but near the lateral

margins a depressed striate pit and a spot on the

lateral angles also black, Mesoscutum blackish

except for a short, oblique, reddish-orange bar on

each side about midway between centre and lateral

margin; on scutellum a central, longitudinal,

depressed, transversely striate, black line, in

anterior portion rest of disc dark reddish. Clavus

outlined with black, more broadly so along inner and

posterior margins, this black continuing on to

corium for a short distance behind apex of clayus.

Hemelytra and wings vitreous, embolium and

cuneus more opaque.

Anteclypeus anteriorly and laterally also reddish,

apex of rostrum black. Laterally on propleura in

addition to the lateral black spot on collar and at the

lateral angles of the pronotum a large K-shaped

bluish-black area which is strigose in parts, Anterior

scute of mesopleural region bluish-black, posterior

brownish yellow, Peritreme of scent gland brownish

yellow, metapleuran above this bluish-black. Sides

of abdominal ventrites black dorsally except for last

and genital segments, Anterior portion of hind

femora strongly maculated with brown,

Pilosity restricted to appendages where it is short

and pale except for some longer thin spinous hairs

on hind femora,

Genitalia; Penis with membranous lobes and a

sclerotised spiculum. Left paramere falciform,

pointed apically, Right paramere smaller, also with

an acute distal extremity,

Female: Similar to male in coloration and general

aspect, Length 6-1 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-50

mm.

Holotype; male, FIJI: Nadarivatu, Viti Levu,

8.i1,1968, N. McFarland (SAM, registered number

121,076).

457

Paratypes: males and females, Viti Levu, ii.1951.

N, L. H. Kraus (BISHOP).

This species is close to Hyalopeplinus samoanus

(Knight) but differs by the colour of scutellum and

lateral portion of pronotum (figs, 83, §7).

Hyalopeplinus malayensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 63-66, 91)

Characterised by the colour of frons, collar and

lateral area of propleura,

Female: Length 6:2 mm, width 2-0 mm Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-2 mm, yertex 0:52 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm: I], 2:4 mm; ITT,

1-0 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:68 mm.

width at base 0-40 mm (holotype),

Fig. 63—Hyalopeplinus malayensis n.sp., male, holotype,

General coloration ochraceous with black to

fuscous areas; eyes, median longitudinal vitta

(dilated as a spot posteriorly) and two lateral spots

on disc of pronotum, basal angles and a median

longitudinal strigose vitta on scutellum (not reaching

apex), lateral margins of clavus, claval commissure,

apical margin and commissure of corium, margins of

cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous to black;

458

antenna fuscous, segment I ochraceous, corium and

membrane glassy, transparent, embolium and

cuneus opaque, Underside of body ochraceous,

propleura above with a longitudinal vitta (enlarged

posteriorly) black; between this vitta and the laterat

rounded spot of pronotum there is also a small black

spot; apex of rostrum fuscous; legs ochraceous, hind

femora with a series of fuscous spots on external

margin.

On the specimens from Malaya the apex of

scutellum and a small area at each side of median

longitudinal strigose vitta are paler yellow; on the

Sumatran and Sri Lanka specimens the longitudinal

median vitta of pronotum is continuous (on allotype

this vitta extends also over vertex; and the collar,

besides the median bar or vitta, also possessing two

others on each side, one exteriorly and one

laterally),

Male; Similar to female in general aspect but with

collar showing two extra vittae on lower lateral

margin. Length 5-4 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0-52

mm,

Figs. 64-66—Hyalopeplinus malayensis n.sp.: 64—Vesica ot

aedeagus; Fig, 65—Left paramere; Fig. 66—Right paramere.

REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-552

September, 1979

Genitalia: Penis (fig, 64) with a small sclerotised

spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere

(fig. 65) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere

(fig. 66) small, enlarged apically, with a minute

sclerotised apex.

Holotype: female, LAOS; Sedone Prov., Pakson,

18,v,1965, P. D. Ashlock, light trap (BISHOP).

Allotype: male, INDONESIA: Dolok Merangir,

Sumatra, July-Aug., 1971, Deihl (AMNH). Para-

types: female, SRI LANKA; Peradeniya, vili.1911

(BMNH); female, INDONESIA: Sumatra, Dolok

Merangir, Sept. 27-30, 1970, Diehl (AMNH);

female, same data as holotype; VIETNAM: Saigon,

viii.1903, Donnateur Comm. Foukeut; Sanari, 1934.

This species resembles Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis

n.sp. but vittae of the propleura do not come as close

to the lateral spots on the dorsum of the pronetum,

Hyalopeplinus papuensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 67-70, 84)

Characterised by the colour of frons, sides of

sternum and abdomen.

Male; Length 4-8 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head:

Length 0:4 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm,

Antenna; Segment T, length 0-7 mm; I], 2:4 mm; III,

1-8 mm; IV, 0:7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0:9 mm

width at base 1-5 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-60 mm,

width at base 0-32 mm (holotype).

\ 67 F

Fig. 67—Hyalopeplinus papuensis n.sp.. male. holotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN! OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

General coloration ochraceous with fuscous to

black areas, eyes, area of calli, five roundish spots

on disc of pranotum, one median followed anteriorly

by a longitudinal median vitta reaching collar and

vertex, and four lateral spots, the larger ones seen

from above and the smaller ones seen only from side

(united or not with larger spots); two lateral spots on

mesoscutum, longitudinal strigose vitta of scutellum

(not reaching apex) and clavus fuscous to black;

embolial and cuneal margins, apical margin of

corium and nervures of membrane fuscous; corium

and membrane glassy, transparent, embolium and

cuneus Opaque; sternal area ochraceous, propleura

(except margin of anterior coxal cleft), mesosternum

laterally, meso and metapleura black, In some

specimens the posterior portion of propleuron below

the dark fascia ochraceous; abdomen reddish

laterally, The collar of this species shows three bars

or vittae above (the median one extending whole

length of the collar but the two lateral ones not

teaching anterior margin) and two lower ones

laterally behind eyes well marked and about as wide

as width of segment I of antenna, black, Legs

ochraceous, tibiae slightly darker.

Genitalia: Penis (fig, 68) with a small sclerotized

spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere

(fig, 69) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere

(fig 70) small, globose apically, ending in a blunt

point,

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6:5 mm, width 2:1 mm, vertex 0:48

mm.

Holotype: male, PAPUA-NEW GUINEA:

Abaleti, Rossel Isl,, 0:50 m, no12, 28.ix,1956, Fifth

Archbold Exp. to New Guinea, L. J. Brass

(AMNH), Allotype: female, Biniguni, Gulariu

River, 150 m, no3, July-Aug. 14.1953, Geoffrey M.

Tate, Fourth Archbold Exp, Paratypes; two males,

same data as holotype; female, Mt. Riu, Sudest Is].

250-350 m, nol0, 9,i,1956, Fifth Archbold Exp, to

New Guinea, L. J. Brass, male, New Guinea, S. E.

Ruka 9 m, 12.viii,1964, H. Clissold, light traps,

INDONESIA: Irian Jaya, Waris 8 of Hollandia,

450-500 m, 1-7, viii,1959, T, C, Maa; male, NEW

BRITAIN; Linga Linga, W of Willeumes, P. En.

Im. xiv,1956, J. L. Gressitt.

Differs from Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight) by

the pale humeral angles and by the reddish lateral

fascia of abdamen,

Hyalopeplinus philippinensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 71-74, 88)

Characterised by the colour of frons, collar and

lateral area of sternum.

459

Figs. 68-70—Hyalopeplinus papuensis n.sp.: Fig. 6&—Vesica of

aedeagus, Fig, 49—Left paramere: Fig. 70— Right paramere.

Male: Length 5-8 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0:44 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-7 mm1 II, 2:7 mm, III,

1-4 mm; IV, 0:9 mm, Pronotum: Length 1:1 mm,

width at base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-72 mm,

width at base 0:40 mm.

Genera] coloration ochraceous with fuscous to

black areas; eyes, three spots on pronotum—one

median followed anteriorly by a longitudinal vitta

reaching collar, two lateral ones visible from above;

median and lateral spots on mesoscutum, a median

longitudinal strigose vitta on scutellum (not reaching

apex) black; margins of clavus, commissure and

apical margin of corium, margins of embolium,

margins of cuneus and nervures of membrane

fuscous; corium and membrane glassy, transparent;

antenna ochraceous, segments III and IV fuscous,

Underside of body ochraceous, a lateral fascia on

propleura coalescing or not with lateral spot of disc

460

black; legs pale; collar with three median bars or

vittae and two lower lateral ones (their width

approximately equal to width or segment I of

antenna) black; femora with fuscous spots extern-

ally, abdomen with a lateral orange fascia,

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 72) with a sclerotized

spiculum and membranous lobes provided with

minute teeth apically, Left paramere (fig. 73)

falciform, pointed. Right paramere (fig. 74) globose,

small.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2-0 mm, vertex 0:46

mm.

Fig. 7i—Hyalopeplinus philippinensis n.sp,, male holotype.

Holotype: male, PHILIPPINES: Negros I., Camp

Lookout, Dumaguete, 14.v.1961, T, Schneiria, A.

Reyes (AMNH), Paratypes: seven males and

females Luzon, Proy. Ifugao, Mt, Mayoyao, 1 000-

1500 m, 7.vii.1966, H. Torrevillas, light trap

(BISHOP), and in the author’s collection,

This species approaches Hyalopeplinus papuensis

n.sp. but differs by the pale colour of sternal area

and by the ochraceous area of calli,

REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 72-74—Hyalopeplinus philtppinensis nsp.: Fig. 72—Penis;

Fig. 73—Left paramere; Fig. 74—Right paramere.

Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight, 1935), n. comb.

Guisardus samoanus Knight, 1935, p. 211, fig.;

Carvalho, 1959, p, 319.

(Figs. 75-78, 83)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by

the structure of male genitalia.

Male: Length 5.9 mm, width 2-0 mm, Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-48 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm; H, 2-5 mm; HI,

14 mm: TV, 0-5 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-7 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm,

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with

fuscous to black areas; eyes, antenna (segments II-

IV darker), narrow longitudinal line on vertex

fuscous to brown, two spots above antennal

peduncle on frons black, clypeus castaneous;

pronotum with a wide vitta laterally, a small median

longitudinal triangular vitta and two small (some-

times obsolete) spots or vittae at each side of median

vitta of collar; hind margin of calli, a longitudinal

median vitta following median vitta of collar,

enlarged and globose posteriorly at middle of disc,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

two sublateral spots, usually curved anteriorly,

continuing or not with equivalent spot on lateral

margin af pronotum, a spot at humeral angles, a

longitudinal vitta on propleura coalescing with

another at lateral margin fuscous to black; spots at

middie and basal angles of mesoscutum, a

longitudinal vitta on scutellum narrowed towards

apex (but not reaching it) and basal angles black;

clavus internal and externally, claval, corial and

cuneal margins and nervures of membrane fuscous,

Underside of body pale yellow, mesoscutum

laterally, metapleura and spot on second abdominal

segment fuscous, lateral longitudinal vitta on

abdomen black; legs pale yellow, hind femora

tending to castaneous apically with fuscous spots on

outer surface,

Fig. 75—Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight), female.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 76) with a sclerotised

spiculum and membranous lobes. Lefi paramere

(fig. 77) falciform, thicker at basal and subapical

portions, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 78)

small, thickest at middle, with a blunt point at apex,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, Length 6:2 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-52

mm.

Geographical distribution: Samoa, New Hebrides,

Raratonga Is., American Samoa, Society Islands,

Tabuai Is.

46)

Specimens studied: several males and females,

SAMOA: Afiamalu, Upolu, 10,vi.1940, 2 200 ft, at

light, Swezey and Zimmerman; id. 25.vi.1940; id.

30.vi.1940; id. S.vii.1940; id, ii.1955, N, L, Krauss;

Pago-Matafao trail, 13.vii.1940, Tutuila I, 2 141 ft,

beating shrubbery: Tapafao, Upolu, 21.v.1940,

1 000 ft, at light, Swezey & Zimmerman; Afiamalu,

Upolu, {i,1962, R. W. Taylor (BISHOP and

AMNH). AMERICAN SAMOA; Tutuila, Tapuna,

5.viii.1964, N. R. Spencer; Tatuputimu Farm,

I1.x1.1963; Fagatogo, 19.vii.1963 (BISHOP); NEW

HEBRIDES: Espiritu Santo 1, (SW), Namatosopa,

300 m. 29,vili,1957; Narango, 90 m, vi.1960

(BISHOP); Aneityum, Red Crest, 1 200 ft, 3 m NE

of Anelgauhat, v,1955; Erromanga, vii.1930, L, E.

Cheesman, (BMNH); Aneityum, Agathis Camp, 19-

21.vij.1971, G, Robinson (SAM). RARATONGA

ISLAND; 2.11.1937 (BISHOP). SOCIETY

ISLANDS: Moorea, Baie de Cook, iii,1959, N, L.

Krauss (BISHOP).

This species differs from others in the genus by the

humeral angles and abdomen being black laterally,

Figs 76-78—Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight): Fig. 76—Penis:

Fig. 77—Left paramere; Fig, 78—Right paramere.

Hyalopeplinus solomonensis, n.sp.

(Figs, 79-82, 90)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

lateral margins of sternum,

Male; Length 5-6 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head:

Length 0-3 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm, IT, 3:1 mm; III,

1-4 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-60 mm,

width at base 0-32 mm (holotype).

Fig. 79—Hyalopeplinus solomonensis n.sp., male, holotype,

General coloration ochraceous to citrine with dark

silvery pruinose and brown areas; head with a

longitudinal vitta on vertex, branched anteriorly,

two spots above base of antennal peduncles, four

spots on clypeus (base, sides and apex), vitta on

lorum and vitta on lower margin of gena and spot on

neck behind eye fuscous to black; eyes castaneous;

antenna with segment 1 and [I pale yellow (segment

1 with a dark longitudinal vitta interiorly), segments

III-IV black; pronotum with collar, a characteristic

M-shaped pruinose spot on dise (running along hind

margin of calli with two projections forwards), the

REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

lateral and median longitudinal branches running

backwards and becoming enlarged apically (not

reaching hind margin of disc) black, extreme portion

of humeral angles fuscous; mesoscutum at middle

and external fossae black; scutellum with a

longitudinal narrow strigose vitta (not reaching

apex) and two vittae curving inwards and arising

from the two black spots dark with silvery

pruinosity; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus

opaque, black, covered by silvery pruinosity, inner

and outer margins of embolium and corium,

commissure, inner and apical portion of cuneus,

nervures of membrane fuscous to brown: membrane

hyaline with two narrow longitudinal vitae at apical

portion, Underside of body pale yellow, xyphus of

prosternum, a characteristic spot on propleura with

a round velvety black spot at middle, mesosternum

(except a small pale spot) and a wide longitudinal

vitta laterally on abdomen with elongate velvety

spots on the upper portion of each segment fuscous

to black; legs pale yellow, femora with small fuscous

spots.

Pronotum strigase on black vittae or spots,

scutellum also strigose at middle, clavus opaque,

pilose, eyes large and prominent.

Figs, 80-82—Hyalopeplinus solomanensis n-sp.; Fig. 80—penis;

Fig, 81—Left paramere; Fig. 82—Right paramere.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 80) with a sclerotised

spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere

(fig, 81) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere

(fig. 82) small, globose,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, Length 6-0 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-48

mm (allotype).

Holotype: male. SOLOMON ISLANDS: Florida

Group, Gairava, M’boli passage, Big Nggnela,

13.ix.1960, C. W. O’Brien (BISHOP). Allotype:

female, same data as holotype, Paratypes: Eight

males and fourteen females, same data as holotype

and New Georgia Grp., Gizo 1, 100 m, 17.vii.64, J-

Sedlacek, malaise trap; Florida Grp., Vunula, Small

Neggela, 19.ix,60, light trap, C, W, O'Brien; Santa

Ysabel, Tamatahi, 450 m, 2.vii.1960, bght trap, C.

W, O'Brien; N, W, Malaita, Dala, 2,vii,1964, R.

Straatman, light trap; id. Kwalo, 600-750 m,

29.ix.1957, light trap, J. L. Gressitt; Guadalcanal,

Jan. 1921, J. A. Kuschel; id. Rorom, 35 km of

Honiara, 10 m, 13.v.1964, R. Straatman; id. Lame

nr, Mt, Tatuva, 300 m, 18.v,1960, light trap, C. W,

O'Brien; Paripao, 21.v.1960, light trap; Bougain-

ville, Kulugai Village, LS0 m, xi,1960, W. W.,.

Brandt; id. Buin, Kangu, 1-50 m, 3.v,1956, J. L.

Gressitt,

This species approaches Hyalopeplinus cris-

tovalensis n.sp. but differs by the colour of pronotum

and velvety spots of abdomen.

CRISTOVALENSIS

SOLOMONENSIS

463

Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912

Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912a, p. 419; Carvalho,

19359, p, 319,

Type-species: Hyalopeplaides cyanescens Poppius,

1912,

Bady elongate, mostly glabrous, shining. Head

slightly wider than long, eyes almost contiguous with

collar, frans with oblique striations (obsolete or

absent in some species), clypeus prominent,

compressed, rostrum reaching the middle coxae,

Antenna with segment I thicker than others, about

as long as width of head, segment | about three times

as long as [, segments ILI-IV slender, pubescence

short.

Pronotum with anterior portion noticeably con-

stricted (so as to appear three lobed), collar wide,

calli prominent, reaching lateral margins and well

separated from collar and disc, hind margin slightly

sinuate at middle; surface of pronotum faintly

transversely rugose, the rugosities more marked on

the dark vittae or spots, submarginal portion finely

punctate; mesoscutum partially exposed, scutellum

longitudinally impressed (with a shallow wide

sulcus) and rugose transversely.

Hemelytra glassy, transparent, embolium and

cuneus Opaque, pubescent (in some species clavus

also with hairs), clavo-corial and corio embolial

sutures with a row of punctures, cuneus about twice

or more as long as wide at base, membrane vitreous.

MALAYENSIS

Figs. 83-91—Lateral view of head and pronotum showing colour

markings on species of genus Hyalopeplinus n.gen.: Fig

§3—samoanus; Fig, 84—papuensis,; Fig. Ss—calrnsensis; Fig

86—antennalis; Fig. &87—fijiensis; Fig, 88—philippinensys;

Fig.

91—malavensis.

89—crislovalensis;

Fig. 90—solomonensis; Fig.

464

Legs fairly long, hind tibiae with hairs, spines and

minute sclerotised tubercles, parempodia divergent

tawards apices.

This genus is yery close ta Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870

but differs by the rugosities of pronotum occupying

only the anterior two thirds and more evident on the

black vittae or spots; by the submarginal portion of

disc posteriorly finely punctate and without

rugosities; by the disc noticeably constricted

anteriorly as if being divided into three portions and

by the rounded humeral angles.

List of species of the genus Hyalopeploides Poppius

1. alienus Carvalho & Gross,;n.sp.,.. Australia

2. australiensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp.

Australia

3. bOrNBENSISN.SP. ~ 0-22 bee eee Borneo

4, cyanescens Poppius, 1912 Papwa-New Guinea

5. fasciatus Msp... sis. eee ce ee eee Java

6, maculatus tsp. ......., Papua-New Guinea

7. neoguineanusn.sp. ..,., Papwa-New Guinea

8. ochraceus T.sp....-..-.-- Papua-New Guinea

9, queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. .

Australia

10. rubriniscusa.sp.......--5-. New Ireland

11, rubrinoidesnesp.. 2... 6. eee, New Britain

Bismark. Is.

12. similarism.sp--....... 0.00020, Solomon Is,

13. trinetatusn.sp New Ireland

Key to the species of the genus Hyalopeploides poppius

Body except cuneus ochraceous; disc of pronotum with

obsolete longitudinal orange vittse,..., achraceus n.sp,

Body with black or dark brown vittae orspots.....,..., 2

. Head unicolorous; pronetum with three rugose vitta-like

black spots. ..., 3

BYE awellnn tere

. Collar without longitudinal dark viltae or bars; pronotum

with. a median and two lateral brown fossae or spots

alienus Carvalho & Gross, nm. 5p,

Collar with longitudinal dark vitta@orbars-.. -......, 4

4. Collar with only two Jower lateral spots, one at each side; calli

UMICOIOTOUS oi cece eee cede nee trinotatus nm. sp.

Collar with two median triangular black [asciae or bars; calli

with two dark spats laterally, one at each side

queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, n, sp.

, Cuneus black to dark brown; collar with four longitudinal

median villae. the lower ones larger and darker; vertex

with two black spots at inner margin of eyes; calli mostly

black or with black spots ..,,-.. -- cyanescens Poppius

Cuneus reddish or sulphurescent; collar with five to seven

longitudinal vittae or bars oy yc ee ee ee eens . 6

6. Disc of pronotum with a longitudinal median vitta reachin

callar anteriorly and two round central spats, or with suc

yitta and spots plus two lateral vittae, one at each side,

black; collar with three longitudinal vittae .......... 7

Dise of pronotum with three longitudinal vittac, usually

covered by silvery pruimosity, collar with five to seyen

longitudinal bars orvittae .,..,,----) ees seer 8B

7. Disc of prengnite with a median longitudinal vitta and two

spots black; scurellum with two longitudinal black vittae

maculatus ml. sp.

Disc. of pronotum with three longitudinal vittae and two spots

black; scutellum with a single basal median longitudinal

Bathe, CAM a oe, borneensis n. sp.

REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429.532

Sepiember, 1979

8. Scutellum with two longitudinal dark brown to black vittae;

sometimes fused into one,.,...,. 9

Scutellum unicolorous or nearly so, without longitudinal

lack vitae. nee Se, td

9. Collar with three longitudinal black vittae or bars, che lower

anes characteristic, large and quadrate; head with a single

median yitta..- --.- cece. Stmilarisn. sp.

Collar with five to seven longitudinal black vittae; head with

three longitudinal vittae ., Mito: 10

10. Collar with five longitudinal vittae, the two lower ones, one at

each side, large, black, quadrate...,,,., fasciaius n_ sp.

Collar with seven longrtudinal vittae, the two lower ones

distinct, not fused into one _. neoguineanus n. sp.

11, Head unicolorous, without longitudinal reddish vitae, disc of

pronotum with two longitudinal brown vittae between the

median and the lateral

qustraliensis Carvalho & Gross, n. sp-

Head with three longitudinal reddish vittae; disc without

three longitudinal brown vittae-—... 0... 22-2... Late

12. Collar with seven longitudinal vittae, the lower ones reddish;

sides. of abdomen with one red vitta above

rubriniscus 1, sp-

Collar with five longitudinal vittae, The two lower ones

characteristic, fused anteriorly; sides of abdomen with two

red longitudinal lateral vittae . _ tubrinoides n. sp.

Hyalopeploides alienus Carvalho & Gross, n, sp.

(Figs. 92, 128)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

collar,

Female; Length 7-5 mm, width 2-0mm, Head;

Length 1-0 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:54 mm,

Antenna: Segment [, length 1:0 mm; II, 2-8 mm;

III, 17mm, LV, 0-8 mm, Pronotum; Length

15mm, width at base 2-0 mm. Cumeus: Length

1:22 mm, width at base 0-49 mm (holotype).

General coloration brownish yellow; on head eyes

blackish and apex of second and third and fourth

antennal segments infuscated; pronotum with

central depressed fossa pale brown and laterally to

this on each side on Jateral margins an oval brown

spot; clavus vaguely darker then rest of hyaline

portion of wings and hemelytra, embolium and

clineus pale yellowish brown; rest of hemelytra and

Wings hyaline, Dorsum of abdomen yellowish

brown medianly, becoming more reddish brown

Jaterally. Laterally and beneath concolorous with

dorsal surface and apex of rostrum infuscated, apices

of femora and towards lateral margins af abdomen

faintly reddish.

Pilosity restricted to apical portion of embolium,

cuneus, appendages and underside of abdomen, the

pilosity dark on all but the underside of the abdomen

where it is whitish. On tibiae some longer and

paler spine like hairs interspersed with the shorter

dark pilosity-

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 465

On pronotum medially a longitudinal, rather Male: Unknown.

narrow, depressed transversely strigose groove

extending from level of hind margin of calli to about

’h of hind lobe. Disc of hind lobe faintly transversely Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: North Queens-

strigose, Scutellum depressed anteriorly in the land, Cairns District, F. P. Dodd; 1 damaged

middle behind which is a longitudinal, depressed, female, Kuranda, F. P. Dodd (SAM Reg. no.

transversely strigose groove running almost to apex. 120,980).

-—__. 2mm ——_—

Fig. 92—Hyalopeploides alienus Carvalho & Gross, n.sp., female,

holotype.

466

Differs from Hyalopeploides australiensis n.sp. by

having the body considerably longer in relation to its

width and also by having the transversely strigose

groove on the pronotum narrow and brownish in

colour.

es Se

SS =~.

y i

Fig. 93—Hyalopeploides qustraliensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp.,

female, holotype.

Hyalopeploides australiensis

Carvalho & Gross, n, sp.

(Fig. 93, 129)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum,

Female; Length 6-8 mm, width 2:2 mm. Head;

Length 0:5 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0-52 mm.

Antenna; Segment I, length, 1-0 mm; II, 2-9 mm;

III, 1-5 mm; TV, 0-7.mm. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm.

width at base 1-9 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-76 mm,

width at base 0-44 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with reddish and

black areas; eyes castaneous, antenna reddish,

apical portion of segment I], segment Il (except

base) and segment TV dark brown; collar with three

vittae or bars above and nwo lateral (one of the latter

REC, §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

on each side wider and about as wide as segment I of

antenna) dark brown; area of calli and disc with

three strigose longitudinal vittae (with a silvery

pruinosity on well preserved specimens), disc also

with three longitudinal vittae plus two others wider

and shorter at posterior portion brown, humeral

angles black exteriorly; mesoscutum and scutellum

with a longitudinal orange vitta reaching apex of

scutellum; hemelytra glassy, transparent margins of

clavus, commissure and apical margin of corium,

nervures of membrane, inner and outer margin of

embolium brown; cuneus and embolium opaque, the

first reddish and the second ochraceous, membrane

transparent. Underside of body pale yellow,

propleura with a longitudinal, strigose brown vitta,

legs pale yellow, hind femora reddish apically with

two rows of smaill fuscous spots, hind tibiae and tarsi

reddish, claws black,

Male: unknown.

Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA; Queensland; F.

P. Dodd, 1907-54, Kuranda, Old. F. P. Dodd, April

1904 (BMNH). Paratypes: female, same data as

holotype, June, 1904; female, N. Queensland,

Redlynch, 14.viii,1938, Papuan-Australian Exp.

B.M. 1947-48; female. Redlynch, Old. xii.1938,

B,M. 1949-61, R. F. Sternitsky, Papuan-Australian

Exp., B.M. 1949-61, Female, Kuranda, F. Dodd,

(SAM Reg, no, 120,981),

This species approaches Hyalopeplinus rubrinus

n. sp. and Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n. sp. but

differs by the colour of head and pronotum,

Hyalopeploides borneensis, n-_ sp.

(Figs. 94-97, 132)

Characterised by the colour of head and prono-

tum.

Male: Length 6-5 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-1] mm, vertex 0-48 mm.

Antenna: Segment [, length 0-6 mm, II, 2°8 mm; IIT

and IV, mutilated. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width

at base 1-7 mm. Cuneus; Length 0:60 mm, width at

base 0-28 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; eyes brown, antenna, dark brown,

segment I reddish; pronotum and vertex with a

continuous longitudinal, median vitta which is

strigose and widened posteriorly on disc, two

strigose lateral spots, humeral angles, two lower

jateral vittae on collar, the lowest one reaching over

calli dark brown to black; mesoscutum with two

lateral black spots; scutellum with two black basal

spots joining a longitudinal brown vitta widened

basally, apical portion of scutelJum lighter; hemely-

tra glassy, transparent, margins of clavus, commis-

sure and apical margin of corium, nervures of

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE) 467

Fig. 94—Hyalopeploides borneensis n.sp,, male, holotype.

membrane, inner and outer margins of emboliiim

and of cuneus castaneous, median area of latter

orange to red; membrane transparent. Underside of

body ochraceous, propleura with a lateral posterior

strigose vitta fuscous, femora with small fuscous

spots, the hind pair tending to orange apically, hind

tibiae. orange to reddish.

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 95) with membranous lobes

provided with minute teeth at extremities, Left

paramere (fig, 96) curved, enlarged subapically.

Right paramere (fig. 97) smaller, simple,

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, Length 6:5 mm, width 2-0 mm, vertex 0-48

mm. Cuneus; Length 0-72 mm, width at base 0:40

mm.

Holotype; Male, EAST MALAYSIA; Mt,

Kinabalu, Manei Parei, 5 000 ft, 5.ii.1929, Exp.

F.M.S., B.M. 1955-354, H. M. Pendlebury

(BMNH). Allotype: female, Forest Camp 19 km, N

of Kalabakan, 12.x.1962, Y. Hirashima, light trap

(BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as holotype.

Approaches Hyalopeplinus maculatus n, sp, but

differs by the colour of pronotum.

Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppius, 1912

Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppins, 1912a, p. 419;

Carvalho, 1959, p, 319.

(Figs. 98, 133)

Characterised by the colour of head, pronotum

and cuneus.

Female: Length 6:5 mm, width 1:8 mm. Head.

Length 1-0 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-60 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; IL, 2:9 mm; III-

TV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-S mm, width at

base 2.0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-12 mm, width at

base 0-44 mm (lectotype).

General coloration ochraceous with dark areas;

inner margin of eye and post-ocular area of head

black, antenna pale yellow, apex of segment II and

segments II] and IV black; pronotum with collar

showing four longitudinal vittae (the lower lateral

ones larger and darker), spots on calli or the whole

area, two lateral spots on disc and a narrow

longitudinal vitta (not reaching the hind margin or

obsolete in some specimens), propleura (except

lower margin), lateral margin of mesosternum

fuscous to black; hemelytra ochraceous, transpa-

rent, cuneus and embolium partially ochraceous.

Underside of body and legs pale yellow to lutescent,

hind tibiae tending to castaneous, abdomen with

reddish tinge.

Pronotum rugose anteriorly, noticeably con-

stricted behind calli which are prominent, scutellum

rugose at middle, clavus, embolium and cuneus

pubescent.

Male; unknown,

Specimens studied; female, lectotype (new desig-

nation), NEW GUINEA: Astrolabe Bai, Erima

(HELSINKI); female, INDONESIA; Bodem,

100m, 1ikm SE of Oe6crberfaren, Irian Jaya,

10.vii,1959, light trap (BISHOP),

This species is close to Hyalopeplus ochraceous n.

sp. but differs by the colour of pronotum.

Hyalopepoides fasciatus, n. sp-

(Fig, 125)

Characterised by the longitudinal pruinose vitta of

pronotum and by the two wide longitudinal vittae of

scutellum,

Female: Length 8-4 mm, width 2-8 mm. Head:

length 0-8 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0:64 mm.

Antenna; Segment I, length 1:0 mm; [03:2 mm, IIT,

1-4 mm; IV 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm,

width at base 2:4 mm. Cuneus: 1:12 mm, width at

base 0:56 mm (holotype),

General coloration flavescent to citrine with dark

brown to reddish areas; head, pronotum and

scutellum citrine; a longitudinal vitta on middle of

head, two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes

(ebsolete in some specimens) joining middle line of

clypeus fuscous to brown; five vittae or bars an

468 REC. §, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

Sepiember, 1979

Figs. 95-97—Hyalopeploides borneensis n.sp.; Fig. 95—Penis; Fig.

96—Left paramere; Fig. 97—Right paramere.

collar (the lower lateral ones forming a black

rectangular spot behind eye), three longitudinal

wide pruinose vittae on pronotum; one median and

two lateral (these slightly inside the corresponding

pair on calli) black, two obsolete longitudinal vittae

running between the pruinose vittae castaneous;

mesoscutum and scutellum with lateral margins

basally and two longitudinal vittae (not reaching

apex) castaneous; hemelytra glassy, transparent,

sutures black, cuneus reddish with outer margin

pale; membrane glassy, slightly fuscous, nervures

dark. Eyes castaneous, antenna reddish, apex of

segment II black, segments III-IV black (with pale

bases). Underside of body flavescent, a line along

side of head, a vitta along upper margin of propleura

and another above coxal cleft I castaneous to

reddish; legs flavescent, apices of tibiae I and II

reddish, femora suffused with red, hind pair apically

and hind tibiae totally red, apices of tarsi fuscous.

Pronotum distinctly rugose, scutellum prominent,

cuneus noticeably long.

Male: unknown.

Holotype: female, INDONESIA: Bibidjilan, West

Java, M. E. Welsh, 8.v.38, in the collection of the

author.

This species differs from allied forms by having

three longitudinal wide pruinose fasciae on pro-

notum, two longitudinal fasciaé on scutellum and a

quadrate black spot present on lower lateral margin

of collar.

Fig. °8—Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppius, female, lectotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAB)

Hyalopeploides maculatus, n. sp.

(Figs. 99-102, 123)

Characterised by the

hemelytra and hind legs.

colour of pronotum,

Female: Length 9-8 mm, width 3-2 mm. Head:

Length 0-7 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0:76 mm.

Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-2 mm; 11, 4-2 mm: OL

1V, broken. Pronotum: Length 16 mm, width at

basé 2-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm, width at

base 0-64 mm (holotype).

Fig. 99—Hyalopeploides maculatus n.sp.: female, paratype.

General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with

brown and reddish areas; a longitudinal vitta on

head, eyes, antennae (except segment I) black;

pronotal collar with three well marked longitudinal

vittae (in some specimens only median vitta

present), a longitudinal median vitta on disc not

reaching posteriar margin, two round spots at

central portion, twa longitudinal vittae near humeral

angles, and a small spot at each angle brown to

black; mesoscutum with four dark spots; scutellum

with two median longitudinal vittae united or joined

brown, apical portion pale; hemelytra glassy,

transparent, clavus and corium with inner and outer

margins and commissure brown, embolium opaque

dark, cuneus opaque, pale at central portion,

46%

reddish at apex and margins (in some specimens the

median portion is also reddish); membrane fuscous,

nervures brown, Underside of body ochraceous,

posterior margin of ostiolar peritreme, keel of

metapleura, and apical end of abdomen dark, legs

ochraceous, hind femora black, hind tibiae brown,

segment II of tarsi fuscous.

Male: Similar to female in colour and general

aspect. Length 8-6 mm, width 2-7 mm, vertex 0:72

mm.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 100) with membranous lobes

showing areas of sclerotised teeth. Left paramere

(fig. 101) enlarged apically with a terminal short

point. Right paramere (fig. 102) small with a

szlerotised apical branched tubercle.

Holotype: female, INDONESIA: Swart Val.,

Karubaka, Irian Jaya, 1 400-1 600 m, 9.x1.1958, J.

L. Gressitt (BISHOP). Allorype; male, same data as

holotype, Paratypes; three females, idem, in the

above collection and of the author,

This species approaches Hyalopeplinus similaris n.

sp. but differs by the presence of two raunded spots

on the dise of the pronotum,

Hyalopeploides neoguineanus, no. sp.

(Figs. 103-107, 124)

Characterised by the colour of the body and by the

structure of male genitalia.

Male; Length 7-6mm. width 2-6mm, Head;

Length 0-6 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-52 mm.

Antenna: Segment J, length 1-2 mm; I, 3-0 mm;

Wl, l-lmm; [V, 06mm. Pronotum: Length

15 mm, width at base 2:2mm. Cunens: Length

0-84 mm, width at base 0:52 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous to citrine with

brown and reddish areas; head with a median

longitudinal and two lateral vittae (obsolete in some

specimens), lateral vitta on gena brown, clypeus,

jugum and lorum, posterior margin of eyes on neck,

and segment I of antenna reddish, segments III-IV

brown to black (segment II tending to reddish at

base); pronotum seen from above with collar, calli

and disc marked by five longitudinal vittae; one

median and two lateral brown with silvery

pruinosity; two sublateral and reddish (absent or

obsolete in some specimens, especially on females),

lateral margins, lower lateral vittae of collar (the

upper ones brown to dark), longitudinal vitta on

sternal area and lateral portion of abdomen reddish:

mesoscutum with two median vittae (not reaching

apex) and basal angles black, hemelytra glassy.

transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus,

corium and embolium (at basal portion), apical

470 REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 100-102—Hyalopeploides maculatus n.sp.; Fig, 100—Penis;

Fig. 101—Left paramere; Fig. 102—Right paramere.

margin of corium and nervures of membrane brown,

apical portion (in the male the whole extension) of

embolium, corial commissure and cuneus reddish,

membrane ochraceous, transparent. Underside of

body ochraceous, segment | of rostrum, ostiolar

peritreme, upper margins of abdominal segments,

terebra and area continguous reddish, segment IX

brown, femora reddish, tibiae brown, the hind pair

reddish, tarsi fuscous.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 105) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig.

106) curved, ended by a slender point. Right

paramere (fig, 107) simple, with a sclerotized apical

point.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. In some specimens the pronotum do not

show the longitudinal vittae between the central and

the two lateral ones. Length 8-3 mm, width 3-0 mm,

vertex 0-52 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:00 mm, width at

base 0:60 mm (allotype),.

Holotype: Male, INDONESIA: Irian Jaya,

Wisselmeren, 1 700 m, Wagaete, Tigi L., 17, Aug.

1955, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP), Allotype: female,

NEW GUINEA: NE Elliptami Valley, 1 200-

1350m, August 1-15, 1959, W. W, Brandt,

Paratypes; 9 females, Ahl.V. Nodung]l, 1 750 m,

8.vili.1955, J. L. Gressitt; NE Torricelli Mts.

Sugoitei Vill., 900 m, W. W. Brandt, 1-5.11.1959;

Swart Vall., Karubaka, 10.xi,1958; NE Feramin,

1450 m, 26.viii.63, R. Straatman; Wisselmeren,

Moanemani, Kamo, | 500 m, J. Sedlacek; Duroto,

E of Enarotadi, 1 800 m, in the collection above and

of the author.

Very close to Hyalopeplus rubrinus n. sp. but

differs by the presence of longitudinal dark vittae on

scutellum. It is also near Hyalopeplus fasciatus n, sp.

from which it can be separated by the presence of

the seven vittae on collar.

Fig. 103—Hyalopeploides neoguineanus n.sp., male, holotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 471

Fig. 104—Hyalopeploides neoguineanus n.sp., female, allotype.

Hyalopeploides ochraceus, n. sp.

(Figs. 108-111, 122)

Characterised by the colour and structure of male

genitalia.

Male: Length 7:6 mm, width 2:2mm, Head;

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-64 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; I, 2-9 mm;

I-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at

base 2-2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at

base 0:40 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous tending to lutes-

cent; pronotum and scutellum tending to citrine; in

some specimens there is an indication of five

longitudinal, orange vittae on disc of pronotum and

also an indication of a longitudinal vitta on vertex,

base on clypeus, lateral area of head and lateral

portion of abdomen; eyes brown; cuneus tending ta

reddish internally; posterior femora with small

reddish spots internally at apical portion.

Pronotum and scutellum noticeably rugose trans-

vetsally, the disc constricted behind calli.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 108) with a sclerotized

spiculum (fig. 111) and membranous lobes with

sclerotised teeth apically; secondary gonopore with

groups of sclerotised teeth nearby. Left paramere

(fig. 109) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere

(fig. 110) globose, with an apical point.

Figs.

105—Penis; Fig.

paramere.

105-107—Hyalopeploides

106—Left paramere;

neoguineanus

Fig.

n.sp.: Fig.

107—Right

472 REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-332

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, Length 76mm, width 2-.4.mm, vertex

0-68 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-84 mm, width at base

0-56 mm (allotype).

Holotype: Male, NEW GUINEA: Elliptami Val-

ley, 1 200-1 350m, August. 1-15, 1959, W, W.

Brandt (BISHOP). Allotype: female, INDONESIA:

September, 1979

Swart Val., Karubaka, Irian Jaya, 10,xi,1958, light

trap, J, L. Gressitt, Paratypes: two males and three

females, same data as holotype, in the above

collection and of the author.

Differs from all others species included jin the

genus by the almost uniform ochraceous colour of

the body,

TAR x

cS ee

* 22RSSE

> ae DEE:

Figs 108-111—Hyalopeploides ochraceus n.sp.: Fig. 108—Penis;

Fig 109—Lett paramere, Fig. 110—Right paramere; Eig

1t1—Spiculum of aedeagus.

Hyalopepoides queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross,

n.sp.

(Figs. 112, 131)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum,

Female: Length 8-4 mm, width 1:9 mm, Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:50 mm.

Antenna; Segment I, length 0-9 mm; IT, 2-8 mm;

Iff, 1-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm,

width at base 1:9 mm, Cuneus: Length 08% mm,

width at base 0-36 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with brown to

black areas; eyes brown, antennae dark brown,

segment I ochraceous; pronotal collar with two

longitudinal triangular bars or vittae (the vertex

touching calli), two lateral spots on calli, two small

ones near the confluence of the latter posteriorly

brown; a median longitudinal strigase vitta on disc,

widened posteriorly and two lateral spots (also

strigose) black; a small brown spot at each side near

the two lateral spots but situated inferiorly and the

humeral angles brown; mesoscutum and scutellum

ochraceous, the latter darker near apex} hemelytra

glassy, transparent, margins of clavus, commissure

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 473

and apical margin of corium, nervures of membrane

brown; embolum and cuneus opaque, orange to

reddish membrane transparent, Underside of body

ochraceous, a small spot above anterior portion of

coxal cleft I and longitudinal strigose vitta on

posterior portion of propleura brown; legs pale

yellow, femora with reddish tinge apically.

Male: Unknown,

Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: Kuranda, Qld.,

June 1904, F. P, Dadd, Queensland, F, P. Dodd, B.

M. 1907-54 (BMNH).

This species approaches Hyalopeplinis rubriniscus

n.sp. Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n.sp. but differs by

the colour of head and pronotum.

Y LAE,

Fig. 112—Hyalopeploides queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross,

f.-sp.. female, holotype

Hyalopeploides rubrinoides, n.sp.

(Fig. 127)

Characterised by the colour of collar.

Female: Length 84 mm, width 2-7 mm, Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-64 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; II, 3:0 mm; III,

13 mm; IV, 6-8 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm,

width 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm, width at

base 0:52 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous. with brown and

reddish areas; head with a median longitudinal vitta

and two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes

which coalesce on clypeus, a lateral vitta on gena

and lorum, as well as on jugum, reddish; eyes and

antenna brown to black, segment I reddish;

pronotum with three longitudinal brown to reddish

vittae covered by silvery pruinosity, having also

between them two submedian orange vittae

(obsolete in some specimens); collar with 4

longitudinal brown median vitta, two reddish

sublateral vittae (following those of head and

pronotum) and two lower lateral ones black, fused

anteriorly and characteristic for the species;

mesoscutum and scutellum ochraceous; unicolorous;

hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures and commis-

sures and nervures of membrane fuscous; embolium

and cuneus reddish; membrane pale at intrareolar

portion and ochraceous at extra-areolar portion,

underside of body ochraceous, lateral margin of

pronotum and a longitudinal vitta on side of sternal

portion following longitudinal vitta of head and

continuing through lateral portion of abdomen

reddish; legs pale yellow, femora towards apices and

hind tibiae reddish,

Embolium and cuneus distinctly pilose, scutellum

coarsely rugose transversely.

Male: Unknown,

Holotype; female, NEW BRITAIN: Giseluve,

Nakanai Mts. 1 050 m, 26 July 1956, E_ J. Ford Jr-

(BISHOP). Paratype: female, Yalom, 1 000 m, 16

May 1962, Noona Dan Expedition, 1961-1962, in the

Collection of the Universitets Zoologiske Museet,

Copenhagen.

Very close to Hyalopeplinus rubriniscus n.sp. but

differs by the shape of the lower lateral spot of

collar.

Hyalopeploides rubriniscus, n.sp.

(Figs, 113-116, 134)

Characterised by the colour of collar

scutellum.

and

Female: Length 8-0 mm, width 2:8 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0-56 mm.

Antenna; Segment J, length 0-8 mm; II, 3:2 mm;

Ili, 12mm; IV, 0:8mm. Pronatum: Length

15 mm, width at base 2-2 mm. Cuneus; Length

1-00 mm, width at base 0-48 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with reddish and

brown areas; head with a median longitudinal vitta

and two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes, a

longitudinal vitta on gena and lorum, jugum and

474

base of clypeus reddish; eyes and antennae brown,

segment I reddish; pronotum with three longitudinal

brown vittae covered by silvery pruinosity, collar

with seven longitudinal vittae as follows: one

brownish at middle; two submedian brown to

reddish, two more distinct, laterally black, two on

lower lateral margin reddish. In some speciméns,

especially on females, the two lateral vittae of head

are follawed posteriorly by a corresponding

sublateral vitta on collar, calli and disc, between the

darker vittae. Mesoscutum and scutellum ochrace-

ous, unicolorous (in some specimens with an

indication of a median orange Jongitudinal vitta);

hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer

margins of corium and nervures of membrane

fuscaus to brown, embolium and cuneus reddish,

membrane hyaline, Underside of body pale yellow,

lateral margins of pronotum, lateral vitta on upper

margin of propleura (covered with silvery pruinos-

ity), longitudinal vitta on lower margin of propleura

following the equivalent one on lorum and extending

along side of sternum and upper margin of abdomen

reddish; legs pale yellow, apical portion of femora

with reddish tinge, hind tibiae reddish, apices of

rostrum and tarsi fuscous.

Ce ar,

Fig. 113—Hyalopeploides rubriniseus n.sp . female, holotype.

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

Embolium and cuneus opaque, pilose, pronotum

strangly rugose transversely,

Genitalia: Penis (Fig, 114) with membanous lobes

provided with sclerotized spines apically. Left

paramere (Fig. 115) curved, enlarged apically, with

a pointed apex. Right paramere (Fig. 116) simple,

also pointed apically.

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust. Pronotal vittae more

marked and five in number: three dark to brown and

two sublateral reddish.

Holotype: male, NEW IRELAND: Schleinitz

Mts, Lelet Plateau, Oct, 1959, W, W. Brandt

(BISHOP). Allotype: female, same data as holotype.

Paratypes; two females, Elemkamin, 16 April 1962,

Noona Dan Expedition, 1961-1962, in the collection

of the Universitets Zoologiske Museet,

Copenhagen.

Very close to Hyalopeplinus neoguineanus n.sp,

but differs by the colour of scutellum, It is also close

to Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n.sp. but differs by the

colour of collar.

Hyalopeploides similaris, n. sp,

(Figs. 117-120, 124)

Characterised by the colour of head and. collar.

Male: Length 7:4 mm, width 2:5 mm. Head;

Length 0-6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-64 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0:9 mm, I, 3:3 mm; III-

IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at

base 2-3 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-80 mm, width at

base 0:52 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with

black and reddish areas; head with a longitudinal

vitta (more marked on vertex) dark, clypeus, a

narrow longitudinal vitta on gena and segment I of

antenna reddish; eyes and antennal segments [I-IV

brown to black; pronotum with three longitudinal

vittae (covered by silvery pruinosity) dark: the

median one reaching middle of collar where it is

narrower but not teaching hind margin of disc, the

two lateral beginning at posterior margin of calli

(also not reaching hind margin of disc); collar with a

lower lateral quadrate and characteristic black spot,

mesoscutum and scutellum with two submedian

yittae (those on scutellum not reaching apex) and

two rounded spots at lateral] margins of mesoscutum

black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and

outer margins of clavus, corium, embolium and

nervures of membrane. brown to black; embolium

and cuneus reddish, opaque; membrane hyaline.

Underside of body ochraceous, a lateral vitta on

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

abdomen reddish (in some specimens the margin of

mesosternum and metapleura dark), legs ochrace-

ous, apices of femora and posterior tibiae brown.

Embolium and cuneus distinctly pilose, opaque.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 118) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized spines apically. Left

paramere (fig. 119) enlarged apically, with a small

pointed tubercle at apex, Right paramere (fig. 120)

small, with a short apical somewhat branched

tubercle.

475

Female: unknown.

Holotype: male, SOLOMON ISLANDS: Kolom-

bangara, Gollifer’s Camp, 700 m, 23.1,1964, P.

Shanahan (BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as

holotype,

This species approches Hyalopeplinus maculatus

n.sp. but differs by the absence of rounded spots on

the disc of pronotum and by the characteristic black

lower lateral spot or bar on the collar,

Figs. 114-116—Hyalopeploides rubriniscus n.sp.: Fig. 114—Penis;

Fig. 115—Left paramere; Fig. 116—Right paramere.

Fig. 117—Hyalopeploides similaris n.sp., male, holotype.

Hyalopeploides trinotatus, n.sp,

(Figs. 121, 130)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum.

Female: Length 8:1 mm, width 2-3 mm, Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:50 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; II, 3-2 mm; III-

IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at

base 2-1 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-90 mm, width at

base 0-44 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous tending to lutes-

cent or orange; eyes and segments I-IV of antenna

fuscous to brown; pronotum with three characteris-

tic black strigose vittae or spots on disc; one median

and two lateral; extreme humeral angles dark;

scutellum with lateral margins black at base, inner

and outer margins of clavus, corium (widened

towards apical portion) and embolium, commissure

and nervures of membrane fuscous to black; cuneus

internally red, black at apex, membrane hyaline,

fuscous, Underside of body (except black apex of

clypeus, epipharynx and valvulae) unicolorous

lutescent to reddish; legs pale yellow to lutescent,

femora with small fuscous spots on inner apical

portion, tibiae light brown, tarsi fuscous apically.

476 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979

Figs, 118-120—Hyalopeploides similaris n.sp.: Fig. 118—Penis,

Fig. 119—Left paramere; Fig. 120—Right paramere.

Pronotum rugose at middle of disc, scutellum

rugose longitudinally at central portion, clavus,

embolium and cuneus pilose.

Male: Unknown,

Holotype: female, NEW IRELAND: Schleinitz

Mts. Lelet Plateau, ix.1959, W. W. Brandt

(BISHOP).

This species differs from others in the genus by the

colour of the pronotum.

Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870

Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870, p. 670: Atkinson, 1890, p.

106: Distant, 1904b, p. 447: Reuter, 1905b, p. 1:

Kirkaldy, 1906, p. 142: Reuter, 1910, p. 158:

Poppius, 1912b, p. 2; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97:

Carvalho, 1955, p. 107: Carvalho, 1959, p. 319.

Callicratides Distant, 1904b, p. 415: Reuter, 1905b,

p. Ll.

Type-species: Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855

Body elongate, glabrous or with a few sparse hairs

(more visible on cuneus and embolium), Head wider

than long, vertex smooth, not marginated, frons

rounded anteriorly, clypeus prominent, lorum shelf-

like, visible from above, buccula small, rostrum

reaching apex of middle or base of hind coxae,

segment I reaching middle of xyphus of prosternum;

eyes slightly removed from collar (this distance

being approximately equal to thickness of segment II

Fig. 121—Hyalopeploides trinoratus n.sp., female, holotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

of antenna); antenna with segment I about two or

three times as thick as II, the latter about five times

as long as I, segments ITI and IV slightly longer than

I, all segments with short pubescence.

Pronotum noticeably rugose transversally (typical

subgenus)—on collar, rugose, rugose punctate or

punctate-rugose on disc, this structure covering the

whole disc behind calli and also whole propleura,

calli slightly punctate or corrugate, posterior margin

of disc slightly immarginated in the middle, humeral

angles prominent (somewhat acutely pointed in

OCHRACEUS

125

NEOGUINE ANUS

FASCIATUS

AUSTRALIENSIS

BORNEENSIS

477

some species); mesoscutum partially covered,

scutellum prominent, with a longitudinal median

transversely rugose fascia and punctures inferiorly

on laternal margin.

Hemelytra glassy (transparent), without nervures,

the lower wings and abdomen clearly visible from

above, clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a

row of punctures: membrane vitreous, transparent,

the larger cell rounded apically. Legs with tibiae

covered by minute sclerotized teeth, hairs and

spines.

SIMILARIS

RUBRINOIDES

QUEENSLANDENS|S

RUBRINISCUS

Figs. 122-134—Lateral view of head and pronotum of species of

Hyalopeploides n.gen.,

showing colour markings:

Fig.

122—ochraceus; Fig. 123—maculatus; Fig. 124—similaris;

Fig. 125— fasciatus; Fig. 126—neoguineanus; Fig. 127—rub-

rinoides; Fig. 128—alienus; Fig. 129—australiensis; Fig.

130-—trinotatus; Fig. 131—queenslandensis; Fig, 132—bor-

neensis; Fig. 133—cyanescens; Fig. 134—rubriniscus.

lt differs from others in the tribe by the structure

of the pronotum and propleura, corium without

nervures, rostrum reaching apex of middle or base of

hind coxae, hemelytra glabrous and by the single

elongate spiculum of vesica., Its closest allied genus is

Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912 which has the dise of

pronotum and propleura rugose only in patches and

the pronotum is noticeably constricted anteriorly.

The genus may be subdivided into two subgenera

on the structure of pronotum and propleura, and

also of the spiculum of aedeagus, and these can be

recognized as follows;

1. Disc of pronotum and propleura distinctly rugose trans-

versely, if punctures present obscured by rugosities;

spiculum of yesica usually elongate

Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870

Dise of pronotum and prupleura distinctly punctate rugose or

punctate, the rugosities obscured by punctures; spieulum of

vesica usually enlarged subasally.

Adhyalopeplus n,subgen.

Type-species of new subgenius: Capsus pellucidus

Stal, 1859.

A reddish or reddish-coloured cuneus with the

apex of hind femur and hind tibiae partially or

totally red are characteristic of many of the species

of this subgenus, The first antennal segment in the

genus Hyalopeplus is usually over 1-1) mm long,

while in the new subgenus it is usually less. than

1-0 mm long.

List of the species of the genus Myalapeplus Stal

1. *amboinae Carvalho, 1956

= vitripennis Seal

2. qneiivumensis n sp

3. “bakeri Poppius, )OLS -

= similis Poppius

+. clavaius Distant -

3. cuneatus n.sp.

fh. grandisn sp. —-

7, guamensiy Usinger, 1946

8, hebridensis nap... Rs

QD *horvatht Pappius. 912

= similis Poppius

1. kandanensis n.sp.

Amboina Is,, Bahelthuap Is,

New Hebrides

Philippine ts,

Bangladesh, Malava

Papua-New Cuinea

Plulippine Is

Guam Is,

New Hebrides

Saint Thome ts-

New Irelund Is, , Solomon Is,

LL, “krishna Ballard, 1927 i ar India

= rama Kirby, 1891—Capsus

12 *lineifer Walker, 1873—°Capsus.,, Australia

= vitripennis Sral

13) lative Popplus, 1912.

14, madagascariensis n sp. .

15, malayensis o.4p---

1G. marquesanus nap... .. , oe

17_ nigrifroms Hsiao, 1944—Euhyalopeplus

Philippine Tk., Sumatra, Papua New Gutnea

18. nigrosculellafas nsp-

Australia, Papua New Guinea

Madagascar

Malaya

Marquesas Is,

‘Philippine {fs., Papua New Guinea

19. pellucidus Stal, 1859—Capsus , Hawaiian Islands

20. rama Kirby, 189) —Capsits- Oriental Region, Oceania

21. rubroclavatuy nspe. oo. Duncan Is., Irian Jaya

22. rubrojugans Asp, Papua-New Guinea

23, samoanus Knight, 1935 Samoan Is.

24. similis Poppius, 1912 _--

Ethiopian and Oriental Regions, Oceania

25. smaragdinus Roepke, 1919 ,, Rorneo, Java

26. spinosus Distant, 1904 Assam, Vielnam

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

2h.

29.

10.

_ Scutellum and mesoscutum black;

September, 1979

Tonge Is

American Samia

tongaensis sp,

nittilaensis o.Sp. ie

vilripennis Stal, 1&55—Capsuk. :

Onental Region, Oceania

* Names in synonymy

Key to the species of the subgenus Hyalopeplus Stal

_ Hind margin of pronotum with a transverse reddish fascia;

clavus totally, or only internal and externally, red

Hind margin of pronoturn without a transverse reddish fascra;

Clavuknotred cisiccsee veeeebycte rrr- 0 eee! 3

Humeral angles spinously produced outwards, reflexed,

collar with sevén longitudinal fuscous vittae or bits,

sculellum castaneous; clavus totally red = rubraclavus 9 sp-

Humeral angles rounded, collaf reddish, scutellum sulphures-

cent, reddish apically, with a median longitudinal orange

virtas clavus red, pale longitudinally at middle

rubrojugalus asp.

_ Dise of pronotum with two to six round spots, humeral angles

and a median longitudinal vitta on disc black... 4

Dise of pronotum withoul round spots, with or without

humeral angles or a longitudinal median vitta black -

_ Hind tibide red, segment J of antenna red to dark castaneous;

segment II pale ---- hebridensis n.spy-

Hind tibiae pale to ochraceous, segment I of antenna pale or

light castaneous; segment II infuscated to black apically

. Propotum with two black spots behind calli, head with a

median longitudinal vitta marquesanus n.sp.

Pronotum with four to six black spots, situated posteriorly on

fist wo. ee) 28 cst =e oes . 6

. Segment If of antenna less than 4 mm long; hind margin of

dise with anly four black spots (including these of humeral

BOGIES) cases tr- ee tutuilaensis 0.5p

Segment I] of antenna more than 4 mm long; hind margin of

disc with six black spots (including those of humeral

Mrplesyi er ts ANE fongaensis o.sp.

area of calli und a

transverse fascia on hind margin of disc Fuscous to black;

general coloration orange fo ochraceous

nigroscutllatus n.sp.

Scutellum and mesoscutum not black: pronotum and body

otherwise coloured - 22 22k ee tinge ey OB

. Mésoseutum with black round spots at lateral fossae (one at

each side) 2 ae a

Mesoscutum without black round spots at lateral fossae .. LO

. Head with three longitudinal black vittae; collar with five bars

or vittae; humeral angles noticeably pointed; embolium

and cuneus ochraceous smaragdinus Roepke

Head without dark vittae; collar with only two lateral black

bars, humeral angles pounded; embolium and cuneus

TeddiSH) cused nevi cacy oe enees kandanensis n.sp.

Seament I of antenna black or reddish; scutellum with two

black spots subapically: transverse black fascia on hind

margin of disc reaching the hind border 6... ...., rae ‘LY

Segment | of antenna pale yellow to ochraceous, sometimes

with reddish or fuscous dots: scutellum without two

subapical black spots; transversal black fascia of hind

margin of disc when present submarginal........... 13

Head pale yellow with a narrow Jongitudinal vitta; segment

I! of antenna pale on basal half; hind tibiae with short

pubescence ---- 2. 4 guamensis Usinger

Head with three longitudinal vittae, sometimes united to

leave only two pale areas on vertex; segment IIT of antenna

pale only at extreme base; hind tibiae with long

pubescence ...... . One Wen e T

. Frons totally black; collar and area of calli mostly black;

scutellum largely black at middle. nigrifons Hsiao

Frons pale; collar and area of calli pale yellow, varying in

colour: sculellum black only at basal angles and

subapically ....., --.)--- 0 tees rama (Kirby)

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA:; MLRIDAE)

13, Humeral angles of pronotum rounded; segment I of antenna

and hind femora with reddish or fuscous dots: pronotum

fuiscous dots; pronotum withuut longitudinal vittae or when

present. not extending beyond calli ree pe» 3S

\4. Cuneus reddish al middle; clypeus without a median

longitudinal red viltw; size large, over 12 mm long

malayensis n.sp.

Cuneus ochraceous; clypeus with & median longitudinal red

vitta, size fess than d] mm long - vitripennis (Stal)

15. Head and collar without longitudinal dark vittae or bars,

cuneus reddish internally; species about 12 mm lon

grandis nesp.

Head and collar with longitudinal dark vittae or bars, cuneus

pale yellow, species below 10-5 mmilong. ...,. . 16

16. Call) without longitudinal zig-zag shaped yitta; hind

submurginal fascia of pronotum narrow. clanatus Distant

Call with longitudinal zig-zag shaped vitae; hind submargi-

nal Faseta of pronotum wide 2 ee rirns be

17, Humeral angles sirongly produced, pointed and turned

backwards; lower [aleral vittae of collar much wider than

others i. bc A. spinasts Distant

Humeral angles not strongly produced, pointed and turned

backwards; lower lateral vittae of collar equal to width of

others... aneilyumensis n. Spy,

Hyalopeplus (H.) aneityumensis, n.sp.

(Fig. 135)

Characterised by the colour of collar and

pronotum.

Female; Length 10:4 mm, width 2:8 mm. Head:

Length 1-2 mm, width 1:6 mm, vertex 0-60 mm,

Antenna: Segment |, length 1:-2.mm,; II, 4:2 mm; 11],

1-6 mm; TV, broken, Pronotum: Length 2:0 mm,

width at base 2.8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-24 mm,

width at base 0-62 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with reddish areas;

eyes and humeral angles black; three longitudinal

vittae on head: one median and two lateral along

inner margin of eyes and antennal peduncle, nine

longitudinal vittae on collar: five continuing

irregularly on dise of pronotum without reaching

hind margin, two above on propleura (one at each

side) and two along coxal cleft I continuing through

inferior margin of propleura red, The two fasciae

which are aside the longitudinal median fascia of disc

are characteristic (zig-zag-shaped), Hemelytra

glassy, transparent, embohum and cuneus opaque,

antenna pale, segment | with small reddish dots,

Underside of body ochraceous, a longitudinal vitta

on lorum, lateral spot on mesosternum, median spot

on metapleura and longitudinal vitta on abdomen

red; apices of segments II and III of antenna dark

brown.

Male; unknown,

Holotype: female, NEW HEBRIDES: Ancityum,

xi, 1930, L, E, Cheesman, B. M, 1931-127 (BMNH).

a7Ty

Fig. 135—Hyalopeplus aneityumensis nosp., head and pronutuny

of female, holotype.

This species is close to Hyalopeplus spinosus

Distant, 1904 but differs by the much less produced

humeral angles and by the slender lower lateral vitta

or bar of collar.

Hyalopeplus (H,) clayatus Distant, 1909

Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, 1909, p. 509; Distant,

1910, p. 250.

(Fig. 136)

Characterised by strongly produced humeral

angles.

Female: Length 10-2 mm, width 2-8 mm, Head:

Length 1:0 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0:64 mm.

Antenna: Segment |, length 1-2 mm; I-IV, broken,

Pronorum: Length 1:6 mm, width at base 2:8 mm.

Cuneus: Length 1-12 mm, width at base 0:56 mm

(lectotype).

“Head, pronatum scutellum. and corium bronzy

ochraceous; head with three longitudinal black lines,

the lateral ones converging anteriorly; antennae with

the basal joint bronzy ochraceous, with a more or

less distinct piceous line beneath, second joint black,

with its base ochraceous (remaining joints mutilated

in typical specimens); pronotal collar with the

margins and three longitudinal lines black, the

central line more prominent, posterior pronotal

margin and the posterior angles black; clavus with

the inner and outer margins and the suture black;

corium With the costal margin area paler and

bordered on each side with black; veins piceous;

membrane pale olivaceous, subhyaline, the basal

area reflecting the darker abdomen beneath, the

cellular margins black; body beneath, rosirum, and

legs ochraceous, antennae with the basal joint

moderately thickened and a little longer than head,

second joint slightly thickened and nearly four times

as long as first; rostrum reaching the posterior

coxae; pronotum with the anterior area subgran»

ulose, the posterior area transversely striate and

480

centrally longitudinally impressed, posterior angles

slightly straightly prominent, scutellum with the disc

very finely transversely striate, Length 10 mm."

Male: unknown.

Geographical distribution: Bangladesh, Malaysia

Specimens studied; female, lectotype (new desig-

nation), Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, BANGLAD-

ESH; Lebong, 500 ft. (Lefroy), Bengal (BMNH).

Paralectotype: female, same data as lectotype; id.

PENINSULAR MALAYSIA; Kedah, nor, Jitra

catchment area, 4.iv.1928.

Distant compares this species correctly with

Hyalopeplus spinosus Distant, 1904 which has much

more produced humeral angles.

Fig, 136—Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, female, holotype.

Hyalopeplus (H,) grandis, n.sp.

(Fig. 137)

Characterised by the large size and by the colour

of the body.

Female: Length 12-3 mm, width 3-6 mm, Head:

Length 1-0 mm, width 1:8 mm, vertex 0-84 mm.

antenna: Segment J, length 1-8 mm, IT, 6:4 mm; II-

IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 2:0 mm, width at

base 3-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-4 mm, width at base

0:68 mm (holotype),

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

General coloration ochraceous with black and

reddish areas; head with eyes, joints of segments I

and II of antenna, apical portion of segments HI-IV

black (segment IL with more than half of basal

portion whitish); pronotum with humeral angles

black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and

outer margins of clavus, corium and embolium,

commissure. and apical margin of corium, and

nervures of membrane castaneous to fuscous;

embolium and cuneus opaque, the latter reddish at

internal portion, membrane hyaline, Underside of

body pale yellow, lateral portion of abdomen with

indication of a longitudinal reddish brown vittae,

legs pale yellow (hind pair mutilated).

Male: unknown.

Holotype: female, PHILIPPINES: Mt. Province,

Mayayao, Ifugao, 1 200-1 500 m, 9.viil.1966, H. M.

Torrevillas (BISHOP), Paratype; female, Ifugao

Prov, Liwo, &®km E Mayayao, 1 000-1 300 m,

1.vi. 1967, H. M. Torrevillas.

Difters from others in the subgenus by its

unicolorous head and collar,

Hyalopeplus (H.) guamensis Usinger, 1946

Hyalopeplus guamensis Usinger, 1946, p. 58, fig,

13; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320, 1959.

(Figs. 138-142)

Characterised by the calour of pronotum and

head.

Male: Length 75 mm, width 2:1mm. Head:

Length 0-7 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-56 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0:9 mm; II, 3-8 mm;

If, 1:2mm; [V, 0-&8mm, Pronotum; Length

1:2 mm, width at base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length

0-88 mm, width at base 0-40 mm.

“Colour yellowish ochraceous with two long,

interrupted brown stripes laterally and one short

median stripe on tylus, a median longitudinal brown

stripe on vertex, seven longitudinal stripes on collar.

Brown elsewhere as follows; hind margin of

pronotum narrowly, eyes, inner margin of commis-

sure of clavus, veins of hind wings of membrane, and

apex of rostrum, Cuneus mostly reddish and costal

margin of corium and cuneus light brown to

ochraceous posteriorly. Antennae reddish with

brown at extreme base and apex of second segment,

and ochraceous bases and brownish apices of third

and fourth segments. Frant and middle legs pale

with reddish apices of tibiae and reddish tarsi except

for brown apices and claws. Hind femora pale with

brown spots and red apices, tibiae and tarsi red with

brown tarsal apices and claws."

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 481

Fig.. 137—Hyalopeplus grandis n.sp., female, holotype.

482

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 139) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized spines apically, a median

spiculum (fig. 140) and a group of spines near

secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 141)

curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig, 142)

smaller, also pointed apically.

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

Host plant: Thespesia populnea,

Specimens studied: Five males and females,

compared with type, Ft. Oca, Guam, light trap,

iv.1945, G. E. Bohard & J. L. Gressitt; Gana,

Guam, 15.v.1945, G. E. Bohart (BISHOP).

Usinger (1946), working with Poppius’s key

(1912) for the species of this genus, compared

guamensis with horvathi Poppius and correctly

pointed out that there were sensible differences in

the structure of pronotum, Usinger’s species is a

good representative of the typical subgenus while

horvathi Poppius represents the new subgenus

Adhyalopeplus.

Fig. 138—Hyalopeplus euamensis Usinger. female, compared

with type-

REC, S, &UST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs, 139-142—Hyalopeplus guamensis Usinger-Fig_ 139—Vesica

of aedeagus; Fig, 140—Spiculum of vesica: Fig. 141—Lett

paramere; Fig. 142—Right paramere

This species is very close to Hyalopeplus rama

(Kirby) but differs by having the pronotum citrine to

ochraceous without indication of longitudinal lines,

by the transverse fascia of posterior portion of disc

being very slender and by the much less pubescent

hind tibiae. The segments III-IV of antenna are pale

in their basal halves while in rama only the extreme

bases are pale.

Hyalopeplus (H.) hebridensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 143-146)

Characterised by the colour of pranotum,

Female: Length &:8 mm, width 2-6 mm, Head:

Length ()-7 mm, width 1:5 mm, vertex 0-60 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-1 mm; 11, 4:6 mm, III,

13 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Prenotum: Length 1-6 mm,

width at base 2-6 mm, Cuneus: Length 1:00 mm,

width at base 0-52 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with dark brown

and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal

vittae (one central and two along inner margins of

eyes), vitta on clypeus and a vitta on jugum, lorum

and gena reddish; eyes brown, antenna castaneous

to reddish, joints of segments Land Il, segments ITI-

TV (except pale basal portion) fuscous to black;

THE TRIBE HYALOPFPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAB)

pronotum with collar showing seven longitudinal

vittae (the two lower lateral ones narrow and

reddish), four rounded spots on disc, humeral angles

fuscous to black (in some specimens there is

indication of a longitudinal reddish vitta on calli and

middle of disc), mesoscutum with a black spot on

each lateral fossa, scutellum with an obsolete

longitudinal median castaneous line and two black

rounded subapical spots; hemelytra glassy, transpa-

rent, inner and outer margins of clavus. embolium,

corium and cuneus fuscous to brown, the latter

reddish internally; membrane hyaline, nervures

fuscous. Underside of body pale yellow with a

reddish longitudinal vitta present on side of head,

coxal cleft, meétapleura and side of abdomen; legs

pale yellow, hind femora with reddish tinge apically,

hing tibiae red, apices of tarsi fuscous. In some

specimens the two hind spats on disc become united

by a transverse brown fascia.

Pronotum and scutellum transversely rugose,

humeral angles pointed, reflexed.

Male: Similar to female in colour and general

aspect, Length 80 mm, width 2:1 mm, vertex

0-60 mm.

(

R 4

Fig. 143—Hyalopeplus hebridensis nsp,, male, holotype.

483

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 144) with membranous lobes

provided with groups of sclerotized teeth. Left

paramere (fig. 145) curved, pointed apically. Right

paramere (fig. 146) small, globose, pointed at apex.

Holotype: male, NEW HEBRIDES: Aneityum,

Red Crest, 1 200 ft, 3 mi NE of Anelgauhat, vi.1955,

L.E. Cheesman, B.M, 1931-1927. Allotype: idem,

Erromanga, vii.1930, L, E. Cheesman, B.M, 1930-

496. Paratypes: 13 males and females same data as

holotype and several specimens: Espiritu Santo,

Apuna River, camp 3, 270 m, 9-12 Sept. 1971, G. 5.

Robinson, at light; Malau Village in Big Bay, 14-15

Sept. 1971, G. S. Robinson; Aneityum, at light,

Agathis Camp, 19 July 1971, G. 8. Robinson, Royal

Socicty-Percy Sladen Expedition (SAM); Espiritu

Santo, Narango, 90 m, 7.1960, W. W. Brandtid, SW

Namatasopa, 300 m, 29. vii. 1957, light trap, J, L.

Gressitt; Malekula Is. Lamap, 8-12.ix.1967

(BISHOP).

This species approaches Hyalopeplus tongaensis

n. sp. but differs by the colour of the segment TI of

antenna and hind tibiae.

Hyalopeplus (H.) kandanensis, n,sp.

(Fig. 147)

Characterised by the colour of the head,

pronotum and cuneus.

Female: Length 10-4 mm, width 3:2 mm. Head:

Length 1:0 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0:80 mm.

Antenna: Segment |, length 1-0 mm; IT, 3-8 mm, ITI-

IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-9 mm, width at

base 2:8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm, width at

base 0-52 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; eyes and antenna castaneous,

segment I reddish; pronotum with collar showing 4

quadrate spot on lower lateral margin and a spot

between calli anteriorly black, three longitudinal

obsolete vittae on disc castancous, mesoscutum with

a black spot on each lateral fossa, scutellum

infuscated longitudinally at middie; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, innner and outer margins of

clavus and corium fuscous, embolium and cuneus

opaque, reddish; membrane hyaline, nervures

brown. Underside of body pale yellow, ostiolar

peritreme, longitudinal vitta and middle portion of

abdomen reddish, segment IX brownish; legs pale

yellow, femora towards apices and hind tibiae

reddish, apices of tarsi fuscous,

Pronotum and scutellum noticeably transversely

rugose, humeral angles rounded.

Male: unknown,

484 REC, § AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979

3 ‘. fj

j Ay ™

P oF

Figs. 144-146—Hyalopeplus hebridensis n.sp-; Fig. 144—Penis:

Fig. 145-Left paramere; Fig. 146—Right paramere.

Holotype: female, NEW LRELAND: Kandan,

24.xii.1959, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). Paratype:

SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadalcanal, Sukakiki R,

22.v1.56, E. S. Brown.

Differs from Hyolopeplus smaragdinus Roepke,

1919 by the rounded humeral angles, by the head

lacking longitudinal vittae and by the collar having

only two dark bars or vittae.

Hyalopeplus (H,) malayensis, n.sp.

(Fig, 148)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

cuneus.

Female: length 13:0 mm, width 2-8 mm. Head:

Length 1-1 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:80 mm,

Antenna: Segment TJ, length 1-1 mm; II, 4-8 mm;

III, 1-6 mm; TV, broken: Pronotum; Length 2-1 mm,

width at base 2:8 mm. Cuneus; Length 1:20 mm,

width at base 0-56 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous to Jutescent with

reddish areas; eyes brown, antenna ochraceous,

segment I with small red dots, segment IT towards

apex and segments III-IV castaneous; three

longitudinal vittae on head (one median and two

lateral along inner margins of eyes and antennal

peduncles) following through pronotum with two

others laterally (five vittae altogether) reddish to

orange, 4 submarginal transverse median fascia Fig. 147—Hyalopeplus kandanensis n.sp., termale, holotype

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN] OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

extending somewhat onto mesoscutum and spot on

humeral angles dark brown, hind margin of dise with

a narrow fascia contiguous with mesoscutium pale;

the latter and scutellum ochraceous to lutescent;

hemelyira glassy, transparent, inner and outer

margins of clavus, corial commissure and nervures of

membrane, inner and outer margins of embolium

and outer margin of cuneus castaneous, middle

portion of latter reddish, membrane transparent.

Underside of body ochraceous, a spot on jugum,

longitudinal vittae on lorum following through gena

and inferior portion of propleura, two longitudinal

vittae on propleura (median and superior), longitud-

inal vitta on abdomen and several small spots

towards apices of femora reddish.

Male: unknown.

Holotype; female, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA:

Pahang, Cameron's Highlands, 4 800 ft, 26.vi, 1935,

H. M. Pendlebury, Ex, Coll. FMS. Museum

Natural History (BMNH). Paratypes: female, Perak,

(F.M.S.), Larut Hills, 4 500 tt, 20 Feb, 1932, H. M.

Pendlebury, Ex. F.S,M. Museum, B. M. 1955-354,

This species approaches Hyalopeplus ultripennis

(Stal, 1855) but differs by the reddish colour on

cuneus, by its larger size and by the absence of a red

longitudinal vitta on clypeus,

Fig. 148—Hyalopeplus malayensis n.sp., female, holotype

Hyalopeplus (H.) marquesanus, n. sp.

(Figs. 149-152)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum.

Male: Length 6:4 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head

Length 0:9 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-60 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; L1, 3:2 mm: LI,

16 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Pronoruim: Length 1-2 mm

width at base 1:8 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-40 mm,

width at base 0-20 mm (holotype).

Fig. 149—Hyalopeplus marquesanus n sp., male, holotype.

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; eyes and antenna brown, segment T

pale towards base with small dark dots inferiorly,

clypeus with three vertical fasciae at base, a small

spot above antennal peduncle, pronotal collar with

three longitudinal vittae above and two lower lateral

ones wider and divided at middle, brown; dise of

pronotum with two characteristic black spots behind

calli; a median longitudinal vitta along surface of

disc, humeral angles and area contiguous of hind

border (in some specimens only humeral angles)

brown; mesoscutum with three median and two

lateral spots, scutellum with subapical spot and

median longitudinal line infuscate to black; hemely-

tra glassy, transparent, lateral margins of clavus.

commissure and apical margin of corium, inner and

outer margin of embolium, nervures of membrane,

AKO

outer margin of cuneus fuscous to brown (in fully

coloured specimens cuneal margin red, in teneral

specimens cuneus totally ochraceous). Underside of

body and legs ochraceous, femora with several

brown dots, tibiae with hairs and spines black,

Genitalia; Penis (tig. 150) with membranous lobes

with sclerotized teeth spically and a median

spiculum. Left paramere (fig. 151) curved, pointed

apically, Right paramere (fig, 152) small, also,

pointed apically,

= in

s >

“SBE yh i

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

Holotype: female. MARQUESAS ISLANDS:

Mohotni, 300 ft, 4,11,1931, on Coreopsis sp. Le

Bonnec & H. Tauraa, Pacific Entomological Survey

(USNM), Allotype: female, Eiao above Vaituha,

1.x,29, 800 ft, biting on Melochia velutina, A. M.

Adamson, Pacific Entomological Survey, Paratypes:

Two males and one female, same data as holotype.

The species is similar to Hyalopeplus tongaensis

n.sp. and Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n,sp, but differs in

the structure of the pronotum,

Figs. 150-152—Hyalopeplus marquesanus n.sp.; Fig. 150—Penis;

Fig. 151—Left paramere; Fig. 152—Right paramere,

Hyalopeplus (H.) nigrifrons (Hsiao, 1944), n,comb,

Hyalopeplus nigrifrons Hsiao, 1944, p, 369; Car-

valha, 1959, p. 319.

(Fig. 153)

Characterised by

scutellum,

Male: Length 97 mm, width 2:4 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-7 mm, vertex 0-65 mm.

Antenna: Segment J. length 1-0mm; 11, 4-4 mm; 111,

19 mm; TV, 1:3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm,

width at base 2-3 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:16 mm,

width at base 0-60 mm (holotype).

the colour of head and

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with

black areas; ‘head black, two transverse spots on

vertex, a triangular spot behind each eye, a spot at

base of antennae, apical third of clypeus, lorum and

whole underside of head ochraceous, antennae

black; pronotum with collar (except a large spot on

each side), calli, a longitudinal median line tapering

anteriorly, and basal margin very broadly, black;

scutellum black, lateral margins except apical fourth

ochraceous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium,

clavus, margins of embolium, cuneus and veins of

membrane dark, embolium and cuneus opaque, the

latter reddish; posterior lobe of ostiolar peritreme,

posterior legs, side of ventral segments, apex of

abdomen, and all third tarsal segments dark”,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 153-—~Hyalopeplus nigrifrans Hsiao, male, holotype

Genitalia: Not dissected since holotype was only

male studied,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 10-2 mm, width 2-8 mm, vertex

0-72 mm.

Geographical distribution: Philippine Islands

(Luzon, Mindanao, Negros), Indonesia (Sumatra,

Irian Jaya).

Specimens studied: male, holotype, PHILIP-

PINES: Mt. Mackiling, Luzon, Baker cal., Hyalope-

ploides nigrifrons Hsiao (USNM) together with seven

males and females from: Negros Is., Camp Lookout,

Dumaguete, 6.iv.-15.v.1961; Mindanao, Lanao,

Gerain Mts, 1300 m, 16.v.1958, jungle around

swamp. INDONESIA: Sumatra, 1 800 m, Dolok

Merangir, April-June, 1970, E.W. Diehl, Hollandia,

Irian Jaya, L. Sentani, vili-ix, Markos Hart (AMNH

and the author's collection),

487

This species is probably only a dark variety of

Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby, 1891) with more black

colour on head, anterior portion of pronotum and

scutellum. The presence of intermediate forms in

specimens from the same locality has been found,

Only a more careful study however will allow a

definite proof on this matter. It can be separated

from rama by the totally black frons and by the

scutellum being extensively black in the middle.

Hyalopeplus (H.) nigroscutellatus, n.sp.

(Figs, 154-158)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

scutellum.

Female: Length 11‘8 mm, width 3-1 mm. Head-

Length 1-0 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0-80 mm-

Antenna; Segment I. length 1-6 mm; II, 5-1 mm; III-

IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-8 mm, width at

base 3-0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-1 mm, width at base

0:72 mm (holotype),

Fig. 1S4—Hyalopeplus nigroscutellatus m.sp.. female, holotype

488 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

General coloration orange to ochraceous with

brown and reddish areas; head and pronotum

ochraceous eyes and antenna (except base of

segment |) fuscous to black; pronotum with area of

calli and a median transverse spot on hind margin of

disc fuscous to brown; scutellum and mesoscutum

black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and

outer margins of clavus and corium fuscous,

embolium and cuneus opaque, brown to reddish,

membrane hyaline, neryures reddish. Underside of

body brick red, mesosternum and ostiolar perit-

reme, coxae partially fuscous to black; femora

reddish, tibiae and tarsi brown to black,

Pronotum and scutellum noticeably transversely

rugose, humeral angles prominest, acute reflexed,

claval commissure, embolium and cuneus pubes-

cent.

Male: Similar to female in size, coloration and

general aspect.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 155) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized teeth, vesica with a

characteristic spiculum (fig. 156). Left paramere

(fig. 157) enlarged subapically, apex acute. Right

paramere (fig. 158) less sclerotized ventrally, apex

pointed,

Holotype: female, NEW GUINEA: SE Popon-

detta, 60 m, 3-4.ix,1963, J, L, Gressitt (BISHOP).

Paratypes: five females. NE Torricelli, Mts. Mobitei,

September, 1979

750 m, 1-15, viii.1959, J. L. Gressitt; Kokada, 400m,

14-16.x1.1965, J. L. Gressitt; male, PHILIPPINES;

Leyte, Abuyong, mi S Tacloda, 14.vii.1961.

This species is readily separated from others in the

genus by its black scutellum,

Hyalopeplus (H.) rama (Kirby, 1894) Kirkaldy, 1902

Capsus rama Kirby, 1894, p. 106.

Hyalopeplus rama Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, pl A, fig. 8;

pl. B, fig. 6; Reuter, 1905b, p, 3; Poppius,

1912a, p. 147; Carvalho, 1953, p. 42; Carvalho,

1959, p. 320.

Callicratides rama Distant, 1904b, p, 417, fig, 265;

Reuter, 190Sa, p, 5, fig. 3; Distant, 1913, p.

174.

Hyalopeplus smaragdinus rubrinus Roepke, 1919, p.

73.

(figs. 159-169)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum.

Male: Length 9-6 mm, width 2:6 mm. Head:

length 0:7 mm, width 1/5 mm, vertex 0°60 mm,

Antenna; Segment I, length 0-8 mm; IT, 4-4 mm, ITI,

1-4 mm; IV, 1-2 mm. Pronotum; Length 1-1 mm,

width at base 2:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-10 mm,

width at base 0-44 mm (holotype),

Figs.

155-158—Hyalopeplus zB

155—Penis; Fig. 156—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 1S?7—Left

paramere; Fig, 1S8—Ruight paramere.

nigroscurellamus

n.sp. Fig,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Figs. 159-161—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby), female, lectotype Fig.

(59; Fig. 160, 161—Colour variation of head and araarute

“Yellow, vertex with a slender black line between

the eyes, and meeting behind them; pronotum

blackish at the base, and with narrow black central

and marginal lines, or with three short black lines at

the base, the central line reddish, and the lateral

lines reddish, black only at base; pale part of the

pronotum transversely striated, the hinder margin

black, the lateral angles not produced. Scutellum

transversely striated, more or less black towards the

base and extremity, and divided by a deep groove.

Wings hyaline, the corium with brown nervures; the

costal nervure, and the Opaque space at the

459

extremity of the corium reddish, the latter yellowish

in the center. Antennae reddish brown, darker or

lighter, the second joint not distinctly thickened.

joints 3 and 4 narrowly yellow at base, Legs

yellowish, tarsi black, hind femora dorted with

brown, hind tibiae red, Under surface of body

yellow, with a narrow red line on each side-

Pundaloya. Long. Corp. 8-10 mm, Allied to Capsuy

lineifer ‘Walker’ (Kirby, 1894),

Studies undertaken on the type and fresh

specimens from Sri-Lanka (Ceylon) have shown the

following characters: genera) coloration yellow to

citrine on head, pronotum and scutellum, glassy and

transparent on hemelytra and membrane; antenna

brownish to castaneous, segment T (ending to

reddish; three lines on head: one median (usually

interrupted or obsolete) and wo lateral along inner

margins of eyes, sometimes joined on vertex; seven

lines on collar (usually narrowed towards calli)

reaching anterior margin of calli, the median one

running backwards over disc of pronotum, usually

reaching the transverse dark posterior fascia (which

covers totally the hind margin of disc and humeral

angles) dark to dark brown. The intensity and width

of lines and fasciae are yariable. Scutellim with

extreme basal angles and two spots near apex brown

to black, the extreme apex reddish or with reddish

tinge; margins of clavus and corium, nervures of

membrane and lower wings brown to black; cuneus

and embolium reddish (embolium may be brown or

pale at base), membrane vitreous. Underside of

body yellow to citrine, a Jongitudinal reddish line

laterally on head below eye which may be obsolete

at side of sternum and abdomen. Legs pale yellow,

hind femora with rows of brownish dots, apex of

anterior and median tibiae, apical portion of hind

femur (variable) and the hind tibiae totally red; tarsi

infuscated towards apex,

Eyes usually removed from anterior margin of

pronotum, disc transversely rugose, scutellum

strigose sulcate longitundinally and distinctly longer

than wide at base, rostrum reaching apex of middle

coxae, hind tibiae densely pilose, length of hairs

equal to or longer than width of tibia.

Gentralia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig, 162) with

membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth

apically and one spiculum (fig. 163). Left paramere

(fig. 164) curved, enlarged apically, with an acute

apex. Right paramere (figs. 165, 166) smaller,

enlarged apically, also with a terminal pointed lobe.

Geopraphical distribution: Sri-Lanka, Java,

Sumatra, Borneo, Malaya, Philippines, Sabah,

Host plants: Thea sinensis and Melafoe sp.

490

pote. Py

wok

REC, 8, AUST: MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 162-166—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby): Fig. 162—Vesica of

aedeagus, Fig. 163—Smeulum of vesica; Fig. 164—Left

paramere; Figs, 165, |66—Right paramere,

Specimens studied: SRI-LANKA; female, holo-

type, Pundaloy, Walker det. (BMNH): 3 males and

3 females, Kan Dist., Kandy 1 800 ft, Peak View

Motel, 7-14, Jan, 1970, Davis & Rowe;

INDONESIA: male, F.C, Drescher, Java:

Preanger, N.O.1, Mt. Mocrangrang 1600 m,

ix.1936; female, Blawan-Idjen, H. Luth (USNM);

female, Asahan, Sumatra, 1912, Roepke, female,

Asahan, $.O.K., on Melafoe, iv,’17, Corporal (det,

by Leefmans as H. uncariae Rpke); two males and

six females, Sumatra, W. Roepke; Goenong, Java,

Roepke, 1919; Dolok Merangir, Sumatra, E.W.

Diehl, April-June, 1970; id. Jan-Feb. 1972; id. July-

Aug. 1971; Central At Jeh, Sumatra, Kotadjane,

400 m, E.W, Diehl; id. 20 m, Kebon Belok, 60 km

NW Medan, May 7, 1970; id. Langkat, E. coast,

Namoe Dengas Est. col. Jourin; PHILIPPINES:

Palawan, Brookes Point Uring, 17 Aug. 1961,

Noona Dan Exp, 61-62; Busuanga Is. 4 km San

Nicolas, 26.v.1962, H. Holtmann, light trap; id.

21.v.1962; Negros Or. Mt. Talinas, 1 000 m, 29-

31.xii.60, at light, H. Holtmann; EAST MALAY-

SIA Tenompok, | 460 m Jesselton, 30 mi E, 26-

31,1,1959, T.C. Maa; id. 15.11.1959; Mt. Kinabalu,

Mesilau, 14.11.1964, J, Smart, Royal Soc, Exp. B.M.

1964-250, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Pahang,

Cameron Highlands, 4 800-5 000 ft, 4-12-1939;

Kuala Lumpur, at light, 19,xii,1938, N.C.E, Miller

(Hyalopeplus vitripennis Stal, N.C. Miller det, 1956),

This species has been confused with Hyalopeplus

vitripennis (Stal, 1855) but it is readily differentiated

by the reddish cuneus and hind tibiae with long

hairs, as well as, by the black transversal hind fascia

of disc reaching hind border and humeral angles. It

has also similarity with the species of the subgenus

Adhyalopeplus n. subgen. but can be differentiated

by the well marked transverse rugosities of

pronotum and scutellum obscuring punctures.

Hyalopeplus (H.) rubroclavatus, o.sp.

(Fig. 170)

Characterised by the large size and by the colour

of the clavus.

Female: Length 11-0 mm, width 3-0 mm. Head:

Length 0-9 mm, width 1:6 mm, vertex 0-76 mm.

Antenna; Segment I, length 1-2 mm, IT, 5-6 mm; III,

1-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 1-9 mm,

width at base 3-0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-24 mm,

width at base 0:64 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; head above with three longitudinal

vittae (one median and two |ateral along inner

margins of eyes), extreme base and apex of segment

I of antenna and eyes fuscous to castaneous;

segment II brown, darkened towards apex, segments

IHI-IV black, basal portion of III pale; pronotum

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA;: MIRIDAE) 491

with collar showing seven longitudinal bars or vittae

fuscous, posterior margin of disc with a transverse

red fascia, humeral angles black; mesoscutum and

scutellum castaneous, unicolorous; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, clavus, commissure and apical

margin of corium, embolium and cuneus internally

reddish; membrane hyaline, nervures brown to

reddish. Underside of bady pale yellow to lutescent,

legs pale yellow, hind femora apically and tibiae

towards base red.

-————4

Imm

Figs. 167-169—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby): Figs. 167, 168,

169—Colour variation of head and pronotum seen from side,

Pronotum rugose punctate, humeral angles

prominent, pointed, reflexed, scutellum rugose

punctate, hind margin of pronotum slightly concave

at middle, embolium and cuneus pubescent.

Male: Unknown.

Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: Cairns, North

Queensland, F.P, Dodd, ex-tree (BMNH). Paraty-

pes; 2 females, INDONESIA: Humboldt Bay Dist.

Bewani Mts., Irian Jaya, ix. 1937, W. Stober, B,M,

1938-177; AUSTRALIA: Dunk Island, H, Hacker.

Aug. 1927; same data as holotype, in the collection

of the author,

Very close to Hyalopeplus rubrosignatus n.sp. but

differs by the spinously produced humeral angles, by

the collar with dark fasciae or bars and by the

unicolourous red clavus.

Hyalopeplus (H.) rubrojugatus, n.sp.

(Figs. 171-175)

Characterised by the colour of the jugum, collar

and clavus,

Male; length 10-2 mm, width 2.4mm. Head:

Length 1-0 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 1:04 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II 6-2 mm; IIL,

2-0 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:8 mm,

width at base 2.4mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm,

width at base 0-48 mm (holotype).

Fig. 170—Hyalopeplus rubroclavutus n.sp., female, holotype.

492

Fig. 171—HAyalopeplus rubrojugaius n-sp., male, holotype,

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; head with three longitudinal dark

brown vittae, the median running over clypeus, sides

of the latter, jugum and vitta on lorum reddish; eyes

brown, segment I of antenna red, segment II

castaneous, reddish towards apex, infuscate to black

apically, segments IJI-IV black, pale at extreme

base; pronotum and scutellum Jutescent to citrine;

collar, a transverse fascia on hind margin of

pronotum and apex of scutellum reddish; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, clavus red, pale along middle

portion, embolium, commissure and apical margin

of corium and cuneus red, membrane hyaline,

nervures brown. Underside of body pale yellow,

apex of abdomen, hind femora and tibiae red, apex

of tarsus fuscous.

Pronotum sinuate at posterior margin, humeral

angles rounded, second antennal segment very long.

Genitalia: Vesica of aedeagus (fig. 172) with

membranous lobes, a sclerotized spiculum (fig. 173)

and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left

paramere (fig. 174) falciform, tapering to extremity,

Right paramere (fig. 175) small, with an apical

point.

REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

175

Figs, 172-.175—Hyalopeplus rubrojugatus n.sp.: Fig. 172—Vesica

of aedeagus; Fig. 173—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 174—Left

paramere: Fig 175—Right paramere.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

Holotype: male, INDONESIA: Genjan, 40 km W

of Hollandia, Irian Jaya 100-200 m, 1.x1960, T, C.

Maa (BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as

holotype,

Close to Hyalopeplus rubroclavatus n,sp. but

differs by the colour of the jugum, clavus and by the

rounded humeral angles.

Hyalopeplus (H.) smaragdinus Roekpe, 1919

Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, 1919a, p. 173,

figs. 1-5; Roepke, 1919b, p. 1, 7 figs.; Corporal,

1920, p, 108; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320,

(Figs. 176-180)

Characterised by the black spots of the mesos-

cutum, the large size and colour of posterior tibiae.

Male: Length 9-6mm, width 2:8mm, Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0-76 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II, 5-2 mm;

IU-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at

base 2-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:2 mm, width at base

0-6 mm Scutellum> Length 2:6 mm, width at base

1-6 mm.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 176—Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, female, Syntype:

According to the original description both males

and females are emerald green (bright green) when

alive, Antennae dark cineraceous, segment III]

noticeably pale basally; head above with three

longitudinal black lines, convergent anteriorly, the

median one stronger; side of head with a

longitudinal orange to red vitta which extends to the

anal segment without reaching its apex; eyes reddish

brown, rostrum light green, valvulae dark brown,

apex dark; pronotum anteriorly with three longitudi-

nal black lines, corresponding to those of head and

another on lateral margin; hind margin black with

humeral angles pointed; scutellum light green

margins and central line cineraceous; mesoscutum

with two blackish points near lateral corners. Legs

greenish cineraceous, apical portions of tibiae and

tarsi becoming darkish; abdomen yellow translu-

495

cent, Hemelytra completely transparent, with black

nervures; cuneus yellowish green; membrane

unicolours and shining. Antennae with segment |

and TI slightly thickened, IIT and IV slender as hairs:

head with spherical eyes, strongly prominent, vertex

slightly shorter than length of head. Rostrum

reaching about the third abdominal segment.

Pronotum rugose, with acute humeral angles, Body

practically glabrous, ‘“‘Length of both sexes 9-0-10-0

mm, Tjisampora (Soekaboemi) and Goenoeng Mas

(Buitenzorg) about 1 000 m, on tea plantation, Java.

The bugs live on flower buds, especially in old

plantations.

The variety described by Roepke as Hyalopeplus

smaragdinus rubrinus n. form from specimens

collected in Goenoeng in tea plants (1918) is

undoubtedly a synonym of Hyalopeplus rama

(Kirby, 1891), All the characters indicated are those

of rama, especially the reddish emboliam and

cuneus, as well as the reddish apex of scutellum-

apical third of hind femora and also hind tibiae.

The species lives in floral buds of tea. Nymphs

reach the adult stage in.a period of 9-10 days after six

ecdiases. Adults are very delicate and difficult to

maintain in captivity,

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 177) with membranous lobes

with groups of sclerotised spines and a median

spiculum (fig. 178), Left paramere (fig. 179) curved,

enlarged apically, with a terminal point. Right

paramere (fig, 180) small, globose.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 10-0 mm, width 2-8 mm, vertex 0-80

mm.

Host plants: Thea sinensis.

Specimens studied: INDONESIA: female, Op

thee bloemtnop, Pd, Gedeh, vi.37, Proefst. us Java,

Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Ropke (handwriting of

Leefmans?); two females, L,G,E, Kalshoven Java,

Mt. Salals, 600 m, 11.1.1925; male, West Java, Ag.

Malang, 4290, M.E. Walsh, 13.xii.37; EAST

MALAYSIA: female, Bau District, Bidi, 240 m,

2,ix,1958, T,.C. Maa.

Geographical distribution: Jaya, Borneo.

In his second paper of 1919 Roepke presents mare

data for this species and states that it is not

conspecific with rama (Kirby). Corporal (1920) gives

data concerning fresh coloration,

The two black spots on mesoscutum are

characteristic for the species, Its large size and

colour of hind legs helps to separate it from allied

species,

454 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 177-180—Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, female Fig.

177—Penis; Fig. 178—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 179—Lett

paramere; Fig. 180—Right paramere,

Hyalopeplus (H.) spinosus Distant, 1904

Hyalpeplus spinosus Distant, 1904b, p. 447; id,

Poppius, 1912a, p. 416; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320.

(Fig, 181)

Characterised by the spinously produced humeral

angles and by the colour of pronotum,

Female: Length 10:4 mm, width 3-0 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-72 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-2 mm; UL, 5:2 mm, ITI,

1:8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:7 mm,

width at base 3:2 mm. Cuneus; Length 1-28 mm,

width at base 0:56 mm (holotype).

General coloration flavescent to citrine with

brownish. to reddish areas, head with a median and

two lateral longitudinal vittae on vertex which run

backwards to pronotum, more visible over collar and

calli where the two lines corresponding to those

bordering inner margins of eyes are reddish and zig-

zag-shaped, the median longitudinal vitta and the

submarginal transverse fascia of disc, as well as the

humeral angles are castaneous to black; hemelytra

with sutures fuscous, embolio-corial margin dark

longitudinally, external margin of cuneus and

nervures of membrane fuscous. Underside of body

flavescent, a line on side of head, a line or vitta on

upper margin of propleura and a vitta laterally on

abdomen brown to reddish, Antennae castaneous,

segment I paler, with small reddish dots, segment II

infuscate apically, segment III black apically with

basal ‘4 pale,

Humeral angles strongly spinously produced out

and backwards, pronotum distinctly rugose,

Male: Unknown,

Specimens studied; INDIA: female, lectotype

(new designation), Margherita, Upper Assam,

Doherty (BMNH); id, VIETNAM: Dalat, 1 500 m,

29.iv.-4.v.1960, L, W. Quate.

Geographical distribution: India, Vietnam,

The lectotype is apparently the only remaining

specimen of the original series. The legs are not

mentioned in the original description. The species

approaches Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, 1909 but

differs by the transverse submarginal fascia of hind

margin of disc being much more distant from border,

by the much more spinously produced humeral

angles which are somewhat turned backwards and by

the colour and shape of the lateral vittae or lines of

pronotum.,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 181—Hyalopeplus spinosus Distant, female, lectotype.

Hyalopeplus (H.) tongaensis, n.sp.

(Figs. 182-1864)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum, antenna

and hind tibiae,

Male: Length 8:0 mm, width 2-2 mm. Head:

Length 0-9 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0-50 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm, I, 4-7 mm; IIT,

1-5 mm; IV, 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-9 mm,

width at base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:90 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; head with three longitudinal vittae

(one median and two lateral along inner margins of

eyes), vitta on clypeus, jugum, lorum and gena

brawn to reddish; eyes and antenna castaneous,

segment I with small fuscous to reddish dots,

495

segments III-IV black towards apices (segments III-

[V pale basally); pronotum with collar showing five

longitudinal vittae, the lower lateral one at each side

quadrate and large, four rounded spots on dise and

humeral angle fuscous to black; In some specimens

there is also a median longitudinal vitta and two

sublaieral ones, between calli and humeral angles

with same colour; mesoscutum with a rounded black

spot at each lateral fossa, scutellum with an obsolete

longitudinal line and two black subapical round

spots; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer

margins of clavus, corium, embolium and cuneus

fuscous to brown, the latter reddish internally,

membrane hyaline, nervures brown to fuscous.

Underside of body pale yellow with a reddish vitta

on coxal cleft I, a black spot on mesosternum

laterally and a reddish vitta on metapleura and sides

of abdomen; legs pale yellow, hind femora reddish

to fuscous apically with fuscous dots or bars, hind

tibiae reddish, segment III of tarsi fuscous.

Pronotum and scutellum transversely rugose,

humeral angles acute, prominent, reflexed.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 183) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotised teeth apically and a

spiclulum (fig. 184). Left paramere (fig. 185) curved,

pointed apically, Right paramere (fig, 186) small,

also with pointed apex.

Fig, 182—Alyalopeplus tongaensis n.sp., male, holotype.

496

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 83 mm width 2-5 mm, verlex 0-60

mm.

Holotype: male, TONGA ISLANDS: Ena, Pan-

gai, 90-120 m, iii.1969, N.L.H, Krauss (BISHOP).

Allotype: female, same data as holotype Paratypes:

two males and two females, Tongatapu, Haatapu, 0-

50m, 11.71.1969, N.L,H, Krauss; Eua, Parker's Hill

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

area, 200-300 m, iii.1969, N.L.H, Krauss; 3 males

and 7 females, FIJI ISLANDS; Nandarivatu, Viti

Levu, 3.vii,1938, E. C. Zimmerman; id, Taviun,

xii. 1921, H. W. Simmonds; id Suva, 29. vii, 1923 and

2.v,1923, C, L. Edwards (BMNH).

Very close to Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n. sp. but

differs by the colour of second antennal segment and

also by the number of spots on the disc of pronotum,

Figs. 183-186—Hyalopeplus tongaensis n-sp.: Fig. 183—Penis,

Fig. 184—Spiculum of vesica, Fig. 185—Left paramere; Fig.

186—Right paramere.

Hyalopeplus (H.) tutuilaensis, n-sp,

(Figs. 187-190)

Characterised by the colour of antenna and

pronotum

Male; Length 67mm, width 2-0 mm. Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:56 mm.

Antenna: Segment fT, length 0:9 mm; TI, 3-9 mm;

U1-[V, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm, width at

base 1:8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-76 mm, width at

base 0-44 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with dark brown

and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal

vittae (one median and two lateral along inner

margins of eyes), obsolete in some specimens, vitta

on clypeus, jugum and gena, reddish to brown, eyes

brown, antenna pale yellow, apex of segment LI,

segments III-IV (except pale base) fuscous to black,

pronotum with collar showing five longitudinal

vittae (three median and two lower lateral larger,

quadrate), disc with median longitudinal vitta and

four rounded spots (humeral angles included)

fuscous to black. In same specimens the lateral vitta

on head follows backwards through collar and calli

and there is also a narrow sublateral vitta between

calli and humeral angles. Mesoscutum with a black

spot on each lateral fossa, scutellum with a fine

Jongitudinal castaneous, line and two subapical

round spots; hemelytra glassy, transparent, ochrace-

ous, inner and outer margins of clavus, embolium,

corilim and cuneous fuscous to black, the latter

reddish internally, membrane hyaline, nervures

brown. Underside of body pale yellow, a longitud-

inal reddish vitta laterally beginning on lorum and

running backwards, broken at certain points at side

of abdomen, a characteristic black, round spot on

mesosternum laterally, legs pale yellow, hind femora

with dilute fuscous spots or bars, segments IT of

tarsi fuscous.

Pronotum and scutellum with rugosities, humeral

angles acute.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 187—Hyalopeplus iutuilaensis n.sp., male, holotype,

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 188) with membranaus lobes

provided with sclerotized teeth apically and a

sclerotized spiculum. Left paramere (fig. 189)

curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 190)

smaller, also pointed apically.

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 86mm, width 2-4mm, vertex

0-60 mm.

Holotype: male, AMERICAN SAMOA: Tutuila,

Taputima, 12,xi, 1963, N. R. Spencer (BISHOP),

Allotype: female, same data as holotype. Paratypes!

four males and six females, samé as data above and

16.1x.1963, 4.ii1.1964; Apia Upolu, 2.ii.51, J.S.

Armstrong, B.M. 1963-291 (BMNH),

This species approaches Hyalopeplus tongaensis

n.sp. but differs by the colour of second antennal

segment and number of black spots on pronotum.

Hyalopeplus (H.) vitripennis (Stal, 1855) Stal, 1870

Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855, p, 186; Stal, 1859, p.

255; Walker, 1873, p. 118.

Hyalopeplus vitripennis Stal, 1870, p. 671; 1870;

Atkinson, 1890, p. 106; Distant, 1904a, p. 108;

Distant, 1904b, p. 447, fig. 288; Reuter, 1905b,

p. 2; Poppius, 1912a, p. 417; Poppius, 1914, p.

101; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97; Carlvalha, 1959, p,

320).

497

Capsus lineifer Walker, 1873, p. 122: Atkinson,

1890, p. 109; Kirkaldy, 1902c, p. 283.

Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, 1916, p, 182, fig. 3,

Carvalho, 1959, p, 320 (n.syn.),

Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho, 1956, p. 74, figs.

1956 (m.syn.).

(Figs, 191-210)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

cuneus.

Male: Length 7:6-8:0 mm, width 2:4 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-68 mm,

Antenna; Segment [, length 0-8-0-9 mm; IT, 3-9-4-4

mm; IM, 1-2-1-3 mm; [V, 1-0-1-3 mm. Pronotum:

Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2:3 mm. Cuneus:

Length 0-86 mm, width at base 0-48 mm,

“Virescenti-flavus; antennis, art. 1 excepto.

fuscis; capite thoraceque longitudinaliter rufo-vel

ferrugineo-lineatis, hoc etiam linea transversa

intramarginali basali nigrofusca; scutelli linea media

maculisque 2 apicis brunnescentibus; hemelytris

flavo-hyalinis, obscurioribus, femoribus posticis

fuscopunctatis; abdominis utrimque linea longitudi-

nalis sanguinea, Lond. 8, Lat. 2-5 mm. Java™ (Stal,

1855),

“Luteous; head with three, and pronotum with

five longitudinal lines either red or black; scutellum

with a central line similarly variable in colour; basal

margin of pronotum black; antennae Juteous,

sometimes (excluding basal joint) fuscous; hemely-

tra pale ochraceous hyaline, the venation piceous;

apex of scutellum more or less castaneous. Length 9

to 10 mm. Assam (Margherita), Ceylon, Tenasserin

(Myita), Mallacca, Java, Philippines, North Queens-

land,"' (Distant, 1904), The figure 288 given for the

species is correct.

“Testaceous, fusiform, very finely punctured,

Head and pronotum with three black parallel lines

the lateral pair abbreviated on the prothorax

hindward. Head triangular, Eyes piceous, promi-

nent, Rostrum extending somewhat beyond hind

coxae. Antennae piceous, slender, as long as the

body; first joint stout, as long as head; second more

than thrice as long as the first and less than thrice as

long as the third; fourth shorter than the third.

Prothorax with two exterior black and red lines on

each side, in addition to those before mentioned:

transverse furrow extremely slight. Legs rather long

and slender. Wings cinereous, veins piceous. Length

of body 4 lines. Malacca.’ (Walker, 1873), The

description is rather poor and the pronotum of the

holotype is distinctly rugose.

498 REC. § AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979

Figs. 188-190—Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n.sp.: Fig. 188—Penis;

Fig. 189—Left paramere; Fig. 190—Right paramere.

Fig. 191—Capsus vitripennis Stal, neotype. Fig, 192—Capsus lineifer Walker, female, lectotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 1943—Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, female, lectotype,

“Colour citrine to lutescent with glassy, transpa-

rent hemelytra; seven longitudinal vittae on

pronotam and propleura, the three median ones

following those on head, median line and two spots

al apex scutellum dark brown to reddish; veins af

membrane and extreme apex of cuneus darker; gena

with a longitudinal dark stripe, apex of rostrum and

veins of membranous wings black; femora with rows

of dark or reddish spots, tibiae and antennae with

reddish tinge or minute reddish areas,” (Carvalho,

1956),

Genitalia; Penis (figs, 203, 207) with vesica of

aedeagus provided with membranous lobes with

sclerotised teeth apically or in groups and a

sclerotised spiculum '(figs. 204, 208). Left paramere

(figs. 205, 209) curved, pointed apically. Right

paramere (figs. 206, 210) smaller, also pointed

apically.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, more robust, Length 8:6-9:4 mm, width 2-4-

2.6 mm, vertex 0-72-0:76 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-90 -

1:12 mm, width at base 0-50-0-56 mm,

Host plants: Thea sinensis, Uncaria gambir.

499

Geographical distribution: Australia, Indanesia

(Amboina, Java, Sumatra), Malaysia (Malacca,

Peninsular Malaysia, East Malaysia), Philippines

Babelthuap, Papua-New Guinea, Palau Islands,

Mariana Islands, Solomon Islands, New Hebrides

Islands, New Britain, Bismarck Archipelago,

Singapore, Sri-Lanka, Vietnam, Laos,

Specimens studied! 2 females, Ins. Philipp.,

Semper and Malacca, Kinb. (STOCKHOLM). The

Philippine specimens bears Stals handwriting:

‘Hyalopeplus virripennis’; 10 paratypes of Hyalope-

plus amboinae Carvalho, Amboina Island and

Babelthuap Islands (BISHOP): INDONESIA; sev-

eral males and females; Ambon, 70 m, 29.ii1.1963,

A.M.R, Wegner; Ambon, Waai, 150 m, 10.i.1964,

A.M.R. Wegner, Bogor, Tepgalega, Java,

21.xi,1960, P. Maric; Sumatra, Tandjong Morawa,

16.xi.1951, J.V.d, Vecht; lectotype (new designa-

tion) of Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, Asaham,

Sumatra, 1912 (Leyden Museum); Pandang, W-

Sumatra, xi.1924, C.B.K.; 1.B. Corporal, 1920-95,

Prse. Imp. Bur. Ent.; 180m Dolok Merangir,

Sumatra, April-June, 1970. E,W. Diehl; Kebon

Balok, 20 m, 60 km NW Medan, Sumatra, 7.v.1970;

Dairi, 1600 m, NW end of Lake Toba, Sumatra:

Eramboe, 80 km ex, Marauke, Irian Jaya, 29.i,1960,

T.C. Maa; PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: femaie,

holotype, Capsus lineifer Walker, Malacca

(BMNH): Selangor Subang Forest Reserve, 90-

120 m, 12-14, i1.1958, TC. Maa. Selangor, Ulugom-

bak, 300 m, 18.v.1958, T.C, Maa; Kuala Lumpur,

vill, 1958, N,L.H. Krauss (on Melastoma malabat-

hricum): West Coast, Langkawi, Is,v,1928, West

Coast, Perhentian, wii.1926, ex, F.M.S. Museum,

B.M, 1955-354; Penang, King Geo. Nat. Park,

15.xii.1958; EAST MALAYSIA: Tawau Residency,

Kalabakan R., 48 km (30 mi) W, 18.ix,1958, T.C,

Maa; W. Coast Residency, Ranau, 13 km (8 mi)

Paring Hot Springs, 500 m, x.1958, L.W, Quate &

T.C, Maa: id. 28,ix.-7,x.1958; 22-25.1.1959; Bundu

Tukan, 18.j1,1959; 6.x.1959, T.C. Maa; Sandakan

Residency, Gomaton Caves, 32 km (20 mi) s.

Sandakan, 22-26,ix.1958, T.C. Maa; Penampang SE

of Jesselton, 17,x.1958, T. C, Maa; Singkor,

19.1,1959, T,C, Maa; Tenompok, J) 460 m, 48 km (30

mi) E Jesselton, 17-21,x,1958, T.C. Maa: Sensuron,

9-11.1.1959, T.C. Maa; Pontianak, F. Muir, T.C.

Maa; Manorg, F. Muir; Ranau, 22-25.ii.1959, T, C,

Maa, Ranau, 13 km (8 mi) N Paring Hot Springs,

500m, 9-18,x.1958, L.W. Quate; Keningau, 12-

17.1,1959, T.C. Maa; SE, Forest Camp, 19 km N of

Kalabakan, 60 m, 21 xi.1962; Kuching, Santubong,

797-1500 m, 18-30.v1.1958, T.C. Maa; Merirai ¥.

Kapit Dist. 1-6.viii, 1958, T.C. Maa, PHILIPPINES;

Minanao, Zamboanga de Norte, 11 km-9 km E of

Sindagan, 20,vii,1958, H. E. Mildanao; Bukidon,

1250 m, Mt. Katangland, 4-9.x1i.1959, L. W. Quate:

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 194-]97—Hyalopeplus vitripennis (Stal): Colour variation of

antenna, head and pronotum seen from above,

Negros Or, Sibulan, 30.ix.1959, L.W. Quate;

Negros Or. Mt. Province Mayoyao, Ifugao, 1250-

1500 m, 11.ix.1966, H, Torrevillas; Busuanga Is.

4km N San Nicholas, 25-27.1962, H, Holtmann;

Misamiris Or, Mt. Empagatao, 2S.iv.1961, Hi,

Torrevillas; Luzon Camarineu, Sur, Mt, Isarog, Pili,

800-900 m, 4.v.1965, H.M. Torrevillas; Luzon, Mt.

Prov. Ifugao, Mayoyao, 1000-1500 m, 8-9,ii,1966,

H.M. Torrevillas; Palawan Mantalingajan, Pinigi-

san, 600 m, 9.1x.1961, Noona Dan exp, 61-62: id.

Brookes Point Uring, 23.vili. 1961; Bur, Agr. Col.B,

Aroe: Mt. Banahao, Baker; Cuernos, Baker;

Surigao, Mindanao, Baker; Mt, Makiling, Luzon,

Baker, PALAU ISLANDS: Koror Is. NE,

26.iv.1957, C. W. Sabroski;, MARTANA ISLANDS:

Guam, 1.1958, N.L.H. Krauss; SOLOMON

ISLANDS; Bougainville, Kukugai Village, 1500 m,

xii. 1960, N.W. Brandt; Guadalcanal, Gold Ridge,

21.1i1).1955, E.S. Brown, Pres, com. Inst. ent, B.m.

1958-79. NEW HEBRIDES ISLANDS: Espiritu

Santo Island, SW, Namatasopa, 300 m, 29. vili.1957,

J. L. Gressitt; BABELTHAUP ISLAND: Iwang,

Palau, 8m, 19:-x7.1952, J,L, Giessitt; NEW

BRITAIN: Gisiluve, Nakanai Mts. 1050 m,

26.vii.1956, E. J, Ford Jr.; PAPUA-NEW

GUINEA: Bisianuma St, 40 km NW Port Morseby,

29.iv.1960, Port O'Brien; BISMARK

ARCHIPELAGO; Rossum, 6 km, SE of Lorengau,

180 m, 23.xii.1959; AUSTRALIA: North Queens-

land: Dunk Island, Aug. 1927, H. Hacker; Davis

Creek, 26.iii.73, R. W. Broadleg; [ron Range, |-

9,vi.1971, S. R. Monteith; SINGAPORE: Col.

Baker: H, N, Riley, 1904-2, id, 95-76; Gardens,

xi. 1922; Nee Sung Forest Reserve, 20 m, 7,xii, 1958;

VIETNAM: Haut Mekong, Nam Tiene, 14.iv,1918,

R, V, Salvaza, 1918-1; Dalat, 6 km $, 1400-1500 m,

9 vii.1960, S. Quate, N.R. Spencer, R. Leech;

LAOS: Sedone Prov, Paksong, 18.v.1965. The

specimens mentioned are in the BMNH, BISHOP,

USNM, OU and SAM.

The holotype of this species, described by Stal

from Jave, has been lost (fide Doctor Inge Persson,

curator of Insects, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet,

Stockholm, in a letter dated December, 1975),

The two other specimens deposited at Stockholm

were however handled by Stal and used for the

description of the genus Hyalopeplus. These two

females from the Philippines (Semper) and from

Malacca (Kinherg) are typical vilripennis, the first

specimen bearing the manuscript label ‘Hyalopeplus

vitripennis Stal’ (Stal’s own handwriting), On these

specimens the lines or vittae of the pronotum are

fairly well marked, but those on the propleura and

sides of abdomen and head are only vaguely

indicated. The segment | of antenna is spotted with

small reddish dots.

These specimens when compared with a series of

twelve others taken in Bogor, Java, Indonesia,

Tjilebut, 13,xi,1960, H. Hamann (BISHOP), have

proved to belong to the same species, In these series

the longitudinal stripes of head and pronotum,

propleurs and abdomen show a fairly wide range at

variation, as can be seen in the figures.

According to article 75 of the International code

of Zoological Nomenclature (1964) I am designating

a male specimen from Bogor, Jave, Tjilebut, as 4

neotype of Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855. Besides

agreeing with the characters mentioned in the

original description, they agree also with the

specimens handled from the Philippines and

Malacca. The locality, comparison with specimens

handled by Stal and lodgement in the same

Institution, in my view, renders it as a valid

designation of the neotype.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Figs, 198-202—Hyalopeplus virripennis (St4l): Colour variation of

head and promotuim seen from side,

In the series from Bogor from which the neotype

has been chosen the general coloration is ochraceous

to pale yellow or citrine on head, pronotum and

scutellum, the hemelytra and membrane vitreous

and transparent (in this species there is a tendency

for the hemelytra to become opaque or leathery).

The head obave shows three longitudinal lines or

vittae (one median and two lateral along inner

SOT

margins of eyes); collar with seven distinct vittae or

lines; one median and six lateral, plus one above the

coxal cleft I and indication of another (sometimes

obsolete) in front of coxal cleft, inferiorly; pronotum

on fully coloured specimens also with seven

longitudinal lines or vittae (greatly variable): five

seen from above (one median and four lateral) and

two slightly below lateral margin of propleura, which

may have also (wo other lateral lines (one median

and one inferiorly) following the lateral line of head

and continuing to lateral portion of sternum and

abdomen; scutellum with median line and two

preapical spots (sometimes including the whole

apex) reddish to dark brown or black. The intensity

and colour of the lines varies considerably, Hind

margin of pronotum with a transverse submarginal

characteristic dark fascia not reaching hind border

(as in rama Kirby), humeral angles black,

Hemelytra and membrane vitreous, transparent,

margins of clayus, corium, embolium, cuneus and

nervures of membrane brown to black; legs pale

yellow, hind femora with a few brownish or reddish

dots on apical third; segment [ of antenna in full

coloured specimens with reddish dots,

Pronotum and longitudinal sulcus of scutellum

transversally rugose, the latter and the cuneus about

as long as wide at base, rostrum reaching the apex of

hind coxae, hind tibiae with spines, short hairs and

minute sclerotized tubercles.

Though he indicates a series of 20 specimens

examined when describing Hyalopeplus uncariae,

Roepke (1916) apparently had before him a mixed

series of vitripennis Stal and rama Kirby. Following

his description and illustration, and based also on his

label data: ‘““Asaham, Sumatra, 1912, W. Roepke"’ |

have chosen a female specimen as lectotype

(hemelytra leathery and transverse dark fascia of

posterior portion of disc of pronotum not reaching

the hind border). This specimen has the scutellum

about as long as wide at base, cuneus only twice as

long as wide and Jegs with the apex of hind femora

and hind tibiae pale, not noticeably pilose. This

species is identical with vitripennis Stal and must be

treated as its synonym,

Other specimens examined in the series from

Asaham, are as follows: 1 female, Asaham,

Sumatra, 1912, W. Roepke; 1 female, Asaham

(S,O,K. (alimatan), on Melafoe, iv. ‘17, leg

Corporal, Hyalopeplus uncariae Rpke, det. Leef-

mans; 2 males and 6 females, Sumatra, W. Roepke,

belong to Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby, 1891). In all of

them, the scutellum is noticeably longer than wide at

base, the second antennal segment of males are

longer (about 4-0-4-6 mm long), the cuneus is

reddish and distinctly longer than wide at base, the

apex of hind femora and the hind tibiae are reddish

502 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

hairs of tibia long. The transverse posterior dark

fascia of disc reaching the hind border will separate

it at once from vitripennis. The mention of “absence

of colored fasciae on head and pronotum” is due to

the fact that the specimens were kept in alcohol.

Also the mention of a leathery hemelytra is a

character that occurs occasionally in specimens of

vitripennis.

Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho, 1956 is also a

synonym of vitripennis Stal. At the time of its

description the author was not aware of the colour

variation of vitripennis and the differences indicated

2 ae 32 ose

rs — ea

> S

“se

September, 1979

in the structure of male genitalia were found to be

also within the range of variation of the species.

Finally capsus lineifer Walker, 1873 was correctly

synonymized with vitripennis by Distant, 1904. It

represents the extremely intensely coloured speci-

mens, usually females. In the series studied from

Bogor I have found all colour variations which are

here represented in figures.

This species approaches Hyalopeplus malayensis

n.sp. but is readily differentiated by the colour of

cuneus and size.

206

tl tt eee

Figs. 203-206—Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho: Fig. 203—Penis;

Fig. 204—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 205—Left paramere; Fig,

206—Right paramere.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Figs. 207-210—Hyalopeplus vitripennis (Stal): Fig. 207—Penis;

Fig, 208—Spiclum of vesica; Fig. 209—Left paramere; Fig.

210—Right paramere.

Key to the species of the subgenus Adhyalopeplus nov.

. Pronotum distinctly setose; hind femur apically and hind

tibiae basally pale to brownish . we. pellicidus (Stal)

Pronotum glabrous or very sparsely 4 and oor setose; hind

tibia otherwise coloured _._. . 1 NE yee

in]

, Collar without longitudinal vittae or bars, infuscate to

castaneous anteriorly; pronotum with a single longitudinal

Wide ViTIA, = 0.5 Oe eee 8 Roo sked, samoanus Knight

Collar with longitudinal vittae or bars... .. a tise

3, Inner base of cuneus and extreme apex of corium with a

common black spot; scutellum very large and prominent,

lutescent; cuneus opaque, sulphurescent to reddish

cuneatus 1.sp.

Inner base of cuneus and extreme apex of corium without a

common black spot; scutellum of normal size ......,,.. 4

4. Disc of pronotum with a single longitudinal line or vitta,

sometimes present only anteriorly or posteriorly; collar

with a whitish pruinose vitta or bar laterally

similis Poppius

Disc of pronotum with five longitudinal lines or vittae,

sometimes the two median obsolete; collar without a

whitish pruinose bar laterally ...._. __. nO; ee |

. Longitudinal vittae or lines on disc wide; pronotum and

scutellum coarsely punctate; cuneus totally reddish

madagascariensis n.sp.

Longitudinal vittae or lines on disc narrowed towards head;

pronotum and scutellum moderately punctate, cuneus

reddish on base and outer margin oi loriae Poppius

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) cuneatus, n.sp.

(Figs. 211-215)

Characterised by the large and prominent

scutellum and by the colour of base of cuneus and

apex of corium.

Fig, 211—Hyalopeplus cuneatus n.sp., male holotype,

504

Male: Length 8:9 mm, width 2:7 mm. Head:

Length 1-0 mm, width 1-5 mm, vertex 0-68 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; II, 4:5 mm; IU,

1:5 mm; [V, 1:3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm,

width at base 2.6 mm, Cuneus; Length 1:0 mm,

width at base 0-72 mm (holotype).

General coloration ochraceous with castaneous

and reddish areas; head with a Jongitudinal median

vitta reaching clypeus, eyes, apical portion of

segment I of antenna (main body of segment is pale

yellow), segment II (except black apex) brown,

segments III-IV (except pale base) black, The head

in some specimens show also two lateral vittae along

inner margins of eyes and a longitudinal vitta on

gena reddish. Pronotum with collar showing seven

longitudinal narrow vittae (in some specimens the

three median ones reach the area of calli) brown,

humeral angles black; scutellum lutescent with two

subapical black spots (one at each side); hemelytra

glassy, transparent, extreme base of clavus,

commissure and apical area of corium, coalescent

with base of cuneus, fuscous to castaneous;

embolium and cuneus opaque, the latter sulphures-

cent, pale yellow or reddish in some specimens;

membrane hyaline, Underside of body pale yellow,

hind femora reddish towards apex, segments III of

tarsi black,

REC, 8S. AUST, MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Pronotum distinctly punctate-rugose, scutellum

very prominent, punctate-rugose, the punctures

more visible, humeral angles acute, frons striate,

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 212) with membranous lobes

provided with groups of sclerotized spines, a median

spiculum (fig. 213) and a group of spines near

secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 214)

curved, enlarged apically, ending in an acute point,

Right paramere (fig. 215) smaller, also ending in a

point.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 10:4 mm, width 3-1 mm, vertex 0:80

mm,

Holotype; male, INDONESIA: Waris, S$ of

Hollandia, Irian Jaya, 450-500 m, 8-15, vili,1959

(BISHOP), Allotype: female, NEW GUINEA; NE

Wau, 1200 m, 11.xii.1965, J. Sedlacek. Paratypes:

three males and three females, same data as

holotype and Gazelle Pen., Gaulin, 140 m, 21-

27.x.1962, J. Sedlacek, malaise trap; Wareo, Finsch

Haven, Rev. L, Wagner, in the collection above and

of the author,

Differs from others in the subgenus by the

peculiar spot common to base of cuneus and apex of

corium, as Well as by the large and prominent

scutellum.

Figs. 212-215—Hyalopeplus cuneatus n sp,: Fig. 212—Penis; Fig.

213—Spiculum of vesica; Fig, 214—Lefr paramere: Fig.

215—Right paramere.

THE TRIBE HYACLOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE)

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) loriae Poppius, 1912

Ayalopeplus loriae Poppius, 1912a, p. 415; Car-

valho, 1959, p. 320.

(Figs. 216-220)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

cuneus,

Male: length 7-8imm, width 2-2 mm. Head:

Length 0:7 mm, width 1:-4mm, vertex 0-56 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm; II, 3-6 mm;

LI-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at

base 2+] mm, Cuneus: Length 0-84 mm, width at

base 0:50 mm,

General coloration ochraceous with brown and

reddish areas; head with three longitudinal lines

(one median and two lateral along inner margin of

eyes); collar with seven longitudinal bars or vittae,

disc with a median and two longitudinal lateral vittae

becoming wider towards the hind portion and

humeral angles brown to black, hind margin of disc

with a transverse narrow dark fascia: base, lateral

margins and apex of scutellum dark brown;

hemelytra glassy, transparent, margins of clavus

narrowly, apical portion of corium, cuneus internal

and externally, nervure of membrane dark brown to

reddish, Underside of body pale yellow, legs pale,

apex of front tibiae, apex of hind femora and hind

tibiae reddish; basal half of hind femora pale.

Antenna brownish yellow, segments If and IT

towards apices and segment IV almost totally black,

segment I reddish yellow with reddish dots.

Rostrum reaching the middle coxae, disc of

pronotum punctate-rugose.

Fig. 216—Hyalopeplus loriae Poppius, male.

505

Genitalia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig. 217) with

membranous lobes with groups of sclerotized spines

apically and a median spiculum (fig. 218). Left

paramere (fig, 219) curved, painted apically. Right

paramere (fig. 220) globose, also with a sclerotized

point,

Female; Similar to male in colour and peneral

aspect, slightly more robust.

Specimens studied: males and females, NEW

GUINEA: Wau, Morobe District, 1 200m,

1-4.vill,1962 (BISHOP), AUSTRALIA: NS,

Wales, 19 mi W of Woodenbong, nr. Kilarney,

8,x1i,1948; Queensland, Townsville, 14.v.'03, F. F

Dodd, (BMNH). There are a number of specimens

of this species in Australian collections from

Queensland, the Northern Territory and the north

of Western Australia. In coastal Queensland ir

extends as far south as Brisbane but elsewhere ir

Australia it is restricted to the far northern areas.

The holotype of this species is mentioned as being

deposited in the Museum of Natural History

“Giacomo Doria’, Genova. It is close to Hyalope-

plus (N.) madagascariensis n.sp, but differs by the

colour of pronotum and cuneus.

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus)

D.Sp.

(Figs. 221-225)

Characterised by the wide longitudinal vittae of

pronotum and colour of cuneus.

Male; Length 8-0 mm, width 2:1 mm. Head,

Length 0:8 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0:48 mm,

Antenna; Segment I, length 0:7 mm, EI, 4-0 mm;

IN-fV, broken, Pranotum; Length 1-4 mm, width at

base 2-1 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:92 mm, width ar

base 0-48 mm (holotype).

madagascariensis,

General coloration flavescent to citrine with dark

brown and reddish areas; head, pronotum and

scutellum citrine; a longitudinal vitta on middle of

head, including clypeus (which has also two lateral

spots basally), two lateral ones bordering inner

margins of eyes castaneous to fuscous; five

longitudinal vittae on pronotum: one median, twa

lateral (the three wide and continuous from collar ta

hind margin of disc) and two submedian (much more

slender, almost obsolete, reddish-orange), a trans-

verse marginal fascia posteriorly on dise and

humera) angles dark brown to black; scutellum with

median line, basal angles and apex dark brown,

hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures and external

margins of embolium and cuneus black, the latter

reddish with a pale fascia along inner margin,

membrane glassy, slightly fuscous, nervures dark.

Antenna castaneous to reddish, segment J dark

506

brown, segment II fuscous at apex, segment III

black, pale basally, segment IV black; eyes

castaneous. Underside of body flavescent, a vitta

along side of head, a spot on collar behind eye anda

vitta on Upper margin of propleura, as well as an

identical one on lateral area of abdomen reddish to

fuscous or black; legs pale yellow, hind femora

reddish apically with brown spots, hind tibiae

reddish, apices of tarsi fuscous.

REC. §. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Pronotum distinctly punctate-rugose on black

fasciae, scutellum punctate, cuneus fairly short,

tibiae moderately pubescent.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 222) with membranous

lobes, a median spiculum (fig. 223) and a group of

spines near secondary gonopore., Left paramere (fig.

224) curved, enlarged apically, apex pointed. Right

paramere (fig, 225) small, globose, pointed.

Figs. 217-220—Hyalopeplus loriae Poppius: Fig. 217—Vesica of

aedeagus; Fig. 218—Spiculum

vesica; Fig. 219—Left

paramere, Fig. 220—Right paramere.

Female: Unknown,

Holotype: male, MADAGASCAR:

Morafenoche, Foret Majesy, 5:52, R. Paulian, in the '

Collection of the author, Paratype; male, same data

as holotype.

This species differs from loriae Poppius by the

colour of pronotum and cuneus.

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) pellucidus (Stal, 1859)

Stal, 1870

Capsus pellucidus Stal, 1859, p, 255, Walker, 1873,

p. 127.

Hyalopeplus pellucidus Stal, 1870, p. 671; Atkinson,

1890, p, 106; Kirkaldy, 1902c, p. 143; Reuter,

1905b, p, 2; Kirkaldy, 1907, p. 159; Poppius,

1912a, p, 417, Cheesman, 1927, p. 157,

Zimmerman, 1948, p. 218, fig, 97; Carvalho,

1959, p. 320,

(Figs. 226-230)

Characterised by the pubescence of pronotum and

scutellum.

Male: Length 76 mm, width 2:3 mm. Head:

Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-48 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 0-9 mm; IT, 3-8 mm; III-

[V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at

base 2-0 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-92 mm, width at

base 0-28 mm (holotype).

General coloration flavescent testaceous. with

castaneous and reddish areas; head, pronotum and

scutellum flavescent testaceous; three longitudinal

lines on head (on central and two lateral along inner

margin of eyes), three longitudinal ones on

pronotum (the lateral pair reaching only over calli,

sometimes indicated or absent), the median one

reaching the hind border of disc (obsolete or absent

in some specimens), a transverse submarginal

posterior fascia and humeral angles fuscous to

castancous or black; mesoscutum at middle,

scutellum basally and two subapical spots fuscous to

black; eyes castaneous, antennae fuscous to brown,

segment I paler with small reddish dots, segments IIT

and IV black with extreme base pale; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, sutures of clavus and corjum,

outer margin of embolium and cuneus fuscous to

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN] OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

castaneous (cuneus frequently reddish), in some

specimens darker externally; membrane glassy,

nervures fuscous, Underside of body ochraceous to

Jutescent, a longitudinal fascia on side of head

(sometimes obsolete or absent) and anteriorly on

propleura castaneous; legs pale yellow to testaceous,

femora with numerous fuscous dots, tibiae flaves-

cent To testaceous.

Fig. 221—Hyalopeplus madagascariensis n.sp., male, holotype.

Pronotum and scutellum noticeably setose, cuneus

and hind tibiae densely pubescent,

Genitalia; Penis (fig, 227) with membranaus lobes

with sclerotized teeth apically, a median spiculum

(fig. 228) and a group of spines near secondary

gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 229) curved, pointed

apically. Right paramere (fig. 230) small, also

pointed apically.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust,

Host plants: Acacia koa, Coprosma, Dedonaea,

Hibiscus, Guava, Metrosideros, Pipturus, Sida,

Strausia.

Specimens studied: male, holotype, Oahu, Capsus

pellucidus Stal (STOCKHOLM); HAWAIIAN

ISLANDS: Haleakala, Maui, NW Slope, 4.ili.1947,

3 500 ft; Ollaa, 2.500 ft, Washmead; Hilo, 16.iv;

Oahu, vi.1958, light trap, J. Rodgers; Puu Palikea,

1v.1960, E. J. Ford Jr.; Posmohotrail Koolau Mt.;

507

Maiawa, 15.11.1942 on Bougainvillea; Kilauea,

Washmead; Manoa, on pear Buds, 1936; Mac-

Donald Hotel; Pearl City, Oahu, 22.ji.1923, E. H

Bryan; Castle Trail, Ohau, 27.ix.1958, E. H. Bryan:

Waimea, Hawaii, 18,vi,l922, Old Parker Place,

Ulingworth; Upper Hamakua, Ditch Trail,

10,1,1929, O. H. Swezey; Honolulu, Ohau, xii.1925,

S.C, Ball: Manoa, Ohau, 2.v.1925, 8. C. Ball; Kam

School, 5,viii.1922, Bryan Ex, Hibiscus; Koka

Head, F. F. Mingworth; Hana, Maui, 7.v.1920, E

H. Bryan; Kiaulea, Hawai, 10.1x.1929, Kipuka

Puaplu, O. H. Swezey; Waimea, Hawaii, 15,vi,1922,

Old Parker Place, Illingworth; Kainalu, Molkai, O-

H. Swezey; Hawaii, Olaa, 29 mi, in house, viii.1938.

A. Stiehiro; Haelaau, Maui, 19.xii.1928, O. H.-

Swezey; Molokai, Waikalu, 29,iv.1955, Joyce;

Kamiloloa, Molokai, 19.xii.1925. O, H. Swezey;

Wailae Beach, Oahu, Illingworth: Mr. Kaala, 6-vil-

Oahu, O. H. Swezey; Maui, 9.iii (BISHOP).

According to Kirkaldy this species is predacious,

All indications however are that it is phytophagous.

as are most other species in the genus. Zimmerman

(1948) states that it is intoduced in Hawaii. Miss

Cheesirian (1927) records the species from Hiva-oa

in the Marquesas Islands.

Tt differs from others in the subgenus by the

distinctly setose pronotum and scutellum and by the

unicolorous hind tibia which is flavescent to

testaceaus but without traces of reddish, Its closest

ally is Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight which has the

callar without bars or lines, the disc of pronotum

differently coloured and hind legs with the apex of

femur and base of tibia reddish.

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) samoanus

1935

Knight,

Ayalopeplus samoanus Knight, 1935, p. 213, fig. 5;

Carvalho, 1959, p. 320,

(Figs. 231-235)

Characterised by the colour of pronetum and hind

legs.

Male: Length 8-7 mm, width 2'4 mm. Head;

Length 0-8 mm, width !-5 mm, vertex 0-61 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:3 mm; II, 5:2 mm; III,

1-9 mm; [V, 1-3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:6 mm.

width at base 2:2 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-8 mm,

width at base 0-44 mm.

General coloration flavescent to testaceous or

citrine with castaneous and reddish areas; head,

pronotum and scutellum ochraceous to citrine,

vertex in some specimens with indication of three

longitudinal fuscous lines (obsolete in others); collar

castaneous anteriorly or totally castaneous; pro-

notum, with a transverse submarginal castaneous to

508

black fascia Which reaches fhe humeral ungles, a

longitudinal wide castaneous to black vitta on disc

(in some specimens reaching calli, in others present

only posteriorly), some darker specimens with hind

margins of calli also dark, leaving only central area

of dise flavescent testaceous; mesoscutum dark at

middle or totally; scutellum with basal angles and

two subapical spots castaneous to black (in extreme

coloured specimens the base and apex of scutellum

black); eyes castaneous, antenna yellow testaceous,

segment T paler with minute reddish dots, segments

Figs.

222—Penis: Fig. ae ep iaultien of vesica; Fig 224—Left

paramere; Fig. 225—Rig

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 232) with vesica of aedeagus

showing membranous lobes provided with

sclerotized teeth apically, a median spiculum (fig.

233) and a group of spines near the secondary

gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 234) curved, enlarged

apically, with an apical point. Right paramere (fig.

235) small, also pointed apically,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, but more robust.

Geographical distribution: Samoan Islands.

Specimens studied: two paratypes, SAMOA:

Upolu, Vailima and Apia Is. Hyalopeplus samonaus

Knight (BISHOP); Upolu, Savago, 0-100 m,

14.x.1969, N. L. H. Krauss; Manua, Tau E of Tau

Village (Luma), 50-200 m, 16,iii,1965, sweeping.

Samuelson; Tutuila Is. 2.111957, W, R. Kellen;

Pago-Pago, 9.ix.1923, Swezey & Wilder, Afinalu,

Upolu, 6.i1.1940, 2200 ft, at light, Swezey &

Zimmerman; Vailima, Upolu Is. Buxton & Hop-

kins; Afiamalu, Upolu, jii.1962, R. W. Taylor, light

trap.

REC. $8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

222-225—Hyalopeplus madagascariensis 1,sp.:

September, 1979

Il] and IV black, pale basally; hemelytra glassy,

transparent, claval, corial and embolial sutures

castaneous to black, cuncus reddish with outer

margin pale, membrane transparent, nervures

fuscous. Underside of body ochraceous, side of head

and propleura with indication of a longitudinal vitta

(in fully coloured specimens), legs pale testaceous,

femora with fuscaus spots, apex of hind femora,

apices of tibiae and base of hind tibiae reddish.

Pronotum punctate-rugose, cuneus noticeably long,

hind tibiae densely pubescent.

225

Fig.

t paramere.

The species differs from allied forms by the colour

of the collar (longitudinal bars or vittae absent), by

the single longitudinal vitta on dise of pronotum and

by the noticeably long cuneus.

Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) similis Poppius, 1912

Hyalopeplus similis Poppius, 1912b, p. 8; Popptus,

1912a, p, 41; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320.

Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius, 1912a, Poppius,

1912b, p. 9, Carvalho, 1959, p. 320. (n.syn.),

Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, 1915, p. 3, Carvalho,

1959, p. 320 (n.syn.).

Hyalopeplus krishna Ballard, 1927, p. 64, pl. 17,

fig. 7; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320 (n. syn.).

(Figs. 236-247)

Characterised by the colour of collar and

pronotum and by the structure of the male genitalia,

Male: Length 7-0-8-4 mm, width 2:0-2-4 mm.

Head: Length 0-6-0-8 mm, width 1-2-1-3 mm, vertex

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

48-058 mm. Antenna: Segment J, length 0:8-

0-9 mm; IL, 4-0-4:4 mm; LEH-[V, broken. Pronatum:

Length 14-2-0 mm, width at base 2-4-2-8 mm,

Cuneus: Length 0-80-1-0 mm, width at base 0:40-

044 mm.

Fig, 226—Hyalopeplus pellucidus (Stal), male, compared with

lype-

General coloration pale yellow to citrine with

castaneous and reddish areas; pronotum and

scutellum pale yellow to citrine or lutescent, a

longitudinal line on vertex and two others bordering

inner margins of eyes, a median longitudinal line to

pronotum and scutellum (obsolete or absent in some

Specimens) castaneous; collar castaneous to pale

yellow with two characteristic whitish pruinose bars

(one at each side) in well preserved specimens, the

central portion with three bars, usually forming a

somewhat triangular area darker in colour, Its apex

lying between front atea of calli. The whitish

Pruinose bars and the dark triangular area are visible

on fully coloured specimens. Pronotum with a

transverse fascia posteriorly reaching the hind

border of disc and humeral. angles castaneous to

black; mesoscutum at middle and scutellum basally

and apically (sometimes the subapical spot is divided

into two small ones not reaching apex) castancous;

antenna brown, apex of segment IT and segments

III-TV fuscous, basal portions of segments pale;

hemelytra glassy, transparent, claval, corial and

309

embolial sutures fuscous to black, cuneus reddish

(pale at external margin), membrane glassy, slightly

fuscous, nervures castaneous, Underside of body

ochraceous, a reddish castaneous vitta on lateral

portion af head and another on upper margin of

propleura reddish to castaneous, abdomen with a

reddish lateral vitta (obsolete in some specimens):

legs pale yellow, tibiae [ and IT reddish apically, hind

femora and hind tibiae totally reddish,

Pronotum noticeably punctate-rugose, scutellum

prominent, sulcate at middle, cuneus fairly long,

hind tibiae with long pubescence.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 237, 243) with membranous

lobes provided with sclerotized apical teeth, a

median spiculum (fig. 238, 244) and a group of

spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig.

239, 245) curved, enlarged and pointed apically,

Right paramere (fig. 240, 246) smal). enlarged

apically, with a terminal point,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect, more robust.

Geographical distribution: AFRICA; Ivory Coast,

Saint Thorme Island. ASTA: India, Malay

Peninsula. OCEANIA; Philippine Islands, Solomon

Islands, New Britain, Borneo, Papua New Guinea,

West Irian, Australia, Timor,

Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa-

tion), Hyalopeplus horvatht Poppius, Ins. St.

Thome, Mocquerys (HELSINKI); female, lectatype

(new designation), Hyalopeplus similis Poppins,

Langenburg, iv.1898, Fulleborn (HELSINKI),

Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, Los Banos, Philippines,

Baker (HELSINKI); lectatype, Hyalopeplus krishna

Ballard, Chapra. Mackenzie, Pres. by E. Ballard

(BMNH); female, paralectotype, same data as

lectotype,

Several males and females; PHILIPPINE

ISLANDS; Luzon, Mt, Prov, Ifugao, Mayoyao,

1 000-1 500 my, 8.vii.1966, M. Torrevillas; Min-

danao, Agusan, Los Arcos, 19-23.x1.1959, C. M.

Yashimato; Negros Is,, Camp Lookout, Duma-

guete, 6.iv.1961, T, Schneiria, A, Reyes; Leyte,

Aboyog, 35 mi § Tacloban, 7-14.vii, 1961; Balabaa

Dalawam Bay, 5.x.196I1, Noana Dan Exp. 61-62;

Acupan Benquet, Luzon 15.vii, C. 8. Banks,

Busuanga Is.. 4 km N San Nicolas, 21.v.1962, M.

Thompson; Mindanao, Lanao, Grain Mts. (380 m,

16.vi.1958, [fugao Prov.; Liwo, 8 km E Mayoyao,

1 000-1 300 m; Busuanga, 4 km N San Nicolas

26.v.1962, H. Holtman; Mt. Province Mayoyaa,

Ifugao, | 200-1 500 m, 10.viii.1966, H. M. Tarrevil-

las; Mindanao, Lanao Butig Mis. 24 km, Ne Butig,

1080 m, H. F. Milliron: SOLOMON ISLANDS:

Guadalcanal, 1.1921, J. A. Kuschel; New Georgia

Gr. Gize Is, 30 Km, 11-18.vij.1964, J. M. Sedlacek:

510

REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs. 227-230—Hyalopeplus pellucidus (Stal): Fig. 227—Vesica of

aedeagus; Fig. 228—Spiculum of vesica; Fig, 229—Left

paramere; Fig. 230—Right paramere,

San Cristoval, Bwelnaniawarikiapu, 12.vii.1960, C.

W. O’Brien; Santa Isabel, Tatamb, 24.vi.1960, C.

W. O’Brien; Malaita, Auki, 20 m, 3-5.vi.1964, N.

V.; Kolombangara, Gollifer’s Camp, 700 m,

23.1.1964, P. Shanagan; Guadalcanal, Lame nr. Mt.

Tatuve, 300 m, 17.v.1960, C. W. O’Brien. NEW

BRITAIN: Gazelle Pen., Gaulim, 140 m, 21-

27.x.1962, J. Sedlacek. BORNEO: Sarawak,

Gunong Matang, 120 m, 16.xi.1958, M.V., J. L.

Gressitt & Maa. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Elipta-

min Valley, W. W. Brandt; NE Tsenga, 1 200 m,

Upper Jimmi V., 15.viii.1955, J. L. Gressitt;

Torricelli Mts., Mokai Vill. 750 m, 16-31.x11.1958,

W. W. Brandt; Wau, 1200 m, 16.viii.1964, J.

Sedlacek. INDONESIA: Waris, S of Hollandia,

Irian Jaya, 4 500-5 000 m, 8-15. viii. 1959, T, C. Maa;

Waigeu, Camp Nok. 2500 ft. iv.1938, L. E.

Cheesman, B.M. 1938-593; Kupang, Timor, 6-

21.vi.1929, T. M. McKerras; MALAYSIA: Perak,

Larut Hills, at light, 4500 ft, ii.1915, H, M.

Pendlebury; Bettotan, NT, Sandakan, 24. viii. 1927;

CENTRAL INDIA: Mandhya Pradesh, Satpura

Hills, ix.1970, Pachmari 3 500 ft. AUSTRALIA:

North Queensland, Redlynch, 10.xii.1938, Papuan-

Australian Exp. B.M. 1947-448; id. 14. xii.1938,; id.

21-30. vii.1938; Redlynch, Queensland, xii. 1938,

B.M. 1949-61; Peach River, Shepards Battery Site,

Cape York Pen., 800 ft, 13.vili,1948, Archbold Exp.

North Queensland; 34 22 Iron Range, Cape York

Peninsula, 27.iv.-4.v.1973, G.B. Monteith, 12,

same locality and collector but 5-10.v.1968; 1°,

same locality and collector but 11-17.v.1968; 1°,

Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York, 19-22. iv.1973, G.B.

Monteith; 19, Mt. Carbine, 5.i.1964, G. Monteith;

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

22, Upper Mulgrave River, 30,iv,1970, G. B.

Monteith; 292, same locality and collector but 1-

3.xii, 1965; 1° Bowen, 8,ii.1975, B. K. Cantrell; 22.

5 km (3 mi.) W of Mossman, 13.11.1964, T. F. B.

Common & M, S, Upton; 13 12, Iron range,

10.iv.1964, 1. F. B. Common & M. S. Upton.

SA en,

Fig. 231—Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight; male, compared with

lype

Specimens recorded are in AMNH, BMNH,

BISHOP, USNM, ANIC, QU and Department of

Primary Industries Brisbane.

Differs from other species in the genus by the

colour of collar and pronotum, by the noticeably

long cuneus and by the hind tibiae densely

pubescent.

Hyalopeplus similis Poppius was described based on

two females from Lake Nyassa. In the present study

we have examined specimens from Lamto,

Toumodi, Ivory Coast; Bambari (on cotton) and

Tafo. Hyalopeplus horvathi is mentioned by Poppius

as deposited in the Museum of Natural History,

Budapest. At least one of the two males was

retained in Helsinki and is being designated as

lectotype.

In the present work horvathi and bakeri are

considered as synonyms of similis. Besides having a

very close similarity in coloration and general

aspect, especially bars of head and collar, the male

genitalia are similar. Since the species is widely

spread over the Oriental Region and Oceania 1s

quite probable that it has been introduced in the

Ethiopian Region.

Hyaloplictus, n, gen,

Type-species: Hyaloplictus solomonicus n. sp.

Body elongate, glabrous above. Head with a short

neck, vertex immarginate, frons prominent, striate,

clypeus flat, visible from above, eyes prominent,

slightly removed from collar, jugum and lorum flat,

buccula small, rounded, rostrum reaching hind

coxae; antennae cylindrical, shortly pubescent,

segment I slightly shorter than width of head, bent

outwards, segment II about four times as long as I.

Pronotum smooth (in one specimen strigose on

medial black spot of disc), noticeably constricted

and narrowed anteriorly, collar very large, mesal

length about equal to half the width of eyes, lateral

margins sinuate in front of humeral angles (which

are rounded), hind margin sinuate at middle and

near humeral angles; mesoscutum exposed, scutel-

lum long, slightly convex.

Hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium without

nervures, scutellum laterally, a line following claval

suture internally and emboho-corial commissure

with a row of punctures; cuneus about three times as

long as wide at base, membrane biareolate, large

areola rounded apically. Legs long, tibiae densely

and shortly pilose.

This genus differs from others in the tribe by the

very Wide collar, by the disc of pronotum strongly

narrowed and constricted anteriorly and by the

segment J of antenna bent outwards.

Key to the species of the genus Hyaloplictus n. gen.

|, Collar black; cuneus red; size large, aver 10 mm long

solomonicus n, sp

Collar pale with black vittae; cuneus pale; size medium, less

than 9mm long- minorn, sp.

Hyaloplictus minor, n.sp.

(Fig. 248)

Characterised by the colour and size.

Female: Length 8-7 mm, width 2-2 mm, Head:

Length 1:0 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-60 mm.

Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-0 mm; IT, 3-9 mm:

II, 1-9 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-5 mm,

width at base 2:0 mm, Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm,

width at base 0-36 mm (holotype).

S12

Figs. 232-235—Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight: Fig. 232—Vesica

of aedeagus; Fig. 233—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 234—Left

paramere; Fig. 235—Right paramere.

General coloration ochraceous with black areas;

eyes and antenna light castaneous, apex of segment

II, segment ITI and LV infuscate; collar with narrow

median longitudinal line and two lower lateral

vittae, two round spots at lateral margins of

pronotum and two small spots at middle of dise.

spots On mesosternum fuscous to black; hemelytra

glassy, ochraceous, inner and outer margins of

clavus, corium, cuneous and embolium (narrowly)

fuscous; membrane hyaline, nervures brown.

Underside of body and legs pale yellow, lateral

margin of abdomen with a longitudinal reddish vitta,

Pronotum and scutellum smooth.

Male: Unknown.

Holotype; female. SOLOMON ISLANDS: San

Cristoval, Maniate, 6.vili.1960, C. W. O’Brien

(BISHOP).

REC. 8. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Fig. 236—Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, male, holotype.

Differs from Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp. by the

colour of cuneus, collar and by the smaller size.

Hyaloplictus solomonicus, n.sp.

(Figs. 249-252)

Characterised by the large size and by the colour

of the collar and cuneus.

Male: Length 10-6 mm, width 3-2mm. Head:

Length 10 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0-60 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:2 mm; IJ, 5:0 mm,

Ill, 14mm; TV, 1-2mm. Pronotum; Length

1:7.mm, width at base 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length

140 mm, width at base 0-60 mm (holotype).

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 513

Figs. 237-240—Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius: Fig. 237—Penis; Fig.

238—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 239—Left paramere; Fig.

240—Right paramere.

General coloration ochraceous to castaneous with

red and black areas; eyes and antennae castaneous,

segment I paler, pronotum with collar, two large

round spots laterally and a small strigose median

longitudinal spot black; hemelytra glassy, transpa-

rent, clavus, embolium, cuneus, commissure and

apical margin of corium, nervures of membrane red;

membrane hyaline, Underside of body and legs pale

yellow with reddish tinge.

Pronotum rugose on black median spot.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 250) with a sclerotized

spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere

(fig, 251) curved, somewhat enlarged preapically,

with pointed apex. Right paramere (fig. 252) small,

ended by a sclerotized point.

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Leagth 11-1] mm, width 2-6 mm, vertex

0-60 mm (allotype),

Holotype: male, SOLOMON ISLANDS:

Bougainville, Kukugau Vill., 150m, wii.1960, W.

W. Brandt (BISHOP). Paratype; female, Santa

Isabel, Molao, 30.vi,1960, C, W. O’Brien.

Differs from Hyaloplictus minor n.sp. by the larger

size, by the red cuneus and black collar,

Isabel Kirkaldy, 1902

Isabel Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, Poppius, 1912a. p. 417:

Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho. 1959, p. 321.

Fig. 241—Hyalopeplus krishna Ballard, female, lectotype.

$14 REC. § AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

Fig. 242—Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius, male , lectotype,

September, 1979

Isabellina Distant, 1904b, p. 415 (syn. by Reuter,

1910, p. 166).

Type-species: Isabel ravana (Kirby, 1891).

Body elongate, glabrous above. Head triangular,

subhorizontal, vertex sulcate longitudinally,

immarginate, clypeus and lorum visible from above,

eyes well removed from anterior margin of

pronotum, this distance being approximately equal

to thickness of first antennal segment; rostrum

reaching apex of posterior coxae; antennae moder-

ately long, slender, segment | distinctly longer than

width of head, segment IT twice as long as J, slightly

incrassate apically, segments II] and IV slender,

shortly pubescent.

Pronotum considerably narrowed anteriorly,

collar with mesal length equal to thickness of first

antennal segment, calli flat, separate at middle,

reaching sides of pronotum, which are rounded, disc

convex, rugose-punctate, with a central longitudinal

and two lateral impressed strigose vittae, humeral

angles subspinously produced and reflexed, hind

margin broadly rounded; mesoscutum exposed,

scutellum tumid, noticeably rugose (rugosities of

basal angles extending also to fossae of mesos-

cutum).

246

Figs, 243-246—Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius: Fig. 243—Penis;

Fig. 244—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 245—Left paramere: Fig.

246—Right paramere,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

247 / \

: /

Fig. 247—Hyalopeplus similis Poppius, female, lectotype.

Hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium with costal

nervure present only apically, clavo-corial and

embolio-corial sutures with a row Of punctures,

cuneus longer than wide at base, membrane with

large areola distinctly and acutely angulose apically,

Legs of moderate length, hind femur incrassate, with

numerous characteristic small black spines

inferiorly, tibiae shortly spinose, parempodia

divergent apically.

This genus is characterised by the apical nervure

of corium, by the smail black spines of hind femora

and by the spinously produced and retlexed humeral

angles of pronotum.

Isabel ravana (Kirby, 1891) Kirkaldy, 1902

Capsus ravana Kirby, 1891, p. 106, pl, 4, fig. 10;

Isabel ravana Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, pl. A, fig. 9,

pl. B, fig. 6; Reuter 1910, p. 97; Carvalho,

1959, p. 321,

Isabellina ravana Distant, 1904b, p, 417,

Isabel beccarii Poppius, 1912a, p. 417 (n.syn.).

Isabel horvartht Poppius, 1915a, p. 10 (n.syn.).

(Figs. 253-256)

Characterised by the silvery vittae on pronotum

and scutellum and by the longitudinal, extrareolar,

bent viltae of membrane.

Male; Length 7-8 mm, width 2:0 mm, Head:

Length 0:8 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0:48 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1:6 mm; II, 3-3 mm;

II-[V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm, width at

base 2:1 mm. Cunenus; Length 0:96 mm, width at

base 0-40 mm (lectotype—Isabel beccarii Poppius),

Fig. 248—Hyaloplictus minor n.sp., female, holotype.

General coloration pale testaceous to ochraceous,

more or less mottled and speckled with castaneous

to reddish; head with longitudinal vittae (the twa

median ones wider) and striations on frons reddish,

clypeus, lorum, gula and portion behind eyes with

brown vittae or spots, eyes and antennae brown,

segment I speckled with black, apex of segment II

castaneous to dark, segments III-IV castaneous.

pale basally; pronotum with five longitudinal, and a

transverse sub-basal, vittae whitish, covered by

silvery pruinosity and darkened at each side,

humeral angles black, hind margin narrowly pale;

mesoscutum and scutellum reddish to brown with

three longitudinal pale to whitish vittae (one central,

316

two lateral): hemelytra ochraceous, transparent or

semi-transparent, commissures, cuneus and ner-

vures of membrane reddish, embolium in some

Specimens with four dark spots (basal, apical and

two sub-median), the cuneus totally red or

castlaneous or with this colour only marginally:

membrane hyaline with two characteristic apical

bent longitudinal vittae brown to black. Legs pale

yellow, Speckled with brown, abdomen with a wide

lateral brown band and small reddish dots ventrally,

femora and tibiae pale with numerous brownish dots

or bars, extreme apex reddish, the hind femur

mostly brawn with numerous black short spines

ventrally, hind tibiae with a sub-basal wide brown

band,

Fig. 249—Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp., male, holotype,

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 254) with membranous lobes

and fields of sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig.

255) strongly curved, apex blunt. Right paramere

(fig. 256) smail, with a typical apical curved point.

Female: similar ta male in colour and general

aspect, slightly more robust.

REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

Seplember, 1979

Geographical distribution: Burma, China,

Formosa, Sri Lanka, Sumatra, New Guinea,

Philippines,

Specimens studied: lectotype (new designation).

male, SUMATRA: ML. Singaland, vii.1978, O.

Beccari (Isabel beccarii Poppius) (HELSINKI):

PHILIPPINES; Albay Prov,, Mt, Mayon, 16 km

NW of Lagaspi, 900-1 500m, 4.v.1962, H. M.

Torrevillas;, IRIAN JAYA: Wamena, | 700 m, 10-

25.11.1960, T. C, Maa; BURMA: Nam Tamai

Valley, 23,vii.1938, R. Kaulback, alt, 3 000 ft

(BMNH); SOUTH CHINA: Kwantung, Su-Ling-

Paei, Yaoshan District, Sept 30, 1934, F. K. To

(BMNH),

The specific characters pointed out by Poppius for

Isabel beccarii and Isabel horvathi are within the

range of variation of the species and appears even in

single individuals. The two species must be treated

as synonyms of ravana (Kirby),

Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902

Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 253; Poppius, 19124,

p, 433; Carvalho, 1955, p.106; Carvelho, 1959,

p. 321,

Type-species: Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy,

1902=Capsus lucidus Walker, 1873.

Body elongate oval, beset with fine and erect

pubsence. Head small, transverse, short, vertical in

front of the eyes, vertex superficially sulcate

longitudinally, immarginate, eyes removed from

collar by a space about equal to thickness of first

antennal segment, straight posteriorly, angulose at

inner hind margin, occupying two thirds of head

when seen from side, clypeus flat, jugum and lorum

long, narrow, buccula small, rostrum very long,

reaching to 6th abdominal segment; antenna

inserted level with upper portion of eye, cylindrical,

segment II slightly incrassate, shortly pubescent,

about twice as long as I, which is about as long as

width of head.

Pronotum convex, deep and coarsely punctate,

lateral margins rounded, calli small and flat, collar

narrow and smooth, hind margin of disc straight at

middle, oblique near humeral angles; mesosternum

covered, scutellum strongly tumid, smooth or with

Sparse punctures (in some geographical populations

the scutellum is punctured).

Hemelytra without neryures, glassy transparent

(except on reddish or black areas), clavo-corial and

embolio-corial sutures with a row of punctures,

cuneus distinctly longer than wide at base, large

areola rounded apically. Legs of moderate length,

tibiae dense and shortly pilose, the spines of hind

pair about as long as thickness of segment.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 517

Figs. 250-252—Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp.: Fig, 250—Penis:

Fig. 251—Left paramere; Fig. 252—Right paramere.

The genus is characterised by the coarsely punctate

pronotum, by the very long rostrum and by the

smooth collar. It differs from Guianerius Distant by

the length of the rostrum, by the structure of

pronotum and by the insertion of antenna on frons,

Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy, 1902

Capsus lucidus Walker, 1873. p. 124 (n. preoc. by

Capsus lucidus Kirschbaum, 1855).

Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy, p. 253, pl. f, fig.

4; pl. 6, fig. 6; Poppius, 1912a, p. 434;

Carvalho, 1959, p. 322.

Kosmiomiris lucidus Distant, 1904a. p. 106,

Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius, 1912a, p. 433

(N.SYN.).

Kosmiomins scutellaris Poppius, 1912a, p. 433,

(n.syn.),

(Figs. 257-264)

Characterised by the colour of the body and by the

stucture of male genitalia,

Male: Length 4-6-6-4 mm, width 1-8-2-1 mm.

Head: Length 0-:4-0-7 mm, width 0-5-1-3 mm, vertex

0:44-0:48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length

0-8 l-lmm; II, 1-6-2-3mm; II 1-0mm; IV,

0-7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-7-0-8 mm, width at

Fig. 253—Isabel beccarii Poppius, male, holotype. base 0-30-0-40 mm.

518

REC. 8. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532

Figs. 254-256—Isabel ravana Distant: Fig. 254—Penis; Fig.

255—Left paramere; Fig. 256—Right paramere.

_imm

dere.

Fig. 257—Capsus lucidus Walker, male, holotype.

General coloration ochraceous with brown, black

and reddish areas; apex of abdomen, basal half of

posterior tibiae and antennae black (in some

specimens the basal third or the extreme base of

segment III whitish, this variation occurs in

specimens taken at the same locality, by the same

collector, and on same day); pronotum, scutellum,

cuneus (more or less), clavus at base, nervures and

apical portion of membrane dull brownish black;

clavus in a more or less extensive arc (except basal

portion), a characteristic V-shape spot (with apex on

corial commissure) red; corium (except reddish

areas), a cross bar at base of scutellum and base of

membrane pale, transparent (in some specimens the

whole membrane is black). Underside of body

(except black apex of abdomen) pale, femora

reddish, tibiae I and II pale brown, tibiae ITI black,

pale apically, tarsi pale.

Genitalia: Penis (figs. 258, 262) with a characteris-

tic sclerotized cylindrical spiculum and membranous

lobes. Left paramere (figs, 259, 263) enlarged

basally, strongly curved at middle. Right paramere

(figs. 260, 264) widest at middle, with a curved apical

point.

September, 1979

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 519

Figs. 258-260—Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy: Fig.

258—Penis; Fig. 259—Left paramere; Fig. 260—Right

paramere.

261 |

Fig. 261—Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius, female.

Figs. 262-264—Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius: Fig, 262—Penis;

Fig. 263—Left paramere; Fig. 264—Right paramere,

520

Female: Similar 10 male in colour and general

aspect but noticeable more rabust. Length 7:3-

§- mm, width 2-5-2-0.mm, vertex 0-48-0:50 mm.

Geographical distribution; Borneo, Malay

Peninsula, Philippines, Thailand. Sarawak.

Sumatra, Malacca.

Specimens studied: male, holotype, 294,

PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Capsus lucidus

Walker, Saunders, 65.13; sar., type (printed on

green-bordered disc) (BMNH); fenvale lectotype

(new designation), Museum Paris. Perak coll.

Noualhier, 1898 (Kosmiomiris scutellaris Poppius)

(HELSINKI), Selangor, Bukit Kutu, 3 300 fi,

ix.1932, H. M. Pendelbury; Kuala Lumpur, xii.1939;

INDONESIA: paralectotype, male, Soekaranda,

Sumatra, Januar. 1894, Dohtn (HELSINKI); EAST

MALAYSIA: SE Forest camp, 19km N_ of

Kalabakan. 60 m, 24.x.1962; Gomatong caves, 22-

For. Res., 1-10 m, 28.x.1957, J. L. Gressitt; id.

Sapagaya Lumber Camp; Samawang;, Sadong,

Kampong Tapuh, 300-400 m, 10. vii, 1958; PHILTP-

PINES: Palawan Mantalingajan, Pinigisan, 600 m,

22 ix. 1941, Noona Dan Exp. 61-62; PENTNSULAR

THAILAND: Nuakon Sri Tam trat, Khao Huang,

2500 ft. ii1,1922, H, M, Pendelbury, in the

Collections of BISHOP, BMNH and AMNH.

This species. seems to vary in colour and also in

size. The amount of red and black color on the

clavus varies in individuals taken at the same place,

by the same collector and on the same date, Females

tend to have the red coloration more extensive. The

same applies to the size, especially in populations

from different geographical areas, Poppius based his

species description mostly on the size and the colour

of membrane, In the series of specimens from

Borneo and Sumatra the membrane may be totally

black. pale basally or pale only apically.

Due to this colour and also size variation and also

the regular and uniform pattern of the genitalia the

Poppius species are here considered as synonyms of

rubroornatus Kirkaldy.

The types of seutellaris Poppius and rubroornatus

were studied, Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius is

said to be in Genova (Giacomo Doria Museum of

Natural Flistory) buf the type could not be seen

because that Museum does not loan types for study.

Macrolonius Stal, 1570

Macrolonius Stal, p. 670; Poppius, 1912a, p. 432;

Carvatha, 1955, p. 106; Carvalho, 1959, p. 322.

Type-species: Macrolonius sobrinus (Stal, 1855).

REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532

September, 1979

Body elongate, glabrous, sides parallel. Head

vertical, vertex wide, immarginate, eyes contiguous

with collar, clypeus. jugum and lorum flat, buccula

prominent, rounded, convex gula. rostram reaching

hind coxae} antenna inserted at level of middle

portion of eyes, cylindrical, segment I longer than

width of head, shorily pubescent,

Pronotum punctate, including collar, calli small,

median portion slightly carinate, collar narrow, its

mesal length slightly greater than thickness of first

antennal segment, lateral margins rounded, hind

margin straight, oblique near humeral angles,

memsoscutum covered, scutellum flat, punctate,

apical portion prominent, rounded.

Hemelytra glassy, transparent, without nervures,

clavus opaque, clayo-corial and embolio-corial

sutures with a row of punctures, cuncus very long,

about four times as long as wide at base, large areola

rounded apically. Legs long, cylindrical, shortly

pubescent, tibiae shortly spinulose,

The genus differs from other Hyalopeplini with

coarsely punctate pranotum and scutellum by its

large size. very long cuneus, large areola of

membrane reaching well below apex of cuneus and

by the punctate collar.

Key ta the species of the genus Macralonius Stal

1. Head seen from above unicolorous; pronotum with a median

darkebrown spot on disc, not reaching, lateral margins,

collarpale,. 4... eg yee sobrinus (Stal)

Head seen from ahove with dark spots of vita; pronotum

with a median black spot reaching lateral margins, collar

black ae We Felten OL one 2

2. Head with a median black longitudinal vitra; Tareral margins

of pronotum with a single pale spot behind calli ;

superbus (Distant)

Head black with a semilunar pale spot above; Jateral margins

of pronotum with two pale spots (one behind calli and one

at humeral angie) schenklingi (Poppius)

Macrolonius schenklingi (Poppius, 1915) Carvalho,

1959

Malalasta schenklingi Poppius, 1915a, p. 21;

Macrolonius schenklingi Carvalho, 1959, p.

322.

(Fig, 265)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum,

Female; Length 10-2 mm, width 2-1 mm. Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-56 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-8 mm; IT, 2-8 mm; 111

and IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at

base 2-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:68 mm, width at

base 0:40 mm (lectotype).

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

Fig. 265—Malalasta schenklingi Poppius, female, lectotype,

General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with

dark brown to black areas; head black with a

semilunate pale spot on vertex and frons, eyes and

antennae black; pronotum black with calli and two

spots on lateral margins (one behind calli and one on

humeral angle) pale to lutescent; scutellum citrine

with two longitudinal vittae fused basally; hemelytra

glassy, transparent, clavus and cuneus opaque,

brown to black, the first in the middle and the

second at inner portion pale to lutescent, membrane

hyaline. Underside of body and legs pale yellow,

hind tibiae tending to brown, tarsi fuscous.

Pronotum slightly sinuate laterally, mesoscutuum

partially exposed, nervures of embranes very long,

the large areolae rounded apically. superposing each

other, cuneus very long.

Male: Unknown,

Geographical distribution: Formosa,

Specimens studied: female, lectotype (new desig-

nation), FORMOSA; Fuhosho, 7.ix., H. Sauter

(HELSINKI).

521

This species differs from the two others in the genus

by the colour of head, lateral margins of pronotum

and by the length of cuneus.

Macrolonius sobrinus (Stal. 1855) Stal 1870

Capsus sobrinus Stal, 1835, p. 186.

Macrolonius sobrinus Stal, 1870, p. 670 Poppius,

1912a, p. 433; Carvalho, 1959, p. 323,

Capsus discoidalis Walker, 1873, p. 122 (n.syn.)

Malacopeplus discoidalis Carvalho, 1959, p, 322.

(Fig. 266-270)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum.

Female: Length 9-6 mm, width 2-4 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0:72 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, Length 1‘§ mm; 1], 3-0 mm:

II, 1-6 mm; IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-9 mm.

width at base 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-16 mm,

width at base 0-48 mm (lectotype of discoidalis

Walker).

Fig. 266—Capsus discoidalis Walker, female, lectautype,

522

REC. S. AUST. MUS.,, 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Figs, 267-27(—Maerolonius sobrinus (Stal): Fig, 267—Penis; Fig,

268—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 269—Left paramere; Fig.

270—Right paramere, .

General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with

brown to citrine areas; head, pronotum and

scutellum lutescent to citrine, eyes and antennae

(except base of segment [II which is pale)

castaneous, Segment II darker towards apex; a

central spot on dise of pronotum reaching posterior

margin, clavus, two lateral spots on scutellum, corial

commissure and inner apical margin of corium,

outer margin of embolium and outer margin of

cuneus, nervures of membrane fuscous to brown,

cuneus and embolium lutescent, fuscous apically;

clavus and cuneus opaque. Underside of body and

legs pale yellow, hind tibiae brown, pale apically,

tarsi fuscous,

Male: Similar to female in colour and general

aspect, less robust.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 267) with membranous

lobes, fields of sclerotized teeth and a characteristic

spiculum (fig. 268). Left paramere (fig.269) curved,

pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 270) small,

tapering to apex.

Geographical distribution: Borneo, Java, Malacca,

Singapore, Sumatra, Sarawak, Malay Peninsula.

Speciniens studied: female, lectotype (new desig-

nation), SINGAPORE, Saunders, 65-13, type

(printed on green-bordered disc), 286, Capsus

discoidalis; id. paralectotype (abdomen, wings and

hemelytra missing), Mal. CA, Saunders, 65-13

(BMNH); INDONESIA: Somgei, Lalah, Indragiri,

Sumatra, W. Burchard, 26.viii.1901; EAST

MALAYSIA: W. Coast Residence, Ranau, 500 m,

22-25.1.1959, T. C. Maa; id, 28.ix,1958; id, 30,iv.+

5.x, 1958; L. W. Quate; Ranai. 8m N Paung Host

Springs, 500 m, 8-11,x.1958, T. C. Maa (BISHOP)

Sandakan. Baker, (USNM); PENINSULAR

MALAYSIA: Pehang, F.M.S8. Jerantut, March,

1927, Kuala Lumpar, March 27, 1932; SINGA-

PORE: Selitar, Aug. 1911 (BMNH).

Differs from Macrolonius schenklingi Poppius and

Macrolonius superbus (Distant) by the calour of the

head and pronotum,

Macrolonius superbus (Distant, 1904) Carvalho,

1952

Malalasta superba Distant, 1904b, p. 446, fig. 287,

Macrolonius superbus Carvalho, 1959, p. 323.

(Fig. 271)

Characterised by the colour of head and

pronotum,

Male: Length 82mm, width 1:7 mm, Head:

Length 0-S mm, width 12mm, vertex 0-56 mm,

Antenna: Segment L, length 2-0 mm; [, 3.4mm;

(11-[V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-5 mm, width at

base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:28 mm, width at

base 0-32 mm (lectotype).

General coloration pale ochraceous to stramine-

ous with black areas; head (except pale spots along

inner margin of eyes), pronotum (except area of calli

and pale marginal spot behind calli) black; scutellum

ochraceous to pale with two longitudinal black spots

(one at each side); hemelytra glassy, transparent,

clavus and cuneus opaque, black to fuscous;

membrane hyaline, nervures fuscous. Underside of

body pale yellow, abdomen with a black transverse

spot on each side, anterior margin of penultimate

segment and some apical spots black; apices of

posterior femora, extreme bases, apices and a

central annulation to posterior tibiae, the antennae

(except base of first and third joints basally) brown

ta fuscous.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

==:

Sl$resee sus.

Fig. 271—Malalasta superba Distant, male, lectotype.

Pronotum not sinuated laterally, nervures of

membrane superposing each other along median

line.

Genitalia: Not dissected as the author had access

only to the lectotype.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect.

Geographical distribution: Burma.

Specimens studied: male lectotype (new designa-

tion), Tenass Valley, Myiita (Doherty), distant Col.

1913-383, type (printed in red bordered disc,

Malalasta superba Distant (author’s handwriting)

(BMNH).

This species differs from Macrolonius schenklingi

(Poppius) by the colour of head and lateral margins

of pronotum.

Onomaus Distant, 1904

Onomaus Distant, 1904b, p. 416; Poppius, 1912a,

p. 438; Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho, 1959,

p. 323.

523

Type-species: Onomaus pompeus Distant, 1904.

Body sub-elongate, smooth, with long and erect

hairs on scutellum. Head slightly sulcate on vertex,

hind border immarginate, eyes well separated from

collar, placed near middle of head; antenna with

segment I twice as long as width of head, cylindrical,

segment II twice as long as I, shortly pubescent;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxae.

Pronotum sub-triangular, constricted behind calli

and narrowed anteriorly, collar also narrow, its

mesal length about equal to thickness of first

antennal segment, disc tumid, inclined forwards,

posterior margin curved at lateral angles which are

sub-prominent; scutellum tumid with long, erect

pubescence, mesoscutum slightly exposed.

Hemelytra with lateral margin slightly sinuate,

transparent, without nervures, cuneus about two

and half times as long as wide at base, apex of large

areola angulate, Legs long and slender, tibiae

moderately spinulose.

Differs from Rambea Poppius, 1912 which has

also a long first antennal segment and erect

pubescence by the larger size and by the shorter

pubescence on tibiae, as well as by the long cuneus.

Key to the species of the genus Onomaus Distant

1, Eyes situated at middle of head, space between eye and collar

approximately equal to diameter of eye; species of medium

size, less than 7 mm long . . . elegans Poppius.

Eyes not situated at middle of head or if so then space

between eye and collar less than diameter of eye; species

over 7 mm long 2

2. Scutellum with a median longitudinal black vitta; species of

large size (10 mmlong)............... pompeus Distant

Scutellum with three spots (one at apex and two lateral);

species of medium size (8 mmlong) ...... lautus (Uhler)

Onomaus elegans Poppius, 1915

Onomaus elegans Poppius, 1915b, p. 6; Carvalho,

1959, p. 323.

(Fig. 272)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

position of eyes on head.

Male: Length 6-2 mm, width 1-4 mm. Head:

Length 0-4 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0:36 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; IT, 2:9 mm; III,

2:0 mm; IV, 1-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm,

width at base 1-3 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-96 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm.

General coloration pale yellow to stramineous

with dark brown areas; head pale with extreme

posterior margin of vertex, spots behind eyes and

extreme apex of clypeus black; eyes brown, clypeus

towards base, frons anteriorly, jugum, lorum with

reddish tinge; antenna black, extreme base of

segment I pale; posterior margin of collar, carina of

524

lateral margin of pronotum anteriorly, two longitud-

jnal median vittae, enlarged as a spot behind calli

and at posterior margin of dise (divided by a

longitudinal pale yellow narrow vitta), spots (one at

each side) near humeral angles dark brown, area of

calli, sub-median posterior area of dise and posterior

margin of pronotum narrowly pale yellow, mesos-

cutum dark brown, scutellum pale yellow with a

narrow longitudinal median vitta and apex black;

hemelytra pale yellow, glassy, transparent, a basal

spot, clavo-scutellar margin, sub-basal vitta on

corium, apical spot on clavus, a characteristic sub-

rectangular fascia or spot on corium, with anterior

and posterior angles teaching outwards forming a

semi-circle, inner and apical margin of cuneus

brown; membrane transparent, pale with apical end

dark, Underside of body pale yellow, propleura, a

spot on meso and metapleura dark brown; abdomen

pale yellow with basal portion, lateral spots and apex

reddish; coxae and legs pale yellow, hind femora

with two red rings (sub-median and apical).

Eyes situated at middle of head, distant from

collar by aspace approximately equal to diameter of

eve.

Lhe

Fig. 272—Onomaus elegans Poppius, male.

REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

Genitalia: Penis with membranous lobes provided

with apical sclerotized teeth, Left paramere

faleiform. narrowing to extremity. Right paramere

smaller, tapering To apex.

Female; Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6-4 mm, width 1-4 mm. vertex 0:36

mm.

Spectinens studied: two males and three females,

UPPER BURMA: alt. 3 000 ft., Lat. N 27° 42°

Long. E 97° 54’, Nam Tamai Valley, 26.vii.1938, R,

Kaucback, BM 1938-741 (BMNH and author's

collection),

This species differs from Onomaus pompeus

Distant, 1904 by its smaller size and by the colour of

pronotum.

Onomaus lautaus (Uhler, 1896) Poppius, 1912

Dicyphus lautus Ubler, 1896, p. 267.

Onomaus lautus Poppius, 1912a, p, 439; Carvalho.

1959. p. 323,

Dicyphus lautus Esaki ev auct., 1952, p. 261, fig. 686.

(Figs, 273-276)

Characterised by the colour of scutellum and

membrane,

Male; Length 8-0 mm, width 2-4 mm, Head:

Length 0:6 mm. width |-() mm, vertex (h44 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 12 mm, [[, 2:8 mm; I,

1-8 mm; TV, mutilated, Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm, Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm,

width at base 0:60 mm,

General coloration pale yellow with brown and

reddish areas; head brown to black with a pale

Transverse spot on vertex; antenna castancous,

apical portion of segment IT black, basa) half of

segment III pale; pronotum brown to dark brown,

collar and a large spot on middle of disc pale yellow,

the latter with a black, rugose spot at its middle;

mesoscutum fuscous, scutellum pale yellow with

basal angles and apex brown to black, hemelytra

pale yellow with basal angles and apex brown to

black; hemelytra pale yellow, glassy, transparent,

clavus (except middle portion and apex), a quadrate

spot on corium extending outwards to embolium (at

middle of corium), extreme apex of corium and apex

of embolium brown to castaneous or reddish:

membrane with basal half of areolar area dark, the

extrareolar portion fuscous with two pale spots at

each side. Underside of body pale yellow, propleura

black with lower area pale, a spot On metapleura

fuscous; abdomen with segment II (first visible) and

a longitudinal lateral vitta on segments II-VITT

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

castaneous to reddish; femora reddish (except base

and a narrow median ring), tibiae pale, base and

apex reddish,

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 274) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized apical teeth. Left para-

mere (fig, 275) falciform. Right paramere (fig, 276)

with pointed apex.

Fig. 273—Onomaus laurus (Uhler), female,

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. slightly more robust.

Geographical distribution: Japan.

Specimens studied: two females and one male,

JAPAN: Mitsukuri, Takao, vii.l4,1930, J. L.

Gressitt, in the collection of the author.

Difters from the two other species in the genus by

the colour of the scutellum and membrane,

Onomaus pompeus Distant, 1904

Onomaus pompeys Distant, 1904b, p. 416; Carvalho,

1959, p. 323.

(Figs. 277-280)

Characterised by the large size and colour of

pronotum and antenna.

Figs. 274-276—Onomaus lautns (Uhler): Fig. 274—Penis; Fig.

275—Lefl paramere; Fig, 276—Right paramere,

Female: Length 10-2 mm, width 2-6 mm, Head:

Length 0:7 mm, width 1-2 mm. vertex 0-60 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 2:3 mm; II, 4:0 mm;

MI, 3-4mm; IV, 3-6mm. Pronotum: Length

1-6 mm, width at base 2-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-52

width at base ()-64 mm (lectotype),

General coloration ochraceous to citrine or pale

yellow with dark brown and reddish areas; head

black with a semilunate wide pale vitta on vertex,

antenna uniformily castaneous to dark brown,

pronotum dark brown with collar, calli and a central

spot on disc anteriorly pale, the latter with a rugose

black spot at middle, bordering calli; mesoscutum

fuscous, scutellum pale yellow with a median

longitudinal vitta which enlarges and also covers the

apex, fuscous; hemelytra ochraceous, glassy, trans-

parent, clavus (central area castaneous), a trans-

verse triangular fascia on corium extending outwards

to embolium, extreme apex of corium, outer margin

of embolium, apex of cuneous, nervures and

extrareolar portion of membrane (except pale spot

contiguous to apex of cuneous) fuscous to brown,

Underside of body with external portion black. spats

on coxal cleft 1, basilar plate and ostiolar peritreme

pale; abdomen and femor reddish (except base and a

526 REC.

S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532

September, 1979

LE,

Fig. 277—Onomaus pompeus Distant, female, lectotype.

narrow ring at middle), tibiae I and II pale, infuscate

apically, tibiae III fuscous on basal half, pale on

apical half, segments III] of tarsi fuscous.

Male: Similar to female in colour and general

aspect, a little less robust.

Genitalia: Penis (fig. 278) with membranous lobes

provided with sclerotized teeth apically. Left

paramere (fig. 279) falciform. Right paramere (fig.

280) slender apically.

Geographical distribution: Burma.

Specimens studied: female, lectotype (new desig-

nation), BURMA, Onomaus pompeus distant

(BMNH); five males and females, BURMA: Nam

Tamai Valley, 29viii.1938, alt. 3 000 ft., R. Kaul-

back, B. M. 1938-741; Mishmi Hills, Lohit River,

30,i11.1935, M. Steele.

Differs from others in the genus by its large size

and by the colour of pronotum and segment IT of

antenna.

Rambea Poppius, 1912

Rambea Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Carvalho, 1955, p.

107; Carvalho, 1959, p. 324.

Type-species: Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912.

Body elongate, clothed with long, erect pubesc-

ence. Head inclined, vertex sulcate longitudinally,

slightly convex, gula long: eyes far removed from

collar, seen from above small and rounded, placed at

middle of head, seen from side obliquely ovate,

post-ocular portion of head gradually but strongly

narrowed; rostrum surpassing apex of posterior

coxae; antenna linear, slender, segment I] approxi-

mately twice as long as first.

Pronotum with disc strongly convex, posterior

margin broadly rounded, lateral margins strongly

sinuate behind calli, collar with mesal length nearly

equal to thickness of first antennal segment, calli

confluent, reaching side of pronotum, posterior

margin broadly impressed, strongly punctate along

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 527

Figs. 278-280—Onomaus pompeus Distant: Fig. 278—Penis: Fig.

279—Left paramere; Fig. 280—Right paramere,

the impression together with collar forming an

interior lobe about half as long as the posterior lobe;

lateral margins and three longitudinal bands of

posterior lobe silvery; scutellum triangular, strongly

convex before apex, depressed and deeply medially

bipunctate.

Hemlytra finely punctulate, semi-transparent,

clavus and corium without nervures, claval suture

strongly punctate, membrane bicellulate, transpa-

rent, inner margin of large areola rounded.

Legs long and slender, tibiae finely spinulose,

parempodia divergent towards apices.

This genus differs from others in the tribe by the

longitudinal silvery bands of the pronotum and by

the long and erect pubescence of body and hind

tibiae.

Key to the species of the genus Ramibea Poppius

1. Second antennal segment with a broad ring beyond basal

fourth; pronotum with three pale longitudinal bands on

anterior portion of disc - . annulicornis Hsiao

Second antennal segment unicolorous; pronotum with a

2. Dise of pronotum greenish; globose area of humeral angles

pale green, . gracilipes Poppius

Disc of pronotum with a large dark brown spot; globose area

of humeral angles with a black spat__. malasica n.sp.

Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, 1944

Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, 1944, p, 373, Carvalho.

1959, p. 324,

(Figs, 281-284)

Characterised by the length and colour of second

antennal segment.

Fig. 281—Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, female, holotype.

528 REC. 8. AUST MUS._, 17 (30): 429-532

Male: Length 63 mm, width 1:8mm, Head:

Length 0-6 mm, width 1-0 mm, vertex 0:50 mm.

Antenna: segment I, length 1-3 mm, IT. 2-8 mm, U1,

2-1mm; TV, 12mm. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm,

width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:60 mm,

width at base 0-40 mm.

General coloration light greenish to stramineous;

lorum and lateral margin of post-ocular part of head

fuscous, antenna dark brown, segment J stramine-

gus. a broad ring beyond basal fourth of second

segment, basal fourth of third and basal fifth of

fourth whitish; pronotum with lateral margins and

three longitudinal silverybands on posterior lobe,

seen from side, with a fuscous longitudinal line along

the anterior half of lateral margin; hemelytra semi-

transparent, emboliar margins narrowly fuscous,

membrane transparent. Underside of body pale

yellow, legs pale, base of tibiae white, extreme apex

of femora, a narraw sub-basal ring of tibiae and third

tarsal segments fuscous.

Morphological characters as mentioned for genus,

pubescence long and erect, especially on pronotum,

scutellum and base of hemelytra.

Figs. 282-284—Rambea annulicornis Hsiao: Fig. 282—Penis, Fig.

283—Lefl paramere; Fig. 284—Right paramere.

September, 1979

Genitalia: Penis (fig, 282) with membranous lobes

provided with apical papillae. Left paramere (fig-

283) faleiform. Right paramere (fig. 284) small,

pointed apically.

Male: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect,

Geographical distribution: Philippines.

Specimens studied: holotype, female, PHILIP-

PINES: Mt. Maquiling, Luzon, Philipines Islands

(baker), Ramibea annulicornis Hsiao (U.S,N.M, no.

56718). Allotype and Paratypes: Same data as types.

Differs from Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912 by

the presence of a pale ring on the second antennal

segment.

Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912

Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Car-

valho, 1959, p. 324,

(Figs. 285-288)

Characterised by the colour of second antenna |

segment.

Male: Length 4-6mm, width 1-6 mm. Head:

Length 0-5 mm, width 0-9 mm, vertex 0:40 mm,

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; I, 2-4 mm, III-

IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at

base 1-4 mm, Cuneus: Length 0:70 mm, width at

base 0-28 mm (lectotype).

General coloration light greenish to pale yellow;

head, collar, a longitudinal vitta at middle of disc,

lateral margins, humeral angles, scutellum and

underside of body whitish, base (on each side) and

apex of clypeus, neck behind eye, lower margins of

calli, a spot on humeral angles and an equivalent one

laterally, as well as a spot on each side of base of

abdomen fuscous to black; hind margins of calli,

spots on each side of longitudinal pale vitta of disc,

base and apex of cutellum, commissure and apex of

clavus, inner and outer margins of embolium, outer

margin of cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous

to brown, legs pale yellow.

Morphological characters as mentioned for genus,

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 286) with membranous lobes

ended by papillae. Left paramere (fig, 287)

falciform. Right paramere (fig. 288) small, simple.

Female: Similar to male in colour and general

aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 1-7. mm, vertex

0-40 mm,

Geographical distribution; Sumatra.

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 529

Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa-

y YY tion); INDONESIA; Si-Rambee, Sumatra, xii,1890,

ii.1891, E. Modigliani (Rambea gracilipes Poppius)

(HELSINKI); paralectotype, same data as male.

This species differs from Rambea annulicornis

Hsiao, 1944 by the unicolorous second antennal

segment and by the single longitudinal vitta on

pronotum.

Rambea malasica n.sp.

(Figs. 289-292)

Characterised by the colour of pronotum and

sterral area.

Male: Length 5-3 mm, width 1-4 mm. Head:

Length 0:5 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0-44 mm.

Antenna: Segment I, length 1-5 mm; II, 2-6 mm:

III, 1-9 mm; IV, ? mm. Pronotum: Length 1-2 mm,

width at base 1-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-52 mm,

width at base 0-28 mm (holotype).

General coloration pale greenish to pale yellow

with brown and black areas; head pale, eyes brown,

vitta on neck behind eye, jugum, lorum and gena

fuscous; antenna fuscous, segment I and base of II

pale; pronotum with area on lower lateral margins of

calli and humeral angles black, collar with a median

and two lateral fuscous bars anteriorly, a transverse

fascia behind calli and a large V-shaped mark on

: disc, brown to dark brown, within the arms of the V-

shaped mark and also humeral angles pale, the

surface of disc around brown area with silvery

Fig. 285—Rambea gracilipes Poppius, male, lectotype. pruinose colour; mesoscutum brown, scutellum pale

287

Figs. 286-288—Rambea gracilipes Poppius: Fig. 286—Penis; Fig,

287—Left paramere; Fig. 288—Right paramere,

530 REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-332

September, 1979

with a fuscous preapical spot: hemelytra ochraceous,

transparent, apex of corium, an obsolete transverse

fascia on corium level with apical one fifth of clavus,

corial commissure fuscous, nervures of membrane

dark, the latter transparent, Underside of body pale

yellow, a black spot above coxal cleft | and another

on ostiolar orifice, legs pale yellow tending ta

fuscous on apices of femora.

289 |

\ i

Fig. 289—Rambea malasica n.sp., male, holotype.

Genitalia; Penis (fig. 290) with vesica provided

with two spiculi with minute sclerotized teeth, Left

paramere (fig. 291) falciform, as seen in figure.

Right paramere (fig, 292) slender, with acute apex.

Female: Unknown.

Holotype: male, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA:

Pahang, Gua’Ghe Yatim to Terrenggan, 17,xii, 1951,

L. W. Quate (BMNH).

Differs from Rambea gracilipes Poppius by the

colour of the pronotum.

REFERENCES

ATKINSON. E. T., 1890, Catalogue of (he Insecta, 11. Order

Rhynchota. Suborder Hemiptera Heteroptera. Family

Capsidae. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 58 (2): 25-199 (1889),

BALLARD, E., 1927, Some new Indian Miridae (Capsidae).

Mem, Dept. Agric. Ind. Ent. 10 (4): 61-68, 11 figs.

CARVALHO, J, C, M, , 1951, On the major classification of the

Miridae (hem, Het.), Trans. ninth int. Congr. Ent.

Amisierdam 1: 133-134,

CARVALHO, J, C. M,, 1952, On the major classification of the

Miridae (Hemiptera). (With Keys to subfamilies and tribes

and a catalogue of the world genera). An. Acad. brasil, Ci.,

24 (1): 31-110,

Figs. 290-292—Rambea malasica n.sp.; Fig, 290—Penis; Fig

291—Left paramere; Fig. 292—Right paramere.

CARVALHO, J. C. M,,1953, Sur les Miridae de Madagascar

(Hemipteres). Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar (F) 4: 41-51, figs

CARVALHO, J, C_M., 1955, Keys to the General of Miridae of

the World, Bol, Mus, Goeldi 11 (2), 151 p., 263 figs.

Heteroptera: Miridae, B. P Bishop Museum Insects of

Micronesia 7 (1): 1-100. figs

CARVALHO, J, C, M,, 1959, Catalogue of the Miridae of the

World, Arq. Mus. Nae, R, Jan, 48: 1-384.

CHEESMAN, L. E., 1927, A contribution towards the insect

fauna of French Oceania, Part 1. Trany. ent. Soc, London. 75

(1): 147-161.

CORPORAL, J. B., 1920), Notiz tiber die beiden Roepke'schen

gambirschddlichen Capsiden, Tijdsehr. vu. Ent. 62; 107-108.

DELATTRE. R,, 1949, Description d'un nouveau Miridae

africain (Herer.) Bull. Soe. ert. Fr. $4 (2): 24.

DISTANT, L., 19112, Report on the Rhynchota. Fascicule

Malayensis Zool, 2; 223-272.

DISTANT, W_ L . 1904a, Rhynchotal Notes—XXL.— Heterop-

tera), fam, Capsidae, Part Il. Artn, Mag. nat, Hist. (7) 13:

194-206.

DISTANT, W. L,, 1904b-1910, The Fauna of British India.

including Ceylan and Burma. Rhynchota Vol. 2 (Heterop-

tera), pp. 412-488 and Vol. 5, Appendix, pp- 228-293, figs.

Taylor t Francis, London.

DISTANT, W. L.,1909, Descriptions of Oriental Capsidae. Ann,

Mag, nat. Hist. (8) 4: 509-523,

DISTANT, W. L., 1913, Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust

Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. EX. Rhynchota, Part

I. Suborder Heteroptera. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 16; 139-

190, pls. 11-13,

THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE)

DISTANT, W. L., Rhynchota from New Calendonia, Ann. Mag.

nat, Hist. (9) 6: 143-165.

ESAKI et. al., 1952, Icon. Ins. Jap.

HSIAO, T-Y., 1944, New genera and species of Oriental and

Australian plant bugs in the United States National Museum.

Proc. U.S. nat. Mus. 95 (3182): 369-396, figs.

KIRBY, W, F., 1894, Catalogue of the described Hem. Het. and

Homoptera of Ceylon, based on the collections formed

(chiefly at Pundaloya) by Mr. E. Ernest Green J. Linn. Soc.

Lond. 24; 72-176. pls.

KIRKALDY, G. W,, 1902a, Memoir on Oriental Rhynchota. J.

Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 14: 47-58; 259-309, pl. a. c.

KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902b, Eine neue morgenlindische Miriden

(Capsiden)-Gattung (Rhynchota), Wien. ent, Ztg. 21 (8-9);

225-4.

KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902c, Fauna Hawaiiensis Vol. 3, part 2

(Cambridge University Press).

KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902d, Memoir upon the Rhynchotal

family capsidae Auctt. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1902 (2;) 243-

272, pls. V and VI.

KIRKALDY, G. W., 1906, List of the genera of the Pagiopodous

Hemiptera-Heteroptera, with their type species from 1758 to

1904 and also of the aquatic and semiaquatic Trochalopoda.

Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 32 (2); 117-156.

KIRKALDY, G. W., 1907, Biological Notes on the Hemiptera of

the Hawaiian Islands, No. 1, Proc, Hawaii. ent. Soc. 1: 111-

161.

KNIGHT, H. H., 1935, Insects of Samoa, Part II, Hemiptera.

Miridae and Anthocoridae, Fasc. 5, pp. 193-228, 9 figs.

POPPIUS, B., 1912a, Neue oder wening bekannte Capsarien-

Gattungen und Arten. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 10: 415-441,

POPPIUS, B., 1912b, die Miriden der Anthiopischen Region I.

Mirina, Cylapina, Bryocorina. Acta. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 41 (3):

1-203, pl. 11 text figs,

POPPIUS, B., 1914. Zur Kenntnis der Miriden, Anthocoriden

und Nabiden Javas und Sumatra. Tijdschr. v. Ent. (Suppl.)

56: 100-183.

POPPIUS, 1915a, Sauters Formosa-Ausbeute: Nabidae,

Anthocoridae, Termatophylidae, Miridae, Isometopidae und

Ceratocombidae (Hemiptra). Arch. f. Naturg. 80 a: 1-80.

$31

POPPIUS, B., 1915b, Zur Kenntnis der Indo-Australischen

Capsarien. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 13: 1-89.

REUTER, O, M., 190Sa, Ad_ cognitionen Capsidarum

Australiae. Ofv. F, Vet. Soc. Firh. 47 (5): 16 p., 1 pl., 7 figs.

REUTER, O. M,, 1905b, Capsidae Stalinianae secundum

Spéecimina typica redescriptae. [.11,Ofv, F. Ver. Soc. Farh.

47 (12): 20 p.

REUTER, O. M., 1907, Ad cogntiionem Capsidarum

Aethiopicarum. IV. Ofv. f. Vet. Soc. Fiirh., 49 (7): 1-27,

REUTER, O. M., 1910, Neue Beitrége Zur Phylogenie und

Systematik der Miriden nebst einlectenden Bemerkung

liber die Phylogenie der Heteropteren-Familien-Mit einer

Stammbaumstafel. Acta Soc. Sci, Fenn. 37 (3): iv + 167 pp.

ROEPKE, W., 1916, Zwei neue Gambir-schiadliche Capsiden aus

Sumatra. Tijdschr. v. Ent. 59 180-183, 3 figs.

ROEPKE, W.., 1919a, Hyalopeplus smaragdinus n, sp,, eine neue

Thee-Capsiden aus Java (Rhynch. Hem. Heteropt.),

Treubia 1 (2): 73-81, figs.

ROEPKE, W._, 1919b., De Bloemknop-Wants van de Theehees-

ters, Hyalopeplus smaragdninus Rpk. Buitenzorg Medd.

Procts. Thee 67: 1-10 figs.

STAL, C., 1855, Nya Hemiptera. Ofu. Kongl. Vet, Akad, Forh.

12(4): 181-192.

STAL, C., 1859, Hemiptera. Species novas descripsit, Kongl. Sv.

Freg. Eugenies resa omkring jorde, Hemiptera. Miridae.

pp. 254-259, Zoologi, Insecter

STAL, C., 1870, Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum. Bidrag till

Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna. Ofv. Sv. K. Akad.

Férh, 27: 607-776,

UHLER. P. R., 1896, Summary of the Hemiptera of Japan,

presented to the United States National Museum by

Professor Mitzukuri. Proc. U.S. nat. Mus. 19 (1108): 255-

297,

USINGER, R. L. 1946, Hemiptera Heteroptera of Guam. Insects

of Guam. II. Bul. B.P. Bishop Mus. 189: 1-111, 3-237, figs,

ZIMMERMAN, E. C,, 1948, Insects of Hawaii, vol. 3,

Heteroptera, p. 180-220, figs.

WALKER, F., 1873, Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera,

Heteroptera in the Collection of the British Museum, Part

VI. Catalogue of the Hemiptera Heteroptera, London.

aboriginal, Australian ........00¢eeer eens eeereees eh Seek Weyer. hd vi be 387ft.

acanthodes, Goniodiscaster..............00000000 Meee eget them eer ge pease SOAS 374

PACH MIMEZR OO OOO co Dar! Base Fy EP tics MRE hes SIG ood alee Hea amy fd 92 fe 190

ETS oan eee recy eee Ur a OC abe eg oT eS ee ere ee 31-39

AEE BNE NEINUNSL 7h wet et oe epee od, DCE ered REBT Cape he tak cs saney Ook or ei nk, Se LT et 171

accipiter, Microtetrameres ............00e055 Ae ee ee 242, 244, 245, 253, 254, 259

SPUR PAL LENE nese eer Sobals Fehr Ris tate dia Fe Kins, Sock oes EE ok Aad | ha RRR TORE 189

SOU PLEATS, oS Sista a cect once ate Eat a Bod, eke Deh Yak hn durant ahr 2 isin oa cagA 2 ESE 189

Acomichthys....... 0... cee neers dite Ls “lh A hen la a Se Me ot gion we eels 173

RAIN ISN eRe ENS SS DE ee 5 Fratton ees, 28 ag 2 alors welieocey RA Gi eins on Sie rota to ea mee ac 221

PUTAS, TO TUR ANTM ERS Sa) eh nt digi sin & we rey Pub Scale e h eos ee ee ee ee 186

HUST ave PEPER RR OCIS: 5p vi cine V0 eye a erie Pp FE eee oe ad ee aes a. ala ee

oe AMMEN Fas) fs elires3 sie, = = hoe gl acd he Fe eet oh eee re so 429, “430, 478, 490, 503-508

aegotheles, Microtetrameres....... 2.22.00 .ccececerneree , 239, 243-245, 251, 253, 254, 259

Pre iliiiajucme lyn [cs eh) On 0s te i a a re rem ee e ee | es 174

Migiriys) OSM eas ee ek orc stereo g Er atadRE Ta ecdla civttca ditt b Ried Wed buch cota hs coe ane

OTST oT pe feted ala poe lid See ile, Me AOR Me ON ER gi AT en aL Me AY Cer Sy, 181

ReMi eee te ors 2a be ye am En ee hee ee oe ee ee ky ag gece sk eee ee 31

ri aee eT CINGS ic pays us 5 ws MACE uinacg o's eo one Pe ek ae Ma eee cole ta rs 295

MMS UsR ARIUS ROMS TRON EL hel lac c ests: 2 app SeMED peter neomtire mclsla oes es vn ae ofa te ace ei aee Breer take 293

BATE INS VAT WOMEN, os ok de sd ae eoeln Sp ere gd pe he ae Sees Sheth kya teee aiee

PaR eee RNAI ns ee ih ey ray SY deals Mee TO ee, et ee 184

Pulibere repeat MANNE ste, ate cha's, bla tir g'h t-piweate fered e we a Ald awa ofa kinky asad ams, has BATH dae eons ee ee

alboguttata, Litoria... 22... 4.4000 eee eee eee pHoMTar nS NE See mes racic Aiatle teri Sali 337

Exon TARP HCL sce rte 4 oh sre Eo ET Le dll gaits wind Hla cy eed lee pg genes 261, 337

PLIRFED SULIT OVE SORT ty mney et Sih ice t so oR ole 2 eben eit wide Ente pile Fiele's neath eRe ats 1M

MEME SAIS BTSMASPIOINS. os eee ee ew ee ee 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 19-21

BID Cabrate ROR: ec a eg ev alee a ae edie sock y eee Be oe 377

RIGAUD ener Pen rm cee Mec te ictrnl Ve AIR peat tsdensl aly Soave > ee athe hee ne el PUG tan Ses $2, 418

alcootense, Pyramios ......-........45455 ee teh AER yh ate: be ah le PRR Re ce 217

PUM PACOREME VED See ils 5 th caren ep ered e phd Gpprula aye «Epp TOE Oe cum e ree Reade ome eee 201

alienus, Hyalopeploides. . SEU Pitas en Se ee hl. eee a 429, 464, 465, 477

Pure UME NGATEE ALF Sip ch iy shicAS ova pank vcs 50s Put iee A ee ree

PRR eAtE LARGE fs, sete Cty poy geen Sach oth cd we Sue Mews ARMS 2 aha ead PET ae tor ee Oa 373, 410

UT ua eae a ReCMRALAD ETE Pricicls ply Piatg eyes eve, 3 onal Sas Ps ely we Baclee EPMO ES ae ene ebe eg aoe 215

FAR EMMA MSBEONLELAE ULE ery at ego ps tad VRS a win, yucla-atok noe, ene ta amo bo late Gd he gel ee eet me

Soe AED a en rr eres Aer Bei bn, yen 2 clage deh Cee ee eee 184

Ambassis . fe Bi teh sel Wate t c de RM a ee aTE SS Peale te ess NN iy td gare eee 172

ambiguus, Microcetus ro taggin gee itor we heir Sie Laat, | gta Re ae ar eat Sian «<a 286, 293

ATED ee sree ME NEUESS pe cs aa a se vie ep a ale se ea ee a Skee 417, 422-426

Amblybelus Been a to UE EAE eM i ie ly Ga a Sia ee lng ee 52

Amblycara . Res arte eect Eee SA Berean, Ree gia te Oily ol wu ale a ethical attegh 31

amboinaeé, Hyalopeplus . OPO NATE ee BESO, 5, sian Sets alates wan she COO 430, 478, 502

PERL HRD EMUPTAR TOES gh cys arte Gack FARM TEs See any see Mey SS etn Sate ate ‘ein e's Qcb' Se gin eee Oh 177-180

AOTTEETPLLEEUNERE RISE his alt ity Sn ce oa eye Serra Pad Sohal Ghee Beaty id sate eaOE Ra Os aes 181, 182

DENS MUAPREMEESEICAID AVG YA PN Ss Ein wd I of Were ee alam s eee Me ede t meas moots Gee ee Oe

PETE RRERUUU CRUE EE. o'cs.e\ fre tin Gon, yet ysie, 4 EA pee ole naa eg Re he Give, CS aN RA en ge tale a's uN 378

ATIATIDAG ACHES SICA Sof nice ws, a wee eho Si eae. Oh Lands dey eee SA ie) ae 146, 147, 166

AATHT TARE DTU) COLD nie RSE aN setae ale, Cite CROP RSE TT tats Aricent tr M MeN eM. site cr gicork, etsy ys!

STORER OPLELIM | 1 PO Ed o2 a ole w fy acest oat Ted Eg sc ee ce arena he ae Mies See eee en eT

Aname . pe ahh: cece Ac A SRR, eee. RGR E SS, oe ty.) hse a eee

Anampses ....... Rs chet acto sain iol oa acne SER re OCR nc Ok Foote MEI: 5, GA eaeg aheeene pemeee coe mM

anak, ES EER Ta ACO OE TS i AS ae ee erst, erst 216

Aes Cacaet iraal TATION N i 4.5 tes has ope ets Pt Peels NaS eee aoe seee we Ee

LER Tt aE MISUCGELOEIN Ee ste Kay chikane dca b's SIRE Ate eye Maras whew Bg. ti acae ate Raa rahe 294

aneityumensis, Hyalopeplus eyelets > AER SD4 an ch 4oFs teehee eae

angustior, Cadulus ................----- Beh cy ed been = oes cae RN ch 3 384

angustizona, Cuspicona . Aas yin ate ere Pasay ee eae Creede.) CS es

anhydra, Bettongia penicillata ioe “ae tas Pe tod cok atts c SNe ll og ey Fe seeieetas, Me T es ee 199

AUIS Ae RULTN Ty s WoR PURSUIT 2 ik oa he phe toe A el One kind bald pate owe Rh ed acs CAE Es 377

CRRA SO, Seo 22 a teh, S's SPS feats Gaal fe So ebaes STU sa ee SM nls et ieee teases 221-225

annulicornis, Rambea ..... ee Ae sae Oe Be ge Re he ge, 430, 527-529

Number

Pui pee aubrey os vga oe tee Oe UE gle ct dpe acne eae =. Ce

PARCOEMINULPED Yc 2 halons at ea Sn caihn Ee See DEMS ke see ne pee ice Ste lates 376

ie ONO HEMEES aS R a wick meget ahs micah: Maem 5.0 ok meee teas te A Sata Rh AMER Parcs 175

antaeus, Protemnodon BA ae Ae AE Si al ANAT Wicle gilt HE eral USehe nl ty a sire ee aia tana gaya eel 216

Antechinus..............-. SP) CAR We oy eee eee ee ee shpat? vs at Pe

PAIGE IMMEAIE he HUTA ERI 5). A eed wed bs Vtts bon a ta OP LES be winelvd wh ea tees oes 451, 453

antennalis, Hyalopepliies... 212.2 eee ee ee kee dead poe blneesgeneea ae 429, 452-454, 463

Antennariidae ...... PON sha OIC May deg! ak altnng So are ey ak US 0 of, Os Oe 170

iC RRESAME HE crs hs 1.4 eee tren eet ore eed o alata wi buted als gal eke iee 2 per aa eee 417, 420

Pele eae eee Aye ee A Le Ce, ee ee aeeeee cee ae ay tt 177

AAR ARSI SETAE SELENE er ree nes ahi on ale a eke Civ gts od eke Meo ears pee ee 287, 292

BGs, NGMRMECEN sey mine tu than etd ndabaldeneseeecaxacscas el, QAR aa gae

apodemoides, Pseudomys (Gyomys) ..............0.00 ccc sce cc cee ewes eneeerpeeeus 201

See iol tin GM Ae Se lle: Ree ne ee aa Ae ee ee ae WAS it ee Moe |: 172

SPM RLITT AAP TaN IAPR INSITE 2 -_., 2), oe ives, cor a's ew SE Saw oe af pln aeolcieeg viv’ ented Paw ating ty ae 377

apothoracica, Cuspicoma ... 2... even e ecb e ac endenaseabaeenes 93, 119, 122, 125, 131, 166

APMED AAC LOMR ETN so. ok fey ce ee eee or eee neh OS cag imran vade eed choker | 231

eRe Ts ard ire RHEL See Bl en We eee eae re Pe Brera a Re ewes ie hat Pe 183

Aprosmictus ..... Pte eee es HT a. ond go pacts Sot Hl pie ged Hips ante om mltpemis Glee taco eat tendo a are sale 189

aquila, Microtetrameres..............+ssccsscececcecrevectes 242, 244, 245, 254, 255, 259

Paar RMMIE ese SEN ney OD ee cial w ikeint mus cbse data d Ue ote A pald wo natita PROS E cls cts alee 175

PERCU RRA on eh, eke ct hoc a alae See a ats 6'd'eee eal) a bie egos 222, 234, oe

Pie TTL ch Fa alg ee A ae OL Pe ai ew Un Re ee PO PE ee ee ls. 221

NEL PERE Sere rene en PRR ie Phe clas PE cals ating. gteabaiy pia 3 hig Beeeeee eae bai Bat Pane 347,351

i RMN es PEM MEIN S ca ht Zs Nils waitin Keg Etecvert Peale y thease y Valea Mon ebb e Sek Aeoek orca ae 347, 351

GL SORE es Papeete eee tne ne Ss Wh Aarne PMI 8 er Pa eg Le Ay 354

arboreus, Charniodiscus ............. eee 349-351, 354

SARE OTT Flee Sor abes inte se lB Er Daca gin Mn ees Sed oe So a Se ges Ee 172

arenarium, Dentalium (Episiphon) ,..........2..2 22 eee et eter e ee nee nese 383

PRP TAS ctere ee ies ee eee ine eeEH oe be Cte kates bated cates eis EO CU ¥ 429, 442-444

BOC etey, REO 9 hi i eet ie eae tee eb ed LETRAS ere Lat Ee ee rte tte eh ITs |

ArMmbera 2. ee cece ee en OE eR re ete a ka a ee er ae ee 358

Sigh NPE CRE TUCRTIMINI ty Nee sek SE eT ee na tp gine ge io ie aE ENS 2) SVE aud n alg ee .. 303

Sasajal igre be le eh oe ee OP Ree Re yn Rei ik of Magee wee, SA 200

asiatious, Microstramenes helix... 2.2.0.5. .0 cee b cee eee eee eee en ene et tea eeenrasawes 243

PANGTATL ST DERE REET CINE ADE Sy fect in cicars imag tga viele wie. enlechny Puna Rpm me Sate PAR Re 199

Pah BLUE! tar ten Rep hech hei pep Se are gan nee ry Wetton oF iene rata ogee gr ee a 420

SURE MAEUIE SSPE Fog uid wwe op v5 P OE Gre SS elim, ass ad mi OU ata eee LB Be es lone a eee nt ee ee 170

MAUMEE IR cw. on, Dresses econ. oma srg he ene rade Og east tats pace Perel eee me Be we Ga ton os Pe ete 52

PROT UR Rar ee nas sis Spe lg are Sk eet de peter a IO on oh cde te lb deray ANG Tg ete 3 ed i Te 374

RRO RRUREIE 0 ls, ie retceeeeuasngern xrkedie ray acecbena le ‘nt A ee sae eat PLS RE neg FH 407-416

PaURSIMCACI ER toh, Oi ee EL OR tye EUS ac at cle Re ii dae nbd ack & & 373 ff., 407f£.

ASUEFOTIYX .........-. i owe Pieced ps ee a ea RL Ate OY RS ae Stee + «np em oe eee eee 376

aE CATR TOON Be Noa c ic tan NO trices ice Moserrn lg real a3 a cP fe eadg ncat bm SRR eea nS RIAL, tempest we! ain alas a 376

Wino! Deh ah TT DE ea a eae Oe ry ee ead, Ce ee eee 374

CME TT faye oe HUE MS ae RuCl POT) SM I OE ae Lee Fae POT Pa Cen eerie 189

aeymumetrica, Microtetramicres 2... es eee ca ee hep eee eee mee Oe 244, 245, 251

Sdnteaihe (LEE ES en rye eee ire es Pe eee ene een eee eee Oe Sepa tee fe 170

Atheriniformes ....... inno ee ase, oa ee ly ol Shee Ret Roe ee 170

MELE MARAE cot cst ht Td vents sPecc Cee Es msymnd tm ele deere c mwe Buh, Fla ctaaven ile ils 5 en ni a OS NO 11

ROMP R SLA aa ae) by ghee Aen) fe Ca Le anes Lowe Cem nen ROMY EME de 222, 228, 237

SPELT PIES CUMELLTTARDS 5 sty AS phy eed utara Ronettes. oc 4S ia e-bay Fe Syecasacnnwe t+ hoger Gh i Raievene ner es ee 173

TE UE att ee ee i Se eg ee ea ee wrens arty. f, 337

REreTMRR Me MELT SS PUENTE ith es ies 5 keer cc ta caleese tnAgsstel oo nha Soke 3 ALGEAS plas tOt den wos pe & p Sean ae a fel cm a

PRUE TUE Mc RVE EASE ME SL, PR can sthc pedis 4 mute Far GREW a eats Gl ww ial = 0, Dd hen em wim a ama ps 171

via Svea aie Sia) | PR aS oy GE A ate oe ee a ome ene Meet oy ae 9

australiae, Cybocephals ....-. +2. 02.esssssseeseeeserereescescensneeen nar, Hea 9

australiae, Eucidaris . Sart cace Peaee o e irn O P d e k Ae Oee

Australian aboriginal . he gene pope A Bee tes Bye seat Bart orto nett S87EE.

australiense, Cotizidolom.......2 00.0602 e vee ce we eeees bytes tet coe PO once 429, 437-439

sustraliensis, Hyalopeploides: ... 2... 2.6.22 ee eee eee ee eee eee eens 429, 464, 466, 477

australis, Cyclorana ..........0..2+202+2255- ne nee fe a 4 Se oly IA 261, 263, 269

australis, Delma ........0+404: Pct ie ROD cy Uta ILE TO RoR aM AS CRN Reta ae Pa i 184

ARTA AMP TEMINLCE TANS hogy eet oo 2 kee ee tee wdc See a hg ed on We ee Hoke Do dng tly inti ehene WARY 214

PICU UAE UL SCRIP CO oe, wee a! a hace Stld Dg wax oP ah ple aie tes Ap phe we pone 208, 210

PUNE AS RRCAT MUNCIE fs cin cqtcd oie Rais amd eed Foes eine ee ne on Se ee eR re 55- 58, 60, 62, 63, 67, 166

PeLre Gricen ances py MND ae Peta cae ake opiate Fea RES ala ea leee «2 tye foci gn aie FN, ein nee | GUE 377

user CE TOME OM 5S he. go ne heeled oe as eee eee ee eae k eet

australis, Rhymchocoris ............--+.++++ eae OG. Oba, ne abel thee tole te el eee

PLS OR ENG DET MULUCHERENIENE RY 34 1705-0 ek Ere CLES Fae ve see oe ee eed ete se lls oe aes

379

Dusan ae eee eee ieee adhd eh eo le weld baste oes. Ep eR 321-335

i ee jo scoapp bese te Me Berece Bivart Phd cles ds een oe 206, 214

ONAN PROMS ce ch RNS oc Gt clans ein td erat ds eeu boule ea ey aie CDE RtneE nn

MURMUR rsh are wees sean Rees eae ee eg ge OE ics TSCTECE hr nS iee A Pehle Ed

baker, Plyalopepts . ogg i a 6 oS Speen ee ieee ect ce ee ss S50) 478,509, 511-515

RTE DIARIO ke ty Fle Heb hace i dee Ey aleHlatials AIG eth de Rais elu eae ey eaed eee

PRATIBCINIAA Oe Oe 25-5 oS et ite eee tats Aa hn ee coe ie ols ft ede ee 2 EEE

Prarie ec PCIANG EET 2 oe! hie eee ee ee ee es eel, yy Re he I ek gs atch oie a Pd eR IE

RCE e NTRAUMET Ae, cay nck Been cee engin ueacten Ae chat hea eee ohare arash da ack ose nate epee

RREHRE Re eu Cee! Pro UE decd ane la aie he aace eee petra east Per PPG eee Hera ee

[epee RT Gis wT 1 Cas ar Oe Per aN ee ca en ei a

PUTEAREGR COMMIT OPO IMG rs poe ese ash ey Aare atic ed oe ales nue nib oz gues alpe eeeMereee ae ianl

RSET pepe a UTTP PRUNES alates ew ide asece Cy Hard SAC BOS ceehy He ce oes Cena

ARC CERRO ook khan te ek cows Firat Drie sae ear o rr Eat pe oe eee es

PREMISES RIO By FA Phy le te eae ae ke ee eee cose ba the pg Se Aen eee eaten

BAER TL Mien A coh wh ipa, BPALGO MWe gaat Ain stale! cnr a Elona wetiel = oh teed a gold whee A

bassiana, eee oth CRS) AE ne erat cli wie oe atlehg sotitlewat Slate: RON

Ee, Le a Oe od ea 2 CR eee Ae ee fee eens Ae leon rare “417, 418,

MERLE UD Cet Pa soar seh 4 anim ante Se ieda in ak AECL ne oe phate ne MEP een Mar 9 hy aa

PAN UN MeN Saino) en atten ch pene oe ok ode AE ahd Reis Lek Peder aes doen are at

eee ETIS LE OCENIT REN oc yhoo cutee wee ae vals GbE A OES EG aS ghee eG TES eee nee

beachportensis, Dentalium (Eudentalium)..........000 000s cee eee e eee ecu e sees

Peecreieds Sapa eat ee eet Gs) Pr ST CATS yeh la lie cian nls wyelitaly Guhalsiciwlahial ¢ Mehl 430, 516,

215

LEE Paar yin Rs es 08 2 Radian er of hei oP RP 0 Sy OR ane RS er Pte 299, 304-306

oe DUST g ote |e i ne ee re hres meee

Ia ALR IE ar Ue pedon e-g cuchec sy AGAR cars ig, gts Saliva “pay ap eau aang FS L SS ey I aE pete

Beryciformes . . BE Ss Wel See et sh sr SAP Ee REAR oP oly Lox da do ay Sicha? =

Bettongia .

ewtonmmiller Cxepidedy oe. 3 fee ans enee reed er ttencse eeesedtiewks oe LOIS

PUES chee EN Oe ee a es li nena s, ae Oedase gh tart eciutictla ay Pe acate gd ae) ty SPR yee

EAP CUES PESTS PAN PMT os Sas kl Be cos. ceed dio Coa See ea deers fo eee oe eee PA ad 5

ELSIE Te ANEMONE OURO Etre! sh gcrtae t's x acaz vce ax $a pop eet CR allem ea Wale = wlecate Belge we eriule og oe al

ee a eee fe Ty 2 frre ha ery ar ral al

birdselli, Macropus . . SEN sSoescd lant tet wate ee ee ee SN, Pe eS Ree eT a

bituberculata, Labia . ie ee eat I pe, pare et Sahai) . 222, 229, 23

212

2,233

PMT ANTE Hs sk ska cuag ces coud acanee tpdenuua Faegeecee 429, 444, 445

esta Masashi sec 7) a Ae Pe ee ee ns Rees tne ee Oe, a

OLE UNAS, Sa ee Ee eg eke Qe nee LA |: pe ena emery, Paral fy 5 Bn tiene

Peet Sc PIMA STDC op ee ote aah oy deena yet Ea aan ee abe Sen, OR rma cay ee

Ggetigane torr se dg lc Ta' 2 be lf epee a aa aria rae

Escort metiein ee PERE ok Sg ee ke ek ee ee de eee ee ee eee eee be be

bordaensis, Dentalium (Episiphon) .. et dee eee ee

borea, Delma. ee a ees oA Tod ee ee

borneensis, Hyalopeploides 2.20... 0... ..cccaceceseeecen cute ees 429, 464, 466-46

184

8, 477

Propane een eee lo ots ok hos poo sols bod oe be Vee ce oe bee ee 309-319

DSc yENAMA, CMIACANINA ea ee ee eee ne ena e ees

376

INR I NS i als... 1 che As Wee 200. 2, 225, 226

Eiriemnetiecie te, tae. yee act, ss 24 ase chee eon a

TREE ERTS RIER erent Sc atric te ath» «ste adie ictels eae Ee ne he "381, 382

Hebi Yeaiueneh) Ch a rs kee Lae Peat Re eee ae |

[rigci tit ACU TP ig) Oana en ee a a Se Pea ee eta i ee ee oe eS

brevicauda, Denisonia TELS 10g 12 1 a gee get melo hoy le me oe he ito i ro Parte ay Seles Oa ea gE

brevipalmatus, RTS EROS ey Haas acters see irk ain eaves «ee ine PaaS det ty ete a 265, 273

errereth yore net bet ae RN ee Orci nor ek ¢ op Me ORS, xb es See hy + x'e ees oe Rlgeia ene wiereete tt

Biren es ITD chong menses ery ule Pe eee eS pS Pipes wlnpe me diy

prunes tr Cloranan, iin so as ois eo eg ee eae Peed 261 , 263- 269, 373, 27

EAE UACRDIN ren @RCR TIMUR INOOE oe S83 pes Ves ey eld bee es ee et Ea ee 11-14,

BAPGIMGGOTIR re oh Dg 0k OE pe ete ee pares gtictielen a ubatend eoba tne ettvea Mums doa an hats eee SPR

Bronze Age . {lied SLi,» ikene re cBle s a nam ears fag) an tps ed ae ne

broomensis, Megalosauropus . ae eee iors Cae ett UR eae ee ee ae ce ee

ERR CG ON SG cRas cacy SIR Nahi, Ok AS A | PR EU Wey Aer ee ee. See’

265

5, 276

18, 21

Number

foighbar st MS hig teh) er Fe ee a ee ce enetie ne mee ere ee sea 192

Jcigitebat te Sit ah eee oe ee er Sn et one 186

bubo, Microtetrameres .......0. 0. cece eee eee se eeesaaseese 242, 244, 245, 254, 255, —

IPA EVEL LEIDER MS ae Te ace oy <9", Pal, ab he gantnlhyeeh ks diet nw oe? ton wt aie Sie

biceroticee. Vinctroterranienes 2. an ce te ae tee ene rte nee geen haus 244 us

Eiiic Lina ener ete ti GinsLica co etch Pde dunce ie cuss u-viets-c e-vecalesatars Be aren hia ainitell 6p ated

PURI G ate eP TCA PEN, ire Tree gues ct Me nas cis) sieg S, Fate Tica enn wba e atdland meee bre aeene fa, ues 6,7,9

pen Sie lg A Ae aU ae ee GP tte toee LAC ia ian et orc e aur ear ae gre 177

AUER Becht el cere sacs sch, Se yee atte aor cere ve ree od meh! Eoin wy oliah Seder ee hevetts ante ak Peat eeea ac eee

cacomantis, Microtetrameres 2... ca ee eee ete eee ens 243-245, 251-253, 255, 259

CUSICAUALL a ag ORG sean aaa Behe ia, la ade a chee bar AS ety SON aly 5 caleee etal AOS Tel eee

CME AIGTIA:, Put alee sade seen ees a eee TAD. GIGI SA, oe een ek Sek rt 49, 337

cacruleomaculatus, Boleophthalmus..........020 0c e sees renee tee bows ea estennewes 175

cueruleus, Psephotus haematonotus, ..........5 6004.00 e eee eeenes 190

cairnsensis, Sree me cess inv ixet stain se ett aser a at At 429, ‘452, 454, 455, 458, as

CUIBMOGE EES WCEP EIMETES 6 2529 40S) O5s,h0 42 wee bete ok dae eb al wulelsuw nee

Calamanthus . eI aay rite nett Beech, anand ee a eo aie, apes gpa: Late aLeRUESe amie Iie Se ae ee “eee

RPreereptimeiee Wr ees, Aleve San Be Say os eiecc ane by Sal dk pla MPS ANE E ed 5 aE Oe puahe ptt x ES 451-453

Live 2-504 ys ts a dA A aa ee LOR sian 8 1,9

mani brenisig; AocanMthiZa pusilla. oe cae dk dae eka ha eed ele de ake mee es men eee 190

canaca, Labia. . #8 i per he, SEE Se One ae ee Pe 221, 231

canadensis, Microtetrameres. ol a lt a eC en nm 239, 243, 245

canaliculata, Clarkcoma. | oes oy ee ee ee a ey. ld es 410

canaliculata, Ophiocoms . . Perec eRe a RRP Pha ia. SOE) che ed estas gf OTe ee PUR ee JRE oe 376

capensis, Berberentulus . Asana St ranger ei . 299, 306

ae hake d Shes Nek Fok eee hun PRS ie ded tin ‘ae "430, 476, 478, 499, 498, 502, 516, 518, 521, 522

ea SGO yc SMES PE ar te Sirs Myc n't. high ala ooh tesa: od ake tock, Musas te cosa recat tis \ Le tee ain ola 172

RURAL NOON, eee od ot 2d ca cop eoare eh Medel AACE acute Doiite ids anu ben gitar 3 UD 172

ERE Ta iat ipa ace a yen Ae Meee Oo 4 On En re aig a ade, ee, | aly

Sere ERA ORR 25 beet Wie GAR ANE A dG isin’ 8. Aen op Aen bal ouster ee 205

ORC UNM owe, eee a eS Ae eg gah artis inte eeu oene oT ate 295

CORTE ORRIN ise Foe pyege eine og deel hme xen die wae Meade, oleae niente AEM akg Nee

Carlia ........ “die toe oe Op Dena Ue lene, dae ae Eine AR we FOE Ee 184

carneola, Cuspicona . tore MeN dre Bele tee Se ep ee a Se ee eee 94, 104- 107, 109

SEAMEN) DIEU LECPPENE Wer Btkg iss ncsny | ob ileee. & eds ales wack ey Sak us a]a dente deg been em go ach Ria 277-282

Shed EAE NPP RMERI WHR. 0 C5 8a eo soais's. pias ols by eta ciaalh dee pb 190)

GME AC TIREAT TUNES Bair 6.5 she 8 2c. ay4 ela ard iets) poh s bot/4 Gaeta eee Be Fo dee lakree Ant heaton ES 206, 214

PEM eMC Rea ey at ee fA Ae en Oe eke Gy, eee ae ee eee A ne

RAILS SRLT SAL LCHOMMEL. eBroentgs © nnn cae eel Citey ie GI hh Aceon aia Boe mere See She Pease ieee dl seep. det ver ssiaaa los ee ae

Scot TTERA Lay POUR RENTS FVP IS eetita ts Sa Vals vis gin slate Faw vie See ggly eoURoNe ts nea dkere ted Na ah eta 171

CHUANCIICOES, ATOMS 2a ee oe edhe een pe ae weeps .. LBl

cavenda, Ocirrhoe ...........505. AO 2: pe eee oe oe * 57, 77, ‘82, 83, —

Ero aes Weed eee TT AITIE DES: yi We kes ws ed oe pn tee ne he HAH ELEY ple eho uw been pba Oe

Mieke CIC NVEREA NG Mees SOc ied OP Bias syd ga based 0, os tipo > AAT barig- 9 aoe PE wae eras SOe pug. teh cee 381 ff.

cephalus, Tympanocryptis . . ap Hee eee WEE de AE, Le ee ee Ee

céentralis, Plaisiodom .... 2... 0.005 c ee eae ee eae ail eM ca fe Ae Lee cee esac oe at tetiee Oot 217

MSSTURRCHEMIS AMUN EUS Coote g) «bra Fe 05a ee re ipa # adenine oh a neh Beste ce Soe need 9 5-4 ren nate ees ene st 172

centuri, Microtetrameres .... 0.00... e bea at ee Pe ie ae 244, 245, 253, 255

GbTer, MICKOvetrAmeres.... .. ee eee tt pe enwiaseecven 2oe, 243, 244, 253, 255, 256, 259

Chaetolabia ............. PE Ae, ene St nd Sel IN ry SPER Fae 222, 220- 2352

IMTLL RLS ARIAS SEVER INES clo o's ns pw op senda Ghere erie OEM don EMEA S Dobe ocho aurtnica Vopeee we aegerone eats 173

RESIS EOLA EMM eeetie Wits Ur dane hues, Sedey bMS Geared Pian y Silk oe dine SAAS kn Shoe 9 operat RMR meet oe 189

AUP DANAVC ELL PURVES esara, Gaal £m geen EVE 8G ae yo sual SRS ere ee eit Feta Seay agate p eee 174

eee SRG a the ee cated Ma Oe cacti ROIS Oe sly «Labs, «, ae eee ne nn, 2 ee Ne 347, 350, 351, 356-358

MslPamRTU SLATE, oN RAMEY Nes owed y oaiaiies, 8Oty. gw ou cielaa othe eo ERE ee eis de 347, 349-358

Chassignite. . 1, Sa = RAD AE OR Sty it cme Oy tee ae he Re pe .. 309

Chassigny meteorite . a a iethe fs aeReee Scorer ee cae ie ie ge 309-313, aie 319

pod Rohe ta] ME Ar toe #4, Ae, he rp prea ea hy eee eC RO sees ee ey er ee rer ore EAB te 169

cheesmanae, Pere I. PN 5 oop Ba ah ocean 179

Fe ghootectiaatcn apse 4 SATS Wier e n= ow ae jade ee MeO ne ae eA Red oe a 8 ae eas se 293, 236- 238

COPS Merae, Kee OrO a sey 22 PSS gd ec lsh eS ele eee s eae RgGe teem 94, 149-151, 156, 166

Shi as ee ie AY oe nee Ce ae ee es ae RMR Oe es Cie. 2 173

LMR MICE ere Sere SIE ls ened Vous hah iaty ee ery ichdia he 2 allen ¥ pee w'n poke wd dint ate ee eee

RS TPS IMEEM LICE sito a tee trace ams de oe oes 4 ic Fe pat Pr Pe ee ee 222, 223, 236

Chelonia . : PS Pe IS OR Cee tL ey On ae MI NS)

Prem MATIN SOE Poe, ta ee tie MRI oer Wt oy, een See Pe a ete 265

Number

Pid uve inlterh [> ft ea eT ee ee ee he Se ee ae rrr ee Re Belin s:

MRE CR HTT ELE A Cake Malis eh cre teh hake RSs ala oe Dae ee vey Ailes n tA ME ta Ald whole HE DO ee ARDC! 201

¢hlorogpila, Bathyooblia: : ..: a. bee tases ada bes Emcee wie deen cstincse AIO aa

PEPSI. 8! SLD 5 oy ee Dice RE one Ae «CSN NE, nw OF ae CEs oh dA Se 173

Chondryichthyes . . BOE aaeg ent Serpe rep A tole tn Roa a trae th at vila iz PL rey ie a

chrysochlora, Chalcophaps . Re ereratig Ate oats, Coen he Eos eters emp pad eT aL ALY Laid | oe ere ainen i 189

ME g Selva te ACMA NR US Ge PWR eof eg I eer ONeroy, Pt See MPR Ae) Oe Air yi 190)

Chrysorrhanis ...... stn eel eh opto cola SNE ete ROE ate eer ae 429-435, 442, 444

chrysorrhoa, Geobasileus Soe agg SR ANE dios gai 11 a Ae Ose eediere OS SPE cnc. a 190)

MS LESRRA UR OLA TISEAE bt ter akcdtttocs 3 ook Me coe een AAPOR BNO G Hs yo res bee porn dpatncds ane Ocoee ale 207

Cinclosoma ........+-+. Peden doh a ees Pee seas OM Aah anlage’ Hana D fo psig ae 190

CISA IIE Ay ca ene ates va a4 acre tices ee eS eee ee aed Peale ae eee 41-45, 49, 50

JOU Tir ie bo, DA Ee ee ee en Ee oO ee ere! ar Nea. TT 1-10

Clamubs . Se ey ee nd ee ee oe 1-9

Clarkcoma . : Be ee fn eee re prey ee Sy cee 410

clarum, Cinclosoma castanotum . bad Dip cee d eek Rhee SH URI ine: lates pct PLease er eee Oe 190)

clarus, ‘Astur ls Geto ad tte, eee ee Ore eS Cnet rd kr en reas sn 189

clavatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) . cae wanneesenseeeenerecess 429, 478-480, 494

WES oatiteircre abstet al aee Mii RRC Seat gt, pee? Pa a Gna ary. Was Ofer Creer ne (OPI i 192

aac Te Riemer et we ese. Wicca Fic. alse wisn hers ears cica fas Dae An's Baoe The Bers Oe ee ee 192

McGee Oe et ee ae a ee ee eee ee es 174

Gloacitectun, MicrotetraMeres .. 2. .5 ce pease ene teed tea een sense a en ree tenererees . 244

STR RTR Tse Nara sian | supacr sheets SEA Wh eeuk ae GAGS eS VaR mis pt eae ale wet eee SR phoretie 169

COOPEORETIS wn skeen eee Pa hea ote Whe NS lt. eee aA BaP A el See wry denn py 420

Coleoptera . . Ee at See eee bie fai nu 1-21

collessi , Austrohyaloma . oes AEE Fie i es net ioe 2 Se Ane yi . 429, 432, re

Colluricincla A Pee eNOS fro by )2 x Sen told aim Geeky Alea: a mie Lac eee Wh ea eae og

colossea, Titanolabis. Re ee Ge fils! ee ds tee eee PA eR pr Met foo hs 21

Sle Lo SE a NE i a ee en ree AOU sen Pa! 189

MG Oilletti ed ja fel el okie le ee ee Ge ne) ee a er een emer cect ere be

PessTiMere ck ale hae) SR ee See en Se A Got le meee =f A

COOS HICIA, COMATOONIEROUIE Ci ee ek dee et ee eddy ka daebavewaaeads 349-352, a

COMMON SETICOTMIIS MISCUIATIE i ce ec ee he een aed ine der ened webu 190

SSS TIMMONS een ee eae |, Ode eaeee tee ae Sash ahh & aiken Shakti uM wa sAPuie quest alts BILE S 200

CCTMANEA Es LMM PIELOUE 5.) v5 fenla io tox alte es F acy sasemee yd we wh Rene wgthee | a Preis males lat ape 244

POICRL LG LE PEN Uy arabe 2 wi aeiie'e ene! nein aa musta AlN wel § AE oon ov A a Ivy

cooperi, oe De gt Ses «tes re AN mY ale Mint tbe, Sess a Baas chy get es pus 94, 102- 104, 107, 166

FT h ALLIS. gaa ON Sie oe os Bie ered Ont Rt tke ale a eee ee ys eae

coplandi, Hyla....... Ae sigs etn) tint fiat aoa eet fe sof Eite tee Wy new kc eMule eee geome RE et 177

coracinac, Microtetrameres. 0... cw ew eae e ene 239, 242-245, 251-253, 259

corax, Microtetrameres ....... Se eke Oe Ce el ne 239, 242, 245, 246, 259

GORGURPPUIMOUIEEIE i. <. - ss -vy ccdeecccnscvach ave educngusnsnediibveas 222, 225,226

SoCIa aes Toots ARTS EAT CAAIE CM coc 2a 2p Lod!) Soave dieca-gtgea ate & x aield fed ad ota ce hp ek ele ae ie oe eee 173

SCCM RRA UTES TA Pee eR ore es eek, Be Fist b 0 oa Seng dieR al grates dae g ER alee end ee 429-432, 437-440

Cornufer. . oe A ee ee

cornutus, Oxyurichthys =a EPST TE le EP Po oy se RO Ee A eg och

coronata, Ocirrhoe .

. 175

"57, 70, 85-88, 166

corylophoides, TOA TARE Coy aie) I eae Mie Ree beiIEL d. | oa

ROONar MCAT RL ereeNe ents: CMake Pies tc aS anc Cus ethemetes oy Ce ete ete Sed nd <a get tee” ale

CAIUS DOSEN Ses Spe ee See a eel ans kag diam me yr te Osean pee ir eS 171

cottesloensis, Decorisepia ... 2... oc eee eas Pee We} 4

GEAGHICL, TCOCSICAMIGIES 4 ogee de Fe tee ge meee eae ane’s "239, 243, 244, 249, 251, 252

ATASEICOMEAMIE. DAVIECONEO.. oc. oc ee ete eee eney eee eee wane; 279, 280

Pe ae paar eT gre S ANNES yk Bure ee ex.s, ey otloe ee ial Ge Ee 3fede ng oie beer oo Se ee 374

(AU AMEIR|oVTie EV NaBON PSOE MOU 6 A. alo hap hada tke cals wre eg eae ong A Peery Pam Done ey 170

aller (Peer prolsyal UAW. Sas ana alae ngs ec abge arty of teas Mearerse cry che ite Meth okprty teeta iene sears ree 170

CTS IM TCO DLAMTEE OS ¢dpca aviv as bees Sores wkd ae oie Pea ae eae RS ee le 244, 256

ETM UMEREHIEL crcl ote ctr LEI: Se, Fost dla Biante cc atid, Titaeee at cevEe ee eG ee te RIED <He- BO d ofs of acne eos 174

AOPRIELED OD i.e, x alectant SeLataca REPS Ste te cree AREA SEN techs iba ea thie sites a ey. yada ae oe 178, 179

Crinoidea . ; ie Re ek A A De a ot Be bl 373

cristatus, Ichthyocampus ects eg Beta See) et Se tarde na ies dem eatameetr tr coo Mea sis meee 171

cristovalensis, Guisardus , Tee. eT 429, 444, 446, 447

cristovalensis, Hyalopeplinus 1h IER dey) ERE Pg ey Seem 4279, 452, 455, 456, 463

crowcrofti, Rhizophascolonus...........0.0ccccceesccaeeaeeesereeeres .. 209,210

JEN T EET RE aap vee ol es a ee oa a ae oe ee eRe oo ot CU Mer eat YE ne Seed, EI 381

Mlle WIE OMCINAIMENCN Oya ttt d a the de et RA RA Se aoe eee eel

WaT ERLE Se thas, ac ac Sat Te Noh s h-¥ aah each ag oe nm nea eet hcl acd pe ee eed cae MM teed 49

Number

cryptotois, Cyclorama .......-....-...es0ss Cae ot pase. 265-268, 271, 272, 275, 276

PRCIE SIC LRG IES) hn) NP goa, Siw ciy, ¢ Pen ta AO eee gale J igt-y ia Fe ea eae ho earn aaelgninghten sath oe 378

NPUIVNRNINS PRBS tec pce cee ms ie uae side tein ans gee aie ole hee LOIN ainda etd cals Ge eed ae eee ZR 184

Cuculidae..,.. ea Sane TEC econ bs asreaeroe’ bne Bini ieratn os Mei sce gui tiaint tere PRAT ities, of aan 190

: MRREMET CTE TUNER EE ME a, Oe Elin ree tharre sha. ath aid black a eh meee oi ig mere eh dbus, bb Dab delatg eS Ak Sh

NR ETOCS Se taj goterek ae iad Sie ee ee ee A Rated Be iis boa de ue aaty Gee 191

RECTED ORME Me Ney oe oe fe Ted pa Sal cet Rim as ES y Os Sak WH Dea a a ee Fer a79

eT N oy Too aM oo: ne ee ee eee See 261-263, 265-271, 273, 275, 276

sk iy Sr Heglaie Fad ona BS Be ae EEE er a: 430, 478, $03, 504

curvicauda, Labia . + 222, 229, 231, 233, 235

CUSPICOTA. . oe eu cx vg See 51 54, * 56, 85, ‘91, %6, 104, 1 35, ‘147, 150, 156, 158, 163, 165, 166

CUEREAP MEL AOC RS ERCRIEME! Tere 8 a. 2 hint Quist, see ee ele ne aS Pay ee figt eae one he yeaa epee 156

cyanescens, Flyalopeploides ......... 00.6 p ee eee ees sees 429, 463, 464, 467, 468, 477

tyanescens, Macrolonidiea .. 2... 2c ec ec eene ene e ewes teeteaee ...- 430,434

ECR ete PT ek seme SE a gens SOLS em gested ete PaaS Mere poten oder acescee 374

CMRI S SPURTITINOCTRNGRMELI Soca drop, tn! 9p ad Sh Sash me Sok em GRU aD en Symes POM UP ete aoe Paar aR

TEM PRC HE eRe an cd acag Gig la ela ee else. tot eileen Pag emerit we Ae asa gael eaten SPA 172

PIATRA ES a tere Nis basse ek bine 8 LO Ay pa me rete Male in ee ae ae ua mes 261 276, 337

Cyclostomata of ee Se Se ee ek ee ee ie ire Rae e me ran: 169

pe prt, dere, atten ea he Pal a alin eG mee ected wh ibe Shy Vina DAE he Se DE 173

WC Eee ee ae See er ie eRe oe Seas Sos wasn Cae sua dead al Pe ee eae 174

PARR Oee SN MRSNRTS, JETER NS yhcde adieu Seal o EUI-vt ot Ee hale ES Oy sence 263

dailyi, Pitikantia .......- DEP espe Geta ce desthy ewok oto. + tate Uae eek sper is bs Nena: Gat acne mc

dalhousiensis, RR Ae ca | aay a me 1 170

TE RL Sel gd 110 a a er ot Pe Mary, nibs, Clan tages AB oy 57, 70- 73, 76, on

Dampieria yeep Ate Net Ra I coer iat Sr or 8 gar I RS ae i RC ne ee aE Ae

daphne, Chrysorrhanis. . ey UN AUN aT PS eA eth e th tS AE «tram, oo la Pear 429, 433-436

RABE ad Scolr. 05, he dele prince Pe al Sater tera ts mitrat per TRE et nie. Uae 4? Seg onions wile ater raves 185

a tt a ae AR oo ho i gr OP EP ne ESE eo 197

davidi, Prosqualodon . Heep eee ee oe OO athe SU Oe Me errs AL |S 292, 293

A SecA EU a ea ene a Gate ety Cea ae FA tod whet Saaten Weped nse Sits Grn Scuek Reoees gue ele eat 381, 382

PSCC OMe TIN, Mie Mei TANI: Fo enc eg. tge gc tion a des eeine oe ons SA te Paaate ee Del aye eek on 174

MEADE sie cece is STAR ie aT TRE EET ee te An 3 A CN 4 em fee le a A rt oe 184

TEteRISRH SAA EM A Set UR OR te liiacy is Mittal re Seale a ettetl g usm aia oar stivs 4 orien, Gift habit Mean ararall 186

Denisonia.............. <a eee LE, HeLa OR rer eg Nb MBE er ak 186

DOS peda Ursin Reema ee here See ek ee ge aL sp terecdgg hot da-arar oA anit x 9-59 nega PMS eRe Meee eee das eee

Meee ARDS YEWR ER SRTEERIR g Poteet co ox- Oe Feo Se al ne we Rie gk 3 ete als a Aceon Ae deo Dey eee 383, 384

dentata, Chaetolabia SE eh to a ghey se Pe ee Wee oe eee 222, 229, 231, 232

ploieiye (eee hg etl Cay nl eran a ere emir Ar. fa A sagas 10 5 | 179

Dermanyssidae . LS See Ae ere Sar ee Perce pe eee att ae a eel at) "31-39

ET) Rena ge ee ED Did Ss the Te ear See, 221-238

Dermatopsis ..... rack erica Pease prec ne: clea, stent peur, s. shi MN cam = 8 + rae ie 172

dexlineatum, Corizidolon. yes eee ieect Wel se aes Poe sade ee eae are "429, 437, gi

NTN eee ees ce ee ferent eerie fun ot = ava Csr alate com iene eee ile lek: Rik ae

digitata, Lysasterias Me eg oe a ies he Fe Pee a ooo es ere ee eS 1 Be C8 374

(Uae ictal nei Palis Beaver Ne tates hora £ occ ee PEGCe BU Le eee ise gh BO edie Pa 183

[Bryce Tpe ETE sty lhe ge le AA Ala i i ctne wer r We at See Sony ee reed leas rks Pate fe. at 182

DUCE oe es lod). t- ee oe ep ans ernie Selva ery wa Meagan ated 213, 281, 282

Lohr Bestia cya ET 2p, Role ee Coan eget pAb aetna de ec toy 2. eet bn a ane ar ae AS A 209, 213, 217

MATERIA igre ew CIRCE ss. eh Gtk bag Suhel si pa aceta Anke ag we Tate A Ph Peon Fete 417, 422, 4234-427

DAUR ODMR bee end ened re tn Pease gent Cohn k eideia SG He SL Ee ae yee aes dome S edtek Pe eee 215

TinceRermties oye ek cae ed be ee eee Nectar SS 2th am Op ree ee. CR Se ke AN Dn. 215

CUETO IR SAMUS aa gine Pe ccdg eee lies Fuld Eire 23 sus, PPO Oe oe so ea as 521, 522

Lie SRP CVIE TEAERIENEE PN to co aida go Bade ae e cate hoe oe Ser aici ec ene A eC a. Ce 6,8

JOM peters eee en ra ak ae Ae oa (ls lay oat Ak AL Pellet yin. I

DIO C Hee IMRON Es Se kc ead 54 les 2 aos nino dep ll ah hare we ele ay ee zie 366, 369

PUPPETS Terie, SRC= a a nat nr Ree OER a PMNS oe Sor eee AL RDC eae pl 177

RACE Rl eee eee re OF eet a dane Seth a Watca cdkey Een aa ee ae ee Ee iat ee 24

Eee Shin hE RT i Sl: oa ee oy See ee ee See eee pee ere sr AM me CIT

IESE EE te olla AE ed Oc ay Ss § eh ae kan ce he, See Wr bel meme ee, v 175

DF RGIRESETIIE ie slolantia ca 4 ets Casta, pe was rieie Hale Bee aE Pee We CWE Ac PAL RIG, are hs 206

Dromornis ...... A Freie Be et pnp LTT LA ge Ae ee OR Wt aa Be iar ea kere ee 214

PERCE PERI ees ee cl a thos ies Se heed Wionelp. Gbdchse eo oak ek Bake act whine oommal 206, 214

CLASH ASV ENROIMUEUUS 9. eee oe Pike ee eat AGA Pe aR UE ST Ree Se te ede ee ee ae 2

palihontenahiy ile (inSavova kets 7: Ge ean ea ay anaes en gee eee eS) ee ea eee ara Te ees 179

RUNDE es Ce ANIMAL Ae. iy heck aig rsh i alplotreemie a gris sindsn ge Puta ais, y tite gh Winds Zinn eee aly Pee de 217

fling here feg OL fg) hen] ee D VE Ee ge EE AS SR ee et a i eaeewa Sees Me ao 170

CREEL ET Tesi Ng pag eR a Led DAE Ae set i Se Sy Re ge ECP RM SN A 374

MIMI eof ans eehact Mr ghd al Sicraade ceoryce tls Os che ahe ca BE 31, ee ree ea cena at em 373-380

PUNE ees ee eas Mikes ea eae EE El sieual pL eile 4 padecones BEWa soa ee men mene

TEI SEV U6) ett leg Poe ak ot ee nie Loe Oe Cane IOP CPS Casco PeeWee rs. tert ee. 8 Pe 170

SES esan tee eye area Ne em the Bee Soc alata fegehl lb. tke otek le dh dnecat oy FHP ESEE I eno ae eee 185

SRTeteS WHERE IAMICTES «isk as Fae Saw ewan ee bye eee be eae a eee es 239, 244, 245, 257

RPh tree fe 2 ree gy ke pie de Pee aaah al Se ee as Pete Be ae 208

EeCePpenTIeaCannIMCNe! 8 pe ra ee dk fen, Sele genesis mints atta a eee oe + ats 208

Elapidae....... SAE ee Be ae ee aot eee eek etedt oe ee 186

PAA TOMOIULLe ee te roi ees Oe Selig aaa ey a teh eb) pM Eee ony Re eOR Eas Ce AMES BH 169

Peay Sayre UR tas ten eos Page nore A edna Pees 4 a dion wae thse Ae ee ae 183

Te eaaE LO LETI ee eis eS a ere dered oes SE ee Sis o's SANE ee ee Ree Decent 184

RS Ribss MOMENI. 0. ins S ng cas pe Pee POE Fhe Sas we 25 ee es tat et . 430,523, 524

CDSE og gO cre, a ae el hE ie ON Oe Se A 189

Hon Le ae Rea RT ee ee Ae es eer a edt Se a Tee ne rg SOs Pe ee pcr eae 174

| ei) ata Lot ge Op eg a A ee WL 1 tedang POR Rg Denne cis eee eN mil Esl eie aMeN 215

SUS RIV Se oA, Ritesh vee ES a ck a hh oP Lee Bie gory do lendeainah se sa Parana eee oa die ae

pmcdoterus, TYPBIOPS <1... sss esc ee dese esavecsesuyeenauce EE EES ese 186

Peas RENN TUTE CCITT STIR te crete ices ae ee rg A fe siren =, gaat amd ch wos ela Wa Sane ay apie oleae ae 2

eopsaltriae, Microtetrameres .............e.000.-----2-.. 259,242, 244, 245, 251, 254, 259

ERS STIL Ona BL ie RM fe dn Oye i ape ote | 5 iy ere ei cg a 299-304

SSCPMCHUMENMERESD Lorton etapa 24 Sek wien Tacs SG Saher ee eee G ote KE aed aHava Soe eine d hina, 6a gghame ia ied ey 294

inenibeatye sna Ae Ve oe ES ua eae vt tn had tee Nee ihe pantie ene nee wea S83

VENICE pi 1a Si ie ee ro ee eee RON eo ae eet eel age OTe 169

EST inte LTO ee SN ok oh tat Le ate chat wee Title alah as eee ey eee ees Sey eer? 169

CPITRR TD LISTENS, Co pie ccne genial ia new dk tine eee ere ale geet Gee ole aad 93, 113, 114, 117, =

SS DRUSTIR Se POI CHL TIM es cle EN ec, Pesta atti thee ates Wie a ak 4 bd oucll de ted Bure el here ere

Srenemplilae, CMMPHCOMH. 6. ese ese beets e vee ee deere ba tesine 94, 98-101, 104, 166

PYRO APOC: PARAMUS Wis chon toy Wn an alle hw ele Ke Wee Peo a ek we ey 189

SIVERCGCH VAC, MICTOTSIGAMIODES «oe... ee et ee eee dee tee eee beeen nee ces 243, 245

SERECST CSG a CR, Sn en ee ey Se ee are ne is 231

Buantedon ..........-0..465 ek Rees Ag eke el ARSE Sb ak oak ch ine «Corus ca eam a s,, 373

ECU PrN re esas ee eee he sop ete ie Seo ape aap ee Daye joe dette ee 222, 223

PANCREAS ET cry c 80 te ictg a ere af fates Seay eta sp sind Sele tia the ee = sugtgcs dei cit th, Sau atss SHE ae 16

Eucentronotus . Ser ee ee ane ad ee ER aay gn Oe os Ey beg

Eucidaris ............ TOR et pa, RISE ee eh eID Payee ie role = BAe ae ie ae 378

igen eB eds ee pan rate oa eet rpc BE Sk iedyh be ne Pia Aes be bes See ee pont 383

MES MULT peat REMMI T SS ee, Saranhet dearly alan as nr aoe! ok) Spaniel rb atya%e 3. nots ieeul tee: Stk or atest a ack ware le Se ASL,

EO OS TE Rae | hh On ee ee Oe oe a ee ee eS eee 173

PURO a ee eet Ne es ng ewe nd 4 ne Ney ee tae: etre ke pca beter raly,

everardensis, Notomys alexis .... 2.2.0... cee rece nen eee nee cena neees «. 201

(RO ST a EB BS oo Eater ee Pe oe eee gee ae re '54, 06, 156, 165, 166

Seen me TOTEM rnn ti catch 2-4 al 9. p15: cca nha sah ware, LceeeresBeayacin 4 POCA, i aeoh en oldie geod Rak nts ree al 337

Beira Ma SCARUD RTE Pia tege eS o bo eae. ¢ > oo SS bee A dome oO Pp En ws hn eh A ta heed 411, 412, 414-416

Ral CUAL PERERA AR Secret alain in 2s Pha tere? kab, Soka ae ge eye Ny ee ed Sees FHF 179

PAS Oe OTe EMCEE he a PE aw FP ategiv ess Vive bo Oh aw a state Soe 92, 153-156, 166

Sxttemus, Mrhimaster POmievaAs . 2. s eee easter ee ee cee eee da enn eta eee eg emen oe 374

PUTRI, LOCUM UR GIEE yanks ape basis Cee cae eee RE SRT see be pda eee ae eee ORE

Syrensit, EMVSMIEGCUINIUS Be ole bean sas kee a eee apt pee ees bgt 2m acbieea Ries 207

PECAN LA OE WE an ACS s Bien Sle dens ose dak ctor sigs cia yoy es A eo eRES

Pe eTen same TTNIRD NL abemes SHS, 8A An wg te AiG igre be hob te un delhi eo oie oe Pore 186

Pata ever NCI LINN GRE arp eT ae varie dine ule he's fe Deg atl eee oes ly Bea eee &3

Lies deel sce NMNASDE NOES oF gj Gea BG ocean no bE 3 eal a to, oa v's UG Be we te 174

Pekateeel DT LAPIS te asd ole y cin as dene ok ns olay Pulte + oe ala pune oe 429.444, “447, 448

fasciatus, Hyalopeploides ....... 22.0... cece essen eeneeeaesecsesss 429, 464, 467, 470, 477

RMSE EVR NPL EELOMONSTREN: 2c, eVecuch rs os 'cl gia ata Aig ee Spey Sein a BSE, Sulea ah aate dutiaale aha t 197

SRD ARANTEL, bs ee th 46 5 ace ane eta ea ee etd beet bes Se ele na eee Se ote ey, eet 222, 230, 234

SES eat Si Lee 1 TRO Se Ny de EO Amero Ac Pr ay cesar APE, ea ge gg |

eee MERE Ae ts ts ai ey Me OBEN Lo, Na tens omar ccou eee 183

rc Mme eaAAT NS e Hay A i656 rng sy 4 eS gee Gln eal ME a dy cr fuse « Feteta Riewce ee otic ae

aN Fy PTY ka ens. ihe 0 54 yh Sp els PS EEL Pine wk, Cpa el ae ee Rey ed eae ee 379

Fijiensis, Hyalopeplinws oii cee eet please se em eeenebewstgeuaeess 409,452 456, 466

oa) OED h a OER eR RRP | il 169-175

Fissidentalium . Dee RR eS LAG eh eoSuacten ete tyer et gon Ma iced fc kG ne ae eee

flavipes, Clambus ....... . SRN: 2 Ae roe eee EE lS Ay te Say ctaeyhs eee pe 8

fleurieuensis, Platycercus elegans..............s0cssecccccveccceseceeeee. erate tongs 189

flindersensis, Zosterope WESteMMEMsIS «22... - eee ewe aw aavaceereensercadsnr 192

flindersi, Corythoichthys ...............

flindersi, Dentalium (Paradentalium)

WEP ESE SI MOMENI ee Ine yrs eke Gs old Shodan Dayo pieveld dey ev Soe we ¢ Cees Merah ae 382

inie(n| “Cert Bak dio torr! 37 ule yeu Mies ear) Soar an ieee pier arepermrErrarg re. tf, i Uber orn. 4 t 199

Srcecigenpis, CMAN ee Ueie oe taats walbwrece ads atk ater stats aie b 93, 134, 146, 151-153, 155-166

[eS CB a fale. Salle rae Re ae aCe eer aie PASE TE Soe Ph eth Waitin Dis 7. 205-219, 347-359

ireapiriecd be One TCU EAS Sun 2 ys ce es yee es hyd bade ein ge EEN ee 199

eres oe tc AP MMORLDIENTS Sarde ple yo enw < weal» 8G od WER ees els dig ela fie ip eee .. 383

Tire GL AE Loti fel We oe es eee Me Sm nranee kare Meier am ¢ oy ner 337

frogs ......

fuliginosus, Calamanthus . pi oro 191

fuscolineata, Ophiactis,...........00.05, ae EE Fees eR ety Fee sl ete Rye eae

EN tite SS CAMITER INDE 5 2 ced chs pd Sey cu yee er esl hy ad ads oo oo 960 car og Oy ag UT As Me

PUNE TEOORSINERSIO VE, Shay GAS gh SS Leg ol ENG dhe Sale an 9 geen SU eth sin, ote MN ed 200

MFAE A aetna eat syd ere, oa. paso eats

Dobe aide RMA RG OE oe le iad od easiest do lg Te elas abalus fe agMs et

NTAULONRNIBEER ccc ily esate seo ye a cols pubis ess ve

gallinaceus, Tibi ial me eel, Ee

galwayi, Mugilogobius .................

gambierense, Squalodon .

Gasterosteiformes. .

Gastrothiecs ... 6. ee cece eens Le

Gehyra ..

eR RR lnc ei Shiet, .2 2 nua d onphip alg rtd as ban

ay 286

171

ACRMATELATIS. s We yew As, Na Giats ahe¥s whys wae Ne ote

CRETE, 6 dead on ed eek ai ne cde

MGTEEIEL etd, Fe era arn oe ai athe ate otal.

gibba, Amphibolurus..................

gibbosus, Anoplocapros..........-.....

AHEOS MAIS CPC PSCIIGER Pe case hea ce kanes essa p ade a ope Ppa aod das

gigas, Phascolomys .........--.-.+.+.+-

gigas, Phascolonus .................-+-

gigas, Tympanocryptis eae are ae tit

gigas, Urolophus ................400040+

pilesi, Planigale .............00-s005. er er hl ees peas ee, ae ee 197, 198

Pe MAre SCIPS 2. ue sete een tteieai whos. eet asiss Sle a” ineling Goa rare g 12

CRIBRSUPTIND 5 oc sp ee ee ig Besiuie icc obaehen, Sma gaa sc eetrar leh eT 347, 349, 353, 356-358

RELCSU CU MRR CS CPL ATOCUCER 6: fos dc ahic a pat erg «ROA aylas poles ately bd Wma aa ogee ete

MISES cs os etek ee

43, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 178

1». 32,418

OS Ek ern AE I Sg, Oe ep eear ig le My a SM es rane Soh SD Bk IPR gb oe oe of 179

Pale tele aire Ste 7] fg ae ie en UP eee ee A Se ee fy 6) 382

Miemnpalsia, VATENUe (EUHITIAY . 4 ceo gy edie bee eek ga gets eranederseeneaees,) aloe

Rabun tsnge) DE a Te ca a eee ne ee ee ee er SOR 6 ee ee, de 374

ibeaetried Mbhs ie 1) ot ds lees re See A en re rr es Oe Bein yt ee fy 173

Gobiesocidae....... . 170

CAG ENERERARERE Mikes ¢ ci ine Cia Lear eoiea st Lane Eda ane Re pelae nee eee ees

PERRET CCI Regret Pees OAR, SPER omy CO ES END a olitys Tine yA-PY auh rural din, mie tate eely cer got

Lc oe, Se a a ee Ce

goliah, Macropus ,............0.0...6:

goliah, Procoptodon..........

PTCA TIEN CTU E EON tar that og SELES Sonera, Feo akin Weeden dk ah adhe aT SRA eh ict aaa ue pa araste eee Pee ttamae

SER y PVRS yea kes eve Bp ae wae eee ees « 2s salad A ee ee 361-371

I ELOY SUMED Seca pd Gig a wins om preetb a500 pra Eh o's cbocs. AW Poin eh eo oe pa ameralle

Soe te dite Get SOL. a Fe ae ee Se rer tr Neo

gracilis, Leptosiagon.........-...0..00.

grandis, Hyalopeplus Ceres) -

grandis, Macrotis lagotis .....

430, 526-530

BoE ea sae eee Precio pone eae tO 215

SARI Miey PAPAL ces Bi geg hgh ages Feats ech aie MPLS M ae canna gumbanths Ka wrk ete tedeate dag doe nob Tan gee

Pagcjelitepstedstefa hts 2 n)2) (1ce ) Poi a ee aero ee earn ea era e irony

grandis, Glacssnerina...............++.

207

vrevseeisceneneseeterereener es | 349, 353, 356

429, 478-481

grandis, Nepanthia ......... ek veetrerneneeeseesen

grandis, Paranepanthia ................

grandis, Rangea ...........

preeni, Leiolopisma .........

tee ee Sree pe ay ee eee Atta acey fore 410, 411

greensladei, Brachylabis 2.0... oo... o.oo cs cc ecacesetasceneceetteentees

elie NU PE A PAOD aya sen dent) Yorn ais aes SSPE Ried Ne dt Ad pode Wa 4p zee me aden ts ae 207

PROMISE INE, 5 tte e Fea eee cient LS Pe fs ye ese Mery a'vid WH Ge a dae ate ed Sed RE ee 201

guamensis, Hyalopeplus tyslepepis) PA pA ie edend nF G bo eee way thors gpg Saleen Ae

UDA TIETNUIE ins, 0h Pyiclb.ep aude G fone aiding Aden en elie alae ic oe 429.432, 440, 441, 517

Guisardinus . EER addn eee ee rae rn tbe yoo ee wean Ab tea kh ae, Meee etermre Sean meee

GGUISATOIUS . oie. cee ee ees ie en es OO he Pe eer rs do Poe a 429-432, 442, 444-451

gunnii, AS Se ME all 5 eR CR yey aes nCe al” Poy tel 410, 411

SCE APs CRP NAI ES iso G tal ahead ee HF dla le Pate Gee Maem eee a awe eee

ENT NPCN Tes PREIDOPIONTEL es eo we vce te eee ae ni penie slibon ghia gis w Shy hah Laden Gee edaneee a 375

gymnorhinae, Microtetrameres ..-.. 22.00... cece cena eee 239, 243-245, 249, 250, 255, 259

PUAN EASES RY RET ASTM Paw dae s eee eS RP ye Piso LEE vk U hats MOREE eee 201

jillewaicl Ola che al gel nin): bn a nr arr A een err A on ele ran 190

dpe M LU thr PE Pn ee ae an NS wg Shey tek Hee EL ge Dw Srey ee eee Ry oPiaae bch cade ai 31

ae dag |) DOR OO, See oe Eg ee A SR ar eS ple WN Uehara tyre fe, 24,25

pode enter ae a na ara ree ier rd im 23-28

halei, Drombus . OE ee ee ee a: ne er eee LES

halmaturina, OES, oo ie ee go 3 A ed Les ee te

halmaturinus, Stipiturus malachurus ........<<05¢:<0020e cee esse cree rcevaweetoudess? 191

RSS brea ae a aes ain aoe Peg Scr yaoe Ah use PAE TR Th lk seal hae nti RR oe cata ead Sees AL mime

LET LE Sh te nee ee ee geen tar eg a go ee OS Me A eee eae ear 222, 235, 238

hamiltoni, Notosudis ................... hae en emis Pe i. atl ty 170

hanseni, PhyllozOon .........000 ccc ccceecaseeevecessesessees 347, 349, 353, 355, 357, 358

hardwoodi (sic), ee Re ee, om a tea ML ey MWe anti Piet 213

harmonica, Colluricincla . nd een HRN rs ie Puaet thatd BA ater! it tee is pee Oc ia te a

harrissoni, Aconichthys . . Agee pa ae ly aL neath eather es and

harwoodi, Metasqualodon . Pee ieee atest UMS ae tases aa bie & ee mesa Sekt " 285- 290, 292-296

BeTE RTL eM oie tt lng at De tal whe s Gres sald oa ga ee wee oR eel 213, 285

hawaiiensis, Sphingolabis .........0..00500essageenenegen eee neeesesccens Dey 229, 232, 233

hectori, iin en ee Ae oo, bet aee Pee... ca voles kee 286, 287

hebridensis, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus). chee e ere eessecrecanveseees 429, 478, 482, 483, 484

RANSPeaS SP MITAMUUAIE SL oe oc, 4 28e eet 8 a3, ra aed uke cote OE ee as Ache AS PA eee me Ese eS 174

ies [eernrrecn aan ek eres ed Gd aet's Gene ac deh oped cfs en a Olena) Sint p ad seen got Beem 263

Dery ATC SUCCES pen sere os vec rns wot we yee eee ea ge a 239, 242-247, 258, me

Re bieee AIOE ees BURLINE Wis erie a kas ohhie ne opie gin uch ap 4 nl doo analyse allio aan Stace tine dg

hemileuron, Dentalium ............-.--- 2 ccc eee e ene nuun eas sr Se RTOS Dre dee BEES ai 8 383

Hemiphractus .......... eee ae es Pee Be ea he pe ee het Perth hen ee 49

EA ere ae yas eee od thes sing 11s. OF cers ease Soke Paes aaa bn acd & Pees Rete 51-167, 429-531

FST, SOLIEISO EMA oi. ow oe eh ee ee RAE e PE EF ee a CET ET fee oon 382

MUP TURUERTIRESRSLIT ME MESES PONE 0 ay ns, vis ee ek TERE OIA gw tae ms Shae ees gee se See

Wp Im NT raris PUAN ELIA oe aba, ik as uals whagbe ang Wowarkde Wahid voy ara: ukyctod bin alge ibs pewlannedios age gen 171

HSTAR ACARI Re OMSCIEMAOLE. oe a ves op es eg eee ne le a age ew eew eee eee etme GEE

Rosie Sobel ARTI TMMANABUER A to ay Fn ca, $2 Aon key tessa eee te oes Tie: ey aku FOYE Ad hes oN seenen 169

eae RMAM MG A Wea #14 G7 Yipee te ae eagle de tea iece io feta x foci abd th neh gue 174

SF rem TRE a! 2 pees See es a AIL pions meas Sed oe wakes oA as 295, 296

HRP SLTNSURER ce tens. t ht hes ep ae TS rte eat SOE SS Ole cpa he bee eM ay de 277-282

RISetcyreeen PIE NGR trey key aro on ts Pe Se rw ak Geo DASA co as a atte d-8 8 vie ope 171

OUP Te einai? 9) Si) Sil a eet et Ae de Ee ewe Sere eee Rey If

DPRK ESS POETIC Sees ee, ot ee de as, MAE a Pia tee 'b, = baht x apie Ren ecu peeee es warms Cuter al

Nae eR SAF Sec reo GP UR: oh AES wo eens OB IE PEL TMS eee 31,33

(abn) Seyi Tite [era no es ae Sy aera. se, Hepat Re tisha cha a oS ae eo 379ff.

Ice CSU TICRE Eee oes baa Wy sao 4) peers Peeks dod 02's 09 Wein ma ae eee eed eee Se

Pie Rriar een EHE NIN ce, Gadsidiarssarn A De ecaie he heat he ee tts sak tie Thien end Wee a) i eed

PRENSA TITAN ssc aicg Px os pth e Ame oem ad vad sie ope eis Bis O% 224

horvathi, Hyalopeplus ....... ABE Oak Pe ee ae hd 430, 478, 482, 509, 511, 514

housei, Amytornis ....... bese akee abet 8 a Bane Ewin Pees deed big Anette tt Ne ge RR

houtmanensis, SGOT, UES atid: Rate i ae les NR Ph 2 anal 191

humerosus, Caranx. . cotta: oe ath tk i Se ee ee eee ee)

ATS CO ARNEL SCL YS cer Pht ts Wha ata da + wae bbw an beefs Ee eae Tee gun a's vio fad wie 174

hyalinus, Chrysorrhanis . . acs et re ay ga ihe ae eee er eel 429, 434, 435

ee RI Rey gehen re He erates "429-432, 451-463

FiValopepioider oc i eee te ee eee er tees 429-432, 452, 463-478, 487

FRValOpOPlUS. 2. 2 ee eee ee ae nee ewe seeeenwerseen. 42032 Ah £76, 27Re51)

MICAS OI NEMA oer as, Sear pos, aun Tube coh ikllp tee Os ent ars erty A wy awstats Bena a 430-432, 511-517

Le LEW ted Regs h, eae Pere err ea ga ee Se ee os AEE ete See Pats 177, 178, 344

Number

Hylidae. . Pht et, tee alls. A ae ee ee Renny eee Be mete EY) tS arate eyo

hymenacantha, “‘Ophiothrix . Sh ath, rte Te Pe OW cote bi ae An ey eee et 377

hyperhemileuron, Dentalium ......... Pet ee et ee ede neg ee ene ee 383

ERE PERGNA MES ore ee Cpe eae fo ot OR neal iden ¢ fede doen he bey RRR Seek CA mates ie Ghee Spee

Ichthyocampus ............ Sete gags Geel ipl hae Re PLY Gel arc cians BE Wega tale, Secale cee 171

MER aii (eee YS: 2 ees Vy ame eng ey a rae ere ae re 169

PEL AO TALE Sls Re See CLS an pad dues De a ee ties PR no baal c. ge an ta es 169

Aeplite, MA MAPEEIR ins ey oh Races h a ky bas wma Brey, atte hs tage a STNG RE Selanne IE 172

COREA UE PER PERRY ee on pat Seog a ib ae hte wacom 4 dg eres a) 5 ye a Ebene ePae a fee a stalcie, gee

BEBE SC TIM I SERRE oy hice eps eign Eades Le mlale em hi Ree At at Cag ernie Feet ae ye 379

ALIAS CFCC CE MEER Peo Fah ale. a RP aie» werkt Oh eae weedeat pine ae ape em ena ls 429, 442-ddd

Hens Peta s CME ei ag ches see ee eee ee ae Pere ree Swit e Peete | Sage

ARGOS Neu LIEN ek et Ee ee be oe nei Fee vis ok ee Ce 57, 73, 74, 76

TST MORTEM, fis foot) Daehn. stv 2 ches ctl. 3 ne RAL Ae tate dae Ma nye mh Sod ko ork 261

PERE IN ey PONCE LYRRED RITIOT ES. 00 oc a's s-vin gs oo tle Wen Ripa Pe os Oe Paley ea poly at's Aba 243, 2445

infrafrenata, Litoria ..... eigpae op os. age 2 ge RG wa MA eted Mle ARRAS 2 et Se Pant are 337-344

INET AIreT ata. LMG PLH UIT REPOMATRS eed is ee ee ee eee eee hen beeen 337-341, 343

ingert, Cormufer . .. 2.1.2.2 -2 6 se ese cece cece e seen eee kee tne eeeenanencterensscces 2D

RIMMER MEO PRCISIER Pie <s, She era eins) Hp ee Ae Sin boo ae eee LS ae bres eee Sue ee rate RS eee 184

IES ye a tok Bch tl eer aoe foes are ead OP ee a a2 4 eee ene 299.307

insignis, RR Gateh SEC REIT GY hough > 3008 eodasath | ace eel 208, 215

ireshel erie, ACRWOTS «we ce ee pee ees pe ee teen eepen rene kee 222, 228, 237

ATUL EMPTIES oe ce oy bee cn DA bed acomw ee ve baw Pie be coe weed ee 299, 301, 303

intacta, Cuspicona ...... rivieath wen eacethe Sk Re woah ye amet utero VER Rec eeg eee eos oh

intermedia, Tiliqua scincoides. a ER Ts oe crete gaa Oa ec etme oF ply te me oe 186

intima, Tympanocryptis.............. Fete eM ee a Fe gh ER, Bie Pacer: Gass Ble bale apap ey 182

Iridopeplus Ce re SL I ORB AE ile sy oe Foe fede Us albAcpe picai mien. tee os 431

eStore ewe ame mer ete isa yep BaP Sdn sk esi de els Ais dies pew beers Lae bape 23

TORE ATs MEU VNID CONES Ee ere ees whe acrny gip cele ected PL eae sae oedbd wie Rare sees 379

TETEP DATES SMUG RO RIS oot ened eel ec nk on pee ene etd le ist le Pein OY waegde pie ae eS 375

pes ah a ae a ae oD) a ea ee ere BA Sth ae | 430-432, 513-4518

PTLTSESROO Sy CRA iliac TR Sia Ye phic irtcr nen le ihe pesenlee in gl lay OSPR sean ep x oh tees 208

MS CseTUECTTINAINS P'S ose Pen as AS red in oe Se J ga cS Did She g Bena «pees Aaaeses gs haale 299, 304, 305

eee Esteem ee he gale ated ks eh ee a a ep paaee Se eae de ee ae 382

jaffaensis, Dentalium (Fissidentalium) eR ERD pea) Se tiv (fim pel. 5 hg are app erre aaa Se oe 383

Jakubensis, IMIGrObStTaAMST ES a ee ee ee eee pe cane ene 239, 244, 245, ee

PeUeRrme NT Gee MOTD TTCCIEITIGS a alga y he ko ove as nag Pedr oa eee an ee pk od eee anes

ACALETOMORVEL AV PUM EMSTINCREA C00 Ro oe gin ck dade i arvtc: = 2b eos ea tecv Syd Oe bet raul Pome ore ot tence 4

kakanuiensis, Tamgaroagaurs .. 20.4... 0c ee ee eee dae ea see tenes 286, 287

kandanensis, 5 ge REN cd ARO ROL ORR TL 429, A78 483, 484

kaszabi, Clambus ...... SRE Pe Pst RAE Bay Se wl oe a 1 A al 7

LSE ne ae eve poet Py cyt agai Gee ok Ae AS Oey eR OA a OS WF) AOS PUEAP UR Puc eta 173

RET A OUNITIBE TING ce ob eek einer a gate bpd a neat oh ee eh whe gale den ms ws atte PR Sst 212

Fee hecmimrecirieye Semis at sey On ee re be Se Ts a eels bil See Sa Lee eee aan ee

Re Siid EEN ey am Wer eee, hls slapd lla tien gf ee 3 lu oe ely gi ated Oe eres a74

Veil vee oe nn ee ee ae rs af OE ee 212,213

IPE RRB EMER os eR et pane apm cohs HRN Ln achat On Apa Wi utint ia BEA ES eee ee een

Mbeya tee ssc ty (rv Ph oRie oe itt my whee ee re a iis a BAe cheat mee a ts oe ee etite Bk 217

Heo MCACSOIEI: Sect" tata hla. + Senta eS ete eG 2D er as Vote y Sek kate ye 430-433, 440, 516, 517, 519

krishna, Hyalopeplus ...............-. Fite, Poel youn te see tes, galt gt 430, 478, 509, 513

Rae Es ANAS INTL Bly CpeM Lo sees a te en gral rial @ ee ew tse Suen Ua ee nbs FH 303

imeeadmsee MPA I mata 5). 1o\-, 2... coat sats fe to cc ape bagg Guha Lue 179

Paiva cei SUSI PhRMA Go oe nek cent ele Say eas Pe td hg ee oe ee yes 209, 210

UN ci ET Mg Meroe pe eR Sm carter lege ean aa pat Wl Cn RSE rc ons cae AEN oe Mae ty bears he oy. |

Beg ise eee. SEIS, Oe ea GH RS SE AER REE ETE ony pe 221, 222, 229, 231-233, 235

Meas Cen ere WON ir PONS Lee eS pee es Tn a gol bog olen, Othe LF 222, 223, 227

Linn eeted : Ay ir We MeO ARTS NS plA eh ies ame i ae eed 173

care re Bgl 2 b2e cox, ee ee ea Pe eas t's nad STE el ace ok wre Pere tate & 181

Dep NER Rem er. te Pacis ata Bese ee a eet ade cen ctenat eens, fom n oir inl, eee ete een

[EE ie dE i tste oy cae eee, SRR, oo a es ae ek Pa LARS ee eet oats Mi Py oe We tena e 199

Ute a MER Evie sda ns oe SU te etry Weel alatae ae ye OR) ao a lara bog SPE ym cago och) arte eee 182

Lameéroo broad oval core australite .. 2... 2. cc eee eues 331, 332, 354

rei TieN EH ey A OSLCENTI ae 08s see nh vs cerns Ditse A oath Dba Det taehenee nae, Lats eee

srUtpabestieee ee ig: bb ala gece Sear ag tees ais eck OF Freee nate oe epee aa SOE 201

TOI LUE etter Fy rit Vale rd VHA UN ia Sel =o gla a's A Seats. to ad ee ee

[SEER PMN CH es PAR OMEEERIE Cretan, antec uveh coe dillatomey whe ela Sem PRU ue tinsel, Siam ceeh ae tee Ne 174

Late Brome Age. 00.05. ca ek can ape ee ee nicl: pif ie gh An en clngyed coe Aue tart 23

Tabara; Clam bis. es eee ead Oa oe Han theese plate wba a talcte eet ateen e Se Aleta s Conte 3,4

DSGREA Tie SORTIN IRENA LL Ste te ees PR na co aed enna ree es erdlaed, Cpkiddely oe teem ring SUR ASE nates ist 430), 523-525

Teak; ATCWAMIa sss ica ee ea ea vee Mi asBettarss gad stants SM bas wide a ye ep Greer oe on 172

GER ee CE ERNIE RRMA TER sk Ss ae re EN cere eer eas oO egies ain Gea AN yr ene ley MPC EP 9

Dicer RETR ea, c clas ahs Mucho eee steht ce OAE an sotis ena Gur F's Stace a ARG ees eS tted 410

UP a DE aT e a ope llatenag es 2 A A eer gts on ME 7 9 Geen, eevee Bescm N WRer erty Etat LC ESR eT Tn FO 206

Se step MSP SESMES OAH vith eud tt dip Eitaaey ht sy Bee men CoA athe WEE hora g We Reh MMos RR nn aca ook ateen 185

[TRAN CANS CTIA TENPIOEE fc cb hina ok Foe ferecieltkek Gip esepers wim a ain econo ts.s valblucds Rea madeline 173

TRE RO CATE B NAIR 5 ara ay Mis ein 0 eye eed a aes Pe ee hg aes Se ets | gL Le, ee Se

Deaieah uot, i een eae ae ee ee ee ee 358

ISRO ANER rs td wed seh OO Si ay hi ain Tony gee ed Siler So eese ne E Ns eh ake Oye urea 171

SOWIE! Fags nore SS LWA coy pel PEM Pre RENAE ee eee Leia Bd a Ste 215

Ue LD So ar Sy Serra, CM a ROL eee wee eye ho Ry ao mecareerne, Phogs So ese Oo 185

LRG eee ema PP ANT EE; ant, S Scnek 4 pA a 4 cure ede Soe RN Eee 4 Leet eee so eben aie bles 365

GCP ee URN oh ome ue hy NS itr al erie Nain wha egg bow Usha Sit eis ees allictade Zia aeneL

Ca ey a We ee er ae ee Coen a Me re pre me EE fet ay 31-39

Dita WSUS) ec cee ee ne ek olin dR ee ick ade pene ® are Get ae rh Reed Senn 179

TVSMEAL PRT IOCE UME. oo ie pn eee reels cee Reet ate ke ya age BE ee MEE ee 183

Tieveea PUTT VSIE TURIN: coe enjoin oe es ob real wie 4M s ae eg pe 429, 434, 436

MU PRLES MORE NER A So, 5, Tay jain ev une pe dye Dhow) eee eed a Paw ol ie 478, 489, 498, 499, 502

RIMES ACS RELE AOE VERCNE REI oe cost done Hate yah acer ia toe nies ae hs, <n ane ek an ae eee eden ate 377

Wrinseer ney: LP iee 2s ou | 4) eet ie Pn ee eee Ps CL ER LK Caden eee Oe ee ee 171

IEAM See cpt tee arse y Gln 0, mtd ers, er Sr Foros Wend e capa are. achnkPhadd ws alm Uitte ich FASTEN oe ha een ante 209

Litoria. ea ht ee eS oe CO ee eee ee 178, 261, 337-345

Litotia citropa complex Pei AL cect, Wa ars Biesd Shoda ait) hie eG Spe Pa ee 41-50

RSA eC TANT ULEO EERLTOMEN croc e s.'s doe fo cine voeertie pd pee PK RE CED ES a eee 186

longa, Rangea of Oa a es SO oe eee ee ee oe, erg ae 347, 351, 354

longiovatus, Microtetrameres ............-.:4sss004 Bee weet halFnt sn cyiak cit eae eee 244, 245

POTIRI es CoV CIORANA caine cokers ory pegceqe BEET a pe 262, 265, 266, 268, 271-273, 275

Deora eelnieeie, PECORARO RINS ord Se es es py cn eajeae de 0 88 08 pe Seton et ee «oe soko PES Be 169

TESA TECIR CT EERE Na see es see a HS BEN elsie sini = Ea 8 Beg ea ou oe ee etegd he 418

longirostris, Pachycephala gutturalis .....06. 00sec eee e eee e ene ener were nerne rere 191

LlomiR PINS, CUSPEOOTE soe pe de ett ween ecewecrsetsmecsenes es 95,730, 132, 134, 186

Dennett MMM ATADCMPUSMIGE ceNe bose ons se hyn Ronn tos eek wis Poe keg eee eee ys ec henee yh ed 349

aa, TESS Avie A es Sila, Pa a A Re PR a ee a te eS re 2 or ee 170

loniae, Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) ........ 22.0. c cee es 430, 478, 503-306

CE ORE (CWA) 4 sca on ik vad's Stem doe PE boa wo eer deka coe sg: 384

Pe ceee RE e N E DE Re ea iy As Se Che ee tae Ek Atanenaraend: iubrs. ured Peek Par acsdn tence 4 take ene eee gs 374

Hirteeaee CREIEEIENE cong es pile a-s)0g vate b de ke aIeES veo # EWES ERE he §2, 57, 67-71, 73

ORD gear. te, ain ret Ue SS ate PPE i ners et pipes poet ewte tae bin oe 172

Lygosoma........... ee enone So py (OP ee etcreite poly sla eof rn sPGrad ES BOROURT cree Heel yc Bae 185

Ee beater elena Gy ac A ey Ben RE ary hw ded tee ee ee Ae te eds ea bay EEG pe he oe os 374

Lice REE are aig ton bale aie o syancessc a natste ward vas PES rt PERE AR a ot eon PAO ae

rob fea eT its ee, a Dalle pe, Soe Se ilie WO BEV | A Po a al ae 430-432, 434, 520

Macropodidae .......... St ites A tae ip Ca prem ewe rye ree ede Pats oy 199, 212, 215

POR Sees NURS ieee No eR, Ce te a a ic HE pe. copy exe Seaiene ras pipe nao ©. pa Taya, atu 212, 215, 281

mactopus, Amphibolurus caudicinctns . 2.1.1... cee eee eee tee beet? 181

Macrotis . : SOE ee ee ee ae re ee ees ee

maculatus, ‘Histrogamphelus . A tae ene ett SR ee ER ee ce ee or 171

maculatus, Hyalopeploides . .

Gates bade TRIE eink eden Gv vedere care denny aeancs

MAC R, Tye ATO ET PUR caf 5 cw ace yee dp ha ek ee ae

429, 464, 467, 469, 470, 475, 477

cme ecnne ooeee Lol

5 . im LED

265, 266, 268- 270, 273, 275, 276

maculosus, CS VCLOTHTE osc os ee as ee pecs nie oh wee pein

madagascariensis, aad (Adhyalopeplus) 7 eee 430, 478, 503, 504, 507, 508

magna, Diporiphora . . Pee Me pre a ss

magnirostris, Melithreptus. ee ee, WN Pc Pee MU ee eee eee 192

TIM SPAT ATE o GW a Pee UF etre pope aie cs ard eels, 4 ate EE re 265- 268, 270, 271, 273-276

Maitland narrow oval core australite ..........-.... 0.00 c cece eee eee eeeees Jd, 332, 334

LU NTTLT TE PRENOMLUIS LIBS ocr ey 9 i Ciera le be glee aoe gas othe Rebdh ag oe oe be Hare ee 191

yeu botlek feos En 0 Gi he rene alee a nee ae SE oe Oe TREE eat rhe tke §22, 523

ilaenaa ee sem Ne os ee). ate dee tel yiey aches ote > ye eee he Pais a 430, 527, 52 29, 530

malayensis, Hyalopeplinus .................

malayensis, se delice serine kaa

Maluridae. .

Mammalia ...,..........

Mammalodon .......

Number

ES aes ee a 439, 452, 455, 457, 458, 463

e2 429,478,479, 484, 485, 502

PUSAN ER ST ens Te sya ces ea hk a8 Ly Mes ci ae ad ape he sling a dedi odd Ps -ccacdie Ae al hea 365

208 ff., 213ff,

CHE Nae Tet en itt fre et On N se Ae eee Cie har Jue Ae eee ek

maori, Sphaerothorax

Marava .

margaretae, Diporiphora bilineata , vt 182

Martgeretac, Bpernia... 206s seein e eet hee tera ene e teen eee etec meee ener eeaes 185

maritima, Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni ....... 2.2.0.0. 6 eee e cece eee e eee ees 197

marplesi, ‘Prosqualodon pi etee cease eaeghcebene crap efor eter ue > ce tate os nla, gale ERE ky tata eae 286, 287

marquesanus, isda aisiey (Hyalopepius) Re Aes Le lett Saeed ste 429, 478, 485, 486

Marsupialia .... CE eh noe A Neo ee _ 197ff.. 208, 213

maslinensis, Carcharias mone Bij ug sate one Sat REE A ele ig wip cbeoe= nas NS Gis bie pa a eee

AUST TATA MODES TIEE 2 i sheng ci wo eek ze Pfc Sie ge lar ede bv lew oom SNe gee te 206

matthews, Stenaspidius.......0.54..0.cceeveseseceneevccucusvcuees 11-13, 16, 18, 19, 21

mawsoni, Cycethra Pa Saeed A A renee Aad hence eerie tater Mee gre ew Sa 374

mawsoni, CymoOdraco ..... 6... ccc eee eee + 93

mawsoni, Meniscolophus...............-...005 209, 211

PEA Ee START OEE Shen a acel one See aChonckce OG role Sree Dandie + evehe ugh <a, ead Seas a 191

SCPE OMTGUIE EUG ICTEERUB, 5926. oct e a. ob ence gd 3 deo ald gies awa ecg Cae eet ey odd oye 171

Date aS Ee) INN Reo odd eg tay echnck Stents Gos oe Efi cietges Ld die ase Paw Tee oe PEs Lee 214

WA are APO tisaee: ene OF Fed ome US A eAga fend ceibeere Hyde ala Poe doe eee bag ee 214

Megapodidae 208

1 PTO ED ete beak ee ea eee gen a, ae Ce Sr aS 214

Pera MN ERNGL fee es RD cou Eee sae ralisl ds, 0 G'S Arad sed dusts ah aise BER AS da einen 214

MIL Se NPL args tee tere Bek pear tants OM taly ie adel Sei a SAe tea ace Merb tee [ed bee 177

MASE Det PUT WARES CNE EUITIEN, Sct best koe e's a <i yop eg raed aaStne htt ham Soe AeA RO ata piety Set 169

melanops, = ail gating Been Big te a eal dxntteydig otc k'n Wok jean kralant ne Alar fT dd gale Es 185

Melanotaeniidae . CUMLEWE gS gs she thes 4 aly se he a a Ad as aika dy BTC RRO aE a SESE 170

VAP ae Rais 2 ae Se a ae eer Fee SA Ce ee ae 192

meliphagidae, Microtetrameres Pay A er et ee fire ene pte Oe

Melithreptus .......

melvillensis, Aprosmictus ‘erythropterus . Ne Renee x ANC ORE acne ne een ay ke el a, 07 a ee ee ee 189

melvillensis, Ratna poe RT OEE eee ay wcceee in ae ewe ee ey en a alee eee Ee a 189

melyillensis, Chrysococcyx minutillus .......5.60000 cee eset reese n ee saweseeueneuees 190

melvillensis, Colluricincla brunnea..... 0.2... 00.0000 eee s cee eee eee epee ert nnens 192

melvillensis, Colluricincla parvula ... 02... c eee eres ts eeb eden ee nas eden eene 192

melvillensis, Petroica cucuilata . 22... kc cece cde ce ee ee ete ves emo wetsdaeewenenas 191

if betaine oor a ean en eee Bir ora: ee er or ae §2

Meniscolophus ........ Se ree) ar . 209

merrotsyi, Amytornis striatus . nie Ae POL Oe PRIA oo i ie See to lye 367, 369

OCCT ET 2 5 id ge Spt a Seta gf See ae ee coe Par Live are EGIL ar wee oF, 213, 285-297

Je Terre EE dy ye ety igi any Glee ie EE ee ea Coe SrA REE CALE tne Be Oe 286, 287, 293

PUBIC RREN IM? fe OY cre tre te Pieced ice a A fond 4 dykes ye] Soa apteae 5.4 ow bedi RE ete EE ake 379

TLR PML See ARR es Reg nS cetyl pie csp pe aie hee ey «ey gla we Pow tig rk eh 177,179

AUEUCU Ne ANTE AT cd RIM Fy ay ln in mg aes gos, ae bind nod eon aly alg ally We ga ev ern 4 Se Ung ne

kT ent Pape Ria SEL Pann Seo ae ae Oa a Se A ee 239-259

militaria, Litoria infrafrenata ..... 2... eee ee eee eae es 337, 338, 340, 341, 343

CAMCITT eo eae MMUNICHCDSTI'S a) lately) s ans clea eRe ete a abo a sitet oaks ath opting nie aneanditle atte cate. 216

EEIMRRUTCLES AT tee CCU ORIEL Tyee Pe | atay 4) wf ae efol x lates PR ait oc mnt UPR Da ep doa a suie kee oe 179

SUTIN, AERC EC ORIG TES ne 5 ne ee as a yn eee are ee le 244, 245, 251

minimus, Amphibolurus barbatus ... 0... 0... ...20e eae eee eee ek aioe, Seal

minor, Hyaloplictus .......- 0... .01s 0 cscs cece reer ener er ns _ 430,511, 513, 515

minor, Pachycephalus refiventris .. +4. ..2.02.+0200s00sseeesseeseensees 192

nls piateartds fet Tihk eth pope Sa op alle St 2 ee or ee ern Hirer aa eee 217

minor, Thalacomys... Ma Scie oe 199

UNE ato Ih.ja orf: Ee I aA ew ae eee Wine Poros Gr Beebe Pa nes ti eer otra Grae eM ES oe 7 recy Aare 217

ehrechinic hols water, ccs 4 se eee est 9g AR Merde y pee Eay Rasen Pear nau SUPE wefan Uf ply Lee eI yt

minutillus, ChrysOcoccyx .... 0... 0. eee secre reer ne tnt e eee eens 190

Picdgob Trot bet Sihktel let ei ie O bee ee ee eves e ne ee Pree Oe eee to 224

mira, Tenuisepia . ines aes 382

mirafrae, Microtetrameres. es dee 239, 242, 244, 249, "250, 259

Miridae . 429-531

mirzae, Microtetrameres . Hello a ORE Oe ee

244, 245, 256

RTGS Apes, DLAI CPEN Ps MEIN ef ean eerie riche opieig ees eee ees Be eed ee UG, wae 199

mitchelli, Diplodactylus....... By oda. Fo. fe EP tg arster ted helo pis - Bhai ere cele aes erg ene Re 183

mitchelli, Nototherium. . Efe se Dyke, 7 pe le) oe ee Fates ee oe 217

mitchelli, Varanus (Varanus) ett Seat atgt ce Saye. peas Patek DE ASEL i is DEON Eee Lee 186

Mixophyes . . Beamer festa ee gto Pata tg Bec a Serbian Ak Ue un.h Bhapse. ojanp oS E ag ee

modestus, Amytornis . ban othe ft WR POO ae ee CL oe ea 8 ae 369

modestus, Amytornis textilis . . WE es oda el es 367, 369, 370

moberibberk TERE a ae pa ieee ee ese en ee eee ewe ene MOM Fs 178

PCH AT PAMBTIGIR ea koe totes Se ee a Soe Fs a ed dae vahed Rees oe eee 430, 519, 520

CAEREN EY oe WRte SURF dere Mra static Be 8.4 an oda: dns Le bad Weis Tale eet RE Rede AR ea ed a abd 381-385

RUC ART CHIEU food bd aty. do. x 2 282 Fas Sete oetew, aaace, ATR AREAS Geko, eh eee eet ty deal reer hake 373

SUES SUU EAU Eye CUISINE VERS gS eed. 4 0k poe“ 4g) ere Yee Eee a orbs Radler heat De 178

Tay eines, oe Oe ae oe fo a he ne Loe 8 in nD Ae eal

TRA R TRU PO AU EP B tc oscs Kimige tc alas, dc, ued dvccen avait S aep dual prt aber ipdtcHasbiass Reeieg’s cual. ae

Tchr ed eee LRT e ye Ls hit Ns Sonrardiash OM dom atgeiue aot ta Grd ieee jo ladodn aca ipsen dan Soe 375

MOT geri, CInclosOmA CARIAMONUM. «2.25 5 eine de he bee de kek ee Rees ea eee 190

THLE E MAEM B es seco ts 20 foc ou lane dee 2 ee Esa seed tons «eee ees ey eee ee 212

Coton) lel opl Sot tel:(-- eee e emi A MS Le gee 222, 236, 238

Silene, a tes BO a; Ce eats o by wets mea yn sale sig eels ok hs Epis cha tg oe em. eee 31

Lite TET et, aN UE CL FOG ya avd kl, te eg ms noe Ae Perel ete eit ENO Sena ey | 431

Pir Nee Sa TILE a tas Geen Pe po bee ee Rs aint on a ee eaten mein Steet ska a aA OLE ako Ende pe en OPE 175

GOUUNEIE he weet Al) Aer oe, 2 ae ea Ree yh Rite ne ast eda toa Ye sid a3 gad 178

THES, TEINS SMe i ee eae eres oe eee een 172

PONRENAE TM St Peg ERT WELDS, Py 4 aa.) bases eal ae ye hey ee eae x. edly eetyeneitls Geta agente at 185

WM CC Lata touts 0 eee tne a ee eee tr ark See ye ee eerie oh. Hee 374

OMRLL MAE T eis SEUNG PALLCRT Es von Sl arnn + hs A sm es dake Ae ot Onl dE wa ee ele on SR Ae etre ae

PRIMI STCHEE Py ain ete HP strc ast em ve as DE Ot ale eich: Cis 2 Rec ic eRe ah oo eg ol ite SE ey cH 8 200

POR IRC e nent: SA OE, she ey, Swrate rkinnh Wi ile pater ce tlens ¢ wigvin! die Pap icine Gl & ew Feptaige eee alee 201

Pieter tee curios yt Pett na his Wait UR, eas wards 39 Coe eg RE kek gin pone eae 191

Uy Ral eMamtaP RONEN ST Perse i acl nh as ie ode Ge Sas Gr ag be pee wees Kaw ek ee ton 31-39

iad Lom int ot Coan in = glean tac Gaia Mi ogc erent geile a cae ees, + SNe seas Re ROSE eee rs, Woe eA 169

Myrmecobius. PET Sith sta TO ne Poe Geeta at ee ein, Cae eee 197

myrmecophilus, ier 8 bb ote inch, SE CER RE Oe alse anf ten hoes Lae 6,7

Nakhla achomdrite ........0...c00000. See Se Wee eee ae a es 311

Nanometra . des Bao My og. AG nats 373

naracoortensis, Progura Vile ER in ee a eR RNG REAR et oe Be os | 208

Nasepia. . Pater etecnea estes TRAST shs VPP eye halo We Sufod ated Sh eee 357, 358

nasuta, RE Nee. ekg eee vans dae idk er aa 184

Nectria . : a i he Rosas ore dirmatrieas Gut 9 Renae a ere, BL ee Be 374, 375

nelsoni, RNR oy A 5 wc ceradhis cen dswe hs Licks on <u ee Oe 306

PA em ORR ELEN Er ee EE oe chs, wrap. ct ea cle vam salp a ve, nk p ha al Gna a by mene eee geen WATE, Card 170

reer aritete ier ee Se aides co eh atts Wan ha es pe he as eine 8a en pe ee 239

PS TYSUESEPSENU RH, hearers ene ana ores wen Aca hh ar gods wrayt weg PSt4 dictok Wcven ce ack NG ea x ese eee aes bate 172

Jeisle Dyn tS Ch Boe, Pla ee Wey we ero (gS an ee are ea ee a weirs te 263

NEOEHledoen we; USPC. oc ct Gein eres fe ee ee i a es bw 93, 146-1450, 156, 166

neoguineanus, Guisardinus -... 2.60... e pee e eee e eee e renner eens e serene ees 429, 441-443

neoguineanus, Thich enn eR nes ly alates eWre. eMac bak Ler ath 429, 464, 469-471, 474, 477

pets, | core ot eal ga My a eae a Oro ee 209

lye: CPL 8 eo ne er ere eee eer eee 171

EAA PEN a ta ately ea ee ne at NO I A ra ct

WS SST UIE See yeh thn CAAA ep ae eer Seen od 375

weichui i Eenkiy Sh SA A ae ng) tee arene eri ee ering Se MEN CA eters mir ot 183

eS NTS hk MOaA GS fp ae th a mr Doe Pras eo 221, 222, 227, 230, 232

Poiers emM I ees, smck goles ak Arad Getben © orate St Sar crate ee wrth aegohh authin d daelesgs coral Lika k 3 9atere 444

newtoni, siete eerie 206

Nezara ..... 418

Neapakaldia. . Tee PRG ee cabee r ce diese ory) uk) Snrt Seetun clin peme gre G_ pera IRL > Sl 1 A

nigra, Thyone . ne ere A Cpa Fh ie) Seed Reg ye Pie Reed he, 2S A et 380

RANMA RII Rea OCA. 5c sede dee the sei td ok ea ed a th es Se ee ee ee

nigricornis, Stenaspidius ..... l1- 14, 16, 19, 21

nigrifrons, Hyalopeploides ...... Ae eee ee ho Sa ee | . 487

nigrifrons, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) .. PE, Bole AND hale SE role, aah Nat ean a SrA "429, 478, 486, 487

nigripes, Thalacomys ......... isc city Sep CR Bea eage eS (oe Fe 9 Nes Pe Ge oe ee 198

nigrofasciatum, Bie paren ts... sey a4 pleas Serer’: srna avd ee coda a 173

THUR CRIM MONT T MAE Wey Scot FPL e iia drew nae sheath stale no arate alaaee a wands Bafa See ah poe 222, 235, 238

nigrogularis, Psophodes . .

nigroscutellatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) Ct gpa MeO a

aah 192

429, 478, 487, 488

nigrostriata, ROA NORMETURLC re acs Algcc g ny Rete vaurge ar woealin Swe ct tepelel picelncaelgavobcg “eval a, nlp SoTL Seon oe EM Bete 186

minmootis, Micratetrameres ... 6.002 cane hee ces eces bar eaeeeaan 239, 243- 245, 255-257, 259

Nomeidae. . fey SORE ke PR PAS Lo (ag ree Eee eek se IS

noonadanae, ‘Eosentomon. Pia adil 1h Utena 94 tsi mom Bae Gale Khe e's a Lechacs See ee 303

norfolcensis, SWE PRURCONILA ro. Haya Spt ele ase tee «aw Lagi g calnadaienus% 94, 134, 138-140, oo

SARE ya gts TI AONE aang tees 3 acl oA ca. ula raat sda. gai Pomecelg wale we ohana ee Pee TE

pio ken SC) i i re SN ern R Me a er ce ripe ae

RUCN Peper es NaCI eM 2. saan a ke Grad Seed creed vile OS oy ba ed Gabe 429, 437, 439, Pr

Se PM CADASIL MMII oY, Pa ER, ac Wea ehe Darae aeaug pat acttst Sch mond Atak Mesbted nas eee eae Hid tan eta eee 285, 295

PUCREO MANTRAS ws AER M eS 6 cleat spon A eng Dh Keg, Thon aaah? in te A heel ered kicks age een 379

fy ee) ee i ae agin ees Ce te hice, ee OM ane oa at 200, 201

PMA WERAITERAAM FT TORS c sic aucisl tite ie ath 3,4 KA net niet Oe Bela tnaea Vy alge dee ai bly clara es een 170

MSTISEONINMPRA Siete tne. Fa. yoss dak Shi alrate oe gizn cheeee Wego leat PR oR ae ape Merges MH cc te

Nototheniidae ...,............ sok BH hicksGr bisa dyiceenee tae aap eed geek domes ge els scar ech eee

Nototherium ...... Beha g diel oop a! whey aw ee ar Lee ke Ys. 212; 217

novaebrittaniae, Prytanicoris soie waa in hina he Rerabed leks d Otev tate enh: “417, 422, 424, 426, 427

CTV AS AINE, OV CINT AI oa ag or eS a Sas hn wha Wed Soe hae ene pe eS bows Bele Os 261, 263

novahollandiae, PHOEMIGOPIETUS. . 0... ssc heed a a eee nes P ba gee ap a cep eens 207

TUMEMNEPD Yin ERA EPUWEIRCREID oxo. riety ctaeiin sy see & eal mgs pcr dW Fae: bch SON aye ea are 9 Ms ee 173

DUPE PEER RTOS ree lie gale enn Sean Geo oneds We eps owe he oy alle wre S uh cle, ads +s ath G's woes WS SE 178

MTSE SERA Eye PL eine Pegtitd eect shades st OMA piad ne to oY Aid nage otae eee te nee eid cee 208, 215

IRN LUNI IRLESE eters cere ak ps Pe cin E flan Aint. pM ahslsecer of gdh dois ofa ok dk tee ipteetn aie stele ER nae 376

cAI | MOMMA TMC ICNNE oy salen ante apg Oe uit s ba ong Saas 55, n Oe aa eh peek 94, 107-110, 113, 166

pete lpn CEB elena le ef rit: SOA keen ae oe on ree inne eer ene ete, aay 377

CCCI TAI, ROTTS! eds peo a een bank heme he yea eee ees AeA ree a Pa kened 217

REMIT oo se MAME ee eee ec dee Riera ial: Lacie ae ae Sek pp Sua ghee a hls fee alae ee

occiduus, Cadulus........ Sipe Scie tabeene Deer Seen TRA se ook bts meee alapaalnie af Sua thts Aco atch ae 384

ORSINI PEGE TT TEVIRIEHIS fe. ca sadn Mba apie « aig availa 2 4.4 +2 oad aw irks wy Oh epee 299, 300

ochraceus, Hyalopeploides ....... SI beac tak. 4, Rn Pin 439, 464, 467 (sic), 471, 472, 477

Giisiin gsc teed ya Aerie A nS, A 51,52, 54, 56, 60, 76, 85, 88, 90, 96, 135, 160, 165, 166

ASCE ML MEY erred AM ULLIINY 5 ca inna denye a day hve 22 place Maton o ohne ieee ae cae Ente eee ps eee 383

CMS EM MLER US cos oes aS satire. Ag cP ctutues ¢-a: 5 Pom eRE A deere: Le En « aphid Sead lee Abn ets Lacieder ear aol 382

Octopus ...... Se ache rt sede Fn ee eee tatoo egy es tetas Ae ae paler?

ocypus, Dromiceius Fe deat le be PH wis te aaa i ely oe ga OP ery naps Alacer cies ate oa

GELATIN pe pRe ELE ced a A ely san city ely, PEE ap oblate t gttre 1 tosacabevplind Dus Bid g-alprmetervecs slates aicioe oases eee 186

GAME RT ROAEY ! Patyoti Sens 2S Wee yale eine std pectoier «went a enh gee ler ela Sone Nip eceek eh eg 206

WCE ATI Ra bf ornkts chon neers Mate aed Pp se ota ealacieaet sy $5.0 oe | rege ea Gale 206

CRUE DEAE ETULINCAEMEARS 695 Jour 4 7 coana, soem Ps fea 175 eet al mys RpseRande Gleam ist ean waaroonyetn ay: CMe aiaae 216

RAT, aes OT MCNCIONEL clue A get ooo oll le nol ibm w ah erat Sueet =) bly Sa eat a eee ee 287, 294

Uta) oh ee ee i ere ie ea Tue eg fF all nh a ae 430-432, 523-527

COUEeR, Cama pICOE: 2 oT isc ace acd pane ee One eh ee as os LOPE 92, 94, 97-99, 101, 166

Cute UAT 2 fe ee ea ns hse dines Spetinie se wan hate ay isis une mainly 6 neat 378

VPA ARNON. sc ant agbengighte eats abled beeen, ni ou Laie aie ea diet ima Aya bee Mien acanenny ames

CONICS oat matty epee, OA Se puree eek p OS Rites > base oo Gee Eales «eG RRS een . 376,411

SSL rors Wty 2 Eos Bila Re ae ars fetal Aa ee ee ee PINES Ew bore da A 174

PSST ce Conte eRe ke eg Wate ata SAE noon ler Gv eacK cae eb MEG Ream ane ey St

LCT at ay a 2 oa ear ee raven hs Swe ae Y Lntincis eSrdagi a Reset curr Pe eee 186

PRED CGR ASN oe Pe ns a Ate Weng cee Paso ia wits, ae, aA SRO) AGE Fe Moat Aner 376, 377

APPT SARI ERRRTIND SS Coc cho og od Sel ace Minny SOc wre shes Se wn Henle sas oy Sh acgreals ky ee cadet Cah FL tie ate

MERPU SCM URMMEN ISAS © ee eee orale. atu Pints ey roles an aac Gabe Hoe Sy oe eytam leis agen get ocbevsen ave tw ele 377

WUPSTTIC DENN des Aine clase ¢ Oa oe Ss arehie yh te Gt ace any PA g pe Lee Re Sica ey ipa e gon ches rye 377

Lateltveresy eT hts ME cae A Mae Og ral er ee Sei rao See ret eto bea Ia Pe MP EO Re

MDPURRAIUS ELON ual Rattus yf pred Stas dale Wiss ee ale genie Fie whiplash tah che aps etd bmn mange eee

Eon et ie ae Ld ee er ee en fore One. Sere 377

APPIN CE TEM ARE Le CBee, ches Stat ialnc nag ete eee a aT rane SAM pre a Me, don cy-e yn dl aprs ie oh Zt Og. 8 mower Fue ea 378

Cea OU PR ta! Ahk ten we ORE ERR a eh 5y 9-4 Choy as 4 10 4 4) SLOE dian 3p ip de

OphMrinlepig.. , 25 int x eee cone ae od hae AS ee eee ee eee ie eee AA Seo 378

CPM AO ATTUOUISCIIE te oC en Some We dees tke Fo Se by es He are 351, 352, Sha 355

SIRNAME ENEMAS ALI) rac c= eae ee cen ewe Ze mt onda sil coh A? LE Shee 213

forge ontAbt Pet athe Un laeg i/o) oe oe ere eee ee re eee rn i eee 172

peigt wo aITee Sty (el hie) ot ee a es a ee eee We ee, ae ee 184

orientalis, Microtetrameéres oriolus .................-+.02+-- .. 244,247

oriolus, Microtetrameres . 2.44.05. ac eee d cena ee ee "239, 243 -247, 249, 251, 253, 259

oriolus, Microtetrameres oriolus .... 2.6.52. 6 eee eee teeter nays eneee 244, 245, 249, 253

MPEG TPAC IE ae seyret e e ae ee o h e e 1Di 2d +g Asan ee weed 208, 215

OSHMATIN WAICKOLELTAMICTOS 2... 05050 nb ce dewndcucvvergcavibeeepads ste ees 243, 245

Number

286

PEREIE beeen tee MITES CER ce c Widls ne nny tok yeep ied RoR ala eis wie Tdlng agin D fw we ve hw HS

CMTS, VECROLE LAINE DER. ooo oo bongo ee ene pe ee ae tae ee en wea TS 244, mee

SABE CRN RLINE CE re es en ere a eee OES eh argh ie ae pbs dba ne paass steak g Sheplieewetget 206

CPOE DEIG re TRIMER ets eae a hace ade x seeks oe sda eels, a0 ack Cle a's Gee Pes bane clethe eee Sete

CREPE UTE OMEIG as ne ck ee Use sedate nde wk be ein ote 6S AAA Mav dba dae Oe 389

ERSTE an IEE aa le Styne men le aes tometiie yds We egies Soke, Sc mai os pre aoa Oh eR

AAETRCIEVEMTEEE ME ene Whee eset eye ed ae wcaccs cv E eo oboe ecg ce way SA Caer eens 175

Pur ALD REG ae cee ae ER, ee ee eee eet eee ee ee ee 216

otuel, Procoptodon....... ee OL Te Hace a EC Ia ee One Cs eA ye ee 216

RP WERINR RAR ECU UEE SC cohec eg ira) s a pug ap fiettse nn oe eee and ww bh 4 oy ah mw wade he Anse ee Seed Gos cep 175

PRE AAEM oe, ada ee een cs cee neh ay dhetaw td araackea ee eA ETS, 214

PPM AAMC TAN TT cn orale a At 2a tom shin, Gia igd > ft Pepe Pee Ve acer haa Be uals es! = Pees a ee 175

CRUISE ARCA ELT SEEN, Se AE Ra at, crete ate Fue wc HAE te aia etsy toate ghee bee ee eae 191, 192

PEA er E US ROR ese casts ati aytl dane geen tlh yom, 2 2 Sinden’ = ape AR ed 5 <Btereys wen alo eee Aes . 206, 207

HCHPANAINOTL 3 ge nties wos ok on ee ee Re hk ale eet ne ete at en Awe ee eee ee

painei, Palorchestes ......... oD ee a a ee Oo ee cigeip eee kt 217

Palaeonisciformes........ Sere a Se er et WATS PRT ee Re i oe 206

eR TUS ong roo ep SOT et a ee a a ee oo Oe ec ere ee ee eee oe 209

palankarinnicus, Prionotemmus ....... 2.2.42. c reece eee e eet ence ew eswmwenes 211, 213

Frees UMCOUL Apne ACARI TUT UUY Soc vs cers Aerie > gone ss mina Rig Eke eS ask Eee be ey ES a lye st 430, 440, 441

Palorchestes . Meee Seat. Weise 3 SM ten Atal phe Nae Nts Bile Sete cuares ight uinedlGe Gol ee oe

pantica, Neosebastes .......... ite oie) abel ay 1S AA SA OG oe oer ie, Car ot ee 8 tees 171

papillocephala, Microtetrameres ..... 2... 06204 ¢e0escceseueeeeeeeces 243

papuensis, Hyalopeplinus ........ 2.5.6 s ss ceee cece eee ee eee ees "429, 452, 458, 459, 463

PUREST ge VENEER ooo gine iccsek 3 aE Haiti ode aptaeldl 4 a RE e pla Dareatel «dem «\Plaers GEES 179

paraccipiter, Microtetrameres......................... 239, 243-245, 251, 253-255, 258, 259

Paradentalium........ tg ee ee ee ee ee CR pee Aen tee Sere gem eRe 384

Paralepididae. . SPREE S ay PURSE Soden Maas aN ei acai Ps ih eee cat a ee ee Me

Paraliparis ................. thee 1 PMO PL ve PER TCSP Ber) ips: by oy ep eal abe ted a yal As Pines sera geee rs 172

PRranepemililal cn sec ob 8 oh ee eee eae oe ee ee he oe ees le Gea 375, 410, 411

Parapericomus....... Be ery tet eee el ches pr ey eee tea ge at crea yey set 227

Iara SRS ERD PIESIR a Oe esi ate cy cook Kuala man)s euics ehat eee wR eS tee ple tls Atm IF 285, 287, 292, 294

pardalis, Ophiclinus ..... Ene ee Pie Maye Pe ee ae wee Wee Faye on) AY td, 174

Parocirrhoe ..... BPE eaen se eon ate nee a REE WAHL oe Paani det 145

parsoni, Calamanthus fuliginosus....................cccsececeeeseesceeee fer) ao

PUEATAIET ER ee IR el 9 ihre e Sgt ae ce. PAU a, nF FN A ho Pee Hote ga ES ne ee aan bo "407-416

Teh BESS) UI Tei lal Ee nS a ee er cig Ad koe etal See 192

PARAGTIIOTUISS. yon ot a pang ee kw be ees eine aie kbeth wok ibe coe MARINE eae jenna 9 aoe eee ae 190

BR CuSO EE Soe, inks os soca d oda ahs Supe eae eo DRAW ee ee dels wate 170

are eae Lene ee Nh Va ees 1S piu PG ara heat adlale = nan heres wii Five « athe Gl ea SENS Oh 407-416

SERS IRL 1S ALR TARE TUITE CIR oe fae Shine alec. o's, Gees ee ne ot, oe eure aa eee Oe

Ppa RR PS Se et sgn: Lh eo. ete ne gare glesed Sele eck aed n.ste Goene pd de Pe Se I 184

PRLLATIG, We OORESCMCMEEE Oo Mle hi Sapte nis eee Won ne eee te ee eae oe eee ne ee

PPCM U1) A tAUS NANT NR So clare Mece cies aceetrh alse’ po pe asin we we ey cade a 4 Sa wale aaeede abe 200

Let Sos, oor el Rane ee aa ee Pikes aeee ee RST estes eas a yt Laban ess ic nla ieee 41,54

(rR reirin TOMEI TAME TES... og tele e Seer wis wae ve ed aie in ele ewe eg oe eee eee Red Ee

eee eee isle clan cyte hy heat IP iracip Anticaltee mara ell kash cig efidilant op.F banodiesestpeneeiedete 207

Me et enpes INEM ELI ee a pesca bay che ae teee 5 1, ape tie eeepc eat ate Aa cela d gel ala ri ocr bh ed yee elas ae ielghareee eee 207

Pelecanus . SESE bessiodes, Green pees AGRE Re REM et Pk greta Sheth aay g Are Ph ey gst dees ee Mee tm

pellucidus, Capsus. FE eee eae ee ee Pee ee en 478, 507

ESCUELA, STUHRETONG cc ccte ge ex Fw mena ale dae eee ewe RE Re wg ae 429, 444, 445, 448-450

pellucidus, Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) ...............2..00. 430, 478, 503, 506, 509, 510

(olivine! UST 0 Dnt eg eprte ae te eae A 3 eee tS ee eA See eae fr Seal 201

penelopar, BasemtOMION 2.5. oy cmeas oie Kei et Hee Bh ee a ade Ho EY ayo! 299, 300, 301

penicillata, Bettonpia .... 20.66.6640. 0c ees pen cotane meters Bol Ayo chase tnan neta stated aie 199

MMA Pech ear eee Nase ee Ra Bh A etude 5 Ami tens ow 22 ae ee seh ehh ceenh a clY art am oa ae 356

Uefa 0 SE ee ane nl eee a a rere Sere wel abla ghey face on! Tonle ky

GRU NPEN gee pee ane cea Wetec A Abate pn ssitniyintine @.cs dim o alin beabdans apenas lene tence menos 417, 418, 420

ASPs Tuk PUR CNURTELIRE Ss op. GZ Ree afar anced wel 79 winds, sodas ath gPabeeee place A geen ee Wg cae eee 51-167, 417-428

Peramelidge..........4s0005: Fe) SS MO Ale Sie sas RADE stats OMAN Me reat! 198, 208

PES RRS MEDS «420s ti alse len Segee AS ene oe wPaere HN A ane eae ZA Sim Bymde tn pings, pose zon alleges eee 172

PRM Noes teed, este bree Spartina wiicie tay Be = wells ik, Wica Madar Gaus in ait abe SRL eee he ea a a en 51

Perkoala.,.. 2.020500 s000. Se MB her aye ee en oe Puree ye ate Fo 209

Peronedysidae . . :, Maen ertes PE So" 2A ABATE da Sie ale sR A SE es ete RN gp et el «a Pr

personata, Egernia margaretae . See eae eta atta SE a a ee iy Stil art ea ines Mei Say aeeeteet, =e 185

PRCT CO CES, DAS Fay RPT CITI ep sat Pa eds monn Pomel hE ek eh gk Poe ed doe 185

Number

Petre ar ny.) SoA, feh i ante fe Sele ety soi ir ed ba ae ere eh 51, 54, 158, 160, 162, 165, 166

Petroica 191

PAPER CEL AMEUILEAE TIER tI E rts Sl walt Gun cif ae ox ae PO A, Btia pct aee ig ane oti seus ia ee 169

[ens Vive pee Posten Yat 5k Me Ae Mie ne Oe ee We ew) eee Ard tL ee 207

PRTG OCT AN cc Seige s ies suslis stad ara A "k f BoM ne eee x fo BY he ee hs ee

SURAT MEA beg ES she ios Wihiad? Pog pa Rede AW Ee shas Ge lad eel oe eens 199

ELSI ic TNE eee, 2 A BON, sant wie erie whe ata als as Aik eee SN Wie i A Spiele, 197

PMR a MUIR eb RO) le aly Antes Gl ols ve re lmnds arly lvls seh teal et aeolian rein a Ce A

PHS Aree ef 2 dee elgg de yp ns no fn ye ee Oe ge ee ee ae ef 209

IRAE aT hae Te aie eee ae ne Or ee ee ee ee Pe re Bn er ets ty ie, fydieiLe)

Sasori ya oy ee coil a en aR eve a ier aude ob eR Ce Daca eae. ee ee 281

Riera Arhrstaes Nero d coke agtr dk al, ahLen Tes asst cote tee ar, Seen emesis Ae 214, 281

TAI RMS CRI RL cio ah Tk are aes An chal ces 2 a ple thee set aera wm, SOMES 93, 107, 115, 116, 119, 166

philemon, Microtetrameres............000002.0200e eens 239, 243-245, 247, 249, 250, 259

philippinensis, Hyalopeplinus............ ye Rep inl tins bok MS ne ae, 429, 452, 459, 460, 463

Phoberodon . ee ER ee yang Oe Ses ere 294

Phoeniconaias .................sssssssseeeeees EELS ee ee teeth ji tks ene ed 207

Roe UANTAT TIO a IE foe See Leki nl mie Sia een eoalatle # paecib eaere ork een RE

BPS maT cia 8 Os. ic os sat eee Sec ehtn ss os eGR Sleds Eodeiod ei aiiayek poe En Gl lg Oma sis ae

SEA See SPCKCUREDOMUataee hhu 3. NR Petes ge a gs gree eg keh we enc ean mcd mara see apt, es ae

FERN gir ENT STIMMAT Hagler cen chee wicAynns ts eng Matin yap nerves v ving if x a te SAL a mee ae 376

EE Sp Peat MM REVUE MEM crocs Socrates Wily Eames sions EGP Pat eye epg ide RAFTany Efe fe Gace le ph es Ee cl

phyllochroa, Litoria....... (Pe Sse ees ee Oe er ect Pe te 337

Jedeh ili) Tite qh [oe or eee Meee Na eee ee ee ee a MPT eee ee ee wo 379

PAAR UIE IT st onan ast saens ttn rae Sa ed Lai TERY, ern ae Soh ae eer te 347, 349, 353, 355, 357, 358

Physogaster .....0...sccsccssseeees PACT EN etch a gy gh hei dtd ts a hae OTS el eC 22f

PAUCTe EOMNEUGCAREE oe cecuent vlhsofs en.2 Sohail Maa. rata 3 4 aug faces 4a Ra WAS here eaters See 156-158, 166

PCE LUE AES ERAT 08 5c war Pst Bcc. Til a sltedeted wrens = bcm yida tte an ache mp ects ee alate lp pelea eS 185

RPREISOTCOT Ewe Seo SN My he Br as a RP eae ald oe ln Sr ad fetal 8 Gana Spek w Perks Lapel SMR 32

pili, GOON YEA. ies ah ees BRD apt Petes ates ieee gh1i3 etki ee beet: skceck iter OMe shoe oe rwee LS

pectic 1) fie mec | SNe. 1 gee A A fe oe Coe nat eS WERE PERE Be 233

pinguis, Teenie Pe eA Ee INTs ory See ages is ENE ee a Aegarn tre cee oe oi A 187

Pitikantia . Pe er M8 fon ices em p+ oh nan a Settee ag MaMa g WS aA Tt i Ui itt oreo

Reem eAER Mh eR ee tesla cuatun « dem ager oops ts, aes fee tae eeu ersuretut fen tiere ries cue Oe 217

Planigale. . erhp tea AS! piace Tee bike tate a snd d opr MeN it Mie f ARE can gS oat sath oe

plateia, Dale Apel ts aise bday dick Satya rteies CAsaan 602 aot tee a 379

REUTER ARR n.d wlan. 9-4 PYM ttc tart gn ee ed wg BF aad ad fy aren ds ee ee 189

SURE Distal ie eae PIs PGA PRON WHOA UP SOU WC RN Un: Dire ogre, Fe eM gee RrArMi ta sit (ty 189

RLeTDRMMA TTL te tn tcl Se eo ae aggcl web Mervbed Pov nehtgantck aim ated ie Oa eee a 179

platyterus, Ammotrophus...... neath Acad atk Ales: Reda Pathe Rteie art ce POUR N caP poe ak wichiee a Eel chanel a78

IRIE OD a, coeds, 5 ARael e e e ere et kee wale et rere er 52, 418

Plectorhynchus ........ nT GE ange ee ee Phe rg ees fe ww 22

BNE SoS REE TEREPER CS cats eB shk nV ET 9 goed ety ays td sis ins ae etal OS wen Fi eA 172

PAG 72 nile ol ei ek a oe en te Roe Me eg ete o 431

RGN TEI a bhai cia, ke pes cens hb hoe Gib aE knoe a hind ka = Aha eee ee ee eet et hee rn ML

Mga) eS a os ees Fos BOER ete: Peary ce en aU PRAM SOTO ep MMROR ENG er el atte Petry Sa 170

PGTNTT EU TE he ly SE Ae eee ee a ere a ee ere an ee ey at

AML iA apts Ete ah Dede Se ra ee a sere eausk Dok delta aoa ee eee ee aa 358

PRINS RE sR ARTRVETRTEL co Pats ic onataner ciara th Kee dsdod, Siesta bd dhs gw oe nied lege Sree ae detecs he,

Sa gi Se feed eran ho ee ee yo, Wainy a add GR aia Read ee ge 420

Poecilotoma . SiS ly Seas bs he ae SS A UR ee UE Saeco are ee Seen 8 eat

polyplax, TAREE OS RE DY SEA COREG RON er See ORR PY nett aver eraeret wht 410

aes at hs oimte Se RO en keen Ont ke iE Oe Pn, fe eT

CHUN ERIN RIMMED cc oka ee ss pgeP Ml re Mache ha eer os rcadbe PPE, cv ese Sy ng RT G cog Srchancl snare Re aac coal

Polytelidae . . FP dite ent 5, eS I LAN Pe ted OAKS PAP ole Sre, seceaatl lie ERE

en SR. OMe en Be I Doge Ee 172

ubesnil stoithod Sf (utet sy At) apa ae et een CNG a a Scat we 00 Onno: eae ewe nema a 430, 523- 527

pondalowiensis, Psophodes nigrogularis ..... 6... c ba eee cee bees ee een en enednaes 192

Pca ney 8 be ohaiew z a hes bor deg pileorvece Teak a dco TAR Avy gs, ee apa eee eps ak tan gets Bel kegs ah vail no Salis 212

prasinata, Ocirmhoe. 2.0... e eee ee Pre pape be imei eg oh Ma 56, 57,67, 84-86, 88, 166

primigenius, Notidamus .... 4650 6ee +e eens eee tie es Neer oer tater eae 285, 295

ERISA EGER: «6 2 hue ees la PO cy ein JU OA Panda SR dy cole fe aNeg eer Ar Bee ee 213

pritchardi, Mammalodon..............2.+00+eeere ees .... 286

pinay Ly MN eh ah Ot See Pane cet he a akin ene din don 56, 60, 67, 85, 94, 134-137, 140, 151, 166

procallosa, Cuspicona .......-..0..cc2eeeseuas file ee Sone 93, 111, 113, 115, 117, 166

RU RCRRTIO RRC hee Me gna a ee ert hee ee le i lee Mle ir wa PER I a4 de Seon ay eh ee a ee 216

POET in Se 5 Cy eseett a ear iyettetalainss bile Ry et Pei ng ee ar eee gy en 208

Paw AS ree eo 3 rack ead sates aMiatihe rive naive Ted Leaf eee b eekee Beale Sines leg Sa oud Play ae 178

ENG COMUIURETT CPENCA TAL DS SP OAS Stites aire treat, + eae ost eels nig aatuek Fae LF! OF Sh, ne San 4 285-287, 290, 292-294

EADGHESTSANSUMCAUMINS br rarety Sareoets eet den top yoiah Oia spe Teed £5 taster push dees RE PES 216, 277, 279

MPA sk nn renter aad 8 cee serra La se las Ae Ss OE a Se te 299-307

ORGANIC MUSEICOUR fon a,5 sane eens ee ee Roe ey RaW EP dene 93, 140, 144-147, 156

Pee MEDELITE ret Aye nce eer el el on Ps ae Belle a te Aaa dey Meld oe 2 417, 420-424

Peaea SERRE eye ORS isa Sis ahr dere Mas ieee Me UE hh Onley te ctate) =< hinhns =, Maul) See RSE 375

PROPOR Re ts 2s eta ylang Pees Raat ed AEE RA g eet eens pe alte «hy wale see 190

Liga oere gost ring nh 7 sepeaeal gels haar (or oaA ng aOR eet Ewa wee aT ay a Pare er beh aed 172

pseudoexigua, he Se eR Gar eer ne PEP ecr a Ne en Tere 414, 415

Si SC APL is array 923 2 an aye OE, he Tee Aaa Mee sgh EL RSS boy Bo 2-4 Se HEL 201

Roepe TECLEVOMEE LEUCINE, RON PTIGRT sly cS ee eo ae wy poi ey VO PE OM eset eke ow MLE WR 4 ect elena Win aged 183

SAYRE TORINO SN OR cae? | Loh b bud deh beg ete Ge Like Sa, eee ett ee ce ees 189

RSPOCRE PES CRGNE st Peete oh reer aA was Wawa ete ess, Degee, Sor ae A nce, Nop Paine wemcae eb tune sake ee 192

Decne Maint eerie Caen hecs Sih ery c wrtsa SD. d hace avep W9-9 3, = 9 en oe pee eee eee eS eee 356

PSE R TPE LTIOR ak cahhe vans rss yO ag po Ce ale cineca Freeh ses 347, 349, 353, 357, 358

ESAE DAUM CARINE TIRE USS ao dora an); Aang. sv then ae Neovare sg cer ex mesechys we PvE ary eee rue Age aa Rant last 3,4

Pugione ...... Ee a AEE eg re IN a Coke A ay ath Sans hy el 51

pulchellus, Euhyalopeplus . = headed Fag Tae ede PRs Bee me ont ee or he et Leak Se A Ny 449

Paeel ie WCbeM PLE sas eee tc one eet HAE PAE ee oe Pk we eee | Se

IE TIETS RPE Nt Pee cry Pe Sy dios ged lcas eb hal ape a ome lee ae Ze oa a Foetal Meera 376

pulleini, ee EVN ae ip iy sn Sti wn Race ahaa lal os tat A eee A aaa Be Ae ek 31-39

TRPRUIRAD MMR MTL UCTMRRRES ete fs jad <x pwons 4 eee oree id alessio abs G wma Gia eee ude ip 4 Ul skiing aoe are aS 305

PaEUENeeciehen TEeMTMNN EEO kn 8! Lk bec sure ea ees Pee ripe ng gest eae 299, 304

purnelli, AMYtOrmis ......... 00.0 cess ewes ees ofthc dhten wihea SO abe saponin cee 366, 368, 369, 370

PAUSE spe CEMINARLE Was.) SE, 22. 54s tet sa VP swine ee shee es ah eb eee oe ot ed heed ee 190

TRULLI SU SPO MSTIGES LRAT cen us ge a wes a eg ogee cn oe + ie ppl nls nw wee Raley ly ag ee 244, 245

PILI i ce ESTA SAMEMUEMICNIEN Peters, Sorters bulk «or 4 Alep Say VF Sis tag Stee. acese Oo nave wie rade Fun pee Ee 216

EOD AERTS 1S ge Aa oe Ep, acl ens gn eR Cae Ag TP aie A Yo

MG ISM DGS deed Be fd stn Lome va tice a Roatan sa 7e 6 dots fon oe PMO Chee fear Sat otk bar has Sat Me mid 217

APU RSA GLUT ea UMNO. che Sem am ns a ete al dey gata nant oe nals Die wlalenod gle bela ge ee a oe 178

queecnslandénsis, Hyalopeploides.,.. 2... 20... eee 429, 464,472, 473,477

queenslandiae, Dinornis ..............-.-..+. We ee oat te a ee RA iacciatste eons pb

ESTER PEA Mia NAS oS perl isi a eG Pa A do ae be nee oe Ball pe ee 31, 32, 37, 38

rama, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) ..................5. 429, 430, 478, 482, 487-491, 493, 501

Ba Hives aan fy RNa a ois e ys on 2 Sy fa See Rees Pela 430-432, $23, 526-528

Tes cel ja! Po gots Beg OR RW seh 9 ca Seu Oe Ore ieeebc carpe ane ae 347, 351, 353, 354, 356, 358

Iie ean ets I WR tcc eS Mal cd de Geacd bang Sa 900 Fa Gg elas SoS mal ae oe Bl Gm Lo wld 177, 179

Ar Abas Rr ese a Ere Pgh GG. ook a Gay. eihog gens Ee Pe O's be he Clee Hnens pin laeece nied ep REN 179

rapha, Procoptodon ...............+. Bb See eat, Ce ee ee ite) ge ied ete 216

Faptoris, MICrORCIIRINGTES 6. - enc eee ee eee ee eb es 239-241, 243-245, 255-257, 259

Weinreb few Uva] Ceo tte ee eee ar aren rae 244, 245

rasheedae, Microtetrameres origlus. ..... 0.0206 ca ec ee ee eee eee 244, 247

Rattus. Ang he Aa AE Te eer rere ere ee ek. ee.

raul, Trichosurus vulpecula................0. ae Neat AWC Ta whepnt PO are nh 199

fed git ety, Feiler ee a ee, ae ee eee erent a 430, 514-516, 518

regius, ‘Ctenotus ioe tie a eee ey dE te, Gea ST eae Oe ee cel mn, ae BT ate 184

regularis, Allostichaster . .. 0.6... 60 cute n ence eee n nen e nena ens 373

Deters RM MTS. bo ae Nr tt oe cay s eae a wd es fie te eek agus dupes set ao une 379

DE ARMeS ee C TEN TOURURIE ere 1fon ie ce betanie bot a csi sib ofconce oe we nigh eee a Sega be opt mdse on ROA lta cei tech AE 179

SEMEL RC IE. GEVET ISTE RICUINER «pif: Casa Pee wi o's, <p nists x shee mgs Simtel ws Dae gob 305, 306

PERM eer ys loa, in als pe Rae ae 2 SN oe bee hs aon re eer 206, 214

Reptiles ........ sited ene fia inte al a eee Mrettaeh Saeteenia ten | ines etl chy eens Ae AE I eam AES

resiliens, Ophiactis . ieee eee ote to ene Mees Re eat AMR Per AA athe de sci a oie sot WRN

MERE Eee BAe ANID cy on te Oe eae Ee rahe! ota Tenet 60

USOT So Ee ee Oe on A, ek ee a eee ee 169

Lviv) steal cl) Ua. Sf A aie gt ae Ee SRE Pere 4 Jo) | SL PNA a OR RP Ge, OP eA 169

ERAT PACH NNR etree te Peele tos chat bese Pana Aree 2 coapd be oe ek eee oleaMneNy aad, Be kemtesd. sic ve wen hak ck Reb abate actos aac 191

RePEc EEA theM, Pee Oe NNTS 6S 3, we ut cals moka ee ces kata PS Ethos Carton fie ee ae 191

thipiphaleus, Platymantis. . A eee Nees eee Ae te 179

IRE ESP REDA CN LCMINETSY ge CP I es nik da oly pe rch pinta Sita dn ao. 9 noe oe SI sme Fla ponte gf opened ie decals

PEAS TRICE all oe hoes itll «(arn hie ee PR a ae een PLease eee ge 1 fa ll gin Galo 186

Fhothophifus, Tropidoetethus 2. .c. ek ee hae eens rane be nea ned 170

PRIS VNMETUCHEEOT ENG ak eth coe Tee aly vida ke shape 4d on ce Be, slat fata ae 51-55, 65, ‘92, 06, "165, 420

Number

ROEM ICONS EPOMEBY sora se yas ha eG coi k eeu enw bobed boa ok teed Reda y Bla hade, Pan oo

RIN MMOS ests meee atte Ea ae tate A wpa ial eeciats BA mote sf SURF Lp Rea 23-25

WAIN RUNNIN a tg as in wg elt Wig gd nowy te eh dee He se by Weld nals ere a eR

SU Raael RUPLI Ser eg cs int PR! Sa ool cus. Shin ie, clade wigtnanke sjacste> po ktale cheats ee 179

robensis, Histiogamphelus SYNETEPAPRL EGE eter feycle 2 Rie sata Sere hat Be wloss telat) ichad ale dee ei ee 17i

POURS, CesT BOM oss ene yale s Omri Sirs aed o PA OW po daveb wean ellie adenine mars 189

Aint ONE 6 Oe ren She Abu? buch dear bi at ae traNdace CRUPRCR A, 2008.

Tues ALENT pe DIPGRE ELOMA SER ul cur rig teh gins FoTNE x tr Atos 2 2 Sx Pee Vguln vio.atate eote sists os rls wie dle 380

RASC LUMEe, PUPS TMMETUEN CNT 8,29. cole ae ge gee ei aot sling Muncy HEL dw dls De win ga Wb ee Fae 216

Det ed REPT IA bce ee da AST ciel cise eligle eevee aes RA i Me LN Ae aw SUA 83, 166

Ei Se pep PMR Bem Mi hy se and ey Gods WHT EP Ae wed we lh, ath ole igh one este y MS

COSTA; aM aE ATHENS: oe cece whee nee dia De eens 2 beg we Pele ees 171

pe sit ASL tari, See 6 a tn or ee ee eet oy ae ee ne ee ON Pe Meal, 5 173

rubriniscus, Hyalopeploides ...... 0.6.0. ..0ccneeeeeceeceecerrersss 429,464, 473-475, 477

rubrinoides, Hyalopeploides ..........0520 cc: ccsens eee crees 429, 464, 466, 473, 474, 477

rubrinus (sic), ore 8 eA a a Pees eh pee end ieee 466, 470

rubrinus, Hyalopeplus smaragdinus . 430, 493

rubroclavatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus)..

rubrojugatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) .

TA) ESI AANA NMA RD RRLEWPRILISE 05 Se. siete one t e-p.wr pee con ape bis pa $4 Le 4 4-00 ac ace yloNea i pees 173

rubroornatus, Kosmiomiris ................-..scscccccccccenuuves 430, 516, 517, fv

rubrosignatus (sic), Hyalopeplus .... eA oe eas Beet 491

rufescens, Amphibolurus..............-..... Sake teeing: thay sanfeee yume eres = eee ee 181

RULE ee SLAPS AgE LIS cnn Pees eT GEE Meck 0 tu sd acer wd tow ue IER y aha ace alg hele ace EI

TANed OR REPEL ICEL as eect oe cates eicte mete oe wea PG Beis, Ge ST GUE TS meibey oh oytgd desis eto aut oot eis 11

PATRIA OHEAMIN PENR ENCPRETS) sana 2 ee ha oe ee ae t's sp pee ea bine ome DPA oe aati tC nenta ee Poe 16

PU aaa REIMER i oak a ete ee ee ee A Oe ate in 11-13, 16-19, 21

PRE ithe ema te Nee cass oe falls 6s cht ymre tye eatalte nce battn ot a wero Ee 9 dev fied nis sony Koc eae er eee eee

ILLES EAS RMA PUOMTER eG, Spon tet sped Whe se Oe ee Cathie Sole find OI 93, 153, 156, 166

rufiventris, Pachycephala.............00.cccccecrssssruseevecerereceen eae tr 192

rufocastaneus, Clambus . oth, PPMP i tere Me bela ie et Ba alee i

rufus, Myrmecobius fasciatus ...........0....c.cssccseruceeevseersseeees Pad hottest Ae 197

pyle tel ALS SUNT E sg ah liom coed, Aa Lvl oa rs i ey ECE RON TN Aa rte, ee ey A gi PE)

Sabaeus ....... ae eee : 31

sagueri, Microtetrameres. A eR on eee BPE OMS obec i age A OA 244, 245, 249, 253

sakura, Eosentomon. Ps om 299, 303

Salmoniformes ....... ayant oath ara pee es ; ... 169

samoanus, Hyalopeplinus Misty ah ah oer eed he eee oe, eee ea, ee 429, 452, 457, 459-461, 463

samoanus, Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) ..................... 430,478, 503, 507, 511, 512

RETIRES PH CTINCOUES «ok telex sce a WY vp Pup ES bo ois hee Secret bs SH GE eh eee ole OW FE 172

saoria, eb Oa os Wg Lid. ot chk Oe aaNet ieteeee etc ck ase 2465 375

Saurischia [ei Eg oh pac ew ae A AR Og hia eee, Seer 57. rc, : ee ge eels ger ae 214

Sava ct ‘Diplodactylus PE en tn ie ARO eS iL nt here ot ees aye bin 183

SU MIDMLICTRNELY CaaS NG TMNT eo ats rN ag oat lets Pardue goles PURE, wecn tinder Ren aitaay Panes 2

DCRR aay rs ni vesee teres Ges thee AeOk a2 75/1 ed he eke Bp eae Nee Dita eee mane 382 EF.

Go eee MAREE Te Lovehy he iain Grgies st a try aig hd ™ Ly ahs eda OYE Rap yl oe Oe Pe aed oe Se

Sie eRe ort Eo red S Ae Sn gold aes whe VG dog KAM Pw HT ale ee A nee 410

ACHPULN Rr WIMCHOMMENIN Gy Svite Pps vrata era ee he EA dw ee aE ORE Rae ee 430, 520-523

schmidti, Platymantis Eareenne 179

Scincidae .... Pt iaig eA ab aie e's 184

scincoides, Titiqua ee eer Ra 184

430), ‘478, ‘491, 492

Scorpaenidae . . Sy ieee eh ies lane Taw sane gia fig WRN onal oe 171

SERINE coh ay <2. ott oD, SGA, kh a 171

scortea, Histiophryne................ eed ass MES ants. Soha ae ind Ss te ee 170

SI TLe LAGI a Pe NRINMIOPTIMIEIS «8 scons o's ase od a a4 de ta ale yk a Was he es SRS eb ae 430, 520

ROUT ars, ARMUONITUE a. eet ee eee ee Rete se tANS SUA Oes oboe wires name DEE

Selachii . ae ot ee 205

selenocosmiae, ‘Ljunghia . UR Sey eae PRE at Em Sees ls lon | BS en AF he Peat 2s 31-34

semiflavus, Clambus . Ned A kere he ee ed eared gat yD Ae Me rrr iar ae! 9

semiflavus, Cybocephalus Pe Oe hcg Rt oe hs cls eM aa ae eR ee EI eS pe 9

Sericormis . Baty ah, bs tel Ee Beye pigs PR Egle es a ge eee 190, 191

serratus, Ektopodon. . tie | See tae Ares ae SAE pest Ne ee RADA LA in ded 208, 210

serratus, Squalodon .. a 287, 294

Rak ie tis re hte ag dh: hese acho tie nerd rae pica VL Tey FN hg ed OS Wee 5 381, 382

Sepiidae . eee enter rte 381

septemfasciata, 1 2 =: ee Oe, RE CROCS Oe reamner eS gece rione, 173

Number

Schackleton teardrop core wustralite ... 2.6 ec eee eee een ew eee eee aw eet reer 331, 334

SHEP NERHs ETBC NOES sc poss oi re ae $45 od a ale de a ea de By bere dee Le 6 ay ate oF S oly Oe 380

SSAMUBEELCVNIRUNSS Trt atest ste iets us aig b Ads sa Said # Mae 4 TAL ae ot oo et es ernest Fs tok Cage ee eel te 170

similaris, Hyalopeploides. .. 2... 6. 2c cess even seven eccrseerrentoe 429, 464, 469, 474-477

similis, Hyalopeplus aha al ape ty taets Mis BE cha Rey 430, 478, 503, 508, 509, 511, 515

simmondsi, Bathycoelia...... wee Si eB

simplex, Cuspicona At Pee ee Abt eaE Fest 82, 67, 94, 104, 1M, 140-143, 146, ‘150, 156, 166

simplex, Ophiomusium ..............000e00ees ~ eee EEE

as EC POC MOMMUUNEEL | freee ce yy pts dre Fe Peed ee eh wig at Pie dee ted 347, 349, 353, 357

SIAN, CAR ONOVENCS uh. S04 uate Eee Sb) $262 Sy begs baree DGze er tet cr an ted 206, 207

SA TVSSRAI TSM RO MIME RS oy ochre, w By ee rity, tele aby ci Wipf ebm acts Fee ¥ wp ate fe gg eee Stes Me 6,8,9

MiNeserie WIE TAA eRe RIOEE SC east i A. A ene oe thes phe d Partner i wy oa ey GRE 244

Siokunichthys .............. BP fe ache We Cot lt ed RM Rae pe, Lem ae Oe, Doe 171

Siphonodentaliidae............6.0. 0040 a abt accented Star SEs ty sure: Vitcatl areal, WATER mheecaaede 384

ARTE Met be hl ws ee ee A eo ee hee ae ee ek ery reer tere eee 185

Shey iiss, CVC nnn 4A week evs eee rer eters ee a Sa AP te oy eA 261

sloani, Menorophus................ Ae idee ae eee ee, A eer 293

smaragdina, Dasia ..... ee Re abe, Oe eS ie 185

smaragdinus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) . ee Pepa cout ae Ses Woke St os 430, 478, 484, 492-494

Tafat ahi peal Ette 8] Pe) 1 |: ie ee oe ars aera ar Saree iey wae Peer yrange! 430, 520-522

TSA, PNG MRPTCIEEVERTD, yo hued eis tetonce 4s eye alate ogee din o's Da Rin e gee eins a keliw ay eon ike eda) eM He

Solitosepia .. iene Sater ects a sea bye RET eh Pe Sheets se Ao Yon se oRGf CAC =a W SeaE vs Aime eae ge

solomonense, EOpemtomnon ... 2s c cans es se eeeeeees me Asn e i okgh "it dota eee 4, fee EE 300

solomonenisis, Hyalopeplinus.........-..--+-¢eescerrees tecesvess 429, 452, 456, 462, 463

SOLOMOMCHSIS, PIYTAMICOTIS «0... ee ete eee eee eee eee 417, 422, 426, 427

SCMCCICININCNES:, RIUISATUUIOS. 2. ee ee ee ee ee eae ee eee eda peaeenaeg nena iG 429, 442, 443

solomonicus, Hyaloplictus. .... 22... ees e reer ees cncnemenenaneee .. 430,511,512, 516, 517

Ra PML INS Meee dante Reef oR rites cebnaed Fairy no die khractied Bw og EKO er ea A ae oe 228

EAD RM ETEST RR steve aint eos y cintek ey cance seer he feur eee eet me ot ot dest habe, ncparrd dk omnes Ee eae ta 1,3,9

sphecotheres, Microtetrameres.........00000 cee ese eres 239, 243, 244, 251-253, 27, 259

Cyr TTT Tale Se palais JOB Aas aie ae, eee apa pen inom 0 bala) Mame 8 dae omen eee 206

perro aya Tee Angee ere re tone ae Ia ke See ae Oe ae ee eee en 206

SPlPeTOMION PHS 4. es sles dees One dee Fee Hea mee ets oa bese pte gtd et eS 185

Spel te) aly be) Pept ere Oe, CS iy SRE rant pee aay OM Raa orem Cergearat aaae Mere eS 179

Sphingolabis ... 0... 2.1.21... eee eee een nee eee e eee ees 222, 229, 232, 233

spicata, A NT nl RES AE SRR Ty ORE EER Fu ts 1h Wi geact Stal 231

Bpiculdte, MicroteiraAMmenrcs, «. 2. cee ene ee ew ieee rw naa eee Bees 243, 245

EPA eRE Re ern AGEN Meer eG 21 oil rer asitc’ Sich = than aka ews vals HO AE od aed eS» 175

eyed teres Pally SE a, Be Sao aera ar Pesta SR BR gules. Ka tiae asaya so ae 178

spinosus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) ...........0...00 000 eee eee eee 430, 478-480, 494, 495

Bae MIBCERMCETAMIOTIG OS es cucce ok napa tied eee Pica dein s bed oot ne leas 239, 244, 245

AAAS eile Teg a litae oe bldg de pn AE Re Ope OR Eel ef eae on My eo ORE IPD 239-259

spretus, Coes (Sat) 2 oy Aq ee act es JOA 8 Pg one Sony Robe Baain s, s 2 Cs ne 384

Squalodon ........ PR tice ete Bebe By SOE A sgine etic tepeininne oul wag al SEU eee hy eee

ep PULTE uo oT bs LR ee a Oe oe Ae eee) a A ene earners aneH 213, 285-297

Squamata .. : Re dria Cette bene ene ae deiner? abs, 3 ete eM, Bo es inert Me ane

stellatus, Nephrurus . Ie a Fe an eee te) Ot Men ad yl dl Shaglem, Ehicgien snare .. 183

Stenaspidius weet ee Bs Pe WA, Set BATA, AN ee eeetie mil ei Aes k aol “11- “13,1 17- 19, 21

SU OPMENT resets Posen ey aie asia teta suafea inl dK aie. W Ewes Sees cke fal = Soe bts 2a prep wees 6

pee PRIN a SSM ds Ph ON ane tr covateete PPO eae aad og AO Ties ere Aaa ad SO ee 173

(di OE 9. oe ool diy = aI ASRS ee Bi org sa er aed a ey fe 213, 217

UST TEE Se Sule SSE aS a re a ed ee) 23 EA or cae ee Ne 191, 365

stirling), Selenocoamia -.......- ~~. 22 --nc neem ee nenaneeer pe sseredictesneteecssens 36

ARNOTT A OO ORNS 2g. 8 85)! a2 fer § aplasia a's stig Riga’ bona Renae ee ee 222, 229-232

Strachia ........ Sirs i eile vee tmonad Ose he Mien Jon tee ee

strenuella, Cuspicona . te ee ee eee ets WL oe « “94, 127, ‘129, 132, 134, 166

streperae, Microtetrameres..............00. 20sec eee eee 239, 243- 245, 249, 251, 252, 259

Pa teem CLIT NRE gr yet hyp hcd tebe rara lh ia fo np. 'S 5S wield sowie eR La erk ge aitclam de enero 379

RUSE AIP TOTMS s sac a ates eshis don greenies Pook Le deb tee Maik, oe ee pas aye 366, 367, 369, 370

striatus, Amytornis striatus .............s<cc+csccccceccvececccceee, .-. 367, 370

UTA ANSEL poe uke: ha ty whe oF LK aie pine gia e Woh Wereare % dale 49 ‘429, 444, 446, 450, 451

HU VISSORROINEMLENAEY. Gita at: cua is isin ata eer taku RR beck +b io oa Svaed de ep hmea eg ee 186

AMINED CePA Sees LTVIBS EVES reget tet a ale ber tA Tyan se tes ce Phevig rete te tele omy 3 eEse La, Lie hand Son pdt pea tee? aa 35

SUMO NRT Be ro on cic umes addr Gk Pe ee ede aN eee E goog eben! ache acre nae 5

PULTE ere NEALE PGs. Wiles = tose ee ER Gee abs sofas eg ale 44 Wn ob oS arserOe A es 3,5

SUNSRISE IME WSR FIRM PEA a 3c yc oi e-GleSch Be aye Ale a's eo vm ecepitle ere a dee a Sdn a + Cas 522, 3523

superbus, Macrolonius................6++-6+05; b te racie a rs le gio toe Sub are 430, 520, 522

anttord, (alamanthas Falipeama: 5, 0k ak x oo es vee So aed es Ca eiee ee Sy 191

ewainson, Phascogale (Antechinus) .. 2... .4..%s<s0cb subd sees bebe eae eed an 197

SWE CORTON: ooo eS so arg he epee calcd eee acee On SEE ark git ite 9 rays 300, 303

Synomadthidae ope. ven ee ee e ee rs ere er ee vee er. 171

Rea ice OR ee ee nn eee Pe ae ee ee Cae 171

TG SUECIMELLLS SETS WEIERERL eG Sc taf heed oe Sayfa tk EERE Rae Leary en ae tees nah ie Oe

BY Me Gas dee ale ee Menente eS ea Lee ate hal Oe shee ke andl AREY Ea ee 387-392

taeniata, Lygosoma cmt AA ete GA EO Set eyh i te tire Hilde. 185

Tangaroasaurus . . = ae A es OEY Pea Pee ede ee gh Oe aie aa

tannae, Rae Ae ost sl a/a chs 5 03 daardlece ah oa Se 299, 304-306

tasmani, Clambus . a fo: ae eee rn ato Send he ee 3-5

PB AS Ee SI COIN CEOS RES, ce 0 SL ie Se nN ihe 3,4

Reeds EN SLRMSEUNT TOE as asia espahels atyck Seether kann doe Ra ke EES ea DMe aaD eh oow ee Beote et eat ould the 170

LECUREMEAL Cs ae ae econ a Ad p ae wa eR Te Pees Gee eu anh pn Enea os ees wean ha

Ugo eee RC MINMNRC MN aE Ie Ss oad ans! ars ag Ree Pacers ata PLL iticin a te Ole tee = en 169

Teliocrinus . Op pcre Ae Lae Dine tele ee ee Cpt Rn ee Pe Rc OT en ITZ)

telkara, Ambassis . SE ANE Piel AO ee ier rh eat Pgs SERN, AAT Rae petal ae | yr

DEP ite TE hy ee Cay Oe ae academe, a), brat cs 379

ROL Ta PE METSALAOWIRINE oka tack is: 9b ¢ 2.¢ ¢ afew Se ee Oe Vee ee vee ek 185

tenuirostris, Acanthiza.............. BS OE a crta ad Cas och te Ben ae EA we at ot nea See 190

igor vyvihes Fare Nes oe dla, clad apr art eit aL oe A ae ere OP Se dn Mees ee ice i pai 382

t6Roorie, PRAGA ak eked esse dense vensseegacssedecsarts, Sea, 165. 166

Ae vae 1S ant it CNR SR aE er ie ei, See See, «TL ar Oe, aa ap Ar 32

Tetrameres . SEY DE TA prt ee yt ert re ee ED a RO eA ood ot ate a br 239

Tetroadontiformes (sic) .....-+++sssssesecceecrees hes doe Ne Rc et re cry agree ae 175

PEST be 2 nu tele 1 gle ea dae tiny. Se eee eae | no Oe 361, 365-367, 369, 370

Thalacomys eRe oe Dein SEL OPER ee funnest Siecle tne Pivig. ser Seat ee hicbst-eica dix pata 198, 199

re OES re Re Te BE eg gly Ja oper i ede a a egg oe gern Oe Sat ce pe cee Ua ae CR 173

DUETEPT ah nneea a WA ae t Geer ne hs kote 3 Hi Re fle a WR eo wes Hp Gat oo ge te 172

AMET Se UE Sct Se re ee W A eS Pear ary anes aoe WG ea ee: 172

thotpeica, Caspionnt ooo. ee te ee ae eee 56, 92, 93, 104, 109, 110, 119-122, 125, 131

SRS GIR LIA es Ae OR Lt te ceo eines a2 A’ St alee see POE Pe ee eGR Det sey. 9 RL et 173

REAIGCOISC SAME ee ee er A ey facia its an ae uslh oe als oma aie ne eee

BCE pr eA cacs I CAEL ANAT tes GPE fers son on OEAN Shy Sune Piatenty Mee aide, att oe Ion sea TT See "208, 277-283

SUER Ceres eer erent ey ee Lincs see ened orm ges eevtlaerk alae heb eatin e eimtarcee pate 8) hen See eee 199

GE ee eg each aay st Re AP ee pete gy eR OL ar Rear be ote Suh ope Wie ek ond ae a eggs . 380

HOTSHEIE, SPHAerOCHOTAK , 6. cee ee ee ee eee ee ede ee 2G athe OS Ree 3-5

SDAA Pe cP prsagse. Fhocheo ah rn Ses ASM, sep ortione chao = oalch i va -o\qurg ae se ee pmregy etik heoe ee ee a

Timaliidae

TNS INS Pe Bese an hark cette OES Yt od le ee Se Eo ee he re ee a ee 213

Aces eS cae er esta LR cee wis eS av peed aot i ne wta aoe Ree pois Gadlible Date be <areats Pian qs edie ater 209

RifAMe Dire Ree AERUES he oD, cmap ave s-naleys wags ac wes cine Coen cv ant hata Mee alee eee mes 207

titan, MACrOpUe. - ek ee eee wkd En bn neste ha eg eet a et aad le PER 215

MITOTIC CErLAIR ENGL: oss SPAR Nt led ran A ae bald ayed de aerial ect eS Ses 5 lee 221

tangaensis, Hyalopeplus ear spaaavontenstahnerain freee ae mee 430, 478, 483, 486, 495-497

torus, Kolopsis ....... Fe ace et ier tes ete: Ps aie 217

Trachinops Re MT A EPI, Fm Pak hss. 8 Gilt Sale ei tiary 514 erie ikea bu eee ae int 172

PAAR RECA T Es SUI SMNTCU TIS SL, niece pic wPeny sortow a eprint dere ae! peal #6 arn ween 9 lac ral aug Fava pEsinm ep. 306

travassosi, MICTOTEITAIMIETES <2. 6.6 c ee eee eee ewe dee nee ‘ 244, 245

rele Lins 0 ab lanapee ea aon SR aca Ae ae ine ae 387, 388, 390, 391, 400

RS EMENTL RCH PN Cd 3 utc icp ap eka veins Oe gers ah atk Ge aS oe reks SBTE

treponemes ..... SENe eee Cah tied ets he face pereMa ge Sh hep gor Shar 2 SE ead es

triacantha, Leiolopisma . . so et Sei, RA he ne SER an oy PPM Hs Maba rahs NE at MS Gee. cies 3g) ae a aay ee

Tire TA ey eS CLT BR A PPC Le ee Hel 169

Bi foe PN eS fen gk ONE DEL Pee | SM ORL IS WTA eerie. Wei eg! Pe

Trichosurus . Pee eerie Bees els Lea he ited Ain SEU adh gitindg CASES ZORA Seu aN

tricolor, Ophiactis. . da Plage ng paMaS nS hae: MEA Ie to oy iets ieee ae erat kat ofaten Pace pt Fe ee ee

trilobus, BNIB Lio sk, ie ore feo slolety Bry sd agraals GRE ig ae iss ely

trinotatus, Hyalopeploides ....... 5 hi ee Reade pa a ey 429, 464, 475-477

CAEL aETOS Pen ae RT EC ieee gts La Poe a elle celen oe pokly sn Pn le 0h dye koellh a Pa ed weve 174

TRInhIReCCT tA ek Ie OTL ee i ts pt ale st a ame be aS gee ee Soy ne hear pee 287

pq eTeihe aut stew ctinal 2c 0tUide) ea So Aue ec, ey ees SEK oe eee Pera eRe 2 376

Trochodota ...... Pena EDR ae rah OT gPEGEL a Ga Si dn, 2-2. sip! tent deg Reranlg eng Weta el ema

troglodytes, Calyptomerus ee ete nf ee ke SESE OY oe Pac Ce eR SO PR gm Moet 2

pee] vial ue eG ETer |e (ne SPC ie rp PRO erie Eel tor che ohn Oe pS hr eopnel eeu reer net at loot bape ts, ® 8,9

PURPUREA NOUS. oe 5g AP Uoe cts etocgal n/teaete aoe SF, Gat nea ees Eee TCR coke Dibared thee gan ire mone)

Number

CUCL sie en ao ems Sei sew os Pee ee Ferhow ¢ tase Sle agate teem See hn ee 213, 217

REVIT A's yore et cette eta nnd gl sun eae LATS gna gees aca gre FE bh Eat erst 4 7a Oe ee 169

tubocloacis, Microtetrameres ...........002 eee eee e nes lech 6 em eb Tee pn lta Seog 244

tutuilaensis, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus). paeeveepeersnventiasceasaes 930, 478, 286,496-498

Tympanocryptis om pel ae gL, Ot are es PE A re MP ogra At ea on 182, 183

Aypetbanpeitl ae Wine tag | Paces 2 ote ee ee pies Fe ne Ds he mF Ema y eewll egia Whe ee MU

Typhlops oe ec cee tere ere entre ener eeteteneeseenaceeaccs 190,187

typicus, Guianerius . ey oe SN a eee 429, 440, 441

tytonis, Microtetrameres tC a) pee oe oe a RS 239, 243- 245, 253, 255, 257, 259

Piles Se LB PA de ore Sen We een i ne EE ket ee ee ae ee eA ee ee ee YT sot.

uncariae, Hyalopeplus ..........-..0.+-- Sd cee eS, My 2 al ape 430, 490, 499

PETER DE ULLDE oA REL EMC EUG, fe, ie ron esse anal eye Gch woe y Cana Bacal ate ere eee na ola wl, 28 Fe aoe 183

unimaculata, Ocirrhoe...... 1 ALTE, se ee ie ronre SO, o7, 0G, 67, 76, 79-83, 88, 90, 166

MRRATELEAE ACTER DITOUGSLEN EL Cres a, 3m Siow nh eres ay dancsp tic pede enon tahrath sbaseaes ts Mean STS: @ bare les eee a en 60, 166

BSITSUENT REMI create te a a ooh ge nord ls muh Him kd afte Reid ee ada es-b apa -oie ee ee ea 375, 376

uniserialis, Uniophora ..... aay Se dS? sec Saucy tie reese erect aie eee A act nes ee 376

jth ccna CO jo) )c te SN Oe ORs crea ee Se ewe er ee eee » evar. Ee

pipe ain Te 9 OR 2 er eee eee ee eee ey Oe ee ee ee ee «. 169

MV RCRA NMC a Wan Pet SEG gh nl Pie age iat a ene SIL teat Goad erdne- dean b aod rorcepree Meee amen gene

PUPAE CMU TIO EMEE os Biorannee os tek fe. doe Sige dak ed eAthena grand Soko EOE thea fe aortas on Nar se Bed

ATI APIS eee TPLALMMARE IES eat 2¢ ex ateee a tine a 4.4 Fig geen EEA Se On heed wa nity eye wey 182

Brea NMERDTSR MELE TREELEINIR Gg foc. esl A oghas ince a eV we yitp ahs ena clah wig ding ov ot Sy SI wh banger wey tape eS 207

oe TPCT ee AL EEIE D2 AR Nie atc ac rneste g usr veseiiig SA dcipe Bel bor GER AS Sti ita See: ah ee 280

TIEN Oe OS Os io eda bint oe Races ae UE Se Steet sana er oie, esa eth eT RE 186, 206

OSCE cael lw) pt teas le ee 2, Pe Oe ey OA re LR eg 186, 206

CESAR OUIN Me ACA MENEAME SY Fcc ls nop Sn eBhir e biee Seiheh doe im kG mb Seu edly rae ju Ae 375

A SCI COA TERF IG Seri SUR SE en AOA roe ra Sih id Liew wud bala oe Sie weed wale ela aeebeh, wine ae 374

varlegatus, Limnodynastes dumerili.................. sagt de) Fis ats ce ct ead in Res 179

SMe COs EULCRINTNESE Pe hie ge de ena cig eg hd ae a lance She ober dts mitcd dee jenna 174

EU UMNELESE UP RIN Wetec ie rr Re ct es Cue ae em ge oe od Bate en AES gl iat nice ae eL ab ain 2 osee b 169

ventripes, Phyllophorus ..... 6.620.660 seseee ents eee ne cee e entre serene renee nes . 379

RLECIES SIS REESE) ive a-aiy tans vex Aueegu as Mar oes Mate os Blaty GN Gt wa seh AH oan ne ae 171

vercoi, TRYOME .. 0.05 sess eee escent eee t erent ene eee rere ne aerate tenet ener etens 380)

verconis, Dentalium (Fissidentalium) iy ee ee ed dee asl s pq poe Sp alee <n ee, ee ee ake 384

ANE TICEGL p PERT RCP ENN A gloat ota ne iva Yo tat getbede pk Fea eS ble wees eka ang! ORY Bee bbocaielee el 222-225

PUSAN Lot ea Mir er ee er ee een ty honed concn ty a gn ehh dem nen, Ook alte ee EER fat ys he sect aseeMehine hates 186

REE EN PCUETAISWCMCLUEH. 7 ry ERY Ree 5 Se NN. ts i ad ns hey enlace eT e FL I ied hs eS 374

METIMOOMIE C VCIOTATIS. 65. eee een ce dese re nenereentecoeeterne BO SiR 295, 276

(aS TS GNP SE An er nr ree Aeon, Colt RP ee are 2 Une era ba aiy ML

eA TAMURA TIEMDE 8 doaes ten do, bn 2 9 drt. = 94-4 LN PG Odio ob bE ee ar Re lo a ina. Ged 9

BC AUC Re Oo ETL ein eG WOE oe. le a tesla dis wes Os He a} Kapwslnslela Hah EAM apawaed 9

eee epee DULY ECP RRUES LAURIN OR chet rset ve cenit Ai bo Woks NE ee teen SE Eg yeaa Cela ee sy np ee

PE Me Seat e ECHLDE MOLLUS este STPIEE als Boyne statis ie Bglorce He vad oe yun 4) eb pond bb aee nade oO ne a 212

WACCOMAMUS MORON CHAI) soci ces e ae leu de hE iy odie bee eds alee e de eae Leet esd 384

virens, Pegala ..... DO Se Does eantid ae ee ee MES EE LAE FREER OT we tee ate tS 8 Sd wal we yar Ge

WITEECHTE COMAPECOMA 6 soe e nts ib ew ase ean tenes Byes ei aek BoD eh. ae ender

WPT TI MEP OD IE tara gt cad ee Seem Gem Siw dhe Sle gps HEY ERS Ai 56, 57, 67, 82, 83, 88. 50

Mea Aa Me RIE MARIS, ST bs a GMO Gia WR ey lls bo Ge a ke hed acd steeds rns Dd ailseaere oan de 185

SAL TRL eet IP ROATUN SM eer pe eRe Pe SR dosed ces a Ba ead ane acitik dihbw ee 137, 166

MITES MRAP MGMOBN tan. Jb 4G 7 hey wy 4 iy ites ve eace rahe « genni ane ook great ~ GUAGE

viridis, Cuspicoma ............2.45 bac le TN a Se Ba eg Nie nl ened eA it i 166

PSL ERE NAR teeter ike, sale eat sce os sie ae udi-a 2 ies Ae eh acne ate 51, 54, 06, 160, 163

Vitripennis, Capsus ... 2.1.2.2. esse e eee eee eee eee eee e essences 430, 476, 500

vitripennis, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) Fe of 5 ae SS eee 430, 478, 479, 485, 490, 497-503

PORBPIMESLEERERE etre ee PAS ae clare bath POL ae beans auf ace etn lek abet tpetne Divk intier ack x Ratarere ales amg 209, 213

SMEG FESR LLNEN yp DOT SEMORUNIANE fo og gene ac de 18 Ded geht EE aid Ae aes iy ae db an Se Be ae a ew 199

Wakaleo . ee Dial eng ie Suliccdc bay mtr ee a kee, ie lions MEP tn Sod nase aAt) Mpetneae eRe

wagneri, Stenaspidius . Se Ree ig rs ae Sacre i a 2d. al I sa Bie A AR el AP Eye ait 11

Rete ter ORS AEDES oahu te y BAS oa kinte p gNeri nde Siriaas hin eden dt bw eee bb ae eee oe ee

SC NM Pes es ec ese ohy. Carty haa en ade hea task a gal Pha 43-1 cent ae 221

WP RT-EAITERCLEN ERE OY AO EITTES 9 ghd cons) quake oY emai ood ley oto ds scoer auld We de ee Wgtennn oboe chin .. 206

ef Tod aie Ae ele a ee Sen Ae ey rer et reece ce 175

PSA CHIEN, | C CUGT MRED io oso e oh ovens Weg Pes Fille alin Aaa yet al slg ie Spite OePedeeie aod 5 te ct A whey 172

westernensis, Geobasileus chrysorrhioa ... 2... eee tees ence tae 190)

Meese ADEN AUB PINE LAMENT 2 pecs eee Oban Par acy Ggtere WT Ase ee eel beg ne he Dean is ee 192

WER M MAC PRAT NIE rs ys Lek Suse Ree Da boo es bakin oag oe oes 56, 57, 63-66, 166

WIGS 1 Ser ETT CULES ke ee a be ee eee eae dares Laan eee doewd 369

A EMMI ep SNE re cae ed Ta ame hatha ected LARS certs Aes ghegiy ate ha Anite SoM eee Lo YS epee eee 185

iy Tuna etree CARN le, are ee alec way ycduard oh > cn Gg ater ae AR Prien Se 185

Ie esa ieae Sey RSS acs oN a gr xis ys nla arcuate ook AS SAR Win wie evel ded geal ey wha Re 172

wilkinsoni, Parasqualadom?..... 22.4.4 600 ce ces ew eee eens eee e ne eneas 285, 287, 292-294

die Eritat Vinge he Gls) 2 0 alg Seeger ee ee eee ee A ep hee he 285

MT ATEN ECOL POT charlie ts sia Pete WN ney 5 es Fs a ates earned AEE Dee pane 375

WPURGNNS CITI co lc a « bie Ge tee na Feed ee nee abieehainde see ewer al) AB Ry alot Lene

Wegintitcte vibe icoit jer e 11 1); i ee a enn er sie. et ee, 170

Weg Bases MESTABET eo MAL Stee Gta pe tce cad Seach ae Iu. vy aes. AS epi a ea neha ase ah Gao me eae es ae 178

WME METALS ENE LLMLESTUIR te BF 0 ne deer hs ip trey wean Sa pee aha peor seen eed ee ed een 369

TRE WHE PROCITE 6 gy aes cue 2 ee ee ee ee a ee eae hea 140, 145, 160, 161, 166

Wypodzmskyi, Bosentomon....... 0. - ees eee ee eee eee eee eee ees Piet 299-302

ERM DRL ee cra cee Moe RAN Hanh asiac ceht- stan atypia + babatat af tninc g ieintatars RAY aa et OAS ae tae 215

UNGN MI GEM MAINA Me a tn ees sys lc hws ail assays) asthe as ose gnas girl c Sokal. ni sCatnvent tah ghana Lac coer halla ees Pere mee

ROU RRCRSELNTcay g (CYS PRUNE es 2% oi Cubadardar asic Sen fcoueahe ve Sak rmen URS o Pata ea eat a gee ea 122

Eu UMMMCOTN ERIN ua Gel sgt Sorin ie hn Ss lec to desig nish ese Eoin WASH Be A ee ee

mipliawo pied, MicrGleirsIMeres. .. <2). yee ale ta ee ae eed sagan 2a dy d Meme ees ee Ps 243, 245

suc) Povtits bel 67 e:Leluh dF: La. 2 ie tela ean eRe Gee Se EN a ee Pe REGS Sree aN gli tpt ti 236

PEON Tee cree tt ene eal rena en halt a arn! ene Sud sa atrem asa ays ees 387-391, 400

Se RYE MBAR ee a Sac Yai dish, eee epee <M Baul te attn whe Rea ate A Dashed ot ae nth ae 418

SHSM OMIRI EA 7S VU ENICEREL EL see acd 0g cee ca ibs hs hari anv, Yan x pare ats Ae PEE neg aera TD cena

PTL Oi etalk rie. Cael ak Ae ds aemomon Uy Diy hued Aor em Renta om aN ae TS eR 213, 285, 286

Ue Ce ETC INENENNR ci Fe ac ew dt ne ahe Sig cation dere Paley Ce eae eae

foe Sir] 6 La ET deg i RIC A i es ASO Relea ee ae Cec MEMOS Cy tla

AES SNES ot an ae RET Gon opr anne ne newer Seekseey ies crear ita Paneer cays aya nie er 192

RA irir i LOSE uh. | Ele A et ere oe eee eee Sera Gre strona tr cee anim eerie la carol noe 178

aes PRN a ULLENIPS ett Gg se che en eae ee NGS ity aos oa pe gee ty > Selene Peal oo es S221

D. J. WOOLMAN, GOVERNMENT PAINTER, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

554